100% found this document useful (1 vote)

1K views3,463 pages

Sri Chaitanya Tests Merged

1. The document contains a key and solutions to a physics, chemistry, and math exam from 2016. 2. The physics section key has multiple choice answers for questions 1-16. The solutions provide explanations for each question. Concepts include motion in a magnetic field, torque on a current loop, magnetic dipole moment, and more. 3. The chemistry section key has multiple choice answers for questions 19-36. The math section has answers for questions 37-54.

Uploaded by

karuna239

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

100% found this document useful (1 vote)

1K views3,463 pages

Sri Chaitanya Tests Merged

Uploaded by

karuna239

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 3463

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 WTA-32 Date: 01-08-2020
Time: 05:00 Pm to 08:00 Pm 2016_P2 Max. Marks:186

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 C 2 D 3 D 4 C 5 A
6 A 7 AC 8 ABC 9 ABCD 10 BD
11 ABCD 12 AC 13 ABCD 14 ACD 15 A
16 A 17 C 18 A

CHEMISTRY
19 D 20 D 21 B 22 B 23 A
24 B 25 ACD 26 AB 27 ABCD 28 BCD
29 ACD 30 ACD 31 ABCD 32 ABC 33 B
34 B 35 B 36 C

MATHS
37 B 38 B 39 A 40 B 41 A
42 C 43 BCD 44 ABC 45 AB 46 AB
47 BC 48 AD 49 CD 50 ABC 51 C
52 B 53 B 54 C
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Key&Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
mv0 v x 3 T 
1. r  0 ;   sin  ;   600 ; t OA  
B0 q B0  r 2 6 3B0


Therefore, x-coordinate of particle at any time t  will be
3B0
3 v0    0 3 v0 v   
x  v0  t   cos 60   0 t  
2 B0  3B0  2 B0 2  3B0 
2. As B is uniform
 wire can be replaced by a straight current carrying conductor
 
 F  i    B   2  L  R  ˆi  B
If B is along x-axis  F  0 other wise F  L  R 
Q
3. Consider an element ring dq   2R sin Rd
4R 2

++ + + + +
+ +
+ +
+ + +
+  d
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ C
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ ++
++ +
++++

dq
dI 
2
2
dM  dI  R sin  
 /2
QR 2 3
M2  sin d
 0
4
QR 2
M
3
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Angular momnetum L  I
01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Key&Sol’s

2
L  MR 2
5
4. Due to z component of field loop experiences force in x-y plane which do not
gives any torque about axis. Due to x-component there is no force on PQ and RS
branch of loop. Force on QR and SP branch are 2iBa (inwards) and iBa (outwards)
respectively.

 a 3a   5 
Torque on loop due to these forces   iBa  2iBa   iBa 2  
 2 2 2 2  2 2 
2

moment of inertia of loop about given axis 


m a 2 2
 ma 2
3 3
 15iB
instantaneous angular acceleration of loop    .
I 4 2m
5.  
For force ,join a with C for effective length L  ajˆ  akˆ , where a = side of cube
eff

F  I L eff  B
6. Magnetic force on wire is always tangential to the surface traced by wire AB.
Hence external force is just opposite to it for taking the wire slowly.
7. Motion is cycloid in xy plane (vertical plane). When we write and solve the
equations of motion for x and y co-ordinates, x(t) and y(t) come out to be period
qB
functions of   . Also, since particle starts from the rest, its trajectory can be
m
equated to motion of bottom most point of a purely rolling disc of diameter h on
ceiling as shown

In pure rolling we can calculate

Distance AC = 4R = 2h

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
h
01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Key&Sol’s

Distance AC’ = R 
2
 m
Time for AC  
 Bq
Also v c  2gh as B doesn’t do work.
8. If x = y then  || B , i.e. Fm  0 .
Hence, the option (A) is correct
   
F  q    B   q  xiˆ  yjˆ  yiˆ  xjˆ    x 2  y 2  kˆ
 
Now if x > y, F  x  y  and F is along -ve z-axis, but if y > x,
2 2

Force will be along negative -z-axis.

Then option (B) and (C) are also correct.
9. FAB   B0i / 2kˆ

FBC  B0i / 2kˆ

F   B i / 2kˆ
CD 0

FOA  B0i / 2kˆ

10. For rotation equilibrium, taking torque about the point from where normal force
passes.
a a
 1aB0  aB0  mgx  0
2 2
2
a B 0
x
mg
a mg
For the block not to topple x    
2 2aB0
2
11. T sin   FB  M r  1
T cos   Mg   2 
Solve equation (1) & (2)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot

01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Key&Sol’s


B
Tcos


FB
Tsin 

Mg
On reversing the direction of motion, magnetic force  FB  direction reverses.
12. Current in the loop has to be clockwise force on the loop is same as force on
straight wire PQ
A B

P
Q
y

O
Length PQ = 2ytan300
FB  Mg
IB(2ytan300) = Mg
Mg
y
2IBtan 300
If we displace the loop down by small distance y 0
Then FR  Mg  IB  2  y  y 0  tan 30 0 
Ma  2IBy0 tan300
 2IB 
a    y0
 3M 
13. Conceptual
14. Conceptual
15 & 16.
MF doesn’t change magnitude of speed … V1 = V0

V0
A
C2
300
d 300
MV0
R1 
qB 600 300
R1
V0
C1

3MV 3MV
2qB 4qB

17 & 18.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Key&Sol’s

 
M  I0 R 2  kˆ


B  B0 2iˆ  3jˆ  5kˆ 

  M  R  I0 B0 R 2 2jˆ  3iˆ 
The component of toque along the given axis AA1
axis  . Unit vector along AA1 
5I 0 B0 R 2
I axis  
2
  5I 0B0 2 rad / s 2
U   M.B

CHEMISTRY
19. cds, HgO  yellow
PbS , CuS , CuO, HgS , FeS  Black
CdO  Brown
CO  AlO2  2  Blue residue
20.
 Thenard blue
CoZnO2  Green residue
 Rinmon's green 
CoMgO2  pink residue
21. BaCl2  K 2CrO4  BaCrO4  2 KCl
22. Pb  NO3  2  2 NH 4 .OH  Pb  OH  2  2 NH 4 NO3
White

Pb  NO3  2  2 NaCl  PbCl2  2 NaNO3

White

Pb  NO3  2  H 2 S  PbS  2 HNO3

black

23. Only metal cations having unpaired electrons produces colour bead of metar
borates
24. Na2 SO3  H 2 SO4  Na2 SO4  H 2O  SO2
K 2Cr2O7  H 2 SO4  SO2  K 2 SO4  Cr2  SO4  2  H 2O
Na2 SO3  BaCl2  BaSO3  2 NaCl
BaSO3 readity soluble in conC HCl
25. Brown ring text is not worthfull in the presence of chromate, sulphite, thiosulphate
iodate, cyanide, thiocyanates, ferro and ferricyanide They must be removed by
adding excess at AgSO4 before carrying out the test
26. Na2CO3  H 2 SO4  Na2 SO4  H 2O  Cl2
Cr  OH  2  CO2  CaCO3  H 2O
Na2 SO3  H 2 SO4  Na2 SO4  H 2O  SO2
Ca  OH  2  SO2  CaSO3  H 2O

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

CaSO3  H 2O  SO2  Ca HSO3
01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Key&Sol’s

SO2 has pungent suffrcating small and reduces acidified orange red dichromate
to green Cr2  SO4 3
with chloride gives CrO2Cl2 
with Bromide gives Br2 

27.  redish brown
with nitrite gives NO2 
with nitrate gives NO2 
28. Na 2B 4O 7 on heating gives B2O3 but not NaBO 2
29. FeS  H 2SO4  H 2S  FeSO4
H 2S  CuSO 4 
 CuS  H 2SO4
H 2S  HgSO 4   HgS  H 2SO 4
30. Bromide & Iodide does not give chromyl chloride test.
31. All are correct [Liberated Cl2 gas]
2NaCl  H 2SO4   Na 2SO 4  2HCl
MnO 2  4HCl   MnCl 2  Cl 2  2H 2O
32. Halide ions presented Na 2CO3 extraction neutralized with dil HNO 3 but not dil
H 2SO 4 ( or) dil HCl, before test with AgNO 3 solution
33 & 34.
SO32  aq  
Zn  dilHCl FeCl3
 H 2S   S  Fe2
in green

 
 R MnO / H 4

S2O32  S   Mn2aq 
White turbidity

Fe2  NH 4SCN 
 NOreaction
 Fe  SCN 3
Fe3  NH 4SCN 
blood red

35 & 36.
2KCl  H 2SO 4  K 2SO 4  2HCl
HCl  NH 3  NH 4Cl
K 2SO 4  CaCO 3  4C  K 2CO3  CaS  4CO
K 2CO3  H 2O  CO2  2KHCO3

2KHCO3   K 2CO3  CO2  H 2O

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Key&Sol’s
MATHEMATICS
1 f x
37. f  x  .e  2x
 ef  x  x 2  C
f 1 1  1  e    2
f 1

 C 1
 f  x   log e  x 2  1  f  2   log e 5
38. y1  b  Ce x
 y11  Ce x  y111  Ce x
 y111  y11  0
39. 2  xdx  ydy   x 2  y 2    x 2  y 2   ydx  xdy 
d  x 2  y2  1
y
 2 2
 .d   2
x y  y x
1  
x
y
 log x 2  y 2   tan 1  C
x
dx
40.  ax  log x  at  C
dt
x  0   2  C  log 2
 x  2e  at
Similarly, y  e bt
x 1 3 3
G.T   2e b a 
y 1 2 2
t
x  t   y  t   2  e b a   1
t
3
 2    1  t  log 4/3 2
4
x  my1 y1  mx1 yx
41. G.T 1  m
2 2 xy
dx
42. 1  log x   x log x  e y
dy
Put x log x  t
dt
  t  ey
dy
Sol. is t.e  y  y  C
 x log x.e y  y  C
y 1  0  C  0
 log  x x   ye y .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

43. (A) order is 5
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Key&Sol’s

dy 2y
(B) equation of D.E is 
dx x
dx 2y x2
Equation of D.E of orthogonal trajectory is    y2    C
dy x 2
2 ax 2
(C) Sol. is y  y   3x
2
It represents circle, when a = -2
(D) degree is 1
dy sin x
44.  y cot x   2
dx x
1
 I.F 
sin x
y 1
 sol.is  C
sin x x
as x  , y  0  C  0
sin x
 equation of circle is y 
x
2
2xydy  y dx  1 
45. 2
 1  2  dx
x  x 
 y2   1  y2 1
 d    1  2  dx  x C
 x   x  x x
y 1  0  C  0  y 2  x 2  1
d  x 2  y2  x
46.  2 sin 2  x 2  y2 
x y
d 
 y
x2
  cot  x  y   2  C
2 2

y
x  my1
47. Given that 1  y1
m2  1
 x 2  m 2 y 2  2mxy  m 2 y 2  y 2
y2  x 2
m
2xy
Put y = Vx  Solution is x 2  y2  2x
2
 dy  dy
48. x   y  x  y  0
 dx  dx
 dy  dy 
 x  y   1  0
 dx  dx 
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
dy y dy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Key&Sol’s

   or 1  xy  C  or  y  x  C
dx x dx
49. xy  3dx  7dy   4.dxy  7 ydx  5 xdy  0
1 7 5
 3dx  7dy  4. d  xy   dx  dy  0
xy x y
 3x  7y  8 xy  14 x  10 y  C
dx 1 dx e  x
x
50.   e x y e   y
dy y dy y
Put e  x  t  y  e  x
1
2
  e  e  dx  e 
x x
Area 3
0 e
51. y  x  y  dx  x  y  x  dy
3 3

 y3  ydx  xdy   x  xdy  ydx 

y  y 1
 d    2 2 d  xy   y3  2x
x x x y
1/3
 y  f  x    2x 
52. g1  x   0
3 /6 4
   3 y3 1  3 
 gx  g   Area   dy   
 4  16 0
2 8  16 
f  x x

 f  t  dt    cos t  f  t  dt  0
1
53.
0 0

 xf  x   cos x  f  x   0
1

dy y cos x
  
dx x x
 sol.is xy  sin x  C
f  0  1  C  0
sin x sin x
y  f x 
x x
sin x  0 or tan x  2
 three solutions
2 sin x
54.   1.
 x

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 WTA-32 Date: 01-08-2020
Time: 05:00 Pm to 08:00 Pm 2016_P2 Max. Marks:186

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 C 2 D 3 D 4 C 5 A
6 A 7 AC 8 ABC 9 ABCD 10 BD
11 ABCD 12 AC 13 ABCD 14 ACD 15 A
16 A 17 C 18 A

CHEMISTRY
19 D 20 D 21 B 22 B 23 A
24 B 25 ACD 26 AB 27 ABCD 28 BCD
29 ACD 30 ACD 31 ABCD 32 ABC 33 B
34 B 35 B 36 C

 a 3a   5 
Torque on loop due to these forces   iBa  2iBa   iBa 2  
 2 2 2 2  2 2 
2

moment of inertia of loop about given axis 

In pure rolling we can calculate

Distance AC = 4R = 2h

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
h
01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Key&Sol’s

Force will be along negative -z-axis.

Then option (B) and (C) are also correct.
9. FAB   B0i / 2kˆ

FBC  B0i / 2kˆ

F   B i / 2kˆ
CD 0

FOA  B0i / 2kˆ

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot

01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Key&Sol’s


B
Tcos


FB
Tsin 

Mg
On reversing the direction of motion, magnetic force  FB  direction reverses.
12. Current in the loop has to be clockwise force on the loop is same as force on
straight wire PQ
A B

P
Q
y

V0
A
C2
300
d 300
MV0
R1 
qB 600 300
R1
V0
C1

3MV 3MV
2qB 4qB

17 & 18.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Key&Sol’s

 
M  I0 R 2  kˆ

Pb  NO3  2  2 NaCl  PbCl2  2 NaNO3

White

Pb  NO3  2  H 2 S  PbS  2 HNO3

black

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

CaSO3  H 2O  SO2  Ca HSO3
01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Key&Sol’s

 
 R MnO / H 4

S2O32  S   Mn2aq 
White turbidity

Fe2  NH 4SCN 
 NOreaction
 Fe  SCN 3
Fe3  NH 4SCN 
blood red

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

43. (A) order is 5
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Key&Sol’s

 y3  ydx  xdy   x  xdy  ydx 

 f  t  dt    cos t  f  t  dt  0
1
53.
0 0

 xf  x   cos x  f  x   0
1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

2016_PAPER-II
01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Syllabus

MATHS : Differential equations

PHYSICS : Magnetism: Magnetic force on moving point charges and current elements,
Motion of a charged particle in magnetic and electric field, Magnetic force
on current carrying wires, Magnetic dipoles moment, magnetic torque,
magnetic dipoles, Torque, P.E and interaction regarding magnetic dipole,
Cyclotron (EXCLUDE : Biot-Savart law, Ampere's law)

CHEMISTRY : Qualitative Analysis:dry tests, tests of Anions, sodium carbonate extract

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P
JEE-ADVANCE-2016-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 186
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 6) Questions with Single Correct Choice 3 -1 6 18
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – II(Q.N : 7 – 14) 4 -2 8 32
(Partial Marking +1)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 15 – 18) 3 0 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 18 62

CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 19 – 24) Questions with Single Correct Choice 3 -1 6 18
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – II(Q.N : 25 – 32) 4 -2 8 32
(Partial Marking +1)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 33 – 36) 3 0 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 18 62

MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 37 – 42) Questions with Single Correct Choice 3 -1 6 18
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – II(Q.N : 43 – 50) 4 -2 8 32
(Partial Marking +1)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 51 – 54) 3 0 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 18 62

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
1. A particle of charge per unit mass  is projected from origin with velocity v  0 iˆ
3 0 3 0
in a magnetic field B  B0 kˆ for x  and B  0 for x  .
2 B0  2 B0 

The x-coordinate of the particle at time t ( ) would be
3 B0

3 0 3    3 0   
A)  0  t   B)  0  t  
2 B0 2  B0   2 B0   3B0 
3 0     3 0 t
C)  0 t  D)  0
2 B0 2  3B0  2 B0 2
2. A conductor (shown in figure) carrying constant current I is kept in the x – y plane
in a uniform magnetic field B. If F is the magnitude of the total magnetic force
acting on the conductor, then the incorrect statement(s) is/are (where  means
directly proportional to)

A) If B is along ẑ, F  L  R  B) If B is along x̂ F  0

C) If B is along ŷ, F  L  R  D) If B is along ẑ,F  0
3. A charge ‘q’ is given to a solid conducting sphere of mass ‘m’ and is rotating
about it’s diameter with angular velocity  . Then ratio of it’s magnetic moment to
its angular momentum is
5q q q q
A) B) C)  D) 
4m 2m 2m 2m
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3
4.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P
A uniform, rigid, square loop of mass ‘m’ side ‘l’ is free to rotate about an axis in
xy-plane passing through one corner as shown. A constant current I is flowing in
x
loop. In space magnetic field B0 1    iˆ  kˆ  is present. Initially loop is held at rest
l  
in xy-plane. On releasing it’s instantaneous angular acceleration will be (space is
gravity free).
y

I
45
x
I

Axis
iB  21 2  iB  15  iB  9  iB 
A) 3 2   B)   C)   D)  
m 5 m 4 2m 4 m 
5. Two straight segments of wire ab and bc each carrying current I, are placed as
shown in the figure. The cube edge is 50 cm and magnetic field is uniform along
Y-axis having magnitude 0.4T. If I = 3A, the force experienced by wire abc in the
presence of magnetic field is

A) 0.6iˆ 
B) 1.2 ˆi  kˆ  3) 0.6  2iˆ  ˆj  2kˆ  D) 0.6  2iˆ  kˆ 
6. Find the work and power required to move the conductor(slowly) of length  shown
in the figure, one full turn in the anticlockwise direction at a rotational frequency of n

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P
revolutions per second if the magnetic field is of magnitude B0 everywhere and
points radially outwards from Z-axis. The figure shows the surface traced by the
wire AB.
z

r A

y
B
x
A) 2rB0i,  2 rB0in B) rB0i, rB0in
C) 0,0 D) None of these

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P
A) Distance travelled by the particle from A to C is 2h
B) Horizontal separation between the points A and C is 2h

C) Velocity of the particle at C is 2gh

m
D) Time of the particle from A to C is
2Bq
8. A charged particle with velocity   xiˆ  yjˆ moves in a magnetic field B  yiˆ  xjˆ .
The magnitude of force acting on the particle is F. Which of the following
statements are correct?
A) No force will act on particle if x = y
B) F  x 2  y 2  if x > y

C) The force will act along z-axis if x > y

D) The force will act along y-axis if y > x
9. Figure shows a square current carrying coil of edge length L and area A. The
By Bx
magnetic field on the coil is given by B  0 ˆi  0 ˆj where B 0 is a positive
L L
constant.
y
i

1
A) If coil is free to rotate about x-axis torque on the coil is given by iAB0ˆi
2
1
B) If coil is free to rotate about y-axis torque on coil is given by  iAB0ˆj
2
C) Resultant force on coil is zero
D) The net torque on the loop about any of its four sides has same magnitude
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6
10.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P
A wooden cubical block ABCDEFGO of mass m and side “a” is wrapped by a
square wire loop of perimeter 4a at a/2 as shown. The current in the wire is I. The
whole system is placed on frictionless horizontal surface in a uniform magnetic

field B  B0 j . In this situation , normal force between horizontal surface and block
passes through a point at a distance x from centre . Select the correct
statement(s).

mg
A) The block must not topple if I 
aB0
mg
B) The block must not topple if I 
2aB0
a mg
C) x  if I 
4 2aB0
a mg
D) x  if I 
4 4aB0
11. A small charged ball (having charge q, mass m) is performing uniform circular
motion in a horizontal plane as shown in figure. Mark the correct statement(s)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P



B

mg tan 
A) The radius of the circular path traced by the particle is
qB  m2
mg
B) The tension in the string is
cos 
C) If the direction of motion of particles is reversed., then the radius of circular
mg tan 
path traced by particle is
m2  qB
D) If the direction of motion of particle is reversed, then the tension in the string is
mg
cos 
12. A current carrying loop is in the shape of an equilateral triangle of side length
10m. Its mass is 5kg and it is in vertical plane. There exists a uniform horizontal
magnetic field B=1T in the region shown. The current in the loop is 10A. (Neglect
emf induced in the loop)(g=10m/s2)

A) The loop is in equilibrium for y =4.33m.

B) The loop is in equilibrium for y =1.33m
C) If the loop is displaced slightly in its plane perpendicular to its side AB from its
equilibrium position and released then time period of its oscillations is 4.13s
D) If the loop is displaced slightly in its plane perpendicular to its side AB from its
equilibrium position and released then time period of its oscillations is 2s
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8
13.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P
Which of the following statements are correct?
A) If a moving charged particle enters into a region of magnetic field from
outside, it does not complete a circular path.
B) If a moving charged particle traces a helical path in a uniform magnetic field,
the axis of the helix is parallel to the magnetic field.
C) the power associated with the force exerted by a magnetic field on a moving
charged particle is always equal to zero.
D) If in a region a uniform magnetic field and a uniform electric field both exist, a
charged particle moving in this region cannot trace a circular path.
14. Consider a conducting loop ABCD with four sides, carrying current i. If position
   
vectors of vertices A, B, C and D are r1, r2 , r3 and r4 respectively, such that
   
r4  r1  r3  r2 , then magnetic moment vector for the loop may be
       
A) i  r4  r1    r2  r1  B) i  r4  r2    r3  r1 
       
C) i  r3  r4    r3  r2  D) i  r2  r1    r3  r2 

parallel to x – axis enter in the magnetic field at point A, and comes out at point C
mvo 3 3mv0
with speed v1 . Given d  ,D 
2qBo 4qB0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
v0 A
01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P

y
B1
d x
 v1
B2
C
D
15. The value of v1 is
v0 v0
A) v0 B) C) 2v 0 D)
2 3
16. The angle  is
A) 300 B) 600 C) 900 D) 1200

Paragraph for Questions 17 and 18

A thin circular ring of mass m and radius r carrying current I0 (in anticlockwise
direction) is lying in the x-y plane with its centre at the origin. A uniform magnetic
   
field of strength B  B0  2 i  3 j  5 k  tesla is applied in the region. The ring can rotate
 
1 1
about the axis AA only and AA is in x-y plane (neglect effect of gravity)
y

R
450
x
O
r

A
17. The magnitude of initial angular acceleration of the ring is
  
2B0 I0   3 i  2 j 
B0 I0    rads 2
A) rads 2 B)
m m
5I 0 B0 2
C) rads 2 D) zero
m
18. The initial magnetic energy stored in the ring is
A) 5r 2 B0 I0 joule B) 13r 2 B0 I 0 joule C) 15r 2 B0 I 0 joule D) zero

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
19. Which sets are black
A) CdS, CuS, FeS B) CdO, CuS, CuO
C) HgO, CdO, CdS D) PbS, HgS, CuO
20. In a charcoal cavity test in an oxidizing flame (using cobalt nitrates) salt of
aluminium zinc, and magnesium metals produce residue with specific colours.
Which of the following gives the correct match of the colour
A) Thenard’s blue  Co  AlO2  2 B) Rimmann’s green  CoZnO 2

C) Pale pink  CoMgO 2 D) All of these

21. Potassium chromate solution is added to an aqueous solution of metal chloride.
The yellow ppt formed is insoluble in water and acid. When flame test is
performed with the ppt the colour produced is
A) Lilac B) Apple green C) Crimson red D) Golden yellow
22. Three separate samples of a solution of a single salt gave these results. One
formed a white ppt with excess at ammonia solution, one formed a white ppt with
dil NaCl solution and one formed a black ppt with H 2S . The salt could be

A) AgNO 3 B) Pb  NO3  2 C) Hg  NO3  2 D) MnSO 4

23. Basic radical (s) which can be identified by borax bead test.
A) Fe3 B) Mg 2 C) Pb 2 D) Ag 
24. When dil H 2SO 4 is added to salt ‘D’ the gas evolved turn lime water milky and also
turns acidified dichromate paper green. The salt solution of ‘D’ gives white ppt
with BaCl 2 solution,which is soluble in conc HCl. The salt ‘D’ is
A) SO24 B) SO32 C) CO32 D) S2
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
25. Brown ring test is not worth full in the presence of
A) CrO24 B) SO24 C) SO32 D) CN 
26. Salts ‘A’ and ‘B’ on reaction with dil H 2SO 4 liberates gases ‘X’ and ‘Y’ respectively.
Both turn lime water milky and milkinessdisappred when excess of gases are
passed ‘X’ has pungent suffocating small and turn acidified paper green, where ‘Y’
is colour less, odourless gas. Salts ‘A & B’ are
COONH 4
COONH4
A) Na 2CO3 B) Na 2SO3 C) Na 2S D)
27. The evolution of a red-brown gas on heating a salt with K 2Cr2O 7 and
concentrated H 2SO 4 can arise from.
A) Chloride B) Bromide C) Nitrite D) Nitrate
28. In the borax bead test
A) Sodium meta borate on heating gives a glassy bead of B2 O3
B) Sodium tetra borate on heating gives a glassy bead of sodium meta borate
and Boric anhydride
C) When borax is heated with any transition metal salt then the glassy bead
forms a coloured bead of transition metal metaborate
D) The metaborate of different metals have different colours in oxidising and
reducing flames
29. A  Black  
H 2SO 4
 B  gas 
HNO3
 Colloidalsolutions
 white turbid 
HCl
B  D  E  H 2SO4
Identify A & E
A) A  FeS B) A  ZnS C) E  CuS D) E  HgS

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

30.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P
Which of the following statements regarding chromyl chloride test are correct
A) Chromyl chloride test cannot be performed in the presence of chlorates
B) Bromide & Iodides also gives chromyl chloride test
C) Chromyl chloride test cannot be performed to hydrochloric acid that contain
chloride ion
D) Chromyl chloride test should be carried only in dry test tube
31. A metal chloride is heated with manganese dioxide and conc H 2SO 4 , gently
liberate gas which is identified by
A) Its suffocating odour
B) Its yellowish green colour
C) Its bleaching of moistened litmus paper
D) Its turning starch – Iodide paper to blue
32. Correct statements regarding sodium carbonate extraction. In Qualitative
analysis.
A) Halide ions presented Na 2CO3 extraction. Neutralized with dil HNo3 , before test
with AgNO 3 solution
B) Nitrate ion presented Na 2CO3 extraction neutralized with dil H 2SO 4 , before test
with brown sling test
C) Sulphate ion presented Na 2CO3 extraction neutralized with dil HCl
D) Halide ions presented Na 2CO3 extraction neutralized with. dil H 2SO 4 (or)
dil HCl before test with AgNO 3 solution

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
ndil/HCl
01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P

P aq Z
  QF
eCl3
 R T
colouredion

R MnO4 / H

S 
R Mn2aq 
Whiteturbidity

33. ‘T’ can not be identified by

A) NH 3 solution B) NH 4SCN C)  NH4  2 S D) Excess KCN
34. Species ‘P’ and ‘S’ are respectively
A) SO 32 aq  ,S B) SO 32 aq  ,S2O 32  aq 
C) S2O32  aq  ,SO 32  aq  D) None of these

Paragraph for Questions 35 and 36

A halide of a metal is represented as MX. The halide MX on reaction with conc.
H 2SO 4 gave a colour less gas (Y) which gives dense white fumes when a rod of
NH 3 is taken near to it and also a salt solution (Z). ‘Z’ on heating with CaCO3 and
carbon gives a compound (A), gas (P) and CaS. When aqueous solution of salt (A)
is made to react with CO 2 gas a compound (B) is formed which on heating gave
salt (A). The salt MX gave lilac colour to the flame when flame test was
performed
35. When compound ‘B’ is heated then
A) Compound ‘Y’ is formed B) Compound ‘A’ is formed
C) Compound ‘Z’ is formed D) Compound ‘MX’ is formed
36. When ‘Z’ is heated with CaCO3 and carbon, then apart from compound ‘A’
A) CO 2 and MgCO 3 are formed B) CO 2 and MgO are formed
C) CO 2 and CaS are formed D) CO 2 and K 2S are formed

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

MATHEMATICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
f1x x
37. Let f be a differentiable function satisfying the equation  f  x  x  R . If
2 e
f 1 1  1 , then f  2 is
A) 2log e 2 B) log e 5 C) log e 6 D) log e 3
38. The differential equation of family of curves represented by y  a  bx  ce x ,
where a, b, c are arbitrary constant, is
A) y111  y1 B) y111  y11  0
C) y111  y11  y1  0 D) y111  y11  y1  0
 dy   dy 
39.
 dx 
 
 
The solution of differential equation 2  x  y  x 2  y 2  x 2  y 2  y  x  is
dx 

y y
A) log x 2  y 2  tan 1  C B) log x 2  y 2  tan 1  C
x x
y y
C) log  tan 1  x 2  y2   C D) log  tan 1  x 2  y 2   C
x x
40. Let the functions x(t) and y(t) satisfying the differential equations
dx dy x 1 3
 ax  0,  by  0 . If x(0)=2, y(0) = 1 and  , then x(t) = y(t) for t =
dt dt y 1 2

A) log 2/3 2 B) log 4/3 2 C) 1 D) log 3 4

41. A tangent and normal to a curve at any point P meet x, y axis at A, B and C, D
respectively. If the centre of circle through O,C,P and B lies on the line y = x, where
O is the origin, then the differential equation of all such curves is
dy y  x dy y 2  x dy x  y dy xy
A)  B)  C)  D) 
dx y  x dx y 2  x 2 dx xy dx x  y
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P
dx x log x ey
42. Solution of differential equation   , if y(1) = 0, is
dy 1  log x 1  log x
y y y
A) e y  x e B) x  ye y C) x x  e ye D) y  ex.e

SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
43. Which of the following are incorrect
A) The order of differential equation
y  C1 cos  2x  C 2    C3  C 4  a x C5  C 6 sin  x  C 7  is 5
B) The equation to the orthogonal trajectory of system of parabolas y  ax 2 is
x2
 y2  C
2
dy ax  3
C) if the solution of differential equation  represents a circle, then the
dx 2y  1
value of a is 2
D) The degree of differential equation of all parabolas whose vertex at origin and
axis is x – axis is 2
dy sin 2 x
44. A function y = f(x) satisfying the differential equation .sin x  ycos x  2  0
dx x
is such that y  0 as x   , then
 /2

A) Lt f  x   1 B)  f  x  dx 
x0
0
2
 /2

C)  f  x  dx  1
0
D) f(x) is an odd function.

45. If 2xydy   x 2  y 2  1 dx, y 1  0& y  x 0   3 , then x 0 can be

A) 2 B) -2 C) 3 D) -3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P
dy
xy x sin 2  x 2  y 2 
46. Solution of the differential equation dx 
yx
dy y3
dx
2
x y2
A)  cot  x  y      C
2 2
B) 2 2
  tan  x 2  y 2 
y x y C
2
y y 2  x 2C
C)  cot  x  y      C
2 2
D) 2
  tan 2  x 2  y 2 
x x
47. A curve passing through the point (1, 1) has the property that the perpendicular
distance of origin from the normal at any point P is equal to the distance of P
from x-axis. Then
dy x 2  y 2
A) The differential equation of curve is 
dx 2xy
dy y 2  x 2
B) The differential equation of curve is 
dx 2xy
C) Equation of curve is x 2  y 2  2x
D) Equation of curve is x 2  y 2  2x
2
 dy  dy
48. The solution of differential equation x     y  x   y  0 can represent
 dx  dx
A) straight line B) circle C) parabola D) hyperbola
49. The solution of differential equation

3   
xy  4y  7 y dx  4x  7 xy  5 x dy  0 is

A) 3x  7y  4 xy  7 x  5 y  C
B) 3  x  y   4  y  3  4 xy  7 x  5 y  C
C) 3x  7y  8 xy  14 x  10 y  C
D) 7  x  y   4  x  3  8 xy  14 x  10 y  C

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P
50. If y = f(x) is the solution of equation ydx  dy  e x y 2dy and f(0) = 1, then
A) the curve y = f(x) passes through (-2, e)
 1 
B) the curve y = f(x) passes through  1, 
 e
2
C) Area bounded by the curve y = (x), y  ex and x = 1 is e  3
e
2
D) Area bounded by the curvey = (x), y  ex and x = 1is e   3.
e

y  x  y  dx  x  y  x  dy
3 3
and let g  x    sin 1
t dt   cos 1 t dt , where
1/8 1/8

 
x   0, 
 2
51. The equation of curve y = f(x) is
1/3 1/3
A) 3y   54x  B) 2y   16x 
1/3 1/3
C) y   2x  D) 4y   12x 
52. Area bounded by the curves y = f(x), y = g(x) and y – axis is
4 4
1  3  1  3 
A)   B)  
4  16  8  16 
4 4
1  3  1  3 
C)   D)  
4 8  8 8 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 53 and 54
01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P

f x x

 f  t  dt    cos t  f  t   dt  0
1
Let f be a differentiable function satisfying and
0 0
f(0) = 1
f  2x  f  x 
53. The number of solutions of the equation  0 in  0,2  is
sin x 2
A) 2 B) 3 C) 4 D) 5
 /2
54. The value of  f  x  dx lies in the interval
0

2     2
A)  ,1 B) (0, 1) C)  1,  D)  0, 
   2  

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

2016_PAPER-II
01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Syllabus

MATHS : Differential equations

CHEMISTRY : Qualitative Analysis:dry tests, tests of Anions, sodium carbonate extract

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

A) If B is along ẑ, F  L  R  B) If B is along x̂ F  0

I
45
x
I

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

r A

y
B
x
A) 2rB0i,  2 rB0in B) rB0i, rB0in
C) 0,0 D) None of these

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

C) Velocity of the particle at C is 2gh

C) The force will act along z-axis if x > y

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P



B

A) The loop is in equilibrium for y =4.33m.

parallel to x – axis enter in the magnetic field at point A, and comes out at point C
mvo 3 3mv0
with speed v1 . Given d  ,D 
2qBo 4qB0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
v0 A
01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P

y
B1
d x
 v1
B2
C
D
15. The value of v1 is
v0 v0
A) v0 B) C) 2v 0 D)
2 3
16. The angle  is
A) 300 B) 600 C) 900 D) 1200

Paragraph for Questions 17 and 18

R
450
x
O
r

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

C) Pale pink  CoMgO 2 D) All of these

A) AgNO 3 B) Pb  NO3  2 C) Hg  NO3  2 D) MnSO 4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
ndil/HCl
01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P

P aq Z
  QF
eCl3
 R T
colouredion

R MnO4 / H

S 
R Mn2aq 
Whiteturbidity

33. ‘T’ can not be identified by

Paragraph for Questions 35 and 36

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

A) log 2/3 2 B) log 4/3 2 C) 1 D) log 3 4

C)  f  x  dx  1
0
D) f(x) is an odd function.

45. If 2xydy   x 2  y 2  1 dx, y 1  0& y  x 0   3 , then x 0 can be

A) 2 B) -2 C) 3 D) -3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

3   
xy  4y  7 y dx  4x  7 xy  5 x dy  0 is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

y  x  y  dx  x  y  x  dy
3 3
and let g  x    sin 1
t dt   cos 1 t dt , where
1/8 1/8

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 53 and 54
01-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_WTA-32_Q.P

f x x

2     2
A)  ,1 B) (0, 1) C)  1,  D)  0, 
   2  

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 PTA-03 Date: 01-11-2020
Time: 08:00Am to 11:00Am 2018_P1 Max.Marks:180

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS
1 AC 2 BC 3 ABD 4 C 5 ABD
6 ABCD 7 16.64 8 0.74 9 4 10 4
11 5 12 2 13 7.02 14 3 15 C
16 C 17 C 18 D

CHEMISTRY
19 BD 20 BC 21 ABC 22 ABCD 23 ABCD
24 AC 25 1221 26 20 27 36.00 28 0.60
29 0.02 30 90 31 0.23 32 8 33 C
34 B 35 C 36 D

MATHS
37 BC 38 ACD 39 BCD 40 ABCD 41 ABD
42 ABD 43 0 44 0 45 3 46 136
47 1 48 3 49 5 50 452 51 D
52 C 53 C 54 B
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv (2018-P1)_PTA-03_Key & Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
c 3 108
1. For microwaves     300 m.
f 106
Path difference   d sin 
2 2 2
 Phase difference    ( d sin )  (150 sin )   sin 
  300
Intensity I  I1  I 2  2 I1I 2 cos 
when I1  I 2 ,    sin 
  sin  
I  2 I1 (1  cos( sin ))  4 I1 cos 2  
 2 
 sin  
I will be maximum when cos 2   is maximum = 1.
 2 
 I max  4 I1  I 0 (given)
  sin  
So I  I 0 cos 2  
 2 
(a) when   0, I  I 0 sin 2 0  I 0
 sin 30  2  I0
(b) when   30, I  I 0 cos 2    I 0 cos  .
 2  4 2
 sin 90  2 
(c) when   90, I  I 0 cos 2    I 0 cos  0.
 2  2
i.e, (a) and (c) are correct.

2. Decreased the, also decreases. Then consecutive fringes will come close
When fringe width is decreased, the number of maxima on te screedn
increases
3. Theory of wave optics
0.5
4. Least count =  0.005mm
100
Zero error = 0+0.005x2=0.01 mm
So, true diameter = 0.5x8+0.005x83-0.01=4.405 mm
5. x at O=d(path difference is maximum at O)
5 7
So, for d  and , O will be a minimum and for d   , O will be a maximum.
2 2
There would be total 5 minima for d  4.8
6. (a,b,c,d)
For maxima d = n
For minima d = (n  1 / 2)
3  1
For intensity th of maximum d = n  
4  3 2
 2 11 11
At x  11   
6  6 3

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
   3I
I  I max cos 2    max
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv (2018-P1)_PTA-03_Key & Sol’s

 2  4
7. d sin      1 t  x
 3  3
d    x x  3
 2d  2
Hence maximum intensity will occur at ‘O’.
I  4I0  16.64 W / m 2
8. Pitch = 0.2 mm
Total division = 200
Least count = 0.001 mm
-ve zero error = 40xL.C.=0.04 mm
Reading = 0.6 mm+100xL.C.=0.7 mm
Thickness = 0.7 mm+0.04 mm = 0.74 mm
2
 I1  I2 
9.   9
 I1  I 2 
I1  I 2
3
I1  I 2
2 I1 4

2 I2 2
I1 4

I2 1
w1
4
w2
n1 4  107 D n 2 6  107 D
10. 
d d
n1 3

n2 2
3  4  107  2
y
103
y  2.4mm
11. (dy/2m+d1mm/1m)=70λ

12.
13. L=M.S.R+V.C*L.C
I |  I  I  2 I 2 cos 
14. 3
 4 I   2 I 1  cos  
4
Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 3

3  4 cos 2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv (2018-P1)_PTA-03_Key & Sol’s

2
 3  3
cos 2  or cos 
2 4 2 2
 
 
2 6

 
3
d  2r
15&16. D
w   1.1mm
d
24 
Range of fringe formation  130  2  130   x
60 180
x
 8.28  8 fringes are observer.
w
17&18. l ( S1P) air   S1P  t air l   st
tD  q 
yd
 s1 p  s2 p air  y
  1
D d  l 
tD  T  4  2  Dt 
y   y(T  0)    
d  10  T  5 d 
dy Dt 6
Velocity v = 
dt d 10  T 2

Chemistry:
19. It is a second order reaction and half-life changes by both change in temperature
and concentration

20.
With increase in [A]0, rate will increase, leading to increase in yield of B. A → B
has higher Ea, which means it has lower k and thus with increase in temperature
k1 will increase more than k2, resulting in increase in yield of B.
21. Zero order reaction is always complex.
22. Unit of A = Unit of k ≠ mol L–1s–1
23. Fact
24. NCERT
0.69  152.63  10 3  6  1023  4
25. t1 
2
30  109  226  3153600
1221 years
26. 10+10= 20 minutes from the start of the reaction,

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 4
1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv (2018-P1)_PTA-03_Key & Sol’s

27. 0.5 A   1.5 B   1.5 C

3 3
1 2
  0.5  60   1.5  72   1.5  42
3 3
 30  36  42  36
28. Volume strength = 5.6 N0 = 16.8o
Now, after 2.303 hours, let normality be N. When 20 mL of this solution is diluted,
N.20 N
normally becomes 
100 5
It is diluted against 0.02 M KMnO4.
Under acidic conditions, normality of KMnO4 = M x 5.
= 0.02 x 5 = 0.1 N.
Now, using N1V1 = N2V2
N
.25  0.1  37.5
5
N = 0.75 N
Now volume strength V = N x 5.6 = 0.75 x 5.6 = 4.2 V
Now,
2.303 V
k log 0
t Vt
t  2.303hours, V0  16.8V, Vf  4.2 V
2.303 16.8
k log  0.60 hr 1
2.303 4.2

29. rate= (1.8x0.69)/60=0.04/2

 kt
30. log  a 0  x    log a 0
2.303
31. A  2B + C
t = 0 P0 0 0
t = t P0 – x 2x x
t=∞ ≈0 2P0 P0
From question: P  2 P0  P0
P
 P0  and P   P0  x   2 x  x
3
P  P0 3 P  P
x 
2 6

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 5
1 P 1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
o
P
A
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv (2018-P1)_PTA-03_Key & Sol’s

Now, K  .ln  .ln o

t PA t Po  x
1 P / 3
 .ln
t P  3 P  P

3 6
1 2 P
 .ln
t 3  P  P 
32. It is belonging to VIII B group.
2
33. Rate R  k  p NO  p H2
Since p NO  pH 2
2
Rate = k 'p H 2  k '  k  p NO 
2
k '  1.0  107  8  102    0.064 s 1
ln 2
t1/2   10.8s
k'
p N 2 O 2 2
34.  0  k1  p NO   k 1p N2O2  k 2 p N2O2 p H2  0
t
2
k p 
p N 2O 2  1 NO
k 1  k 2 p H 2
2
p N 2 O k1  p NO 
 k 2pH2
t k 1  k 2 p H2
p N2O  p NO  2 pH
Rate =  k1 k 2 2

t k 1  k 2 p H2

35&36. a  a t e  n1t

Total no. of moles after time ‘t’ =  a  a t  

 a  a t  .n
2
n1
 n  n2 
 a  at  1 
 n1 
 n  n2 
 a  ae  n1t  1 
 n1 
 n  n2 
 
 a 1  e n1t  1 
 n1 
aRT  n1  n 2 
Pressure at t =
V0

1  e  n1R   n 
 1 
Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 6
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv (2018-P1)_PTA-03_Key & Sol’s

Maths:
37. The portion of the tangent to the hyperbola bounded by its asymptotes is always
bisected by its point of contact and the area of the triangle formed by the
asymptotes the hyperbola and a tangent to the hyperbola is a constant, which is
equal to product of semi axes of the hyperbola.
2 
38. Locus of the centriod is  x  2    y  2  4
4x 2y 2y
39. The circle and the ellipse have a nomal in common let    12
cos  sin  sin 
1
be its equation. It passes through the centre (1,0) of the circle  cos  
3
2 1
2k
 2  K  23
40. k
4x 3y
41. Equation of the normal at '  ' on the ellipse is   7 if it passing
cos  sin 
16cos  9sin 
through '  '. then  7
cos  sin 
 49  130cos 2  
 cos   cos  
 256  175cos 2  
42. For the standard ellipse in the question
a. Max area = 2ab for rectangle
0
b. a  b  2  3  tan 75
c. |a-b| = maximum distance required
d. ab s.units
43. Let the common tangent be y = mx+c
 Point of tangencies to the given ellipse are
 a12 m b12
1
c c
 a 22 m b 22
 10
c c
 a 22 m b32
1
c c
44. Equation of normal at P  cos , 2sin  is 3x sec   2y cos   5
5
 3
2 2
9sec   4cos ec 
 
2 2
But 9sec2   4cos ec2   3  2   3  2  25
 no such  exists

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 7
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
Hence no tangents to circle which is normal to ellipse
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv (2018-P1)_PTA-03_Key & Sol’s

x cos  ysin 
45.  1
a b
 cos   sin 
   1.....1
a b
   b cos  
&   1....... 2
  a sin  
2
Solving 1 & 2  2  2    a 2 2  b 2 2  equation of the required locus is
2
x 2
 y2   a 2 x 2b2 y2
2 2 x 2 y2

 x y 2
 
2

3
K 2
2
1
2 K 3  1
   K  2e 
K 2 1 3
2 m  0  25m 2  4 2
y  mx  25m  4  4m
46. 1  m2 3
 3 y  2 x  4 7  3l 2  136

47. (h,2) lies on the hyperbola  h  2 

a 2 b2  4  ......1
b2
hx 2y
Tangent at (h,2) is  1
a 2 b2
Substituting in the circle x 2  y 2  a 2
4
2  4a   4a 4  a 4
y  4 2  1  y  2 2   2  a 2  0
b h  b h  h
y1  y 2 4a 4
  1 (from 1)
y1 y2 2 4 a2 
b a  2 
 h 
 x  3 2   y  4 2
1
48.  e  9e  3 
y 3
49. The tangent at any point A  2sec , tan  is given by is given by
x sec  y tan 
 1
2 1
It meets the line x - 2y = 0
Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 8
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
x sec  x tan  2
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv (2018-P1)_PTA-03_Key & Sol’s

  1 x 
2 2 sec   tan 
 2 1 
Q , .........(i)
 sec   tan  sec   tan  
Also, the tangent meets the line x+2y = 0 at R so
x x 1
 sec   tan   1  x 
2 2 sec   tan 
 2 1 
R  , ....... ii
 sec   tan  sec   tan  
22  12 22  12
Now, CQ.CR=  CQ.CR  5 h
 sec   tan  2  sec   tan 
50. Let P  4 1  cos  ,3 1  sin  
The reflection of the point P about the
x - y = 2 is (h,k) where
h  4 1  cos   4cos   3sin   1
k  3 1  cos    4 cos   3sin 
2 2
So, equation of image is 16  x  5  9  y  2  14y
So, k1  160 k 2  292
Paragraph for Question Nos. 53 & 54
Consider the following statements
Statement : I
P,Q are end points of a focal chord of the parabola, y 2  4ax . The circle on PQ as
diameter is drawn. If the circle meets the parabola in two real parameters t1 , t 2 in
addition to P and Q (if it exists), then t1.t 2  3
Statement : II
A ladder 12m long slides in a vertical plane with its ends is contact with a vertical
wall and a horizontal floor. Then the locus of a point on the ladder 4m from its
x 2 y2
foot is part of the ellipse  1
64 16
Statement : III
An ellipse has semi axes of length 2a, 3a . The distance of a point P on this
3
ellipse from one focus S is a and the tangent at P to the ellipse cuts the major
2
3a
axis at T. Then ST 
2
Statement : IV

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 9
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv (2018-P1)_PTA-03_Key & Sol’s
The normal at the point P on xy  c 2 meets the hyperbola x 2  y 2  a 2 at Q & R.
Then P is the mid point of QR
 1
51&52. Statement – 1: P  t  ,    , R  t1  ,S  t 2 
  t
PR  RQ, PS  SQ
2 2
'
,  1
t  t  1  t'
t
This is quadratic equation in t’ whose roots are t1 and t 2 product of roots t1 , t 2  3
Statement – II:
a 2  b 2  12 2
 8  a   4  0 8  0  4  b 
 8  4 , 8  4    h, k 
2a b
 h,  k
3 3
2
9h
 9k 2  122
4
h2
 k 2  42
4
Statement – III
1
e
2
3
a  ae  a
2
So tangent should be tangent at vertex,
3
 ST  a
2
Statement – IV

53&54.
x1  5  V  5,0
y2  4a  x  5
x2
  a  x  5  1
9
 x 2  9ax  45a  6  0

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 10
TG

~

@bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
D  81a 2  4 45a  9  0
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv (2018-P1)_PTA-03_Key & Sol’s

 9a 2  4  5a  1  0
2
9a 2  20a  4  0  a  2,
9
at a  2  x  9 rejected
2  4 2  4 2
a  x  1  A 1,  ; B  1  3 
9  3   
Normal at A
9x 4y 3
  5  9x  y5
1 4 2 /3 2
9x 2  3y  5 2
Tangent at A
3x  9y 2  27  c  9, 0
1 8 2 32 2
 ABC  .8. 
2 3 3

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 11
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 PTA-03 Date: 01-11-2020
Time: 08:00Am to 11:00Am 2018_P1 Max.Marks:180

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS
1 AC 2 BC 3 ABD 4 C 5 ABD
6 ABCD 7 16.64 8 0.74 9 4 10 4
11 5 12 2 13 7.02 14 3 15 C
16 C 17 C 18 D

CHEMISTRY
19 BD 20 BC 21 ABC 22 ABCD 23 ABCD
24 AC 25 1221 26 20 27 36.00 28 0.60
29 0.02 30 90 31 0.23 32 8 33 C
34 B 35 C 36 D

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
   3I
I  I max cos 2    max
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv (2018-P1)_PTA-03_Key & Sol’s

Chemistry:
19. It is a second order reaction and half-life changes by both change in temperature
and concentration

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 4
1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv (2018-P1)_PTA-03_Key & Sol’s

27. 0.5 A   1.5 B   1.5 C

29. rate= (1.8x0.69)/60=0.04/2

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 5
1 P 1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
o
P
A
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv (2018-P1)_PTA-03_Key & Sol’s

Now, K  .ln  .ln o

t k 1  k 2 p H2

35&36. a  a t e  n1t

Total no. of moles after time ‘t’ =  a  a t  

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 7
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
Hence no tangents to circle which is normal to ellipse
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv (2018-P1)_PTA-03_Key & Sol’s

47. (h,2) lies on the hyperbola  h  2 

53&54.
x1  5  V  5,0
y2  4a  x  5
x2
  a  x  5  1
9
 x 2  9ax  45a  6  0

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 10
TG

~

@bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
D  81a 2  4 45a  9  0
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv (2018-P1)_PTA-03_Key & Sol’s

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 11
TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 PTA-03 Date: 01-11-2020
Time: 08:00Am to 11:00Am 2018_P1 Max.Marks:180

01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Syllabus

MATHS : PT-3 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-3 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-3 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
JEE-ADVANCE-2018-P1-Model
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P

Time: 3:00Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 180

PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 6) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 7 – 14) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 15-18) +3 -1 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 +2 = 4Q)

Total 18 60
CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 19 – 24) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 25 –32) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 33-36) +3 -1 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 +2 = 4Q)

Total 18 60
MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N:37 – 42) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N :43–50) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec –III(Q.N : 51-54) +3 -1 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 +2 = 4Q)

Total 18 60

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
PHYSICS
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
1. In an interference experiment similar to Young’s double slit experiment, the slits
S1 and S2 are illuminated with coherent microwave sources, each of frequency
106 Hz. The source are synchronized to have zero phase difference. The slits
are separated by a distance d = 150.0m. The intensity I () is measured as a
function of  , where  is defined as shown. If I 0 is the maximum intensity, then
I    for 0    90 is given by (interference occurs at very large distance from
the slits).

S1
d1

d2
S2

I0 I0
A) I ()  for   30 B) I ()  for   90
2 4
C) I ()  I0 for   0 D) I () is constant for all
2. If the source of light used in a Youngs Double Slit Experiment is changed from
red to blue, then
A) The fringes will become brighter
B) Consecutive fringes will come closer
C) The number of maxima formed on the screen increases
D) The central bright fringe will become a dark fringe

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
3. Pick the correct options
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P

A) in Young’s double slit experiment, if the width of the source slit is increased,
the fringe pattern becomes indistinct
B) during interference of light energy is not conserved
C) Young’s double slit experiment when performed using a source of white light
white fringes are observed
D) in 3d movies 2 projectors are used to project 2 images on screen
4. The pitch of screw gauge is 0.5 mm and there are 100 divisions on it’s circular
scale. The instrument reads 2 circular divisions when nothing is put in between
it jaws. In measuring the diameter of a wire, there are 8 divisions on the main
scale and 83rd division coincides with the reference line. Then choose the
correct option (s).
A) screw gauge is having zero error of -0.01 mm
B) screw gauge is having zero error of -0.49 mm
C) diameter of the wire is 4.405 mm
D) diameter of the wire is 4.425 mm
5. Two point monochromatic and coherent source of light of wavelength  are
each placed as shown in the figure. The initial phase difference between the
sources is zero. If D>>d, select the correct option(s). (during the counting
exclude fringes at infinity)

d
O
S1 S2
D

Screen
(planar)
7
A) If d  , O will be minima
2
B) If d   , only one maxima can be observed on screen.
C) If d  4.8 , then a total 8 minima would be there on screen.
5
D) If d  , then intensity at O would be minimum
2
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
6.
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
Two point monochromatic and coherent sources of light of wavelength  and
of same intensity at point O are placed on the dotted line in front of an infinite
screen. The sources emit waves in phase with each other. The distance
between S1 & S 2 is d while their distance from the screen is much larger than ‘d’

S1 S2
O

3
A) if d is at O minima will be observed.
2
11 3
B) If d is , then intensity at O will be of maximum intensity on the screen
6 4
C) If d is 3 , then intensity at O will be maximum
7 3
D) If d is , the intensity at O will be of maximum intensity
6 4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
geometrical centre ‘O’ of the screen. (Given, d=1 mm, D=2m,
0
  4 / 3,   4000 A and l0  4.16W / m 2 )

d O

S2
D
screen
8. A screw gauge is used to measure the thickness of thin sheet of copper. The
pitch of screw gauge is 0.2 mm and total number of division on circular scale is
200. When two jaws are brought in contact then 160th division of circular scale
is exactly coincide with the main scale line, and that the zero of main scale is
barely visible. When thickness of sheet is measured with screw gauge then
main scale reading is 0.6 mm and 100th division coincide with the main scale
line. Find the thickness of copper sheet in mm.
9. In the Youngs double slit experiment apparatus the ratio of maximum to
minimum intensity on the screen is 9. The wavelength of light used is  , then
find the ratio of the width of the larger slit to smaller slit.
10. A point source ‘s’ which is symmetrically placed (as shown in figure) emits light
rays of wavelength 4000A and 6000A . Distance between slits S1 and S 2 is 1mm
then least (non –zero) distance of point on screen from ‘O’ at which both the
6x
wavelengths produces maxima together is mm then calculate ‘x’:
10

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
11.
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
In the young’s double slit experiment a point source of   5000 A0 is placed

slightly off the central axis as shown in the figure. If 70th order maximum is
formed at P, the value of n is.

S1
S n mm
P
5mm
1mm

5mm
S2

1m 2m

12. A liquid of refractive index  0 is filled between slits and screen. Initially the

central maxima is at point O on screen, with no slabs in front of slits. Now two
slabs of refractive index  1 and  2 , with thickness t 1 and t2 respectively are

placed in front of slits as shown, So that the position of central maxima does
t1
not change. Find the ratio of , if  0  1.5,  1  1.8 and  2  2.1 .
t2

t1 0
liquid
d S1 1
O
t2
S2
2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
13.
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
The main scale of a vernier calipers reads in millimeter and its vernier is divided
into 10 division which coincide with 9 division of main scale. When two jaws of
instrument touch each other the fourth division of the Vernier scale
coincides with a main scale division and the zero of the vernier lies to the right
of zero of main scale and lies
Between 2nd and 3rd division of main scale. Further more, when a cylinder is
tightly placed along its length between two jaws, it is observed that 78th division
of the main scale consider sixth division of vernier scale, calculate the length of
the cylinder in cm.
14. In a young’s double slit there is a point which is adjacent to central maxima
3
where Intensity is th of maximum intensity. The phase difference between the
4

waves from the two slits reaching at that point is . What is the value of n ?
n
SECTION – III
(COMPREHENSIN TYPE)
This section contains 2 Paragraphs. Based on each paragraph, there are 2 questions. Each question has 4
options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Question Nos. 15 to 16
shows an experimental arrangement given by Fresnel. It consists of two plane
mirrors inclined at an angle of 12 minutes of an arc. The distances from mirrors
intersection to the slit ‘S’ and the screen ‘SC’ are 10 cm and 130 cm respectively.
The wavelength of light is 0.55 106 m. Fresnel double mirrors can be looked upon
as modified YDSE. Here, the two coherent sources and are virtual and mirror
image of S. Interference is obtained due to reflected light from the two mirrors.
Interference pattern consists of alternate bright and dark fringes similar to
YDSE but with a difference that interference pattern is limited to over lapping

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
region. Fringe width and position of maxima and minima is given by similar
expression as in YDSE.
S
10 cm


S1 
130 cm
O 12
S2

screen
15. Fringe width is: (approximately)
A) 0.9 mm B) 1.0 mm C) 1.1 mm D) 1.3 mm
16. The number of possible fringes formed on the screen is:
A) 6 B) 7 C) 8 D) 9
Paragraph for Question Nos. 17 to 18
In a modified YDSE the region between the screen and slits is immersed in a
5 T
liquid whose refractive index varies with time as l     until it reaches a
2 4  

steady state value 5/4. A glass plate of thickness 36  m and refractive index 3/2
is introduced in front of one of the slits S2 as shown in fig. The distance
between the slits is d = 2mm and the distance between slits and screen is D =
1m (O is located symmetrically with respect to S1 and S2 )

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
Y

S1
O
X
d
S2

17. The position of central maxima at T = 0 from the point O is

A) 1.8 mm B) 3.6mm C) 7.2 mm D) 14.4 mm
18. The time when central maxima reaches O is
A) 1Sec B) 2Sec C) 3Sec D) 4Sec

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
CHEMISTRY
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
19. The half-life of the decomposition of dinitrogenoxide (N2O) to form the elements
is inversely proportional to the initial pressure of N2O at given temperature
At two different temperatures the following results are obtained
T (°C) 694 757
P0 (kPa)(initial partial pressure of dinitrogen oxide 39.2 48.0
Half-life (s) 1520 212
Which of the following are incorrect statements with respect to decomposition
of dinitrogenoxide?
A) reaction is second order with respect to dinitrogen oxide
B) Increase in temperature always decreases half-life of reaction in different
experiments with different initial concentrations of dinitrogen oxide
C) Increase in temperature increases rate constant of reaction in different
experiments with different initial concentrations of dinitrogen oxide
k  T2  E A  1 1 
D) ln   is applicable as it is first order reaction
k  T1  R  T1 T2 
20. Consider the following kinetically controlled irreversible reaction that involves
conversion of A in to C through the formation B.
E1 E2
A   B  C
When energy of activation for first reaction (E1) is much greater than that of
second reaction(E2), the yield of B increases with
A) Decreases in temperature
B) Increase in temperature
C) Increase in initial concentration of A
D) Decrease in initial concentration of A

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
21.
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
Which of the following is/are correct statement(s)?
A) Simplest ratio of stoichiometric coefficients of an elementary reaction can
tell about the order an elementary reaction.
B) For a zero-order reaction, rate and the rate constant are identical
C) A zero-order reaction is controlled by factors other than concentration of
reactants.
D) A zero-order reaction is always an elementary reaction
22. Select all incorrect statement(s) from the following with reference to Arrhenius
theory
A) Unit of pre-exponential factor (A) for second order reaction is mol L–1 s–1
B) A zero-order reaction must have zero molecularity
C) Molecularity is defined only for a complex reaction
D) Decay constant (λ) of radioactive substance is affected by temperature
23. Which of the following graphs are properly matched by qualitative basis?
Given [X]= concentration of X at given time, [X]0= concentration of X at time(t)=0
R= rate, R0= initial rate

A) = ln [X] (y-axis), t(x-axis) (order = 1)

B) t1/2(y-axis), [X0] (x-axis)(order=1) and

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
also R(y-axis), t(x-axis)(order = 0)

C) R0(y-axis), [X](x-axis)(order = 1)

D) R(y-axis), t(x-axis)(order > 0)

24. Which of the following statements are correct about the Arrhenius equation?
A) Pre-exponential factor becomes equal to rate constant at a very high
temperature
B) When energy of activation of a reaction is zero, then rate of such reaction is
more affected by temperature than the reaction with non-zero energy of
activation.
C) Boltzmann factor represents the fraction of molecules having energy more
than threshold energy
D) Catalyst can only increase pre-exponential factor to increase the rate of the
reaction.

The times indicated are half-lives, the units are y = years, d = days, m = minutes.
The first decay, marked t above, has a value more than300 years.
A pure sample containing 152.63 mg of 226Ra (atomic mass is 226 u) was
sealed and allowed to stand for 50 days. The total rate of alpha-decay from the
sample was then determined by scintillation to be 30.00 GBq. What is the half-
life (in years) of 226Ra?
1 Bq = 1 count s–1and Avogadro number= 6 x 1023 ln2= 0.69, 1 year=
3,15,36,000 s, Report your answer to nearest integer
26. In a 5 L container, 3 moles of A are taken and it immediately starts
decomposing with half-life of 10 minutes. After 10 min, 3 moles of B are added
which undergoes independent decomposition as A with half-life of 5 minutes. If
both decompositions follow first order kinetics then how many minutes it will
take for the concentration of A and B to become same from the time of start of
decomposition of A?

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
27. Consider the reaction,
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P

k1  6.93  102 min 1

C
k 2  13.85  102 min 1

A, B and C all are optically active compounds. If optical rotation per unit
concentration of A, B and C are 60°,–72°, 42° and initial concentration of A is 2
M then what is the angle of rotation of plane polarized light( in degrees) of
solution After 75% conversion of A in to B and C ?
28. Decomposition of H2O2 is a first order reaction. A solution of H2O2 labelled as
“16.8 V” was left open. Due to this, some H2O2 decomposed. To determine the
new volume strength after 2.303 hours., 20 mL of this solution was diluted to
100 mL. 25 mL of this diluted solution was titrated against 37.5 mL of 0.02 M
KMnO4solution under acidic conditions in very short time where it can be
approximated that decomposition of hydrogen peroxide can be neglected
during the process of dilution and titration [Given: STP is 1 atm and 273 K].
What is the rate constant (in hr–1) for decomposition of H2O2?(log2=0.30)
29. Experiments always associate with unavoidable errors and careful
approximations of errors are sometimes important in kinetic study. The
following may be one of such experiments. Change in concentration of X with
time in two experiments starting with two different initial concentrations of X is
given in the following graphs. The reaction is represented as 2X(aq) → X2(aq).
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
What is the rate of reaction (M/min) when concentration of X in aqueous
solution was 1.8 M? ln2=0.69

Experiment-1

Experiment-2

30. For the first order decomposition of SO2Cl2(g).SO2Cl2(g) → SO2(g) + Cl2(g)

A graph of log (a0 – x) vs t is shown in figure at 400K where a0 is the initial
concentration and x is the concentration reactant decomposed

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
If SO2Cl2 is taken in 0.821 L container at 5 atm along with helium gas at 2 atm,
in what minmum time(in minutes) from the start of the reaction, container
explodes? Given that container can hold gases up to the total pressure of
9.5atm  log 2  0.30  .(Temperature Remains contestant)

31. For the first-order reaction A(g) → 2B(g) + C(g), the total pressure after time 1.8
minutes from the start of reaction with A is 5 atm and after infinite time, it is 10
atm. What is the rate constant of the reaction in min-1?
ln=0.48 ln=0.30
32. An isotope of silver, on bombardment with protons, undergoes a nuclear
reaction yielding element Z as shown below. To which group, element Z
belongs in the periodic table as per IUPAC group numbering?

47 Ag108 1 H1  6 0 n1    2 1H1  Z

Initial pressure, torr

Exp. H2 Initial rate of production of N2O, torr s-1
NO
1. 120.0 60.0 8.66 x 10-2
2. 60.0 60.0 2.17 x 10-2
3. 60.0 180.0 6.62 x 10-2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
A proposed mechanism for the reaction between NO and H2 is given
k1
 N 2 O 2  g 
below: 2NO  g  
k 1
k
N 2 O 2  g   H 2  g  
2
 N 2O  g  H 2O  g
It can be Assumed that rate of formation of N2O2 is same as rate of
consumption during the study of kinetics.
33. What is the time elapsed to reduce the partial pressure of H2 to the half of its
initial value, if NO with a pressure of 8.00 x 102 torr and H2 with 1.0 torr are
mixed at 820 °C?
A) 11.00 Hrs B) 223.6 s C) 10.8 s D) 0.8Hrs
34. Under what condition does rate law derived from given mechanism reduces to
the experimentally determined rate law:
A) If k–1<<k2 pH2 B) If k-1>>k2 pH2
C) If k-1>k2 D) If k1>k–1
Paragraph for Questions 35 and 36
Consider the following first order gaseous reaction, n1 A(g) → n2B (g) where n1
is not equal to n2. The rate constant of reaction given is k. The reaction is
studied at a constant temperature T. Initially, the moles of A were ‘a’ and no B
were present in initially in the volume of V0.
35. How many moles of A are present at time, t?
A) a.e  kt at constant volume B) a.e  n 2kt at constant pressure
C) a.e  n1kt at constant volume D)All the above
36. What is the final pressure of the system after time t at constant volume of V0?

 RT  n12  RT 
A) n 2  B)
 V0  n 2  V0 
C) (aRT/Vo)(1-e-n1kt)[(n1+n2)/n2] D) none of the above

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
MATHS
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
37. A line 3x + y = 8 touches a hyperbola H = 0 at P(1,5) meets its asymptotes at A

and B. If AB  2 10,C 1,1 be the centre of hyperbola, e and  are eccentricity

and latus rectum of hyperbola then which of the following is/are CORRECT ?

7 5
A) e  B) e  C)   2 D)   2 2
2 2
38. A circle with centre  3 ,3  and with variable radius cuts the hyperbola

x 2  y 2  36 at the points A,B,C and D. If the locus of the centroid of ABC

2 2
is  x  k1a    y  k 2  k 3 , then which of the following is true

A) k1  k 2  k 3 B) k12  k 22  k 3

C) 6k1  k 22  k 32 D) k12  6k 2  k 32

39. Let S be the circle with centre at (1,0) ,which touches the ellipse x 2  4y 2  16

then which of the following is/are CORRECT ?

10
A) The radius of S is
3
11
B) The radius of S is
3
2
C) S makes an intercept of length 4 on y-axis
3
11
D) S makes an intercept of length 2 on x-axis
3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
40.
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
If the length of the latus rectums of the ellipse
2 2 x 2 y2
E1 : 4  x  y  1  2  x  y  3  8 and the ellipse E 2 :  2  1  0  k  1
k k
are equal, then which of the following is/are true?

A) Area of the ellipse E2 is sq.units
2
 31 2

B) Area of the director circle of E2 is   2  2 3  sq.units
 
2 2
C) If (x,y) be a point on E1, then maximum value of  x  1   y  2 is 2

D) Area of the ellipse E1 is  2 sq.units

41. If the normal at  4cos  ,3sin   on the ellipse 9x 2  16y 2  144 again

 a  b cos 2  
intersects the ellipse at  4 cos ,3sin   , then cos   cos   where
 c  d cos 2  

a,b,c,d N and GCD (a,b,c,d)=1.    n, n  I where

A) a  b  d  4 B) b  d  c  49
C) a  b  d  1 D) a  c  b  d  0

42. For an ellipse 3x 2  4y 2  12  0 which of the following statements (s) is (are)

correct?

A) Maximum area of rectangle inscribed in the ellipse is 4 3 sq.u

B) Minimum length of intercept made by any tangent to the ellipse between
 5 
coordinate axes is tan  units
 12 
 5 
C) Maximum distance from centre on any normal is cos   units
 12 
D) area of the ellipse is 2 3 sq.units
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
SECTION-II
(NUMERICAL VALUE TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. Each question is numerical value. For each question, enter the correct
numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to second decimal place.
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
x 2 y2
43. If the three ellipses 2  2  1,i  1, 2,3, have a common tangent, then the
a i bi

a12 b12 1
value of a 22 b22 1 
a 32 b32 1

44. How many tangents to the circle x 2  y 2  3 are there which are normal to the

x 2 y2
ellipse  1 ?
9 4
45. Locus of foot of perpendicular drawn from the centre (0,0) to any tangent on the
2 1
ellipse kx 2  3y 2  2 is 3kx 2  4y2  6 x 2  y 2   0 , then the value of
e2
(where e is eccentricity of the ellipse) is ......
46. If l is the length of intercept made by a common tangent to the circle

2 2 x 2 y2
x  y  16 and the ellipse   1, on the coordinate axis, then the value
25 4
of 3l2 is .......
x 2 y2
47. If the tangent at the point P(h,2) on the hyperbola 2  2  1 cuts the circle
a b
1 1
x 2  y 2  a 2 the points Q  x1 , y1  and R  x 2 , y 2  then the value of  
y1 y 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P
2 2 y2
If ‘e’ is the eccentricity of the ellipse  x  3   y  4  , then 9e =
48. 9

x 2 y2
49. C is the centre of the hyperbola   1 and ‘A’ is any point on it. The
4 1
tangent at A to the hyperbola meet the lines x-2y=0 and x+2y = 0 at Q and R
respectively. The value of CQ.CR.
2 2

50. If the equation of reflection of the ellipse

 x  4

 y  3
 1 with respect to
16 9
the line x  y  2  0 is 16x 2  9y 2  k1x  36y  k 2  0 then k 2  k1 

 c
If the normal to the hyperbola xy  c 2 at the point  ct ,  meets the hyperbola
 t

 c
again at  ct ',  then t 3t '  1
 t'
Statement : II
A ladder 12m long slides in a vertical plane with its ends is contact with a
vertical wall and a horizontal floor. Then the locus of a point on the ladder 4m
x 2 y2
from its foot is part of the ellipse  1
64 16

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 22

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Statement : III
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P

An ellipse has semi axes of length 2a, 3a . The distance of a point P on this

3
ellipse from one focus S is a and the tangent at P to the ellipse cuts the major
2
axis at T.
3a
Then ST 
2
Statement : IV
The normal at the point P on xy  c 2 meets the hyperbola x 2  y 2  a 2 at Q & R.
Then P is the mid point of QR
51. Which of the following is true
A) Statement – I is true & Statement – II is false
B) Statement – I is false & Statement – II is false
C) Statement – I is false & Statement – II is true
D) Statement – I is true & Statement – II is true
52. Which of the following is true
A) Statement – III is true & Statement – IV is true
B) Statement – III is false & Statement – IV is false
C) Statement – III is false & Statement – IV is true
D) Statement – III is true & Statement – IV is false

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 23

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 53 to 54
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_PTA-03_Q’P

x 2 y2
Let S(x1 , 0) for x1>0 is focus of the ellipse E :   1.Suppose a parabola
9 4

whose vertex is V(x1 5,0) touches the ellipse at points A and B in I and IV

quadrants respectively. Axis of parabola is x-axis.

On the basis of above information. Answer the following questions:

53. Equation of normal to the ellipse E at A is

A) 9x 2  3y  5 2  0 B) 9x 2  3y  5 2  0

C) 9x 2  3y  5 2 D) 9x 2  3y  5

54. Tangent to the ellipse E at A and B meet at C, then area of ABC is (in sq.units)

32 2 16 2
A) 32 2 B) C)12 2 D)
3 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 24

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-02 Date: 01-11-20
Time: 05:10Pm to 08:10 Pm 2018_P2 Max.Marks: 180

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS
1) ACD 2) BD 3) AC 4) AC 5) BD 6) BC 7) 100 8) 1.42 to 1.44 9) 20

10) 0.46 to 0.48 11) 0.5 12) 12.5 13) 3.75 14) 10 15) B 16) C 17) B 18) B

CHEMISTRY

19) ABC 20) BCD 21) BC 22) BCD 23) BCD 24) ABC 25) 52 26) 13.00 27) 3

28) 5 29) 6 30) 3 31) 2.00 32) 14.90 33) C 34) D 35) D 36) B

MATHEMATICS

37) BCD 38) ABCD 39) ABCD 40) ABCD 41) ABCD 42) ABCD 43) 7 44) 5 45) 2

46) 1 47) 1 48) 50 49) 3 50) 1 51) D 52) A 53) D 54) D

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1. (a) Process AB: PT = const.  nRT2 = kv (k is constant)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

3. x 
yb
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

d
b
.b b2
x  2 =
d 2d

If certain wavelength are missing then they are making minima.

 1
x   n    for minima
 2
2
b 3 b2
n = 1,  , 
2d 2 3d
2
b  b2
n = 0,  , 
2d 2 d
The deviation produced by a glass slab is zero. Hence the cavity will not have any
4.
effect on the deviation.
B
A

C
D
 A
sin  min 
 2 
2
A
sin  
2
o
 min  30

5. For such an expansion the pressure is decreasing:

P1V1
P
isotherm

P2 V2

V
P1V1  nRT P2 V2  nRT
Since V2  V1 and temperature is same.
 P2  P1
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Temperature first increases and then decrease.
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

6. The combination behaves as a converging mirror. So we can have possibilities

7. P2 V2  P1V1
V1  20000CC P1  105 Pa

v2  Ax
Kx
P2  P0 
A
 1000x 
 105  20000  106  105  100x  104
 100  10 4 
 2000  1000  x 1  x  
x2  x  2  0
x = 100 cm
8. We have,
d
  k    0 
dt
Where 0 is the temperature of the surrounding and  is the temperature of the
body at time t. suppose   1 at t=0.
Then,
 t
d
   0  k 0 dt
1

  0
or, ln   kt
  0
or,   0   1  0  e  kt …(i)
The body continues to lose heat till its temperature becomes equal to that of the
surrounding. The loss of heat in this entire period is
Qm  ms 1  0 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s
This is the maximum heat the body can lose. If the body loses half this heat, the
decrease in its temperature will be,
Q m 1   0

2ms 2
If the body loses this heat in time t1 , the temperature at t1 will be
1  0 1  0
1  
2 2
Putting these values of time and temperature in (i),
1   0
 0   1   0  e  kt1
2
Solving, z=10/7
9. Figure shows that on segments, 1-2 and 3-4, pressure is directly proportional to
the temperature. It follows from ideal gas equation that gas volume remains
unchanged in this case and the gas does no work. So, we must find the work
done only in isobaric processes 2-3 and 4-1.
The work W23  P2 (V3  V2 ) and W41  P1 (V1  V4 )
Total work done by the gas during the cycle is, W  P2 (V3  V2 )  P1 (V1  V4 )
The equation of state for three moles of ideal gas, PV 1 1  3RT1 , PV
1 4  3RT4

2 2  3 RT2 , PV
PV 2 3  3RT3

Putting these values, we get: W  3R(T3  T1  T2  T4 )  20kJ .

10. Since, pressure remains unchanged, hence according to charles’ law, we get:
V2 T2 273  50 V1 323
  or 
V1 T1 273  12 V 285
V  323 17
 V2   V
285 15
17 17
Out of the volume V , ( V  V ) escaped, leaving volume V inside the flask.
15 15
17
But mass of V  4 g
15
 17  2V
 mass of  V  V  , i.e.,
 15  15
4 2V 8
   g  0.471g .
17
V 15 17
15
11. If intensity due to S1 & S2 each at screen 1 is I each then intesnsity at S3 & S4

each is 4I cos 2 2I & if now intensity due to S3 & S4 each at O is I0, then I1
2
= 4I0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

S1  S3
4
O

S2 S4

 1  2

intensity at S4=4I intensity S3 = O hence intensity at O due to S3 is zero now & due
to S4 is 2 times the value before i.e 2I0
1m

S1  S3
2
O

S2 S4

 1  2

so I 2  2I0
I2
 0.5
I1
12. We know that a thin silvered lens is equivalent to a combination of two lenses
and a mirror. This equivalent system is working as a mirror whose focal length is
given by:

1 2 2 25 1 2 2 9
   ( where f L  20cm and f M   cm) Or    
F f L fM 2 F 20 25 50

10 cm

Let  is the image distance from lens. Then

1 1 1
 
 10 50 / 9
1 1 9 4
or   
 10 50 50
   12.5 cm

13.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6
From,
1 1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1
 = ;   =
1 1 1
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

v u f f u f
f 5f
For lens, v =  2f   =
 2 2
1 1 1 1 1 1
From,  = ;  =
v u f 5f / 2 u f /2
5f
u=  ;
8
Final image is f in front of lens
So answer is 3f/8
1 1 1 
14. For lens, = ( – 1)   
f  R1 R2 
Here, R2 = +60 cm and R1 = +20 cm
1 1 1
= (1.5 – 1)   
f  20 60 
1 1 1
  
60 v 80
v = 240 cm
1 
Shift due to slab, s = 3 1  = 1 cm
 1.5 
for final image to form at O, ray should retrace its path after reflection from
mirror. So I2 should be at centre of curvature of mirror i.e. 7 + 3 + x = 20
x = 10 cm
15. When the strip is y below the mid plane its acceleration is given by,
buyant force  weight
a=
mass
 
 V0  1  4y   V0 g 0 
  g  4gy
V0 g 0
Similarly when strip is y above mid plane a = 4gy clearly its medium is SHM
2
When T   1sec
4g
16. A) at t = 0
Optical path difference due to glass slab
=   2  1  t  15t  3m  n 0
3m
n  300
100A 0
 0 D 100A 0  1m
So y  300     0.2m
d  20  2mm
So y  300  75m

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
B) At t = 5 sec
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

  1 (as R.I cannot be less than 1 as given in paragraph)

So optical parth difference due to galss slab
   2  1  t  4t  0.8m  n 0
0.8
n  80
100A 0
 0 D 100A 0  1m
So y  80     5m
d 1 2mm
y  80    400m
C) Central maximal is at geometral center when
 medium   glass  5 i.e at t = 3.75 sec
D) At t = 3.75 sec
  20  3.75  4   5
D
  0  1m
d
17. d = 2mm
d = 2m
I  I0  I0  2I0 cos 
 yd 
 x  
 D
2
 x


(b)
18.
(p) Rays will become parallel to principal axis after reflection. Therefore
diameter of spot will be D.
1 1 1 f
(q)   v
v  f    f  2
y D
If diameter of the spot is y then  or, y = 5 D
 5f   f 
   
 2   2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

1 1 1
r)    v  f
v  f   f 
  
 2
y D 3D
Diameter of the spot is given by  or, y
3f
  f 2
 
 2 

y D
(s) Diameter of the spot is given by  or y  3D
3d d

CHEMISTRY:
19. Angular nodes are directional and dependent on angular part of polar
coordinates.
20. total energy of the electron is negative
21. it forms fcc lattice
22. Intermolecular forces turned into repulsive at high pressures.
23. order of the reaction can be integer or fractional value.
24. A) Addition of NaOH will decrease [H3O+].
(B) Addition of water will decrease the concentration of both.
(C) Acetic acid is a weak acid
(D) Increase in temperature increases the reaction rate.
25. 4CuSCN + 7KIO3 + 14HCl = 4CuSO4 + 7KCl + 4HCN + 7ICl + 5H2O
26. Actual unit cell composition: Cu2.66Pt1.33

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9

V=A 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

a  380 pm  3.80  108 cm

3
V   3.80  10 8   54.87  10 24 cm3

m  2.66   A w  Cu    1.33   A w  Pt    / N A
d 
V 54.87  1024 cm3
 2.66   63.54   195.1  1.33 / 6.02  10 23
 24
 12.97 g/cm3
54.87  10
27. Lyman series corresponds to n1.
28. Crystalline solids: Mohr’s salt, Benzoic acid, potassium nitrate, copper, silicon
Amorphous solids: Polyurethane, Teflon, cellophane, polyvinyl chloride, fiberglass
and plastic sulphur.
29. VT
V nR
K
T P
log V  log T  log K
y  mx  c
 nR 
C  log K  log  
 P 
 0.0821 
C  log  n 
 0.0821 
For gas 1 : C  log n
0.4771  log n  log 3
For gas  2  : 0  log n  log1
n 1
For gas  3   log x  0.30
 log 2  log n
 log 2 1  log n
1
log    log n
2
1
n  mole
2
neq SO2  neq HClO3

30.
V 16.9
Or 2   6  V  13.44 L
22.4 84.5
Now n  PV  2   5  13.44   3
RT 0.0821  546

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

RT
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

V  B  2.058L . Also, for the given equation

31. P
16
32. 8O  4 2 He 4
m  15.9944  4  4.0026  0.016 u

∴ Energy required in separation  0.016  931.5  14.904 MeV

Radial node = (n-l-1), Angular node = l.
33. 4s, 5px, 6dxy having 3 radial node. Angular node in all ‘s’ orbital in zero.
34. Ideal gases cannot be liquefied.
35. NCERT examples lattice point is occupied basis
36. Units of rate constant are defined over, rate per unit concentration of reactant
terms

MATHS:
37. AD must pass through the incentre of the triangle.
15 15
Circum centre  , 
8 8 
5 5
Incentre =  , 
2 2
 5 25 
D , 
4 4 
38. Given circle is circum circle of excentral triangle ABC of triangle PQR. Orthocentre
of the excentral triangle is the in centre of the triangle. Image of ortho center in
any side lies on the circumcircle. Hence the required locus is
x 2  y 2  6 x  14 y  38  0 .
39. The reflection of the focus of the parabola w.r.t a tangent to the parabola lies on
the direction of the parabola and also the line passing through the point of
intersection tangents and mid point of the segment joining point of contact of
the tangents is parallel to the principle axis of the parabola.

40. PA+PB=4, QA+QB=4          8

 3   3   3   3        
and      3   3   3   3  32
4  4 
41.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
B
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

P
A
O

C
P  (1, 2) Q  (1,  2)
Slope of PA = - 1
Slope of QA = 1
Equation of PA, QB are x  y  3  0, x  y  3  0 on solve with parabola
B   9, 6  C   9,  6 
1
Area of trapezium PBCQ is 12  4  8  64 units
2
1
In radius of  PAQ   2 1
S1

In radius of  ABC  2  3( 2  1)
S2
2x y
42. Equation of the normal at ‘  ’ on the ellipse is   3 if it passing through
cos  sin 
4cos sin 
' ' , then  3
cos  sin 
2
16cos 2   sin  
  3  
cos2   sin  
 16 1  6sin 16
 sin 2   2  2   9 0
 cos  sin   sin  cos 2 
 9cos2   16   7  9sin 2  
 sin  sin   sin 2   2 2

  sin    sin   2

16sin   cos   1  15sin  
43. Clearly x  y  2  0
x  y  1  0 are perpendicular to each other
BAC  900
A

 1, 1
900
D 900
900 E
 2,1
900

B C
P
 A is the ortho centre of  ABC le

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 12

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 1 3
Mid point of BC  P  Circum centre =  , 
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

 2 2 
2 2
 PA  DE  9  4  13
44. Let A   0, 0  , B   4, 0  , C  0, 3
5
Circum centre S is  2,3/ 2  and circum radius =
2
25
Equation of S is  x  2 2   x  3/ 2 2  ..... 1
4
2 2
If circle S1 and S touch internally   r1  2    r1  3/ 2   r1  5 / 2
2
 r1  2r1  0  r1  2
If S2 is having radius r2 and touching AB and AC  centre of S2 =  r2 , r2 
2 2 2
S 2 touches S externally   r2  2    r2  3/ 2    r2  5 / 2 
 r2 2  12 r2  0  r2  12  r1r2  24
45. Slope of PQ + slope of AB =0.
46.     
P at12 , 2 at1 , Q at22 , 2at2 , R at32 , 2at3 
Then T   at1t2 , a (t1  t2 ) 
P1   at1t3 , a(t1  t3 ) 
Q1   at2t3 , a(t2  t3 ) 
T P1 t3  t2 TQ1 t1  t3
Now  , 
T P t1  t2 TQ t1  t2
TP1 TQ1
  1
TP TQ
47. Ellipse 16 x 2  25 y 2  400
x2 y 2
  1
25 16
Let the points on ellipse be P(5 cos 1 , 4sin 1 ) and Q 5 cos 2 ,4 sin  2  .
Circle described on PQ as diameter touches x  axis 3,0 . Then
 cos1  cos 2   sin 1  sin 2 
5    3 and 4    r
 2   2 
4     r
 tan  1 2  
5  2  3
    5r
 tan  1 2  
 2  12
4  
 Slope of PQ   cot 1 2
5 2
48
  1
25r
48. (1,  4) lies on common chord of the circles 6 x  14 y  c  d  0  c  d  50

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 13

SQ
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

49. e 2
SP
50. The line L is common chord of x 2  y 2  61 and the circle with P as centre and
radius 10 Then L  5 x  6 y  11  0
51. Conceptual.
52. A) e1 < 1 < e2  f(1) < 0   > 3
B) Both roots are greater than 1  D  0    2 and f 1  0    3 and also

 1    2    2,3
2
1 1 2  4
C) 2  2  1   1    2 2 & D  0    2 .
e1 e2 4
3
53. Equation of such ellipse is x 2  4 y 2  4    x  1  0 with area =
2
54. Apply tangent condition for the given curves.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-02 Date: 01-11-20
Time: 05:10Pm to 08:10 Pm 2018_P2 Max.Marks: 180

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS
1) ACD 2) BD 3) AC 4) AC 5) BD 6) BC 7) 100 8) 1.42 to 1.44 9) 20

10) 0.46 to 0.48 11) 0.5 12) 12.5 13) 3.75 14) 10 15) B 16) C 17) B 18) B

CHEMISTRY

19) ABC 20) BCD 21) BC 22) BCD 23) BCD 24) ABC 25) 52 26) 13.00 27) 3

28) 5 29) 6 30) 3 31) 2.00 32) 14.90 33) C 34) D 35) D 36) B

MATHEMATICS

37) BCD 38) ABCD 39) ABCD 40) ABCD 41) ABCD 42) ABCD 43) 7 44) 5 45) 2

46) 1 47) 1 48) 50 49) 3 50) 1 51) D 52) A 53) D 54) D

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1. (a) Process AB: PT = const.  nRT2 = kv (k is constant)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

3. x 
yb
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

d
b
.b b2
x  2 =
d 2d

If certain wavelength are missing then they are making minima.

C
D
 A
sin  min 
 2 
2
A
sin  
2
o
 min  30

5. For such an expansion the pressure is decreasing:

P1V1
P
isotherm

P2 V2

6. The combination behaves as a converging mirror. So we can have possibilities

7. P2 V2  P1V1
V1  20000CC P1  105 Pa

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

2 2  3 RT2 , PV
PV 2 3  3RT3

Putting these values, we get: W  3R(T3  T1  T2  T4 )  20kJ .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

S1  S3
4
O

S2 S4

 1  2

intensity at S4=4I intensity S3 = O hence intensity at O due to S3 is zero now & due
to S4 is 2 times the value before i.e 2I0
1m

S1  S3
2
O

S2 S4

 1  2

1 2 2 25 1 2 2 9
   ( where f L  20cm and f M   cm) Or    
F f L fM 2 F 20 25 50

10 cm

Let  is the image distance from lens. Then

1 1 1
 
 10 50 / 9
1 1 9 4
or   
 10 50 50
   12.5 cm

13.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6
From,
1 1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1
 = ;   =
1 1 1
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
B) At t = 5 sec
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

  1 (as R.I cannot be less than 1 as given in paragraph)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

1 1 1
r)    v  f
v  f   f 
  
 2
y D 3D
Diameter of the spot is given by  or, y
3f
  f 2
 
 2 

y D
(s) Diameter of the spot is given by  or y  3D
3d d

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9

V=A 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

a  380 pm  3.80  108 cm

3
V   3.80  10 8   54.87  10 24 cm3

30.
V 16.9
Or 2   6  V  13.44 L
22.4 84.5
Now n  PV  2   5  13.44   3
RT 0.0821  546

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

RT
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

V  B  2.058L . Also, for the given equation

31. P
16
32. 8O  4 2 He 4
m  15.9944  4  4.0026  0.016 u

∴ Energy required in separation  0.016  931.5  14.904 MeV

40. PA+PB=4, QA+QB=4          8

 3   3   3   3        
and      3   3   3   3  32
4  4 
41.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
B
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

P
A
O

 1, 1
900
D 900
900 E
 2,1
900

B C
P
 A is the ortho centre of  ABC le

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 12

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 1 3
Mid point of BC  P  Circum centre =  , 
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 13

SQ
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Key&Sol’s

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-02 Date: 01-11-20
Time: 05:10Pm to 08:10 Pm Max.Marks:180

2018-PAPER-II
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 & PT-3 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-1 & PT-3 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 & PT-3 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2018-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 180

PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 6) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 7 – 14) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec – III(Q.N : 15-18) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60
CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 19 – 24) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 25 –32) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec – III(Q.N : 33-36) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60
MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N:37 – 42) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N :43–50) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec –III(Q.N : 51-54) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
1. One mole of monoatomic gas is taken through cyclic process shown below.
TA = 300 K. Process AB is defined as PT = constant

A) work done in process AB is –400R

B) change in internal energy in process CA is 900R
C) heat transferred in the process BC is 2000R
D) change in internal energy in process CA is –900R
2. A monochromatic light source is kept at point A in amodified YDSE setup. The
minimum value of d so that there is a dark fringe at O is dmin. For the value of
dmin, the distance at which the next bright fringe is formed is x. Then

D d min
A) dmin = D B) dmin = C) x  D) x = dmin
2 2
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3
3.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
White light is used to illuminate the two slits in a Young’s double slit experiment.
The separation between the slits is b and the screen is at a distance d(>>b) from
the slits. At a point on the screen directly in front of one of the slits, certain
wavelengths are missing. Some of these missing wavelengths are
b2 2b 2 b2 2b 2
A)   B)   B)   D)  
d d 3d 3d
4. A rectangular cavity ABCD is carved inside an equilateral prism PQR of
refractive index 2 as shown in the figure. If  is the deviation in a ray entering
at face PQ and emerging at face PR, without passing through AB or CD then
P

B
A

53o
C

Q D R
A) there is no effect of cavity on the value of 
B) there is some effect of cavity on the value of 
C) if the cavity is filled with water (refractive index 4/3),  min  300
D) if the cavity is filled with some liquid (refractive index 2),  min  150

5. An ideal gas expands such that its initial and final temperatures are equal. Also,

the process followed by the gas traces a straight line on the P – V diagram.
A) The temperature of the gas remains constant throughout
B) The temperature of the gas first increases, reaches a maximum and then
decreases
C) The temperature of the gas first decreases, reaches a minimum and then
increases
D) The straight line in the P/V diagram has a negative slope.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

6.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
One side of a thin equiconvex lens is silvered. A wave front is incident on the
mirror lens combination. Neglecting spherical aberration choose CORRECT
alternatives :-
A) If incident wavefront is plane then reflected wavefront may also be plane
B) If incident wavefront is spherical the reflected wavefront may be spherical
C) If incident wavefront is plane then reflected wavefront may be spherical
D) If incident wavefront is spherical, then reflected wavefrontcannot be plane

of cross section is 100cm 2 and force constant of spring is Kspring  1000 N / m .

We push the right piston isothermally and slowly till it reaches the original
piston of the left piston-1 which is movable. What is the final length of air
column in (cm). Assume that spring is initially relaxed.
Piston-1 Piston-2

Push

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

8.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
A hot body placed in air is cooled down according to Newton’s law of cooling,
the rate of decrease of temperature being k times the temperature difference
from the surrounding. Starting from t=0, the time in which the body will lose
n  z
30% of the maximum heat it can lose is ,Value of z is
k
9. Three moles of an ideal monatomic gas perform a cycle as shown in figure. The
gas temperatures in different states are T1=400 K, T2=800 K, T3 = 2400 K, T4 =
1200 K. Find the work done by the gas during the cycle in kJ:(use R=25/3)
2 3
1 4
P

10. A flask is filled with 4 g of a gas at 120 C and then heated to 500 C. Owing to the
escape of the gas, the pressure in the flask is the same at the beginning as well
as at the end of the experiment. Then, find the mass of the gas that has
escaped (in g).
11. In arrangement shown in figure, plane wave front of monochromatic light of
wavelength  is incident on identical slits S1 and S 2 . There is another pair of
D
identical slits S3 and S 4 which are having separation Z  point O is on the
2d
screen at the common perpendicular bisector of S1 S 2 and S3 S 4 . I1 is the intensity
at point O. Now the board having slits S3 S 4 is moved upward parallel to itself
and perpendicular to line AO till slit S 4 is on line AO and it is observed that now
I2
intensity at point O is I 2 then is
I1

S
S3
1

Z
 A
O
d C

S S
2 4

D D
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6
12.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
A point object is placed 10 cm in front of a thin bi-convex lens of focal length
20 cm placed in air. The refractive index of material of lens is 1.5. The farther
surface of the lens is silvered and is having radius of curvature of 25 cm. The
distance of final image of object (in cm) from lens is
13. A convex mirror of focal length f and a convex lens of focal length f/2 are
placed at a distance 2f apart with an object placed in front of the lens. The
image formed after first refraction at lens and then reflection at mirror is
formed at the middle of lens and mirror. Find the distance of object from the
position of final image in cm, (f=10 cm)
14. A concavo-convex lens made of glass of refractive index 1.5 has surfaces of
radii 20 cm and 60 cm. A concave mirror of radius of curvature 20 cm is placed
co-axially to the lens. A glass slab of thickness 3 cm and refractive index 1.5 is

placed close to the mirror in the space between the mirror and lens as shown in
figure. The distance of the nearest surface of the slab from lens is 248 cm. An
object is placed 80 cm to the left of the lens. If the final position of the image
formed after the refraction from lens, refraction from slab, reflection from
mirror, refraction from the slab and lens is at the object O, find the distance x (in
cm) of the mirror from nearer surface of slab.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
SECTION-III
(MATCHING LIST TYPE)
This section contains 4 questions, each having two matching lists (List-1 & List-II). The options for the correct
match are provided as (A), (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
15. The diagram shows a cuboidal container with a liquid of non –uniform density
but a uniform refractive index 0 . The height of container is 0.4 SI units and the
density of liquid varies linearly according to the relation .   0 1  4y  Where 0
is a constant and y is the vertical distance measured from the mid – plane
(ABPQ) of the container. “y” is positive when measured upward , and negative
when measured downward. There are two horizontal slits, covered with
perfectly transparent films, in one of the vertical faces as shown in the figure. A
thin transparent strip of material having superficial dimensions equal to the
slits and volume V0 is released close to the slits at t=0 as shown in the diagram.
The strip has a constant density 0 , uniform refractive index     0  and it
moves due to buoyancy keeping its plane parallel to the plane of the slits,
always remaining very close to the plane of the slits .Monochromatic plane
wave fronts (of light ) parallel to the plane of the slits enter into the liquid
through the face opposite the double –slit .The intensity of light is observed on
the screen placed outside the container parallel to the plane of the slits. Column
1 gives the intervals of time corresponding to which certain observations are
made in column 2. Match them correctly ( you may use   g )

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

Column –I
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
Column –II
A) s= 2d and 0<t < 1 sec P) Zeroth order maxima is always at C
B) s =3d and 0 <t< 2 sec Q) Zeroth order maxima is below C four times
C) s =d/4 and 0<t< 6 sec R) Zeroth order maxima is above C twice
D) s =d and 0 <t < 3/4sec S) Zeroth order maxima is above C four times
T) Zeroth order maxima is below C twice
A) A-T, B- RT, C- Q, D –T B) A-RT, B- QS, C- P, D –R
C) A-R, B- Q, C- P, D –T D) A-QS, B- S, C- S, D –R
0
16. A parallel beam of monochromatic light of wavelength   100  A  is incident on
 
the slits separated by distance d =2 mm. There is a screen at a distance D=1 m
from slit. If R.I of the medium between slits and screen is varying with times as
  20  4t until it becomes 1. A glass slab of R.I   5 and thickness 0.2 m is
placed infront of one of the slit S1as shown in figure. In figure y represent
position of Zeroth order maxima on the screen wrt its geometrical centre. Then
match the column I with column –II with suitable options .

Column –I Column –II

A) At t =0 , value of |y| in ( m ) P) 400
B) At t =5s value of |y| (in m ) Q) 75
C) Time at which central maxima it is at R) 1
Geometrical centre of screen (in sec) S) 3.75
D) Fringe width the time t =3.75 sec   m  T) 12
A) A-S, B- P,C-Q, D-R B) S-Q, B- T,C-S, D-R
C) A-Q, B- P,C-S, D-R D) A-Q, B- T,C-Q, D-P
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9
17.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
In Young’s double slit experiment set-up with light of wavelength  = 6000 Å,
distance between the two slits is 2 mm and distance between the plane of slits
and the screen is 2m. Each slit produces an intensity of I0 on the screen.
y1 = 0.075 mm
y2 = 0.15 mm
y3 = 0.2 mm
y4 = 0.36 mm

c
S1 b
y1 y2
a
2 mm y3
2m y4
d
S2
e

Column I Column II
(P) b (1) 2I0
(Q) c (2) 0.38I0
(R) d (3) 3.414I0
(S) e (4) I0
Codes:
P Q R S
A) 1 3 2 4
B) 3 1 4 2
C) 2 3 1 4
D) 4 2 1 3

18. In the following arrangements, O is a point source of light. The optical device is
circular in shape and has diameter D. D is very small so that all incident rays
can be treated as paraxial. f is focal length of the device. A bright circular spot is
formed on the screen in every case. Match the arrangements shown in column
A with the diameter of spot given in column B.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

Column A
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
Column B

(p) (1) 5D

(q) (2) 3D

(r) (3) D

3D
(s) (4)
2

A) p - 3, q - 2, r - 4, s - 1 B) p - 3, q - 1, r - 4, s - 2
C) p - 4, q - 1, r - 3, s - 2 D) p - 4, q - 2, r - 3, s – 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
19. Which of the following statements is correct about angular nodes?
A) Angular nodes are directional in nature.
B) Angular nodes are dependent on angle ()
C) Angular nodes are independent from the radial wave function (R).
D) These nodes are dependent on the radial wave function.
20. Consider Bohr’s model of the atom for atomic isolated hydrogen. Total energy
of the electron in a hydrogen–like ion A is lower than that of another
hydrogen like ion B. Ifr, u, I and L represent the radius of the orbit, speed of the
electron, ionisation energy of the electron and angular momentum of the
electron respectively (for the same n) then in the ground state of A and B,
the correct inequalities is/are:
A) LB< LA B) uA>uB C) IA>IB D) rB>rA
21. Aluminium metal has a density of 2.72 g/cm 3 and crystallizes in a lattice
with an edge length of 404 pm. Which of the following alternatives are
correct?
A) It forms simple cubic lattice
B) Lattice has face cantered cubic unit cell
C) There are 12 nearest aluminium atoms for each aluminium atom
D) There are 6 second nearest aluminium atoms for each aluminium atom
each at a distance of 202 pm

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
a
22. A gas X follows Vander Waals’s equation of state  p  2   V  b   RT for
 V 
one mole of the gas. Select the incorrect statements:
A) a and b are called Vander Waal’s constants
B) X always exerts pressure less than ideal gas for same number of moles,
volume of the container and temperature
C) Potential energy of the X due to intermolecular forces is always negative
at any inter molecular distance with reference to zero potential energy,
when molecules are infinitely separated
D) Gas X can be liquefied at all temperatures
23. Select the correct statements related to kinetics of a reaction:
A) The temperature coefficient of a single-step reaction may be negative
B) The overall rate of a reversible reaction may decrease with increase in
temperature
C) In a reversible endothermic reaction, the activation energy of forward
reaction is higher than that of backward reaction.
D) A fractional-order reaction must be a complex reaction
24. The reaction of A with water is shown by the equation below.
A(aq) + H2O → B(aq) +C(aq)
The rate of reaction is given by the rate law Rate = k[H3O+][A]. Consider 1 Litre of
0.10Msolution of A and 0.10 M in HCl at 25°C. Which of the following decreases
the rate of the reaction?
A) addition of 4.0 g sample of NaOH to the solution.
B) addition of 500 ml of water to the solution.
C) the 0.10 M HCl solution is replaced by 0.10 M acetic acid solution.
D) the reaction is carried out at 35°C instead of 25°C.

SECTION-II
(NUMERICAL VALUE TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. Each question is numerical value. For each question, enter the correct
numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to second decimal place.
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30).
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
25. CuSCN  KIO3  HCl  CuSO4  KCl  HCN  ICI  H 2 O
In the above reaction, what is the least possible sum of magnitude of
stoichiometric coefficients as an integer?
26. An alloy has a Cu2Pt1composition. Assume that this alloy has a fcc unit cell with
an edge length of 380 pm, but the Cu and Pt atoms are randomly distributed in
the atomic positions. Calculate the density of this alloy in g/cm3. (Report your
answer to nearest integer) Atomic mass of Cu and Pt are 63.54 and 195.1
respectively
27. If proton in hydrogen nucleus is replaced by a positron having the same mass
as that of proton but same charge as that of proton, then considering the
nuclear motion, what is the wave number of the lowest energy transition of He+
ion in Lyman series in units of Rydberg constant?
28. How many of the following are crystalline solids: Mohr’s salt, Polyurethane,
naphthalene, benzoic acid, Teflon, potassium nitrate, cellophane, polyvinyl
chloride, fibre glass, copper, Quartz, plastic sulphur.
29. At constant P of 0.0821 atm log V vs log T graph was plotted for three sample
of ideal gases (1), (2) and (3), each having a definite number of moles. If the
mixture of three gases is taken in a container of volume 4 L with each gas as
same number of moles as they were taken in plotting the graph then what is the
partial pressure of Gas (1), in atm, if the total pressure is 9atm?
0.4771 =log 3, 0.30= log2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

30.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
V litre of SO2 at 0o C and 1 atm is required to reduce 16.9 g of HClO3 to HCl.
How many number of moles in ‘5 V’ litre of SO2 at 273o C and 2 atm?
R=0.0821Latm/mol K
31. Ethane gas follows an equation of state given by PV = RT+ BP. At 0°C,
B = –0.1814 L/mol. What is the volume of one mole of ethane (in Litres) at 10
atm, to a nearest integer at 273.15K?
32. What is the energy required for separation of an O16 nucleus into four identical
particles? (Nuclear masses: O16 = 15.9944 u, He4 = 4.0026 u)? 1 amu= 931.5
MeV

P) 4s

Q) 5px

II)
III) Angular part of a wave function is zero R)3s
IV) atleast one angular node is present S) 6dZ2
T) none of the p,q,r and s
A) IPR, IIPQS, IIIPR, IVQS
B) IP, IIPS, IIIPR, IVQ
C) IP, IIPQS, IIIT, IVQS
D) IP, IIPQS, IIIPR, IVQS
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15
34.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Pick the correct matching:
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P

Column-1 Column-2
(consider the following four (observed property among the four gases
gases as Ideal gases) given in column-1)
I) Helium P) RMS velocity increases with increase in
temperature
II) Diatomic hydrogen Q) Average translational kinetic energy per
mole is directly proportional to temperature
III) Carbon dioxide R) Highest most probable velocity
IV) Sulphur dioxide S) Highest average rotational kinetic energy
per mole
T) most easily liquefiable
A) IPR, IIPQ,IIIPQ, IVPQST
B) IPQR, IIPQ,IIIPQ, IVPQST
C) IPR, IIPQ,IIIPQ, IVPQS
D) IPQR, IIPQ,IIIPQ, IVPQS
35. Pick the correct matching:
Column-1
Column-2
(cubic lattice examples)
I) Zinc blend structure (ZnS) P) Octahedral voids are occupied
II) Fluorite crystal structure (CaF2) Q) All tetrahedral voids are occupied
R) Distance between two closest
2
III) Rock salt crystal structure (NaCl) lattice points is a where a= edge
2
length
S) equal number of cations and
IV) Diamond crystal
anions
T) none of the p,q,r and s
A) IRS;IIQ,IIIPS, IVR
B) IRS, IIQR,IIIPRS, IVT
C) IS, IIQR,IIIPS, IVR
D) IRS, IIQR,IIIPRS, IVR

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

36.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Pick the correct matching:
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P

Column-1 Column-2
I) SO2Cl2 → SO2 + Cl2 P) s−1
II) CH3COOC2H5 + NaOH → CH3COONa + C2H5OH Q) min−1
III) 2H2O2 → 2H2O + O2 R) L mol−1 min−1
IV) H2O2 + 2I− +2H+ → 2H2O + I2 S) L mol−1 s−1
T) mol L-1 min-1
A) I→SQ; II→RST; III→PQT; IV→RT
B) I→PQT; II→RST; III→PQT; IV→RST
C) I→SQ; II→RT; III→PQT; IV→RST
D) I→PT; II→RST; III→PQT; IV→RST

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
37. A (4, –2), B(–2, 4) and C(5, 5) are the vertices of a ABC . If the perpendicular
bisector of BC meets the circumcircle at D, A and D are on the opposite side of
BC. Then which of the following is/are CORRECT?
A) equation of AD is x – 3y = 10
B) equation of AD is 3x + y = 10
C) distance of AD from origin is 10
5 5
D) incentre of the ABC is  , 
2 2
38. If A  1,3 , B 1,5 are two excenters of a triangle PQR and the remaining excenter
C lies on the circle x 2  y 2  6 x  2 y  10  0 then the locus of the incenter of triangle
PQR is a circle
A) Whose centre is at  3, 7 
B) Whose radius is same as that of the given circle
C) Whose intercept on y-axis is 2 11 units
D) to which the length of the tangent from origin is 38 units
39. If a parabola touches the lines y = x and y = -x at P (1,1) and Q (-3, 3)
respectively, then which of the following is/are CORRECT?
3 6
A) focus is  , 
 5 5

B) Equation of directrix is x - 2y = 0
C) Equation of line joining focus and origin is 2x - y = 0

18 5
D) length of latusrectum of the parabola is units
25

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
2 2
40. Points P and Q are taken on the ellipse 23 x  y  1  3x  3 y  4  80 . If

 ,  , ,  are the lengths of the sides of quadrilateral PAQB where A and B are
foci of the ellipse, then  3   3   3   3 is always greater than

A) 14 B) 18 C) 28 D) 30
41. PQ is a double ordinate of parabola y 2  12 x which passes through the focus S.
PQA is isosceles right angled triangle, where A is on the axis of the parabola

and it lies inside the parabola,PA meets the parabola at C and QA meets the
parabola of B. Then which of the following is/are CORRECT?
A) Area of the trapezium PBCQ is 576 sq. units
B) The length of BC is 36 units
C) The in radius of APQ is 6  2 1 
D) Ratio of in radii of ABC to PAQ is 3 : 1
42. If the normal at 2cos  ,sin   on the ellipse x 2  4 y 2  4 again intersects the

 a  b sin 2  
ellipse at 2cos  ,sin   , then sin    sin  
 c  d sin 2   (a, b, c, d  N and GCD
 
(a, b, c, d)=1,   n , n  I ) where
A) a+b+c =17 B) b+c+d =25
C) a+b-d=1 D) a2+b2+c2+d2=356

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

43.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
In a le ABC , x  y  2  0 is the perpendicular bisector of side AB and it meets AB
at  1, 1 . If x  y  1  0 is lar bisector of side AC and it meets AC at  2,1 , P is

mid point of BC and distance of P from orthocentre of  le ABC is k. Then k 2  6

is
44. In a right angled triangle ABC,BC=5, AB=4, AC=3, Let S be the circum circle of
triangle ABC and S1 be the circle touching both sides AB and AC and circle S
internally. Let S 2 be the circle touching the sides AB and AC of  le ABC, and
touching the circle S externally if r1 , r2 are radii of circles S1 and S 2 respectively,
then 1  r1r2 is

45. The line 2 x  y  2 intersects the ellipse 9 x 2  16 y 2  144 at P and Q and a circle
with PQ as diameter intersects the given ellipse at two more points A and B. If
the equation of AB is y =  x   , then the value of  is ____
46. If PA and PB are any two tangents to a parabola and the tangent at the third
point Q on the same parabola cuts the tangents PA and PB at C and D
AC BD
respectively , then the numerical value of  
PA PB
47. Let P, Q be points of the ellipse 16 x 2  25 y 2  400 , so that PQ = 96/25 and P, Q lie
above major axis. The circle drawn with PQ as diameter touches major axis at
positive focus. If m is slope of PQ then the value of 1/ m is ____

48. If the circle x 2  y 2  4 x  22 y  c  0 bisects the circumference of the circle

x 2  y 2  2 x  8 y  d  0 then c  d 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

49.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
If a normal to a rectangular hyperbola at P meets the transverse axis at Q and
2
 SP 
1
foci of the hyperbola are S and S , then 6 
 SQ  is equal to
 
50. If the line ax + by +11 = 0 meets the circle x 2  y 2  61 at A, B and P (–5, 6) is on
the circle such that PA= PB = 10 then a  b  __________

SECTION-III
(MATCHING LIST TYPE)
This section contains 4 questions, each having two matching lists (List-1 & List-II). The options for the correct
match are provided as (A), (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
51. C1 , C2 are two circles of radii a, b  a  b  respectively touching both the
coordinate axes and have their centres in the first quadrant. Match the
following
Column I Column II
b
(A) C1 , C2 touches each other then is (P) 2 3
a
b
(B) If C1 , C2 are orthogonal then is (Q) 2 2
a
If C1 , C2 intersect in such a way that their common
(C) b (R) 3
chord has maximum length then is
a
b
(D) If C2 passes through centre of C1 then is (S) 3 2 2
a

A) A-S ; B-R ; C-P ; D-Q B) A-Q ; B-P ; C-R ; D-S

C) A-P ; B-S ; C-Q ; D-R D) A-S ; B-P ; C-R ; D-Q

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

52.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
If e1 and e2 are the roots of the equation x2   x  2  0 , then match the following
Column –I with Column-II.
Column-I Column-II
A) If e1 and e2 are the eccentricities of the ellipse and hyperbola P) 5
respectively, then the possible values of ' ' is/are
B) If both e1 and e2 are the eccentricities of hyperbolas then the Q) 5
possible value of  is/are 2
C) If e1 and e2 are eccentricities of hyperbola and its conjugate R) 6
hyperbola, then the possible values of  is/are
D) If e1 is the eccentricity of the hyperbola for which there exist S) 2 2
infinite points from which perpendicular tangents can be
drawn and e2 is the eccentricity of the hyperbola from which
no such points exists then the possible of ‘  ’ is/are

A) A-PR,B-QS,C-S,D-PR B) A-PR,B-QS,C-PS,D-P
C) A-PQR,B-PQS,C-S,D-PR D) A-PQR,B-QRS,C-S,D-P
3
53. The equation of the ellipse with area , passing through the point of
2
intersection of x 2  4 y 2  4 and x  1  0 , having x-axis as its major axis and
3
eccentricity equal to is ax 2  2hxy  by 2  2 gx  2 fy  2  0 then match the
2
following Colum-I with Column-II
Column-I Column-II
A) a P) 0
B) b Q) 1
C) 2h + f R) -1
D) g S) 4

A) A-P, B-Q,C-S, D-R B) A-Q, B-P,C-S, D-R

C) A-P, B-S,C-Q, D-R D) A-Q, B-S,C-P, D-R

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 22

54.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
Match the following from Column-I to Column-II
Column-I Column-II
x2 y 2
The equation of tangent of the ellipse  1
25 16
(A) (P) 2
which cuts off numerically equal intercepts on axes is
x  y  a where a equal to
The normal y  mx  2am  am2 to the parabola
(Q
(B) y 2  4ax subtends a right angle at the vertex if m 3
equal to
The equation of the common tangent to parabola
2 2 n
(C) y  4 x and x  4 y is x  y   0, then n is equal (R) 8
3
to
If the equation of common tangent to parabola
y 2  8 x and the hyperbola 3 x 2  y 2  3 is
(D) (S) 41

4x  2 y   0, then  is equal to
2
(T) 2

A) A-P, B-Q,C-R, D-S B) A-Q, B-S,C-P, D-R

C) A-Q, B-P,C-S, D-R D) A-S, B-P,C-Q, D-R

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 23

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

2018-PAPER-II
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 & PT-3 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-1 & PT-3 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 & PT-3 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2018-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 180

PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 6) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 7 – 14) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec – III(Q.N : 15-18) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60
CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 19 – 24) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 25 –32) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec – III(Q.N : 33-36) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60
MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N:37 – 42) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N :43–50) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec –III(Q.N : 51-54) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

A) work done in process AB is –400R

B
A

53o
C

5. An ideal gas expands such that its initial and final temperatures are equal. Also,

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

of cross section is 100cm 2 and force constant of spring is Kspring  1000 N / m .

Push

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

S
S3
1

Z
 A
O
d C

S S
2 4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

Column –I Column –II

c
S1 b
y1 y2
a
2 mm y3
2m y4
d
S2
e

Column I Column II
(P) b (1) 2I0
(Q) c (2) 0.38I0
(R) d (3) 3.414I0
(S) e (4) I0
Codes:
P Q R S
A) 1 3 2 4
B) 3 1 4 2
C) 2 3 1 4
D) 4 2 1 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

Column A
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P
Column B

(p) (1) 5D

(q) (2) 3D

(r) (3) D

3D
(s) (4)
2

A) p - 3, q - 2, r - 4, s - 1 B) p - 3, q - 1, r - 4, s - 2
C) p - 4, q - 1, r - 3, s - 2 D) p - 4, q - 2, r - 3, s – 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

P) 4s

Q) 5px

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

36.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Pick the correct matching:
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_CTA-02_Q.P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

B) Equation of directrix is x - 2y = 0
C) Equation of line joining focus and origin is 2x - y = 0

18 5
D) length of latusrectum of the parabola is units
25

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

 ,  , ,  are the lengths of the sides of quadrilateral PAQB where A and B are
foci of the ellipse, then  3   3   3   3 is always greater than

A) 14 B) 18 C) 28 D) 30
41. PQ is a double ordinate of parabola y 2  12 x which passes through the focus S.
PQA is isosceles right angled triangle, where A is on the axis of the parabola

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

mid point of BC and distance of P from orthocentre of  le ABC is k. Then k 2  6

48. If the circle x 2  y 2  4 x  22 y  c  0 bisects the circumference of the circle

x 2  y 2  2 x  8 y  d  0 then c  d 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

A) A-S ; B-R ; C-P ; D-Q B) A-Q ; B-P ; C-R ; D-S

C) A-P ; B-S ; C-Q ; D-R D) A-S ; B-P ; C-R ; D-Q

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

A) A-P, B-Q,C-S, D-R B) A-Q, B-P,C-S, D-R

C) A-P, B-S,C-Q, D-R D) A-Q, B-S,C-P, D-R

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 22

A) A-P, B-Q,C-R, D-S B) A-Q, B-S,C-P, D-R

C) A-Q, B-P,C-S, D-R D) A-S, B-P,C-Q, D-R

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 23

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR-HYD
01-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_PTA-03 (Paper-1)_Final Key

GIVEN FINALIZED
S.NO SUB Q.NO EXPLANATION
KEY KEY
1 PHY 3 ABD A or AD Key Change
2 PHY 10 4 Delete (Online) Diagram Missing
3 CHE 19 BD BD or D Key Change
(C) R 0  k  X R 0  k  X  e k t
0
If time is fix it will be correct otherwise it will be wrong.
4 CHE 23 ABCD ABC or AB
[R]

(D) t

Not possible to solve the calculation in 10 minutes also if the

5 CHE 25 1221 Delete student have not done the question earlier
(Online Problem)
6 CHE 31 0.23 0.15 or 0.16 Given key is wrong.
7 MAT 41 ABD Delete Key change
8 MAT 46 136 196 Getting 196 as answer

Question Paper Setter is Total responsible for the Key finalization:

Question Paper Setters &finalized

MATHS PHYSICS CHEMISTRY
VIJ_GOSALA VIJ_GOSALA VIJ_GOSALA
Mr.UTKARSH-9559009002 Mr.HARSHA-9703004196 Mr.JAYA RAO-9640226025

NATIONAL IIT CO-ORDINATOR

MR. UMA SANKAR
TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ Date: 02-12-18

Time: 09:00 AM to 12:00 NOON Max.Marks:183
Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

2017-PAPER -I
02-12-18_Sr.IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_PTA-15_WEEKEND SYLLABUS
MATHS: Properties And Solutions Of Triangle : Relations Between Sides And Angles
Of A Triangle, Sine Rule, Cosine Rule, Half-Angle Formula And The Area Of
A Triangle, Inverse Trigonometric Functions (Principal Value Only)
Heights & Distance
PHYSICS: COM and Collisions: Systems of particles; Centre of mass and its motion;
Impulse; Elastic and inelastic collisions.
CHEMISTRY: Qualitative Analysis: Principles of qualitative analysis: Groups I to V
(only Ag+, Hg2+, Cu2+, Pb2+, Bi3+, Fe3+,Cr3+, Al3+, Ca2+, Ba2+, Zn2+,
Mn2+ and Mg2+); Nitrate, halides (excluding fluoride),sulphate and sulphide.
13TH Group elements: Isolation/preparation and properties of the Boron.
Preparation and properties of following compounds. Boron: diborane, boric acid
and borax; Aluminium: alumina, aluminium chloride and alums;
Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
JEE-ADVANCE-2017-P1-Model
Time: 03:00 Hr’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 183
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Questions With Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I (Q.N : 1 – 7) +4 -2 7 28
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Sec – II (Q.N : 8 – 12) Questions With Integer Answer Type +3 0 5 15

Sec – III (Q.N : 13 – 18) Questions With Single Answer Type +3 -1 6 18

Total 18 61
CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Questions With Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I (Q.N : 19 – 25) +4 -2 7 28
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Sec – II (Q.N : 26 – 30) Questions With Integer Answer Type +3 0 5 15
Sec – III (Q.N : 31 – 36) Questions With Single Answer Type +3 -1 6 18
Total 18 61
MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Questions With Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I (Q.N : 37 – 43) +4 -2 7 28
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Sec – II (Q.N : 44 – 48) Questions With Integer Answer Type +3 0 5 15
Sec – III (Q.N : 49 – 54) Questions With Single Answer Type +3 -1 6 28
Total 18 61

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 2

Narayana IIT Academy
PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR
MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
1. A particle is thrown with speed u at an angle  with the horizontal surface. The
coefficient of restitution between the particle and the surface is e. Assume the surface
is frictionless. Then
u

2u sin 
A) time of flight of the particle for the entire motion is
g 1  e 

B) displacement of the particle for the entire motion is infinite.

u 2 sin 2
C) displacement of the particle for the entire motion is
g 1  e 

D) time of flight of the particle for the entire motion is infinite

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 3

Narayana IIT Academy
2.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
In each of three figures shown, two blocks are connected by a light spring and the
system is placed on smooth horizontal surface. A constant horizontal force of
magnitude F is applied to left block as shown. Assuming spring constant in all three
cases to be same, which of the following statement(s) is/are true?
1 2 3
F F F
2m 2m 3m m m 3m

fig.-1 fig.-2 fig.-3

A) Maximum compression in spring 1 is greater than that in spring 2.
B) Maximum compression in spring 3 is greater than that in spring 1.
C) Maximum compression in spring 3 is greater than that in spring 2.
D) Maximum compression in all springs is equal.
3. A smooth hemisphere of mass m and radius R is at rest. A smooth solid sphere of
mass 2m and radius R moving with velocity V0 between two horizontal smooth
surfaces separated by a distance slightly greater than 2R as shown in figure. Solid
1
sphere collides with the hemisphere. If coefficient of restitution is , then
2

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 4

Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
/////////////////////////////////////////
V0

//////////////////////////////////////////
0
A) the speed of hemisphere after collision is V0
V0
B) the speed of solid sphere after collision is
2
mV0 2
C) the loss in kinetic energy of the system is
4
1
D) the final kinetic energy of hemisphere is th of initial kinetic energy of the solid
4
sphere
4. Two spheres of same radii but masses 2kg and 4 kg are moving towards each other.
They collide with each other and

4m/s
A 2kg

R
B
2m/s 4kg

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy
1
02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P

restitution coefficient e  . During collision, the spheres deform and again reform to
3
their original shapes. Then
A) magnitude of impulse each sphere experienced during deformation is 8 3 Ns.
4
B) magnitude of impulse during reformation is N.s
3
C) loss in kinetic energy of the system during deformation is 18 J.
D) loss in kinetic energy of the system during entire collision process is 16 J.
5. A small block of mass ‘m’ slides along a horizontal surface with constant velocity ’v’
meets a smooth hill of mass 3m and height h(hemispherical) which can move along
the horizontal plane. The block begins to slide up the hill. If the hill is initially at rest,
then
A) the value of ‘v’ which provides the maximum subsequent velocity of the hill is just
8 gh
greater than
3
B) the value of ‘v’ which ensures the block overcome the hill subsequently is just
greater than 4 gh
3
C) the value of ‘v’ which ensures the block overcome the hill subsequently is just
greater than 8 gh
3
D) the value of ‘v’ which provides the maximum subsequent velocity of the hill is just
lesser than 8 gh
3

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 6

6.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
A light rope passes over a smooth, fixed pulley. One end of the rope supports a ladder
with a man and the other end supports counter weight of mass M. Mass of the man
is m . Initially, the system is stationary and the center of mass of the counter weight is
at a height h from center of mass of the man as shown in the figure. If the man starts
to climb up slowly such that his center of mass reaches at the level with that of the
counter weight,

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P

A) the distance traveled by the man with respect to ladder is

mh
2  M  m

Mh
B) the distance traveled by the man with respect to ladder is
M m
Mh
C) the distance traveled by the ladder is
2M  m

mh
D) the distance traveled by ladder is
2  M  m

7. In the figure shown, the cart of mass 6 m is initially at rest. A particle of mass m is
attached to the end of the light rod which can rotate freely about A. If the rod is
released from rest in a horizontal position shown, then (Assume frictionless surface)

6m A
l m

//////////////////////////////////////////

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 8

Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
7
A) velocity Vrel of the particle with respect to the cart when the rod is vertical is gl
3
7
B) velocity Vrel of the particle with respect to the cart when the rod is vertical gl
6
6 14
C) velocity v1 of the particle with respect to ground when the rod is vertical is gl
7 3
6 7
D) velocity v1 of the particle with respect to ground when the rod is vertical is gl
7 3
SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
8. A smooth hemisphere of radius R and mass 4m is free to slide with its base on a
smooth horizontal table. A particle of mass m is placed on the top of the hemisphere.
Upon small disturbance, the particle starts sliding. If the angular velocity of the
particle relative to hemisphere at an angular displacement  when velocity of
nv
hemisphere has become v is , find n.
R cos 

//////////////////////////////////////////

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 9

9.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
A ball of mass  1kg is hung vertically by a thread of length l  1.50 m . Upper end of the
thread is attached to the ceiling of a trolley of mass M  4kg . Initially, trolley is
stationary and it is free to move along horizontal rails without friction. A shell of
mass m  1kg moving horizontally with velocity v0  6 ms 1 collides with the ball and
gets stuck with it. As a result, thread starts to deflect towards right. If its maximum
deflection with the vertical is  max , then find 10  sin  max .  g  10ms2 

1.50m
m M

V0 m

10. Disc A of mass m collides with stationary disk B of mass 2m as shown in figure. If
the value of coefficient of restitution for which the two disks move in mutually
perpendicular directions after collision is e, then find 8e.

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 10

Narayana IIT Academy
11.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
Two blocks of equal masses m are released from the top of a smooth fixed wedge as
shown in the figure. Find the magnitude of the acceleration of the centre of mass of
the two blocks in ms 2 . Take g  10m / s 2

12. Two blocks A and B of masses m and 2m respectively are connected by a spring of
force constant k. The masses are moving to the right with uniform velocity v each, the
heavier mass leading the lighter one. The spring in between them is of natural length
during the motion. Block B collides with a third block C of mass m, at rest. The
collision being completely inelastic. If the maximum compression of the spring is
mv 2 n
, find .
nk 2

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 11

m1
v


Column 1, gives relative between m1 and m2 . Column 2 gives the value of  and in
Column 3, the value of co-efficient of restitution are listed

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 12

Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
Column-I
02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
Column-II Column-III
I) m1  m2 i)   300 P) e 1
1
II) m1  2m2 ii)   37 0 Q) e
2
m2 1 1
III) m1  iii)   tan 1 R) e
2 3 3
m3 1
IV) m1  iv)   600 S) e
3 2
13. In which of the following combination, the balls will move along mutually
perpendicular directions after collision?
A) (I), (ii), P B) (I), (ii), Q C) (III), (iv), P D) (IV), (iii), R
14. In which of the following combination, the balls will move along mutually
perpendicular directions?
A) (I), (iv), Q B). (I), (iii), R C) (III), (iv), Q D) (IV), (iv), S
15. In which of the following pair, balls will move along 450 with each other after
collision?
A) (II), (iii), P B) (I), (ii), Q C) (III), (i), Q D) (IV), (ii), R

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 13

Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
Answer Q.16, Q.17 and Q.18 by appropriately matching the information given in the
three columns of the following table
Two blocks having masses m1 and m2 are placed on a smooth surface. The spring
connecting them is initially at natural length. V1 and V2 are initial velocities of m1 and
m2 respectively.

v1 v2
m1 m2

Column-I Column-II Column-III

I) m1  m2  m i) v1  0 P) v2  0

II) m1  m, m2  2m ii) v1  v0 Q) v2  v0

v0
III) m1  2 m, m2  m iii) v1  2v0 R) v2 
2
v0 v0
IV) m1  m, m2  3m iv) v1  S) v2 
2 3

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 14

Narayana IIT Academy
16.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
In which of the following combinations, maximum compression in the spring in the
subsequent motion is largest?
A) (i), (ii) ,P B) (II), (ii), P C) (I), (i), Q D) (II), (iii),P
17. In which of the following combination maximum velocity of m1 in the subsequent
7
motion will be V0 .
6
A) (I), (iv), Q B) (II), (iv), Q C) (I), (ii), R D) (IV), (iii), R
18. In which of the following combinations, time period of oscillation in the frame of
center of mass of the blocks in the subsequent motion is largest?
A) (I), (iii), Q B) (II), (i), Q C) (III), (iv), R D) (IV), (iii), P

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 15

Narayana IIT Academy
CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR
MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
19. Choose the correct orders:
A) Atomic size: In  Tl  Al  Ga  B
B) Ionisation enthalpy: B  T  Ga  Al  In
C) Lewis Acidic nature: BF3  BCl3  BBr3  BI3
D) Lewis acidic nature: BCl3  AlCl3  GaCl3  InCl3
20. Choose the correct statement(s) regarding boric acid:
A) can be prepared by neutralization of borax with HCl.
B) has 3-D structure due to H-bonding between layers.
C) acidic nature increases on addition of salicylic acid.
D) releases H  ions from water by accepting OH  ions.
21. A metal chloride (A) shows the following reactions:
(I) When H2S is passed into acidified aqueous solution of (A), a black precipitate (B)
is formed.
(II) Precipitate (B) is insoluble in yellow ammonium sulphide
Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 16
Narayana IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
(III) When Stannous chloride is added to aqueous solution of (A), a white precipitate
(C) is obtained which turns grey (D) on addition of excess reagent.
(IV) When aqueous solution of KI is added to aqueous solution of (B) a red precipitate
(E) is formed which dissolves in excess KI to form colorless solution.
Choose incorrect option(s):
A) A is Hg 2Cl2
B) B is soluble in hot and dil HNO3
C) C is HgCl2
D) E is HgI 2
22. A metal salt gives a colourless gas (G) with dilute HCl . The gas (G) is also obtained
by treating sodium sulphite with zinc in alkali. The metal salt can produce a precipitate
with:
A) Pb(CH3COO) 2
B) BaCl2
C) Alkaline Na 2  Fe(CN)5 NO 

D) AgNO3

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 17

Narayana IIT Academy
23.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
Consider the following sequence of reactions:

AgNO3
Na 2S2O3  NaCN P + Q   S (white ppt)

FeCl3 / slightly acidic medium

 blood red colouration 

excess NaF

T + U (sulphur containing)

Choose the correct statement(s):

A) ‘P’ gives red colouration with FeCl2 in slightly acidic medium.
B) ‘T’ is colourless.
C) ‘R’ and ‘T’ are paramagnetic in nature.
D) On boiling aqueous suspension of ‘S’, grey metallic silver is precipitated.

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 18

Narayana IIT Academy
24.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
In which of the following case(s) precipitation occurs?
02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P

A) MgCl2 with NaHCO3

B) CaCl2 with  NH 4 2 C2 O 4 in presence of CH3COOH

C) SrCl 2 with NaHCO3 in presence of aq. NH3

D) BaCl2 with  NH 4 2 C 2 O 4 in presence of CH3COOH

25. Which of the following is/ are observed when NaOH is added to aqueous solution of
ferric alum?
A) Liberation of ammonia gas.
B) Formation of a brown precipitate.
C) No precipitation in excess NaOH.
D) Colour of the solution fades.
SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
26. If heated in water, borazine hydrolyses slowly. The total number of moles of gaseous
products obtained by hydrolysis of one mole of borazine is:
27. How many of the following combinations results in liberation of hydrogen gas?

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 19

Narayana IIT Academy
(i) Al, NaOH
TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P

(ii) Ga, NaOH

(iii) B2H6 ,H2O
(iv) B2 H6 , NH3 (1: 2) / 200C
(v) Electrolysis of aqueous AlCl3
28. The difference in coordination numbers of Al in crystalline AlCl3 and vapour
AlCl3  ~ 200C  is:

29. Among the following hydroxides the number of white precipitates is:
Zn  OH 2 , Cd  OH  2 , Mn  OH 2 , Al  OH 3 , Ni  OH  2 , Co  OH  2 , Pb  OH 2 , Fe  OH 3 , Cu  OH 2

30. A sodium salt (V) gives a brown coloured gas with dil HCl and forms a brown
coloured complex with ferrous sulphate and acetic acid. With how many of the
following reagents, the salt (V) produces a gaseous product?
(ii) with KMnO4 in acidic medium
(ii) boiling with NH4Cl
(iii) with urea in presence of dil HCl
(iv) with sulphamic acid in presence of dil HCl
Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 20
Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
SECTION – III
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Answer Q.31, Q.32 and Q.33 by appropriately matching the information given in the
three columns of the following table
Column-I, II and III contain pair of ions, reagent(s) for precipitation of both the ions
and the reagent(s) required to dissolve one of the precipitate respectively.
Column – III
Column – II
Column-I (reagent or condition can be
Reagent for precipitation of
pair of ions used to dissolve one of the
both ions
precipitate)
(i) S2 ,Cl (I) H2S / HCl (P) CH3COOH

(ii) Hg2 ,Cu 2 (II) H2S / NH4Cl  NH4OH (Q) excessaqueous NH3

(iii) Co2 ,Mn 2 (III) AgNO3 (R) Hot dilute HNO3

(iv) SO 24  ,SO32  (IV) Ba  NO 3 2 (S) HCl

(V) Pb  OAc 2 (T) heating

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 21

Narayana IIT Academy
31.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
Which of the following combinations is correct for (i):
A) i, (IV), S B) i, (III), P C) i, (IV), R D) i, (III), Q
32. Choose the incorrect combination:
A) ii, (I), R B) ii, (II), R C) iii, (II), P D) iii, (I), S
33. Choose the incorrect combination:
A) iii, II, S B) iv, IV, S C) i, V, T D) iv, V, Q
Answer Q.34, Q.35 and Q.36 by appropriately matching the information given in the
three columns of the following table
Match the cations given in Column-I with their characteristic dry test(s) in column-II
and wet test(s)/reaction in column-III.
Column-I Column-II Column-III
(I) Blue color in borax bead test
(i) Pb2 in oxidising flame in hot (P) Soluble complex with excess NH3
condition
(Q) Soluble complex with excess
(ii) Zn 2 (II) Blue color in flame test
KCN

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 22

Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
(III) Green color in borax bead
(R) Soluble complex with excess
(iii) Cu 2 test in oxidising flame in hot
NaOH
condition
(IV) Green residue on heating
(S) Precipitate with K 4  Fe(CN)6  that
(iv) Co2 with cobalti nitrate in charcoal
dissolves in excess alkali
cavity
34. Choose the correct combination for group-I cation:
A) i, II, P B) i, IV, Q C) i, II, R D) i, III, P
35. Choose the incorrect combination for group-IV cation:
(A) ii, II, P B) ii, IV, R C) ii, IV, S D) ii, IV, P
36. Choose the correct combination:
(A) iii, I, P B) iii, II, S C) iv, III, R D) iv, I, Q

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 23

Narayana IIT Academy
MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR
MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
37. In triangle ABC, if a, b, c are the lengths of the sides and R, r are the circum radius
and inradius of the triangle respectively. Then which of the following is/are true?
abc abc
A) R 2  B) R 2 
a b c a bc
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
C) 2    D)  2 2 2 2
R ab bc ca 2 Rr a b c 4r
38. In ABC , the lengths of altitudes through A,B,C are h1 , h2 , h3 and in radius r, then
h1  r
h r is
1

A)  6 B)  9 C)  8 D)  12
39. A circle of radius 4 cm is inscribed in ABC, which touches the side BC at D.
If BD  6cm : DC  8cm then which of the following is/are true?
A) The triangle is necessarily acute angled 
A 4
B) tan  ;
2 7
C) Perimeter of the triangle ABC is 42 cm
D) Area is 84 cm2
Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 24
Narayana IIT Academy
40. 1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
1
02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
If 1  sin x   cos x  then set of all values of x lies in ([x] denotes greatest integer

function)
A) 0,1 B) sin1, 1 C) cos 2,1 D) (cos1, 1]

41. In a  ABC sides b, c C are given, which of the following cannot determine a
unique  ABC
A) c  bsin C, C   /2, c  b B) c  bsin C, C   /2, c  b
C) c  bsin C, C   /2, c  b D) c  bsin C, C    2, b  c

42. In  ABC , if a 2  b2  c 2   x  2 bc  0 , then x can be equal to

1 3
A) B) C) 2 D) 4
2 2
43. Let ABC be a  with in centre at I. If P and Q are foot of the perpendicular from A to
BI & CI resp, then which of the following results is/are correct?
AP sin B / 2cos C / 2 AQ sin C / 2cos B / 2
A)  B) 
BI sin A / 2 CI sin A / 2

AP sin C / 2cos B / 2 AP AQ
C)  D)   3 if A  600
BI sin A / 2 BI CI

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 25

Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
44. The number of integral values of ‘k’ for which the equation sin 1 x  tan 1 x  2k  1 has a
solution is
45. Let OHFM is a rectangle with OM=5, FM=11, ABC is a triangle with orthocentre H,
circumcentre O. M is the midpoint of side BC of  ABC and F is the foot of the
altitude from vertex A to the side BC, then the area of the triangle ABC is k, where the
sum of the digits in k is
46. Let a  cos1 (cos 20), b  cos1 (cos30) and c  sin 1 (sin(a  b)) then the largest integer x for
which sin 1 (sin x) | x  (a  b  c) | is
47. The sides of a triangle are 11, 15 and K, K  I . If the number of values of K such that
the triangle is obtuse angled is p, then p is a two digited number, the sum of whose
digits is________
48. In a ABC , I and S are incentre and circumcentre respectively, and the distance of I
from vertex A is 4 units. If the SBC is equilateral and the inradius of ABC is equal
k, then the value of  k 2  is equal to ([.] denotes G.I.F)

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 26

Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P
SECTION – III
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Answer Q.49, Q.50 and Q.51 by appropriately matching the information given in the
three columns of the following table
In triangle ABC, AD is perpendicular to BC and DE is perpendicular to AB. Column-I
represents the triangle, Column-II represents area and Column-III represents circum
diameter of the corresponding triangle.
Column-I Column-II Column-III
(triangle) (Area) (circumdiameter of the triangle)
c2
I) Triangle ADB A) Sin 2 B sin 2 B P) b sin C
4
c2
II) Triangle ADC B) sin 2 B Q) c cos B
4
b2
III) Triangle ADE C) sin 2C R) c
4
c2
IV) Triangle BDE D) Cos 2 B sin 2 B S) b
4
49. Which of the following is true?
A) I, B, S B) II, C, Q C) III, A, P D) IV, D, R
50. Which of the following is true?
A) II, A, S B) III, D, Q C) I, B, R D) IV, B, Q
Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 27
51.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy
Which of the following is true?
02-12-18_Sr. IIT IZ_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-15_Q’P

A) II, C, S B) I, B, Q C) III, B, P D) IV, A, Q

Answer Q.52, Q.53 and Q.54 by appropriately matching the information given in the
three columns of the following table
let ABC be a triangle with integer sides a, b, c and C  900 and inradius r of triangle
is given in column-I, sum of the digits in maximum area and number of such possible
triangles are given in Column-II and column-III respectively, then answer the
following
Column-II
Column-III
Column-I (r) (Sum of digits in maximum
(number of possible triangles)
area of the triangle)
A) 3 I) 9 P) 3
B) 4 II) 10 Q) 4
C) 6 III) 12 R) 5
D) 8 IV) 15 S) 6
52. Which of the following is true?
A) A, II, P B) B, I, P C) C, IV, R D) D, II, Q
53. Which of the following is true?
A) A, III, R B) B, II, Q C) C, IV, S D) D, I, P
54. Which of the following is true?
A) A, III, P B) C, II, Q C) B, IV, S D) D, I, R

Sec: Sr. IIT IZ space for rough work Page 28

TG ~ @bohring_bot

SR IIT N CHAINA & N120 CTA-2 Dt:03-01-2021

KEY & SOLUTIONS

PHYSICS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
64 4 4 4 2 4 2 2 B,C A,B,D
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
B,D B,D C A,C A,B,C,D B,D A B A C

CHEMISTRY
21 5 22 8 23 0 24 9 25 9

26 2 27 1 28 4 29 B 30 BCD

31 D 32 CD 33 ABC 34 AB 35 ABD

36 ABCD 37 A 38 B 39 A 40 D

MATHS
41 3 42 4 43 8 44 6 45 5

46 6 47 6 48 8 49 ABC 50 AC

51 BCD 52 ACD 53 ABC 54 ACD 55 ABD

56 BCD 57 B 58 C 59 B 60 C

SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
Ix m1R 2 / 2   R 2  tR 2 1
01.  2
 
I y m 2  4R  / 2  4R t
    4R  64
2 2

4
1 1
02. The rolling kinetic energy of the loop is K  mv 2  I2
2 2
Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_ (2015_P2) CTA–2 Key & Sol’s
2
1 1 2 v 
 mv 2   mR   
2 2 R
2
 mv
2
 100   0.20 
= 4J
Thus work done to stop the hoop w = 4J
t t 2
 LdI 
03. W   eI dt     I  dt  0 LI dI
0 0
dt 
1 2 1
 L I 2   2   4  0   4 joule
2 0 2
04. According to Wheatstone bridge principle, the resistance of the given network is 3 . Therefore, total
e Bv
resistance R  1  3  4 . The induced current is given by I  
R R
IR
v   4cm / s
B
X X
05. tan 600  L  C
R R
 X L  X C and this is the case of resonance. At resonance Z = R.
V V 200
I     2A
Z R 100
06. Z  R 2  X C2  R 1.25
R 2  X 2C  R 2 1.25 
R
XC 
2
1 R

C 2
2 2
CR    4 103  4 ms
 500
 Time constant,   CR  4ms
Ldi
07. emf across L 
dt
 5 103  200  1V
19
i  A  2A
9.5

08. Amplitude of

Page 2
Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_ (2015_P2) CTA–2 Key & Sol’s
Ac Am Ac Am
L.S.B.  U.S.B    . 
2 Ac 2 2
2
 1 
09. Case (A): Z A  R 2   
 C 
2
 1 
2
Case B: Z B  R   
 KC 
So, ZB  ZA
V V
IAR  and IRB  clearly I AR  I BR
ZA ZB
10. Here f  15kHz  15 103 Hz
C 3 108 1
    105
f 15 103 5

Size of the antenna should be at least  
 5km
4
Audio signal cannot be transmitted through the sky waves, because in sky wave propagation the
frequency range is 2 MHz to 40 MHz. But frequency of this wave is 15 KHz.
2
L
For the effective power radiation by the antenna p   

If ‘L’ decreases ‘p’ also decreases
11. LSB  f c  f m
USB  f c  f m
Band width  2f m
12. Power factor of choke coil is zero to have less power consumption.
13. E max  1    E c
E min  1    E c  2f m
14. X C  L  100  0.5  50 

1 1
XC    100
C 100 100 106
20 1
Z1  100 2; I1  
100 2 5 2
1 20 2
Vacross100  100    10 2
5 2 2 2
R 100
Phase diff. Between I1 and V  cos 1  1 
Z1 100 2
1   / 4
I1 lead V

Page 3
Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_ (2015_P2) CTA–2 Key & Sol’s

20 2
Z1  50 2; I2  
50 2 5 2
2
Vrms acorsss 50   50  10 2
5 2
I R 50 1
Phase difference between and V  cos 2  2  
2 Z2 50 2 2

2 
4
I 2 lag V by  / 4
Inet  I12  I22

4 2 1 1
I   
25  2 25  2 50 10
= 0.316
15. v   A 2  X 2
v 2  2 A 2  2 X 2
Comparing this equation with given equation, i.e., v 2  144  9x 2
We have,   3
2
 3
T
2
or T  unit
T
V A A 2 2
Similarly, A  max  
  2
144 12
 
9 3
or A  4 unit
a  2 x
2
 a x 3   3   3 
= 27 unit
 3 
16. For 1 st particle, x  A sin  t    A cos t
 2 
nd
For 2 particle, x = A sin t

Page 4
Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_ (2015_P2) CTA–2 Key & Sol’s
When they cross each other  cos   sin   tan t  1
3
t 
4
3 T 3T
t . 
4 2 8
3T  2 3T   3  A
When t  , x  A sin  ,   A sin   
8  T 8   4  2
 V
17. Current through capacitor leads by with potential difference I0  0
2 XC
 
V  V0 sin  t  
 4
  
I  I0 sin  t   
 4 2
18. VL  IL X L where VL is R.M.S value and IL in R..M.S value
I1
IL  0 ( I10 is peak value of current I1 )
2
19 and 20

At equilibrium x0 be elongation in spring

Taking torque about P
Rkx 0  mg sin  R
mg sin 
x0  Amplitude
k
Energy at any instant
1 1 1
E  kx 2  mu 2  I2
2 2 2
dE 3m dv
0  kx
t 2 dt
 2k  2 2k
a   x   
 3m  3m
3m
T  2
2k

CHEMISTRY
21. I, III, IV, V, VI
22.

Page 5
Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_ (2015_P2) CTA–2 Key & Sol’s

There are three chiral centers so 23 = 8

23. Conceptual
24. Conceptual

25.

26. Conceptual
27. Conceptual
28. Conjugate acid base pair concept
29. Conceptual
30. Conceptual
31. all naturally available amino acids have L configuration.
32. Conceptual
33. Conceptual
34. Conceptual
35. Conceptual
36. Conceptual
Q no 37, 38
Conceptual
Q. no 39 & 40
Conceptual

Page 6
Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_ (2015_P2) CTA–2 Key & Sol’s

MATHS:
41. x1  x2  x3  x4  x5  x6  12
Where each xi  0, 2, 4, 6 where i= 1,2,3,4,5
And x6  2, 4, 6 . This is equivalent to
Cofft of x12 in the expansion of
5
x 0
 x2  x4  x6   x2  x4  x6   
42. No of divisors of 1010  210.510  111  121
No of divisors of 157  37.57  8  8  64
No of divisors of 1811  211.322  12  23  276
Common in 1 &  2   8
Common in  2  &  3  8
Common in  3 & 1  11
Hence required no of ways  121  64  276   8  8  11  1  435
6!
43. 5C3 . ( 3digits)
2! 2! 2!
6!
5C2 . (2 digits)
3! 3!
 6! 
 5C2 .  2 ( 2 digits)
 4! 2! 
All digits = 6 ways
Adding all will get required not of ways
143  n  5  !
44. xn  0   n  5  C 4  .
96  n  3 !
Possible integer are 1,2,3
45. x  2 y  10. Where x is the no of times he takes single steps and y is the no of times he takes two
steps
Cases
5!
I x=0: y=5  2222   10
5!
6!
II x=2: y=4  15
2! 4!
7!
III x=4: y=3  35
4! 3!
8!
IV x=6: y=2  28
2! 6!
9!
V x=8: y=12
8!1!
10!
VI x=10: y=D 1
10!1!
Req no of ways = 1+15+35+28+9+1=89
46. No of odd no’s with all four digits different from 3,000 to 6,000 = 1(8) (7) (5)

Page 7
Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_ (2015_P2) CTA–2 Key & Sol’s

3 or 5 fixed at 4th place then no of ways = 2(8) (7) (4)

Case (i) = 53.13= 728
Case (ii) From 6000 to 6300
2nd place with 0 or 1 or 2 : If 0 or 2 2 nd place – (1) (2) (7) (5) =70
If 1 at 2nd place = (1) (1) (7) (4) =28
Total = 728+98 = 826
6
47. Coeffit of x12 in  x  x 2  x 3   
2 1/4
48. 
A  52 6  
 52 6 
1/2
 3 2

8 6 16
B= B  8 3      
3 3
8 6 1 2 8 3 24
R= R 
3 8 3

3
B
2

3 2
 24  3 2 
1
2
Hence the equations is
24   3 2  xc 0
 3 2  3  2 x2  
 3 2 
2
x  24 x  c  0
k
   6 6  
1
k  log10 5
6  log 6 
2
 
log 6 log 61872 
1
= log 26  .log 6 log 61296 
2
 
1
= log 6  .log 46
2

2
= log 26  log 26  log 46
log62
   6 6   8
2
     64
2
     4  64
576  4C  64
4C  512  c  128
1 1 18
49.
3 3

3n An  n  2i  j   Tr 3n An  n  3  6  9   n
3

1 12
2 n Bn  n 
2  4  6  n
2 2
 x2
50. Clearly 2
0
x 2
 9   x  7   x  9  x  3
 x   3,3   3, 7    7,9 
So ai  2, 1, 0,1, 2, 4,5, 6,8

Page 8
Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_ (2015_P2) CTA–2 Key & Sol’s
 2 1 0   8 8 4 
 A   1 2 4   B  12 16 8 
  

 5 6 8   4 7 3 
Now P = trace of B =  27 and r = det B = 16
51. P 2  I  2P
P3  P  2 P 2  P  2  I  2 P 
= P  2I  4P
3
P  5P  2 I
P 4  5P 2  2  5  I  2P   2P  5I  12P
P 2  P3  P 4  4 I  9P  a 2  4 : b2  9
7! 5!
52. a 
2! 2!3!
6! 5!
b 
2! 2!3!
a! a! 9!
c   2!
2!3! 2!2! 2!3!
  
AA EE And E
end position end position end position
53. P (at least 28) = P ( 10 ,10, 8) or P (10,9,9) or P ( 10,10,9) or P(10,10,10)
1 1 1
Now P  30   (given) P ( 10 and 10 and 10)=  P 10  
64 64 4
1 1
P(10 in one shot ) = P( 8 points in on shot ) =
4 5
2
P(<8 points in one shot) =
5
3
P(  8 points in one shot) =
5
3
 P  8 or 9 or 10  
5
3
 P  8   P  q   P 10  
5
1 1 3
  P 9   
5 4 5
2 1 3
 P 9   
5 4 20
P(at least 28 in 3 shots)
= P 10,10,10   P 10,10,9   P 10,10,8  P 10,9,9 
1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 3 3
=  3. . .  3. . .  3. . .
64 4 4 20 4 4 5 4 20 20
1 9 3 27
   
64 320 80 1600
25  45  60  27

1600
157

1600

Page 9
Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_ (2015_P2) CTA–2 Key & Sol’s
 2 4
54. sec 2
 sec2  sec2
9 9 9
2 4 4   2
cos 2  cos 2  cos 2 cos 2  cos 2 .cos 2
S= 9 9 9 9 9 9
2
  2 4 
 cos cos .cos 
 9 9 9 
2 2 2
 2 2   5     
 cos  cos   cos   cos  cos  
1  3 9   3   3 9  
S=
4  1 
 
 64 
3  2 4 
= 16   cos  cos 2  cos 2
4 9 9 9 
3 3 9 
= 16     16    36
4 2 4
89 89
1 89
 cos 6 k 0   sin 6 k 0    sin 6 k 0  cos6 k 0 
k 1 k 1 2 k 1
89
1  3 
    1  sin 2 2k 0  
2  k 1  4 
89 3  89 
=    sin 2 2k 0 
2 8  k 1 
89 3 89 135 221
   45    
2 8 2 8 8
1 1
.
55. P( letter has come form Saharanpur = 3 8
1 1 1 2 1 1
.  .  .
3 8 3 10 3 7
40
P( letter has come from Jahanabad =
31
91
P(letter come from U.P) is =
131
56. use multi nomial theorem
57. P  ui   ki 2 (k= proportionality constant)
 P  u1   P  u2   .....  P  un   1
n  n  1 2n  1 6
 k .12  k .2 2  k .32...  k .n 2  1  k .  1 k 
6 n  n  1 2n  1
 G  G  G 
lim P  G   lim  P  u1  P    P  u2  P    ...  P  un  P   
n   
n 
  u1   u2   un  
 n 2  n  12 n  n  1 2n  1 
6  
n i 2  i  1  4 6  6 1
 lim  k  lim  
n 
i 1  3n  1 n n  n  1 2n  1 3n  1 4.2.3 4

Page 10
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_ (2015_P2) CTA–2 Key & Sol’s
1
58.  P  u   k  nk  1
i k
n
1  1  1 2 1 n  n  n  1  n 1
P W   .   .  ....  .  
n  3n  1  n  3n  1 n  3n  1  2  2  3n  1
59. Select one ball, and 2 balls into the boxes 2 and 4
Then the required no of ways = 7C1.6C2 .34
= 7. 15  .81
= 105  81
= 8505
60. Conceptual

Page 11
TG ~ @bohring_bot

SR-IIT N CHAINA & N120 CTA-2 Dt: 03 -01 -2021

JEE-ADVANCE-2015-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hours IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 240
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 8) Questions with Integer Answer Type 4 0 8 32
Sec – II(Q.N : 9 – 16) Questions with Multiple Correct Choice 4 -2 8 32
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 17 – 20) 4 -2 4 16
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 20 80
CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 21 – 28) Questions with Integer Answer Type 4 0 8 32
Sec – II(Q.N : 29 – 36) Questions with Multiple Correct Choice 4 -2 8 32
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 37 – 40) 4 -2 4 16
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 20 80
MATHEMATICS:
+Ve
- Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type Mark
Marks Qs marks
s
Sec – I(Q.N : 41 – 48) Questions with Integer Answer Type 4 0 8 32
Sec – II(Q.N : 49 – 56) Questions with Multiple Correct Choice 4 -2 8 32
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 57 – 60) 4 -2 4 16
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 20 80
Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP
PHYSICS Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.

01. A circular disc X of radius R is made from an iron plate of thickness ‘t’ and another disc Y of radius 4R
t I
is made from an iron plate of thickness . The ratio between moments of inertia of discs y is 8n. Find
4 Ix
‘n’.
02. A hoop of radius 2 m weighs 100 kg. It rolls along a horizontal floor so that its centre of mass has a
speed of 20 cm/s. How much work has to be done to stop it?
03. The current in a coil of self-inductance 2.0 henry is increasing according to I  2sin t 2 ampere. Find the
amount of energy spent (in joule) during the period when the current changes from 0 to 2 ampere.
04. A square metal wire loop of side 10 cm and resistance 1 is moved with a constant velocity v0 in a
uniform magnetic field of induction B  2 weber / m2 as shown in the figure. The magnetic field lines
are perpendicular to the plane of the loop (directed into the paper). The loop is connected to a network of
resistors each of value 3 ohm. The resistances of the lead wires OS and PO are negligible. What should
be the speed of the loop (in cm/s) so as to have a steady current of 2 mA in the loop?

05. An RLC circuit with R  100  is connected across ac source of 200 V and angular frequency 300
rad/sec. When only capacitance is removed, the current lags behind voltage by 600. When only
inductance is removed, the current leads the voltage by 600. The current in the circuit is
06. A series R – C combination is connected to an ac voltage of angular frequency   500 rad/s. If the
impedance of the R – C circuit is R 1.25 , then time constant (in millisecond) of the circuit is:
07. As shown in the figure when the key is pressed, rate of change of current in the circuit is 200 A/sec.
current in the circuit a this situation is

08. If a carrier wave of amplitude 20mV is modulated by an audio signal of amplitude 4mV, then amplitude
of LSF or USF is given by

Page 2
Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot SECTION – II
SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP

(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)

This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.

09. A series RC-circuit is connected to ac voltage source. Consider two cases

A) When C is without a dielectric medium, and
B) When C is filled with dielectric of constant 4.
The current I R through the resistor and voltage VC across the capacitor are compared in two cases.

Which of the following is/are true?

A) IAR  IBR B) IAR  I BR C) VCA  VCB D) VCA  VCB

10. An audio signal of 15 kHZ frequency cannot be transmitted over long distance without modulation
because
A) The size of the required antenna would be at least 5 km which is not convenient
B) The audio signal cannot be transmitted through sky waves
C) The size of the required antenna would be at least 20 km, which is not convenient
D) Effective power transmitted would be very low, if the size of the antenna is less than 5km
11. Audio sine waves of 3 kHz frequency are used to amplitude modulate a carrier signal of 0.5 MHz. Which
of the following statements are true?
A) The side band frequencies are 1506 kHz and 1494 kHz
B) The bandwidth required for amplitude modulation is 6 kHZ
C) The bandwidth required for amplitude modulation is 3 MhZ
D) The side band frequencies are 1503 kHz and 1497 kHZ
12. Choose the correct alternative about choke coil
A) Inductive reactance of choke coil is much lesser
B) Power factor of ideal choke coil is nearly zero
C) Choke coil is connected in parallel across tube light.
D) In tube light initial induced voltage across choke coil is greater than supply voltage
13. An AM wave is expressed as e  10 1  0.6 cos 2000t  cos 2 108 t volts, the minimum and maximum

values of modulated carrier wave are

A) 10V, 20V B) 4V, 8 V C) 16V, 4V D) 8V, 20V
14. In the given circuit, the AC source has   100 rad / s . Considering the inductor and capacitor to be ideal,
the correct choice(s) is (are)

Page 3
Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP

A) The current through the circuit, I is 0.3 A

B) The current through the circuit, I is 0.3 2 A

C) The voltage across 100  resistance  10 2V

D) The voltage across 50  resistance = 10 V
15. The speed v of a particle moving along a straight line, when it is at a distance x from a fixed point on the
line is given by v 2  144  9x 2 . Select the correct statement(s)
2
A) The motion of the particle is SHM with T  unit
3
B) The maximum displacement of the particle from the fixed point is 4 unit
C) The magnitude of acceleration at a distance 3 unit from the fixed po0int is 27 unit
D) The motion of the particle is periodic but not simple harmonic
16. Two particles undergo SHM along the same line with the same time period (T) and equal amplitudes (A)
At a particular instant, one particle is at X = - A and the other is at x = 0. At t = 0 they move in the same
direction. They will cross each other at

4T 3T A A
A) t  B) t  C) x  D) x 
3 8 2 2

Page 4
Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP

As shown in figure given tan 1  4 / 3  530 

V  200 2 sin  t   / 4 
17. Instantaneous current in branch having capacitor C will be
A) 20 2 sin  t  3 / 4  B) 40 2 sin  t   / 4 
C) 60 2 sin  t   / 4  D) 80 2 sin  t  3 / 4 
18. Potential drop across X L will be
A) 160 volt B) 120 volt C) 200 volt D) 160 2 volt
Paragraph for Question Nos. 19 to 20
A disc of mass m connected with an ideal spring of Stiffness constant k is released from the stretched
position of spring. Then the disc rolls down the inclined plane.

19. Amplitude of oscillation is

mg sin  2mg sin  mg sin  4mg sin 
A) B) C) D)
k k 2k k
20. Time period of oscillation is
m 2m 3m 3m
A) 2 B) 2 C) 2 D) 2
k 3k 2k 4k

Page 5
Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP
CHEMISTRY Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.

21. Find the number of compounds which on reaction with LiAlH 4 followed by treatment with water give

optically inactive compounds?

22. When the following aldohexose exist in D-configuration, the total number of stereoisomers in its
pyranose form is?

23. A buffer solution is formed by mixing 100 mL 0.01 M CH3COOH with 200 mL 0.02 M CH3COONa . If
this buffer solution is made to 1.0 L by adding 700 mL of water, pH will change by a factor of
24. How many dipeptides are possible with amino acids glycene and (±) alanine
25. Aspartame is the dipeptide obtained from methyl ester of phenyl alanine and aspartic acid. Number of
sp2 carbons present in aspartame is?

Page 6
Narayana IIT Academy
26.
TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP
The total number of basic groups in the following form of lysine is


27. The total number of distinct naurally occurring amino acids obtained by complete acidic hydrolysis
of the peptide shown below is?
O

O O O O NH
H H
N N N
N N N
H H
HN CH2 O O CH2 O

28. Among the following how many of them are aromatic ring containing amino acids?
Proline, Tryptophan, Tyrosine, Histidine, arginine, Phenyl alanine and Threonine

29. The Fischer presentation of D-glucose is given below

The correct structure of β-L-glucopyranose is/are?

A) B)

Page 7
Narayana IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP
OH

OH O H
H
H OH
H OH

C) D) OH H
30. Incorrect statement among the following is
A) The pKa of –COOH group in an α-amino acid is lower than the pKa of acetic acid.
B) Proline is an example of aromatic heterocyclic ring containing amino acids
C) There is two chiral centres in Leucine
D) All naturally available amino acids are essential amino acids
31. Which of the following amino acid can be obtained when a sample of natural protein is hydrolyzed?

A) B) C) D)
32. Consider the following four compounds I, II, III and IV

A) The order of basicity is II > I > III > IV

B) The magnitude of pKb difference between I and II is more than that between III and IV
C) Resonance effect is more in III than IV
D) Steric effect makes compound IV more basic than III
33. Which of the following is an amphiprotic anion?
A) HCO3– B) H2PO4– C) HS– D) HPO32–

Page 8
Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP

34.

CH2OH CH2OH CH2OH

O O O
H H H H H H
H H H
CH2OH
OH H OH H OH H
OH OH OH OH O C O
(CH2)3
H OH H OH H OH
CH3
I CH2OH HOH2C
O O IV
O O
H H
H H
OH H H OH
OH H OH H

H OH OH H
II III

Select the correct statement(s) about the above compounds from the following
A) Compounds I and III would reduce Fehling’s solution and will also mutarotate
B) Compound IV will reduce Tollen’s reagent but not mutarotate
C) Compound II will not be reducing but mutarotating
D) The product(s) of the acid catalysed hydrolysis of both II and III will be reducing but not
mutarotating
35. Which of the following reagents oxidizes glucose in to gluconic acid
A) Fehling’s solution B) Tollen’s reagent
C) Nitric acid D) Bromine water
36. Choose the correct statement(s) among the following
A) All naturally occurring amino acids have L-configuration except Glycine
B) In solution state (in water) all amino acids exists as Zwitter ions
C) Amino acids are the monomeric untis of the proteins
D) Proteins contains peptide bonds

Page 9
Narayana IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot SECTION – III
SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP

Paragraph for Question Nos. 37 to 38

Treatment of compound O with KMnO 4 / H  gave P, which on heating with ammonia gave Q. the

compound Q on treatment with Br2 / NaOH produce R. On strong heating, Q gave S, which on further
treatment with ethyl 2-bromopropanoate in the presence of KOH followed by acidification, gave a
compound T.

37. The compound R is

A) B)
O

NHBr
NHBr

C) O D)
38. The compound T is
A) glycine B) alanine C) valine D) serine

Page 10
Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP

Paragraph for Question Nos. 39 to 40

Two buffer systems can be prepared from a weak dibasic acid and its salts. The first consists of free
acid H2A and its conjugate base NaHA, and the second makes use of the acid NaHA and its conjugate,
Na2A. It is permissible to introduce the simplifying assumption that only one of the equilibria is
important in determining the hydrogen ion concentration of the solution. For a buffer solution prepared
from NaHA and Na2A, the second dissociation will ordinarily predominate and the equilibrium
HA + H2O -------> H2A + OH ; is disregarded
39. The hydrogen ion concentration for a buffer solution that is 2M in H3PO4 and 1.5 M in KH2PO4.
K a1 K a2 K a3
= 7.11  10-3; = 6.34  10-8; = 4.5  10 -13

A) 9.48  10-3M B) 6.48  10-3 M C) 4.5  10 -3 M (D) 5.4  10-3 M

2
40. The concentration of HPO 4 in the above solution is
(A) 9.48  10-3 (B) 6.48  10-9

(C) 6.34  10-8 (D) 1.00  10-5

MATHS: Max. Marks: 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
41. In the last over of a Cricket match, Virat is on strike end and 12 runs are required to win the match.
Assume that three is not any strike change and no wide ball or no ball is thrown in over, then the
number of ways in which Virat will score 12 runs ( all the 6 balls were played by virat and exactly 12
runs were scored, over throw was not allowed) is  then the sum of the digits of  is
42. If the number of positive integers that are divisors of at least one of the numbers 1010 ,1517 and 1811 is a
three digit number abc, then b  c  a 
43. If the number of six digit numbers by using the digits from the set 1, 2, 3, 4,5 such that any digit that
appears in the number, appears at least twice is a four digit number of the from pqrs then s  r  q  p is
equal to
44. Let Pn denotes the number of permutations of n distinct things taken all at a time and
 143   Pn  5 
xn   n  5  C 4     (where n  N ) then the sum of the possible values of n for which xn is
 96   Pn 3 
negative is
45. A flight of stairs has 10 steps A person can go up the steps one at a time, two at a time, or any
combination of 1’s and 2’s. Then the total number of ways in which the person can go up the stairs is
 
 then   
15 
Where .  is greatest integer function?
46. The number of odd numbers between 3000 to 6300 that have different digits is  , then the units place
digit of  is
Page 11
Narayana IIT Academy
47.
TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP
The number of ways in which 12 identical coins can be distributed to 6 different purses, if not more
than 3 and not less than 1 coin goes in each purse is  then the sum of the digits of  is
B
48. 
In the quadratic equation A 3  2 x 2  
3 2
x  c  0 with  ,  as its roots. If

1/4 8 6 16 k

A  49  20 6  B= sum of the infinite G.P as 8 3 
3

3
    and     6 6 where  
C
k  log10 5 18 72
6  2log 6  log log 6  log 6 . Then the value of 
16

( Tr  P  denotes the trace of matrix P) then the correct among the following is
l m l  m 
A) 3 B)   7 . is greatest integer function
5  3 
m 2 3m m
C)   20 D)    0 
. is fractional part function
l l l

 x2
50. Consider f  x    Tan 1 2
and ai are the integral values of x
2 x 2
 9   x  7   x  9  x  3 

For which f  x  is defined and ai  ai 1i  1, 2,3  ,9

 a1 a2 a3 
If A   a4 a5 a6  and B3  pB 2  qB  rI  0
 a7 a8 a9 
Where B= adjA then
A) p  27 B) p  27 C) r  16 D) r  16
51. A square matrix P satisfies P 2  I  2 P where I is the identify matrix if
P 2  P3  P 4  a 2 I  b 2 P then
A) a 2  b 4 is a perfect square B) a 4  b 2 is a perfect square
C) a 2  b 2 is prime D) a 4  b 4 is prime

Page 12
Narayana IIT Academy
52.
TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP
Words are formed using all the letter of the word “JEE ADVANCED”. Let ‘a’ denote the number of
words in which all the vowels are together, ‘b’ denotes the number of words in which vowels as well as
consonants are separated ‘c ’ denotes the number of words begin and ends in vowels. Then the correct
of the following is / are

A) c  a  b B) c  b  a C) a  b  c  460  6! D) a  c  91b

53. Shots are being fired independently from a gun at a target with maximum score of 10 points per shot
1
given that the probability of scoring 30 points in 3 shots in , probability of scoring eight points in
64
1 2
one shot is and less than eight points in one shot is . If the probability of scoring at least 28 points
5 5
p
in 3 shots is then
q

A) The sum of the digits of p is 13 B) The product of the digits of p is 35

C) The sum of the digits of q is 7 D) The product of the digits of q is 6
89
 2 4 6 a
54. let sec2  sec2  sec2  s and  cos k0 
9 9 9 k 1 b

Where a and b are co-prime, then the correct of the following is / are

A) Number of positive integral divisors of a+b+s is 4

B) Number of positive integral divisors of a+b+s is 8
C) a+b is a prime number
D) s is a perfect square
55. A letter has come from either the city of ‘’SAHARANPUR’’ or ‘’SAHAJAHANAPUR’’ in U.P or
from the city of ‘’JAHANABAD’’ in Bihar, but on the post mark 3 consecutive letters ‘’AHA’’ are
found to be visible, then the probability that it has come from
35 40
A) The city of SAHARNAPUR is B) The city of JAHANABAD is
131 131
70 91
C) The city of SAHAJAHANPUR is D) U. P is
131 131
56. 20 Identical pens can be distributed among 4 persons then
A) The number of ways in which first person receive at least one pen, 2nd person receive at least 2 pens
,3rd person receive at least 3 pens and 4th person receive at least 4 pens is 858
B) The number of ways that exactly two persons receive equal number of pens is 576
C) The number of ways in which two persons receive equal number of pens and another two persons
receive another equal number of pens ( all persons should not receive equal number of pens) is 30

Page 13
Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP
D) The number of ways in which no two persons receive equal number of pens is 1140
SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
Each question has 4 choice A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Question Nos. 57 to 58
There are n urns each containing 3n  1 balls such that i th urn contains i white ,  i  1 green and
 3n  2i  red balls, Let ui be the event selecting i th urn, i  1, 2, 3......n W,G denotes event of getting a
white and a green ball respectively.
57. If P  ui   i 2 , where i  1, 2,3....n then lim P(G)
n

1 1 3
A) 1 B) C) D)
4 2 4
58. If P  ui   k where k is a constant, then P(W) is equal to
n 2n n 1 1
A) B) C) D)
3n  1 3n  1 2  3n  1 3
Paragraph for Question Nos. 59 to 60
There are five different boxes and seven different balls. All the seven balls are distributed in the five
boxes placed in a row can receive any number of balls. Then answer the following questions
59. The number of ways can these balls be distributed so that box 2 and box 4 contain only 1 and 2 balls
respectively is
A) 5522 B) 8505 C) 2305 D) 3322
60. The number of ways can these balls be distributed into these boxes if ball 2 can be put into either box 2
or box 4 is
A) 12360 B) 13490 C) 31250 D) 31520

Page 14
TG ~ @bohring_bot

SR-IIT N CHAINA & N120 CTA-2 Dt: 03 -01 -2021

08. If a carrier wave of amplitude 20mV is modulated by an audio signal of amplitude 4mV, then amplitude
of LSF or USF is given by

Page 2
Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot SECTION – II
SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP

(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)

09. A series RC-circuit is connected to ac voltage source. Consider two cases

A) When C is without a dielectric medium, and
B) When C is filled with dielectric of constant 4.
The current I R through the resistor and voltage VC across the capacitor are compared in two cases.

Which of the following is/are true?

A) IAR  IBR B) IAR  I BR C) VCA  VCB D) VCA  VCB

values of modulated carrier wave are

A) 10V, 20V B) 4V, 8 V C) 16V, 4V D) 8V, 20V
14. In the given circuit, the AC source has   100 rad / s . Considering the inductor and capacitor to be ideal,
the correct choice(s) is (are)

Page 3
Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP

A) The current through the circuit, I is 0.3 A

B) The current through the circuit, I is 0.3 2 A

C) The voltage across 100  resistance  10 2V

4T 3T A A
A) t  B) t  C) x  D) x 
3 8 2 2

Page 4
Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP

As shown in figure given tan 1  4 / 3  530 

19. Amplitude of oscillation is

mg sin  2mg sin  mg sin  4mg sin 
A) B) C) D)
k k 2k k
20. Time period of oscillation is
m 2m 3m 3m
A) 2 B) 2 C) 2 D) 2
k 3k 2k 4k

21. Find the number of compounds which on reaction with LiAlH 4 followed by treatment with water give

optically inactive compounds?

22. When the following aldohexose exist in D-configuration, the total number of stereoisomers in its
pyranose form is?

Page 6
Narayana IIT Academy
26.
TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP
The total number of basic groups in the following form of lysine is


27. The total number of distinct naurally occurring amino acids obtained by complete acidic hydrolysis
of the peptide shown below is?
O

O O O O NH
H H
N N N
N N N
H H
HN CH2 O O CH2 O

28. Among the following how many of them are aromatic ring containing amino acids?
Proline, Tryptophan, Tyrosine, Histidine, arginine, Phenyl alanine and Threonine

29. The Fischer presentation of D-glucose is given below

The correct structure of β-L-glucopyranose is/are?

A) B)

Page 7
Narayana IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP
OH

OH O H
H
H OH
H OH

A) B) C) D)
32. Consider the following four compounds I, II, III and IV

A) The order of basicity is II > I > III > IV

Page 8
Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP

34.

CH2OH CH2OH CH2OH

O O O
H H H H H H
H H H
CH2OH
OH H OH H OH H
OH OH OH OH O C O
(CH2)3
H OH H OH H OH
CH3
I CH2OH HOH2C
O O IV
O O
H H
H H
OH H H OH
OH H OH H

H OH OH H
II III

Page 9
Narayana IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot SECTION – III
SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP

Paragraph for Question Nos. 37 to 38

Treatment of compound O with KMnO 4 / H  gave P, which on heating with ammonia gave Q. the

37. The compound R is

A) B)
O

NHBr
NHBr

C) O D)
38. The compound T is
A) glycine B) alanine C) valine D) serine

Page 10
Narayana IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot SR IIT N CHAINA & N120_CTA–2 QP

Paragraph for Question Nos. 39 to 40

A) 9.48  10-3M B) 6.48  10-3 M C) 4.5  10 -3 M (D) 5.4  10-3 M

2
40. The concentration of HPO 4 in the above solution is
(A) 9.48  10-3 (B) 6.48  10-9

(C) 6.34  10-8 (D) 1.00  10-5

 x2
50. Consider f  x    Tan 1 2
and ai are the integral values of x
2 x 2
 9   x  7   x  9  x  3 

For which f  x  is defined and ai  ai 1i  1, 2,3  ,9

A) c  a  b B) c  b  a C) a  b  c  460  6! D) a  c  91b

A) The sum of the digits of p is 13 B) The product of the digits of p is 35

C) The sum of the digits of q is 7 D) The product of the digits of q is 6
89
 2 4 6 a
54. let sec2  sec2  sec2  s and  cos k0 
9 9 9 k 1 b

Where a and b are co-prime, then the correct of the following is / are

A) Number of positive integral divisors of a+b+s is 4

Page 14
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming _Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-5_Key&Sol’s

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI

A right Choice for the Real Aspirant

ICON Central Office – Madhapur – Hyderabad
SEC: Sr’s_In Coming JEE-ADV(2016-p1) Date: 03-05-20
Time: 09 A.M TO 12 NOON PTA-5 Max. Marks: 186
KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1) A 2) A 3) A 4) A 5) C 6) B,C 7) B,C,D 8) A,B,C

9) A,B,C,D 10) A,B 11) A,B,D 12) B,C,D 13) A,B,C,D 14) 5 15) 3 16) 8

17) 2 18) 2

CHEMISTRY
19) C 20) D 21) A 22) B 23) A 24) B,D 25) B,C 26) A,B,C

27) A,B,C 28) A,C 29) C,D 30) A,C 31) B,C,D 32) 5 33) 2 34) 3

35) 9 36) 3

MATHEMATICS
37) D 38) A 39) B 40) B 41) B 42) A,B,C 43) A,C 44) A,B,C,D

45) A,B,C 46) C,D 47) A 48) A,B,C,D 49) B,D 50) 4 51) 3 52) 3

53) 9 54) 3

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Page 1

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming _Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-5_Key&Sol’s

SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1) Conceptual
2)

F11 F2 2 F3 3 5t  60  2t  100  t  120 6.2

       0.0775cm
AY AY AY 10  8  102 t 80
3) mgh T  2 r  h
PE  
2 2
PE  hr
Hence is independent of r
PE1 h1 1
 
PE2 h2 1
4) Conceptual
5) F  A
dv
dx
F  A
v0  v0 / 2  A
v0  2v0   9  Av0
d /6 5d / 6 5 d
6) Due to thermal strain, compressive force developed is same every where on the
rod, but stress = F/A is maximum at smallest value of A. As thermal strain is
compensated by elastic strain, so elastic strain is not zero.
7) Y
T .L
L. A.
i.e. Y T , as L, A & L are same

Since Y2  Y3 , T2  T3
Where T1 , T2 & T3 are tensions in wire 1,2,3
Using T  0 about point 1
 3x  3Mg
T2  2 x   T3  3x   Mg    T2   T3
 2  10
2 Mg 4Y
T1  T2  T3  Mg  T1  And so Y1  2
5 3

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming _Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-5_Key&Sol’s
8) 0
2T   / 2   N cos 45  T  mg / 2
T  2 R 
 
aY
9) F2 sin1350 F2
tan   0

F1  F2 cos135 2 F1  F2

If F2  2 F1 ,   900 resultant force vertically downwards

meniscus will be plane
If F2  2F1 ,  is a acute angle, the liquid surface will become
concave upwards
If F2  2F1 ,  is obtuse angle surface is convex upwards
10) Conceptual
11) In figure (ii) and (iii) Process =
 gH 2T
 R
8T
4 R  gH
12)  t
  2 r 2
v  vT 1  e   where,  H1   
  9
13) At terminal velocity m1 g  m2 g  F1  F2
4 3 4
 r1  g   r23  g  6 r1v0  4 r2 v0
2 3
2 g 2
v0 
9
 r1  r1r2  r22 

Considering motion of lower ball T  F2  m2 g ; T  m2 g  F2

4
T   gr1r2  r2  r1 
3
14) 1  stress 
2

F  W , PE  (energy / unit volume x volume energy / unit volume =

2 Y
15) Tmax mg
  3  2 cos    7.85 108
A A
981  7
3  2 cos    7.85  108
22  10 6
312.13 106 3  2 cos    7.85  108   3
16) Let P11 and P21 be the pressure inside the bubble when the radii are r and
r
2
4S 4 S
P11  P1  P21  P2 
r  r / 2
Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Page 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming _Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-5_Key&Sol’s
Since the radius is half, volume become 1/8th and pressure will be 8 times at
constant temperature
P21  8 P11
8S  4S   3S 
P2   8  P1   P2  8  P1  
r  r   r 
17) Shape of water in capillary tube after removing thumb outside the liquid will be as
shown in fig.

Let surface tension of water is T and r is radius of capillary tube

Then T  2 r  T  2 r =Weight of liquid
4 rT   r 2 H  p  g
4T
H .............. 1
pgr
Initially when capillary tube is dipped in water to depth l as shown in fig. given in
problem,
2T 2T
 pgh  h ................  2 
r pgr
Comparing (1) and (2)
H=2h
18) Shear stress is tangential force applied by the liquid on unit area of the floor.

Velocity gradient =

Viscous force per unit area =

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming _Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-5_Key&Sol’s

CHEMISTRY
19) Conceptual
20) Consider one doubly bonded carbon atom first, each attach any one halogen atom
(say F) on this C on one bond, and then attach the three remaining halogen atoms,
of course one by one, on the other bond.

Not attach the remaining two halogen atoms in each above structures, for which
there are tow possibilities for every structure; so on the whole there will be 6
geometrical isomers.

(I) (II) (III)

(IV) (V) (VI)

21) w  PV

 1 105 1 1032  1 1033
1010 110
  105  9  10 3   900J
22) conceptual
23) G  G 0  2.303RT log K C
At equilibrium G  0
G 0  2.303 RT log K C
As K C  G 0 also 
 III  I  II
24)

,
25) The gas is monatomic  (a) is wrong (d) has no real basis
26) Conceptual
27) Rearranging (1) we set,(4)
C2 H 4 g   2C s   2H 2 g  H   12.5 k cal mol 1 Adding (1),(3) and(4) C2 H 4 g   2C g   4 H  g 
H   2  170.9  4  52.1  12.5
 537.7 k cal mol 1 Bond energy of C  H bonds = 4  99 = 396k cal
 C  C bond energy = 537.7  396  141k cal
28) Conceptual
29) Compounds (c) and (d) contain plane of symmetry.
Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Page 5
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming _Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-5_Key&Sol’s

30)

31) Conceptual.
32)

5 positional isomers
33) 44.8  n 
  active mass
RT  v 
44.8
 active mass =  2mol .lit 1
0.0821  273
34) W  2.303nRT log 2
V
V1
16 25
 2.303   300  8.314  log
32 5
3
 2.01 10 J
 x3
35) S 0 H 0
log k  
2.303 R 2.303RT
36) For elements, graphite, H 2 , Fe in standard state Gf  0

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming _Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-5_Key&Sol’s

MATHEMATICS
37)  a 2  b 2  m 0 
2m
A   
 2 m
 0  a  b  
2

m 1 0
  a 2  b2    MA  A
2m

 0 1 
1 2m 1
MAA  A A
M  A 2m 1  A 2m 2 .A
m 1  1 0  a b  m1  a b
  a2  b2        a 2  b2   
0 1   b a  b a 
38)  cos 2  cos  sin   cos 2  cos  sin  
AB   2   
 cos  sin  sin    cos  sin  sin 2  
cos  cos  cos     cos  sin  cos     
  Clearly AB is the zero matrix of cos     =
 sin  cos  cos     sin  sin  cos     

0 i.e.    is an odd multiple of .
2
39)
x y 1 x y 1
G.E is x1 y1 1  0 (or) x1 y1 1 0
x2  x3 y2  y3 2 x2  x3 y2  y3
1
2 2
40) Given that x  y  z  6, x  2y  3z  10, x  2y   z  k
1   2    y  2 z  4   4 
1   3   y  1    z  6  k   5
2 4
 4  / /  5  1  
 1 6  k
   3, 6  k  4 k  10
41) Value of the new determinant 23   8
42) 1 1 1 
Let A  1 1 1  Then A  1 0   1 3  1 3  6
 2 1 1
 1 1 
0 3 3 
0 2 2   
  1 1 1
adj A  3 3 0   A   adj A   
1
 0 
A 2 2 
3 1 2   
1 1 1
 
 2 6 3 

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming _Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-5_Key&Sol’s
 1 1 
0 3 3  6 
 x   1 
1 1
Now X   y   A1B    0   2    2   x  1, y  2, z  3
2 2 
 z    1   3 
 1 1 1  
 
 2 6 3 
43)  A  B
2
 A2  AB  BA  B 2  A  B  AB  BA  0
A2 B  ABA  0  A2 B    BA  A  0  AB  BA  0
44) AoB 
1 1
 AB  BA    BA  AB   BoA
2 2
1 1
AoI   AI  IA   A  A   A
2 2
1 1 2
AoA   AA  AA   A  A2   A2
2 2
And
1
Ao  B  C  
2
 A  B  C    B  C  A
1
  AB  AC  BA  CA
2
1 1
  AB  BA   AC  CA 
2 2
 AoB  AoC
45)  x1 0 0   x2 0 0 
Let D1   0 y1 0  and D2   0 y2 0  ,
 
 0 0 z1   0 0 z2 
when x1 , y1 , z1 , x2 , y2 , z2  0, then D1 D2  D2 D1
46) 1 2 3
Let  2 1 4
 
 3 4 1 
1 2 3
A  2 1 4  1 1  16   2  2  12   3 8  3
3 4 1
 17  20  33  0 .
47) a x
e log e a x
x2 ax a x x2
g  x   a 3 x e log e a
3x
x4  a 3 x
5 x
a3x x4
5x
e log a x
 ax 
5 x log e a 5 x a a 1
a e 1

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming _Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-5_Key&Sol’s
x x 2 x x 2
a a x a a x
3x 3 x 4 3 x 3x
g x  a a x a a x4
5 x
a5x a 1 a 5 x a5 x 1
(Interchanging 1st and 2nd columns)   g  x   g  x   g   x   0
48) We have, A2 B  A  AB   AA  A2 ,
B 2 A  B  BA   BB  B 2 ,
ABA  A  BA   AB  A and BAB  B  AB   BA  B
49) We have,
a b a  b
b c b  c  0
a  b b  c 0
a b a  b
b c b  c 0
0 0   a  2b  c  2

[Applying R3  R3   R1  R2  ]
   a 2  2b  c  ac  b 2   0
 ac  b2  0 or a 2  2b  c  0
 a, b, c are in G.P. or  x    is a factor of ax 2  2bx  c .
50) A is orthogonal matrix
a 2  b2  c 2  1 ab  bc  ca  0
a 3  b3  c 3   a  b  c   a 2  b 2  c 2  ab  bc  ca   3abc
  a  b  c 1  3
2
a  b  c  a 2  b 2  c 2  2  ab  bc  ca 
1
a b  c 1
 a 3  b3  c 3  4
51) 3
A   A  I   I 3   trB  tr C   3
52) Let  be the given determinant. Then apply row transformation
R1  R1  R3 , R2  R2  R3 we get
x 0 1
 y 2y 0 0
2 z 2 z 1  3 z

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming _Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-5_Key&Sol’s

x 0 0
y  1 
 y 2y 1  0  by C3  C3  C1 
x  x 
2z
2 z 2 z 1  3 z 
x
Solving we get
  2z   y 
x  2 y 1  3z    2 z 1     0
  x   x 
 2 xy  6 zxy  4 yz  2 zx  2 yz   0
1 1 1 
2  xyz      3  0
x y z 
1 1 1
     3
x y z
53) a b c
2
A B C a b c
b c a  B C A  81  b c a  9
c a b C A B c a a
54) Use condition for non-trivial solution of homogeneous system of linear equations.

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
SEC: Sr’s_In Coming JEE-ADV(2016-p1) Date: 03-05-20
Time: 09 A.M TO 12 NOON PTA-5 Max. Marks:
SYLLABUS:
Physics : Viscosity, Surface tension & Elasticity
Chemistry : Thermodynamics & Thermo-Chemistry, Isomerism, Reactive intermediates, Electronic
factors, Acidity & basicity of organic compounds
Mathematics : Matrices & determinants

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming_Jee-Adv(2016-p1)_PTA-5_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2016-P1-Model
Time: 9:00A.M To 12:00 P.M IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 186
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks

Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 5) Questions with Single Answer Type +3 -1 5 15

Questions with Multiple Correct Choice

Sec – II(Q.N : 6 – 13) 4 -2 8 32
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)

Sec – II(Q.N : 14-18) Questions with Integer Answer Type +3 0 5 15

Total 18 62

CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks

Sec – I(Q.N : 19 – 23) Questions with Single Answer Type +3 -1 5 15

Questions with Multiple Correct Choice

Sec – II(Q.N : 24 –31) 4 -2 8 32
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)

Sec – II(Q.N : 32-36) Questions with Integer Answer Type +3 0 5 15

Total 18 62

MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks

Sec – I(Q.N:37 – 41) Questions with Single Answer Type +3 -1 5 15

Questions with Multiple Correct Choice

Sec – II(Q.N :42–49) 4 -2 8 32
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)

Sec – II(Q.N : 50-54) Questions with Integer Answer Type +3 0 5 15

Total 18 62

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Space for Rough Work Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming_Jee-Adv(2016-p1)_PTA-5_Q.P

PHYSICS Max Marks: 62

SECTION-I
(SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This Section Contains FIVE questions, Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONLY ONE of those four options is Correct For each question,
darken the bubble corresponding to the correct option in the ORS, For each question, marks will be awarded in one of the following categories: Full Marks
: +3 If only the bubble corresponding to the correct option in darkened, Zero Marks : 0 If none of the bubbles is darkened. Negative Marks: -1 In all other
cases

1 A stone of 0.5 kg mass is attached to one end of a 0.8m long aluminum wire of 0.7 mm
diameter and suspended vertically. The stone is now rotated in a horizontal plane at a
rate such that wire makes an angle of 850 with the vertical. If Y  7 1010 Nm 2 ,
sin 850  0.9962 and cos 850  0.0872 , the increase in length of wire is

A. 1.67 10 3 m B. 6.17 10 3 m C. 1.76 103 m D. 7.16 10 3 m

2 A brass bar having a cross sectional area 10cm2 is subjected to axial force as shown
in the figure. Take E  8102 t / cm2 . The total elongation of the bar is

A. + 0.0775 cm B. 0.050 cm C. –0.0.25 cm D. 0.095 cm

3 When water rises in a capillary tube of radius r to height h, then its potential energy U1 ,
if capillary tube of radius 2r is dipped in same water then potential energy of water is
U 2 . Then U1 : U 2 will be

A. 1 : 1 B. 1 : 2 C. 2 : 1 D. 1 : 4
4 A soap - bubble with a radius ‘r’ is placed on another bubble with a radius R (figure).
Angles between the films at the points of contact will be

A. 1200 B. 300 C. 450 D. 900

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Space for Rough Work Page 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming_Jee-Adv(2016-p1)_PTA-5_Q.P
5 What is the constant force F required to pull the plate of area A parallel to wall with
constant velocity V0 in the given figure. (  = coefficient of viscosity.)

9 AV0 45 AV0 9 AV0 8 AV0

A. B. C. D.
2d 8d 5d 3d
SECTION-II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This Section contains EIGHT question. Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONE OR MORE THAN ONE of these four options(s) is
(are) correct. For each question, darken the bubble(s) corresponding to all the correct options(s) in the ORS. For each question, marks will be awarded in
one of the following categories: Full Marks : +4 If only the bubble(s) corresponding to all the correct options(s), is (are) darkened . Partial Marks : +1
For darkening a bubble corresponding to each correct option, Provided NO incorrect option is darkened. Zero Marks : 0 If none of the bubbles is
darkened. Negative Marks: -2 In all other cases. , For example, if (A), (C)and (D) are all the correct options for a question, darkening all these three will
result in +4 marks; darkening only (A) and (D) will result in +2 marks; and darkening (A) and(B) will result in -2 marks as a wrong option is also darkened.

6 A tapered rod of non uniform cross-sectional area is fitted between two rigid
supports. The rod is heated at the middle, then choose the incorrect options.

A. Compressive stress is maximum at narrow section

B. Compressive stress is maximum at mid section
C. Compressive stress is maximum at wider section
D. Elastic strain developed in the rod is zero as length remains same
7 Three vertical wires I,II and III are supporting a block of mass M in horizontal position.
The wires are of equal length and cross-sectional area. It is given that Young’s
modulus of wire II, is Y2 and Young’s modulus of wire III is Y3 and it for 1st wire is Y1 .
The wires I and III are attached at extreme ends of the block. If Y2  Y3 then which of
the following are correct [Where T1 , T2 and T3 are tension in I, II and III wires]

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Space for Rough Work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming_Jee-Adv(2016-p1)_PTA-5_Q.P

4Y2
A. T1  2T3 B. T2  T3 C. Y1  D. T1  2 Mg / 5
3
8 A ring of mass m , radius R, cross sectional area a and Young’s modulus Y is kept on a
smooth cone of radius 2R and semi vertical angle 450 , as shown in the figure. Assume
that the extension in the ring is small.

A. The tension in the ring will be same throughout

B. The tension in the ring will be independent of the radius of ring if radius of the ring
is less than 2R
mgR
C. The extension in the ring will be
aY
m2 g 2 R
D. Elastic potential energy stored in the ring will be
8 Ya
9 When a capillary tube is dipped in a liquid, the liquid surface becomes curved due to
force of adhesion  F1  and force of cohesion  F2  . Choose the correct statement
 F2 
A. Angle made by resultant force of F1 and F2 makes an angle tan 1  
 2 F1  F2 
B. The meniscus will be plane if F2  2 F1
C. F2  2 F1 , the liquid surface will be concave upward
D. F2  2F1 , the liquid will be convex upward

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Space for Rough Work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming_Jee-Adv(2016-p1)_PTA-5_Q.P
10 If a liquid rises to same height in two similer capillaries of the same material at the
same temperature then
A. the weight of liquid in both capillaries must be equal
B. the radius of meniscus must be equal
C. the capillaries must be cylindrical and vertical
D. the hydrostatic pressure at the base of capillaries must be same
11 Water rises to height H in a capillary of radius r and angle of contact is zero as shown
in figure. The density and surface Tension of water is  and T respectively.
Acceleration due to gravity is g and atmospheric pressure is P0 . Now, identical
capillary as of (i) is bend in different forms as shown in the figure (ii), (iii) and (iv)

A. radius of curvature of meniscus at the open end of capillary in figure (ii) is 8T /  gH

B. radius of curvature of meniscus at the open end of capillary in figure (iii) is 8T /  gH
C. radius of curvature of meniscus at the open end of capillary in figure (iv) is
8T /  gH

D. liquid will be flowing out in figure (iv)

12 A spherical solid body is dropped inside a vast expanse of viscous liquid of large
depth and of coefficient of viscosity  . The density of the solid is greater than that of
the liquid. The time taken by the body to attain the 90% of the steady state velocity is
dependent on
A. density of the liquid B. density of the solid
C. diameter of the sphere D. coefficient of viscosity
Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Space for Rough Work Page 6
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming_Jee-Adv(2016-p1)_PTA-5_Q.P
13 Two balls of same material (density  ) but radii r1 and r2 are joined by a light long
inextensible vertical thread and released from a large height with string in slack
condition in a medium of co-efficient of viscosity  . Neglect buoyancy and assume
acceleration due to gravity to be a uniform. Then [assume r1  r2 ]
2 g 2
A. The terminal velocity acquired by the balls is r1  r1r2  r22 
9  
B. Tension in the string when balls are moving with terminal velocity is
4
 g  r12 r2  r22 r1 
3
C. after the release, both ball will have same acceleration
D. the string will get taut some time after the release
SECTION 3
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains FIVE questions. The answer to each question is a SINGLE DIGIT INTEGER ranging from 0 to 9, both inclusive For each
question, darken the bubble corresponding to the correct integer in the ORS. For each question ,marks will be awarded in one of the following categories :
Full Marks : +3 If only the bubble corresponding to the correct answer is darkened. Zero Marks : 0 In all other cases

14 Two wires of the same material (Young’s modulus Y) and same length L but radii R
and 2R respectively are joined end to end and a weight W is suspended from the
combination as shown in the figure. The elastic potential energy in the system is
NW 2 L
where N=
8 R 2Y

15 A load of 981 N is suspended from a steel wire of radius 1mm. The maximum angle
through which the wire with a load can be deflected so that it dos not break when the
load passes through the position of equilibrium is computed as cos 1   0.081  .
Find  . (Breaking stress is 7.85  108 N / m 2 )
16 A cylinder with a movable piston contains air under a pressure P1 and a soap bubble
of radius ‘r’. The pressure P2 to which the air should be compressed by slowly pushing
the piston into the cylinder for the soap bubble to reduce its size by half will be :n x
 3S 
 P1  r  , where S is the surface tension, where n=_______

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Space for Rough Work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming_Jee-Adv(2016-p1)_PTA-5_Q.P
17 A capillary tube is dipped in water to depth l and the water rise to a height h   1 in the

capacity tube. The lower end of the tube is closed in water by putting a thumb over it.
The tube is now taken out and the thumb is removed from the lower end and it is
kept open. The length of the liquid column in the tube will be x times of h. Find x

18 A liquid is flowing through a horizontal channel. The speed of flow (v) depends on

height (y) from the floor as Where h is the height of liquid in the

channel and is the speed of the top layer. Coefficient of viscosity is . Calculate

the shear stress that the liquid exerts on the floor. Answer in multiples of

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Space for Rough Work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming_Jee-Adv(2016-p1)_PTA-5_Q.P

CHEMISTRY Max Marks: 62

19 and are a pair of

A. Conformational isomers
B. Chain isomers
C. Positional isomers
D. Identical Compounds
20 The number of isomers from the compound with molecular formula C2 BrClFl is
A. 3 B. 4 C. 5 D. 6
21 An ideal gas expands in volume from 1 10 3 m 3 to 1 102 m 3 at 300 K against a constant
pressure a 1 105 Nm 1 . The work done is
A. –900 J B. 900KJ C. 270KJ D. 900KJ
22 The heat of neutralization of NaOH with HCl is 57.3 KJ and with HCN is 12.1 KJ. The
heat of ionization of HCN is
A. +69.4 KJ B. +45.2 KJ C. - 45.2 KJ D. -69.4 KJ
23 A B, K  8......  I 

B C , K  10......  II 

C D, K  0.01......  III  , then correct order of G 0 values of processes at the same

temperature is
A. III > I > II B. III > I = II C. I > III > II D. II > I > III

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Space for Rough Work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming_Jee-Adv(2016-p1)_PTA-5_Q.P
SECTION-II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This Section contains EIGHT question. Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONE OR MORE THAN ONE of these four options(s) is
(are) correct. For each question, darken the bubble(s) corresponding to all the correct options(s) in the ORS. For each question, marks will be awarded in
one of the following categories: Full Marks : +4 If only the bubble(s) corresponding to all the correct options(s), is (are) darkened . Partial Marks : +1
For darkening a bubble corresponding to each correct option, Provided NO incorrect option is darkened. Zero Marks : 0 If none of the bubbles is
darkened. Negative Marks: -2 In all other cases. , For example, if (A), (C)and (D) are all the correct options for a question, darkening all these three will
result in +4 marks; darkening only (A) and (D) will result in +2 marks; and darkening (A) and(B) will result in -2 marks as a wrong option is also darkened.

24 Keto-enol tautomerism is observed in :

A. B. C. D.
25 The specific heats of a gas at constant volume and constant pressure are 0.038
cal deg 1 g 1 and 0.062 cal deg 1 g 1 .
A. The atomicity of the gas molecule is 2.
B. The molar of the gas is 83 g mol 1 .
C. CP for the gas is 5 cal deg 1 mol 1 .
D. The gas has such a low critical temperature that it cannot be condensed to form a
liquid above 10 k.
26 Which is/are correct among the followings ?
T2
H H  U
A.    CP B.    C P C. H T  H T   CP dT D.    CP
 T  P  T  P 2 1
T1  T V
27 Passage-2
Heat of atomisation is the quantity of heat required to produce one mole of atoms in
the gaseous state from the element in the standard state is called the heat of
atomisation of the element. The heats of atomisation of the elements are determined
from spectroscopic measurements and some thermal data.
Answer the following questions based on the paragraph.
A) C gr   2H 2 g   CH 4 ; H f  17.9 Kcal

B) C s   C g  ; H1  170.9 Kcal

C) 2 H 2 g   4 H  g  ; H 2  4  52.1 Kcal

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Space for Rough Work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming_Jee-Adv(2016-p1)_PTA-5_Q.P
Q : Given are
1) 2C s   2 H 2 g   C2 H 4 g  ; H f  12.5 Kcal

2) 2C s   2C g  ; H   2 170.9 Kcal

3) 2 H 2 g   4 H  g  ; H   4  52.1 Kcal

The energy of C-H bond = 99 Kcal What is the bond energy of C  C bond?
A. 141 Kcal (approx) B.  537.7  396  Kcal

C. 537.7  4 BDEC  H  Kcal D. none of the these

28 Which of the following represent staggered conformation of n-butane?

A. B.

C. D.
29 Which of the following compounds are optically inactive due to internal
compensation?
A. 2,3-pentanediol B. 1,2-propanediol
C. 2,3-butanediol D. 2,3,4-bromoheptane
30 Which of the following are correct regarding these molecule.

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Space for Rough Work Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming_Jee-Adv(2016-p1)_PTA-5_Q.P
A. Both compounds contain plane of symmetry
B. Both are enantiomers
C. Both are diastereomers of each other
D. Both are homomers
31 C  S   H 2O  g   CO  g   H 2  g  ;
C  S   H 2O  g   CO  g   H 2  g  ; Mark out the correct statement(S)
A. Reaction is spontaneous even at the room temperature.
B. Reaction is not spontaneous even at the room temperature.
C. Reaction is spontaneous above 705C
D. H outweighs the entropy factor T S at the room temperature.
SECTION 3
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains FIVE questions. The answer to each question is a SINGLE DIGIT INTEGER ranging from 0 to 9, both inclusive For each
question, darken the bubble corresponding to the correct integer in the ORS. For each question ,marks will be awarded in one of the following categories :
Full Marks : +3 If only the bubble corresponding to the correct answer is darkened. Zero Marks : 0 In all other cases

32 Number of positional isomers for is……..?

(Excluding the given structure)
33 What is the active mass of an ideal gas at 44.8 atm pressure and 0 0 C temperature in
mol .lt 1
34 The maximum work done in expanding 16 gm of oxygen at 300K and Occupying a
volume of 5 dm 3 isothermally until the volume become 25 dm 3 is 2.01 10 x J value of
x is
35 For a reversible reaction , A B , the equilibrium constant is expressed as
2000
log10 k  0.47  ( all values in S.I units ). The standard entropy change ( S 0 ) of the
T
reaction is very nearer to ________( in Jk 1 unit )
36 Among the following , for many substances G f  O :
Liquid water, black phosphorous, graphite, solid NaCl , Hydrogen gas, Mercury
vapour, hydrated copper sulphate, solid iron.
Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Space for Rough Work Page 12
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming_Jee-Adv(2016-p1)_PTA-5_Q.P

MATHEMATICS Max Marks: 62

a b 
37 A  and MA  A , m  N for some matrix M, then which one of the following is
2m

 b  a 
correct?
a 2m b2m  m 1 0 
A. M   2m  B. M   a 2  b2   
b a 2 m  0 1 
1 0  m1 a b 
C. M   a m  bm    D. M   a 2  b 2  b  a 
0 1   
cos 2  cos  sin   cos2  cos  sin  
38 The product of the matrices A   2  and A   2  is a
 cos  sin  sin    cos  sin  sin  
null matrix if    
 
A.  2n  1 B. n C. 2n D. n
2 2
39  x1 , y1  ,  x2 , y2  and  x3 , y3  are the vertices of a triangle. Then the equation
x y 1 x y 1
x1 y1 1  x1 y1 1  0 represents
x2 y2 1 x3 y3 1
A. Altitude through A B. Median through A
C. Equation of the lar bisector of BC D. Angular bisector of A
40 The system of equations x  y  z  6, x  2y  3z  10, x  2y   z  k is inconsistent
if    , k  
A. 3 , 7 B. 3, 10 C. 7,10 D. 10,3
41 Paragraph: III
a1 a2 a3
Consider the determinant   b1 b2 b3
d1 d2 d3
M ij  Minor of the element of i row and ith column th

Cij  Cofactor of the element of ith row and ith column

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Space for Rough Work Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming_Jee-Adv(2016-p1)_PTA-5_Q.P
Q. If all the elements of the determinant are multiplied by 2, then the value of the new
determinant is
A. 0 B. 8 C. 2 D. 29 . 
SECTION-II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This Section contains EIGHT question. Each question has FOUR options (A), (B), (C) and (D). ONE OR MORE THAN ONE of these four options(s) is
(are) correct. For each question, darken the bubble(s) corresponding to all the correct options(s) in the ORS. For each question, marks will be awarded in
one of the following categories: Full Marks : +4 If only the bubble(s) corresponding to all the correct options(s), is (are) darkened . Partial Marks : +1
For darkening a bubble corresponding to each correct option, Provided NO incorrect option is darkened. Zero Marks : 0 If none of the bubbles is
darkened. Negative Marks: -2 In all other cases. , For example, if (A), (C)and (D) are all the correct options for a question, darkening all these three will
result in +4 marks; darkening only (A) and (D) will result in +2 marks; and darkening (A) and(B) will result in -2 marks as a wrong option is also darkened.

1 1 1   x   6
42 If 1 1 1   y    2 then
 2 1 1  z  1 
A. x  1 B. x  2 C. x  3 D. None of these
43 If the sum of two idempotent matrices is idempotent then
A. AB  BA  O B. AB  BA  I C. AB  BA  O D. AB  BA
44 Let A, B and C be 2  2 matrices with entries from the set of real numbers, Define 0 as
1
follows AoB   AB  BA  , then
2
A. AoB  BoA
B. AoI  A, I is an identity matrix of order2
C. AoA  I 2
D. Ao  B  C   AoB  AoC
45 If D1 and D2 are two 3  3 diagonal matrices, then
A. D1 D2 is a diagonal matrix B. D1 D2  D2 D1
C. D1  D2 is a diagonal matrix
2 2
D. None of these
1 2 3
46  2 1 4 is a
 
 3 4 1 
A. Rectangular matrix B. Singular matrix
C. Square matrix D. Non singular matrix
ax e x loge a x2
47 If g  x   a 3 x e 3 x loge a x 4 , then
a 5 x e 5 x loge a 1

A. g  x   g   x   0 B. g  x   g   x   0 C. g  x   g   x   0 D. None of these
Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Space for Rough Work Page 14
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 03-05-20_ Sr’s_In Coming_Jee-Adv(2016-p1)_PTA-5_Q.P
48 If AB  A and BA  B , then
A. A2 B  A2 B. B 2 A  B 2 C. ABA  A D. BAB  B
xb a b
49 The determinant b  c is equal to 0, if
b c
a  b b  c 0
A. a, b, c are in A.P. B. a, b, c are in G.P.
C. a, b, c are in H.P. D.  x    is a factor of ax 2  2bx  c
SECTION 3
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains FIVE questions. The answer to each question is a SINGLE DIGIT INTEGER ranging from 0 to 9, both inclusive For each
question, darken the bubble corresponding to the correct integer in the ORS. For each question ,marks will be awarded in one of the following categories :
Full Marks : +3 If only the bubble corresponding to the correct answer is darkened. Zero Marks : 0 In all other cases

a b c 
50 A   b c a  where a, b, c are real positive numbers such that abc  1 and AAT  I then
 c a b 
a 3  b3  c 3 
 1 1
51 If A     B3  C 3 where B and C are 2  2 matrices with integer elements then
0 2 
trace B  trace C must be equal to ….
1 x 1 1
1 1 1
52 If x, y, z are non-zero real numbers and 1  y 1  2 y 1  0 then      is equal
1 z 1 z 1  3z x y z

____
53 Let a, b, c are real numbers such that a  b  c is positive
A B C a b c
A  bc  a , B  ac  b , C  ab  c also B C A  81 then the value of b c a 
2 2 2

C A B c a b
54 The number of all possible values of  , where 0     ,for which the system of
2 cos 3 2sin 3
equations  y  z  cos3   xyz  sin 3 , x sin 3   ,
y z
 xyz  sin 3   y  2 z  cos3  y sin 3 have a solution  x0 , y0 , z0  with y0 z0  0 ,is

Sec: Sr’s_In Coming Space for Rough Work Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot

ADVANCE -FULL TEST-10

Sec: SR’s_All & LT-Prog-I & II_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES Date: 03-08-2020
Time: 09:00 A.M To 12:00 Noon JEE-ADV-2018-PAPER-1 Max. Marks: 180
SYLLABUS:
Physics : Total Syllabus
Chemistry : Total Syllabus
Mathematics : Total Syllabus

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P
JEE-ADVANCE-2018-P1-Model
Time: 09:00 A.M To 12:00 Noon IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 180
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 6) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Sec – II(Q.N : 7 – 14) Questions with NV Integer Answer Type +3 0 8 24
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 15-18)
(2 Comprehensions – 2 +2 = 4Q)
+3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60

CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 19 – 24) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Sec – II(Q.N : 25 –32) Questions with NV Integer Answer Type +3 0 8 24
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 33-36)
(2 Comprehensions – 2 +2 = 4Q)
+3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60

MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N:37 – 42) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Sec – II(Q.N :43–50) Questions with NV Integer Answer Type +3 0 8 24
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 51-54)
(2 Comprehensions – 2 +2 = 4Q)
+3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60

Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 2

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P
PHYSICS (Maximum Marks: 60)
SECTION 1 (Maximum Marks: 24)
This section contains SIX (06) questions. Each question has FOUR options for correct answer(s). ONE OR MORE THAN ONE of these four option(s) is
(are) correct option(s). For each question, choose the correct option(s) to answer the question. Answer to each question will be evaluated according to the
following marking scheme: Full Marks: +4 If only (all) the correction option(s) is (are) chosen. Partial Marks:+3 If all the four options are correct but ONLY
three options are chosen. Partial Marks: +2 If three or more options are correct but ONY two options are chosen, both of which are correct options. Partial
Marks:+1 If two or more options are correct but ONLY one options is chosen and it is a correct options. Zero Marks: 0 If none of the options is chosen(i.e.
the question is unanswered) Negative Marks: -2 In all other cases. For Example: If first, third and fourth are the ONLY three correct options for a question
with second option being an incorrect option; selecting only all the three correct options will result in +4 marks. Selecting only two of the three correct
options (e.g. the first and fourth options), without selecting any incorrect option (second option in this case), will result in +2 marks. Selecting only one of
the three correct options (either first or third or fourth option),without selecting any incorrect option (second option in this case), will result in +1 marks.
Selecting any incorrect option(s) (second option in this case), with or without selection of any correct option(s) will result in -2 marks.

1. An electron moves around another charge in closed orbit. The de-Broglie

wavelength of electron varies cyclically between two values λ1 and λ 2 with
λ1 > λ 2. Which of the following statements are true :-
A) Electron could be moving in circular orbit around the other charge.
B) Electron could be moving in elliptical orbit around the other charge.
C) Total energy of the system is constant.
D) If electron is moving in an elliptical orbit then de-Broglie wavelength of electron
is λ1 when it is at the farthest point and when electron is nearer the other charge
then its value is λ 2.
2. A soap bubble of radius 1cm is formed in vacuum. It is filled with a monoatomic
gas. Then using a syringe, more gas is pushed inside the soap bubble to double
the radius. The surface tension of soap solution is 0.05 N/m. Assume temperature
to remain constant:-

A) The change in surface energy is 6π × 10 –5 J.

B) The number of moles inside the bubble have become 4 times the original.
C) If the gas added is also monoatomic, internal energy of gas has become 4
times the original.
D) If the gas added is diatomic, internal energy of gas has become 6 times the
original.
Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P
3. A toy plane has a siren installed on it. The siren has a frequency of 100 Hz. The

plane is moving at a velocity of 160 m/s in the horizontal direction. Assume that

vertically upward is y direction, direction of motion of plane is x direction and plane

is 8m above the ground. The origin is vertically below the plane on the ground at a

particular instant. Speed of sound = 320 m/s. Each of the given options refer to the

sound received by recorder corresponding to sound emitted by source at the

above mentioned instant when it is above the origin

A) the frequency recorded by a recorder at (0, 0, 6m) is 100 Hz.

500
B) the frequency recorded by a recorder at (6, 0, 0) is Hz.
3
C) the frequency recorded by recorder at (8, 0, 4) is 150 Hz.
D) the frequency recorded by recorder at (8, 0, –4) is 120 Hz.
4. Four different liquids, each of mass 1 kg, are separately heated at the same rate.

The initial temperatures of the liquids are all 20°C. The boiling points (b.p.),

specific heat capacities (s.h.c.) and latent heat (L.h.) of the liquids are shown

below. Which one of them will completely evaporate first?

Liquid b.p. / ( °C ) (
s.h.c. / J kg –1K –1 ) (
L.h. / J kg –1 )
A) P 50 1000 30000
B) Q 60 900 25000
C) R 70 700 25000
D) S 80 500 39000
Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P
5. A square loop of side a, resistance R, mass m is sliding as shown on a smooth

horizontal table with speed v0 . It enters a uniform magnetic field of magnitude B0

perpendicular to the table. It is seen that the loop comes to rest after entering a

distance ℓ inside the magnetic field. The value of v0 can be :-

× × × ×
× × × ×
× × × ×
× × × × B0
× × × ×
× × × ×
× × × ×

2B2a 3 B2a 3 B2a 3 B2a 3

A) B) C) D)
mR 2mR 3mR 6mR
6. When a galvanometer is shunted with 4Ω resistance, the deflection is reduced to
one fifth. If the galvanometer is further shunted with 2Ω wire, the deflection will be
(the main current remains the same)
5
A) of the deflection when shunted with 4Ω only
9
5
B) of the deflection when shunted with 4Ω only
13
1
C) of the original deflection only
13
1
D) of the original deflection only
9

Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 5

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P
SECTION 2 (Maximum Marks: 24)
This section contains EIGHT (08) questions. The answer to each question is a NUMERICAL VALUE. For each question, enter the correct numerical value
(in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to the second decimal place; e.g. 6.25, 7.00, -0.33, -.30, 30.27, -127.30) using the mouse and the on- screen
virtual numeric keypad in the place designated to enter the answer. Answer to each question will be evaluated according to the following marking scheme:
Full Marks :+3 if ONLY the correct numerical value is entered as answer. Zero Marks : 0 In all other cases

7. The nuclear reaction James Chadwick used in his experiment to identify the
neutron was α +11 B → n +14 N. Assume that the α particle had energy 5.3 MeV

( )
and that the 11 B was at rest; M 11 B = 11.009305 u. If the kinetic energy of the
14
N is 0.8 MeV, what kinetic energy would the neutron have (in MeV) ?
M He = 4.00260 u, M n = 1.00867 u, M N = 14.00307u, 1 amu = 931 MeV.
8. A charge 2 × 10 –3 C and mass 1 gm is projected from level ground with a velocity
of 10 m/s at an angle of 37° with the horizontal (x direction). The electric potential
in space is given by V = 3x + 4y. What is the speed of the charge (in m/s) when its
y coordinate is maximum ?
y

10m/s
37
x
9. Find the magnetic field due to a spinning spherical shell of radius R, charge/area σ
rotating about its diameter with an angular velocity ω at its center.
1.5
ω = 3 rad / s, R = 2m, σ = C / m 2 . Fill B × 10−6 (in tesla) in the OMR sheet.
π

R
C

Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P
10. A string is stretched between a pulley and a wave generator consisting of a plate
vibrating up and down with small amplitude and frequency 120 Hz. The standing
wave pattern has 4 nodes as shown. What should be the load (in gm) we want a
standing wave with 5 nodes.
1.5 m

256gm

11. Parallel beam is incident on a thin lens (µ = 1.4 ) and radii 25 cm of each of the
surfaces as shown. What should be the thickness of a slab (in cm) (µ = 1.5 )
between the lens and the screen so that final image is formed on the screen.
t

screen
35cm

12. Two identical thin dielectric plates each of area S carrying uniform charges
+Q and -Q are placed parallel to each other. Both the plates have small holes A and
B at their centers. Distance d between the plates and size of holes are so small as
compared to their linear dimensions that electric field between them can be
assumed almost uniform and fringing of field near the edges can be ignored. A
particle P of mass m and charge –q placed on the line joining the holes A and B at
a great distance as shown in the figure. It is projected towards the capacitor with a
velocity that is twice of the minimum velocity required to pass through the
nqQd
capacitor. The particle exits the capacitor with a speed = . Calculate value
ε0mS
of n?

Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 7

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P

+Q −Q
A B
P

13. A boy of mass 40 kg is on a plank of mass 40 kg moving to right on a smooth floor

at 8 m/s. He wants to jump on to an identical plank travelling in the front at the
same speed. With what minimum speed (in m/s) relative to the plank on which he
is standing, should he jump ?

8m / s
40kg 40kg
8m / s

5m
14. A uniform rod of length 2ℓ rocks to and fro on the top of a rough semicircular
3ga
cylinder of radius a. The period of small oscillations is T. The value of T is :
ℓ

SECTION 3 (Maximum Marks: 12)

This section contains TWO (02) paragraphs. Based on each paragraph, there are TWO (02) questions. Each question has FOUR options. ONLY ONE of
these four options corresponds to the correct answer. For each question, choose the option corresponding to the correct answer. Answer to each question
will be evaluated according to the following marking scheme: Full Marks :+3 If ONLY the correct options is chosen. Zero Marks : 0 If none of the options is
chosen (i.e. the question is unanswered).Negative Marks : −1 In all other cases.

PARAGRAPH “X”
(There are two questions based on PARAGRAPH “X”, the question given below is one of them)
Starting from 2019, scientists have redefined the units of fundamental physical
quantities. Thus, definition of metre, second and mole remain essentially the
same. But the definition of kilogram, kelvin and ampere have been changed. In the
new system, planck's constant h,
Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 8
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P
Boltzmann's constant k and Avogadro's number N A , velocity of light c, charge on
an electron e are given constant fixed values. So the definitions of kilogram, kelvin
and ampere are to be given in terms of definition of metre, second, mole and these
fundamental constants.
15. In an experiment, we wish to find value of ∈0 . This is found by finding force
between two electrons kept at a distance r. If the measurement of force has an

error of 10 –3% and that of distance has an error of 3 × 10 –3%, the relative error in :-

A) Permittivity of free space ∈0 is 7 × 10 –3 %.

B) Permittivity of free space ∈0 is 3 × 10 –3 %.

C) Permittivity of free space ∈0 is 4 × 10 –3 %.

D) Permittivity of free space ∈0 is 5 × 10 –3 %.

16. Which of the following constants will have no uncertainity according to the new
accepted system?
A) Universal gas constant R
B) Stefan constant σ
C) Permeability of free space µ0
D) Universal gravitational constant G.
PARAGRAPH “A”
(There are two questions based on PARAGRAPH “A”, the question given below is one of them)
Two coaxial pipes of radius 1m and 1.2 m are have a common horizontal axis. A
uniform solid spherical ball of radius 0.1m is fitted inside them as shown. The
inner surfaces are sufficiently rough so that there is no slipping any where. On
slight displacement, the ball starts moving along the gap shown in the downward
direction. There are 2 possible cases.
Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 9
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P

1.2m
1m

1. The inner pipe is held fixed but outer pipe is free to rotate.
2. The outer pipe is held fixed but inner pipe is free to rotate. All the 3 bodies (both
pipes & ball) have same mass of 1kg.
17. When ball reaches the bottom, the pipe which is free to rotate is rotating with
ω1
angular velocity ω . Let it be ω1 in 1st case & ω2 in 2nd case. =
ω2
5 5 2 3
A) B) − C) D) −
6 6 3 2

18. If the angular velocity of ball at the bottom in the 2 cases is ω0 & ω0' respectively,
ω
 0=
ω'0

27 27
A) 1 B) –1 C) D) −
25 25

Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 10

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P
CHEMISTRY
SECTION 1 (Maximum Marks: 24)
This section contains SIX (06) questions. Each question has FOUR options for correct answer(s). ONE OR MORE THAN ONE of these four option(s) is
(are) correct option(s). For each question, choose the correct option(s) to answer the question. Answer to each question will be evaluated according to the
following marking scheme: Full Marks: +4 If only (all) the correction option(s) is (are) chosen. Partial Marks:+3 If all the four options are correct but ONLY
three options are chosen. Partial Marks: +2 If three or more options are correct but ONY two options are chosen, both of which are correct options. Partial
Marks:+1 If two or more options are correct but ONLY one options is chosen and it is a correct options. Zero Marks: 0 If none of the options is chosen(i.e.
the question is unanswered) Negative Marks: -2 In all other cases. For Example: If first, third and fourth are the ONLY three correct options for a question
with second option being an incorrect option; selecting only all the three correct options will result in +4 marks. Selecting only two of the three correct
options (e.g. the first and fourth options), without selecting any incorrect option (second option in this case), will result in +2 marks. Selecting only one of
the three correct options (either first or third or fourth option),without selecting any incorrect option (second option in this case), will result in +1 marks.
Selecting any incorrect option(s) (second option in this case), with or without selection of any correct option(s) will result in -2 marks.

19. In 1.5 litre, 2M NaOH solution, 320 gm bromine and 0.5 mole acetone are added

giving colourless dense bromoform liquid. Excess NaOH was back titrated

against 0.5M H 2SO4 using phenolphthalein as indicator, Volume of H 2SO4

required to reach end point is - ( Br = 80 ) (Assume that excess NaOH does not

react with Br2 left and bromoform formed)

1 1 1
A) litre B) litre C) litre D) 1 litre
4 2 3
20. Which of the following statements are true about AgI sol prepared by peptization
of AgI with AgNO3 (excess)?
A) In electrophoresis, the dispered phase will move towards cathode.

B) AℓCℓ 3 is more effective than Na 3PO4 for bringing about coagulation of the
sol.
C) Na 3PO4 is more effective than AlCl3 for bringing about coagulation of the

sol.

D) On persistant dialysis of the sol, precipitation of coloidal sol take place

(coagulation)
Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 11
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P
21. Which of following reaction sequence is/are given correct set of reaction as major
final product?
O O
CHO
OH −
A) →
CHO ∆

O O
Excess
O O
CHO
OH −
B) →
CHO ∆

O O
Excess
O O OH −
→
∆
C) C − CH3
O
O O OH −
→
D) ∆

O
22. Which of following is/ are correct regarding formation of osazone by hexose
sugar?
A) 2 mole of phenyl hydrazine consumed in osazone formation.
B) 3 mole of phenyl hydrazine consumed in osazone formation.
C) Only C1 and C 2 carbon are involved in osazone formation due to formation of
six membered transition state .
D) C 2 epimer of reducing hexose sugar gives similar osazone.
23. Which of the following species have integral bond order, gerade type HOMO and
paramagnetic nature.

A) O22− B) N 22− C) O 2 D) O+2

Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 12
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P
24. Which of the following properties is/are common amongst the oxy acids
H 2S2O7 , H 4P2O5 and H3P3O9
A) All have chain type open structure
B) All have X – O – X type linkage ( X = central atom)
C) Central atom have it's highest oxidation state
D) Atleast one X = O bond is present ( X = central atom)
SECTION 2 (Maximum Marks: 24)
This section contains EIGHT (08) questions. The answer to each question is a NUMERICAL VALUE. For each question, enter the correct numerical value
(in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to the second decimal place; e.g. 6.25, 7.00, -0.33, -.30, 30.27, -127.30) using the mouse and the on- screen
virtual numeric keypad in the place designated to enter the answer. Answer to each question will be evaluated according to the following marking scheme:
Full Marks :+3 if ONLY the correct numerical value is entered as answer. Zero Marks : 0 In all other cases

25. Equivalent conductivity of AgNO3 , CaCℓ 2 and Ca ( NO3 )2 at infinite dilution are

110, 230 and 196.5Ω−1 cm2 eqv –1 respectively. Conductivity of AgCℓ ( aq.) & H 2O is

2.4 ×10 –6 Ω cm –1 and 1.4 × 10 –6 Ω –1 cm –1 respectively. Find solubility of AgCℓ in

mg/litre. [Atomic mass: Ag = 108, Cℓ = 35.5 ]
26. In a parallel first order reaction starting with 1 mol 'A' as:

B
Ksec−1

A
2Ksec−1
C
If A, B & C are optically active with standard optical rotation 15º ,10º & – 20º degree

per mole respectively then give time in sec when solution will be optically inactive.

Given : k = 0.024 sec –1, ln2 = 0.7, ln5 = 1.60.

Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P
27. A point source of light of power 3.2 milli watts emit energy of photon 5eV. If the

source is located at a distance of 0.8m from the centre of metallic sphere of work

function 3 eV and radius 8mm. Number of photoelectrons emitted in 1 sec if

efficiency is 1% is x × 10 y in significant number, then find value of 'y'

(1eV = 1.6 × 10–19 J )

28. Which of following molecule shows optical isomerism

OH
OH
OH

(a) (b) OH (c)

Cℓ Cℓ
HOOC CH CH COOH C=C=C
OH Cℓ
(d) OH (e) H

P Me
Cℓ Cℓ
Et Me
Br n − pr CH 3 OH
(f) Br (g) (h)

29. Total number of ore which concentrated by magnetic separation method. Tin

stone consisting of Wolframite, Magnetite, Silver glance, Dolomite (in °C)

30. Any metal 'A' ( sp.gr = 0.8 ) crystallises in ccp arrangement with atomic radius

2 2Å then give no. of moles of unit cell in 307.2 gm metal.  Use : N A = 6 × 1023 
 

Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 14

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P
31. How many of following reaction gives Hoffmann product as a major product?
OH −
t − BuO−
(a) (b)
∆ ∆
F Cℓ
∆ OH −
(c) (d)
OAc Cℓ ∆

Ph
NMe3
(e) NaNH2 (f)
OH −
Cℓ ∆ ∆

OH − OH −
(g) 
→∆ (h) Ph
N ∆
F
Me
32.
dil. H 2SO4
Salt 'X' NO observation
MnO2 + conc.H 2SO4
Coloured gas / vapours
∆
Total number of anions which will give coloured gas will be:-
NO2 ,S2O32− ,Cℓ− ,Br − ,I− , NO3− ,F−
SECTION 3 (Maximum Marks: 12)
This section contains TWO (02) paragraphs. Based on each paragraph, there are TWO (02) questions. Each question has FOUR options. ONLY ONE of
these four options corresponds to the correct answer. For each question, choose the option corresponding to the correct answer. Answer to each question
will be evaluated according to the following marking scheme: Full Marks :+3 If ONLY the correct options is chosen. Zero Marks : 0 If none of the options is
chosen (i.e. the question is unanswered).Negative Marks : −1 In all other cases.

PARAGRAPH “X”
(There are two questions based on PARAGRAPH “X”, the question given below is one of them)
Complex having same molecular formula but different orientation in space are
known as stereoisomers.
Answer the following questions :-

Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P
33. For the octahedral complex Ma x b x c x total number of geometrical isomers is :-
(where a, b, c are monodentate ligands having achiral center.
A) 6 B) 5 C) 4 D) 3
34. For the octahedral complex M ( AB )2 ( CD ) (where (AB) and (CD) are two different
ˆ − D angle will be in general :-
bidentate ligands) C − M
A) approx. 90° B) approx 180°
C) either 90° or 180° D) approx 120°
PARAGRAPH “A”
(There are two questions based on PARAGRAPH “A”, the question given below is one of them)
Electrophilic aromatic substitution is characterstic reaction of aromatic
compounds where substitution of electrophile of reactant takes place under
influence of + M / –M group + M group substitute electrophile on O/P position,
while –M on –M position if both group present in same aromatic compound
substitution takes place according to more activating group.
35. Which of following produce only mono substituted product on nitration?
CH 3
CH 3 CHO
OH
C2H5

A) OH B) C) COOH D) OH

36. Why acylation followed by reduction with ( Zn – Hg / HCℓ ) is more suitable to get

alkyl benzene in place of direct alkylation in presence of Lewis acid?

A) Direct alkylation not possible.
B) Direct alkylation produce alkyl benzene which activates the ring for further
alkylation and gives polyalkylated product.
C) Alkylation follows free radical substitutions.
D) Acylation followed by reduction give alcohol in place of alkyl benzene

Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 16

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P

MATHEMATICS
SECTION 1 (Maximum Marks: 24)
This section contains SIX (06) questions. Each question has FOUR options for correct answer(s). ONE OR MORE THAN ONE of these four option(s) is
(are) correct option(s). For each question, choose the correct option(s) to answer the question. Answer to each question will be evaluated according to the
following marking scheme: Full Marks: +4 If only (all) the correction option(s) is (are) chosen. Partial Marks:+3 If all the four options are correct but ONLY
three options are chosen. Partial Marks: +2 If three or more options are correct but ONY two options are chosen, both of which are correct options. Partial
Marks:+1 If two or more options are correct but ONLY one options is chosen and it is a correct options. Zero Marks: 0 If none of the options is chosen(i.e.
the question is unanswered) Negative Marks: -2 In all other cases. For Example: If first, third and fourth are the ONLY three correct options for a question
with second option being an incorrect option; selecting only all the three correct options will result in +4 marks. Selecting only two of the three
correct options (e.g. the first and fourth options), without selecting any incorrect option (second option in this case), will result in +2 marks. Selecting only
one of the three correct options (either first or third or fourth option),without selecting any incorrect option (second option in this case), will result in +1
marks. Selecting any incorrect option(s) (second option in this case), with or without selection of any correct option(s) will result in -2 marks.

(
 B e x − e− x − 2sin x
 ) ; x ≠ 0 , where A and B are chosen from the set
37. Let f ( x ) = 
x3

 A ; x=0

of first ten natural numbers, with B > A. If the probability that ƒ ( x ) is continuous is

P
(Where p and q are relatively prime) then
q

A) p + q = 16 B) p2 + q 2 = 13 C) pq = 15 D) pq = 12

38. Let z be a root of x 5 – 1 = 0 with z ≠ 1. The value of z15 + z16 + z17 + ...... + z50 is less
than or equals to
A) 1 B) –1 C) 0 D) 5
39. If ABCD is a regular tetrahedron with length of any edge as ℓ , then
ℓ3
A) volume of tetrahedron is
6 2
ℓ3
B) volume of tetrahedron is
6 3
2
C) minimum distance of any vertex from the opposite face is ℓ
3

3
D) minimum distance of any vertex from the opposite face is ℓ
2

Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 17

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
2 2
03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P
x y
40. For the ellipse + = 1 , which of the following is true
16 9
A) Radius of auxiliary circle is 4 B) Radius of director circle is 5
C) Length of major axis is 8 D) Length of minor axis is 6
41. Suppose ƒ (1) = 2, ƒ ( 4 ) = 7, ƒ ' (1) = 5, ƒ ' ( 4 ) = 4 and ƒ"( x ) is continuous. Then the
4
value of ∫ xf "( x ) dx is/are
1
A) an even integer B) an odd integer
C) a positive value D) a non integral value
3
42. If α, β are roots of equation 2x 2 − 7x + = 0 then tan –1α + tan –1β is
2
1 1
A) tan –1 (14 ) B) cot −1   C) tan –1 ( 6 ) D) cot −1  
 14  6
SECTION 2 (Maximum Marks: 24)
This section contains EIGHT (08) questions. The answer to each question is a NUMERICAL VALUE. For each question, enter the correct numerical value
(in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to the second decimal place; e.g. 6.25, 7.00, -0.33, -.30, 30.27, -127.30) using the mouse and the on- screen
virtual numeric keypad in the place designated to enter the answer. Answer to each question will be evaluated according to the following marking scheme:
Full Marks :+3 if ONLY the correct numerical value is entered as answer. Zero Marks : 0 In all other cases

1 3
−2  2 2 2
x2 − x x2 − x  3
x2 − x  p 2
43. If ∫   dx + ∫   dx + ∫   dx = , where p and q
 3   3   3 
−5  x − 3x + 1  1  x − 3x + 1  6  x − 3x + 1 
q
6 5

are co-primes, then

( 6q − p ) is
12
44. Let B is adjoint of matrix A, having order 3 and BT B –1 = A (where B is non
tr ( A + B )
singular), then is (where tr ( A ) is sum of diagonal elements of matrix A)
4

Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 18

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P

45. The complete range of k for which the equation x 4 – 2kx 2 + x + k 2 – k = 0 has all
m 
real solutions is  , ∞  where m and n are relatively prime, then
( m + n ) is
n  5
46. Let the curve y = ƒ ( x ) is having the property that slope of tangent at any point is
equal to twice its abscissa. If the curve passes through the points (1, 2 ) and
y0
( 2, y0 ) then is
4
47. Let λ is number of all possible 8 digit odd numbers formed by using only digits 0,
λ
0, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 5, then is
900
kπ
48. If the sum of all solutions of equations sinx + 2cosx = 1 + 3 cosx in [ 0, 2π] is
6
k
then is
2
λ2
49. If  a + b b + c c + a  = λ1  a b c  and a × b b × c c × a  = a b c  then
( λ1 + λ 2 ) (where a b c are non zero and non coplanar vectors)
3
∞
1
50. ∑ r ( r + 1) is
r =1
SECTION 3 (Maximum Marks: 12)
This section contains TWO (02) paragraphs. Based on each paragraph, there are TWO (02) questions. Each question has FOUR options. ONLY ONE of
these four options corresponds to the correct answer. For each question, choose the option corresponding to the correct answer. Answer to each question
will be evaluated according to the following marking scheme: Full Marks :+3 If ONLY the correct options is chosen. Zero Marks : 0 If none of the options is
chosen (i.e. the question is unanswered).Negative Marks : −1 In all other cases.

PARAGRAPH “X”
(There are two questions based on PARAGRAPH “X”, the question given below is one of them)
Consider the curve y = ƒ ( x ) which is defined parametrically as

2t 2 2t
x= ;y = then
(1 + t ) (1 + t )
2 2

Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-2020_ Sr.ICON ALL&LT-Prog-I&II,All_INDIA_e-TEST_SERIES _Jee-ADV(2018-P1)_AFT-10_Q.P
51. The value of t for which the tangent to the curve is parallel to x axis is

A) 0 B) 1 C) 2 D) 3

2 4
52. The normal at  ,  to the curve y = ƒ ( x ) intersects the curve agains at the point
5 5

8 4 8 4 2 4 4 8
A)  ,  B)  , −  C)  , −  D)  , 
5 5 5 5 5 5  5 5

PARAGRAPH “A”
(There are two questions based on PARAGRAPH “A”, the question given below is one of them)

Consider the curve C1 : x 2 – y2 = 1 and C2 : y2 = 4x then

53. The point of intersection of directrix of the curve C 2 with C1 is

A) ( –1, 0 ) B) (1, 0 ) C) ( 2, 0 ) D) ( –3, 0 )

54. The number of lines which are normal to C 2 and tangent to C1 is

A) 0 B) 1 C) 2 D) 4

Sec: SR’s_All & LT _e-TEST_SERIES space for rough work Page 20

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR - HYD
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-34 Date:03-08-20
Time: 08.00Am to 11.00Am 2017_P2 Max.Marks:183
KEY SHEET

PHYSICS
1 C 2 D 3 A 4 C 5 A
6 D 7 D 8 BCD 9 AB 10 BCD
11 ACD 12 AC 13 ACD 14 BC 15 B
16 C 17 D 18 A

CHEMISTRY

19 B 20 A 21 B 22 C 23 D
24 C 25 C 26 AD 27 ABCD 28 ABCD
29 ABD 30 ABC 31 ABD 32 AC 33 D
34 C 35 D 36 B

MATHS
37 C 38 B 39 C 40 A 41 C
42 D 43 D 44 AC 45 BCD 46 ABC
47 AD 48 BD 49 ABC 50 ABC 51 D
52 B 53 C 54 A
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SOLUTIONS
03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Key & Sol’s

PHYSICS
1.Sol: Concept of triangle law of vector addition.

0 A
2.Sol: Q  V , A is different, so Q is different.
d

1 2S
3.Sol: S  at 2 or t 2 
2 a
t12 
2  d cos 1  
2 d 2 2  d cos 2  2d 2 2d
, t2   , t3 
g cos 1 g g cos 2 g g
Thus t1  t2  t 3 .
120
4.Sol: Resistance required   8
15
2

Resistance of each bulb 

 120 
500
2

Ratio 
120   3.6  ' 3 ' bulbs
8  500
5.Sol: Parallel component of v to B doesn’t produce the force.
6.Sol: Let they meet after time t sec.
V1 cos 45t  V2 cos 60t  a
a a
So V1  , V2 
cos 45 t cos 60
For vertical  V2 sin 60  V1 sin 45  t  h
7.Sol: In an elastic collision,
Conservation of KE :
1 1 1 1
m1u12  m2 u22  m1 v12  m2 v22 .
2 2 2 2
Conservation of linear momentum (horizontal) :
m 1 u1  m 2 u 2  m 1 v1  m 2 v2 .
 v1  v2    u1  u 2  or v1  u2  u1  v2 .
Substitute for v1 in the momentum equation :
 2m 1   m2  m1 
v2    u1    u2
 m1  m2   m1  m 2 
 2u 1  u 2  m 1  m 2 
 v2  2  U     u cos    2U  u cos  .
Final velocity of the spacecraft :
2 2
v  u sin    2U  u cos  
 u2  4U 2  4uU cos 

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Key & Sol’s

8.Sol: After closing switch let charge q remains on A

VA  VC
Kq K2Q K  4Q  q  K6Q Q
   q
R 2R 3R 3R 2

9.Sol:

(A)  F  Bi  
2a  2
(B) From symmetry VB  VD  VO

10.Sol:

30
a common   2m /sec2
15
Freq to move  5  2  10 N
N  10
 50  10
1

5
  0.2

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
11.Sol:Use Kirchoff’s rules.
03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Key & Sol’s

1
12.Sol:    T1  T2  T3
T
Area under the curve E  &  gives intensity so
 Ae3 T34  Ae2 T24
Now as T3  T2  e3  e2
13.Sol:Time durations are different but v is same. v is different.
1  1
14.Sol: E1  E2 …….(1)
 1 1  1 t   1 1  1t 
……(2)
 1 1   1 t    2 1   2 t     1   2    1   2
15.Sol:During each cycle, the system sucks gas out of the chamber and pushes it into the
atmosphere. Since V0  0 , the inlet valve opens the moment the piston starts moving to
the left. When the piston is all the way to the left, a fraction  V /  V   V  of the gas is
in the cylinder. As the piston moves to the right, all of this gas is pushed out, so after a
single cycle,
 V 
Pf  Pi  
 VV
And in general,
t/ t
 V 
P  t   Pa   .
 VV
While this is technically correct, it can be simplified significantly. Write
 t/ t
 V  Rt/V
P  t   Pa  1 


V 
 Pa 1  x 
1/x
 
Where x   V /V  1 . Then using the definition of e,
1/x
e  lim 1  x 
x 0

We have
P  t   Pa e Rt/V .
When the piston is all the way to the left, the pressure is P  t  and the temperature is
Ta . As the piston moves to the right, the gas is adiabatically compressed until its
pressure reaches Pa and the outlet valve opens. Since PV  is constant during adiabatic
compression and PV /T is constant by the ideal gas law,
11/ 2/5
 P   P 
Tout  t   Ta  a   Ta  a   Ta e2Rt/5V
 P t   P t  
   
Where we used   5 /3 for a monatomic ideal gas.
16.Sol:Since V0  0 , the inlet valve will not open immediately when the piston begins moving
to the left; instead it will open once the pressure in the cylinder equals the pressure in
the chamber. Since the expansion of the cylinder is adiabatic, PV  is constant, so
 
 V0   V 
Pmin  Pa    Pa  1   .
 V0  V   V0 
17.Sol:

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 4

7 2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Key & Sol’s

 about ICR  mr 
5
7 5 i  n b cos 
i  r 2 n B cos   mr 2    
5 7m
5 i r n B cos 
f5  macm  mr  
7
d 5 n i B
18.Sol:    cos 
d 7 m
2 5  n i B
  sin 
2 7 m

CHEMISTRY:
N B 0.05 1
19.  
N C 0.15 3
Assume the number of atoms of B formed = x
Then number of atoms of C formed = 3x
Total energy emitted = 40 x + 80 (3x)
40x  240x
Energy emitted per atom =
4x
= 10 + 60
= 70 MeV
1 1 
20. Au  2CN   O 2  g   H 2 O  Au  CN 2  OH  --------------(1)
4 2
  
Au  2CN   Au  CN 2 -----------------(2)
O2  2H2O  4e 
 4OH -----------------(3)
Au 3  3e 
 Au ------------------(4)
Au 3  2e  
 Au  -----------------------(5)
Thermodynamic operation
1
(1) = - (4) + ( 2 ) + (3) + (5)
4
1
G1o  G o4  G 2o  G 3o  G 5o
4
1
   3 F 1.5   RTn X   4  F .41   2  F 1.4 
4
G1o   RT n X  F  4.5  0.41  2.8
G1o  RT n X  1.29F
21. Nitrous oxide is produced by thermal decomposition of ammonium nitrate.
NH 2 OH  HNO 2 
 N 2O  H 2O
22. In PCl5 ,the anionic part is PCl6 ,which contains 12 XAX angles.
23. With negative charge on metal, synergic bonding is more from metal to ligand, thus M-
C bond order is more.

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 5

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Br
TG ~ @bohring_bot 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Key & Sol’s

AgNO3
  . NO3 + AgBr 
24.

. NO3
is Aromatic, high resonance energy and high dipole moment

25.
Cl Cl Cl Cl

Cl
2 Cl excess / h
 

(1) Cl
R,S R,S
S, R S, R
R, R R, R
same same
S,S S,S

(3) (3)
Total : 7
26. Basic nature CaO  MgO  ZnO  BeO
Solubility LiOH  NaOH  KOH  RbOH  CsOH
LiCl has less melting point due to more covalent nature
27. In polymeric BeCl2, each Be associate with 4 Cl atoms.
Cationic part of I2Cl6 is ICl2 which contains two sigma bonds and two lone pairs.
BeH2 solid has each Be associate with 4 hydrogen atoms.
28. Cl2 acts as oxidizing agent with FeSO4, Na2SO3, SO2 and I2.
29. All chiral molecule are resolvable
A: Planar B: Planar
C: Chiral as it is a symmetric
D: achiral
30.
Cl
14
Na

dryether , +
14
14 14 14

14 14

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 6

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
31. 2D Square Pacing
TG ~ @bohring_bot 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Key & Sol’s

r 2 
P.F  2

 2r  4
Coordination number = 4
Number of voids per sphere = 1 in square packing.

1
Number of atoms per square = 4 1
4
Number of voids per square = 1
2D Hexagonal packing

1
Number of atoms per hexgonal unit = 1 1   6  3
3
Number of voids per hexagonal unit = 6
Number of voids per atom = 2
1 2
 r   3
6
P.F   
3 2
 2r 
4

r 2  
P.F  2
 
2 3r 2 3 3.464
 P.FHCP   P.FS.P
32. K 
eq T
1
  K eq   H   0
T2

G   RTn K eq  0
G   H  T S
RT1 n K eq1  H  T1S
H S
n K eq  
1
RT1 R

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 7

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
H S
TG ~ @bohring_bot 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Key & Sol’s

n K eq  
2
RT2 R
H S

RT1 R T
 2
H S T1

RT2 R
H S H  S
 T1   T2
R R R R
S
 T1  T2   0
R
S  0
33. Pyrolysis of esters and Test amine oxide
O R2
+
R1 N
R O CH3 -
R3
Eg: O
34 F , OH , NH 2  are poor leaving groups
35. x Ethanol  0.9
x water  0.1
Solute is water and solvent is ethanol according to given comprehension solute is non-
volatile
x water  1000 1000
m 
x Ethanol M Ethanol 9  46
C2 H5OH  24  6  16  46
2  1000 1000
TF  K F m    4.83
9  46 9  23
 TF solution  155.7  4.83  150.87
36. PS  Px Ethanol
PS  40  0.9  36mm

MATHS:
37. Ans: C

2007

Sol: I=
3
 sin 3
  cos 3   cos 2   sin   cos   cos 2  
d

  sin  
2009
 cos  
2009

4

3
2007
  tan  sec  cot  cos ec  cos ec    sec  cos ec  cot  
2
= d

4

sec   cos ec  cot   t

 sec  tan  cot  cos ec  sec 2   d  dt
2 3 2 3
2007  t 2008 
I  t dt   
8 1  2008  8 1

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2008 2008
03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Key & Sol’s


2  3    8 1 
2008
A=2, b=3, c=8, d=2008
a + b + c + d = 2 + 3 + 8 + 2008 = 2021
38. Ans: B
Sol: adding these equation, we get
2k k2
2  5
3 2
2
i.e. 3k  4k  18  0
18
k1k 2   6
3
39. Ans C
 1  1 
Sol:
 a  b 
2

E   a 4  4  4   b 2  3  2   c  1  2 
E min  6  5  2  60
40. Ans: A
f  h   f  0
d  f '  0   lim
h 0 h
an 1  h   2bh  h 2  ch 3
d  lim
h 0 h4
 h 2 h3 h4 
a  h     ....   2bh  h 2  ch 3
2 3 4
d  lim  4

h 0 h
a a
 a  2b, a  2,  c and d   .
3 4
41. Ans: C
Sol: C
Equation of ellipse is  y  2  y  2     x  3 x  3  0
y

 0, 4 
 3, 2 y2
x 3
x  3 x

 3,  2 y  2  3,  2

4
It passes through (0, 4)   
3
x 2 y2
Equation of ellipse is  1
12 16
1
e
2

42. Ans: D

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 9

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
dy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Key & Sol’s

Sol:  y tan x  2x sec x

dx
dy
cos x    sin x  y  2x
dx
d
 y cos x   2x
dx
y  x  cos x  x 2  c , where c = 0 since y(0) = 0
   2      2
when x  ,y   , when x  , y   
4 4 8 2 3 3 9
2
    
when x  , y '    
4 4 8 2 2
2
    2 4
when x  , y '    
3 3 3 3 3
43. Ans: D
 /4
Sol: A  4   sin x  cos x  cos x  sin x dx
0

 /4  1 
A  8   cos 0  8    1
 2 
 4 2  2  1
44. Ans: AC
n 1 n2
n n 1
Sol: I n    x  n  dx    x  n  1 dx  ...
n n 1
2n
2n 1
.....    x   2n 1 
2n 1
dx
n 1
  x  n  n 1 
   .....
 n  1  n
1 1 1
I n    .....  ,
n 1 n  2 2n
1 1 1 1
I n    ...  (n times)  I  n  
2n 2n 2n 2
1 1 1
I  n     ...  (n times)  I  n   1
n n n
Also lim I  n   n2
n 

(Using limit of sum as definite integration)

45. Ans: BCD
Sol: equation of plane ‘P’ is 7x – 7y + 8z + 3 = 0
46. Ans: ABC



Sol: 24x 4  1x 3  2 x 2  3 x  1  0 


1
  ;   2  3  4  4
24
Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 10
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
  2  3  4
03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Key & Sol’s
1
AM  GM    .2 .3 .4  4
4
   2  3  4  1
1 1 1
  1,   ,   ,  
2 3 4
 1  50; 3  10
   1 is root  24  1  2  3  1  0
 1  2  3  25  2  35
47. Ans: AD
1
Sol: Eccentricity of ellipse =
2
x2 y2
Let equation of ellipse be 2   1  1
a 2 1
a 1  
 2
2 2
x  y  2  (2)
dy  dy 
As, (1) and (2) intersect orghogonally, so     1 at point of intersection.
dx  (1) dx  (2)
48. Ans: BD
 7 t 
t 
Sol: Let x  2t then 2  4 
 21 t
 t 2  7t  4  4t
 t 2  3t  4  0  t  4,1
1 1
 x  , 2   &   2
16 16
(B) is correct &
x 1  4  5  x  1  4  5, 5
 x  1  1, 9
 x  1  1  x  0, 2
 D is correct
49. Ans: ABC
2
Sol: A 2  4I  A  64  A  8
 ABT  adjA
 A 2 B T  AadjA  A 2 B T  8I
 B  2I
ABT  adjA  2A  adjA
 A  adjA  A  8
50. Sol: ABC
   
a is in direction of x   y  z 
   
i.e.  x.z  y   x.y  z
  1   
 a  1  2   y  z  
 2 
  
a  1  y  z  .....(1)
     
Now a  y  1  y  y  y  z 
Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 11
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
 
= 1  2  1  1  a  y ....(2)
03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Key & Sol’s

    
From (1) and (2), a  a  y  y  z 
    
Similarly, b  b  z  z  x  
         
 
Now, a  b   a  y  b  z  y  z    z  x  
   
 
  a  y  b  z 1  1  2  1
   
  a  y b  z  
51. Ans: D
52. Ans: B
Sol 51-52: x  y  x 3  y 2
x  y  x 3  y  2
Case – 1
0  x  3; 0  y  2
x + y = -x + 3 – y + 2
5
x+y=
2
Case : 2
0  x  3 ;y  2
x + y = -x + 3 + y – 2
1
x
2
Other two cases will be rejected
1
x
2
y4

x
O
53. Ans: C
 1  3  3 1
Since, f     f     0  S lie in   ,  
 2  4  4 2
54. Ans: A
3 1
Sol:  s
4 2
1 3
t
2 4
1/2 3/4

  4x  3x  2x  1 dx  area    4x  3x 2  2x  1 dx
3 2 3

0 0
1/2 3/4
 x  x  x  x   area   x  x  x 2  x 
4 3 2 4 3
0 0

1 1 1 1 81 27 9 3
    area    
16 8 4 2 256 64 16 4
15 525
 area 
16 256

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India

A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR - HYD
Sec: Sr.Super60 2017_P2 Date: 03-08-20
Time: 08.00Am to 11.00Am CTA-34 Max.Marks:183

2017-PAPER-II
03-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Syllabus

MATHS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (31-07-2020)

PHYSICS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (31-07-2020)

CHEMISTRY : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (31-07-2020)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~JEE-ADVANCE-2017-P2-Model
@bohring_bot 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

Time: 3:00 Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 183

PHYSICS
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I (Q.N : 1 – 7) Questions with Single Correct Options +3 -1 7 21
One of More Correct Options Type
Sec – II (Q.N : 8 – 14) +4 -2 7 28
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III (Q.N : 15 – 18) +3 0 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 18 61
CHEMISTRY
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I (Q.N : 19 – 25) Questions with Single Correct Options +3 -1 7 21
One of More Correct Options Type
Sec – II (Q.N : 26 – 32) +4 -2 7 28
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III (Q.N : 33 – 36) +3 0 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 18 61
MATHEMATICS
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I (Q.N : 37 – 43) Questions with Single Correct Options +3 -1 7 21
One of More Correct Options Type
Sec – II (Q.N : 44 – 50) +4 -2 7 28
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III (Q.N : 51 – 54) +3 0 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 18 61

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P
Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE is correct.
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.

1. The vector V3 in the diagram is equal to :

      
A) V1  V2 B) V1  V2 C) V2  V1 D) V1 /  cos  

2. Two parallel-plate initially uncharged capacitors with the same plate separation
but different capacitance are connected in parallel to a battery. Both capacitors
are filled with air. The quantity that is NOT the same for both capacitors when
they are fully charged is :
A) potential difference B) energy density
C) electric field between the plates D) charge on the positive plate
3. Particle 1 of mass m1 takes time t1 to slide down from rest on a chord starting
from the highest point H of a vertical circle. Particle 2 of mass m2 takes time t2
to slide down from rest on a chord ending at the lowest point L of the circle.
Particle 3 of mass m 3 takes time t 3 to drop from point H to point L (along the
vertical diameter). Assume that the contact surfaces are smooth and there is no
air resistance. Compare t1 , t 2 and t 3 .

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

A) t1  t2  t3
B) t1  t2  t3
C) t2  t1  t 3
D) Depends on the relative values of the masses
4. A 120-V DC power line is protected by a 15-A fuse. What is the maximum number
of “120 V, 500 W” purely resistive light bulbs that can be operated at full
brightness from this line in parallel?
A) 1 B) 2 C) 3 D) 4
5. The direction of the magnetic field in a certain region of space is determined by
firing a test charge into the region with its velocity in various directions in
different trials. The field direction is :
A) one of the directions of the velocity when the magnetic force is zero
B) the direction of the velocity when the magnetic force is a maximum
C) the direction of the magnetic force
D) perpendicular to the velocity when the magnetic force is zero
6. Shots are fired from the top of a tower and from bottom simultaneously at
angles 45 and 60 respectively as shown. If horizontal distance of the point of
Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 
collision is at a distance of
03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P
3  1 m from the tower, then find the height h of

tower (in cm).

A) 1 B) 100 C) 100 3 D) 200

7. A small spacecraft moving with initial velocity u approaches a planet Jannu-356
(which moves with orbital velocity U) at an angle  to the planet’s orbital motion.
The spacecraft does not enter Jannu-356’s atmosphere. The gravitational pull
from Jannu-356 causes the spacecraft to swing around the planet and head off
with final velocity v in another direction. Note that u and v are the velocities when
the spacecraft is sufficiently far away from Jannu-356’s gravitational influence.
Find the final velocity v of the spacecraft.

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

A) u2  U 2  2uU cos  B) 4 u2  U 2  4 uU cos 

C) u2  4U2  4 uU cos  D) u2  4U 2  4uU cos 

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

A) Long time after closing switch S, potential of shell C does not change
B) Long time after closing switch S, charge on shell A becomes zero
C) Long time after closing switch S, potential of shell B does not change
D) Long time after closing switch S, charge on shell C does not change
9. The figure shows a square wire mesh made of uniform conducting wires of
same material. Here, each small square has side a. The structure is kept in
uniform magnetic field B perpendicular to the plane of paper :-

A) The magnetic force on the structure is 2 2 iBa

B) The potential of point B = potential of point D
C) Potential of points E,F add up to zero
D) The magnetic force on the structure is 2 i Ba
Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 7
10.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P
In the figure shown ground is smooth, whereas surface between 10 kg block and
5 kg block is rough. A force of magnitude 30 N is applied on 10 kg block,
horizontally. If net work done by friction on the system (on 10 kg and 5 kg blocks)
in any time duration after the start is zero, then cofficient of friction between 10
kg and 5 kg can be :

A) 0.1 B) 0.3 C) 0.4 D) 0.6

11. A meter bridge is used to predict the value of unknown resistance X, it is
observed that current is flowing from A to B initially (when jockey is fixed at a
point B). If the temperature of X is increased, then select possible option(s) :

A) Current reduces in magnitude

B) Current remain constant (for any raise in temperature)
C) Current may become zero
D) Current may flow in opposite direction
12. Three identical bodies are at temperature T1 , T2 and T3 having e 1 , e 2 and e 3 as
their respective emissivities. The thermal spectrum obtained for them is as
shown in the diagram. Choose the correct order of temperatures and emissivities
:-
Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 8
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

A) T1  T2  T3 B) T1  T2  T3 C) e1  e 2  e 3 D) e1  e2  e 3

13. Two objects of same mass slide from the same height (h) from two smooth
inclined planes with different angles. Choose INCORRECT statement(s) :-

A) Impulse of their weight is same when calculated for time interval from release
till they reach the bottom individually
B) Impulse of the resultant force is same when calculated for time interval from
release till they are at half the initial height individually
C) Have same momentum when they just reach at the bottom individually
D) Have same horizontal components of their momentum when they just reach
the bottom individually
14. Two rods of different materials are placed between massive walls as shown in
figure. The cross section of the rods is A and their moduli of elasticity are E1 and
E2 respectively. If rods are heated by t degrees, then (coefficients of linear
expansion of material of rods are 1 and 2 respectively)

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

A) the longitudinal strain magnitude produced in both rods is equal

B) the longitudinal stress magnitude produced in both the rods is equal
C) the longitudinal force magnitude exerted by one rod on the other is
1  1  2  2
At
1 2

E1 E2
D) One rod experiences compressive strain while other experiences tensile strain

chamber

motor cylinder
outlet

inlet V

piston

The cylinder has two valves. The inlet valve opens when the pressure inside the
cylinder is lower than the pressure in the chamber, but closes when the piston
Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 10
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P
moves to the right. The outlet valve opens when the pressure inside the cylinder
is greater than atmospheric pressure Pa , and closes when the piston moves to
the left. A motor drives the piston to move back and forth. The piston moves at
such a rate that heat is not conducted in or out of the gas contained in the
cylinder during the pumping cycle. One complete cycle takes a time  t . You
should assume that  t is a very small quantity, but  V /  t  R is finite. The gas
in the chamber is ideal monatomic and remains at a fixed temperature of Ta .
15. Start with assumption that V0  0 and there are no leaks in the system.
Find an expression for the temperature of the gas as it is emitted from the pump
cylinder into the atmosphere. Your answer may depend on time.
2 Rt 5Rt 3Rt

A) Ta B) Ta e 5 V C) Ta e 2V
D) Ta e 5 V
16. Now assume for this problem 0  V0   V  V .
Find an expression for the minimum possible pressure in the chamber, Pmin .
 
 V   V 
A) Pa B) Pa e 
C) Pa 1   D) Pa 1  
 V0   V0 

Paragraph For Questions 17 and 18

A person wants to roll a solid non-conducting spherical ball of mass m and
radius r on a surface whose coefficient of static friction is  . He placed the ball
on the surface wrapped with n turns of closely packed conducting coils of
negligible mass at the diameter. By some arrangement he is able to pass a
current i through the coils in the anticlockwise direction as seen from +y-axis. A

constant horizontal magnetic field B is present throughout the space as shown
in the figure. (Assume  is large enough to help rolling motion)

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

i B

17. If a current ‘I’ is passed through the coils in the direction shown, the ball rolls. The
magnitude of friction force between ball and floor when the ball has rotated
through an angle  is    90 

A) Zero B) (mg  i r n B sin )

5 i  r n B sin  5 i  r n B cos 
C) D)
2 7

18. The angular velocity of the ball when it has rotated through an angle  is    90 

:-
10  n i B 5 niB
A) sin  B) sin 
7 m 14 m

5 niB 5 niB
C) cos  D) sin 
14 m 7 m

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 12

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE is correct.
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
19. For the parallel radioactive decay:
1
1  0.05min
A   B  40 MeV
1
 2  0.15min
A   C  80 MeV
The average energy released per atom decay of ‘A’ is
A) 60 MeV B) 70 MeV C) 66.67 MeV D) 75 MeV
20. Consider the reaction of extraction of gold from its ore
1 1 
Au  2CN   aq.  O 2  g   H 2 O 
 Au  CN 2  OH 
4 2
Use the following data to calculate  G  for the reaction
 
K f Au  CN 2  X 
O2  2H2O  4e 
 4OH ; E   0.41volt
 Au ; E  1.5 volt
Au 3  3e 
 Au  ; E  1.4 volt
Au 3  2e  
A) RT ln X  1.29 F B) RT ln X  2.11F
1
C)  RT ln  2.11F D) RT ln X 1.29 F
X
21. Nitrogen (I) oxide is produced by
1) Thermal decomposition of Ammonium Nitrate
2) Decomposition of NO 2
3) By the decomposition of NaNO 2
4) By the interaction of Hydroxyl amine and Nitrous acid
A) 1 only B) 1 and 4 C) 1,3 and 4 D) All
22. In which of the following molecules, the number of possible XAX angles are
maximum in the anionic part of their solid state. [A: Central atom; X: Surrounding
atom]
A) PBr5 B) N 2O5 C) PCl5 D) Cl2 O 6

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 13

23.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P
Choose the correct order of M-C bond order in the following molecule and ions.
 2
A)  Ni  CO 4    Co  CO 4    Fe  CO 4 
 2
B)  Ni  CO 4    Co  CO 4    Fe  CO 4 
 2
C) Co  CO 4    Fe  CO 4    Ni  CO 4 
 2
D)  Ni  CO 4   Co  CO 4    Fe  CO 4 
24. Which statement is incorrect with respect to the above reaction?
Br

AgNO3
  A. Organic product

A) Product is aromatic
B) Product has high dipole moment
C) Product has very low resonance energy
D) Product is soluble in polar solvent
25. How many dichloro products are formed in the above reaction (including
stereoisomers)?

2  Cl excess / h
 
A) 5 B) 6 C) 7 D) 9

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 14

27.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P
In which of the following, underlined atom is sp3 hybridized.
A) Tri methyl amine  CH3 3 N

B) Polymeric BeCl 2
C) Cationic part of I2Cl6  liq.

D) BeH 2 solid
28. Which of the following reaction(s) is/are written correctly (with respect to
products)
A) 2FeSO4  H2SO4  Cl2  Fe2  SO4 3  2HCl

B) Na 2SO3  Cl2  H2O  Na 2SO4  2HCl

C) SO2  2H2O  Cl2  H2SO4  2HCl
D) I2  6H2O  5Cl2  2HIO3  10HCl
 Excess 

29. Which of the following carboxylic acids could not be resolved by reaction with an
enantiomerically pure chiral amine?
CO2H
NO2
O 2N CO2H

O 2N

A) CO 2H B) HO2C NO2

NO 2 HO 2C CO 2H

CO 2H O 2N NO 2
C) D)

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 15

Cl
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

Na

dryether  , possible products are:
30. 14

14 14

14
A) B)

14 14

C) D)
31. The correct statement(s) for the packing of identical spheres in two dimensions
is/are
A) For square close packing, the coordination number is 4
B) For HCP, the coordination number is 6
C) There is only one void per sphere in both, square and HCP
D) HCP is more efficiently packed than square close packing
P
32. For a reaction A , the plots of [A] and [P] with time at temperatures T1 and T2
are given below.

10 10

 A /  mol L1  T1
5  P  /  mol L1  T2
T2 5
T1

Time Time

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
If T2  T1 , the correct statements (s) is (are)
03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

(Assume H and S are independent of temperature and ratio of nK at T1 to
T2
nK at T2 is greater than . Here H,S,G and K are enthalpy, entropy, Gibbs
T1
energy and equilibrium constant, respectively.)
A) H  0, S  0
B) G  0, H  0
C) G   0, S  0
D) G   0, S  0

A) CH 3  CH 2  CH 2  O  C  CH3 B) Br
CH 3  CH 2  CH  CH 3

N

Me O
C) Me D) both A and C
34. Which of the following substrate contains poor leaving group for elimination
reaction:
CH3  CH 2  CH  CH3


OH 2
A) CH3  CH2  Br B)
C) CH3  CH2  CH2  F D) all of these

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph For Questions 35 and 36
03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

Properties such as boiling point, freezing point and vapour pressure of a pure
solvent change when solute molecules are added to get homogeneous solution.
These are called colligative properties. Applications of colligative properties are
very useful in day-to-day life. One of its examples is the use of ethylene glycol
and water mixture as anti-freezing liquid in the radiator of automobiles.
A solution M is prepared by mixing ethanol and water. The mole fraction of
ethanol in the mixture is 0.9.
Given: Freezing point depression constant of water  K fwater   1.86 K kg mol 1
Freezing point depression constant of ethanol  K ethanol
f   2.0 K kg mol1
Boiling point elevation constant of water  K water
b   0.52 K kg mol1
Boiling point elevation constant of ethanol  K ethanol
b   1.2 K kg mol1
Standard freezing point of water = 273 K
Standard freezing point of ethanol = 155.7 K
Standard boiling point of water = 373 K
Standard boiling point of ethanol = 351.5 K
Vapour pressure of pure water = 32.8 mm Hg
Vapour pressure of pure ethanol = 40 mm Hg
Molecular weight of water= 18g mol1
Molecular weight of ethanol = 46g mol1
In answering the following questions, consider the solutions to be ideal dilute
solutions and solutes to be non-volatile and non-dissociative.
35. The freezing point of the solution M is
A) 268.7 K B) 268.5 K C) 234.2 K D) 150.9 K
36. The vapour pressure of the solution M is
A) 39.3 mm Hg B) 36.0 mm Hg
C) 29.5 mm Hg D) 28.8 mm Hg

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 18

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE is correct.
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
 d d

37. If
3
 sin   cos   cos   sin   cos   cos  
3 3 2 2 2007

d 
 a  b   1  c  where a, b, c, d

  sin  
2009
 cos  
2009
d
4

are all positive integers then a + b + c + d = ___

A) 2019 B) 2020 C) 2021 D) 2022
2k k2
38. Let  ,   R , satisfy the equations cot 2   cos ec2    5 & cot 2   cos ec2  , then
3 2
product of all possible value(s) of k is equal to
4 2
A)  B) – 6 C) – 1 D)
3 3
39. If a, b, c  R  0 , then minimum value of expression
  a 8  4a 4  1 b 4  3b 2  1 c 2  2c  3 
  is equal to
 a 4 b2 
 
A) 15 B) 30 C) 60 D) 12
2
 an 1  x   2bx  x
x0
40. If function f  x    x3 differentiable at x = 0 and f '  0  =d
 c x0

( a, b, c, d  R and finite), then
1
A) a = 2 B) b = 4 C) c = 6 D) d 
2
x 2 y2
41. The ellipse E1 :   1 is inscribed in a rectangle R whose sides are parallel to
9 4
the coordinate axes. Another ellipse E 2 passing through the point (0, 4)
circumscribes the rectangle R. The eccentricity of the ellipse E 2 is
2 3 1 3
A) B) C) D)
2 2 2 4
42. If y(x) satisfies the differential equation y ' y tan x  2x sec x and y(0) = 0, then
 3  2
A) y    B) y '   
4
  8 2  4  18
 2  4 2 2
C) y    D) y '    
3 9 3 3 3 3
Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 19
43.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P
The area enclosed by the curves y  sin x  cos x and y  cos x  sin x over the
interval  0,   is
A) 4  2  1 B) 2 2  2  1 C) 4  2  1 D) 4 2  2  1

function and n  N then

1
A)  In 1 B) 1  I  n   2
2
C) lim
n 
I  n   n2 D) lim
n 
I  n   1  n2

45. If L1 is the line of intersection of planes 2x  2y  3z  2  0 and x  y  z  1  0 and L 2

is line of intersection of planes x  2y  z  3  0 and 3x  y  2z  1  0 and P is the
plane containing L1 and L 2 then
1
A) Shortest distance of plane ‘P’ from origin is
2 2
1
B) Shortest distance of plane ‘P’ from origin is
3 2
9
C) Volume of tetrahedron formed plane ‘P’ with co-ordinate axes is cubic unit
784
x  3 4  y z 1
D) Plane ‘P’ is parallel to the line  
4 4 7
46. If the polynomial P  x   24x 4  1x 3  2 x 2  3x  1 , where 1 , 2 , 3  R has four positive

real roots  ,  ,  ,  such that   2  3  4  4 , then

A) 1  2  3  25 B) 1  50
C) 3  10 D) 2  25

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 20

47.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P
An ellipse is orthogonal to the hyperbola x 2  y 2  2 . The eccentricity of the ellipse
is reciprocal of that of the hyperbola. Then
A) equation of the ellipse is x 2  2y 2  8
B) focus of the ellipse is at  4 2, 0 
C) equation of directrix of ellipse is x  4 2  0
D) equation of director circle of ellipse is x 2  y 2  12
 7  log x 
 
48. Let  &      are the real roots of the equation: x  4 
 21log x  : where base of
the logarithm is 2; then
A)  .  8
1
B)  
8

C) Number of real solution of x  1    log 1     3 is 1

D) Number of real solution of x  1    log 1     3 is 2

49. Let A and B are square matrices of order 3 such that A 2  4I  A  0  and
ABT  adj  A  , then
A) |A| = - 8 B) tr(B) = - 6
C) |adj (B)| = 64 D) |A + adj (A)| = - 8
  
50. Let x, y and z be three vectors each of magnitude 2 and the angle between
    
each pair of them is . If a is a non-zero vector perpendicular to x and y  z and
3
   
b is non-zero vector perpendicular to y and z  x , then
         
 
A) b  b  z  z  x  B) a   a  y  y  z 
         
 
C) a.b    a  y  b  z D) a   a  y  z  y 

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 21

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
Paragraph For Questions 51 and 52
03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

For points P  x1 , y1  and Q  x 2 , y 2  of the coordinate plane, a new distance d (P, Q)

is defined by d  P, Q   x1  x 2  y1  y2 . Let O(0, 0) and A (3, 2). Consider the set of

points P in the first quadrant which are equidistant (with respect to the new
distance) from O and A.
51. The set of points P consists of
A) one straight line only
B) union of two line segments
C) union of two infinite rays
D) union of a line segment of finite length and an infinite ray
52. The area of the region bounded by locus of P, line y = 4 and co-ordinate axes
A) 2 sq. units B) 4 sq. units C) 6 sq. units D) 8 sq. units

Paragraph For Questions 53 and 54

Consider the polynomial f  x   1  2x  3x 2  4x 3 . Let s be the sum of all distinct real

roots of f(x) and let t = |s|

53. The real number s lies in the interval
1 3 3 1 1
A)   , 0  B)  11,   C)   ,   D)  0, 
 4   4  4 2  4

54. The area bounded by the curve y = f (x) and the lines x = 0, y = 0 and x = t, lies in
the interval
3 21 11 21
A)  ,3  B)  ,  C)  9,10  D)  0, 
4   64 16   64 

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 22

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India

2017-PAPER-II
03-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Syllabus

MATHS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (31-07-2020)

PHYSICS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (31-07-2020)

CHEMISTRY : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (31-07-2020)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~JEE-ADVANCE-2017-P2-Model
@bohring_bot 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

Time: 3:00 Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 183

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 2

      
A) V1  V2 B) V1  V2 C) V2  V1 D) V1 /  cos  

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

tower (in cm).

A) 1 B) 100 C) 100 3 D) 200

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

A) u2  U 2  2uU cos  B) 4 u2  U 2  4 uU cos 

C) u2  4U2  4 uU cos  D) u2  4U 2  4uU cos 

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

A) The magnetic force on the structure is 2 2 iBa

A) 0.1 B) 0.3 C) 0.4 D) 0.6

A) Current reduces in magnitude

A) T1  T2  T3 B) T1  T2  T3 C) e1  e 2  e 3 D) e1  e2  e 3

13. Two objects of same mass slide from the same height (h) from two smooth
inclined planes with different angles. Choose INCORRECT statement(s) :-

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

A) the longitudinal strain magnitude produced in both rods is equal

chamber

motor cylinder
outlet

inlet V

piston

Paragraph For Questions 17 and 18

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

i B

A) Zero B) (mg  i r n B sin )

5 i  r n B sin  5 i  r n B cos 
C) D)
2 7

18. The angular velocity of the ball when it has rotated through an angle  is    90 

:-
10  n i B 5 niB
A) sin  B) sin 
7 m 14 m

5 niB 5 niB
C) cos  D) sin 
14 m 7 m

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 12

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 13

AgNO3
  A. Organic product

2  Cl excess / h
 
A) 5 B) 6 C) 7 D) 9

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 14

27.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P
In which of the following, underlined atom is sp3 hybridized.
A) Tri methyl amine  CH3 3 N

B) Polymeric BeCl 2
C) Cationic part of I2Cl6  liq.

D) BeH 2 solid
28. Which of the following reaction(s) is/are written correctly (with respect to
products)
A) 2FeSO4  H2SO4  Cl2  Fe2  SO4 3  2HCl

B) Na 2SO3  Cl2  H2O  Na 2SO4  2HCl

C) SO2  2H2O  Cl2  H2SO4  2HCl
D) I2  6H2O  5Cl2  2HIO3  10HCl
 Excess 

29. Which of the following carboxylic acids could not be resolved by reaction with an
enantiomerically pure chiral amine?
CO2H
NO2
O 2N CO2H

O 2N

A) CO 2H B) HO2C NO2

NO 2 HO 2C CO 2H

CO 2H O 2N NO 2
C) D)

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 15

Cl
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

Na

dryether  , possible products are:
30. 14

14 14

14
A) B)

14 14

10 10

 A /  mol L1  T1
5  P  /  mol L1  T2
T2 5
T1

Time Time

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
If T2  T1 , the correct statements (s) is (are)
03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

A) CH 3  CH 2  CH 2  O  C  CH3 B) Br
CH 3  CH 2  CH  CH 3

N

Me O
C) Me D) both A and C
34. Which of the following substrate contains poor leaving group for elimination
reaction:
CH3  CH 2  CH  CH3


OH 2
A) CH3  CH2  Br B)
C) CH3  CH2  CH2  F D) all of these

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph For Questions 35 and 36
03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 18

37. If
3
 sin   cos   cos   sin   cos   cos  
3 3 2 2 2007

d 
 a  b   1  c  where a, b, c, d

  sin  
2009
 cos  
2009
d
4

are all positive integers then a + b + c + d = ___

function and n  N then

1
A)  In 1 B) 1  I  n   2
2
C) lim
n 
I  n   n2 D) lim
n 
I  n   1  n2

45. If L1 is the line of intersection of planes 2x  2y  3z  2  0 and x  y  z  1  0 and L 2

real roots  ,  ,  ,  such that   2  3  4  4 , then

A) 1  2  3  25 B) 1  50
C) 3  10 D) 2  25

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 20

C) Number of real solution of x  1    log 1     3 is 1

D) Number of real solution of x  1    log 1     3 is 2

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 21

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
Paragraph For Questions 51 and 52
03-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_(2017-P2)_CTA-34_Q'P

For points P  x1 , y1  and Q  x 2 , y 2  of the coordinate plane, a new distance d (P, Q)

is defined by d  P, Q   x1  x 2  y1  y2 . Let O(0, 0) and A (3, 2). Consider the set of

Paragraph For Questions 53 and 54

Consider the polynomial f  x   1  2x  3x 2  4x 3 . Let s be the sum of all distinct real

roots of f(x) and let t = |s|

53. The real number s lies in the interval
1 3 3 1 1
A)   , 0  B)  11,   C)   ,   D)  0, 
 4   4  4 2  4

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 22

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR - HYD
Sec: Sr.Super60 WTA-38 Date: 03-10-20
Time:09.30Am to 12.30Pm Max.Marks:183
KEY SHEET

PHYSICS
1 B 2 D 3 B 4 C 5 A 6 B
7 A 8 ABCD 9 ACD 10 ACD 11 BC 12 ABC
13 ABCD 14 AC 15 C 16 D 17 B 18 D

CHEMISTRY
19 C 20 D 21 A 22 B 23 C 24 A
25 A 26 ABCD 27 ACD 28 ACD 29 ABCD 30 ABCD
31 ABCD 32 ABCD 33 D 34 D 35 B 36 A

MATHEMATICES
37 B 38 C 39 B 40 C 41 D 42 C
43 C 44 BC 45 BC 46 BD 47 BCD 48 ACD
49 BD 50 ACD 51 A 52 C 53 A 54 D
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SOLUTIONS
03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Key & Sol’s

PHYSICS
1. As is evident from the graph 1   2   3 , V10 , V20 , V30 in this case are the stopping
potential
0.693 0.693
2. A  day1 and  B  day1
5 30
 dN   dN 
Given  OA   64 OB 
 dt   dt 
  A N OA  64 B N OB
dN A dN B
At time t, 
dt dt
  A NA  BNB
Dividing equation (1) and (2)
N 
 64 OB ,
N OA
NA  N B 
But N A  N OA e A t and N B  N OBe B t
 equation (3) becomes e A t  64e  B t
 eA B t  64
  A   B  t  n64  2.303log10 64
2.303log10 64
t  36 days
 0.693 0.693 

 5  30 
3. hv  17 eV
Now for metal,
hv     KE max
 17ev    2eV    15 eV
180 90
4.
X 
 2Y
so energy released
Q  2 90  6  180  4   360 MeV
5. Parallel radioactive decay

  1   2  51010 per year

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 2

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Key & Sol’s
N  N 0et
N 0  N  N stable
N  N radioactive
N0
1  99
N
N0
 100
N
N 1
 et 
N0 100
 t  2ln10
 4.6
t  9.2 109 years
6. The basis of the problem in frequency dependence of photoelectric emission. The
problem based on emission of electron when incident light with certain frequency
(greater than on the threshold frequency) is focused on a metal surface then some
electrons are emitted from the metal with substantial initial speed.
Initial energy of electrons  2 eV
Energy of electron in 1st excited state
12
i.e. n  2i.e.,n  2  13.6 2  3.4eV
2
Photon of energy  2  3.4  5.4eV will be emitted.
12400
 KE max  E photon  W0  5.4 
4600
 5.4  2.7  2.7 eV
7. mu  mv1 cos   2mv 2 cos 
mv1 sin   2wv 2 sin 
2  1 2 1 1  1 2 1
 mu   2mv 2  mu   2mv1
2 2

3 2 2 3 2 2
u
Solving equation v1  v 2  ,   90
3
8.
n  5 E5  2
n  4 E 4  5.1

n3 E3  7.5
 = 124 nm

 = 200 nm
 = 100 nm
 = 80 nm

n2 E 2  11.3

n 1 E1  17.5

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 3

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
hc
TG ~ @bohring_bot 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Key & Sol’s

9. KE max  

1240
KE1   4.6  1.6 eV
200
KE 2  6.2  2.3  3.9 eV
KE1
 0.41
KE 2
 01 1 4.6
  2
 02 2 2.3
 01 1
  0.5
 02 2
h
Slope of Vs versus frequency   constant
e
10. z1  Z11A A18 and Z2 A A2 
A A1   Z2 3A A2 4
 Z1 1  Z2  3  Z1  Z2  4
and A1  8  A 2  4  A1  A 2  4
At time t
N A  4N 0e1t and N B  N 0e2 t
when N A  N B  4e1t  e 2t
2ln 2
t  4hr
1   2
N C  4N 0 1  e1t   N 0 1  e 2 t 
putting the value to t = 4hr, we get
9N 0
NC 
2
4 12
11. 2 He  94 Be 
6 C  n
Energy released = Final binding energy - initial binding energy
 12  7.6885  9  6.4763  4  7.6819   5.65 MeV
12. KE  h  
13. K max  eVS  hf  
hf 
 VS  
e e
Kmax  eVS  nhf    n  eVS     
eVS  neVS   n  1   n  1

VS  nVS 
 n  1 
e
 
VS  VS   n  1  VS  
 e
Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 4
dN B
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Key & Sol’s

14.  1N A   2 N B
dt
dN B 3N 0
at, t  t 0 ,  0, N B 
dt 2
3N 0
 2N 01e1t0   0 0
2
1 4 1
t 0  ln
1 3  2
15-16
Q = B.E. of product – B.E. of reaction (Since Linear momentum is conserved,)
So, PB  PC  P
kE B  kE C  Q
P2 P2
 Q
2mB 2m C
kE B m C

kE C m B
17-18
Let initially N 0 nuclei of A are present and at any time t the number of nuclei of
A is N A
B1 is N B1
B2 is N B2
C is N C , then
dN A
 N A  2N A  N A  N0e3t
dt

dN B dN B2
 N A  2N B1 and  2N A  N B2
dt dt
when N B1 reaches maximum value,
dN B1
0
dt
N
 A 2
N B1
when N B2 reaches maximum value,

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 5

dN B2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Key & Sol’s

0
dt
N 1
 A 
N B2 2

CHEMISTRY
19. Aliphatic amines are more basic
20.
NH 2
NHCOCH3
CH3COCl

21. EAS reaction on phenol and benzene diazonium chloride [Diazocoupling reaction]
22. Hoffmann bromamide degradation is an intramolecular reaction.
23. 1o amine reacts with Hinsbergs reagent and give an alkali soluble product.
24.
o

A N  CH 2  Ph

o
B  PhCH 2  NH 2
25. Carbylamine reaction is given by primary amines only
26.
N

N Cl CN CH 2  NH 2

NH 2
NaNO CuCN
 2  
 

Na
HC05C HCN C2 H5OH

P Q R S 

(P) gives Azodye test while (S) does not
(S) is an aliphatic amine, so it is more basic than (P)

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Ph
03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Key & Sol’s
O Ph
CN C  NMgBr 

PhMgBr H3O Benzophenone

 

NH 2
NH 2

Br Br

27. A) give Br B) give Br

CH 2  NH 2

NO2

C) give Br D) give Br
28. (A)-F leaving group prefers Hofmann product.
(C) Bulky base prefers Hofmann product.
(D) Pyrolytic elimination prefers Hofmann product.
29. Amides are less basic than amines
30. RNCO is the intermediate in all the given reactions.
31. NCERT
32. NCERT page number: 395
33. Hoffmann bromamide degradation
34. Hoffmann bromamide degradation
35-36
OH
HNO II / NaOH
PhCH 2CH 2 NH 2 
2  Ph
 2   PhCOOH  CHI3
IIH 2O  
A  CH 3
C
B
Sodalime

C6 H6  E

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Key & Sol’s
MATHS
37. n S  6 3

Let p  P getting 3 different numbers in A.P. in one trial

1, 2, 3, 2, 3, 4,3, 4, 5,4, 5, 6, 1, 3, 5, 2, 4, 6 can
Ocuur on 3 dice (in any order)
Number of farourable case  6  3  6 2
1
p
6
Let X  Number of times we get 3 different number in A.P out of 108 trials
 1
Then X  Bn  108, p  
 6 
E  X  np  18
38.
Xx : 0 1 2 3 4
 34   4 C1.33   4 C2 .32   4 C3 .3  4 C4 
P X  x  :  4         
 4   44   44   4 
4
 4 
4

E  X    x.P X  x 
 E X   1
1
39. P D1   P D 2  
2
E : Event of getting 6 on 3 tosses
E
P    P getting 2, 2, 2 or 1, 2, 3 in any order on D1 
 D1 
 2  1 2 3
3
1 1 11
     . .  3   
 6   6 6 6  27 6 54
 E   2 2 2 2
6

Similarly P        . .  3 

1 2 7
 
 D   6   6 6 6 
2 27 9 27
 E 
 P D1  P     1 11 

 D1          
 D1       11 
P      2 54
 E       1 11 1 7   
 P  D .P  E   P D .P  E         25 
 D1   
  D2    2 54 2 27 
1 2

40. Let X  number of times the man hit the target out of n trials
 2
Let P X  2  0.9 where X  Bn, p  
 3 
 1 P X  2  0.9
1
 P X  0  P X  1 
10

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
n1
03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Key & Sol’s

 1 1   2 1
n

    n C1.  .    101  2n   3n

 3   3   3  10
 n  5,6,7.......
 Least n is 5
41. A1 : Missing of spade ; A 2 : Missing card is not a spade
E : 1st card drawn is spade
F : 2nd card drawn is spade
 1 12 
 A1      12 4

P B1   P     4 51  
 E   1 12 3 13  51 17
  
 4 51 4 51 
A  A   A  13
P B2   P  2   1 P  2   1 P  1  
 E   E   E  17
F F
P F  P  B1 .P    P B2 .P  
 B1   B2 
4 11 13 12 4  50 4
     
17 50 17 50 17  50 17
42. A1 : P rides A, A 2 : Q rides A, A 3 : R rides A
E : Horse A wins
3 2 1
P A1   , P  A 2   , P A 3  
6 6 6
E 1 E 1 E
P    , P    2  , P    3
1
 A1  8  A 2  8  A 3  8
3   E 
P E     P Ai  : P 
i1 
 A i 

 3 1 2 2 1 3 5
        
 6 8 6 8 6 8  24
43. Using Baye’s theorem
 Farourable probability 
Required   
 Total probability receiving green at 'B' 
 P G G G   P G R G  
Required   
 
P G G G  
 P G R G  
 P R G G  
 P R R G 
 4 3 3 4 1 1 
 . .  . .  40 20
Required   5 4 4 5 4 4  

 4 . 3 . 3  4 . 1 . 1  1 . 1 . 3  1 . 3 . 1  46 23
 5 4 4 5 4 4 5 4 4 5 4 4 
1 1 1
44. P  W   , P L   ,P D 
2 6 3

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Key & Sol’s
(Till 10 th match, 1 win and 9 draw ) (11th match win ) 
P A wins  P  
  (Till 10 match 1 win, 8 draw, 1 lost ) (11 match wins)
th th

10!  1   1  1 10! 1     1 . 1


1 9 8
1
     .   
9!1! 2 3 2 8! 2  3  6  2
1  1  10  1   1 
2 9 2 9

 C1  
10
   C2    
 2  3   2   3
10
C2 9
C P  10 
C2  10C1 11
45.
Ball Balls composition P  Bi 
3
B1 5R  5G
10
3
B2 3R  5G
10
4
B3 5R  3G
10
 G 
A PB3  G   P  1  P B3 
 B3 
3 4 3
  
8 10 20
G  G G
B PG   P  1  P B1   P  PB2   P   P B3 
 B1   B2   B3 
3 3 3 39
   
20 16 20 80
G 3
C P   
 B3  8
3
 B3  P G  B3  20 4
D P     
G P G  39 13
80
1
46. P  x1  
2
1
P x 2  
4
1
P x 3  
4
P  x   P  E1E 2 E3   P E1E 2 E 3   P E1E 2 E 3   P E1E 2 E 3 

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 3
03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Key & Sol’s

 . .  . .  . .  . .
2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4
1
P x  
4
 x1e  P  x1e  x 
A P   
x P x 
1 1 1 1 3 1 1 1 1
 exactly two  P exactly two  x  2 . 4 . 4  2 . 4 . 4  2 . 4 . 3 7
B P   
 x  P x  1 8
4
1
47. P C1   P C2   P C3  
3
(E) be the event of getting head on both tosses
 1  1 1  
    
 C1 
  C1 
  3  2 2  
p  P    1  P    1   
 E   E   1  1 1 2 2  
      11 
 3  2 2 3 3  
 1  36  9 52
 1      1 
 4  9  16  36  61 61
48.
Number of faces painted red Number of cubes
E0 : 0 1
E1 :1 6
E2 : 2 12
E3 : 3 8
Using Baye’s theorem
  6 1  
    
 E1    27 6 
  1
P     
 A    1   6 1   12 2   8 3   9
   0             
  27   27 6   27 6   27 6  
E  E  1 8
P  1   1 P  1   1 
 A   A  9 9
A  Event of getting blank face to turn up
Using Baye’s theorem,
  6 5  
    
 E1    27 6   6  5 5
P      
 A    1 6 6 5 12 4   8 3   6 1  5  8  4 18
            
  27 6 27 6 27 6   27 6  
49. X  Bn  8, p

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Key & Sol’s
Where p = (Probability that one triangle is right-angled)


 4
C1  6C1  3
 (by selecting 2 ends of a diameter of circumcircle and another
 8 C3  7
vertex gives number of favourable cases)
P X  r   Tr1 in the binomial expansion of q  p 
n

3 4
Where n  8, p  , q  1  p 
7 7
 4 3   3 4 
8 8
 
P X  4  T41  Middle term in     Middle term in   
 7 7   7 7 
4 3 3 4
8 8

P X  5  T51 in     T31 in   

7 7 7 7
P X  k  is max if Tk1  is greatest term in the expansion
n  1 p 3  27  6 6
 9     3    m  f , where m  3, f 
pq  7  7  7 7
 P  X  k  is max. for k  m  3  P  X  3  P X  5 is true
1

50. P Bi     x idx  for i  1, 2, 3
0
i  1
1 1 1 12
P B1   P B2   P B3   1        1   
 2 3 4  13
 B   2  2  2 1    1
P B   P Bi .P                
 Bi   2 6 3 6 4 6  3  2 3 4  3
   2 
   
 B2    3 6    4
P       
 B    1   3 13
   
  3 
  1  2  3    1 2 3  2  6  8  9  23
P R                 
 2 6 3 6 4 6  6  2 3 4  13  12  78
  3 
   
 B1  B2   B3       
P    1  P    1   4    1 3  12  1 9   14
 R   R  1  2  3 4 23  23 23
 
 2 3 4 
51. A1 : box contains 2 white, 4 black balls
A 2 : box contains 3 white, 3 black balls
A3 : box contains 4 white, 2 black balls
A 4 : box contains 5 white, 1 black balls
E : Event of drawing 2 balls white (out of 6)

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1
03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Key & Sol’s

P A1   P  A 2   P  A3   P A 4  
4
   
 P  A 4 .P  E  
 A1  A 2  A3   A 4    A 4  

P 
  1  P    1   4  
 E  E  E  
  P A .P   

 I1
i  A i  

 5
C2   
 1  2   1   10   1
 C2  C2  C 2  C2 
3 4 5
 20  2
 
52. Required probability
4   A   F 
   P  i .P   Where F: Event that 2 balls drawn later are of same colour
  
i1   E   A i 

 2C   4C   3C   3C   4C   2C  2C2   5C2   3C2 

  2 .  4 2    2 .  4 2    2 .  24     
 20   C2   20   C2   20   C2   20   4C2 
 6  9  12  30  57 19
   
 20 6  120 40
53-54
Let X i be the event of getting i on the biased die.
Then P X i i . Let P X i   i ;   constant 
6
1
We have  P X   1    21
1
i

Let E1  event of getting odd number E 2  event of getting even number

3 3 4
Then P E1     3  5   9  P E 2   1  
7 7 7
 Y1 be event of choosing PANIC
53. 
Y2 be event of choosing CLINIC
 Z1 be event of choosing CONIC
 Let W be the event of choosing 2 letters identical
Z 2 be event of choo sing CIRCLE
 Y   W    
P  W   P E1   P  1 .P    P  Y2 .P  W   P E .  P  Z1 .P  W   P  Z 2 .P  W 
       
 E 2   E 2  Y2 
2  
  
  E1   E1  Y1    E 2   E 2  Z1   E 2   E 2  Z2 
 3 1 1  2  4  1 1 1 1 
  
  0   6    5  6 
7 2 2  C 2  7  2 C2 2 C 2 
1  3 2 1 1  1  2 2  1 8 8
   4         

14  15 
10 15  14  5 3  7 15 105
54 Required probability using Baye’s theorem
 4 1  1 1  
      
 7 2  C2
5 6
C 
 
  2  4 4
   
 3  1  1  1   4  1  1  1   3  4 7
 7 2  5 C
 2
6
C 2  7 2  5 C 2 6 C 2  

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India

A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR - HYD
Sec: Sr.Super60 WTA-38 Date: 03-10-20
Time: 09.30Am to 12.30Pm Max.Marks:183

2017-PAPER-II
03-10-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38
Syllabus

MATHS : Total probability theorem, Baye’s Theorem, Random Variables: Theory,

Problems, Binomial Distribution, Miscellaneous problems

PHYSICS : Entire Modern Physics

CHEMISTRY : Amines (Total)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~JEE-ADVANCE-2017-P2-Model
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy @bohring_bot 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P

Time: 3:00 Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 183

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE is correct.
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
1. In photoelectric effect, the curve between photoelectric current and anode
potential V
(for different frequencies) is shown in figure, then

A) 1   2   3 B) 1   2   3 C) 1   2   3 D) 1   2   3
2. A radioactive sample contains two different types of radioactive nuclei: A-with
half-life 5.0 days and B-with half-life 30.0 days. Initially the decay rate of the A
type nuclei is 64 times that of B type nuclei. Their decay rates will be equal when
time is
A) 9days B) 18 days C) 27 days D) 36 days
3. A monochromic light is just able to ionise a hypothetical one electron atom in its
17
ground state, having energy levels defined by E n   2 eV where n is principal
n
quantum number. In an experimental setup same light is incident on a metal
plate and it was found out that de Broglie wavelength of fastest electron is
h
 meter where h is planck’s constant, m is mass of electron and e is
4me
charge of electron. If the work function of metal is
A) 10 ev B) 15 ev C) 20 ev D) 25 ev

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
 B.E.
The following histogram represents the binding energy per particle 
 A 
4. in MeV

as a function of the mass number A of a nucleus. A nucleus with mass number

A = 180 fissions into two nuclei of equal masses. In the process

A) 180 MeV of energy is released

B) 180 MeV of energy is released
C) 360 MeV of energy is released
D) 360 MeV of energy is absorbed
40 40
5. In a radioactive sample, 19 K nuclei either decay into stable 20 Ca nuclei with

decay constant 4.51010 per year or into stable 40

18 Ar nuclei with decay constant

0.5 1010 per year. Given that in this sample all the stable 40
20
40
Ca and 18 Ar nuclei
40
are produced by the 19 K nuclei only. In time t 109 years, if the ratio of the sum
40 40 40
of stable 20 Ca and 18 Ar nuclei to the radioactive 19 K nuclei is 99, the value of t will
be:
[Given ln 10 = 2.3]
A) 9.2 B) 1.15 C) 4.6 D) 2.3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

6.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
An electron and a proton are separated by a large distance. The electron starts
approaching the proton with energy 2 eV. The proton captures the electron and
forms a hydrogen atoms in first excited state. The resulting photon is incident on
a photosensitive metal of threshold wavelength 4600Å. The maximum KE of the
emitted photoelectron is
A) 2.4 eV B) 2.7 eV C) 2.9 eV D) 5.4 eV
7. A neutron is scattered through (=deviation from its old direction)  degree in an
2
elastic collision with an initially stationary deuteron. If the neutron loses of its
3
initial K.E, to the deuteron then find the value of  (In atomic mass unit, the mass
of a neutron is 1u and mass of a deuteron is 2u)
A) 90 B) 37 C) 53 D) 60

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

n 5
03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P

n4

n3

 = 200 nm
 = 124 nm
 = 100 nm
 = 80 nm
n2

n 1
A) The energy of the atom in ground state is –17.5 eV.
B) The energy of the atom in n = 2 is –11.3 eV.
C) If the electron makes a transition from n = 4 to n = 2 level, the wavelength of
light emitted is 200 nm.
D) If the electron makes a transition from n = 5 to n = 2, the wavelength of light
400
emitted is nm
3
9. Photoelectric effect experiments are performed using two different plates of
silver and sodium having work functions 4.6 eV and 2.3 eV respectively. A light
beam of wavelength 200 nm illuminates each plates. Then (Take hc = 1240 eV
nm)
A) Ratio of maximum kinetic energy of ejected photoelectrons is 0.41
B) Ratio of threshold frequency is 0.5
C) Ratio of threshold wavelength is 0.5
D) Ratio of slope of the stopping potential versus frequency plot is 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

10.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
A radioactive nucleus A decays to C after emitting two  and three  particles.

Another nucleus B decays to C by emitting one  and five  particles. Half lives
of A & B are 1 hr and 2hr respectively and intermediaries have negligible half
lives. At time t  0 ; population of A is 4N 0 , of B is N 0 and of C is zero.
A) Atomic mass number of A– Atomic mass number of B  4
B) Atomic number of A – Atomic number of B  2
9N 0
C) When A & B have equal population, population of C 
2
D) The decay rate of A & B are equal at t  6hr .
11. Beryllium nucleus  9
4 Be  when bombarded by alpha particle undergoes a nuclear
12
reaction producing 6 C . Binding energy per nucleon for different species are as
under. BE Be : 6.4763 MeV; BE He : 7.6819 MeV; BE C : 7.6885 MeV
12
A) The other product that is formed apart from C is Proton
12
B) The other product that is formed apart from C is Neutron
C) The energy released in the reaction is 5.65 MeV
D) The energy released in the reaction is 6.65 MeV
12. When photons of energy 4.25 eV strike the surface of a metal A, the ejected
photoelectrons have maximum kinetic energy TA eV and de-Broglie wavelength
 A . The maximum kinetic energy of photoelectrons liberated from another metal

B by photons of energy 4.70 eV is TB   TA  1.50  eV . If the de-Broglie

wavelength of these photoelectrons is  B  2 A then

A) the work function of A is 2.25 eV B) the work function of B is 4.20 eV
C) TA  2.00 eV D) TB  2.75 eV

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

13.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
In a photoelectric effect experiment, the frequency of incident radiation is
increased n times  n  1 . Then

A) Saturation current remains constant

B) Stopping potential becomes more than n times of initial stopping potential
 
C) The difference of the two stopping potentials is equal to  n  1  VS   ,
 e
where f is the work function and VS is the initial stopping potential
D) The difference of the two stopping potentials is equal to
14. Nucleus A decays to B with decay constant 1 and B decays to C with decay
constant  2 . Initially at t = 0, number of nuclei of A and B are

2N 0 and N 0 respectively. At t  t 0 number of nuclei of B stop changing. If at this

3N 0
instant number of nuclei of B are .
2
1 4 1 1 4 1
A) the value of t 0 is ln B) the value of t 0 is ln
1 3  2 2 3  2
3N 0  2 2N0  2
C) the value of t 0 is D) the value of N A at t 0 is
2 1 3 1
SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph For Questions 15 and 16
Answer the following by appropriately matching the lists based on the
information given in the paragraph.
Hypothetical B.E. per nucleon versus mass number is given

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P

Consider nuclear Fission reaction.

A  B  C
List I gives different reaction and List II gives energy in MeV.

List-I List-II
(I)
220
A 
 100 B  120C (P) 200

(II)
250
A 
 150 B  100C (Q) 240

(III)
150
A 
 70 B  80C (R) 80

(IV)
200
A 
 50 B  150 C (S) 160
(T) 140
(U) 25
15. Correct match for kE of particle 'B'
A) II  Q, III  R, IV  S B) I  Q, III  R, IV  U
C) I  Q, II  R, III  S D) I  Q, II  U, IV  T
16. Correct match for kE of particle 'C' is
A) I  P, II  Q, III  T B) II  T, III  Q, IV  S
C) I  U, II  Q, IV  S D) I  P, III  T, IV  U

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph For Questions 17 and 18
03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P

A hypothetical decay chain consists of the following elements; A, B1 , B 2 , and C

where C is stable. The decay constants are  , 2 for  and  decay of A
respectively and 2 ,  for ,  decays for B1 and B2 respectively leading to the
formation of C. Initially number of atoms of A is N 0

17. If at some instant, the number of atoms of B1 reaches a maximum value, the
ratio of the number of atoms A to that B1 at this instant is:
1 1
A) B) 2 C) 4 D)
2 4
18. The number of atoms of A as a function of time is
A) N0e5t B) N 0et C) N0e2 t D) N0e3t

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE is correct.
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
19. Which of the following is highly basic?

N
A) H B) N
O

NH NH
C) D)
20. Which of the following reactions are correctly represented
I LiAlH 4
A) CH3CONHC2H5     CH3CH 2 NHC2H5
 II H O 2

NH 2
CONHCH3

CH3COCl
B)
Br

NH 2
NH 2
excess
Br2 in CH3COOH
C) Br Br

D) Both (A) and (C)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

21.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
What is the principal product after the slurry obtained on treating benzenamine
(aniline) with potassium nitrite and HCl at 0C has been added to 4-ethylphenol?
OH OH

N  NC6H5 NHC6H5

CH 2CH3 CH 2CH3
A) B)
OH OH

N  NC6H5 C6H5

CH 2CH3 CH 2CH3
C) D)
22. What are the constituent amines formed when the mixture of (I) and (II)
undergoes Hoffmann bromamide degradation?

15
CONH 2 CONH 2

D
 I  II

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
15 15
NH 2 , NH 2 , NH 2 , NH 2

A) D D

15
NH 2 , NH 2

B) D
15
NH 2 , NH 2

15
NHD ,
D)
23. The amine that react will Hinsberg’s reagent to give an alkali soluble product is :
CH3  CH  NH  CH  CH3 CH2CH3

CH3 CH3 CH3  CH2  N  CH2  CH3

A) B)
NH2
CH3  C  CH 2  CH2  CH3 CH3 3 C  CH  NHCH3 
CH3 CH3
C) D)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

24.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P

1.KNH 2 , DMF 1.KOH,

N - H      A   B
2.PhCH 2 Br 2.HO 3

O
The end product of the above reaction is:

Ph
Ph NH
NH 2
A) Ph B)
O

Ph
Ph N Ph Ph N

C) H D) H

25. Which of the following amine will show carbylamine reaction?

NH 2 NHCH3
CH 3
|
CH3  N  H N  CH3

CH3 CH 3
A) B) C) D)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
SECTION-II
(ONE OR MORE OPTIONS CORRECT TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice equations. Each question has four choices (A) (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE THAN
ONE are correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
26. Correct statement(s) regarding following reaction sequence is/are
NH 2
NaNO CuCN Na
 2  Q   R  S
HC05C HCN C2H5OH

 P
A) P and S can be distinguished by dye azo test
B) S is more basic than P

C) R give benzophenone with PhMgBr followed by H3O

D) When steam in passes in Q, product is phenol
27. Which of the following method(s) is/are not used to prepare p-bromo aniline as
major product
NH 2 NH 2

Br

2 
H 2O

A) Br

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
NH 2
03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
NH 2

CH COCl Br NaOH / H O

3  
2 
2 

FeBr3 

B) Br
NH2

HNO Br
3
2
H2SO4 FeBr3

C) Br
NH2 NH2

NaNO /HCl KCN LiAlH Br

2

4
2
05C CuCN FeBr3


D) Br

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

28.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
Which of the following reaction(s) produce Hoffmann product as a major
product:
F
Cl
NH 2
A)  B)
alc.KOH

Cl NMe3
Me3CO K OH
 
C) D)
29. Which is less basic than benzyl amine
O

NH
C CH 3
CH 3
N
H

A) O B)
O O

C H2N C
CH 2 NH 2 CH 3

C) D)
30. Reaction involves isocyanate as the intermediate product is
A) Curtius rearrangemnets B) Lossen rearrangement
C) Schmidt reaction D) Hofmann rearrangement

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

31.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
Which of the following is correct statement?
A) Quaternary ammonium salts are used as surfactants
B) Boiling point of isomeric amines is 1  2  3
C) Anline does not undergo Friedel-Craft’s reaction due to salt formation with
aluminum chloride
D) Trimethyl amine is used as insect attractants
NH 2

HNO , H SO

3 2 4
Product
288K
32.
In the above reaction, possible product are
NH 2

NH 2

NO2 NO2
A) B)
NH 2

NO 2

C) D) Tarry oxidation products

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph For Questions 33 and 34
The conversion of an amide to an amine with one carbon atom less by the action
of alkaline hydrohalite is known as Hoffmann bromamide degradation
O O

NH 2 NH  Br
i ii

O C

N  Br
iii iv

O
N NH 2
H

 v  vi
In this reaction, RCONHBr is formed from which the reaction has derived its
name. Hoffmann reaction is accelerated if the migrating group is more electron-
releasing.
33. How can the converstion of (i) to (ii) be brought about
A) KBr B) KBr  CH3ONa
C) KBr  KOH D) Br2  KOH

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

34.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
Which is the rate determining step in Hofmann bromamide degradation?
A) formation of (i) B) formation of (ii)
C) formation of (iii) D) formation of (iv)

Paragraph For Questions 35 and 36

AM.F.C8H11N
HNO2 II2 / NaOH, 
B C  D yellow ppt 

optically inactive optically active II H3O

Sodalime heat

E M.F.C6H6 

35. Compound A is
NH 2

CH3
A) B) PhCH 2CH 2 NH 2

NH 2 CH 2 NH 2

C 2H 5 CH 3
C) D)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

36.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
The compound B is
03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P

CH 3
A) B) PhCH 2CH 2OH
+
CH 2OH N2

CH 3 C 2 H5
C) D)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE is correct.
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
37. 3 fair dice are rolled together 108 times. Then the expected number of times the
3 dice shows up different numbers, which can form A.P. is
A) 12 B) 18 C) 24 D) 27
38. Let A  1, 2, 3, 4 ; and S be the set of all mapping from A to A. One mapping f is
selected at random from S. Let X be the number of elements of ‘A’ which are
having self-images with respect to f then the value of E  X 
1 3 5
A) B) C) 1 D)
2 4 4
39. D1 , D 2 are two cubical dice, with faces of D1 marked 1, 2, 2, 3, 3,3 and faces of
D 2 marked 1, 1, 2, 2, 3,3. One of the 2 dice is selected at random and tosses 3
times. If the sum of the numbers obtained is equal to 6, then the probability that
the selected die is D1 is
17 11 23 14
A) B) C) D)
36 25 36 25
40. A man can hit a target 2 times out of every 3 shots. The least number of times he
must shoot, so that the probability of hitting the target at least twice is more
than 0.9 is ____
A) 3 B) 4 C) 5 D) 6
41. One card is missing from a normal pack of 52 playing cards. A card is drawn
from the remaining pack of cards. If a spade card is obtained, then the chance of
getting a spade card by drawing another card from remaining 50 cards is
1 2 3 4
A) B) C) D)
17 17 17 17
42. A is one among the 8 horses in a race. A is to be ridden by one of the 3 jockeys P,
Q, R. If P rides A all the horses are equally likely to win, if Q rides A his chances
are doubled and if R rides A his chance are tripled. A and die is thrown. If 1 or 2
or 3 appears then P rides A, if 4 or 5 appears then Q rides A, other-wise R rides A.
Then the probability that A wins is
1 3 5 7
A) B) C) D)
12 16 24 48
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 22
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
4 1
43. A signal which can be green or red with probability and respectively is
5 5
received by station A and then transmitted to station B. The probability of each
3
station receiving the signal correctly is   . If the signal received at station B is
 4 
green, then the probability that the original signal was green, is
1 6 20 9
A) B) C) D)
5 7 23 23

SECTION-II
(ONE OR MORE OPTIONS CORRECT TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice equations. Each question has four choices (A) (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE THAN
ONE are correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
44. Two players A and B play a game which consist of a series of matches
independent of each other. Whoever first win two matches, not necessarily
consecutive, will win the game. The probability of A's winning, drawing or losing a
1 1 1
match against B are , , respectively. Which of the following is/are true?
2 3 6
A) Probability of A winning the game at the end of 11th match is
 1  1  10  1   1 
2 9 2 9
10
C1      C2    
 2   3  2   3
B) Probability of A winning the game at the end of 11th match is
1  1  10  1  
2 9 9
10
C1      C2   1 
 2   3   3
 2 
C) If it is known that A win the game at the end of 11th match then the probability
9
that B will win only one match is
11
D) If it is known that A win the game at the end of 11th match then the probability
9
that B will win only one match is
13

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 23

45.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
There are three bags B1 , B2 and B3 . The bag B1 contains 5 red and 5 green balls,
B2 contains 3 red and 5 green balls, and B3 contains 5 red and 3 green balls, Bags
3 3 4
B1 , B2 and B3 have probabilities , and respectively of being chosen. A bag
10 10 10
is selected at random and a ball is chosen at random from the bag. Then which
of the following options is/are correct?
3
A) Probability that the selected bag is B3 and the chosen ball is green equals
10
39
B) Probability that the chosen ball is green equals
80
C) Probability that the chosen ball is green, given that the selected bag is B3 ,
3
equals
8
D) Probability that the selected bag is B3 , given that the chosen balls is green,
5
equals
13
46. A ship is fitted with three engines E1 , E 2 , and E 3 . The engines function
1 1 1
independently of each other with respective probabilities , and . For the ship
2 4 4
to be operational at least two of its engines must function. Let X denote the event
that the ship is operational and let X1 , X 2 and X 3 denotes respectively the events
that engines E1 , E 2 , and E 3 are functioning. Which of the following (are) true?
3
A) P  X1c x  
16
7
B) P[Exactly two engines of the ship are functioning | X] 
8
5
C) P X | X 2  
16
7
D) P X | X1  
16

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 24

47.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
A purse contains 3 coins C1 , C2 , C3 . Where C1 is a fair coin, C2 is a biased coin
2
with probability of showing up head and C 3 is a fake coin containing head on
3
both sides. One of the coins is selected at random and tossed twice. If head is
obtained on both the tosses, then the probability that the coin selected is not a
fair coin is p. Then
1 6 1 1
A) p  B) p  C) p  D) p 
3 7 2 3
48. A wooden cube whose faces are painted red is cut by 2 horizontal and 4 vertical
planes, to get 27 cubes of same dimensions. One cube is selected at random and
rolled. Let E i be the event that the selected cube contains exactly i faces painted

red; i  0,1, 2, 3 . Let “A” be the event that face with red colour to turn up. Then

E  1 E  8 E  8 E  5
A) P  1   B) P  1   C) P  1   D) P  1  
 A  9  A  9  A  9  A  18

49. Consider 8 regular octagons with side lengths 1, 2, 3, ….., 8 respectively. From
vertices of each octagon, 3 vertices are chosen at random, so that 8 triangles are
obtained. Let X be the number of right angled triangles. Let X  k  be the event

that k triangles are right-angled out of 8 triangles. Then which of the following is
FLASE?
  3 4  
8
 
A) P X  4   Middle term in the binomial expansion of    
 7 7 
 
  3 4  
8
 
B) P X  5  6 term in the binomial expansion of    
th
 7 7 
 
C) P X  3  P X  5

D) P X  k  is maximum for k  4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 25

50.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P
Composition of balls in 3 boxes B1 , B2 , B3 are as following:

Box Number of Red balls Number of Blue balls Number of green balls
B1 1 2 3
B2 2 2 2
B3 3 2 1
One of the 3 boxes is to chosen, where the probability of choosing box Bi is
1

  x  dx . After choosing one of the 3 boxes, one ball is drawn

i
proportional to
0

from it. Let A i denotes the event of choosing box Bi . Let R, B, G respectively
denotes the events drawing balls of colour red, blue, green. Then
1 B  1
A) P B  B) P  2  
3  B  3

23  B  B2  14
C) P R   D) P  1 
78  R  23
SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph For Questions 51 and 52
A box contains x1 white, x 2 black balls, x1  1, x 2  1 and x1  x 2  6 . All the
compositions of balls in the box are being equally – likely. 2 balls are drawn at
random and both are found white balls. Then answer the following
51. The probability that the box contains at most 4 white balls is _____
1 1 2 3
A) B) C) D)
2 3 3 4
52. The 2 balls drawn are not replaced. If 2 more balls are drawn from the box, then
the probability of getting balls of same colour is _____
7 13 19 27
A) B) C) D)
40 40 40 40
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 26
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph For Questions 53 and 54
03-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017_P2)_WTA-38_Q'P

A die with faces marked 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 is loaded such that when it is rolled

probability of face i to turn up is proportional to i ; (i = 1, 2, …,6). The die is rolled
once. If odd number is obtained, then one word is selected at random from the
set of words A1  PANIC, CLINIC . Otherwise one word is selected at random

from the set A 2  CONIC, CIRCLE . Then 2 letters are chosen together at

random from the selected word.

Now answer the following
53. The probability that the selected 2 letters are identical is __
8 16 17 23
A) B) C) D)
105 105 105 105
54. If the selected 2 letters are both vowels, then the probability that the number
obtained on the die is even is_____
1 3 4 4
A) B) C) D)
21 14 21 7

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 27

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS

1 ACD 2 ABCD 3 ABCD 4 B 5 BD 6 BC

1.98 to 0.60 to
7 2.00
8 6 9 3 10 0.70
11 3 12 4
13 2 14 8 15 B 16 A 17 A 18 D

CHEMISTRY

19 ACD 20 ACD 21 A 22 ABC 23 ABC 24 AC

25 6.00 26 6.00 27 9.00 28 7.00 29 8.00 30 4.00
31 7.00 32 6.00 33 B 34 A 35 D 36 C

MATHEMATICS

37 BD 38 B 39 BCD 40 AD 41 ABCD 42 BC
43 0.50 44 3 45 0 46 8 47 1 48 0
49 6 50 0 51 A 52 D 53 B 54 C
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Key&Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
a a
X X 
1. 2 2 Symmetrical.
a a
Y Y 
2 2 Symmetrical.
a a
Z Z 
2 2 Symmetrical.
2.
+ + + +q
++ + + + + +q
+ + ++ +
+
+ + + - - - - - -q
+ - - +
+ + -
+ + + - - +
+ - - +
+ + -
+ - +
+ + - -
+ +
+ -
+ + - - +
+ + - - +
+ + - -
+ +
-
+
+ +
+ + + + + +
When switch is closed.
KQ Kq1
  0.
3R R
Q
q1  
3
3. This is a case of charge given to spherical conducting shell.
4.

3R R
2R

Q1  Q2  Q3 Q1  Q2 Q1
2
 2

4  3R  4  2 R  4 R 2
Q1  Q2  Q3 Q1  Q2 Q1 Q2 Q3
   
9 4 1 3 5
Q1 : Q2 : Q3  1: 3 : 5

1 2
5.
Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 2
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
+ -
04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Key&Sol’s

+ -
+ -
+ -
+ D - E
C + -
+ -
+ -
+ -
+ -

1  ^   2  ^ 
EC   C   C 
2    2   
 ^  ^
ED  1  C   2  C 
2    2   
 ^  ^
EE  1 C  2 C
2  2 
KQ1
6. Electric field inside body of matac is zero due to symmetry inside cavity E  .
r2
KQ
7. V .
R
8. V  ar 2  b
 
E  2a r .
  2a 4 r 2 .
4 r 2
  S dr

d S
 4 r 2
dr 
S
6a 4 r 2  4 r 2

6a  S .
9.
+ + +
+ +
+ +
+
+ +
+
+
+ 
+
+ +

+
+
+ +
+ + +



3

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 3

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 
TG ~ @bohring_bot 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Key&Sol’s

R 
3
  .

KQ 2 KQ 2 KQQ
10.  
2a 2b 2b
2 2
KQ 3 KQ

2a 2 2b
3
N
2
 0.66 .
11.
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ +
+ +
+
+
+q
+
+
+
+
+
+

1
U i  mu  U f
2
3KQ 1 2 3KQ
 mu 
5R 2 4R
1 3KQ  1 1 
mu 2    
2 R  4 5
1 3 Q 1
mu 2 
2 4  R 20
3Q
u2 
40  mR
3Q
u
40  mR
12. Energy dissipated = U initial  U final
13.
a=1m

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
q
04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Key&Sol’s

 4  6  

q
2a 2 

2   q .
14.

q!
3a Q-q

!
Kq Kq! KQ  q k Q  q 
   ……………….(i)
a 2a 3a 3a
!
Kq Kq! k Q  q 
   0 ………………………..(ii)
a 2a 3a
Solving (i) and (ii)
15.

- + - + - -
- + - + - -
- + - + - -
- + - + - -
- + - + - -
- + - + - -
- + - + - -
- + - + - -
- + - + - -
- + - + - -
- + - + - -
3 Q
Q 3Q 
2 2
2
16. Net force on each charge is zero for equilibrium potential enrgy of system is
minimum for stable equilibrium.
17.

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

i) When charge is at corner

1
04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Key&Sol’s

part remains inside cube.

8
1
ii) When charge is at any face part remains inside cube.
2
iii) When charge is on any side 1 part remains inside cube .
4
KQ 2 3 KQ 2
U Spherical shell U  charged non conducting sphere.
18. 2R 5 R

CHEMISTRY
19. Conceptual
20. Conceptual
21. Conceptual
22. Conceptual
23. Conceptual
24. Conceptual
25. Hg 2 , Bi 3 and Na  won’t give precipitate with K 4 [Fe  CN 6].
26. Cd 2 , NH 4  & Mg 2 won’t give precipitate with KI.
27. Conceptual
28. K  , Na  and Ca 2 will not give precipitate with either NH 4OH or H2S.

29.  FeCl4 
is coloured due to d-d transition.
30. The precipitate formed is  NH 4 3 PO 4 .12MoO3 Total no. of O atoms = 4+12*3=40
31. PbS & HgS do not form soluble complexes with KCN.
32. No.of 900 N-Ni-N angles = 4
No.of 1800 N-Ni-N angles = 2
Total = 6
33. Conceptual
34. Conceptual
35. Conceptual
36. Conceptual

MATHEMATICS
1010π  1010π 1010π  1009π  1009π 1009π 
37. z=2cos  cos +isin  =2cos  cos -isin 
2019  2019 2019  2019  2019 2019 
38. Degree of z 4040 +z 4038 -2z 2020 -2z 2019 +1=0 is 4040
39. z=z
2 2
z = z1 +z 2 +...+z 2020   z1 + z 2 +...+ z 2020 
40. z22 = z1z3
 z2 3 = 1
z2 = 1, , 2
1 + b + 3 - 1 = 0  b = -3

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 6

41.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Key&Sol’s
A necessary and sufficient condition for a triangle having vertices z1, z2 and z3 to
form an equilateral triangle is z12 +z 22 +z32 =z1z 2 +z1z3 +z 2 z3 .
(A) and (B) will follow by performing some algebraic jugglery on the known
condition given above.
1 1 1 π
To prove (D) note that z1 +z 2 +z 3 =0 can be changed to + + =0
z1 z 2 z3 2
 z 1 = z 2 = z3 
2
42. z1  z2
  z1  z2  z1  z2 
=z1z1+z 2 z2 +z1z2 +z1z 2
2 2
 z1  z2  z1z2  z1z 2
We have z1z2 +z1z 2 =0
z1 z 
 z1z2   z1z2  = - 1 
z2  z2 
So, z1 is purely imaginary.
z2
yx 1 1
43.  
4  yx y 2
44. a 4 +a 3 +a 2 +a+1=0  Non-real 5th roots of unity, which satisfies a 5 =1
If m is a multiple of 5, then it will be 4 else it will be 1
45. x2  a2
lim 0
xa
xa   x a 
46. Assume z=cisα,α   0,2π 
2
3 z 3
z 3 z  z  3 z  
47. z z
z5 +9 3=0
48. Differentiate 3 times and put θ=0
49. z 2 +z+1=0  z = ω,ω2
50. Locus of Arg(z)=constant in argand plane doesn’t contain the initial point
Matrix Match
3α  3α 3α 
51. A) 1+ z 3 =1+cos3α+isin 3α=2cos  cos +isin 
2  2 2
  π  π 
B) 1-z 4 =1-cos 4α-isin 4α=2sin 2α cos  2α-  +isin  2α-  
  2  2 
z 
C) arg  1  = arg  z1  -arg  z 2 
 z2 

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 7

 z 
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Key&Sol’s

D) arg  - 2  = arg  -1 + arg  z 2  -arg  z1 

 z1 
π
z -z z -z i
π Re  z  =0  Arg  z  = ±
52. A) 3 1 = 1 2 =e 3 B) 2
z 2 -z1 z 3 -z 2
π
Re  z   0  Arg  z  >
C) 2 D) z3  z1  z3  z2
n
53. (A) 1  i n  2 n   0  n  0
2
(B) x  2 x  2 x  1  0  x  1,  ,  2
3 2

But x  ,  2 will only satisfy x 3  2 x 2  2 x  1  0  x 2018  x 2020  1  0

(C) z  x  iy  x  2 xy &  y  x 2  y 2
 3 1  3 1
  x, y    0, 0  ,  0,1 ,  ,   ,   ,  
 2 2  2 2
(D) z  x  iy  x 2  y 2  x 2  y 2  0 & 2 xy  0
  x, y    0, 0  ,  0,1 ,  0, 1
z1  i z2 i iz1  z 2
54. (A) z   1
z2  i z1 z2  iz1
z  2i   
(B) Here Arg     or   , So it represents a semicircle with diametric
 z  2i  2 2
ends at points (0, 2) & (0, –2)
So, |z| = radius = 2
(C) (x + 6) 2 + y 2 = (2x + 3) 2 + (2y) 2  x 2 + y 2 + 12x + 36 = 4x 2 + 4y 2 +
12x + 9
 3x 2 + 3y 2 = 27  x 2 + y 2 = 9, |z| = 3
1 a  b 2  c 3 1 a 2  b 3  c 4 1 1
(D) z   2   2  1
 c  a  b 2  b  c  a 2  

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Jr.Super60 WTA-30 Date: 04-04-21
Time: 09:00Am to 12:00 Max.Marks:180

2018-PAPER-II
04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Syllabus

PHYSICS : GAUSS LAW: Electric flux, Gauss Law, Properties of conductors,

Conducting spheres induced charges & Energy density & Electrostatic pressure, self-
energy of spherically charge distributed bodies

CHEMISTRY : Qualitative Analysis (Total)

MATHS : Complex Numbers (Complete)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2018-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 180

PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 6) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 7 – 14) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec – III(Q.N : 15-18) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60
CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 19 – 24) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 25 –32) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec – III(Q.N : 33-36) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60
MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N:37 – 42) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N :43–50) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec –III(Q.N : 51-54) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P
Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
1. A cubical region of side a has its centre at the origin. It encloses three fixed point
charges, –q  0, –a / 4,0  , 3q at  0,0,0  and – q at  0, a / 4,0 . Choose the correct
option(s).
z

-q y
-q
3q

x
a
A) The net electric flux crossing the plane x   is equal to the net electric flux
2
a
crossing the plane x  
2
a
B) The net electric flux crossing the plane y   is more than the net electric flux
2
a
crossing the plane y  
2
q
C) The net electric flux crossing the entire region is

a
D) The net electric flux crossing the plane z   is equal to the net electric flux
2
a
crossing the plane x  
2
Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3
2.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P
Two thin conducting shells of radii R and 3R are shown in the figure. The outer shell
carries a charge + Q and the inner shell is neutral. The inner shell is earthed with the
help of a switch S.

3R
R
S

A) With the switch S open, the potential of the inner sphere is equal to that of the
outer shell
B) When the switch S is closed, the potential of the inner sphere becomes zero.
q
C) With the switch S closed, the charge attained by the inner sphere is 
3
D) By closing the switch the capacitance of the system increases.
3. For spherical symmetrical charge distribution, variation of electric potential with
distance from centre is given in diagram. Given that
q q
v for r  R and v  for r  R .
4  R 4 r

r=R0
Then which of the following are option(s) are correct:
A) Total change within 2R is q.
B) Total electrostatic energy for r  R0 is zero.
C) At r = R0 electric field is discontinuous.
D) There will be no charge any where except at r=R0

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

4.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P
Three concentric metallic spherical shells of radii R, 2R, 3R are given charges Q1, Q2,
Q3 respectively. It is found that the surface charge densities on the outer surfaces of
the shells are equal. Then the ratio of the charges given to the shells, Q1 : Q2 : Q3
is
A) 1 : 2 : 3 B) 1 : 3 : 5 C) 1 : 4 : 9 D) 1 : 8 : 18
5. Two infinite plane sheets A and B are shown in the figure. The surface change
densities on A and B are  2 /    10 9 C / m2 and  1 /    10 9 C / m 2 respectively. C
, D, E are the point where electric fields (in N/C) are EC , ED and EE respectively.
A B

C D E
. . .

A) EC  18 towards right B) ED  54 towards right

C) ED  18 towards right D) EE  18 towards right
6. The figure shows a point charge of 0.5  106 C at the centre of a spherical cavity of
radius 3cm in a large piece of metal. The electric field at

.B
m
3c

o
A

A) A (2 cm from the charge) is 0

B) A (2cm from the charge) is 1.125  107 N / c
C) B (5 cm from the charge) is 0
D) B (5 cm from the charge) is 1.8  106 N / c

SECTION-II
(NUMERICAL VALUE TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. Each question is numerical value. For each question, enter the correct
numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to second decimal place.
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30).
Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
7. A non-conducting ring of radius 0.5 m carries a total charge of 1.11x10-10 C distributed
non-uniformly on its circumference producing an electric field E everywhere in
0  
space. The value of the line integral   E.d  (  =0 being center of the ring) in
 
volts is:
8. The field potential inside a charged ball depends only on the distance from its centre
as,   ar 2  b where a and b are constants. The charge density inside the ball is
  r   na 0 . Calculate value of n:
9. A ring of radius R having a linear charge density  moves towards a solid imaginary
R
sphere of radius , so that the centre of the ring passes through the centre of the
2
sphere. The axis of the ring is perpendicular to the line joining the centers of the ring
 R
and sphere. The maximum flux through the sphere in this process is . Then value
n 
of n 

R
R/2

10. A point charge ‘Q’ is placed at the center of the spherical cavity of the radius ‘b’
carved inside a solid conducting sphere of radius ‘a’. Then total energy of the
KQ 2 KQ 2
system is U   . Calculate value of n.
2a nb

a
b Q

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

11.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P
On a semicircular ring of radius =4R, charge +3q is distributed in such a way that
on one quarter +q is uniformly distributed and on another quarter +2q is uniformly
distributed. Along its axis a smooth non-conducting and uncharged pipe of the
length 6R is fixed axially as shown. A small ball of mass m and charge +q is
thrown from one end of pipe with speed u. The speed ‘u’ so that ball will come out
nq 2
from the other end of pipe is u  . Calculate value of n.
40  Rm
q
+ +
+
+
+ +
+ +
+
u +
+q
+
+ 4R
+
2q

12. In the figure two concentric conducting shells of radius R & 2 R are shown. The
inner shell is charged with Q and the outer shell is uncharged. The amount of
KQ 2
energy dissipated when the shells are connected by a conducting wire is .
nR
Calculate value of n.

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 
04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P

13. Electric field in a region is given by E  4x i  6y j .Then find the charge enclosed
o.
in the cube of side 1m oriented as shown in the diagram q  n 0 . Calculate value
of n

x
14. Figure shows a system of three concentric metallic shells A, B and C with radii a,
2a, and 3a respectively .Shell B is earthed and shell C is given a charge Q. Now if
shell C is connected to shell A, then the final charge on the shell B, is equal to
nQ
 . Find the value of n
11

a
3a
A
2a B
C

SECTION-III
(MATCHING LIST TYPE)
This section contains 4 questions, each having two matching lists (List-1 & List-II). The options for the correct
match are provided as (A), (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8
15.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P
Three identical metal plates with large surface areas are kept parallel to each other
as shown in fig. The left most is given a charge Q, the right most is given a charge -
2Q and the middle one remains neutral. Then

Q -2Q

Column I Column II
The charge appearing on outer surface of right most Q
A) P) 
Plate. 2
Q
B) The charge appearing on outer surface of left most Plate. Q) 
2
3Q
C) The charge appearing on left surface of middle Plate. R) 
2
3Q
D) The charge appearing on right surface of middle Plate S) 
2

A) A-Q; B-Q; C-S; D-R B) A-Q; B-Q; C-R; D-S

C) A-S; B-S; C-R; D-S D) A-R; B-Q; C-R; D-S

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

16.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P
Match the following : (Assume only electrostatic interaction forces) :

Column I Column II
The system may be in equilibrium
Three charges are kept along a
A) P) with proper choice of the value of
Straight line
charges
Three charges are kept at the vertices The system will be in equilibrium
B) Q)
of an equilateral triangle for any value of charges.
Three charges are kept at the three
The system will not be in
vertices of a square, and a fourth
C) R) equilibrium for any choice of the
charge is kept at the point of
value of charges.
intersection of the diagonals.
Three charge are kept at the vertices
D) of an equilateral triangle with fourth S) The equilibrium is unstable.
charge at the centroid.
A) A-P,S; B-R,; C-R; D-P,S B)A-P; B-R; C-R; D-P,S
C) A-P,S; B-R; C-R; D-P,R D) A-P,S; B-P; C-R; D-P,S

17. Match the following : Charges are kept at different position of cube , match the flux
in different surface of cube.
Column I Column II
Three identical charge +q each kept on Net flux through the surface
A) one corner, on one face and on one side of P) 7 q
of cube is
cube respectively. 8 0
net flux through one face may
B) q charge is placed on one corner of cube. Q)
be zero

Six identical charges q are placed at each net flux through the surface
C) corner and one more identical charge q R) q
of cube is
kept at center of the cube. 8 0

Net flux through the surface

q charge is uniform distributed on one 9q
D) S) of cube is
side of a cube
8 0
A) A-P; B-Q,R; C-S; D-Q B)A-P; B-Q,S; C-R; D-Q
C) A-S; B-Q,P; C-S; D-Q D)A-P; B-Q,R; C-S; D-S
Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10
18.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P
Match the following : Based upon Self energy of distributed charge and potential
energy of system of charge.

q charge is uniformly distributed on

kq 2
A) non conducting solid sphere of P) Self energy is equal to
radius R. 2R
q charge is uniformly distributed on 3kq 2
Self energy is equal to
B) non conducting hollow sphere of Q) 2R
radius R.
Total electrostatic energy outside
q charge is kept at centre of
kq 2
C) conducting hollow sphere of R) sphere is .
radius R. 2R

q charge is given to solid conducting Total electrostatic energy inside

D) S)
sphere of radius R. sphere is zero.

A) A-Q; B-P,S; C-P; D-P,R B)A-P,R; B-P; C-R; D-P,R

C) A-Q,R; B-P,R,Q; C-R; D-P,S D)A-Q,R; B-P,R,S; C-R; D-P,R

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
19. For the given aqueous reactions, which of the statement(s) is (are) true?

Excess KI K3 FeCN6 dilute

 Brownishyellowsolution
H2SO4

ZnSO4

White Precipitate  Brownishyellowfiltrate

Na2S2O3

Colourless Solution

A) The first reaction is a redox reaction

B) White precipitate is Zn 3 Fe  CN 6  2

C) Addition of filtrate to starch solution gives blue colour

D) White precipitate is soluble in NaOH solution
20. Which of the following hydrogen halides react(s) with AgNO 3  aq  to give a
precipitate that dissolves in Na2S 2O 3  aq 
A) HCl B) HF C) HBr D) HI
21.  X   H 2SO4  Y  a colorless gas with irritating smell,
Y   K 2CrO4  H 2SO4  green solution [X] and [Y] are
A) SO32 , SO 2 B) Cl  , HCl C) S 2 , H 2S D) CO 3 2 , CO 2

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

22.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P
Which of the statement(s) is (are) correct with reference to ferrous and ferric ions?
A) Fe 3 gives brown colour with potassium ferricyanide
B) Fe2 gives blue precipitate with potassium ferricyanide
C) Fe 3 gives red colour with potassium thiocynate
D) Fe 2 gives brown colour with ammonium thiocynate
23. With reference to aqua regia choose the correct option(s).
A) The yellow colour of aqua regia is due to the presence of NOCl and Cl2
B) Aqua regia is prepared by mixing conc. HCl and conc. HNO 3 in 3:1 (v/v) ratio
C) Reaction of gold with aqua regia produces an anion having Au in +3 oxidation
state
D) Reaction of gold with aqua regia produces NO 2 in the absence of air
24. The reagent(s) that can be selectively precipitate S 2 from a mixture of S 2 and
SO 24  in aqueous solution is (are)
A) CuCl2 B) BaCl2
C) Pb  OOCCH 3 2 D) Na 2 Fe  CN 5 NO 

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

27.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P
Nine statements are given below. How many statements are true.
I) SnS 2 is soluble in  NH 4  2 S , while SnS is insoluble.
II) PbSO 4 is soluble in ammonium acetate.
III) Sn  OH 2 is soluble in excess NaOH .
IV) Cd  OH  2 is soluble in aqueous in HNO 3 .
V) HgS is insoluble in HNO 3 , but CuS is soluble.
VI) CdS is insoluble in HCl , but soluble in HNO 3 .
VII) HgS is insoluble in HNO 3 , but soluble in aqua regia.
VIII) Sb 2S 3 and As 2S 3 are acidic in character, while PbS and CuS are basic.
IX)Iron(lll) compounds are oxidizing agent.
28.

(i) NH4OH/NH4+
2+ 2+ 2+
Ca , Zn , Co
Cu2+, Mn2+, Pb2+ (ii) H2S (bubbled through the solution)
Precipitate
Ag+, Na+, Sn2+, K+

Solution
In the above scheme ‘precipitate’ contains how many cations?
29. How many of these are coloured due to charge transfer?
HgI 2 , HgS, PbO, K 2MnO 4 , FeCl4  , K 2Fe Fe  CN 6  , KFe  Fe  CN 6  , CrO 3

30. Both phosphate and arsenates react with ammonium molybdate to form yellow
precipitate. The number of oxygen atoms in the precipitate is “X”. What is the
value of X/10?
31. How many of these solids are soluble by adding KCN solution?
AgCl , AgBr, AgI , AgCN, Cu  CN  2, Ni  CN  2 , PbS, HgS

32. Ni2+ ion form red precipitate with alkaline DMG reagent. What is the number of
N  Ni  N bonds in the complex?

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P
SECTION-III
(MATCHING LIST TYPE)
This section contains 4 questions, each having two matching lists (List-1 & List-II). The options for the correct
match are provided as (A), (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
33. Column l contains “pair of compounds” or “pair of ions” present together. Column-
II contains the “reagent” that can be used to distinguish in between pairs. Match
them appropriately.
Column l Column ll
A PbS and SnS2 P  NH 4 2 C2O 4
B Pb2and Cu 2 Q NH 3
C Ba 2and Ca 2 R HCl
2 2 Na 2SO 4
D Ni and Mn S
T S2
The correct option is:-
A) A-Q,T; B-Q,R,T; C-Q,S; D-P,T
B) A-T; B-Q,R,S; C-P,S D-Q,T
C) A-Q,S; B-P,S,T; C-P,Q; D-Q,S
D) A-P,T; B-P,Q,R; C-Q,R; D-P,S
34. Column-I contains “pair of compounds” or “pair of ions” present together.
Column-II contains the colour of the precipitate / solution. Match them
appropriately.
Column I Column II
4
A Zn 2   Fe  CN 6   P Orange red ppt
4
B Cu    Fe  CN 6   Q White ppt
3
C Ag    Fe  CN 6   R Red-brown chocolate ppt
3
D Fe3   Fe  CN 6   S Brown Colouration
The correct option is:-
A) A-Q; B-R; C-P; D-S
B) A-P; B-R; C-S; D-P
C) A-Q; B-R; C-S; D-P
D) A-R; B-Q; C-P; D-S

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

35.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Match the columns appropriately.
04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P

Column l Column ll
A FeCl3 P Coloured Soluble complex with KCN (excess)
B CuSO 4 Q Liberates I2 from KI
C Co  NO2 2 R Coloured soluble complex with aq. NH 3 (excess)
D NiBr2 S Liberates brown coloured gas with K 2Cr2O 7 and conc. H 2SO 4
T Liberates a gas with NaSCN
The correct option is:-
A) A-P,Q,T,; B-P,Q,R,; C-P,Q,T,; D-Q,R,S
B) A-P,T,; B-Q,R,; C-Q,S,T,; D-P,R,T
C) A-Q,R,; B-P,R,T,; C-P,R,T,; D-R,S,T
D) A-P,Q,; B-Q,R,T,; C-P,S,; D-P,R,S

36. Column l contains “pair of compounds” or “pair of ions” present together. Column-
II contains the “reagent” that can be used to distinguish in between pairs. Match
them appropriately.

Column l Column ll
A Ca 2and Ba 2 P Na 2CO 3
B Bi3and Cu 2 Q K 2CrO 4
C Al  OH 3 and Cr  OH 3 R NH3  aq 
D PbSO 4and BaSO 4 S NaOH
T  NH 4 2 C2O 4
The correct option is:-
A) A-Q,R,S,; B-P,S,; C-R,; D-P,Q
B) A-Q,R,T,; B-P,R,; C-R,S.; D-Q
C) A-Q,R,S,; B-R,S,; C-S,; D-P
D) A-Q,S,T,; B-Q,S,; C-R,S,; D-P,Q

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
2020π 2020π
37. If z=1+cos +isin , then
2019 2019
1010π 1009π
A) z =2cos B) z =2cos
2019 2019
1010π -1009π
C) Arg(z)= D) Arg(z)=
2019 2019
2 2
38. Number of root(s) of  z 2019 -1 +  z 2020 -1 =0 is/are

A) 1 B) 4040
C) 4038 D) 4039
39. Let z1 ,z 2 ,z 3 ,....z 2020 are the complex numbers such that z r =1,r=1,2,3,...2020 . If

 2020   2020 1 
z=   z r     , then which of the following is/are true?
 r=1   j=1 z j 

A) z is purely imaginary
B) z is purely real
C) z <20212

D) z can be expressed in the form of a+ib,a,b  R

40. Let z1 ,z 2 ,z3 in G.P. be roots of the equation z 3 +bz 2 +3z-1=0 , then
A) z2 = 1 B) z2 = 2
C) b = 3 D) b is a root of y 2 +y-6=0

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

41.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P
Let z1 ,-z 2 ,z 3 be the vertices of a triangle ABC. Then which of the following
statement(s) is/are correct?
1 1 1 z -z +z
A) If + + =0 , where z= 1 2 3 , then ABC is an equilateral triangle.
z-z1 z+z 2 z-z3 3
1 1 1 z -z +z
B) If ABC is an equilateral triangle, then + + =0 , where z= 1 2 3
z-z1 z+z 2 z-z3 3
1 1 1
C) If z1  z2 z3  0 , then the triangle ABC is equilateral
z2  z3  z1
D) If z1 = z 2 = z3 and z1 -z 2 +z 3 =0 , then the triangle ABC is equilateral.
2 2 2
42. If z 1 and z 2 are two complex numbers such that z1 +z 2 = z1 + z 2 , then which of
the following is/are correct?
z z1
A) 1 is purely real B) is purely imaginary
z2 z2
z  
C) z1z2  z1z 2  0 D) arg  1  
 z2  2

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P

45. If α,β,γ are 3 distinct real values such that sinα+sinβ+sinγ = cosα+cosβ+cosγ =2 and
sin  α+β+γ  cos  α+β+γ 

cos  α+β  +cos  β+γ  +cos  γ+α  =a, then the value of lim x 2 -a 2 is _____
x a
x+a +  x- a 
z z
46. Number of complex number(s) z such that z  1 and + =1 is/are _____
z z
2
3 z  3
47. Number of real solution(s) of the equation z + =0, where z is a complex
z

number is/are ___

48. Let  is real. If 27 cos 3θsin 5θ = a sin 8θ + bsin 6θ +csin 4θ +d sin2θ, then
4 3a+33 b+2 3c+d=____

49. If z 2  z  1  0, where z is complex number, then the value of

2 2
 1  2 1   3 1   6 1 
 z     z  2    z  3    z  6  is
 z  z   z   z 
50. The number of point(s) of intersection between arg  z-a  =2021 and arg(z-a)=2020 ,

a   20212020 ,20202021  is/are

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P
π
51. Consider complex number z = cosα +isin α,0 < α < . Then the argument of complex
6
number in Column I is given in Column II
Column I Column II
π
A) 1+z3 p) 2α-
2
π α
B) 1-z4 q) +
2 2
1+z3 3α
C) 4
r)
1-z 2
4
z -1 π α
D) 3 s) -
z +1 2 2
A) A-r, B-p, C-s, D-q B) A-p, B-r, C-s, D-q
C) A-r, B-p, C-q, D-s D) A-p, B-r, C-q, D-s

52. z1 ,z 2 ,z 3 are vertices of a triangle. Match the condition in Column I with type of
triangle in Column II& Select the best possible option from the given
Column I Column II
2 2 2
A) z1 +z 2 +z 3 =z1z 2 +z 2 z 3 +z3z1 p) right angled
 z -z 
B) Re  3 1  =0 q) obtuse angled
 z3 -z 2 
 z -z 
C) Re  3 1  <0 r) isosceles and right angled
 z3 -z 2 
z3 -z1
D) =i s) equilateral
z3 -z 2
A) A – s, B –r, C – q, D –p B) A – s, B – p, C –r, D –q
C) A – s, B –q, C –p, D – r D) A – s, B – p, C – q, D – r

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
53. Match the following
04-04-2021_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_WTA-30_Q.P

Column I Column II
The number of integral solution(s) of the equation
A) n p) 4
1  i   2n is/are
The number of common roots of the equations
B) q) 3
x 3  2 x 2  2 x  1  0 and x 2018  x 2020  1  0
The number of all non –zero complex number(s) ' z '
C) r) 2
satisfying z  iz 2 is/are
If z is a complex number, then the number of solutions of
D) z 2  z  0 are
s) 1

A) A -r, B -r, C -s, D –q B) A -s, B -r, C -q, D –q

C) A -s, B -r, C -p, D –s D) A -s, B -r, C -p, D –r
54.

Column I Column II
z  i z2
A) If z 1
z2  i z1
, then z equals p) 0
z  2i
B) If is purely imaginary, then z equals q) 1
z  2i
C) If z  6  2 z  3 , then z equals r) 2
Let   1 be a cube root of unity and
D) a  b  c 2 a  b  c 2 s) 3
z 2
 2
, then z equals
c  a  b b  c  a

A) A–r, B–p, C–s, D–r B) A–r, B–r, C–s, D–r

C) A–q, B–r, C–s, D–q D) A–q, B–p, C–s, D–q

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sec: Sr.IIT_N-SUPER CHAINA/N-CHAINA Date: 04-06-20

Time: 3hrs Max. Marks: 240

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

04-06-20_SR.N-SUPER CHAINA/N-CHAINA_Jee-Adv_PTA-3_SYLLABUS

PHYSICS: SHM, Waves, Sound, Wave Optics

CHEMISTRY: Hydrocarbon, Benzene, Alkyl halide, Isomerism, GOC, Polymers

MATHEMATICS : Parabola, Ellipse, Hyperbola

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
Time: 3HRS IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 186
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 5) Questions with Single Correct Choice 3 -1 5 15
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – II(Q.N : 6 – 13) 4 -2 8 32
(Partial Marking +1)
Sec – III(Q.N : 14 – 18) Questions with Integer Answer Type 3 0 5 15
Total 18 62

CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 19 – 23) Questions with Single Correct Choice 3 -1 5 15
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – II(Q.N : 24 – 31) 4 -2 8 32
(Partial Marking +1)
Sec – III(Q.N : 32 – 36) Questions with Integer Answer Type 3 0 5 15
Total 18 62

MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 37 – 41) Questions with Single Correct Choice 3 -1 5 15
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – II(Q.N : 42 – 49) 4 -2 8 32
(Partial Marking +1)
Sec – III(Q.N : 50 – 54) Questions with Integer Answer Type 3 0 5 15
Total 18 62

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 2

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
PHYSICS Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
1. A transverse simple harmonic wave propagating to the right along a string is shown in
the figure. At the moment shown, out of the particles labeled as P, Q, R, S and T which
point has its velocity and acceleration in opposite directions?

A) P and R B) Q C) S D) T

2. A rope hangs from a rigid support. A pulse is set by jiggling the bottom end. We want to
design a rope in which velocity ‘v’ of pulse is independent of ‘z’, the distance of the
pulse from fixed end of the rope. If the rope is very long the desired function for mass
per unit length   z  in terms of 0 [mass per unit length of the rope at the top  z  0  ],

g, v and z is:

  g / v2  z   g / v2  z
A)   z   0e  
B)   z   0e  

  v2 z 
g  g 
C)   z   0 loge  2  z D)   z   0e  

v 

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 3

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
3. A particle of mass ‘m’ moves in the region of potential energy ‘U’ shown in figure. The
period of the motion when the particle has total energy ‘E’ is

m 2E m
A) 2 4 B) 2
k mg 2 k

m 2E 2E
C)  2 D) 2
k mg 2 mg 2

4. A uniform disc is free to roll without slipping on a board, which in turn is free to slide on
a frictionless table. A spring with spring constant ‘k’ connects the axle of the wheel to a
nail stuck in the board, as shown in figure. Both thedisc and the board have mass ‘m’,
and the nail is massless. The wheel is moved away from the equilibrium position, and
then the system is released from rest. What is the angular frequency of the oscillatory
motion?

k 2k k k
A) B) C) 2 D)
m m m 2m

5. In Young’s double slit experiment set up, source S of wavelength 500 nm illuminates
two slits S1 and S2 which act as two coherent sources. The sources ‘S’ oscillates about
its own position parallel to slits perpendicular to central line according to the equation
y  0.5sin  t , where ‘y’ is in ‘mm’ and ‘t’ in seconds. The minimum value of time ‘t’ for

which the intensity at point ‘P’ on the screen [exactly in front of the upper slit] becomes
minimum is

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 4

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P

A) 1 sec 2) 2 sec 3) 3 sec 4) 1.5 sec

D d min
A) d min   D B) d min  C) x  D) x  dmin
2 2

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 5

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
8. A particle of mass ‘m’ is moving in a potential well, for which the potential energy is
given by U  x   U 0 1  cos ax  where U0 and ‘a’ are constant. Then: (for the small
oscillations)
m
A) The time period of small oscillations is T  2
aU 0

B) The speed of the particle is maximum at x  0


C) The amplitude of oscillation is
2a

m
D) The time period of small oscillations is T  2 2
a U0

9. A sound wave of frequency ‘f’ travels horizontally to the right. It is reflected from a
large vertical plane surface moving to left with a speed ‘v’. The speed of sound in
medium is ‘c’:
 cv
A) The number of waves striking the surface per second is f  
 c 
c c  v
B) The wavelength of reflected wave is
f c  v

C) The frequency of the reflected wave is f

c  v
c  v
D) The number of beats heard by a stationary listener to the left of the reflecting surface
2vf
is
cv

10. In a standing wave on a string rigidly fixed at both ends:

A) All the particles must be at their extremes simultaneously once in half of the time
period.
B) All the particles may be at their positive extremes simultaneously once in half of time
period.
C) In one time period all the particles are simultaneously at rest twice
D) All the particle are never at rest simultaneously

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 6

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
11. In an organ pipe whose one end is at x  0 , the pressure is expressed by
3 x
p  p0 cos sin  t , where ‘x’ is in meter and ‘t’ in sec. The organ pipe can be
2

A) Closed at one end, open at another with length  0.5m

B) Open at both ends, length  1m
C) Closed at both ends, length  2m
2
D) Closed at one end, open at another with length  m
3

12. A point source (A) is kept on the axis of a hemispherical paper weight made of glass of
3
refractive index   . The distance of the point source from the centre (O) of the sphere
2
is R where R is radius of the hemisphere. Use paraxial approximations for answering
following questions

3R
A) Radius of curvature of wave fronts just after they inter glass at O is
2

B) The change in Radius of curvature of the wave front just after they enter glass at O is
R
2

C)The radius of curvature of the wavefronts at point P just outside glass is 10R
D) The radius of curvature of the wave fronts at point P just outside glass is infinite.
13. A large horizontal turntable is rotating with constant angular speed ‘  ’ in
counterclockwise sense. A person standing at the centre, begins to walk eastward at all
instants with a constant speed ‘V’ relative to the table. [Taking origin at the centre and
‘X’ direction to be eastward]

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 7

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
V
A) The maximum ‘X’ co-ordinate of person is

B) The projection of persons motion along ‘X’ axis is simple harmonic
C) Maximum magnitude of acceleration component of the person along ‘X’ axis is V
D) Maximum magnitude of acceleration component of person along ‘X’ axis is  2 R ,
Where ‘R’ is radius of table.

SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
14. The system in figure lies on a frictionless horizontal table. Both masses are ‘m’, and the
two spring constants are nk (where ‘n’ is a numerical factor) and ‘k’. The springs have
the same relaxed length. Assuming that it is possible to set up initial conditions so that
the masses oscillate back and forth with the two springs always having equal lengths at
any given instant, what is ‘2n’?

15. A uniform disk with mass ‘m’ and radius ‘R’ lies on a frictionless horizontal table and is
free to rotate about a pivot at its center. A spring with spring constant ‘k’ and relaxed
length zero has one end attached to a point on the rim of the disk and the other end
bolted down on the table at a distance ‘R’ from the rim, as shown in figure. If the disk is
initially in the equilibrium position shown and is then given a tiny angular kick, The
nk
frequency of small oscillations is   . Find ‘n’?
m

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 8

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
16. A Young’s double slit interference arrangement with slits S1 and S2 is immersed in
water (refractive index =4/3) as shown in the figure. The positions of maxima on the
surface of water are given by x2  p2 m2 2  d 2 , where  is the wavelength of light in air
(refractive index =1), 2d is the separation between the slits and ‘m’ is an integer. The
value of ‘p’ is ___

17. A vibrating string of length 80 cm is vibrating with a fundamental frequency of 400Hz.

In the fundamental mode the maximum displacement at the middle is 2 cm. If the
tension in the string is 10N. The maximum component of tension along y-axis at x  0 is

. Find ‘n’.
n

18. Two radio stations broadcast their programmes at the same amplitude A and at slightly
different frequencies 1 and 2 respectively, where 2  1  103 Hz . A detector receives
the signals from the two stations simultaneously. It can only detect signals of intensity
 2A2 . Find the time interval between successive maxima of the intensity of the signal

received by the detector. (in milli seconds)

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 9

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
CHEMISTRY Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
19. The most reactive a mine towards dil HCl

A) B) C) D)
20. Which of the following pairs of compounds is a pair of enantiomers?

A) B)

C) D)
21. Arrange the following compounds in decreasing order of their heats of combustion.

(i) (ii) (iii)

A) iii >ii >i B) ii >i>iii C) iii >i>ii D) i>ii>iii

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 10

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
22. Identify major product in following reaction sequence?

A) B) C) D)

23.

Find the structure of compound E

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 11

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
24. Which of the following statements are correct?

A) polyesters are poly condensation products of dicarboxylic acids and diols

B) Novolac on heating with formaldehyde forms backelite

C) Formation of Buna-N by copolymerisation of 1,3-butadiene and acrylonitrile take

place in the presence of Ti Cl4 Catalyst

D) 3-hydroxy butanoicacid and 3-hydroxypentanoic acid by copolymerisation forms

PHBV

25. Choose the correct option of the following compound p

A) All  bonds have same electron density in compound (p)

B) One  bond have more electron density in compound (p)
C) more than 3 resonating structures are possible for the given compound (p)
D) compound p have aromatic character
26. The exothermic tautomeric process are

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 12

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
C)

27. Which of the following statement (s) is/are correct

A) Percentage of recemisation is more in than

is more reactive than in SN 2

C) CH 2  CH  CH 2  Cl is more reactive than in SN 2 reaction

D) Rate of substitution is more in DMF than C Cl4 .When CH 3  Br Reacted with NaOH
28. Consider the following synthesis

The sequence if reagent which can efficiently bring about the following
Conversion is (are)?
A) Br2  hv / heat
B) Br2  hv / heat ; C2 H 5ONa / C2 H 5OH ; NBS  hv; B2 H 6  THF then CH 3COOH

C) Br2  hv / heat ;  CH 3 3 CONa /  CH 3 3 C  OH ; HBr  ROOR

D) NBs  hv / CCl4

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 13

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
29.

Which of the following are true for the given compound?

A) Total sterioisomers = 6
B) Total enantiomer pairs =2
C) Total stereoisomers with plane of symmetry or centre of symetry =2
D) Total stereo iosomers =4
30. Which of the following statements are incorrect?
A) CH 3 SO3 is a better leaving group than Cl3 SO3
B) CF3 SO3 is a stronger muleophile than CH 3 SO3
C) CH 3COO  is a stronger muleophile than CH 3O 
D) PhSO3 is a better leaving group than PhO 
31.
(i)
H+ P
(ii) O2-hv

iv ) CO2 / NaOH work up

A) P Will give Ve Tollens’s test
B) P will give effervescence with NaHCO3
C) P will give neutral FeCl3 test

D) P is
SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 14

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
32. How many moles of Grignard reagent will be consumed during the following reaction
for one mole of the starting compound?

33. Select the number of correct statements about following?

a
OH

b Strong
c Base
NH2
d

(A) b is more acedic than ‘f’ (B) a is less basic than ‘e’

(E) ‘b’ is less acidic than ‘c’ (F) d is less basic than ‘h’

34. One mole of 1,2-dibromo ethane on treatment with excess of NaNH2 followed by
treated with one mole of ethyl bromide to form product,

How many maximum moles of NaNH 2 consumed.

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 15

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
35. How many of the following reactions Benzene is the major product?

A) B)

C) D)

E) F)

G) H)

I) J)

36. Calculate the total optically active stereo isomer of

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 16

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
MATHEMATICS Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
37. (i)From a point (1, u ) two tangents are drawn on exactly one branch of hyperbola
 1 1
x 2  4 y 2  4  0 then u    , 
 2 2

(ii) If two distinct tangents can be drawn from the point ( s , 2) on different branches of
x2 y2  3 3
hyperbola   1 then s    ,  ,
9 16  2 2

A) (i) is true ,(ii) is false B) (i) is false ,(ii) is false

C) (i) is true ,(ii) is true D) (i) is false ,(ii) is true
38. A parabola touches the bisectors of the angle between the lines x + 2y + 3 = 0 and
2x + y + 3 = 0 at thepoint (1, 1) and (0, -2).then its length of latusrectum is
16 16 2 16 10
A) B) C) 4 10 D)
5 5 5 25

x2 y2
39. P and Q are points on the ellipse   1 whose center is C . The eccentric angles
a2 b2
of P and Q differ by a right angle. If PCQ minimum, the eccentric angle of P can be
   
A) B) C) D)
6 4 3 12
40. An ellipse with major and minor axes of lengths 10 3 and 10 respectively slides along
the co-ordinate axes and always remains confined in the first quadrant. The length
of the arc of the locus of the centre of the ellipse is
5 5
A) 10 B) 5 C) D)
4 3

41. AB is double ordinate of the parabola y 2  4ax . Tangents are drawn to parabola at A
and B meets Y-axis at A1 and B1 respectively. If the area of trapezium AA1B1B is equal
to 24a 2 , then the angle subtended by A1 B1 at the focus of the parabola is equal to…

A) 2 tan 1 3 B) tan 1 3 C) tan 1 2 D) 2 tan 1 2

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 17

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

1
A) B)1 C)0 D)2
2

43. The equation 16x 2  3y 2  32x  12y  44  0 represents a conic with

A) Length of the transverse axis 2 3 B) Length of the major axis = 8

5
C) Centre at 1, 2  D) Eccentricity =
3
44. PQ is double ordinate of the parabola y 2  4 x which passes through focus ‘S’. PQA is
right angled isosceles triangle, where A is on the axis of the parabola and PA meets the
parabola at C and QA meets the parabola at B, then

A) Area of trapezium PBCQ is 64 sq units

B) The length of BC is 12 units

C)The inradius of ABC is 6  2  1

D)Ratio of inradius of ABC to PQA is 3:1

2 2
45. If the lengths of the latus rectums of the ellipse E1 : 4 x  y  1  2 x  y  3  8 and
x2 y 2
the ellipse E2:   1 0  k  1 are equal, then which of the following is/are true?
k k2

A) Area of the ellipse E2 is sq.units.
2
 1 2

B) Area of the director circle of E2 is  2 3  2 3  sq.units
 
C) Area of the ellipse E2 is 2 sq.units
D) Area of the ellipse E1 is 2 sq.units
SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 18

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
46. A, B, C, D are consecutive vertices of a rectangle whose area is 2020 Sq units. An ellipse
with area 2020 sq.units ,passes through A and C and has foci at B and D. then

3030
A) Eccentricity of the ellipse = B) Perimeter of rectangle= 8 1010
4040

C)Radius of director circle of the ellipse = 5050 D)Radius of auxiliary circle= 4040

47. Let the focus of the parabola is (2,3) and if it is touching the coordinate axes. Then …

A)Equation of the tangent at the vertex is 3x+2y=6

B)Equation of the directrix line is 3x+2y=0

C)Equation of the axis of symmetry is 3x-2y=0

D) Equation of Parabola is 4 x2  12 xy  9 y 2  52 x  78 y 169  0

48. Five points are selected on a circle of radius r, consider the centres of the five rectangular

hyperbola each passing through four of these five points, then

A) these centres lie on another hyperbola

r
B) these centres lie on a circle of radius
2

C) these centres lie on a circle of radius 2r

D) mean of these four points is mid–point of centres of circle and rectangular hyperbola

49. Let x-2y-5=0 be the directrix of a parabola and x-y-7=0 be the tangent drawn to the
parabola at the point P(4,-3), then which of the following are incorrect:
16
A) Length of latus rectum is
5

8
B) Harmonic mean of length of segments of the focal chord
5

C)Intersection point of the directrix and the given tangent is (9,2)

D)Circle drawn on P and Q as diameter, always passes through focus of the parabola
(where Q is the point of intersection of tangent and directrix.

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 19

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 04-06-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-3_Q’P
SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
x2 y 2
50. A ray of light emerging from the point P(0,4) along the tangent of the ellipse  1
25 16

and strike a circle of radius 65 units and reflected from it. The reflected ray entering
inside the ellipse through the focus (-3,0) and strike lower surface of ellipse and gets
reflected from it. If the reflected ray returns to the point P(0,4), then ordinate of centre of
the circle is …

51. Let y = 3x - 8 be the equation of tangent at the point (7, 13) lying on a parabola whose
focus is (-1, -1), if the length latus rectum of the parabola is l , then the value of l 2  is __

(where [.] denotes the greatest integer function)

52. If the curve x 2  3 y 2  9 subtends an obtuse angle at the point (2u, u) , u  Z , then number
of possible integral values of u 2 is…

53. Consider an ellipse and a concentric circle. The circle passes through the foci of the
ellipse and intersects the ellipse in four distinct points. The length of major axis of the
ellipse is 15 units. If S1 and S2 are the foci of the ellipse, P be one of point of
intersection of ellipse and circle and area of triangle PS1S2 is 26 sq.units, then
u
eccentricity of the ellipse is equal to 1  2
( where u is least positive value), then u=
u 1
2
x2 
54. Minimum value of  x1  x2 
2
 1  
17  x2  x2  13  is k 27  10 k  then k = _____
 20 

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 20

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 05-04-20_ Sr’s_In Com_Jee-Adv(2016-p1)_PTA-1_CHE__Key&Sol’s

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI

A right Choice for the Real Aspirant

ICON Central Office – Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec:SR’S_In coming Adv_2016-p1 Date: 05-04-20
Time: 1 Hr’s PTA-1_CHEMISTRY Max. Marks: 62
KEY SHEET
CHEMISTRY

1)D 2)A 3) C 4)A 5)C 6)ABC 7)C 8)ABCD

9)AD 10)AC 11)ABD 12)B 13)ABD 14)9 15)1 16)6

17)6 18)5

SOLUTIONS
CHEMISTRY
1. Order of energy of lines  UV  V  IR
Order of energy of transition   2  1   3  2     3
 Correct match : UV  2  1 ,V  3  2 , IR    3
h 6h
2.  321 : n  3, l  2, m  1, Angular momentum l  l  1 
2 2
6h 6h  4
Spherical nodes  3  2  1  0; Sum of all the above  2
2 2
2 0
3. r  0.529  n A
4. Of all the elements electron affinity of chlorine is maximum while I1 , of ceasuum is
minimum. The IP of Cs is greater than electron affinity of chlorine.
5. lF7 has zero dipolemoment.
6. d z2 , sp 3 ,  2s .
7. n  4, l  3, m  1, s  1 / 2
8. A) Screening effect  , effective nuelear charge  thus valence shell electron is loosely
bound. Hence I .E 
B) Be and Mg has ns 2 configuration (stable configuration)
C) Due to lanthanide contraction.
D) rmetallic  rcov alent (covalent bond formation involves the overlapping of orbitas)

Sec : Sr’S_In Coming Page 1

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 05-04-20_ Sr’s_In Com_Jee-Adv(2016-p1)_PTA-1_CHE__Key&Sol’s
9. Electropositive character increases down the group, electro negativity decreases or
moving down a group.
10. Anomalous behavior is due to small size, large charge/radius ratio and high
electronegativity of the elements
11. Overlapping orbtials have unpaired electron. Greater is the extent of overlapping higher
is the bond strength. Greater is the orbital overlapping higher is the bond length
12. O2 is paramagnetic due to 2 unpaired electrons while N 2 & O22 are diamagnetic. In
conversion of O2  O2 and NO  NO  , e  from antibonding orbital
CN 

, N 2 , NO  , C22 is removed, thus bond order increases & bond length decreases.
13. The m. p. of LiCl is lower than that of NaCl , LiCl dissolves more in organic solvent
than NaCl , Fused LiCl would be more conducting than fused NaCl
12.26 A0 12.26
14. 4.086 A0  V  3 V 9
V 4.086
15. 1
16.  IP1, IP2 , IP3 , IP4 , IP5 , possible
17. BeCl2 ; BF3 : NO; ClO2 ; PF5 ; SF6
18. With no 2 s  2 p mixing the order of energy of MO ' s would be
 1s ,  1*s   2 s 2*s   2 ps   2 px ,  2 py   '2 px ,  2* py  H 2  D He2  P , Li2  D , Be2  D , C2  P  , C22  D  , N2  P  , N2O2  P  , O2  P  , S 2  P  , F2  D 

Sec : Sr’S_In Coming Page 2

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS
1 AB 2 CD 3 C 4 AD 5 ABD
6 ACD 7 1.80 8 4 9 2 10 4.74
11 1 12 2 13 1 14 171.43 15 A
16 B 17 D 18 A

CHEMISTRY
19 ABC 20 ABD 21 ABCD 22 ABCD 23 ABC
24 ABC 25 8 26 9 27 8 28 21
29 6 30 9 31 6 32 8 33 C
34 D 35 D 36 B

MATHS
37 ACD 38 A 39 BC 40 AC 41 ACD
42 ACD 43 3.00 44 2 45 7.00 46 1.33
47 0.80 48 5.00 49 5 50 2.00 51 C
52 B 53 C 54 B
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Key & Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1. J/conductivity =E or E is directly proportional to resistivity.
V=iR, i is constant
2. Conceptual.
3. Conceptual
4. Conceptual
5. Conserving energy between initial and final postion.
6. Conservation of energy
7. Conserving angular momentum, energy and momentum from center of mass reference
frame.
 a ^
8. E 2r
r

   E.dr
 a a
    
 rf r1 
1 1 
a  
 5 7 
2
 280
5 7
 16  x 2
x4

1 l
dR 
A
1 dr

0 r  rh
2
2
r 2 h
2 1 1
  
0 h  a b 
2 b  a 
 
0 h ab
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2
10.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

  700 104  0.13103

05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Key & Sol’s

 9.1106 m3
man of Ag   d
9.1106 10.5103 kg
 95.55 gms
95.55
 No.of moles  moles
107.9
95.55
 no of Ag ions   61023 ions
107.7
 5.310 10 23

q
i
t
5.311023 16 1019
5

5.311.6104
t
5
t  4.74hrs
11. Use electric field due to dipole.
12. Use electric field due to two rings and make net electric field at z=a.
13. Use work done by electric field.
14. if number of ions has to remain constant ions have to travel 6cm in one second.
Therefore mobility=drift speed/electric field.
15&16 Electric field becomes 1/k times but permittivity increases by k times. So U decrease
by k times.Potential energy is sum of interactive as well as interactive as well as self
potential energy.
17 & 18
kq kq '
 0
x b
qb
q'
x
dq ' qbV
I =
dt x2
Heat is integral of i2Rt.
CHEMISTRY
19. The behaviour of transition metals depending on oxidation state can be explained
basing on effective or valence state electronegativity. A metal atom in positive
oxidation state has a greater attraction on the bond-pair of electrons, that is, a higher
electronegativity, than in its zero oxidation state. This is known as valence state or
effective electronegativity. Example : The electronegativity of elemental chromium is
1.6 close to that of aluminium (1.5) another active metal. For chromium (III) the value
increases to 1.7 still characteristic of a metal. But for chromium (VI) the value.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Key & Sol’s
Increase to 2.3 close to the values of some non-metals such as phosphorous and
sulphur (2.5). Thus P in PO34 and S in SO 24 and Cr in CrO 24 are covalently bonded at
the centre of an oxoanion of a relatively strong acid H2CrO4.Manganese (VII) in MnO 4
behave similarly in the strong acid HMnO 4 .
20. In a transition group the atomic sizes of second and third elements are very close.
Their chemistry is also very close. Higher oxidation state +8 is shown by second series
element Rh in RhO4 and 3rd series element osmium in OsO4. Several other elements of
2nd and 3rd transition series elements exist in higher oxidation states compared to Ist
transition series.
Due to lanthanide contraction and also due to poor shielding effect of d-electrons the
atomic volumes of transition elements are very small and thus they have high
densities.
As the number of unpaired electrons are more that contribute to interatomic bonding
in transition element in the middle of series, the enthalpies of atomisation reach
maximum in the middle of each row.
21. Chlorine forms more number of oxides Cl2O, ClO2, Cl2O6 and Cl2O7. Iodine – Oxygen
bond is stable because of greater polarity of the bond. The Chlorine – Oxygen bond is
stable because of multiple bond formation involving d-orbitals of the Chlorine atom.
Bromine being in between the two lacks both these characteristics (middle row
anomaly) and hence least stable oxides. Oxides in higher oxidation states like Cl 2O 7 is
more stable than oxides in lower oxidation states like Cl2O . ClO 2 .
22. Due to more difference in electro negativities of I and F; I – F bond is more polar than
I – Cl bond, and thus it is stronger but being fluorine is strong oxidising agent, it
oxidises iodine to higher oxidation states. Hence I – F disproportionate.
5IF  IF5  2I 2
7IF  IF7  3I 2
All the inter halogen compounds self ionizes producing polyhalide cations and
polyhalide anions.
3ICl  ICl2  I2Cl
2ClF3  ClF2  ClF4
When a halide ion combines with interhalogen compounds, Polyhalides are formed.
I 2  I   I3
ICl  Cl   ICl 2
Iodine is sparingly soluble but KI3, a polyhalide formed by the addition I2 to KI is highly
soluble.
23. Polymerisation isomers
 Pt  NH3  2  CN 2 
 Pt  NH 3 4   Pt  CN 4 
Pt  NH3 3  CN   Pt  CN 4 
2
Coordination isomers
 Pt  NH3 4   Pt  CN 4 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

 Pt  NH3
TG
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy ~ @bohring_bot
    
3
CN   Pt CN 3
CN 
05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Key & Sol’s

Since CN- is ambidentate ligand it also exhibit linkage isomerism.

25. Due to half – filled stable electronic configuration there will be more electron – electron
repulsion that causes the increase in size of Mn. Except Sc all the other Ist row d-block
elements are smaller than manganese. In the manganese group technicium and
rhenium are larger than manganese.
26. 
In first row transition elements only copper has E 0 M 2  /M  0.34v positive reducing 
potential. All the other elements have negative E 0 M 2 /M values. So all are strong
 
reducing agents than copper.
27. After the first electron is removed from ns2 orbital of a d-block element , the second
electron reorganise into (n-1) d orbital. This is because after removing first electron, the
energy of (n -1)d orbital decreases more and also due to reorganisation coulombic
exchange energies increases. When d – orbital in M+ ion have exactly half filled or
completely filled, the reorganisation of electron is not possible
28. 4NH 4ClO 4  2N 2  4HCl  6H 2O  5O 2
29. 2KI  Cl 2  2KCl  I 2
I 2  6H 2O  5Cl2  2HIO 3  10HCl
30.  M  A 2 B2C2   ,  M  A 2 B3C   ;  M  AB2C3  
 M  A 3B2C   ;  M  A 2 BC3   ;  M  A 3BC2  
 M  ABC4   ;  M  AB4C   ;  M  A 4 BC  
31. Except glycine all the other ligands are symmetric bidentate ligands
32. Five O- atoms of -COO-groups and 3N atoms.
OH

O O
HO N
OH
N N
O O
O

OH
OH
33. The radii of copper atoms is smaller than silver atoms which could prevent movement
of Au atoms in the alloy by creating points where silver atoms could not slip past other
atoms making the overall alloy less deformable.
34. An alloy is a homogeneous mixture of a metal with another metal or non metal having
metallic properties. Ex: steel is an alloy of iron and carbon.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Key & Sol’s
MATHEMATICS
2 2
37. Locus of the centriod is x  2    y  2    4
 1 1 
  x  dx
4

x7 
38. I=
4 2
6 3  6
x x
4 2
Put 6 – 3  6  t
x x
1 dt 6x 6  4x 3  2
I=  +C
12  t 6x 3

  e        dx
2x
39. I  e 2x n e x  e  x  e2x  e 2x n e x  e  x

  t n t dt   u n u du  where t  e x
 e x and u  e x  e  x 
t2 t2 u2 u2
 n t   n u C
2 4 2 4
40. Let the coordinates of point A are ( ct , c / t )
So, the slope of normal at A will be t 2
And normal will be parallel to BC.
So, t will be  2  c  2
41. 3  4 cos x  t  4sin x dx  dt
1 t 3
I    3 dt
8 t
1 1 3
   2  3 dt
8 t t
1 1 3 
    2e
8  t 2t 
2t  3 8 cos x  3
 2
 2
e
16t 16  3  4cos x 
 a  3,b  8,c  16,d  2
15x 3x
2cos cos
42. 2 2 dx
  5x 
2  2cos2  1  1
 2 
15x 3x 15x 3x 5x
2cos cos 2cos cos cos
 2 2  2 2 2 dx
5x  5x 5x
4 cos 2 3 4 cos 3  3cos
2 2 2
3x 5x
  2cos cos dx
2 2
SQ
43. e 2
SP

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot

13
05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Key & Sol’s

13
2

13  1  3 
3  1  3
44.  x3 x 6 x 2  1 dx   x 2 x 2  1 dx
   
   
10 10
 
 1 3 13 1
 1   t 3 3  2  3
Put x 2  1  t,  x 2 dx  dt  2  t 3 dt
C  2 C  x 
  2  10  5 
     
 3 
45. L1, L2 are tangents from P to hyperbola. L3, L4 are two lines passing through the point
3,2 . L5 , L6 are two lines through P and parallel to the asymptotes.

L7 is the tangent to circle at P.
x1/ 3 dx
46. I  dx   3
(1  x 2 / 3 )3 5/ 3  1 
x 1  2 / 3 
 x 
1
Put 1  t
x2/ 3
3 dt 3 x4/ 3
I    3  c
2 t 4 (1  x 2 / 3 ) 2
47. Equation of tangents to the hyperbola having slope m is y  mx  9m 2  49
Distance between tangents is 2
2 9m2  49
 2
1  m2
 9m2  49  1  m2
5
 8m 2  50  m  
2
x sec  y tan 
48. The tangent at any point A2sec  , tan   is given by  1
2 1
It meets the line x  2 y  0
x sec  x tan  2
  1 x 
2 2 sec   tan 
 2 1 
 Q ,  …..(i)
 sec   tan  sec   tan  
Also, the tangent meets the line x  2 y  0 at R so
x x 2
 sec   tan   1  x 
2 2 sec   tan 
 2  1 
R  ,  ……….(ii)
 sec   tan  sec   tan  
2 2 12 2 2  12
Now, CQ.CR   CQ.CR  5
 sec  tan   2  sec   tan  
49. We use partial fraction, we get
3x  4 A Bx  C
3
  2
x  2x  4 x  2 x  2x  2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Key & Sol’s
Solving this equation, we get A  1, B  1 and C  1
3x  4 1 x 1
  3 dx   dx   2 dx
x  2x  4 x 2 x  2x  2
1
 log x  2  log|x 2  2x  2| c
2
1
Hence k   , so that f  x   x 2  2x  2  x 2  2x  2
2
2
because x  2x  2  0
50. Ana of OPS  Ana of OQR
51. Circumcenter is middle point of AB and xy = 4 is a rectangular hyperbola. Hence
e 2
52. Shortest distance exists along the common normal is
1 1
t2  t 
2 2
Hence, foot of common normal is  2,2, 2 
4  2 1 .
Hence the shortest distance =
5
n 1
tan x
53. In  In 2 
n 1
cotn1 x
54. I1n  I1n 2 
n 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 UTA-14 Date: 05-07-2020
Time: 09:00Am to 12:00 2018_P1 Max.Marks:180

05-07-20_Sr.Super 60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv 2018-P1

UTA-14_Syllabus
MATHS : Hyperbola (complete), Indefinite integrals (Complete)

PHYSICS : Electric potential energy, potential, relation between field and potential,
conservation of energy and potential due to various continuous charge distributions, complete
electric dipole, GAUSS LAW: Electric flux, Gauss Law, Properties of conductors,Conducting
spheres induced charges & Energy density & Electrostatic pressure, self energy of spherically
charge distributed bodies, Van de graff generator & Current Electricity: Electric current density
drift velocity mobility, Ohm's law ohmic non-ohmic conductors, resistance, resistivity and
conductivity, series and parallel combination of resistors, Temperature dependence of
resistance & resistivity, Internal resistance of a cell, emf and terminal potential difference
combination of resistors in series, parallel, Heating effect of current (fuse, bulb etc..)
EXCLUDING circuit problems for finding equivalent resistance, Kirchoff's laws & Circuit
problems, Wheatstone bridge, Meter bridge, post office box, potentio meter, Conversion of
galvanometer into ammeter and voltmeter, Colour code concept

CHEMISTRY : Group-17, d-Block Elements, Coordination compounds upto isomerism (structural)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
JEE-ADVANCE-2018-P1-Model
05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Q’P

Time: 3:00Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 180

Total 18 60

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
PHYSICS
05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
1. Two cylindrical rods of same cross-section area and same length are
connected in series to an ideal cell as shown. The resistivity of left rod is  and
that if right rod is 2  . Then the variation of potential and electric field at any
point P distant x from left end of combined rod system are given by

A) B)

C) D)

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2.
05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Q’P
A negative point charge placed at the point A is

A) in stable equilibrium along x-axis

B) in unstable equilibrium along y-axis
C) in stable equilibrium along y-axis
D) in unstable equilibrium along x-axis
3. One-fourth of a sphere of radius R is removed as shown in figure. An electric
field E exists parallel to the xy plane. Find the flux through the remaining curved
part

A) R 2 E B) 2R 2 E C) R 2 E / 2 D) R 2E 3
4. Two concentric shells have radii R and 2R charges qA and qB and potentials 2 V
and (3/2)V respectively. Now shell B is earthed and let charges on them
become qA and qB . Then

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Q’P
A
B

A) qA /qB= 1/2
B) q 'A / q B'  1
C) Potential of A after earthing becomes (3/2)V
D) Potential difference between A and B after earthing becomes V/2
5. A proton with mass m moves in one dimension. The potential-energy function is
 
U  x   2  , where  and  are positive constants. The proton is released
x x

from rest at x 0  . The correct option(s) is/are

A) speed of the particle is maximum at x  2x 0
1 
B) maximum speed of the particle is
x0 2m
1 
C) maximum speed of the particle is
x 0 2m
D) the particle will never come back and reach to the infinity with zero speed.
 r   r 
6. Consider an equilateral ABC whose vertices lies at  ,0,0,0, ,0 and
 2   2 
 
0,0, r  respectively. Assume two independent cases:
 2 
y
B(0, r/2, 0)

O x
A (r/2, 0, 0)
z
C(0, 0, r/2)

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Case I: A point charge Q is placed at the origin.
05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Q’P

Case II: Three point charges each of magnitude Q is fixed at the vertices of
ABC and another point charge (q) is released from origin, then correct
option(s) is/are
Q
A) In case I, flux of electric field through ABC is equal to
8 0
Q
B) In case I, flux of electric field through ABC is equal to
40
C) In case II, (q) charge will cross the centroid of ABC
D) In case II, The charge (q) passes through the plane of ABC with kinetic

energy equals to

3 3  2 Qq 
4 0 r
SECTION-II
(NUMERICAL VALUE TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. Each question is numerical value. For each question, enter the correct
numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to second decimal place.
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30).
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.

ke2
7. A proton and an alpha-particle are projected with velocity v0  each, when
ml
they are far away from each other, as shown. The distance between their initial
velocities is L. Their closest approach distance is xl. Find x? , mass of proton =
m, charge = +e, mass of alpha-particle = 4m, charge = + 2e.k is electrostatic
constant.

8. The electric field strength depends on the x, y, z coordinates according to the

  xi  y j  zk 
law E  3
where   280Nm2c1 . If the potential difference
 x2  y 2  z  2 2

between the points  3, 2,6  and  0,3, 4  is x 2 volt , find the value of x (Coordinates
mentioned are in meter)
Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 6
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
9.
05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Q’P
A conducting medium is in the form of a quarter of an annulus of radii a and b
( > a ) with uniform thickness h as shown in figure. The conductivity  of the
material of the medium varies as   0 r in the direction of ê where r is
distance from O. Then the resistance of specimen between the pair of opposite
N b  a 
faces in the direction eˆ is . Then N is
0hab

10. An art-piece with a surface area of 700 cm 2 is to be silver plated. It is attached to

the negative electrode of an electrolytic cell containing silver nitrate  Ag  NO3  .
If the cell is powered by a 12 V battery which supplied a current of 5 A
continuously, how time(in hours) does it take for a 0.13 mm layer of silver to
build up. Density of silver is 10.5 103 kg / m3 and molar mass of silver is 107.9
g/mol
p
11. Two point dipoles p kˆ and kˆ are located at (0, 0, 0) and (1m, 0, 2m)
2
respectively. if the resultant electric field due to the two dipoles at the point (1m,
7
0, 0) is x   kp kˆ  . Where k is electro static constant. Find x?
 8 
12. Two concentric rings (in xy plane), one of radius 'a' and the other of radius 'b'
have the charges +qA and – qB respectively as shown in the figure. Find the
ratio b/a if a charge particle placed on the axis at z = a is in equilibrium.

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
13.
05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Q’P
An infinite dielectric sheet having charge density s has a hole of radius R in it.
An electron is released on the axis of the hole at a distance from the centre. If
the velocity of electron which it crosses the plane of sheet is v= (seR/xmε0)0.5
find x. (e = charge on electron and m = mass of electron)

14. In a gas chamber, two electrodes of area 100 cm 2 are placed 6cm apart. An
electric field produces 109 pair of monovalent ions/sec/ cm3 . Mobility of each ion
is 3.5 10 4 m 2 /Vs. Calculate the value of applied field(S.I. units)

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
15.
05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Q’P
An isolated metal object is charged in vacuum to a potential V, its electrostatic
energy being U. It is then disconnected from the source of potential, its charge
being left unchanged, and is immersed in a large volume of dielectric with
dielectric constant K. Its electrostatic energy is
U U  V2
A) B) KU 
C)   K D) K
K  V  U
16. An charge q1 is placed at the centre of a spherical conducting shell of radius R.
Conducting shell has a total charge q2. Electrostatic potential energy of the
system is
q 2  2q1q2 q 2  2q1q2 q 2  q1q2 q 2  q1q2
A) 1 B) 2 C) 1 D) 2
8 0 R 8 0 R 4 0 R 4 0 R
Paragraph for Question Nos. 17 to 18
If a charge q is moving towards the centre of an earthed conducting sphere of
radius b with uniform velocity v. Distance of two points A and B from centre of
sphere are 3a and 2a. Conducting sphere is earthed with an ammeter and
resistance in series (as shown).

x b
A q B

Let at any instant point charge is at x distance from centre

17. Net charge on surface of conductor at this instant
x b
A) +q B) -q C) q D) q
b x

18. Heat energy produced in resistance till point charge moves from A to B
19q 2 b2 VR 2q 2 b2 VR 5 q 2 b2 VR
A) B) C) zero D)
648a 3 5a 3 72 a 3

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
CHEMISTRY
05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
19. The correct statements regarding the behaviour of transition metals with
respect to their oxidation states
A) Melting points of the compounds of transition metals with same element
decreases with increase in oxidation number of transition metal.
B) Effective or valence state electronegativity of transition metal increases with
increase in oxidation state of transition metal.
C) Transition metals exhibit metallic character in lower oxidation states but
show non metallic character in higher oxidation states
D) Chromium can be easily oxidised to Cr+6 compared to molybdenum to Mo+6
20. Which of the following statements are true.
A) The chemistry of molybdenum is more similar to that of tungsten than that
of chromium.
B) Higher oxidation states are more prevalent in the second and third rows of
tranisiton elements.
C) Transition metals have high atomic volumes and are therefore not very
dense.
D) Enthalpies of atomisation reach a maximum in the middle of a row.
21. Regarding halogen oxides the correct statements is/are
A) Among all halogens chlorine forms more number of oxides.
B) Iodine oxides are most stable followed by that of chlorine oxides.
C) Oxides in the higher oxidation states of chlorine have been more stable than
those in the lower oxidation state.
D) Bromine oxides are the least stable halogen oxides due to middle row
anomaly.

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
22. The correct statements among the following is /are
05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Q’P

A) I – F bond is stronger than I – Cl bond but I – Cl is more stable than I – F.

B) All interhalogen compounds can self ionises producing polyhalide anion and
polyhalide cation.
C) When a halide ion combines with interhalogen molecule, it converts into
polyhalide anion.
D) Solubility of polyhalides in water is more than the halogens from which it is
formed.
23. A platinum compound has the empirical formula  Pt  NH 3 2  CN 2  . With this
empirical formula, the possible structural isomers are
A) Polymerisation isomers B) Coordination isomers
C) Linkage isomers D) Ionisation isomers
24. Which of the following is / are correctly named for complex compounds.
A) K  Pt  CN  2  O2  SO 4   NH3 2  - Potassium
diamminedicyanidosulphatosuperoxido platinate (IV)
B) The IUPAC name of the red coloured complex  Fe  C4 H 7ON 2 2  obtained by
the reaction of Fe2+with dimethyl glyoxime is bis ( dimethylglyoximato) iron (II)
C) [Co  NH 3 4  H 2O  Br]  NO3 2 ; Its IUPAC name is Tetrammineaquobromido
cobalt (III) nitrate
D) In IUPAC system LiAlH4 is named as lithium aluminium hydride.

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
27.
05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Q’P
In how many of the following d–block mono cations (M+), the second electron is
removed from d-orbital of M+ ion to convert into M2+ ion
Ti  ,V  ,Cr  ,Mn  ,Fe ,Co  , Zn  ,Cu  ,Pd  ,Ag  , Ni 
28. Perchlorates are explosives. Ammonium perchlorate on heating explodes
forming
N2,O2, HCl and H2O gases. The total number of molecules (or moles) in the
balanced chemical equation for explosion of ammonium perchlorate is
29. When chlorine water is added to potassium iodide solution first a brown
coloured solution is formed which becomes colourless by the addition of
excess chlorine water. The number electrons involved in the conversion of
potassium iodide to the final colourless product is
30. A metal forms an octahedral complex made with three different ligands A,B and
C in each complex. How many complex compounds with different formula are
possible.
31. How many of the following are symmetric bidentate ligands
Oxalate ion, ethylenediamine, glycine, bipyridyl, 1,10 orthophenanthroline,
dimethyl glyoxime, acetyl acetone.
32. The compound shown below has been used to treat people exposed to
plutonium, americium and other actimide metal ions. How many donor groups (
denticity does the sequestering agent have when the carboxylic acid groups are
ionised.
OH

O O
HO N
OH
N N
O O
O

OH
OH

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Q’P

SECTION – III
(COMPREHENSIN TYPE)
This section contains 2 Paragraphs. Based on each paragraph, there are 2 questions. Each question has 4
options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Paragraph For Questions 33 and 34
The d-block metals have regular crystal structures. In a regular lattice
consisting of identical atoms, it is relatively easy to move the atom away from
each other. There is less restriction on mobility because the electron sharing
between atoms is equal. However when a second metal is added, it distorts the
lattice at sites where the atoms of the substituted metal reside, and this
restricts atomic motions and strengthens the metal. If the disparity in sizes of
the host and guest metal atoms in an alloy increases, strength of alloy
(hardness) increases.
33. To make gold stronger and harder, it is often alloyed with other metals such as
copper or silver. Consider two alloys one of Au and Cu and the other one of Au
and Ag. If the Au-Cu alloy is harder than the Au-Ag alloy, then which of the
following is best explanation based on the information given in the following
table.

Element Metallic radius / pm M.Pt (0C) Common oxidation state

Au 144 1064 +1, +3
Cu 128 1085 +1, +2
Ag 144 961 +1

A) Cu has two common oxidation states, but Ag has only one

B) Copper has higher m.pt than gold has, but silver has lower m.pt than gold
has
C) Copper atoms are smaller than silver atoms, thus they interfere more with
displacement of atoms in the alloy
D) Copper atoms are less polarisable than are gold or silver atoms, thus copper
has weaker interparticle forces.

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
34.
05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Q’P
Which of the following is not a condition that should satisfy for the formation of
alloys.
A) The atomic radii of the two kinds of atoms must be similar (with in about
15%) so that lattice strain will not be excessive
B) Crystal structure of the two metals must be identical
C) To minimise the formation of compounds between metals, identical
valencies and approximately equal electro negativities are required.
D) During the formation of alloys only metals should mix to form homogeneous
material

Paragraph for Questions 35 and 36

A complex compound of cobalt contain five ammonia molecules, one nitro
group and two chloride ions for one cobalt atom. One mole of this compound
produces three moles of ions in aqueous solution. One mole reacting with
excess of AgNO3 solution two moles of AgCl get precipitated.
35. The type of isomerism shown by the complex compound is
A) Coordination isomerism B) Ionization isomerism
C) Linkage isomerism D) Both B and C
36. The formula and IUPAC name of the complex compound is
A)  Co(NH 3 )5 Cl2  NO 2 - Pentaaminedichlorido cobalt (III) nitrite

B) Co(NH3 ) 5  NO 2   Cl 2 - Pentamminenitro cobalt (III) chloride

C)  Co(NH 3 )5 NO2  Cl2 - Pentaminenitro cobalt (III) chloride.

D)  Co(NH 3 )5 NO2  Cl 2 - Pentamminenitro cobalt (II) chloride.

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot 05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
37. A circle with centre 3 ,3  and with variable radius cuts the hyperbola
x 2  y 2  36 at the points A, B, C and D. If the locus of the centroid of ABC is
2 2
x  k     y  k  
1 2
 k3 , then which of the following is true
A) k1  k 2  k3 B) k12  k22  k3 C) 6k1  k22  k32 D) k12  6k2  k32
(x 3  1) dx
38. x 4
is equal to
6x 6  4x 3  2
6x 6  4x 3  2
A) +C B) x 2 x 6  4x 3  2  C
6x 3
1
C) 6x 6  4x 3  2 + C D) ln (6x6 – 4x3 + 2) + C
2
e4x  1  e 2x  1  t2 t2 u2 u2
39. If  e2x og  2x  dx  og t    og u   C, then
 e  1  2 4 2 4
A) u  ex  e x B) u  ex  e x
C) t  ex  e x D) t  ex  e x
40. A right angle triangle ABC, right angle at A is inscribed in hyperbola xy  c 2  c  0 
such that slope of BC is 2. If distance of point A from centre of xy  c 2 is 10 ,
then which of the following is/are correct for xy  c 2
A) the value of c is 2 B) the value of c is 4
C) the equation of normal at point A can be y  2 x  3 2
D) the equation of normal at point A can be y  3 x  8 2
sin 2x a  b cos x
41. If   3  4 cos x 3 dx  c 3  4cos x d  e where a, b, c, d are positive integers
and e is arbitrary constant then
A) The value of a  b is 11 B) The value of a  b is 6
C) The value of c  d is 18 D) The value of c  d is 14

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
cos 9x  cos 6x
05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Q’P

42.  dx  A sin 4x  Bsin x  c then

2cos 5x  1
1
A) A  B) B  1 C) B  1 D) 4  A  B   5
4

SECTION-II
(NUMERICAL VALUE TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. Each question is numerical value. For each question, enter the correct
numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to second decimal place.
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
43. If a normal to a rectangular hyperbola at P meets the transverse axis at Q and
2
 SP 
1
foci of the hyperbola are S and S , then 6 
 SQ  is equal to
 
13 10
 
2  1 1
3
a   3
44. If  x3 1  x 2  dx  1  x 2   C , then b  a 
  b 
   
45. Let C1 : x 2  y 2  5 and C2 : x 2  y 2  8 y  3  0 be equation of hyperbola and circle,
respectively. The curves C1 and C2 touch each other at 3,2 . P  0,4  13  
is a point on the curve C2 . Let a line through P meets C1 at m number of points
and C 2 at n number of points. If (m+n)=3,then the number of such straight lines
is____.
x1/ 3 3 xa
46. If  dx   c, then a =
(1  x 2 / 3 )3 4 (1  x 2 / 3 )2
47. If distance between two parallel tangents having slope m drawn to the
x2 y2 2
hyperbola   1is 2, then the value of is ____
9 49 m
x2 y2
48. C is the centre of the hyperbola   1 and ‘A’ is any point on it. The
4 1

tangents at A to the hyperbola meet the line x  2 y  0 and x  2 y  0 at Q and R

respectively. The value of CQ.CR is
3x  4
49. If  x 3  2x  4 dx  log x  2  k log  f(x)  c , then f(1)=…..
Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 16
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
50.
05-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_UTA-14_Q’P
A chord of the rectangular hyperbola xy  16 intersects the hyperbola at P,Q and
x  axis, y- axis at R and S respectively and ‘O’ be centre of the hyperbola. If the
4S S
area of OPS is S1 and the area of QOR is S 2 , then the value of 2 1 2 2 is equal
S1  S 2
to

SECTION – III
(COMPREHENSIN TYPE)
This section contains 2 Paragraphs. Based on each paragraph, there are 2 questions. Each question has 4
options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Questions 51 to 52
Consider a hyperbola xy  4 and a line y  2 x  4 . O is the center of hyperbola.
The tangent at any point P of hyperbola intersects the coordinate axis at A and
B.
51. Locus of circumcenter of triangle OAB is
1 1
A) an ellipse with eccentricity B) an ellipse with eccentricity
2 3
C) a hyperbola with eccentricity 2 D) a circle
52. Shortest distance between the line and hyperbola is
2 4 2 1  
2 2 4 2 1  
A) 8 B) C) D)
5 5 5 5
Paragraph for Questions 53 to 54
Let In   tann xdx,I1n   cot n xdx,n  N
 
f(x,n)  In  In  2 (n  1),g(x,n)  I1n  I1n  2 (n  1),f(0,n)  g  ,n   0
2 
2008
53. If I0  I1  2(I2  I3  ...  I2006  I2009 )  3I2007  I2008   a r tanr x then, a 2008 
r 1
1 2 1 1
A) B) C) D)
2007 2007 1004 2008
19
 
54. If I10  I11  2 I12  I13  ........  I118  I119  I120   a r cotr x then a10 
r 1
1 1 1 2
A) B)  C) D) 
10 10 9 9

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 UTA-17 Date: 05-09-20
Time:05.00Pm to 08.00Pm 2015_P2 Max.Marks:240
KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 5 2 5 3 5 4 3 5 5
6 2 7 7 8 6 9 ABC 10 ABC
11 ABC 12 ABCD 13 ABCD 14 A 15 ABD
16 AD 17 C 18 B 19 B 20 A

CHEMISTRY
21 6 22 5 23 4 24 3 25 2
26 6 27 6 28 1 29 AC 30 B
31 B 32 A 33 ABC 34 ACD 35 AB
36 AB 37 B 38 A 39 B 40 C

MATHS
41 4 42 8 43 9 44 5 45 7
46 9 47 5 48 5 49 ABCD 50 ABC
51 BCD 52 ABD 53 ABCD 54 AB 55 ABCD
56 ABC 57 C 58 C 59 C 60 D
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_UTA-17_Key & Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1. Ans: 5
Sol: Use principle of superposition.
2. Ans: 5
12.42
Sol: E  eV
4
E = 3.105 eV
KE max  E    3.14  2.39  0.715eV
mv
d
qB
mv
B
qd
2mKE
B 2 2
qd
31 19
2  9.1  10  0.715  1.6  10
B
19 2
1.6  10   0.1 2

27.3 10 5
B  10  5.7  10
3.2
3. Ans: 5
JAcos  3 11
Sol: F   8
 5  10 9 N
C 3  10  2
4. Ans: 3
 t2
Sol: 
2 
10 4  10
 3 0.1
t2  10 
2 2
t 2  0.05
i  Q sin t
i  c1v 0 sin t
1 1
c 2 v 22  Li 2
2 2
c
i  2 v2
L
104 9  104
  300  100 sin t1
10 10

sin t 
2
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

4 3 10
1
05-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_UTA-17_Key & Sol’s

t1 10  9  10   0.15
2 2 10
5. Ans: 5
R
Sol:  l;  X L  X C of the box
Z
X C  L   0.1100  10 
VRMS  I RMSR
R 5
R 5 5 1
cos  
  
Z 52  102 5 5 5
5  x  x2  5
6. Ans: 2
IS IS
Sol: Force due to photons = 
C v
IS  h 
Force due to electrons =   2m  h     
h   
7. Ans: 7
hc  Kne 
Sol:    e
  r 
9 19
9  10  n  1.6  10
6.21  4.7 
102
1.51
n  108
9  1.6
7
n  1.048  10
8. Ans: 6
T
i 4 6
Sol: i RMS  2  3
3T 2
2
9. Ans: ABC
Sol: By Kirchhoff’s loop law
+q1 -q1 -q2

C1 C2

Kq1 Kq 2
v  0
r1 r2
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3
eq1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_UTA-17_Key & Sol’s

 hv  
r
A, B, C are correct answers
10. Ans: ABC
Sol:  B  2 A
h 2h

PB PA
4PB2  PA2
4  2m TB   2m TA
4TB  TA
TA
 TA  1.5
4
3TA
 1.5
4
TA  2eV; TB  0.5eV
 A  4.25  2  B  4.70  0.5
 2.25  4.20
11. Ans: ABC
Sol: Photoelectrons are emitted only when 1   0 .
12. Ans: ABCD
W dn hc
Sol: 2

4a dt S
dn WS

dt 4hca 2
13. Ans: ABCD
v v0
Sol: I1  0 
Z 
2
1 
R     L1  L 2  
2

 C1 
v0
I2 
2 1
R2  2 2
 C2
14. Ans: A
v0 v0
Sol: i1  i2 
R 2  X2 R 2  X2
Both have phase difference of 900.
vR 2
 vA  vB  0
R 2  X2
15. Ans: ABD
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_UTA-17_Key & Sol’s
Sol: For transmitting power, the energy loss is (no skin effect) minimum when current
in the wire is minimum.
16. Ans: AD
Sol: Since the current is AC, it has zero average current. Due to some inductance and

capacitance in circuit   .
2
17. Ans: C
18. Ans: B
17& 18
Sol: Up to t1 current is constant which means all the electrons are able to reach the
positive plate at time t1 current start decreasing this is because some electrons
are repelled which means at that time plate just starts getting negatively charged
after time t2 no electrons are able to reach the plate means it should be having -
1.5v = 10-12 x t1 .

A photocell is operating in saturation mode with a photocurrent 4.8 mA when a

monochromatic radiation of wavelength 3000 Å and power 1mW is incident.
When another monochromatic radiation of wavelength 1650 Å and power 5 mW
is incident, it is observed that the maximum velocity of photoelectron increases
to two times. Assuming efficiency of photoelectron generation per incident
photon to be same for both the cases.
19. Ans: B
Sol. (i) for  = 3000 Å, vmax = v
(ii) for  = 1650 Å, vmax = 2v
1
Kmax = m  2 for (1)
2
& K2max = 4Kmax for (2)
ch
4 Kmax = –  = 7.52 eV – 
1650Å
ch
Kmax = –  = 4.14 eV – 
3000Å
4 7.527 – 
On dividing 
1 4.14 – 
16.56 – 4  = 7.527 –  .
3  = 9.033 eV,  = 3.011 eV
12420 eVÅ
0 = = 4125 Å
3.011 eV
Threshold wavelength = 4125 Å
20. Ans: A
Sol. Power = 1mW = 10–3 J/s,  = 3000 Å
12420 eVÅ
Energy of photon E = = 4.14 eV
3000Å

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
E = 4.14 × 1.6 × 10 –19
= 6.624 × 10–19 J
05-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_UTA-17_Key & Sol’s

10 3
No. of photons/sec = = 1.5 × 1015 photons/sec
6.624  10 19
Current = 4.8  = 4.8 × 10–6 A = 4.8 × 10–6C/s.
4.8 10 6
No. of photo electrons flowing = = 3 × 1013/sec
1.6 10 19
3  1013
= = 2 × 10–2 i.e. 2%
1.5  1015
12400eVÅ
For second source energy of photon = = 1.2 × 10–18J
1650Å
Power = 5 mW = 5 × 10–3 J/s
5  10 3
No. of photons/second = 18 = 4.167 × 1015
1.2  10
No. of photo electron generation per second
=  × no. of photon/sec
2
= × 4.167 × 1015 = 8.33 × 1013/sec
100
q ne
I=  = 8.33 × 1013 × 1.6 × 10–19 c/s= 13.34  A
t t

CHEMISTRY
21. Ans: 6
O

Sol:
22. Ans: 5
OH
OH OH OH OH

CH3

CH3
Sol: OH
23. Ans: 4
Sol: One hydride is required for each acetaldehyde and LAH Supplies four hydrides.
24. Ans: 3
Sol: Compounds forming stable carbocation i.e. Cyclopropylmethanol, benzyl alcohol,
t-BuOH.
25. Ans: 2
Sol: Due to formation of stable radical at 2 as the reaction will be free radical
substitution.
26. Ans: 6
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6
Sol:
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_UTA-17_Key & Sol’s

F F
+ Mg(1 equivalent)
Br MgBr
unstable
dimerizes

Biphenylene
27. Ans: 6
Sol: Benzyne is formed as intermediate.
28. Ans: 1
Sol: Reaction-1:
CHO
H OH
HO H HIO

excess  5HCOOH  HCHO
4

H OH
H OH
CH2OH
Glucose
(1 mole)
Reaction-2:
CH2OH

C=O

HO H
HIO4
H OH 
excess 3HCOOH  2HCHO  CO2
H OH

CH2OH
Fructose
(1 mole)
29. Ans: AC
Sol: Phenyl is o-p directing
30. Ans: B
Sol: Position of Br is decided by -OH, which is stronger activating o-p directing
31. Ans: B
Sol: Nitric acid oxidises nitroso to nitro.
32. Ans: A
Sol: It is Claisen Rearrangement in which para product is obtained only when both
ortho positions are occupied, hence only A.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7
33. Ans:
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
ABC
05-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_UTA-17_Key & Sol’s

Sol: Phenoxide ion will not be formed with NaHCO3 as phenol is weaker acid than
H2CO3.
34. Ans: ACD
Sol: in B first step is retention then it undergoes inversion in 2nd step, hence overall
inversion.
35. Ans: AB

Sol:
36. Aryl and vinyl halides are less reactive towards nucleophilic substitution
reactions. Chlorobenzene itself and other aryl halides having electron–donating
substituents undergo nucleophilic substitution reactions by benzyne mechanism
while aryl halides having electron – withdrawing substituents at o- and p-
positions undergo bimolecular nucleophilic substitution reactions.

37. Ans: B
Sol:
CH3 CH3
CH3 CH3


NH 2 
NH 2
   
NH2 NH2
Cl
38. Ans: A
Sol:
OCH3 OCH3 OCH3
OCH3


NH 2 NH NH
  
2
 3


Cl NH2 NH2
39. Ans: B
Sol: Inversion is relevant w.r.t. chiral only
40. Ans: C
Sol: Molecule need to be chiral, only (C) gives chiral product.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_UTA-17_Key & Sol’s
MATHEMATICS
41. Ans: 4
Sol: N = 2440 = 23.5.61  no. of divisors of N = 16.
8
Product of divisors of N is P   2440   224.58.618  k  8 .
42. ANS: 8
Sol: If xyz  1  number of triplets of  x, y, z   1
If xyz  2  number of triplets of  x, y, z   3
If xyz  3  number of triplets of  x, y, z   3 and so on….
43. Ans: 9
SOL:  x  1 x  2 ...... x  15  x15  x14  1  x13  1.2  .....
Put x  1  req. sum = 16  1  120 .
44. ANS: 5
SOL: S  4 C113  4C2 .22  4C3 .31  4 C4  41
45. ANS: 7
2
SOL: 2007  a  b  ab   2007  a  2007  b   2007  .
46. ANS: 9
8
SOL: C2 . 6C2 . 4C2 . 2C2
47. ANS: 5
SOL: a  2  5  5, b  4  5
48. ANS: 5
SOL: x y z
3 3 3
7 7 70, 71, 72, 73 C2  4  2 =10
23 22 20, 21, 22 6–1 = 5
Total number of numbers = 10 x 5 = 50.
49. ANS: ABCD
8 3 7 4! 3 4! 3 7 4!
SOL: A) 8 P4 B) P4  C2 . C2 .  C2 . C) C2 . C2 .
2! 2!2! 2!
50. ANS: ABC
SOL: Req. numbers = 5 P4  4 P4  4C3  5C1  4  4C2  5C2  2C1  2  2 .
51.
Ans: BCD
Sol: a=b no. of c
1 1
2 3
3 5
…..
1010 2019
1011 2020
1012 2020
…….
…….
…….

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9

2020
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2020
05-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_UTA-17_Key & Sol’s

52. ANS: ABD

 5! 5! 
SOL: a) 35  3C1.25  3C2 .15  150 b) 35 d) 3    150
 2!2!1! 3!1!1!
53. ANS: ABCD
2n  2
SOL: Sn ,2   2n1  1
2
Clearly one of the n – 1 identical boxes is to contain 2 balls & remaining are to contain
one ball each. So, choose 2 balls out of n and put in one of the boxes remaining balls
can be put in remaining boxes in one way.
 Required number of ways  n c2 .1.1
54. ANS: AB
m
SOL: If n = 2m + 1, the no. of obtuse angle triangles is  2m  1 . C 2 . If n = 2m, the no. of
m 1
obtuse angle triangles is  2m . C 2 .
55. ANS: ABCD
SOL: A) a11  a 22  a 33  0 remaining 6 elements can be filled in 76 ways.
 3,0,3 ,  2,0,2 ,  1,0,1 ,  3,1,2 ,  3, 1, 2  3!5  30
 2,1,1 ,  2, 1, 1  3.2  6  0,0,0  1total ways  37  76
B) Each of 9 elements can be filled in 7 ways.
0  
C) 0  3elements can be filled in 76 ways.
0
D) a11 ,a 22 ,a 33 filled in 7 ways, also a12 filled in 7 ways then a21 filled in one way and
  
  6 elements can be filled 76 ways.

56. ANS: ABC
SOL: Out of 2n places we just have to choose n places for x’s and remaining places we
2n
arrange y. The required number of ways = C n .
57. Ans: C
11 6 3 2
Sol: 15!  2 .3 .5 .7 .11.13
A) 26 B) 25 D) 10.7.4.3.2.2
58. ANS: C
11 6 3 2
SOL: 15!  2 .3 .5 .7 .11.13
2016
A) 6.4.2.2 B) 12.7.4.3.2.2 C) 15!
59. ANS: C
SOL: 4.3.2.1
60. ANS: D
SOL: 34

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 UTA-17 Date: 05-09-2020
Time: 05.00Pm to 08.00Pm 2015_P2 Max. Marks:240

2015_PAPER-II
05-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_UTA-17_Syllabus

MATHS : Permutations & Combinations (complete)

PHYSICS : Self Inductance, Mutual Inductance, Lr Dc Circuits, Lc Oscillations,

Complete Ac Circuits, Photo Electric Effect, Radiation Pressure, Matter Waves

CHEMISTRY : Aryl Halides, Chemistry Everyday in life, Alcohol, Ethers & Phenols

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2015-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hours IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 240

PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 8) Questions with Integer Answer Type 4 0 8 32
Sec – II(Q.N : 9 – 16) Questions with Multiple Correct Choice 4 -2 8 32
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 17 – 20) 4 -2 4 16
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 20 80
CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 21 – 28) Questions with Integer Answer Type 4 0 8 32
Sec – II(Q.N : 29 – 36) Questions with Multiple Correct Choice 4 -2 8 32
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 37 – 40) 4 -2 4 16
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 20 80
MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 41 – 48) Questions with Integer Answer Type 4 0 8 32
Sec – II(Q.N : 49 – 56) Questions with Multiple Correct Choice 4 -2 8 32
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 57 – 60) 4 -2 4 16
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 20 80

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
1. An ac ammeter is used to measure current in a circuit. When a given direct
current passes through the circuit, the ac ammeter reads 3 A. When another
alternating current passes through the circuit, the ac ammeter reads 4 A. Then
find the reading of this ammeter (in A), if dc and ac flow through the circuit
simultaneously.
2. In experiment on photoelectric effect, the emitter and the collector plates are
placed at a separation of 10 cm and are connected through an ammeter without
any cell. Figure shows A magnetic field B exists parallel to the plates. The work
function of the emitter is 2.39 eV and the light incident on it has wavelengths
between 400 nm and 600 nm. Then the minimum value of B for which the current
registered by the ammeter is zero is P  10 x T where P and x are integers then the
value of x is___

3. Light of intensity 3w/m 2 is incident as a perfectly absorbing metal surface of area

1m2 making an angle 600 with the normal. If the force exerted by the photons on
surface is P 109 N then find the value of P
4. Initially the 900 µF capacitor is charged to 100 V and the 100 µF capacitor is
uncharged in figure shown. Then the switch S 2 is closed for a time t1 , after which
it is opened and at the same instant switch S1 is closed and at time t 2 and then
opened It is now found that the 100 µF capacitor is charged to 300 V. For the
minimum possible values of the time intervals t1 and t 2 . Find ratio of t1/t2. (No
sparks are observed while opening the switch).

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

5.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P
An inductor of 0.1 H and a box are connected to AC supply of 25 volts and
  100 rad/s. Over all power factor of circuit is 1 and the reading of AC ammeter
 
lrms is 5A. The power factor of box is 1/x. Find x2.

6. A parallel beam of light of intensity I and cross section area S is incident on a

plate at normal incidence. The photoelectric emission efficiency is 100%, the
frequency of beam is  and the work function of the plate is   hv   .
Assuming all the electrons are ejected normal to the plane and with same
maximum possible speed. The net force exerted on the plate only due to striking
IS  h 
of photons and subsequent emission of electrons is   Pm  h      . Find
h 
the value of P.
7. A sliver sphere of radius 1 cm and work function 4.7 eV is suspended from a
insulating thread in free-space. It is under continuous illumination of 200nm
wavelength light. As photoelectrons are emitted, the sphere gets charged and
acquires a potential. The maximum number of photoelectrons emitted from the
sphere is A  10z (where 1  A  10 . The value of ‘Z’ is
(Neglect electron cloud around the sphere)
8. The alternating current in a circuit is described by the graph shown in figure. The
N
rms value of current is . Where N is
2
I(A)

1
0.5
0 t
T T 3T 2T
-0.5
2 2
-1
-1.5
-2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
9. Two conducting uncharged spheres of radius R1 and R2 (R1 > R3) are connected
to a battery with a switch as shown. Light rays of frequency f are incident on the
bigger sphere and simultaneously the switch is closed work function of bigger
sphere is  . After some time the charge on bigger sphere becomes q1, and on
smaller sphere becomes –q2 remains constant thereafter. Then

R2
V
R1

q1 q2
A)  V
4 0 R1 4 0 R2
q1  q2
B) The number of electrons emitted by larger sphere is when e is the
e
charge of an electron
eq1
C)  hf  
4 0 R1
D) The number of electrons emitted by larger sphere is independent of the
potential of the battery
10. When photons of energy 4.25 eV strike the surface of a metal A. The ejected
photoelectrons have maximum kinetic energy TA expressed in eV and de-Brogile
wavelength  A .The maximum kinetic energy of photoelectrons liberated from
another metal B by photons of energy 4.70 eV is TB  TA  1.50eV
If the de-Broglie wavelength of these photoelectrons is  B  2 A , then
A) The work function if A is 2.25 eV
B) the work function if B is 4.20 eV
C) TA  2.00eV
D) TB  2.75 eV

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

11.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P
Photo electric effect supports quantum nature of light because
A) There is a minimum frequency of light below which no photoelectron are
emitted
B) The maximum kinetic energy of photoelectrons depends only on the frequency
of light and not on its intensity
C) Even when the metal surface is faintly illuminated, the photoelectrons leave the
surface immediately
D) Electric charge of the photoelectrons is quantized
12. When a point light source, of power W emitting monochromatic light of
wavelength  is kept at a large distance a from a photosensitive surface of work
function  , and area S, we will have (The surface faces the source)
W S
A) Number of photons striking the surface per unit time as
4 hca 2
1
B) The maximum energy of the emitted photoelectrons as  hc   

C) The stopping potential needed to stop the most energetic emitted
 hc   
photoelectrons as
e
D) Photoemission occurs only if  lies in the range 0    hc / 
13. In an AC circuit A voltage source is connected as shown in the figure. Choose the
correct options regarding the peak values measured by Ammeter A1 and A2 .
Reading of A1 is I1 and of A2 is I 2 . VL is peak value of voltage measured across
1

inductor L1 and VC is the peak value of voltage across capacitor C2 .

C1
R1 L1

A1
C2
L2 R2
 A2 


V  V0 sin t
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6
Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot
V0
05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P
V0
A) I1  2
B) I 2 
 1  1
2
R     L1  L2   R22 
1
C1   C22
2

V0 L1 V0
C) VL 
1 2
D) VC  2
 1  1
R12    L1  L2   C2 R12 
C1   C22
2

14. In a parallel AC circuit with R1  R2  R and X L  X C  X . An AC source is
connected across the circuit as shown in the figure. The rms value of VA  VB 
will be
R1 L

A

C
R2 B
 


V  V0 sin t

2V0 R V0 R 2V0 R V0 X
A) B) C) D)
R2  X 2 R2  X 2 R2  X 2 R2  X 2
15. Electrical energy is transmitted over large distances at high alternating voltages.
Which of the following statements is (are) correct?
A) For a given power level, there is a lower current
B) Lower current implies less power loss in transmission lines
C) Transmission lines can be made thinner
D) It is easy to reduce the voltage at the receiving end using step-down
transformers
16. The line that draws power supply to your house from street has:
A) Zero average current
B) 220V average voltage
C) Voltage and current out of phase by 90

D) Voltage and current possibly differing in phase  such that  
2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P
SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Question Nos. 17 to 18
A parallel plate capacitor of capacitance 100  F and a separation of 1cm is
charged with a battery to a potential difference of 10 V. The battery is then
disconnected. Electromagnetic wave is now incident on negatively charged plate
which emits electrons with kinetic energies ranging from 0 to 1.5 eV.
The electrons are attracted to the positive plate. The current which flows between
the two plates varies with time t as shown in figure.

17. What is the magnitude of potential difference (in Volt) between the plates at time
t1 and at time t  t2 respectively?
A) 1.5, 0 B) 1.5, 1.5 C) 0, 1.5 D) 0, 0
18. What is the numerical value of t1 (in sec)?
A) 108 B) 109 C) 1011 D) 1012
Paragraph for Question Nos. 19 to 20
A photocell is operating in saturation mode with a photocurrent 4.8 mA when a
monochromatic radiation of wavelength 3000 Å and power 1mW is incident.
When another monochromatic radiation of wavelength 1650 Å and power 5 mW
is incident, it is observed that the maximum velocity of photoelectron increases to
two times. Assuming efficiency of photoelectron generation per incident photon
to be same for both the cases.
19. What is threshold wavelength for the cell?
A) 3100Å B) 4125 Å C) 5200 Å D) 5000 Å
20. The saturation current in second case is:
A) 13.34 µA B) 20 µA C) 16 µA D) 7 µA

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
21. Double bond equivalent of final product in the following sequence is
OH HO

PCC Ph Mg Br PCC

CH2Cl2
 A   B 
3
 C 
CH 2Cl2
D

22. Number of compounds among the following which give characteristic colours
with aqueous ferric chloride solution is
OH OH OH OH

CH3 OH

OH OH

CH3
OH
23. The number of moles of acetaldehyde that can be reduced by 1 mol of LiAlH4 is
24. How many of the following alcohols give turbidty immediately with Luca’s
reagent?
Cyclopropylmethanol, benzyl alcohol, t-BuOH, MeOH, i-PrOH, EtOH, Phenol, 2-
phenylethanol
25. Which of the following hydrogen is most easily abstracted on treatment of given
compound with Br2/∆?
4 5
1 2 3 6 7
H3C - H2C CH3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

26.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P
Product obtained on treatment of obromofluorobenzene with one equivalent of
Mg in presence of ether is ‘X’, which has ‘x’ number of delocalized   electron.
Find the value of x/2.
27. Total number of sp2 carbons in the intermediate formed during reaction of
chlorobenzene with soda amide is/are:
28. Reaction-1:
CHO

H OH

HO H
HIO
H OH  4
excess

H OH

CH2OH
Glucose
(1 mole)

Reaction-2:
CH2OH

C=O

HO H
HIO4
H OH 
excess

H OH

CH2OH
Fructose
(1 mole)

x & y are number of moles of carbon dioxide obtained in reaction1 & reaction2
respectively. What will be the value of x+y?

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
CHO
05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P

H OH
HO H HIO

excess  5HCOOH  HCHO
4

H OH
H OH
CH2OH
Glucose
(1 mole)
Reaction-2:
CH2OH

C=O

HO H
HIO
4
H OH 
excess 3HCOOH  2HCHO  CO2
H OH

CH2OH
Fructose
(1 mole)
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
29. The reaction of biphenyl with HOCl in the presence of a strong acid gives
Cl Cl

A) B)
Cl

Cl Cl
C) D)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

30.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P
o-Cresol reacts with bromine water to give:
OH OH
Br Br Br

A) Br B) Br
OH
Br Br OH

C) Br D)Br Br

31. HNO2 is often added to the reaction mixture when phenol is nitrated with dilute
nitric acid to
A) increase the concentration of NO2+
B) increase the concentration of NO+ so that nitrososation occurs first which is
followed by oxidation to give nitropheneols
C) Prevent oxidation of phenol
D) Prevent reduction of phenol
32. Possible products of the following reaction is / are
O

14
14

14
A) OH B) HO

C) HO D) OH

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

33.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P
Phenol can be converted into anisole by using which of the following Reagents?
A) NaOH, CH3Cl B) NaOH,  CH 3  2 SO 4
C) CH2 N2 /∆ D) NaHCO3 , CH3Cl
34. How many of the given reactions will give product with retention of configuration?
(Consider substrates are optically pure)

Na CH3 I
A) OH    
Ph

H OH

NaCN
B) CH3 SOCl2
  
DMSO

Ph

H OH
 
TsCl PhS Na
C) CH3 
..  
DMF
Py
CH3

H OH
PCl5 NaN3
D) D   
Acetone

35.

OH
HBr

 
The possible products are

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P
Br
Br
Br Br

A) B) C) D)
36. Correct statement(s) regarding the following reaction sequence is/are
H
Br Mg/THF (i) HCOOEt
[A] [B] + EtOH
Br (ii) H3O+
H
A) [A] reacts with two moles of formaldehyde to give a dihydric alcohol
B) [B] turns acidified potassium dichromate solution green.
C) [B] loses water when vapors of it are passed over red hot copper.
D) [B] is optically active.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
OCH3
05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P

NaNH2/liq NH3
38. In the reaction A. The major product is
Cl
OCH3 OCH3 OCH3 OCH3

A) B) C) NH2 D)
NH2 Cl
NH2

Paragraph for Question Nos. 39 to 40

Nucleophilic substitution reaction is given by those compounds, which have
nucleophilic groups as leaving groups. The weaker the basicity of a group of the
substrate, the better is its leaving ability.
In nucleophilic substitution reactions, the basicity of leaving group should be
lower than that of incoming nucleophilic group. Nucleophilic substitution reaction
at sp3–hybridized carbon is either bimolecularSN2 or unimolecular SN1.
Bimolecular reaction takes place in single step, involving transition state
intermediate, In SN2 reaction, inversion in configuration takes place. In case of
opticallyactive alkylhalides, the inversion in configuration is called Walden
inversion. SN2 reaction is preferred if the compound has less steric hindrance.
Unimolecular (SN1) reaction involves two steps and carbonium ion intermediate.
Optically active substrates give racemic mixture in these reactions.

39. Which compounds undergoes Walden inversion in SN 2 reaction?

A) CH3CH2Br B) CH3–CHD–Br
C) CH3–Br D) C6H5CH2CH2Cl
40. Which among the following will give enantiomeric pair on treatment with H2O?
C6H5 C6H5
A) C6H5–C–Br B) C6H5–C–Cl
C6H5 CH3
H CH3
C) C6H5–C–I D)CH3–C–Br
CH3 C6H5

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P

MATHS Max Marks : 80

SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
41. Let the product of all positive integral divisors of 2440 be P. If P is divisible
K
by 122  , then the number of positive integral divisors of maximum value of k
is___
42. Number of ordered triplets of natural numbers  x, y, z  for which xyz  11 is K,
where (K–48) is equal to
43. If A  1,2,3, 4,5,......,15 then the sum of all products of numbers by taking two or
n
more numbers from the set A is  16  n , then   is equal to ( . denotes G.I.F)
13 
44. If a function f is defined as f : 1,2,3,4  1,2,3,4 such that
f  f  x    f  x  x 1, 2,3,4 and ‘S’ is the number of such functions then the
sum of the digits of ‘S’ is ________________.
1 1 1
45. The number of positive integral pairs (a, b) such that   where a > b is
a b 2007
__.
46. 4 mothers each with one child are to be interviewed by a school principal. The
number of ways that no child is interviewed before his/her mother is S, where
sum of the digits of S is…..
47. Let ‘a’ denotes the number of ways in which 5 boys and 5 girls can be arranged in
a line alternatively and b denotes the number of ways in which 5 boys and 5 girls
can be arranged in a circle so that no two boys are together. If a  2nb , then the
value of n is_
48. If x, y, z are natural numbers such that LCM(x, y) =2744, LCM(y, z) = 1372 and
LCM(z, x) = 2744, then the number of triplets of (x, y, z) is ‘n’ where sum of the
digits of n is________.
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
49. If the 4 letter words are formed by using the letters of the word ‘MATHEMATICS’,
then which of the following is/are correct?
A) Number of words in which all letters are different in 1680
B) The total number of words is 2454
C) Number of words in which exactly two letters are identical is 756
D) Total number of such words is greater than 2436
50. If  ,  ,  ,  be distinct digits from {1,2,3,…..,9}, then the number of 4 digit numbers
 such that        is even is divisible by
A) 4 B) 6 C) 12 D) 24
51. The number of isosceles triangle with integer sides, if no side exceeds 2020 is
______
2
A)  2020  , if equal sides have any length less than or equal to 2020
2
B) 2 1010  , if equal sides exceed 1010
2
C) 1010  , if equal sides do not exceed 1010
2
D) 3 1010  , if equal sides have any length less than or equal to 2020.
52. Which of the following is/are correct?
A) 5 distinct green balls are to be put in 3 distinct boxes so that no box is empty.
The number of ways this can be done is 150
B) 5 distinct green balls are to be put in 3 distinct boxes so that each box can hold
any number of balls. The number of ways this can done is 243
C) 5 red identical balls, 6 green identical balls are to be arranged in 3 distinct
boxes so that no box is empty. The number of ways this can be done is 465.
D) There are three baskets of which first one contains unlimited number of
identical apples, second one contains unlimited number of identical mangoes,
third one contains unlimited number of identical oranges. The number of ways of
selecting 5 fruits from those 3 baskets and arrange them linearly so that selection
contains atleast one fruit from each kind is 150.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17
53.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-09-2020_Sr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_UTA-17_Q.P
Let m, n be positive integers. The number of ways to put ‘n’ different objects into
‘m’ identical boxes so that no box is empty be denoted by S  n, m  . Then which of
the following is/are true?
A) S  n,2  2n1 1
B) S  n , n  1  
n n  1
2
C) The number of ways to put ‘n’ distinct objects into r identical boxes (there
r
being no restriction regarding any of the boxes being empty) is the sum  S  n, m 
m 1

D) The number of ways to put ‘n’ distinct objects into ‘m’ distinct boxes so that no
box is empty is ( m . S  n, m ) ,  n  m 
54. Let ‘n’ be an integer with n  6 . Let P1 P2 P3 .......Pn be a regular n – sided polygon
inscribed in a circle. Three points Pi ,Pj and Pk are randomly chosen, where i, j and
k are distinct integers from 1 to n. The number of triangles such that the triangle
Pi PjPk is obtuse is
n  n  2 n  4 n  n  1 n  3
A) , if n is even B) , if n is odd
8 8
n  n  1 n  2 n  n  1 n  2
C) , if n is even D) , if n is odd
6 6
55. The matrices of order 3x3 are formed by using the elements –3, –2, –1, 0, 1, 2, 3
then
A) The number of 3x3 matrices having trace 0 is 37(76)
B) The number of 3x3 matrices formed is 79
C) The number of 3x3 skew symmetric matrices is 73
D) The number of 3x3 symmetric matrices is 76
56. The number of ways in which we can arrange the 2n letters x1, x2,…., xn, y1, y2,…, yn
in a line so that the suffixes of letters x and those of letters y are respectively in
ascending order of magnitude is
2 2 2 2
A)  n C0    n C1    n C2   ......   n Cn  B) 2n Cn
2n 1.3.5...... 2n  1  2n
C) D) Cn  1
n!

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

57. Which of the following is incorrect?

A) number of district ordered pairs ,   such that HCF of ,   is 1, is 64.
B) number of ways of writing N=15! as a product of two positive integral co–
prime numbers, is 32.
C) number of ways of writing N=15! as product of two positive integers is 16.
D) number of ordered pairs ,   such that   15! (  ,  are even integers) is
3360
58. Which of the following is incorrect?
A) number of ordered pairs ,   such that  divides  is 96.
B) number of positive integral divisors of N=15! is 4032
C) The product of all positive integral divisors of N=15! is (15!)1008
D) If 12 x divides 15! then the maximum value of x is 5

Paragraph for Question Nos. 59 to 60

Let A  1,3,5,7 , B  2, 4,6,8 and f : A  B be a function, then the number of
functions ‘f’ possible for
59. r  f r   10, r  1,3,5, 7 is _____
A) 12 B) 16 C) 24 D) 36
60. f i  i 1, i  1,3,5, 7 is ______
A) 12 B) 24 C) 36 D) 81

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR - HYD
Sec: Sr. Super60-I Date: 05-11-18
Time: 09:00 AM to 12:00 NOON 2017-P1 Max.Marks:183
KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 AC 2 AC 3 ABCD 4 ACD 5 AB

6 ABC 7 CD 8 5 9 3 10 5

11 6 12 8 13 A 14 C 15 D

16 B 17 D 18 C

CHEMISTRY
19 ACD 20 ACD 21 B 22 A 23 A

24 AC 25 CD 26 7 27 2 28 4

29 4 30 2 31 C 32 D 33 C

34 A 35 D 36 B

MATHS
37 BCD 38 ABCD 39 ABC 40 AC 41 BC

42 AD 43 D 44 1 45 4 46 4

47 5 48 6 49 A 50 D 51 C

52 C 53 A 54 D
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SOLUTIONS
05-11-18_Sr.Super60-I_JEE-ADV_2017-P1_PTA-11_Key &Sol’s

PHYSICS
2. When water on two sides has same level (with left tube completely filled) the radius of
curvature of the water surface on two sides will be same-equal to R.As more water is
added. The surface in the left tube gets flatter, then becomes completely flat and then
becomes convex up. Figure shows change in curvature of the left surface as height of
water in the right tube increases.

In extreme case left surface is hemispherical (radius r ) with convex side up. After
this, water starts flowing out of the tube.
(a) The meniscus in the right tube is hemispherical (because 00 ). Radius of
curvature of the surface is R

When surface on left is flat, pressure at point 1 (just below the surface) is atmospheric
pressure
P0 P1 P2

2T 2T
P0 P0 gh h
R R g

(b) In extreme case, when water does not come out of left tube, the surface gets
convex with radius of curvature r
Sec:Sr.Super60-I Page 2
P1 P2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr.Super60-I_JEE-ADV_2017-P1_PTA-11_Key &Sol’s

2T 2T
P0 P0 gh
r R

3. Let volume of water on each side (before ball is put in) be v0 and v be the volume of
submerged part of the ice ball.
(i) The level of liquid on both side must remain same.

Total volume of liquid on right side after dipping the ball is

2v0 v v
v0 .........(i )
2 2
v
Volume of water moving to right part
2

v volume of submerged part of the ice ball 90cc

Answer is 45 cc
(ii) The water in the container is too little and the ice block cannot float. It must rest on
the floor of the container.

Once again [as given by equation (i) amount of water moving to right is v .
2

But this time v 50 cc

Answer is 25 cc
(iii) When ice metls
In case (i) no change in water level will be seen as volume of water formed due to
melting of ice ball =v
In case (ii) water level will rise as volume of water formed will be larget thenv.
7. Consider a length L of the string. Total surface energy of water on it is E 2 rLT

If spherical drops are of radius R and separation between two successive drops is l
then conservation of volume gives
4 3L 4 3
R r2 L R r 2 l............ i
3 l 3

The total surface energy of liquid drops over a length L is

Sec:Sr.Super60-I Page 3
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
L 3r l2 2/3
L
05-11-18_Sr.Super60-I_JEE-ADV_2017-P1_PTA-11_Key &Sol’s

E' 4 R 2 .T . 4 .T [using (i)]

l 4 l
2/3
3r 2 TL
E' 4
4 l1/3

The final surface energy must be less than the original surface energy
E' E
2/3
3r 2 TL
4 2 rLT
4 l 1/3
2/3 2/3
3r 2 3
2 rl 1/3 2 r1/3 t1/3
4 4

9 9
8 r l r l
16 2
1
8. One can easily show that dimension of the factor k are; k M 0 LT
1 2

1
If x kt a , then a
2
1
x t2
Time needed for x to go from zero to x0 is t0
Time for x to grow from zero to 4x0 will be 16t0
required answer is 15t0
9. P0 atmospheric pressure
4T
P0 pressure inside the larger bubble
R
4T 4T
P0 pressure inside the smaller bubble.
R r
4T
After the larger bubble bursts, the new pressure inside the smaller bubble is P0
r
Using P2V2 PV
1 1

4T 4T 4T 4 3
P0 V2 P0 r
r R r 3

Sec:Sr.Super60-I Page 4
Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot
4T
05-11-18_Sr.Super60-I_JEE-ADV_2017-P1_PTA-11_Key &Sol’s

4 3 R 4 3
r1 1 r
3 4T 3
P0
r
Where r1 is new radius of the bubble.
1/3
4T 4T 4T 4 3
r1 r 1 P0 r
RP0 R r 3

4T 4T
r 1 1
3RP0 RP0

4Tr 4Tr
r1 r r
3P0 r 3P0 R
R 3R
10. h R 9m
2 2

h
CM is at a distance from the base
4
9 3
Separation bet where CM & CB 3 m
4 4
3 4 3 3
cm B m R3 w g 10 60
4 3 4

x 5
11. (i) (a) P1 P2

2T
P0 P P0
R

Sec:Sr.Super60-I Page 5
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 05-11-18_Sr.Super60-I_JEE-ADV_2017-P1_PTA-11_Key &Sol’s
[R = radius of curvature of the curved surface. Pressure on convex side is lesser by
2T
than pressure on concave side]
R
For 0 ;R r
2
2T 2 7.5 10
P 600 Pa
r 2.5 10 4
2T
(ii) P0 1 gh 2 gh P0
r
r
T 2 1 gh
2
1 2
12. V volume of cone = R h
3
2
1 R h V
Volume of protruding part Vout
3 2 2 8
V 7V
Volume of cone inside water Vin V
8 8
Imagine the cone to have that part of it which protrudes through the hole removed and
the space under the container filled with water. The buoyancy force would then be
7V g
F0 gVin
8
2
R
As there is no water beneath the hole, a contribution gh is missing
2

R2 7 3V V g
Actual buoyancy force is F F0 gh V g g
4 8 4 8

CHEMISTRY
3+ 5
19. Fe Ar 3d is more stable than Fe 2 Ar 3d 6

due to half-filled d-orbitals

orbitals quantum number (l) of 4d electron is 2
Nitrogen 1s 2 2 s 2 2 p1x 2 p1y 2 p1z

Forhydrogen 1s 2 s 2p 3s 3p 3d .......

Sec:Sr.Super60-I Page 6
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr.Super60-I_JEE-ADV_2017-P1_PTA-11_Key &Sol’s

4 r2 2

0
0.529Aº
20. r

21. 233.4g BaSO4 32g S

0.9336 g BaSO4 ?
= 0.128 g S.
12.8g S 100 g protein
32g S ?
32
100 250
12.8
22. For hydrogen atom 1 3.33 Aº

n n 1

13.32
n2 4
3.33
6.66
n1 2
3.33
E E4 E2

13.6 13.6
16 4

3.4 0.85 2.55eV

1240eV .nm
486nm
2.55eV
23. Total energy E P.E K .E x
P.E 2x K .E x

E 1 of hydrogen =-13.6eV

Sec:Sr.Super60-I Page 7
P.E 2 13.6
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
27.2eV
05-11-18_Sr.Super60-I_JEE-ADV_2017-P1_PTA-11_Key &Sol’s

24. Fe A 3d 6 4 s 2

Fe3 Ar 3d 5 Ar

Ni2+ [Ar] V3+ [Ar]

25.

s 2 2 2 2.83 B.M

26. P4 3 NaOH 3H 2 O PH 3 3 NaH 2 PO2

Ans: 7
27. C2 H 4 3O2 2CO2 2 H2 O

22.4LC4 H 4 at STP require 3 moles O2

2 KClO3 2 KCl 3O2
Ans: 2 moles
28. V1 of hydrogen atom = 2.2 × 106 m/s
V1
Vn
n

6 2.2 106
0.55 10
n
n 4
12.26
29. Aº
V
12.26
6.13 Aº Aº V 2
V
V=4 volts
30. Conceptual
31 - 33. Orbital angular momentum L l l 1

For S L=O
p L 2

p L 6

Sec:Sr.Super60-I Page 8
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr.Super60-I_JEE-ADV_2017-P1_PTA-11_Key &Sol’s

34-36.

MATHS
37. Line y mx c passes through centroids of
C1C2C4 & C2 C3C5 i.e. 1, 0 , 4,3 x y 1 0 y x 1

38. (A,B,C,D)
9m
Let the slope of u = 0 be m then the slope of v = 0 is
2
9m
m
7 2 7m
9 1 m.
9m 2 9m 2
2

i.e. 9m2 – 9m + 2 = 0 or 9m2 + 9m + 2 = 0

9 81 72 9 3 2 1 9 3 2 1
m , or m ,
18 18 3 3 18 3 3

Equations of the lines are

(i) 3y = x and 2y = 3x
(ii) 3y = 2x and y = 3x
(iii) x + 3y = 0 and 3x + 2y = 0
(iv) 2x + 3y = 0 and 3x + y = 0
39. Locus of circumcenter of PAB is the midpoint of P and center of the circle
40.

Let C1 be a circle of radius r.

Sec:Sr.Super60-I Page 9
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
So, the radius of C2 will be 2r and that of C3 will be 2r.
05-11-18_Sr.Super60-I_JEE-ADV_2017-P1_PTA-11_Key &Sol’s

In AOT ,
r 1
sin or
2 2r 2 3

Or ATB
3
In AOP ,
r
sin APO or APO
r 2 4

In OPH , POT
4 6 12
In OPH ,

OPH
2
5
PHO
2 12 12

5
Or PHQ
6

As POQ , OPHQ is a cyclic quadrilateral.

6
Locus of H is a circle.
41. Let A = (2,k)
x 2 A

y k 2 x 2 y k 2 x 2

B C
10 3 k k
2, k, k ,
3 3

4
k
5 1
BC slope =
8k 2
5

BC AC C 900

Sec:Sr.Super60-I Page 10
Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot
10 3k k
05-11-18_Sr.Super60-I_JEE-ADV_2017-P1_PTA-11_Key &Sol’s
k
2 2 k k
5 , 5 30 2 k k
G ,
3 3 15 15

42.
3 6
E , lies on 6 x 10 y 59 0
2 8

Solve for we get 10 C 10,5

Also reflection of A about CF lies on BC. Find A’ and find equation of BC.
43. Let R1 be the circum radii of ACB

AB
R1
2sin ACB
Let R2 be the circum radii of ADB
AB
R2
2sin ADB
Now AE EB (common chord bisects the common tangent)
Also EAC ADE
ACE 90 ACB 180 ADB
R1 R2

44.

Sec:Sr.Super60-I Page 11
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr.Super60-I_JEE-ADV_2017-P1_PTA-11_Key &Sol’s
Calculating the lengths is now easy, each rectangle has sides of 2, 3 2 , so the

answer is 4 2 3 2 16 2 for all four quadrants this is 64 2 and a b 066

45. translate so the medians are y x , and y 2 x , then model the points A : a, a and

B : b, 2b . 0, 0 is the centroid and is the average of the vertices, so C : a, b, a 2b

AB 60 so
2 2
3600 a b 2b a

3600 2a 2 5b 2 6ab (1)

AC and BC are perpendicular, so the product of their slopes is –1, giving
2 a 2b a 4b
1
2a b a 2b

15
2a 2 5b 2 ab (2)
2
800
Combining (1) and (2), we ab
3
Using the determinant product for area of a triangle (this simplifies nicely, add
3
columns 1 and 2, add rows 2 and 3), the area is ab , so we get the answer to be 400
2
46.

Call the center of the larger circle O. extend the diameter PQ to the other side of the

square (at point E), and draw AO . We now have a right triangle, with hypotenuse of
length 20. Since OQ OP PQ 20 10 10 , we know that OE AB OQ AB 10 .

1
The other leg. AE, is just AB .
2
Apply the Pythagorean theorem:
2 1
AB 10 AB 202
2

Sec:Sr.Super60-I Page 12
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1
05-11-18_Sr.Super60-I_JEE-ADV_2017-P1_PTA-11_Key &Sol’s

AB 2 20 AB 100 AB 2 400 0
4
AB 2 16 AB 240 0

16 162 4.240
The quadratic formula shows that the answer is 8 304 . Discard
2
the negative root, so out answer is 8 304 312
47. Ans. 5
2
1 2 3 1
2 2
2 3 2 2

4 5
3 3
3 2 6
n 5

48. Perpendicular distances p1,p2 and p3 are in G.P.

49 To 51.
If C1C2 > r1 r2 (then 2 direct and 2 transverse common tangents
If C1C2 = r1 r2 (then 2 direct and 1 transverse common tangents
52 To 54.
use angular bisector formula

Sec:Sr.Super60-I Page 13
TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR - HYD
Sec: Sr. Super60-I Date: 05-11-18
Time: 09:00 AM to 12:00 NOON Max.Marks:183
Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

2017-PAPER -I
05-11-18_Sr.Super60-I_Jee-Adv_PTA-11_WEEKEND SYLLABUS
MATHS: Straight line and circles: Two dimensions: cartesian coordinates, distance between two
points, section formulae, shift of origin. equation of a straight line in various forms, angle
between two lines, distance of a point from a line; lines through the point of intersection of
two given lines, equation of the bisector of the angle between two lines, concurrency of
lines; centroid, orthocentre, incentre and circumcentre of a triangle. locus problems.
equation of a circle in various forms, equations of tangent, normal and chord. parametric
equations of a circle, intersection of a circle with a straight line or a circle, Straight lines
& Circles ( Excluding Family of Circles)
PHYSICS: Fluid Statics + Surface tension: Pressure in a fluid; Pascal’s law; Buoyancy; Surface
energy and surface tension, capillary rise
CHEMISTRY: Atomic structure: Bohr model, spectrum of hydrogen atom, quantum numbers; Wave-
particle duality, de Broglie hypothesis; Uncertainty principle; Qualitative quantum
mechanical picture of hydrogen atom, shapes of s, p and d orbitals; Electronic
configurations of elements (up to atomic number 36); Aufbau principle; Pauli’sexclusion
principle and Hund’s rule; General topics: Concept of atoms and molecules; Dalton’s
atomic theory; Mole Concept; Chemical formulae; Balanced chemical equations;
Calculations (based on mole concept) involving common oxidationreduction,
neutralisation, and displacement reactions;
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
JEE-ADVANCE-2017-P1-Model
Time: 03:00 Hr’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 183
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Questions With Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I (Q.N : 1 – 7) +4 -2 7 28
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Sec – II (Q.N : 8 – 12) Questions With Integer Answer Type +3 0 5 15

Sec – III (Q.N : 13 – 18) Questions With Single Answer Type +3 -1 6 18

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR
MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
1. A long capillary tube of radius r open at both ends is immersed vertically into a liquid
of surface tension T and density . Given angle of contact 0 . Mark the CORRECT

option(s) (Neglect the volume of meniscus)

4 T2
A) The work done by surface tension will be
g

2 T2
B) The work done by surface tension will be
g

2 T2
C) The gravitational potential energy gained by the liquid in the capillary is
g

T2
D) The gravitational potential energy gained by the liquid in the capillary is
g

2. Two capillaries of small cross section are connected as shown in the figure. The right
tube has cross sectional radius R and left one has a radius of r R . The tube of radius

R is very long where as the tube of radius r is of short length. Water is slowly poured

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
in the right tube. Contact angle for the tube wall and water is 0 . Let h be the

height difference between water surface in the right and left tube. Surface tension of
water is T and its density is . Mark the CORRECT option(s)

2T
A) The value of h if the water surface in the left tube is found to be flat is h
R g
T
B) The value of h if the water surface in the left tube is found to be flat is h
R g

C) The maximum value of h for which water will not flow out of the left tube is
2T r R
g rR

D) The maximum value of h for which water will not flow out of the left tube is
T r R
g rR
Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 4
3.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
Two identical communicating containers have water filled into them. A spherical ball
of ice (relative density = 0.9) having volume 100 cm3 is put into the left vessel.

A) If ice floats in water in the left container then just after placing the ball the volume
of water flowing into right container is 45 cm3
B) If ice is exactly half submerged in water in the left container then just after placing
the ball the volume of water flowing into right container is 25 cm3
C) If ice floats in water in the left container just after placing the ball then if ice melts
there is no change in the level of water
D) If ice is half submerged in the left container just after placing the ball then if ice
melts level of water rises

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 5

4.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Which of the following are correct?
05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P

A) A needle can float on clear water but sinks when some detergent is added to it. This
is because addition of detergent reduces the surface tension of water
B) Angle of contact between pure water and silver is 0
C) The potential energy of molecules in the surface film is greater than that of those
molecules which are inside the liquid
D) An air bubble of radius R in water is at a depth h below the water surface. If P0 is
atmospheric pressure and & are the density and surface tension of water
2
respectively, then the pressure inside the bubble will be P0 h g
R
5. The contact angle between a solid and a liquid is a property of
A) The material of the solid B) The material of the liquid
C) The shape of the solid D) The mass of the solid
2
6. A circular cylinder of radius R and height H is filled with water to a height H . It is
3

set into constant angular velocity about its axis of rotation such that entire liquid

have same . Choose the CORRECT statement(s).

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 6
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P

H
2
H
3

A) At all angular speed, shape of the free surface of liquid is paraboloid

B) The free surfaces touches first the brim of the cylinder and then the base of the
cylinder
C) The free surface cannot touch the base without spilling water
D) The free surface touches the brim as well as the base at the same value of
7. A very long thin string has a coat of water on it. The radius of the water cylinder is r.
After some time it was found that the string had a series of equally spaced identical
spherical water drops on it. Then the distance between the two successive drops
cannot be (Assuming final surface energy must be less than original surface energy)
A) 2r B) 4r C) 5r D) 7r

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
8. In a horizontal capillary tube, the rate of capillary flow depends on the surface tension
force as well as viscous force. Lueas and washburn showed that the length (x) of
liquid penetration in a horizontal capillary depends on two factors - (k) and time (t).
1
rT cos 2
The factor (k) is given by k ; where r, T, and are radius of the capillary
2

tube, surface tension, contact angle and coefficient of viscosity respectively. If the
length of liquid in the capillary grows from zero to x 0 in time t 0 , then the time that will
be needed for the length to increases from x 0 to 4x 0 is 3n t 0 . Find n =?
9. A soap bubble of radius r is formed inside another soap bubble of radius R (> r). The
atmospheric pressure is P0 and surface tension of the soap solution is T. Then the
4Tr
change in radius of the smaller bubble if the outer bubble bursts is r .
nP0 R

Find n =?

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
(Assume that the excess pressure inside a bubble is small compared toP0 )
T T
i.e., 1 and 1
RP0 rP0

10. A solid cone of mass m is tightly fitted inside a thin massless spherical shell of radius
32
R = 6 m. The apex angle of the cone is 60 and density g / cm3 . The system is kept
9
immersed inside water so that the axis of the cone lies in a horizontal plane as shown.
If it is released from this position, net torque about centre of mass of the system
3
immediately after the release is10 12x N m . Find the value of x. g 10 m / s2

11. One end of a uniform glass capillary tube of radius r = 0.025 cm is immersed
vertically in water to a depth h = 1 cm. Contact angle is0 , surface tension of water is
7.5 10 2 N / m , density of water is 103 kg / m3 and atmospheric pressure is

P0 105 N / m 2
Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 9
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P

Then the excess pressure to be applied on the water in the capillary tube so that the
water level in the tube becomes same as that in the vessel is n (100) Pascal. Find n=?
12. A water tank has a circular hole at its base. A solid cone is used to plug the hole.
Exactly half the height of the cone protrudes out of the hole. Water is filled in the tank
to a height equal to height of the cone. Density of water is and volume of cone is V.
Then the hydrostatic pressure force on the cone is V g / n . Find n=? (Neglect
atmospheric pressure)

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
SECTION – III
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Answer Q.13, Q.14 and Q.15 by appropriately matching the information given in the
three columns of the following table
An open glass capillary tube of internal radius r = 1mm is dipped vertically into water
having surface tension 0.075 N/m. Angle of contact 0
( g 10 m / s 2 , water 1000 kg / m3 ).

If l = length of the tube above the level of water outside the tube
R = Radius of curvature of the upper meniscus
= Apparent angle of contact
Various values are as shown in the table
Column I(l) Column II (R) Column III

(A) 20 mm (P) 1.25 mm (I) 60

(B) 12 mm (Q) 2 mm (II) 0

(C) 7.5 mm (R) 1 mm (III) 37

(D) 5 mm (S) 3 mm (IV) 30

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 11
13.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
Which of the following is correctly matched
A) A – R – II B) A – R – III C) A – P – II D) B – P – II
14. Which of the following is correctly matched
A) B – P – I B) B – R – III C) B – P – III D) B – Q – I
15. Which of the following is correctly matched
A) C – Q – II B) C – Q – III C) C – R – II D) C – Q – I
Answer Q.16, Q.17 and Q.18 by appropriately matching the information given in the
three columns of the following table
A solid block is floating in a liquid as shown in the figure. Distance h and l are shown
in the figure. Liquid will expand on heating while solid block and vessel do not
expand at all

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
Column II Column III
Column I
(Buoyant force on the (Effect on l and h)
(Changes done to the system)
block)
If the container is moved
l decreases,
(A) upward with uniform (P) Increases (I)
h increases
acceleration
If the block is replaced by
l increases,
(B) another block of similar (Q) Decreases (II)
h increases
dimensions but lesser density
If the liquid is replaced by
l decreases,
(C) another liquid of equal (R) Remains same (III)
h decreases
volume but higher density
If the temperature of the
liquid is increased (assume l and h remains
(D) (S) Can’t be said (IV)
that the block still floats in same
liquid)
16. Which of the following is correctly matched
A) A – P – I B) A – P – IV C) B – Q – II D) C – Q – III
17. Which of the following is correctly matched
A) B – S – IV B) B – R – I C) B – P – III D) B – Q – III
18. Which of the following is correctly matched
A) C – R – II B) D – R – III C) C – R – III D) D – R – I
Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 13
CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR
MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
19. Pick out correct statement(s) from the following.
A) In hydrogen atom, the energy of electron is 2s subshell is equal to the energy of
electron in 2p subshell
B) The orbital quantum number of 4d electron is 6
C) There are three unpaired electron in nitrogen atom
D) Fe3+ ion is more stable than Fe2+
20. Pick out correct statement(s) from the following:
A) The radius of maximum probability for finding the electron in ground state of
hydrogen is 0.529Aº from nucleus.
B) 2p orbital has one radial node
C) 2p orbital has one nodal plane
D) Angular probability function determine the shape of orbital.

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 14

21.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
The sulfur present in one gram of a protein is converted to BaSO4 (M.W: 233.6). The
weight of BaSO4 formed was found to be 0.9336g. Minimum molecular weight of
protein is
A) 125 B) 250 C) 500 D) 625
22. The wavelength of electron in one of the orbits of excited hydrogen atom is 13.32Aº.
When this electron falls in to a lower orbit its wavelength is found to be 6.66Aº. The
wavelength of photon emitted in this transition is
A) 486 nm B) 124 nm C) 652 nm D) 100.3 nm
23. Potential energy of electron in the ground state of hydrogen atom is
A) -27.2 eV B) 13.6 eV C) 27.2 eV D)-13.6 eV
24. The correct electronic configuration of Fe3+ ion is

[Ar] [Ar]
A) B)

[Ar] [Ar]
C) D)
25. Pick out the ion(s) having a spin magnetic momentum of 2.83 B.M
A) Zn2+ B) Cu2+ C) Ni2+ D) V3+

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 15

NaH2PO 2. The sum of stiochiometric coefficients of reactants in the balanced red-ox

reactions is _________

27. The minimum number of moles of potassium chlorate required to decompose to give

sufficient oxygen for complete combustion of 22.4l of C2H4 at STP are_____

28. The velocity of electron in one of the Bohr orbits of hydrogen atoms is 0.55 × 106 m/s:

The orbit number is _______

29. The potential with which an electron is accelerated to possess a wavelength of 6.13Aº

is _____ volts.

30. Maximum number of electrons present in a p-orbital are _______

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 16

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
SECTION – III
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Answer Q.31, Q.32 and Q.33 by appropriately matching the information given in the
three columns of the following table
Column-I
Column-II Column-III
(for hydrogen atom)
i) Orbital angular momentum (L)
I) 1s orbital P) One radial node
is 2
ii) Orbital angular momentum(L)
II) 2s orbital Q) Two nodal planes
is 6
iii) Spherically symmetrical shape
III) 2px orbital R) Zero nodal planes
orbital
iv) Radius of maximum
IV) 3d x y orbital S) YZ plane is nodal
2 2 probability is 0.529Aº from
plane
nucleus
31. For the given orbital in Column-I correct combination
A) I,ii,R B) II,iii,Q C) III,i,S D) IV,ii,P
32. For a given orbital in column I, which of the following is incorrect combination.
A) I, iv,R B) II,iii,P C) IV,ii,Q D) III,ii,S

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 17

33.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
For a dumbbell shaped orbital in hydrogen atom. Which of the following combination
is correct
A) I, iv,R B) II,iii,P C) III,i,S D) III,iv,S
Answer Q.34, Q.35 and Q.36 by appropriately matching the information given in the
three columns of the following table
Column-I Column-II Column-III
Ion Configuration s B.M
2 6
I) Mn i) Ar 3d P) 4.9 B.M
II) Fe2 ii) Ar 3d 5 Q) 5.9 B.M
III) Ni 2 iii) Ar 3d 7 R) 3.9 B.M
IV) Co2 iv) Ar 3d 8 S) 2.83 B.M
34. The correct combination for an ion in column I is
A) I,ii,Q B)II,ii,P C) III,i,R D) IV,iii,S
35. The correct combination for the metal ion having three unpaired electrons in valence
shell is
A) I,ii,Q B) II,i,R C) II,iv,S D) IV,iii,R
36. The incorrect combination for an ion in column I is
A) I,ii,Q B) II,ii,R C) III,iv,S D) IV,iii,R
Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 18
MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR
MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
37. Five circles Si 0, i 1, 2, 3, 4,5 have centers respectively
at C1 0, 0 , C2 2, 2 , C3 6,10 , C4 1, 2 , C5 4, 3 and the line y mx c is common tangent

to all five circles such that C1 , C2 , C3 lie on one side and C4 , C5 lie on other side of the
tangent. It is given that sum of radii of S1 0 and S2 0 is equal to radius of S4 0 and
also sum of radii of S2 0 , S3 0 is equal to the radius of S5 0 then
A) m c B) m c 0 C) m 2 c 2 2 D) m c

38. Two straight lines u = 0 and v = 0 passes through the origin and angle between them is
tan-1(7/9). If the ratio of the slope of v = 0 and u = 0 is 9/2, then their equations are
A) y = 3x and 3y = 2x
B) 2y = 3x and 3y = x
C) y + 3x = 0 and 3y + 2x = 0
D) 2y + 3x = 0 and 3y + x = 0

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 19

39.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
From any point P on y x , tangents PA and PB are drawn to x 2 y 2 4 x 4 y 1 0
2

then the correct statement(s) is/are

2
2x 2 2
A) Locus of circumcenter of PAB is y
2
B) Locus of incentre of PAB is x 2 y 2 4 x 4 y 1 0
C) Locus of excentre of PAB opposite to vertex P is x 2 y 2 4 x 4 y 1 0
D) Locus of circumcenter of PAB is x 2 y 2 4 x 4 y 1 0
40. Consider three circles C1 , C2 and C3 such that C2 is director circle of C1 and C3 director
circle of C2 . Tangents to C1 from any point on C3 intersect C2 at P and Q then which of
the following is/are correct
5
A) The angle between the tangents to C2 at P and Q is
6

B) The angle between the tangents to C2 at P and Q is

6
C) Locus of point of intersection of tangents at P and Q is circle
D) Locus of point of intersection of tangents at P and Q is ellipse

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 20

41.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
Consider ABC with in centre I 2,0 , Equations of straight lines AI, BI, CI are
A
x 2, y 2 x and x 3 y 2 respectively and cot 2 then which of the following
2
is/are CORRECT
A) Slope of side BC is 2
B) Slope of side BC is 1 2

C) Equation of the locus of centroid of ABC is x 2 y 2

D) Equation of the locus of centroid of ABC is 2 x y 2
42. The vertex A of ABC is 3, 1 . Equation of median BE and internal angular bisector

CF are 6 x 10 y 59 0 and x 4 y 10 0 respectively. Then which of the following

is/are CORRECT
A) Equation of Side BC is 2 x 9 y 58
B) Equation of Side BC is 2 x 7 y 58
C) Length of side AC is 75
D) Length of side AC is 85

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 21

43.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
If the two circles whose radius are 4 2 , 8 2 intersect at P and Q and a common
tangent to both the circles touches the circles at A and B (assume P is nearer to tangent
line) then which of the following are correct.
A) Circumradius of PAB is less than the circumradius of QAB
B) Circumradius of PAB is greater than the circumradius of QAB
C) Circumradius of PAB is 6
D) Circumradius of PAB is 8
SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
44. Let S be the set of points in the Cartesian plane that satisfy x 2 1 y 2 1 1.

If a model of S were built from wire of negligible thickness, then the total length of
wire required would be a b , where a and b are positive integers and b is not divisible
by the square of any prime number. Find the remainder when ‘a’ is divided by 7.

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 22

45.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
Let triangle ABC be a right triangle in the xy- plane with a right angle at C . Given
that the length of the hypotenuse AB is 60 and that the medians through A and B lie
along the lines y x 3 and y 2 x 4 respectively, If the area of triangle ABC is pqr
then find p+q-r (where “pqr” is a 3 digit number)
46. A circle with diameter PQ of length 10 is internally tangent at P to a circle of radius
20. Square ABCD is constructed with A and B on the large circle, CD tangent at Q to
the smaller circle , and the smaller circle outside ABCD. The length of AB can be
n
written in the form m n , where m and n are integers. Find
9m 4
47. In the given figure PQRS is a square of side 2 units. With SR as diameter, a semicircle
is drawn. PTR and QTS are quadrants of circles of radius 2 units. If the shaded area is
n
3 , then n is
n 1

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 23

48.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
From a point P 5 2, 7 2 2 tangents PA & PB are drawn to a circle

x2 y2 2 7 x 6 y 1 0 . M is a point (any) on minor arc (AB). If perpendicular

distances of M from PA & PB are 3 2 and 6 2 respectively. Then perpendicular

distance of M from AB is
SECTION – III
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
If m and M represents no. of direct common tangents and transverse common tangents
with respect to two given circles C1 and C2 respectively, Then match the three column,

Column-I Column-II Column-III

Equation of circles Value of m Value of M
(I) 1) x 2 y 2 4
i) 0 P) 0
2) x 2 y 2 2 x 4 y 6 0
(II) 1) x 2 y 2 3x 5 y 6 0
ii) 1 Q) 1
2) 4 x2 4 y 2 28x 29 0
(III) 1) 4x2 4 y 2 20x 16 y 1 0
iii) 2 R) 2
2) 4x2 4 y 2 2x 4 y 4 0
(IV) 1) x 2 y 2 25
iv) 3 S) 3
2) x 2 y 2 24 x 135 0
Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 24
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
49.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
Which of the following is the correct combination?
A) I iii P B) II iii P

C) III (ii) ( R) D) IV (iii ) ( Q)

50. Which of the following is the correct combination?

A) I i P B) II iii P

C) III ii R D) IV iii R

51. Which of the following is the correct combination?

A) I ii P B) II iii P

C) III iii P D) IV iii Q

Column I contains two intersecting straight lines, column II contains the bisector containing
the point (1,2) and column III contains acute angular bisector of given lines.
Column-I Column-II Column-III
(I) 3 x 4 y 3 0 and 4 x 3 y 7 0 i) 4 x 4 y 3 0 P) 7 x 7 y 1 0
(II) 5x 12 y 5 0 and 12 x 5 y 1 0 ii) x y 4 0 Q) 17 x 17 y 4 0
(III) 6 x 8 y 3 0 and 8 x 6 y 5 0 iii) x y 4 0 R) 4 x 4 y 3 0
(IV) x 3 y 9 0 and 3x y 6 0 iv) 7 x 7 y 6 0 S) 7 x 7 y 10 0

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 25

52.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 05-11-18_Sr. Super60-I_Jee-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-11_Q’P
Which of the following is the ONLY correct combination?
A) I iii R B) II i P

C) I iii S D) III ii S

53. Which of the following is the ONLY correct combination?

A) IV i R B) II ii P

C) III i S D) I iii R

54. Which of the following is the ONLY correct combination?

A) II iii P B) IV i P

C) III ii S D) II iv Q

Sec: Sr. Super60-I space for rough work Page 26

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 Date: 06-07-20
Time: 09:00 AM to 12:00 CTA-30 Max.Marks:180

2018-PAPER-II

06-07-20_Sr.Supre60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv2018-P2

CTA-30_Syllabus

MATHS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (04-07-2020)

PHYSICS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (04-07-2020)

CHEMISTRY: 22-04-2019 to Till Date (04-07-2020)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2018-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 180

PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 6) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 7 – 14) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec – III(Q.N : 15-18) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60
CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 19 – 24) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 25 –32) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec – III(Q.N : 33-36) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60
MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N:37 – 42) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N :43–50) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec –III(Q.N : 51-54) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P
Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
1. In case of selling ‘M’ kg mangoes on pole using spring balance, a seller gets
price ‘ P0 ’. If that seller, equal mass ‘M’ kg of mangoes, sells on equator gets
price ‘P’ then………….
A) Seller is in loss by 10R 2 % . (R = 6400 Km;  = angular velocity of earth)
1
B) Seller is in profit by R 2 %
10
C) If earth is allowed to stop then seller has no profit and no loss w.r.t pole
D) Seller has always loss on equator if earth is rotating or is allowed to stop
2. In a thermodynamic process, Helium gas obeys the law TP2/5  constant. If
temperature of 2 moles of gas is raised from T to 3T then
A) Heat given to gas is 9RT
B) Heat given to gas is zero
C) Work done by gas is  6RT
D)  vdp for the process in the given temperature range is 10RT
3. Energy density E (energy per unit volume) of the medium at a distance r from a
sound source varies according to the curve shown in figure. Which of the
following is/are possible?

r
A) The source may be a point isotropic source.
B) If the source is a plane source then the medium particles have damped
oscillations due to which the medium absorbs energy.
C) If the source is a plane source then power of the source is decreasing with
time
D) Density of the medium may be decreasing with distance r from the source

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

4.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P
A body of mass m is moving along a circular path of radius R such that at any
2
t 
instant the kinetic energy K  K 0   , where to and K0 are appropriate constants.
 t0 
Then
A) The magnitude of tangential component of force acting on the body must be
constant
B) The magnitude of centripetal force acting on the body will be directly
propotional to t2.
C) after a long time, the resultant force will make a very small angle with the
radius
D) speed of the particle remains constant
5. The system shown in the adjacent figure is in equilibrium. The mass of the
container with ideal liquid is M, density of liquid in the container is ρ and volume
of the block is V. If the container is now displaced downwards through a
distance x 0 and released such that the block remains well inside the liquid, then
during subsequent motion.

ρ M
A

A) time period of SHM of the container will be

B) time period of SHM of the container will be 2π

 M  ρv 
k
C) amplitude of SHM of the container will be greater than x 0
D) container will not perform SHM

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

6.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Four light waves are represented by
06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P

(i) y = a1 sin t (ii) y  a2 sin( t   )

(iii) y  a1 sin 2 t (iv) y  a2 sin 2(  t   )

Interference fringes may be observed due to superposition of
A)(i) and (ii) B)(i) and (iii) C)(ii) and (iv) D)(iii) and (iv)

37.5cm
35cm
20cm

3 2 1
8. The diagram shows a part of uniformly charged disc of radius R having surface
charge density  . If electric potential at the center O is . Then find N.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

9.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P
An infinite ladder is constructed with 1 and 2 resistors as shown in diagram
Find the net current through the circuit is (in A)
A 1 1 1 1

6V 2 2 2

B
10. A cylindrical vessel is completely filled with mercury and resistance of mercury
column between two ends of its length is9 Ω. Now it is completely transferred
into another cylinder of double the length and triple the radius. Resistance of
this new mercury column between the two ends of its length is __________Ω
11. A verticalglass capillary tube with inside diameter 0.5 mm is submerged into
water so that the length of its part protruding over the surface of water is equal
to 2.5 cm. Surface tension of water is 0.075 N/m. Find the radius of curvature of
the meniscus in ……cm. (Take g=10 )
12. The satellite is moving in an elliptical orbit about the earth as shown in the
figure. The minimum and maximum distance of satellite from earth are 3 units
and 5 units, respectively. The distance of satellite from the earth when it is at P
is equal to ……units.

 ^ ^
13. A particle of mass 2 5Kg is having velocity v   2 i  j  m / s and acceleration
 
at some instant of time. At same instant find component of net
force (in N) parallel to velocity.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6
14.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P
The relative density of a material is found by weighing the body first in air and
then in water, the weight in air is found to be 10.0  0.1 N and weight in water is
found to be  5.0  0.1 N . From this maximum percentage error in relative density
is found to be …..%.

A) a q , b s , c q , d s B) a q,b p,r , c q ,d s
C) a q , b s , c p,r , d s D) a q , b p,r , c p,r , d s

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

16.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P
Two coherent sources are placed along y-axis at a very small separation of ‘d’
and a person moves along x-axis for very large distance from –ve x axis to
+ve x axis, as shown in the diagram.
y

S2
d
S1
x x

Let ‘  ’ is wave length for each source. Entries in column I is value of ‘d’ in terms
of ‘  ’ and entries in column II are corresponding total number of maxima (x)
and total number of minima (y) in the form of ordered pair (x, y) detected by the
person.
Match then:
Column - I Column – II
(a) 2.0  (p) (3, 3)
(b) 2.1  (q) (3, 4)
(c) 2.2  (r) (4, 4)
(d) 2.5  (s) (4, 5)
A) a q , b s , c q , d s B) a q , b r , c ,d s
C) a q , b r , c r , d s D) a q , b p , c r , d s

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

17.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P
Two conducting concentric shells are shown in figure. ‘Q’ charge is given to one
of the shell. Match the graphs for range 0  r  2R .(E or V is plotted along y-axis
and r along x-axis)

R
K1 K2

Column I Column II

Charge on inner shell only. Variation of

a. potential from centre (K1 open and K2 (p)
closed)
2R

Charge on inner shell only. Variation of

b. electric field from centre (K1 open and K2 (q)
closed)
R 2R

Charge on outer shell only. Variation of

c. potential from centre (K1 closed and K2 (r)
open) R 2R
E

Charge on outer shell only. Variation of

d. electric field from centre (K1 closed and (s)
K2 open)
r
O R 2R

A) a q , b s , c r , d s B) a p , b s , c ,d s

C) a q , b s , c p , d s D) a q , b r , c r , d s

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
18.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P

Column I Column II
(a) P (p) V
1 2 4
3
1
4 3 2
V T
(b) P (q) V
1 2 3 2
3 4
1
4 T
V
(c) P (r) V
4 3
2 3
2
1 4 1
V T
(d) P (s) V
1 3 2
2
1
3 T
V
A) a q , b r , c q , d s B) a q , b s , c ,d r
C) a q , b r , c p , d s D) a r , b s , c p , d q

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
19. An electron is accelerated from rest, by ‘V’ volts. Uncertainty in position ( x ) is
plotted against minimum uncertainty in de-broglie wavelength    as
following-
x
 in Ao 
 
 

 1 
  tan 1  
 2 

1  o 1 
A 
  
The value of ‘V’ is-
A) 75 B) 37.5 C) 150 D) 7.5
20. Select the incorrect information(s) about Kinetic Theory of Gases.
A) Heavier molecule always transfer more momentum to the wall of container
at all temperature
B) The pressure exerted by a gas in a container increases with the increase in
root mean square speed of the gas molecules containing fixed gas particles at
constant volume
C) The mean translational kinetic energy of the gas molecules is directly
proportional to the absolute temperature
D) Maxwell’s distribution of speed will be same for N 2 and C 2 H 4 at same
temperature for same number of gas particles

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

21.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P
A, B and C are hydroxylcompounds of the elements X, Y and Z respectively. X, Y
and Z are in the same period of the periodic table. A gives an aqueous solution
of pH less than seven. B reacts with both strong acids and strong alkalis. C
gives an aqueous solution which is strongly alkaline.
Which of the following statements is/are true ?
I) The three elements are metals
II) The electro negativities decrease from X to Y to Z
III) The atomic radius decreases in the order X > Y > Z
IV) X, Y and Z could be phosphorus, aluminum and sodium respectively
A) I, II, III only correct B) I, III only correct
C) II, IV only correct D) II, III, IV only correct
22. Select the CORRECT order about solubility
A) CaCO3  KHCO3  NaHCO3 B) KHCO3  NaHCO3  CaCO3
C) NaHCO3  KHCO3  CaCO3 D) CaCO3  NaHCO3  KHCO3
23.
CH3

H3C CH3

AlCl3
+  CH  3 3 CCOCl 
  CO   HCl

Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?

 
A) S for the rearrangement of  CH 3 3 C C O to  CH3 3 C is positive
 
B)  CH3 3 C is more stable than  CH 3 3 C C O
C) It’s an example of homogeneous catalysis
NO2

D) Solvent used for Friedel Craft acylation is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

24.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P
Which of the following order for basic strength is/are correct?
N O
NH2 NH2
 
N N N 
A) H H B)
N NH
  
NH
N N N
C) H D) H H

Given:  m  Ag    62Scm 2 mol1

 m  Cl   78Scm2 mol1

If K sp of AgCl is x 1011 , then value of ‘x’ is?

27. A solution of palmitic acid (Molar mass = 256 gm) in benzene contains 5.12 gm
of acid per litre. When this solution is dropped on a surface, benzene evaporates
and palmitic acid forms a monolayer. If we wish to cover an area of 480 cm2 with
a monolayer what volume ( in ml) of solution should be used?

{ Area occupied by one palmitic molecules = 0.2  n m 

2
 and N A  6 1023 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

28.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
How many of the following statements are correct?
06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P

(A) BeO is amphoteric in nature

(B) LiHCO3 is not found in solid state
(C) K 2 O2 is diamagnetic but KO2 is paramagnetic
(D) Hydrated magnesium chloride on heating in dry air gives anhydrous MgCl2
(E) AlCl3 is soluble in excess of NaOH and form sodium meta aluminate
(F)Potassium nitrate on heating gives colorless gas as one of the products
(G) Lithium chloride is highly insoluble in water
29. How many of the following 3d elements are stronger reducing agents than
copper
Sc, Ti, V, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Zn
30. Number of following substituents those are deactivating but ortho and para
O O O

CF3 , C  R , HC  CH  COOH , S  C 2H 5 , C  NH 2 , F
directing
31. How many isomers ‘X’ of C8 H10 give only aromatic dicarboxylic acid when react
with hot alkaline KMnO4 . How many isomers ‘Y’ of C 4 H8 give CO 2 when reacts
with hot alkaline KMnO4 . Find the value of X + Y?
32.
H 2 / Ni
C 2 FClBrI   X  excluding stereoisomers 
 All isomers 
H 2 / Ni
C4 H8  alkene    Y  excluding stereoisomers 
 All isomers 
Find the value of X + Y

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

33.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
For process H 2 O   100C, 1 atm  

06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P
 H 2 O  g 100C, 1 atm 

List – I List – II
(P)  U System (1) 0
(Q) S (system + surrounding) (2) H
(R) (Work) System (3) Positive
(S) Heat involved (4) Negative

A) P-3; Q-1; R-4; S-2 B) P-1; Q-2; R-3; S-4;

C) P-2; Q-1; R-3; S-2 D) P-4; Q-3; R-2; S-2;

34. Match the Column I with Column II by selecting the suitable option given below.

Column I Column II
1 Cyclic silicates P Tetrahedral center
2 Single chain silicates Q Island silicate
3 Pyro silicates R General formula is SiO3 n
2n 

4 Sheet silicates (two S Two oxygen atoms per

dimensional) tetrahedron are shared
T Beryl
A) 1-PRST; 2-PRS; 3-PQ; 4-P B)1-PRST; 2-PRS; 3-P; 4-PQ
C) 1-PRS; 2-PRS; 3-PT; 4-P D) 1-PRST; 2-PRS; 3-PQR; 4-P

35. Match the Column – I with Column – II

Column I Column II
1 N 2 O3 P Coloured oxide
2 NO Q Paramagnetic in nature
3 NO 2 R Acidic oxide
4 N 2O5 S Acts as oxidising as well as reducing agent

A) 1-PRS; 2-QS; 3-PQRS; 4-R B) 1-PRS; 2-QS; 3-PQRS; 4-RS

C) 1-PR; 2-QRS; 3-PQRS; 4-R D) 1-RS; 2-QR; 3-PQRS; 4-R

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

36.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P
N 2 O5 is colorless crystalline solid, diamagnetic, acidic oxide and acts as
oxidizing agent only.
1. Matching

Column – I Column – II
H3C

(A) CH2 (P) More than one racemate

HBr

  Major 
CH2 HBr
(B) 
H2 O2
  Major  (Q) Freidel-Craft’s alkylation
CH3


H
   Major  Ring expansion does not
(C) (R)
occur
H3C CH3

CH    Major  Product gives iodoform

(D) H 2SO 4 ,HgSO4 (S)
test

A) A-PR; B-PR; C-Q; D-RS B) A-P; B-R; C-Q; D-RS

C) A-R; B-R; C-Q; D-RS D)A-P;B-R;C-Q;D-R

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
37. Let L be the line through points A (-3, 3) & B (1, 5). Let C1 and C2 be pair of
variable circles tangent to L at A and B respectively. And also touch each other
at R. Let S be the set representing locus of R as C1 , C2 varies. Then which of the
following is/are TRUE.
A) Point (-3, 3) lies on S B) Point (1, 5) doesnot lie on S
C) Point (0, 6) lies on S D) Point (6, 0) doesnot lie on S
38. Let f : R   0,   and g : R  R be twice differentiable functions such that f " and
g " are continuous functions on R. Suppose f '  2   g  2   0 , f  2   0 and g '  2   0 .
f xgx
If lim  1 , then
x2 f 'x  g 'x 
A) f has a local minimum at x = 2 B) f has a local maximum at x = 2
C) f '  2   f  2  D) f  x   f ''  x   0 for at least on x  R
x
39. If f  x   , Which of the following is/are CORRECT.
x 1
2020 2020
A) f  f  2020   
4041

B) f f  f  2020    
8081
2020 2020

C) f f f  f  2020   2321

D) f f f f  f  2020     
10101
40. Consider two quadratic polynomials as P  x   x 2  2x   a  11a  11 and
2

Q  x   x 2   3  b  x  b where a, b  R then which of the following statement/s

is/are INCORRECT.
A) The roots of equation P(x) = 0 are non – real for every real value of a
B) There is no value of ‘b’ for which roots of equation Q(x) = 0 are additive
inverse of each other
C) There is no value of b for which exactly one root of the equation Q(x) =0 is
zero
D) There are exactly two values of ‘a’ for which the roots of the equation P(x) = 0
are multiplicative inverse of each other

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

41.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P
In a ABC , if the angular bisector AL and median BE are perpendicular, then
A
BE cot
2 is greater than
AL
1 1
A) 2 B) C) D) 1
3 6
42. Consider lines ax  2by  b  2a  3by , a, b  R , then
A) a unique line of above family is tangent to circle x 2  y 2  x  y  6  0
B) two lines from above family are tangent to circle x 2  y2  6x  4y  1  0
C) if above lines are pair of tangents to x 2  y2  x  y  1  0 , then length of tangent
is 1 unit.
D) circumcircle of triangle formed by above lines as pair of tangents of
x 2  y2  4x  2y  1  0 and corresponding chord of contact is x 2  y2  5

 Take 5  2.236 
2

44. If a – b, b – c, c – a, are in geometric progression then value of

 a  b  c  is __
ab  bc  ca
45. Let a point P is lying on x-axis, such that tangents PT1 & PT2 are drawn to the
circle x 2  y 2  16 . If rhombus PT1QT2 is completed, then area of the rhombus is…

(Where Q lies on the circle) and take value of 3  1.73

46. The number of points in the domain of ‘f’ where
f  x   x 2  4x  3 sin  tan  x  1  tan  sin  x  3  + x 2  x  2 cos  sin  x  1  sin  cos  x  2  

 x 2  2x  e x  1 sgn  x  2  (where sgn (x) is signum function) is not differentiable is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

47.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P
If f  x    x  a  x  b  ; a  b for a, b,  R , then minimum number of roots of equation
2
  f '  x   cos  f  x    sin  f  x   f "  x   0 in  ,   , where f     3  f    , is _____
(here   a  b   )
1
2
ex 1
48. If L  lim , then L is equal to
 
x    2 tan 1 x 2

dx dx
49. Let f  x    3 x x
; g  x    3x , h  x   f  x   2g  x  . If
4e  8e  e x
e  8 e x  4e  x
1 3 1
h  0   tan 1 and h  x   tan 1  P  x   , then P  n2  is ______
2 2 2

50.
 ˆ b  3ˆi  3 ˆj  kˆ and c  diˆ  ˆj   2d  1 kˆ . If c is parallel to the plane of
Let a  ˆi  2ˆj  3 k,
 
a and b , then 11d is equal to __________

SECTION-III
(MATCHING LIST TYPE)
This section contains 4 questions, each having two matching lists (List-1 & List-II). The options for the correct
match are provided as (A), (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
51. Match List – I with List – II and select the correct answer using the code given
below the list.
List – I List – II
The number of ordered pairs (x, y) satisfying y  cos x and
(P) 1. 4
y  sin 1  sin x  where x   2 ,3  is equal to
The number of points of discontinuity of
 1
(Q)  , x  0, 1 2. 7
f  x    ln x is
 1 ; x  0, 1

1/x
If lim 1  x ln 1  b 2    2bsin 2  , b  0 and     ,3  . Then the 5
(R) x 0 3.
sum of all values of ‘  ’ is k , where k is equal to
n

If lim  n n    ln n   e3 ;

(S) n  4. 3
Then the value of 4  3 is equal to
The correct option is:
A) P  3; Q  2; R  4; S  1 B) P  4; Q  1; R  1; S  2
C) P  3; Q  4; R  1; S  2 D) P  4; Q  4; R  3; S  1
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19
52.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P
Match List – I with List – II and select the correct answer using the code given below
the list.
List – I List – II
3
(P) x x
Number of real roots of 2  2  x  0 is 1. 2
2  sin 1  sin  2 
Let 1   2  2 (where  is acute angle) then tan 
(Q)  cos  2  cos 1  2. 3
is (wherever defined)
(R)  
6 log 20 62 5  6 2 5  is 3. 4

(S) Number of integers satisfying the inequality log 1 x  4  1 is 4. 1

The correct option is:

A) P  4; Q  1; R  2; S  3 B) P  1; Q  2; R  3; S  4
C) P  4; Q  2; R  3; S  1 D) P  1; Q  4; R  3; S  2
53.
List – I List – II
3cos x  4   1
If f  x    2
dx such that f    , then the value of
 3  4cos x  2 3 15
(P) 1. 5
  256
f   is equal to
4
  1  x 2 
The number points of discontinuity of g  x   cos 1  2 
is k
  1  x 
(Q)
(where [.] denotes greatest integer function), then 
 k 
 4  is
2. 3 24 
 2 
equal to
dx 3 1
(R) If h  x   
x 2 16  x 2
such that h  2   
16
, then h(1) is equal to 3. 3 24 
If  e2x .x 2dx  e 2x  Ax 2  Bx  C   D (where D is constant of
(S)
15
4. 3 24 
integration), then the value of  A  B  C  is equal to
4
15
5 
256
The correct option is:
A) P  3; Q  4; R  5; S  2 B) P  2; Q  1; R  4; S  3
C) P  3; Q  2; R  5; S  1 D) P  2; Q  4; R  3; S  5
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20
x y2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2
06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P

54. Let H :  2  1 , where a > b . 0, be a hyperbola in the xy-plane whose conjugate

a b
axis LM subtends an angle of 60 at one of its vertices N. Let the area of the
triangle LMN be 4 3

List – I List – II
(P) The length of the conjugate axis of H is 1. 8
4
(Q) The eccentricity of H is 2.
3
2
(R) The distance between the foci of H is 3.
3
(S) The length of the latus rectum of H is 4. 4

The correct option is:

A) P  4; Q  2; R  1; S  3 B) P  4; Q  3; R  1; S  2
C) P  4; Q  1; R  3; S  2 D) P  3; Q  4; R  2; S  1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

2018-PAPER-II

06-07-20_Sr.Supre60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv2018-P2

CTA-30_Syllabus

MATHS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (04-07-2020)

PHYSICS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (04-07-2020)

CHEMISTRY: 22-04-2019 to Till Date (04-07-2020)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2018-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 180

PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 6) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 7 – 14) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec – III(Q.N : 15-18) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60
CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 19 – 24) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 25 –32) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec – III(Q.N : 33-36) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60
MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N:37 – 42) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N :43–50) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec –III(Q.N : 51-54) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

ρ M
A

A) time period of SHM of the container will be

B) time period of SHM of the container will be 2π

 M  ρv 
k
C) amplitude of SHM of the container will be greater than x 0
D) container will not perform SHM

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

6.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Four light waves are represented by
06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P

(i) y = a1 sin t (ii) y  a2 sin( t   )

(iii) y  a1 sin 2 t (iv) y  a2 sin 2(  t   )

Interference fringes may be observed due to superposition of
A)(i) and (ii) B)(i) and (iii) C)(ii) and (iv) D)(iii) and (iv)

37.5cm
35cm
20cm

3 2 1
8. The diagram shows a part of uniformly charged disc of radius R having surface
charge density  . If electric potential at the center O is . Then find N.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

6V 2 2 2

A) a q , b s , c q , d s B) a q,b p,r , c q ,d s
C) a q , b s , c p,r , d s D) a q , b p,r , c p,r , d s

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

S2
d
S1
x x

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

R
K1 K2

Column I Column II

Charge on inner shell only. Variation of

a. potential from centre (K1 open and K2 (p)
closed)
2R

Charge on inner shell only. Variation of

b. electric field from centre (K1 open and K2 (q)
closed)
R 2R

Charge on outer shell only. Variation of

c. potential from centre (K1 closed and K2 (r)
open) R 2R
E

Charge on outer shell only. Variation of

d. electric field from centre (K1 closed and (s)
K2 open)
r
O R 2R

A) a q , b s , c r , d s B) a p , b s , c ,d s

C) a q , b s , c p , d s D) a q , b r , c r , d s

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
18.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

 1 
  tan 1  
 2 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

H3C CH3

AlCl3
+  CH  3 3 CCOCl 
  CO   HCl

Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?

D) Solvent used for Friedel Craft acylation is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

Given:  m  Ag    62Scm 2 mol1

 m  Cl   78Scm2 mol1

If K sp of AgCl is x 1011 , then value of ‘x’ is?

{ Area occupied by one palmitic molecules = 0.2  n m 

2
 and N A  6 1023 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

28.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
How many of the following statements are correct?
06-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_CTA-30_Q.P

(A) BeO is amphoteric in nature

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

A) P-3; Q-1; R-4; S-2 B) P-1; Q-2; R-3; S-4;

C) P-2; Q-1; R-3; S-2 D) P-4; Q-3; R-2; S-2;

34. Match the Column I with Column II by selecting the suitable option given below.

Column I Column II
1 Cyclic silicates P Tetrahedral center
2 Single chain silicates Q Island silicate
3 Pyro silicates R General formula is SiO3 n
2n 

4 Sheet silicates (two S Two oxygen atoms per

dimensional) tetrahedron are shared
T Beryl
A) 1-PRST; 2-PRS; 3-PQ; 4-P B)1-PRST; 2-PRS; 3-P; 4-PQ
C) 1-PRS; 2-PRS; 3-PT; 4-P D) 1-PRST; 2-PRS; 3-PQR; 4-P

35. Match the Column – I with Column – II

Column I Column II
1 N 2 O3 P Coloured oxide
2 NO Q Paramagnetic in nature
3 NO 2 R Acidic oxide
4 N 2O5 S Acts as oxidising as well as reducing agent

A) 1-PRS; 2-QS; 3-PQRS; 4-R B) 1-PRS; 2-QS; 3-PQRS; 4-RS

C) 1-PR; 2-QRS; 3-PQRS; 4-R D) 1-RS; 2-QR; 3-PQRS; 4-R

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

Column – I Column – II
H3C

(A) CH2 (P) More than one racemate

HBr

  Major 
CH2 HBr
(B) 
H2 O2
  Major  (Q) Freidel-Craft’s alkylation
CH3


H
   Major  Ring expansion does not
(C) (R)
occur
H3C CH3

CH    Major  Product gives iodoform

(D) H 2SO 4 ,HgSO4 (S)
test

A) A-PR; B-PR; C-Q; D-RS B) A-P; B-R; C-Q; D-RS

C) A-R; B-R; C-Q; D-RS D)A-P;B-R;C-Q;D-R

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

Q  x   x 2   3  b  x  b where a, b  R then which of the following statement/s

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

 Take 5  2.236 
2

44. If a – b, b – c, c – a, are in geometric progression then value of

(Where Q lies on the circle) and take value of 3  1.73

 x 2  2x  e x  1 sgn  x  2  (where sgn (x) is signum function) is not differentiable is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

SECTION-III
(MATCHING LIST TYPE)
This section contains 4 questions, each having two matching lists (List-1 & List-II). The options for the correct
match are provided as (A), (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
51. Match List – I with List – II and select the correct answer using the code given
below the list.
List – I List – II
The number of ordered pairs (x, y) satisfying y  cos x and
(P) 1. 4
y  sin 1  sin x  where x   2 ,3  is equal to
The number of points of discontinuity of
 1
(Q)  , x  0, 1 2. 7
f  x    ln x is
 1 ; x  0, 1

1/x
If lim 1  x ln 1  b 2    2bsin 2  , b  0 and     ,3  . Then the 5
(R) x 0 3.
sum of all values of ‘  ’ is k , where k is equal to
n

If lim  n n    ln n   e3 ;

(S) Number of integers satisfying the inequality log 1 x  4  1 is 4. 1

The correct option is:

54. Let H :  2  1 , where a > b . 0, be a hyperbola in the xy-plane whose conjugate

a b
axis LM subtends an angle of 60 at one of its vertices N. Let the area of the
triangle LMN be 4 3

The correct option is:

A) P  4; Q  2; R  1; S  3 B) P  4; Q  3; R  1; S  2
C) P  4; Q  1; R  3; S  2 D) P  3; Q  4; R  2; S  1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Jr.Super60 WTA-11 Date: 06-09-2020
Time:10.05 Am to 01.05Pm 2015_P2 Max. Marks:240

2015_PAPER-II
06-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-11_Syllabus

MATHS : Distance Formula, Section formula, Harmonic conjugates, Locus, Collinearity of Points,
Area of the quadrilaterals & polygons, Transformation of Axes (x,y translation)

PHYSICS : Moment of inertia, parallel and perpendicular axis theorems, Rotation of rigid body
About fixed axis: Derivation of τ =Iα, applications of τ =Iα (including pulley - block problems),
Calculation of K.E of a rigid body in pure (fixed axis) rotation only, work-energy related problems
Involving bodies with fixed axis rotation (EXCLUDE: Concept and conservation of angular momentum,
Rolling and toppling problems)

CHEMISTRY : Chemical Bonding (Complete)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_WTA-11_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2015-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hours IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 240

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_WTA-11_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
1. A uniform ladder of length 5m is at rest against a rough wall as shown. The
coefficient of friction at all surfaces is  . Minimum value of  for equilibrium is
2/n, then ‘n’ is:

530

2. Two particles A and B are moving along circular paths, centered at 0 with angular
velocities 1  ACW  and 2  CW  . At the instant shown, angular velocity of B w.r.t

A is a1  b2 . Take OA  OB . The value of 2a+2b is:

O A B

3. A right angled triangular plate is supported as shown. The tension in string A is

amg
. Then ab=_____
b

A B

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_WTA-11_Q.P

4. A pulley of radius 2m is rotated about its axis by a tangential force F   20t  5t 2  N ,

Its moment of inertia is 10 kg  m2 . The time after which the direction of motion
changes is t sec. Then t2 is:
5. If net torque on rod is zero, then b/a = ________
F
a b

6. A thin uniform rod of mass M and length L is hinged at one of its ends, so that it
can freely rotate about a horizontal axis passing through it. It is released from a
L
horizontal position. Tension at a point from hinge on rod, when the rod
3
aMg
becomes vertical is . Then a+ b is:
b

7. There is a square plate of side 2a having uniform thickness and density. The
shaded portion is now removed from the plate such that the mass of remaining
portion is M, then the moment of inertia of the remaining portion about axis AB
Ma 2
which lies in the plane of the plate is . Then ( n-1 ) is:
n

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

8.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_WTA-11_Q.P
A thin rod free to rotate about a horizontal axis through one of its ends O is
released from rest from position – I. It’s angular velocities at positions II, III are
32
2 , 3 respectively. Then is:
2 2
I

II
0
60
300
O III

m4
m3
m1
m2
A) m3 =16kg B) m2  16 / 3kg C) m3 =16 / 9 kg D) m1  1kg
Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5
11.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_WTA-11_Q.P
A horizontal F is applied on a uniform hollow sphere of mass m and radius R to
keep it in equilibrium. Then

A) friction is non – zero B) friction is zero

C) F  mg cot  D) F  mg tan 
12. In the system shown, M  2kg and R  1m , m  1kg . Consider Moment of Inertia of
1
pulley as mR 2 . When it is released from rest,
2

A) Tension, T  5 N
B) angular displacement of disc in 4s is 40 rad/s
C) Work done by torque on disc in 4s is 200 J
D) increase in kinetic energy of disc in 4s is 200 J
13. A particle of mass m is attached to an end of a uniform rod of mass M  2m and
length L . The rod is suspended through its midpoint by an inextensible string
from a ceiling. The rod is released from a horizontal position. Just after release

M m

A) angular acceleration of system is 6 g / 5l

B) angular acceleration of system is 2 g / 5l
12
C) tension in string is mg
5
2
D) tension in string is mg
5

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

14.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_WTA-11_Q.P
A rod  M , l  is hanging from a ceiling by two strings as shown. At t  0 , string at Q
is cut-off. Then just after cutting string

P Q
3g 3g 3g Mg
A)   B) aC.O .M   C) aC.O .M   D) T 
2L 4 4 4
15. The axis of rotation of a body in pure rotation
A) must pass through its center of mass.
B) may pass through its center of mass.
C) must pass through a particle of body
D) may pass through a particle of body
16. Let I A and I B be moments of inertia of a body about two axes A and B. The axis A
passes through center of mass of body while B does not. Then
A) I A  I B
B) If axes are parallel, I A  I B
C) If I A  I B , then the axes are parallel
D) If axes are not parallel, I A  I B

is I  2 x 2  12 x  27 .

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

17.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
X-coordinate of C.O.M of body is:
06-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_WTA-11_Q.P

A) x  3m B) x  3m C) x  2m D) x  2m
18. Mass of the body is
A) 2kg B) 1kg C) 3kg D) 4kg

Paragraph for Question Nos. 19 to 20

The door of an almirah is 6ft high, 1.5ft wide and weighs 8kg. The door is
supported by two hinges situated at a distance of 1ft from the ends. If the
magnitudes of forces exerted by the hinges on the door are equal, then
19. The horizontal force exerted by a hinge on the door is:
A) zero B) 15N C) 20N D) 40N
20. The force exerted by a hinge on the door is:( approximately)
A) 40N B) 43N C) 45N D) 57 N

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_WTA-11_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
21. Among the triatomic molecules/ions, BeCl2 , N 3 , N 2O, NO2 , O3 , SCl2 , ICl2 , I 3 and XeF2
total number of linear molecule(s)/ion(s) where the hybridization of the central
atom does have contribution from the d-orbital(s) is
[Atomic number: S = 16, Cl = 17, I = 53 and Xe = 54]
22. Number of molecules which are planar from the given list
I 3 , H 2O, ICl2 , C2 H 4 , C2 H 2 , H 3O  , BF3 , CH 4
23. Number of molecules exhibit non zero dipole moment from the following
NO2

a) b) c) NH2
d) PCl5 S 
e) PF2Cl3 f) PBr5 S  g) CO g  h) PF3Cl2
i) BeCl2  monomer  j) BF3 k) CCl4l 
24. Number of molecules which involves P  d bonds
a) SO2 b) SO3 c) O3 d) NO3
e) H 3 PO4 f) P4O6
25. Number of INCORRECT statements from the following
1) CO  bond order is more than CO
2) B2 bond order is more than B2
3) Nitrogen   bond is stronger than N – N   bond 
4) KO2 is paramagnetic while K 2O2 is diamagnetic
5) MgO melting point is more than BeO
6) B2 H 6 is planar molecule
7) There is no change in magnetic moment when Zn ionizes to Zn 2
8) K 2CO3 is thermally more stable than CaCO3

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

26.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_WTA-11_Q.P
Find the number of molecules/ions which have zero dipole moment along with
the presence of non-bonding electron pair(s) on the central atom.
BF3 , NH 3 , CHCl3 , XeF2 , PF5 , XeO4 , I 3 , XeF4 , SF6
27. Find the number of 900 angles in XeF5 molecules.
28. Among the given statements correct about specified property
a) NaHCO3  KHCO3  RbHCO3 Thermal stability 
b) AgBr  AgCl  AgI  Colour intensity
c) N CH 3 3  N  SiH 3 3  Basic strength
d) CH 3  F  CH 3  Cl  CH 3  Br  Dipole moment 
e) H 2 S  H 2 Se  H 2Te  Boiling point 

A) A-T B) B-P;C-T C) C-R D) D-R

30. Hydrogen bond plays a central role in the following phenomena
A) Ice floats on water
B) Dimerisation of acetic acid in Benzene
C) high boiling point of HF compare to H 2O
D) higher solubility of glucose in water

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

31.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_WTA-11_Q.P
The formal charges on different atoms in the Lewis structure of N 3 are:
A) -1,+1,-1 B) -1,+1,0 C) -2,+1,0 D) 0,0,-1
32. Correct matching about the columns
Column-I Column-II
A) N  SiH 3 3 P) p  d  back bonding
B) N CH 3 3 Q) sp3 -hybridisation for underlined atom
C) B2 H 6 R) p  p back bonding
D) BF3 S) Neither p  p nor p  d  back bonding
T) Underlined atom combines with Lewis base
A) A-P B) B-QS C) C-QS D) D-RT
33. B2 molecule will be diamagnetic when
A) s – p mixing is operative
B) s – p mixing is operative and hunds rule is violated
C) s – p mixing is operative and hunds rule is not violated
D) s – p mixing is not operative
34. Match the orbital overlap figures shown in List-I with the description given in List-
II and select the correct answer using the code given below the lists.
List-I List-II

1) p  d antibonding
P)

2) d  d bonding
Q)

3) p  d bonding
R)

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_WTA-11_Q.P

4) d  d antibonding
S)
Select CORRECT code for your answer.
P Q R S
A) 2 1 3 4
B) 4 3 1 2
C) 2 3 1 4
D) 4 1 3 2
35. Which of the following species have integer garede bond order, garage type
HOMO and paramagnetic nature.
A) O22 B) N 22 C) O2 D) O2
36. Which of the following statement(s) is/are INCORRECT?
A) Beryllium like nitrogen, forms diatomic molecule Be2
B) He2 molecule does not exist but He2 does exist
C) The dipole moment of CH 3 F is greater than that of CH 3Cl
D) HF is a stronger acid than HI because of hydrogen bonding.

SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Question Nos. 37 to 38
Fajan’s rule is very important for qualitative analysis of covalent character in ionic
bond. According to this rule as the polarising power of cation and polarisibility of
anion increases then covalent character in ionic bond increases.
Basis of Fajan’s rule is also useful to predict various properties of ionic salt like
nature of oxide, melting point, thermal stability and colour of ionic salt etc.
37. Select the CORRECT order of thermal stability.
A) Li3 N  Na3 N  K3 N B) LiCl  NaCl  KCl
C) BeSO4  MgSO4  CaSO4 D) GeCl2  SnCl4  PbCl4
Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12
38.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_WTA-11_Q.P
Select the CORRECT order of basic strength.
A) CaO  ZnO B) Na2O  MgO
C) BeO  B2O3 D) Fe2O3  FeO

Paragraph for Question Nos. 39 to 40

Many bond angles can be explained by either electronegativity or size arguments.
Molecules with larger difference in electronegativity values between central and
outer atoms have smaller bond angles. As the size of outer atom increases, the
angle increases. The size of central atom can also be used to determine the bond
angles in the series.
39. Which has the smallest bond angle (X-S-X) in the given molecules?
A) OSF2 B) OSCl2 C) OSBr2 D) OSI 2
40. Which of the following statement is INCORRECT?
A) Bond angle in OCl2 is greater than SCl2
B) bond angle in NH 3 is greater than NH 4
C) Bond angle in PH 3 is greater than NH 3
D) Bond angle in H 2O is less than H 2 S

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_WTA-11_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
41. By translating the axes the equation xy  2 x  3 y  4  0 has changed to XY  k then
k
 _____
2
42. The coordinate axes are rotated about the origin ‘O’ in the counter clockwise
direction through an angle 60 . If a and b are the intercepts made on the new
axes by a straight line whose equation referred to the original axes is
1 1
3 x  4 y  5  0 then   __
a 2 b2
43. I , I1 , I 2 , I 3 are incentre and excentres of ABC . If I  0, 0  , I1  2,3 , I 2  5, 7  distance
370
between orthocentres of II1I 3 and I1I 2 I 3 is then N=_______
N
44. If origin is the orthocentre of the triangle formed by the points (5,-1), (-2,3) and
(-4,-7) then the nine point circle centre is (h, k) then h-k=_______
45. The distance between the circumcenter and the orthocenter of the triangle whose
2
vertices are (0,0), (6,8), and (-4,3) is L. Then the value of L is ________
5
46. A man starts from the point P  3, 4  and reaches the point Q  0,1 touching the x-
axis at R  , 0  such that PR  RQ is minimum. Then 5   __
47. Let A  0,1 , B 1,1 , C 1, 1 , D  1, 0  be four points. If P is any other point, and if least
value of PA  PB  PC  PD is ‘d’ then  d  = ________, where  x  , greatest integer less
than or equal to ' x '
48. A triangle ABC has vertices A  5,1 , B  1, 7  , and C 1, 4  , respectively. L be the line
mirror passing through C and parallel to AB. A light ray emanating from point A
goes along the direction of the internal bisector of angle A, which meets the
mirror and BC at E and D, respectively. If the sum of the areas of ACE and ABC
is 10  a  sq.units , then a is equal to _________

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_WTA-11_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
49. If  a cos 1 , a sin 1  ,  a cos 2 , a sin  2  and  a cos 3 , a sin 3  represent the vertices of an
equilateral triangle inscribed in a circle, then
A) cos 1  cos  2  cos  3  0 B) sin 1  sin  2  sin  3  0
C) tan 1  tan 2  tan 3  0 D) cot 1  cot 2  cot 3  0
50. Let O  0, 0  , A  0, 4  , B  6, 0  . Let P be a moving point such that the area of triangle
POA is two times the area of triangle POB. The locus of P will be a straight line
whose equation can be
A) x  3 y  0 B) x  2 y  0 C) 2 x  3 y  0 D) 3 y  x  0
51. Let x1 and y1 be the roots of x 2  8 x  2009  0
x2 and y2 be the roots of 3 x 2  24 x  2010  0 and x3 and y3 be the roots
9 x 2  72 x  2011  0 .
The points A  x1 , y1  , B  x2 , y2  , C  x3 , y3 
A) Can not lie on a circle B) form a triangle of area 2sq. units
C) form a right angled triangle D) are collinear
1
Area of the triangle formed by  0, 0   a x , 0   0, a 6 x  is
2
52. sq. units then x  ________
2a 5
A) 1 B) -1 C) 5 D) -5
53. The point to which origin is shifted in order to miss the first degree terms in
2 x 2  5 xy  3 y 2  6 x  7 y  1  0 is  h, k  then
A) h  k  1 B) 2h  k  0 C) h  k  1 D) hk  2
54. The vertices of a variable triangle are  3, 4  5cos  , 5sin   and  5sin  , 5cos   , where
  R . Then which of the following is true
A) Circumcentre of the triangle (0,0)
2 2
B) Locus of orthocentre is  x  y  1   x  y  7   50
C) Circumcentre of triangle (3, 4)
2 2
D) Locus of orthocentre is  x  y  7    x  y  1  100
Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_WTA-11_Q.P

55. The equation  x  5 2  y 2   x  5 2  y 2  k represents

A) Line segment if k=10 B) Ellipse if k>10
C) Line segment if k=5 D) Ellipse if 0<k<10
56. The points A  0, 0 , B  cos  ,sin   , and C  cos  ,sin   are the vertices of a right-angled
triangle if
  1   1
A) sin  B) cos 
2 2 2 2
  1   1
C) cos  D) sin 
2 2 2 2

is defined by d  P, Q   x1  x2  y1  y2 . Let O  0, 0  and A  3, 2 . Consider the set of

points P in the first quadrant which are equidistant (w.r.t the new distance) from
O and A.
57. The set of points P consists of
A) One straight line only
B) union of two line segments
C) union of two infinite rays
D) union of a line segment of finite length and an infinite ray.
58. The area of the region bounded by locus of P and line y=4 in first quadrant is (in
sq. units)
A) 2 B) 4 C) 6 D) 8

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Question Nos. 59 to 60
06-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv (2015_P2)_WTA-11_Q.P

Let ABC be an acute-angled triangle and AD, BE, and CF be its medians, where E
and F are at (3,4) and (1,2), respectively. The centroid of ABC is G  3, 2  .

59. The coordinates of D are

A) (7,-4) B)(5,0) C) (7,4) D) (-3,0)
60. The height of the altitude drawn from point A is (in units)
A) 4 2 B) 3 2 C) 6 2 D) 2 3

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 PTA-08 Date: 06-12-2020
Time: 10.10 Am to 01.10 Pm 2015_P1 Max.Marks: 180

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS

1 4 2 5 3 8 4 5 5 7
6 7 7 2 8 6 9 ABC 10 BC
11 AC 12 ACD 13 ACD 14 C 15 BCD
16 AC 17 A 18 CD 19 A-PQS; B-RST;C-S; D-S
20 A-PST;B-QR;C-PST;D-QR

CHEMISTRY

21 7 22 6 23 0 24 7 25 8
26 6 27 6 28 6 29 ABC 30 ACD
31 ACD 32 ABCD 33 ABCD 34 BCD 35 BCD
36 ABD 37 ABC 38 ABCD 39 A-R;B-PT;C-S;D-Q
40 A-PQ;B-PQR;C-PQRS;D-PQRST

MATHEMATICS

41 3 42 6 43 6 44 5 45 4
46 5 47 7 48 4 49 BC 50 ABC
51 ACD 52 B 53 AC 54 AB 55 AB
56 ABC 57 BD 58 BC 59 A-R;B-P;C-PST;D-PST
60 A-QRST;B-PQ;C-ST;D-T
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Key & Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
 0I0 a a dr  0I0 a
1. 1  =
2  0 a  r
ln 2
2
 0I0 a a rdr  0I0 a  0I0 a
2  = =
2  0 r 2  a 2
ln 2 ln 2
4 2
 0I0 a  0I0 a
 = ln 2  ln 2  = ln 2
2 2
  2  Q / R
d dB dA  6
2.  A B    3  3  1  5V
dt dt dt 3 
Q02 Q20 1 C
3. W  U f  Ui   , v  C' 
2C' 2C C 9
2 2
9Q0 Q0
   9E  E  8E
2C 2C
50 5
4. Peak current through R1 , I1   A
10 2 2

Peak current through R 2

50 5
I2   A
10 2 2

Phase difference between I1 and I2 is
2
 Peak current through the source is
2 2
 5   5  5
I I12  I2 2
       2
 2  2 2
5. Before S is closed
120 120
Steady current through inductor    0.6A
50  150 200
After S is closed
150 n 2
120  
Current through it is  0.6e 5 30
50
0.6
 2.4   2.1Amp(towards right)
2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

6
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Key & Sol’s
Since the resistance of the ring is zero, the emf required for the production of current is
zero.
i  0  f  0
 r 2 B0  L i
r 2 B0
 i
L
 i  7A
dI1
7. E2  M  2ktM
dt
E 2ktM
i2  2 
R R
T
2Mk kMT 2
 2
dq  i dt 
R 0
tdt 
R
 1 1
 1     2
1  2 
8. After t = 0, circuit will be,

di di q
-L1  L2   0
dt dt C
di q
  L1  L2   
dt C
d 2q q  1 
2 
     q    
dt 2  L1  L 2  C  C  L1  L 2  
2
T   2  L1  L2  C  2 12  103  30  106

 2 36  108  2  6  104 S
 E  BlvT 
9. At terminal speed Fext  Finduced ;   Bl   Bl
 R  R 
E
  v T also i net  zero
BL
mdv E  Blv 
at time t ;  Bl  
dt R  R 
dv  B2l 2 v EBl dv B2l 2 BlE
   ;  v
dt mR mR dt mR mR
 0iR 2
10. B  x  R 
2x 3
 iR 2 r 2
0  0 3
2x

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Key & Sol’s
 d B 3 0iR r dx 3  0 r 2 v
2 2
  
dt 2x 4 dt 2 N 4 R 2
R dB
11. E
2 dt
qR qRB
Impulse   Fdt   qE dt   dB 
2 2
qRB
mv 
2
Minimum velocity to complete a circle  4gR
2mv 2m 4m g
q  4gR 
RB RB B R
12. When Q is brought towards P, north and south poles will be induced at p as shown in
the figure, which is as a result of additional current in p in opposite direction as that of
Q the net current is sum of original current and this induced current.

13.  
d ln  V  B .dL
 x Bdx
r2

 ln   xdx  B
r1

B2
14. UB 
2 0
b 2
1   0i 
UB     ldx  2 x 
a
20  2 x 
1
U B  Li 2
2
15. X C  X L  R  104 
Hence circuit is in resonance
VC  VL
Since X C  R,  VC  VR
16. Flux through loop
2a 2a
0i1 i
  adr   0 2 adr
a
2 r a
2 r
0  i1  i 2 
 a ln 2
2
d 0
 ln   a ln 2  a cons tan t 
dt 
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4
1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Key & Sol’s

W 
2C 2 2
Solving i  i 0 sin wt
q  q0 1  cos wt 
4 a
q max  2q 0  0 ln 2

q  a ln 2
i0  0  0
w  2

17.

Imperence of the system  10  10 j 
 4  4 j8  6j 

  4  4 j8  6j 
56  8 j
 10  10 j 
12  2 j

 10  10 j 
 28  4 j 6  j
37
172  52 j
 10  10 j 
37
18. Figure  i V3  V12  V22
2

Figure  ii  V32  V12  V22

Figure  iii A32  A12  A 22
Figure  iv A32  A12  A 22
 Rt
 L

19. i 1  e
R  
PB  i
PR  I 2 R
dU
 i  i 2R
dt
20. When charge on capacitor increases, current in inductor decreases and vice -versa

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Key & Sol’s
CHEMISTRY
21. Except XeF2 all the remaining species contain 2 non bonding electron pairs on the
central atom.
22. I3 ion has structure
I

I
23. The electronic configuration of Yb is 4f 14 5d 0 6s 2
24. Except ‘Na’ remaining all elements are smaller than aluminium.
25. Except Cl remaining all elements have lesser ionization energies than nitrogen
26. If the angle between bonding orbitals is less than 1090 281 , the sp 3 hybrid orbitals have
more p-character and less s-character
27. In H 2O, XeO3 , NiCl42 ,SO 42 ,SF2 and H3O the central atom is involved in sp3
hybridization and have 4 hybrid orbitals only.
28. CrO24 ,MnO4 ,OSO4 , WO3 ,TcO4 are stable than their fluorides Ti an Zr can form
stable fluorides.
29. Fluorine is more electronegative than oxygen so the bond pair of electrons move away
from oxygen atom. But in Cl2O bond pair of electrons moves towards oxygen atom.
This causes repulsion between bond pairs and increase in bond angle. Lesser the bond
angle more the p-character of sp3 hybrid orbital that participate in bond.
30. C  O single bond energy 360 kJ/mol
C  O energy 745 kJ/mol
The   bond between Si and O atoms is not as strong as in C  O because of the
difference is size of orbitals on the two atoms.
Si  O single bond energy 464 kJ/mol
Si  O energy is 640 kJ/mol
Due to some back bonding from oxygen atom to silicon atom Si  O single bond is
stronger than C  O single bond.
31. IA group elements can lose only one electron and IIA group elements can lose 2
electrons during the formation cations. But most of the transition elements in several
compounds lose more number electrons. In the ions of transition metals there may not
be inert gas configuration since some d-electrons remain all transition elements exhibit
variable valency.
32. Compared to Mn, Co have more effective nuclear charge. So Co will have more IP than
Mn. By losing electron Cr can get stable d5 configuration. So can lose electron easily
thus having lesser ionization energy than Zn. Re is present in the same group of Mn but
due to lanthanoid contraction its ionization energy is more than Mn. Chromium has
3d 5 4s1 but Mo has 4d 4 5s 2 configurations. By losing electron chromium gets stable half
filled d5 configuration.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

33.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Key & Sol’s
Since electron from antibonding orbital of NO is removed bond order increases from
2.5 to 3.0 so bond energy increases. More energy is required to break and separate the
atoms in NO  becomes more than NO. Due to the presence of +ve charge NO  is more
reactive than NO.
34. Statements BCD are correct the remaining statement is false.
35. PCl5 have Trigonal bipyramid structure with sp 3d hybridization in phosphorous atom.
The axial bonds are longer and weaker than equatorial bonds which are shorter and
stronger. It is non polar. The hybrid orbitals in axial position are obtained from p 2 and
d z orbitals which do not have s-character.
2

36. An electron in outer orbital(3s) is more shielded than an electron in inner orbital(2s).
Compared to p-orbital, s-orbital belonging to same orbit have more penetrating power
i.e., 3s > 3p when an electron penetrates more and coming near to nucleus, electrons
between nucleus and the electron penetrated decreases, so shielding also decreases.
Electron near to the nucleus experience more effective nuclear charge.
37. Copper has 10 more protons and 10 more electrons than does potassium, but the
electron in 3d orbital of copper do not shield the nuclear attraction perfectly. Hence first
ionization potential of attraction perfectly. Hence first ionization potential of Cu is
higher. The second ionization potential for involves the loss of an electron from an inert
gas configuration where as that Cu involves the more easily ionized d10 (pseudo inert
gas configuration)
38. Ionization potential is related to individual atom but oxidation potential is related to
redox reaction and measured relative to hydrogen. During redox reaction one or more
than one electron can participate but in ionization potential relates to removal of one
electron only.
39.
40.

MATHEMATICS
41. 2x 2  3xy  y 2  x  y  c family of hyperbolas
(-1,1)

(0,0)

(0,-1)

Asymptotes : 2x 2  3xy  y 2  x  y  0
 L1 : x  y  0
L 2 : 2x  y  1  0
1
Area with y-axis 
2
G.E  1  2  3
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 1
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Key & Sol’s

42. xy  ydx  xdy  e x3

dx
2
 y  y 3 1 1  y 1 3
   d    e1/x . 4 dx      e1/x  c
 x  x x 2  x 3
2
3y 3
 2  2e1/ x  k Now 1, e lies  k  5e
x
 
 m  3,n  2  mn  6
x 4 x 4
xt xt
43. f  x   e dt   e dt   e dt   e t  x dt
xt

0 x 0 x
t x t 4
 e x e   0
 
 e x e x
 
 e x 1  e  x  e x e 4  e x  
 e x  1  e 4 x  1  e  e 4 x  2 x

f '  x   0  e x  e 4 x  0  x  2  f  2  2e 2  2  k
k 
    e 2  1  6
2
12
4  x 4  x8 
44. Clearly f '  x   3x   x   3
 1  x12   1  x12 
 f '  x   3  x
 f  x   3x  c  But f 1  0
c  3
 f  x   3x  3  y  3x  3  3x  y  3  0
2

Area 
 3

3 p3
pq5
2  31 2 q2

 /4
2
45. v  1  tan x 
0
dx

 /4 2  /4 2
    1  tan x 
 
0
1  tan  4  x   dx  
0
 1   dx
1  tan x 
 /4 2  /4 2
 1   cos x 
4   dx  4    dx  4u
0
 1  tan x 0
cos x  sin x 
v
 4
u
46.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Key & Sol’s

 3 3 
 2 3  1  2  2 , 2  3
 
 1 3  1  2 , 2  2 
 
 2, 2 
 

 0,0 1 2 3

 n 3 
n th vertex   x, y   1  2  3  .....   n  1  ,  n  
 2 2 
 n2 3 
 , n
 2 2 
3
Locus is y 2  x
2
2
4 2 4  3 3
 RA  a      GE  5
3 3  8  16
47.  '  Quadrilateral – sector
A

a C
B
30º 30º
120º
r

2
 1 a a 3 2   1  a  2 
 .  .sin120º  a 
 2 3 3 4   2  3  3 
 1 3   2  1  
 a2    a  
 4 3 4 9   3 9 
1 

' 3 9 4  1  4  
       1  
 3 3  3 9  3  3 3
4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
p  4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Key & Sol’s

 p  q  7
q  3
1 5 1 5
48. RA   g  x  dx   g  x  dx   f 1
 x  dx   f 1  x  dx
3 1 3 1

Put x  f  t       4
1
x2  x  1  x
2
 t  1 2  t  1  1   t  1 dt
49. I1   dx   put x+1=t
0
x 1 1
t
2
t2  t  1 2 2
 dt   t 1   ln t 1
1
t
 I 2  1  ln 2
 I1  I2  ln 2  1  I1  I 2  0  I1  I 2
 I1  I 2  1  ln 2  1
50. A) Inverse concept
 x2 
B) 2xf  x   x f  x   x  d x f  x   d  
1 2 11

 2
 2 1

x2
 x f  x 
2 1
cc0
2
1 x
 f 1  x    f  x    k  GE  1
2 2 3
1 1
 
C) f  x   1   f  t  dt  x   t f  t  dt
 0  0

 Ax  B
1

A  1   f  t  dt
0
1

B   t f  t  dt
0
Solving A  6,B  4
1
A
G.I   f  x  dx   B  3  4  7
0
2
e
  x ln x    e  
D) G.I   tan 1    tan 1  
 
 x  1  1  e  1 4
1
51.  
G.I  sin 1  x sin 2x  0  sin 1  sin 2  0    2  1.14
 1  x 1 
52. f  x   1   yf  y  dy e    f  y  dy x
 0    0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Key & Sol’s
1
x
 A.e  B.x, Let A  1   y f  y  dy
0
1

B   f  y dy
0
Solving
1


A  1   y Ae y  By dy ......1
0
B
A 1 A   B  3
3
1


B   Ae y  By dy..... 2 
0
B
B  A  e  1 
2
3
A
2  e  1
3
 f ' x   ex  3  0
2  e  1
 f is decreasing
3
f  0  
2  e  1  0
Also f '  x   0  e x  2  e  1
 It has no solution
53. A) Use tan 1 x  x
b b b b 2
 b  a
C) LHS    f  x  f  a  dx   f  x   f  a  dx   x  a dx    x  a 
a a a a
dx 
2
1 1
4  x2 4  x2
54. I  I  6 dx  2I  6.  
2 dx
1
9  x2 0
9  x 2

1
4  x2
 I  6 dx x  2sin 
0
9  x2

 I  6. 
 /6
4cos 2 
 /6
d  6 

9  4sin 2   5 
d
0
9  4sin 2  0
9  4sin 2 
 /6
 5   /6  6
1 
 6.  1  d  6  1d  5 d
0 5sin 2   9cos2  
0
 9  4sin 2   0 
 /6
 5  1  5 sin      5 1 
 1
 6   tan  3cos        2 5 tan  3 3
 6 3 5   0 

 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 5 
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Key & Sol’s

   2 5 tan 1 
 3 15 
A  5,B  3

2  x2 1  x2  
55.  x 1 
4
2
dx

 2
cos x  2
sin x  1  x 2

 
1 x 1 x
2  x2

1 x 2 
.sec 4 x  cot 1 x dx  x  cot 1 x  z

4 1 3
 sec z  dz  tan z 
3
tan z  c
1
 A  1,B 
3

56.  2n  1  In1  In    2n  1 
 cos 2n x 1  cos2 x  
dx  cos 2n 1 x
sin x
   x   cos x   ' x    2n  1 cos2n  x   sin x   f  n, x 
2n 1

57. x 4  ydx  xdy   y 2  xdy  ydx   0

y2  xdy  ydx 
 d  xy     0
x2  x2
y3
 int egreting xy  3  c  3x 4 y  y3  kx 3
3x
1,1 lies on it  k  4  3x 4 y  y3  4x 3

58. By concept, B   f  x  dx
1
1 2

By concept, C   f  x  1 dx   f  x  dx
0 1

59. A) Solution is xy  2y  c, 1,1 lies on it  c  1  xy 2  2y5  1

2 5

63
y 2 x    x   15
4
B) Solution is x 2 y2  1  cy, 1,1 lies on it  c  2  x 2 y 2  1  2y
C) Area = 7
D) f  x   e x
1
Area  e 
e
  2
f  x   e x

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Key & Sol’s

Area  e 
e
  2
e x ,  ,0
f  x   x
e [0,  )
1

Area   e  x  e x    0
1
 1  e  e  1
 2e  2
  3
x
e ( ,0)
f  x    x
e [0,  )
0 x 1
Area  e x    e 
1 0
1 1 2
1 1  2 
e e e
  1
60. A) Using king’s property I   I  I  0
 /2
  2   2 
B) I1  I1    cos   sin 2 x  cos  cos 2 x   dx etc....
0
  3  3 
I2
2I1  I 2  2
I1
11/10
1/10 2
1 x  2x  5 2 11/10
  x  1  x   
2
C)  2x dx  c x  2x
2 11 11
10
b
A=5,b=10  2
a

D)  x 2  2x cos 2x  3sin 2x  dx   d x 3 sin 2x  x 3 sin 2x  c 
c  0  f  x   x  x  0  or  sin 2x  1
3

 5
x  0, x  ,
4 4
No of solutions = 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 PTA-08 Date: 06-12-2020
Time: 10.10Am to 01.10Pm 2015_P1 Max. Marks: 264

2015_PAPER-I
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Syllabus

MATHS : PT-8 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-8 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-8 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2015-P1-Model
Time: 3:00 Hours IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 264
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 8) Questions with Integer Answer Type 4 0 8 32
Sec – II(Q.N : 9 – 18) Questions with Multiple Correct Choice 4 -2 10 40
Matrix Matching
Sec – III(Q.N : 19 – 20) 2 -1 2 16
(+2/-1 for every match)
Total 20 88
CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 21 – 28) Questions with Integer Answer Type 4 0 8 32
Sec – II(Q.N : 29 – 38) Questions with Multiple Correct Choice 4 -2 10 40
Matrix Matching
Sec – III(Q.N : 39 – 40) 2 -1 2 16
(+2/-1 for every match)
Total 20 88
MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 41 – 48) Questions with Integer Answer Type 4 0 8 32
Sec – II(Q.N : 49 – 58) Questions with Multiple Correct Choice 4 -2 10 40
Matrix Matching
Sec – III(Q.N : 59 – 60) 2 -1 2 16
(+2/-1 for every match)
Total 20 88

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
Max Marks : 88
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
1. A square frame of side a and a long straight wire carrying a current i are located in the
same plane. The frame is rotated through an angle of 90º about side PQ. If the amount of
0 I a ln m
charge flown through the frame is find m+n. Resistance of the frame
n R
is R.

2. A cylindrical region of radius 1 m has instantaneous homogeneous magnetic field of √3

6
T and it is increasing at a rate of T/s. A regular hexagonal loop ABCDEFA of side 1

m is being drawn in to the region with a constant speed of 1 m/s as shown in the figure.
What is the magnitude of emf developed in the loop just after the shown instant when the
corner A of the hexagon is coinciding with the centre of the circle?

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 3

3.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
In an L–C circuit, oscillations of energy E is sustained. The capacitor plates are now
slowly drawn apart to increase the oscillation frequency three times. The work done in
the process is nE. Find n.
4. For the circuit shown in the figure, find the peak current (in ampere) through the source.

5. After the current in the circuit has reached its final steady state value, the switch S is
n2
closed. If magnitude of current through the switch S, sec after S is closed is 3n/10
30
Ampere, find the value of n?
120V

50 150 5H

6 A ring made of a superconductor is placed into a homogeneous magnetic field whose

intensity grows from zero to B0  25T . The plane of the ring is perpendicular to the lines
of force of magnetic field. What is the intensity of the induced current appearing in the
ring? The radius of the ring is r  1  m , and its inductance L = 5H.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 4

7.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
Two coils, 1 and 2 have a mutual inductance = M and resistance R each. A current flows
in coil 1, which varies with time as : i1  kt 2 ,where k is a constant and ‘t’ is time. The
  kMT 2
total charge that has flown through coil 2, between t=0 at t=T is   .
   1 R

1
Find   .
 

8. Diagram shows a circuit. Switch S1 was closed for a long time with S2 open. At t =0
switch S2 was closed & S1 was opened. The time period of L- C oscillation after t =0 is
given by 2  104 s .Fill the value of  .
(Given C  30 F , L1  L2  6mH , R  10,   10Volts )

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P

E
A) If at t = 0 velocity is zero then the terminal velocity  v T  of the bar is
BL
B) Current flowing through resistance at terminal velocity is zero
C) Any energy supplied by cell at any instant is always partly dissipated as joule heating
in the circuit and partly used up in speeding up the bar.
D) After a sufficiently long time, the entire nonzero energy supplied by cell is dissipated
as heat.
10. Two coaxial circular loops are shown in figure, smaller loop (radius  r ) is a distance x
above the larger one (Radius  R )with x  R . Now if x is changing at a constant rate
dx
 v  0 and current is flowing in the larger loop as shown then :
dt

A) Approximate magnitude of induced EMF generated in smaller loop when x  NR is

3  0ir 2
(where N is a positive constant)
2 N4R 2
B) Approximate magnitude of induced EMF generated in smaller loop when x  NR is
3  0ir 2 v
(where N is a positive constant)
2 N4R 2
C) Direction of induced current in the smaller loop is same as that larger loop
D) Direction of induced current in the smaller loop is opposite to that in larger loop.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 6
11.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
The diagram shows a circular non-conducting smooth fixed track kept concentric to a
magnetic field of magnitude B which exists in a cylindrical region of radius r (r > R).
There is small bead of mass m and charge q rests on the track. The bead can move freely
along track. If the magnetic field is switched off then

qRB
A) Impulse imparted to bead is
2
B) Impulse imparted to bead is qRB
4m g
C) If q  then bead will complete vertical circular motion
B R
m g
D) If q  then bead will complete vertical circular motion
B R
12. Two circular coils P & Q are coaxially & carry currents I1 and I 2 respectively (all
direction are w.r.t. the observer)

A) if I1  0 & Q moves towards P, a current in the opposite direction to that of I 2 is

induced in P
B) when I1  0 and I 2  0 are in the same direction & Q moves towards P then magnitude
of both i1 and i2 could increase.
C) when I1  0 and I 2  0 are in the same direction & P moves towards Q then magnitude
of i1 could decrease.
D) when I1  0 and I 2  0 are in the same direction & P moves towards Q then magnitude
of i1 could increase.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 7
13.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
A conducting L –shape rod ABC is rotated with uniform angular speed  in uniform
magnetic field B0 with the help of two equal string about an axis shown In the figure.
Potential A,B,C and D is VA , VB , VC and VD respectively. (OA =OC =AB=BC= l ,

magnetic field  B0 ) (D is mid point of AB) match the following(  is directed opposite

to B )

1 1
A) VA  VB  B0l 2 B) VB  VC  B0 l 2
2 2
1
C) VA  VC  zero D) VA  VD  B0 l 2
8
14. A long coaxial cable carries current I (along its surface). The current flows down the
surface of inner cylinder of radius a and back along the outer cylinder of radius b.

0 I 2 b
A) Energy stored in magnetic field per unit length is ln
8 a
2
I b
B) Energy stored in magnetic field per unit length is 0 ln
2 a
 b
C) Self inductance of given arrangement per unit length is 0 ln  
2  a 
0  b 
D) Self inductance of given arrangement per unit length is ln  
4  a 
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 8
15.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
In the figure frequency of the A.C. source is 50/  Hz with L =100 H, C  1 F , R  10k  .
When all the switches are open V2 reads 100 V. All the voltmeters are hot wire
voltmeter which read r.m.s value of voltage. Initially S1 ,S2 and S3 are open.

A) At any instant, if voltage across R increases at that instant magnitude of potential

difference across inductor and capacitor simultaneously increases
B) Reading of all other voltmeters are also equal to 100 V
C) When S1 and S2 both are closed, reading of V4 remains 100V
D) When only S1 is closed, reading of V4 decreases
16. A square loop containing inductor of inductance 4H and a capacitor of 2F is kept in the
plane of wires (infinite) carrying current I1  4t amp and I 2  2t amp as shown. Choose
the correct statements

0 a
A) Maximum charge on capacitor is 4 ln 2

a
B) Maximum charge on capacitor is 8 0 ln 2

a
C) Maximum current in inductor is 0 ln 2
2
2 0 a
D) Maximum current in inductor is ln 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 9
17.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
In given AC circuit
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P

13
A) Phase difference between I3 and voltage across AB is tan 1
41
13 
B) Phase difference between I1 and I3 is tan 1 
41 4
 19
C) Phase difference between I1 and voltage across PQ is  tan 1
4 33
D) None of these
18. Some electrical elements are shown in below figure. All ammeters and voltmeters are
ideal and read rms values. An alternating source of emf e  e0sin t is connected in each
circuit between P and Q. Now choose the correct statements

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
A) The reading of voltmeter V3 is more than the sum of the reading of the voltmeter V1 and V2
for each case in figure (i) and (ii)
B) The reading of ammeter A 3 is more than the sum of the readings of the ammeters A1 and
A 2 for each case in figure (iii) and (iv)
C) The reading of voltmeter V3 is less than the sum of the readings of the voltmeters V1 and
V2 for each case in figure (i) and (ii)
D) The reading of ammeter A3 is less than the sum of the readings of the ammeters A1 and A2
for each case in figure (iii) and (iv)

R t=0
19.  S
Current is allowed to grow in the inductor by closing switch at t = 0.
PB  power supplied by battery
PR  power dissipated in resistor
dU
 Rate of increase of energy stored in inductor.
dt
Column-I Column-II
A) t = 0 P) power supplied by battery is minimum
L
B) t  n2 . Q) power dissipated in resistor is minimum
R
L
C) t R) Rate of increase of energy in inductor is maximum
R
dU
D) t S) PB  PR 
dt
dU
T) PR 
dt

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 11

20.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
A zero – resistance L – C circuit oscillates with time period T. At t = 0 charge on plate
‘a’ of capacitor is maximum (+Q0). Similarly maximum current is i0.

a b

Column-I Column-II
T Magnitude of charge on capacitor is increasing just after this
A) t P)
4 moment
T Magnitude of charge of capacitor is decreasing just after this
B) t Q)
2 instant
t
3T Magnitude of current through inductor is increasing just
C) R)
4 after this instant.
Magnitude of current through inductor is decreasing just
D) t=T S)
after this instant.
T) Charge on plate ‘a’ of capacitor is zero at this instant

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 12

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
Max Marks : 88
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
21. How many of the following molecules/ions contain two non bonding electron pairs on
the central atom
XeF2 , XeF4 , H 2O, OCl2 ,SF2 , ClO2 , ClF3 , ClF2

22. Number of 90º b.p  l.p interactions in I3 ion is

23. Number of unpaired electrons in Ytterbium is
24. How many of the atoms of following elements are smaller than aluminium
Na, Be, B, C, N, Si, P, S
25. How many of the following elements have lesser ionization energies than nitrogen
B, C, O, P, Mg, Al, Si, S, Cl
26. In how many of the following molecules the s-character of the bonding hybrid orbitals is
less than 25%
H 2O, H 2S, NH 3 , PH 3 , OCl2 ,OF2 ,SF2

27. How many of the following have only four hybrid orbitals on the central atom
XeO3 , I3 , XeF2 , H 2O, PCl5 , NiCl42 ,SO 42 ,SF2 , H3O

28. For how many of the following transition metals highest oxidation state is stabilised by
oxygen instead of fluorine.
Cr, Mn, Os, W, Mo, Tc, Ti, Zr

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 13

29.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
The correct statements among the following is/are
A) FOF bond angle in OF2 is less than ClOCl bond angle in OCl 2
B) p-character of hybrid orbital in bond is more in OF2 than in OCl2
C) The repulsion between bond pairs is more in OCl 2 than in OF2
D) Due to increase in O-Cl bond length ClOCl bond angle is more in OCl2
30. The correct statement(s) among the following is/are
A) Energy released in the formation of one C  O is more than that the energy released
when two single C  O bonds are formed.
B) Energy released in the formation of one C  O is less than the energy released when
two single C  O bonds are formed.
C) Energy released in the formation of two single C  O bonds is less than the energy
liberated in the formation of two single Si  O bonds.
D) Si  O weaker than C  O
31. How do cations formed by transition metals differ from those formed by metals in the
first two groups of the periodic table.
A) Transition metals lose more electrons more oftenly compared to the metals in the first
two groups of the periodic table
B) All the transition metal ions have a positive charge
C) Transition metals generally do not ionize to a noble gas configurations.
D) All the transition metal are capable of forming different ions
32. In which of the following pairs of elements the first element have lesser ionization
energy than the second one.
A) Manganese and cobalt B) Manganese and Rhenium
C) Chromium and Zinc D) Chromium and molybdenum

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 14

33.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct in the conversion of NO to NO ion
A) N  O bond length decreases
B) Paramagnetic species converted into diamagnetic species
C) Energy required to separate the atoms in NO increases
D) Reactivity increases
34. An alloy generally differ from a compound of transition metal in that
A) The alloy always contain carbon
B) The alloy always contain one or more elements
C) The alloy always have metallic properties
D) The atomic ratios of the constituent elements in an alloy are not fixed and may vary
over a wide range
35. The correct statements about PCl5 molecule is/are
A) It contain two stronger and three weaker bonds
B) It contain two longer and three shorter bonds
C) It is a non-polar molecule
D) It contain a hybrid orbital with zero s-character
36. Correct statements regarding the penetration and shielding of orbitals(Assume that all
lower energy orbitals are fully occupied.
A) An electron in a 3s orbital is more shielded than an electron in a 2s orbital
B) An electron in a 3s orbital penetrates into the region occupied by core electrons more
than electrons in a 3p-orbital penetrates into the region occupied by core electrons
C) An electron in an orbital that penetrates closer to the nucleus always experiences more
shielding than an electron in an orbital that does not penetrate as far
D) An electron in an orbital that penetrates close to the nucleus tends to experience a
higher effective nuclear charge than an electron in an orbital that does not penetrate close
to the nucleus

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
37. Both potassium and copper have same outer electronic configuration  4s1  . Which of the
following statements is/are correct?
A) The first ionization energy for copper is higher than that of potassium
B) The second ionization energy for copper is less than potassium
C) The 4s1 electron in potassium is more shielded than in copper
D) Density of potassium is more than that of copper
38. The correct statements regarding ionization potential and oxidation potential of an
element
A) Ionization potential refers to the loss of an electron from a gaseous atom while
oxidation potential is the loss of one or more number of electrons in its normal state at
25ºC
B) Ionization potential is not a common chemical process but oxidation potential is a
chemical process
C) Ionization potential can occur without any reduction reaction occurring concurrently
while oxidation potential cannot
D) Ionization potential, despite its name is an energy term, where as oxidation potential
is a potential.
SECTION - III
(MATRIX MATCHING ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and four statements (P, Q, R and
S) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For
example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in Q and R, then for the particular question darken the
bubbles corresponding to Q and R in the OMR sheet. For each correct matching will be awarded +2 marks ONLY and 0 if not
attempted and -1 in all other cases.
39. The values of IE1 and IE 2  kJ / mol of few elements designated by A,B,C and D are

shown below in Column-I. Match their characters listed in Column-II

Column-I Column-II
A) IE1 2372;IE 2 5251 P) A reactive metal
B) IE1 530; IE 2 7300 Q) A reactive non-metal
C) IE1 900;IE 2 1760 R) A noble gas
D) IE1 1650;IE 2 3380 S) A metal that forms a halide of formula AX 2
T) A metal that forms an oxide of the type M 2O

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 16

40.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
Match the following pairs of molecules in Column-I and their property in Column-II
Column-I Column-II
A) PCl3F2 & PCl2 F3 P) Hybridisation of central atom
B) BF3 & BCl3 Q) Shape of molecule
C) CO 2 &CN 22 R) Dipole moment
D) C6 H 6 & B3 N 3H 6 S) Total number of electrons
T) No lone pairs on all atoms

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 17

MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
Max Marks : 88
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
41. If L1 , L 2 be the asymptopes of family of hyperbolas represented by the equation
 4x  3y  1 dx   3x  2y  1 dy  0 and if the area of triangle formed by L1 , L 2 and
a
y-axis is  a,b  N,G.C.D  1 , then a+b equals
b
1
If the general solution of the differential equation  xy 2  e x  dx  x 2 y dy  0,
3
42.
 
2
y 1
y 1  e is given by m 2  n.e x  5e  m,n  N  then the value of product mn equals
3

x
4
43. If the minimum value of the function f  x    e x  t dt where x  0,3 is k then the value
0

k 
of   equals ( [ . ] is GIF)
2
1/ x 3 1
 1 4/3  t8
44. The area bounded by the curve y  f  x      t  dt  3 1  t12 dt and the co-
1
1  t4 x

p
ordinate axes is equal to (where p,q  N,G.C.D  1) then the value of p  q is
q
 /4 2  /4 2
 cos x   sin x  cos x  v
45. Let u  
0
  dx and v 
sin x  cos x  0

cos x
 dx , then the value of equals
u
46. Several equilateral triangles with respective sides, 1,2,3,4,…. are placed end to end,
starting from origin, one side of each lying on x-axis, in quadrant one. If the vertices of
these triangles lie on a parabola, whose equation is S=0, then the area bounded by curve
1
S = 0, its latus rectum and x –axis is  then   equals ([.] GIF)
 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 18

47.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
If  is the area of ABC , which is equilateral and if a circle touches sides AB and AC
at B and C such that  ' is the area of triangle which is outside this circle. If
' p  
 1  then p  q equals  p,q  N,G.C.D  1
 q  3 3 

48. Let g(x) be the inverse of f  x   x 3  3x  1 . If the area bounded by y  g  x  , x-axis

x  3 and x  5 is  then the value of    equals ([.] GIF)

A) I1  I 2 B) I1  I 2 C) I1  I 2  1 D) I1  I 2  1
50. Which is/are correct
2

 1 x  dx  6
1/3
A) 3

 x 2  2x 
0

B) Let f :  1,1   be a twice differentiable function such that 2f 1  x   xf 11  x   1 for

1
1 1
 x f  x  dx  3 if f  2  2
1
all x then
1

1 1
C) If f  x   x    x  t  f  t  dt then  f  x  dx  7
0 0

e
x  1  ln x 
D)   x  1   x ln x 
1
2 2
dx 
4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 19

1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
2x cot 2x  1
51. Let I   dx then which is/are correct
0 1  x 2  cot 2 2x
1 
A) I  B) I  1 C) I   D) I 
2 2
1
52. 
Let f(x) be a function satisfying the equation f  x   e   x  y e x f  y dy then which
x

0

is/are correct  x  
A) f(x) is an increasing function B) f(x) is decreasing function
C) f(0) > 0 D) f ' x   0 has atleast one solution
53. Which is/are correct
2
1
A)  2  arc tan x dx  ln 2
0

2
1
B)  2  arc tan x dx  ln 2
0

C) If f(x) is such that f  u   f  v  u  v then

b 2
 b  a
 f  x  dx   b  a  .f  a 
a

2
,  a  b

D) If f(x) is such that f  u   f  v  u  v then

b 2
 b  a
 f  x  dx   b  a  f  a 
a

2
,  a  b
1
4  x2   A 
54. If  dx    2 5  tan 1    where A,B  N then which is/are correct
1
3  x   B 15 
(G.C.D of (A,B) = 1)
A) A = 5 B) B = 3 C) A = 3 D) B = 5

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 20

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P

1  x  2  x  dx  A tan  x  cot
2 2

55. If   x cos x  sin x  4

1

x B tan 3 (x  cot 1 x)  c ( c is constant of

integration) then which is/are correct

1 1
A) A = 1 B) B  C) A  1 D) B  
3 3
cos 2n x
56. Let I n   dx satisfies the recursive relation  2n  1 I n 1   2n  1 I n    x  , if
sin x
 ' x   f  n, x  , then which is/are correct

    11
A) f  5,   0 B) f  5,  
 2  4  32 2

 
C) f  6,   is even number D) f  6,  is prime number
 2

57.    
For the differential equation y x 4  y 2 dx  x x 4  y 2 dy  0, y 1  1 which is/are

correct, if the solution is f  x, y  0

A) f is homogenous function in x,y
B) f is non-homogenous function in x,y
C) f is a sixth degree polynomial in x,y
D) f is a fifth degree polynomial in x,y
2
58. If f(x) is integreble over [1,2] then  f  x  dx is equal to
1

1 n  r 1 2n  r 
A) lim
n  n

r 1
f 
 n
B) lim
n  n
 f  n 
r  n 1

1 n  r  n 1 2n  r 
C) lim  f  D) lim  f  
n  n
r 1
 n  n  n
r 1
 n

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 21

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P
SECTION - III
(MATRIX MATCHING ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and four statements (P, Q, R and
S) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For
example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in Q and R, then for the particular question darken the
bubbles corresponding to Q and R in the OMR sheet. For each correct matching will be awarded +2 marks ONLY and 0 if not
attempted and -1 in all other cases.
59. Match the following

Column-I Column-II
dy
A)
 2x  10y  dx  y  0, y 1  1 then the value of [x] when y = 2
3

P) 3
is equal to ([.] GIF)

x y2 2

 1 dy  2xy 3dx  0, y 1  1 then at y  2 the value 4x 2
B) Q) 7
equals
Area of the region formed by the points (x,y) satisfying
C) R) 15
 x 2   y2 for 0  x  4 is greater than ([.] GIF)
Let the function f(x) which is continuous every where, and
satisfies
D) 1 S) 2
f  x   e x  e  x then the area bounded by y = f(x), x-axis,
f  x
x=-1 and x=1 can have integral part
T) 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 22

60.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
Match the following
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-08_Q.P

Column-I Column-II
1
5
A) The value of  2x 3  3x 2  3x  1 dx is less than P) 0
0

 /2  /2
 2   
Let I1   cos  sin 2 x  dx, I 2   cos  3 sin x  dx then the
0
 3  0
B) Q) 1
I
value of 2 is greater than
I1
1/10 11
 1 2 a b
 x  x  1  
 x 8 x 9 
dx    x  ,   0  0,  1  (3) b then is
C) 11 a R) 2
less than

 
Let f  x    x 2 2x  6tan x  2x tan 2 x cos 2 x dx and y  f  x 
D) passes through   ,0 then the number of solutions of f  x   x 3 is S) 3

less than
T) 4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 23

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-07 Date: 06-12-20
Time:02.30Pm to 05.30Pm 2015_P2 Max.Marks:240
KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 5 2 8 3 1 4 5 5 8
6 1 7 2 8 5 9 ABC 10 AB
11 BCD 12 BD 13 AC 14 ABC 15 A
16 AC 17 A 18 D 19 D 20 A

CHEMISTRY
21 4 22 5 23 4 24 5 25 1
26 8 27 9 28 6 29 AC 30 ABCD
31 AB 32 ACD 33 D 34 ABCD 35 ABC
36 BCD 37 D 38 A 39 A 40 C

MATHS
41 6 42 2 43 6 44 4 45 6
46 3 47 1 48 3 49 BD 50 AC
51 BC 52 BC 53 AB 54 ABCD 55 ABCD
56 ABD 57 C 58 D 59 C 60 C
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1. P2 V2  P1V1

V1  20000cc.P1  105 Pa
V2  Ax
kx
P2  P0 
A
 1000x 
4  
 105  20000  106   105  100x 101
 100  10 
 2000  1000  x 1  x  
x2  x  2  0
1  1  8 1  9
x  1m   1m
2 2
x  100cm

2.  Ay  A
y

 2Bx   2B
y
nB
 A  2B 
4
n 8
   2R
3.  E    R E 2
 2  
 E  2MR 2
 E  FR  mR 2
4. Discriminant of quadratic equation must be greater than or equal to zero
5. V cos  component remains unchanged
l
t
V cos 
Number of resolutions
t  l   Bq 
   
T  V cos    2 m 
 l   0 niq 

 V cos   2 m 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 l   0iq   N 
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's


 V cos   2 m   l 
 e  
 0   2i m N 
 

 4   Vcos  
 


 7
  
10  2 4 3  1011  8000

800  3 2 
 160  10 4
 1.6  106
8
  106
5
6. L depends on Geometry and not on material property.
 C  V 
7. i  where   0 
 R C 2  1  2
 2 2C2 R
P  i 2R 
 R C 2  1
dP d  R 
0  2 0
dR dR   R C  1 

 2

  R C  1  R  2R  C   0
 
2

1
 R C 2  1  R 
C
 i  V
i  C  VC    0
2 C 2 2
8. Let voltage phasors along PA, AE be x, 2x.

1
And voltage phasors along QB, BF be y, y. (as R  ).
c
The phasors diagram representing them can be drawn as shown

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

So phasor length AB (ie; reading of V2 ) is  x 2  y 2  2xycos 45º (using cosine rule

in PAB )
Also x  2x  V and 2y  V
dT 0  100
9. 
dx 1m
   dmS T  0
10. 2sin 45º   sin 90º
 2
11. The rays have to retrace their path. Diverging rays falling on silvered surface must
come from centre of curvature at a distance of 32cm. For the refraction at spherical
surface of silvered lens,

 2 1 2  1 3 1 1.5  1 1 3 1 1
  ;   ;    ; u  16cm
v u R 2  32 u 32 u 64 64 16
For the first lens.
1 1 1 1 1 1 16  x  14  x  1
  ;   ; 
 16  x   14  x  24 14  x 16  x 24 14  x 16  x  24
14  x 16  x   48;16  x  8; 14  x  14  8  6
12.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

When a charge +q is at A and charge-q is at B field at 150º with X-axis

With a charge -q at A and +q at B, field is at 330º with positive X-axis

kq k2Q k  4Q  q  k2Q
13.   
r 2r 3r 3r
4Q q 2Q 2q Q Q
qQ     q
3 3 3 3 3 2
kQ k3Q kq'
  0
2R 3R 2R
q '    Q  2Q  3Q
 q  Q
14. when i  0 V    10
when V  0 iR  
10
i  2 R   5
2
15.  A v  v0 cos30º  v0 3 / 2

v   v 0 sin 30º  v 0 / 2
v0 3  2 m 
p  v T 
2  B0q 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

 mv 0 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's


B0 q
16. finally
q
 Bv
c
v=contant
i=0
17&18:
dy t t  t t 
x1  1   2  1  1 2    1  1  1 2  ;
D  2   2 
D  t  t  dy    2     2 
y1    2  1   1 2    5mm; x 2  2   1  1 t1   1 t
d  2  D  2   2  2
D    2  
y2   1  1  t1  t 2    8mm
d  2  
19. From conservation of energy
q2 1 1
 mV 2  kx 2  cons tan t .....1
2C 2 2
Where q  CB / V ..... 2
After differentiating,
dq dV
 CBl ...... 3
dt dt
Differentiating (1),
q dq dv dx
 mv  kx 0 ..... 4
C dt dt dt
Solving (2), (3) and (4), we get
d 2x k
2
 x
dt m  cB2l 2
k m  CB2l2
 and T  2
m  CB2l 2 k
Minimum time to reach mean position = t = T/4
k
20. Maximum velocity  x 0  x 0
m  CB2l2

CHEMISTRY
21. As the pH keeps on decreasing, the titrant must be an acid and the unknown, a base. The
shape of the curve reveals that it is a monoacidic base. The end point is reached at a
volume of 50 mL.
0.8
 0.2  50 103  M  80 u
M
22. The standard free-energy change, Gº , can be calculated from the cell potential
E 0cell  E 0cathode  E 0anode  1.23V  0.42V  0.81V
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6
Gº   nFE
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
0
cell
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

Gº    4 96,500J / V.mol 0.81V

Gº  3.13  105 J / mol  313kJ / mol

This is the free-energy change for the oxidation of 2 moles of nitrite NO2 it takes 31 
kJ of free energy to synthesize 1 mole of ATP from ADP. The yield ATP synthesis per
mole of nitrite oxidized is:
1mol ATP
156.5kJ   5.0 mol ATP
31kJ
10K 3 [Fe(C2O4 )3 ]  12KMnO4  48H2SO4  5Fe2 (SO4 )3  60CO2  12MnSO4
23.
 48H2O  21K 2SO4
1 d[H2SO4 ] 1 d[KMnO4 ]
 
48 dt 12 dt
24. Formula of the metal chloride must be MCl2 as all tetrahedral voids are occupied.
MCl2 s   M2  aq   2Cl   aq 
Let S be the solubility.
Cl2  2e  2Cl
0.06 [Cl ]2
1.72  1.36  log  [Cl ]  106 M
2 pCl2
1
2S  106  S   106
2
3
1 
K sp  4S3  4    10 6   5  10 19
2 
25. Be3 is hydrogen like, i.e, energy depends only on n, while Be2 is a multi-electron
system and hence energy depends on (n+l) value. The third excited state of Be 2 is 3s
orbital.
26. no. of gram equiv. of KMnO4  no. of gram equiv. of Re in the effluent
11  0.1 26 1
    no. of electrons transferred by Re in the effluent(x )
1000 190 1000
x 8
Kf
27.  2  10
Kb
4  106
 2  103
K b'
K b'  2  109
28. The electron gain enthalpies of C, N, O, Se, Te and P are less than that of S, but F and
Cl have more negative electron gain enthalpies.
29. Effective molality ‘im’ for all three solutions are the same. So they all have same
colligative properites as well as vapour pressure. Solution I does not conduct electricity
as it is not an electrolyte.
2.48 2.48 2.48
im  1  2  3  0.01
248 2  248 3  248
I II III
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
30. 29
TG ~ @bohring_bot
A) Cu  H  Cu  H
63 1
1
62
29
2
1
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

B) 94 Be  42 He  126 C  01n
25 Mn  0 n  25 Mn  0 γ
C) 55 1 56 0

11 Na  2 He  12 Mg  1 H
D) 23 4 26 1

31. As H is given to be zero, there is no effect of Temperature on equilibrium

concentrations but the the rate of reaction increases.
32. The electron from metal will be transferred to the LUMO, i.e., one of the *2p MOs.
This in turn results in lowering of bond order and hence lengthening of the bond.
As there is realignment of electrons during this process, it is chemisorption. Adsorption
is always exothermic.
33. As nitrogen has higher number of valence electrons than C, the resulting material will
be a n-type semiconductor.
34. Self explanatory
35. In A, B and C, [H2O] is not part of equilibrium constant expression.
36. Due to increased shielding effect by the d electrons, the nucleus cannot decrease the
repulsion between the electrons in 4s orbital. Generally completely filled shells will
expand. The repulsion between the electrons in 3d-orbital dominates the attractive
power of increased protons in nucleus. Similarly due to poor shielding the nucleus
cannot minimise the repulsion between 4s electrons also.
37&38:
SO2Cl2  SO2  Cl2
100  x x x
100+x  2=80  3  x=20
2
 PSO2Cl2 (final)  80 
3
2
PSO2 (final)  20 
3
39. XeF5 have steric number 7 with 5BP and two LP. The two LP occupy the axial positions
as fluorine atoms are small in size. If larger atoms or group come in to pentagonal
planar structure due to steric hindrance the axial positions are also repelled more by the
LP and axial position become longer and become unstable due to distortion.
40. The statement C is correct and explain why the structures of IF8 and XeF82 are perfect
square anti prism structures.

MATHEMATICS
41. The line passes through the inflection point (2,1) of the function. So x3 + x1 = 4
x3

    2 x  1 dx  18
x1
x  x
2 sin 884 sin1122 x cos 238 x cos 2006 x
42. 2 I1   dx   dx   dx
0
sin x 0
sin x 0
sin x
 
cos 2 mx cos 2 mx  cos  2 m  2 x
Let I 2 m  dx I 2 m  I 2 m 2   dx
0
sin x 0
sin x

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

 cos  2m  1 x 
TG ~ @bohring_bot
x
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

4
2 
  2m  1  0  2m  1
1 1 1 
 I 2006  I 2  4    ........ 
4 5 2005 
1 1 1 
I 238  I 2  4    ....... 
3 5 2005 
 1 1 1 
2 I1  4    ....... 
 239 241 2005 
1


I '   x 238  x 240  ........x 2004 dx 
0

 1 1 1  I1
  ......  2
 239 241 2005  I '

1 1 2 n
 xf  sin  2 nx   dx  xf  sin x  dx
4 2 n2 0
43.
0
2 n 2 2 n
and  xf  sin x dx   xf  sin x  dx  ......   xf  sin x  dx
0 0 2 n 1
 k 1 2 2 2
Since  xf  sin x  dx  2k  f  sin x  dx   xf  sin x  dx,
k 2 0 0
2 n
we see that  xf  sin x dx
0
2 2
 1  2  ..... n  1  2  f  sin x  dx  n  xf  sin x  dx,
0 0
1 1 2
and consequently, lim  xf  sin  2 nx  dx  f  sin x  dx
x 0 4 0

44.
The intersecting points of the ellipses are :
 n n 
 x.y    2 . 2  ,
 n  1 n  1
 n  n   n n 
 2 , ,
  , 
n  1 n 2  1   n2  1 n2  1 
 n n 
 2 , 
n  1 n2  1 

Notice that the region is symmetric with respect to : x-axis, y –axis, y = x and y = -x.
Hence, An  8.Bn .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

n2  x2
where Bn  area between the y-axis, y = x, and y  .
n
n
As n   , n   ,lim 2  1 and Bn approaches the area AOB of where
n n  1

O   0,0 ,A  1,0 and B  11

, .
1 
 lim An  8. .1.1  4
n 2 
45. 1  a  bt  t 2  1
 t 2  bt  a  1  0 and t 2  bt  a  1  0
Let  a,b   x, y  and t1  t  1  t1  0
t1 y  x  t12  1  0 ......... i 
t1 y  x  t12  1  0 ......... ii 

If equality is considered then equations (i) and (ii) are the tangents of parabolas
y 2  4  x  1 and y 2  4  x  1 respectively. So points (x, y) satisfying the above
 23
inequality lies in shaded region whose area is  
 6
46.
let x 2  y 2  2gx  2fy  0 is the circle
3
2g(0)  2f (4)  12  f 
2
2g(2)  2f (3)  3  g  3
 x 2  y2  6x  3y  0
3 5
R
2
47.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
h 2
4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
4a 2
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

2
 2  1 h2  a2  2
a b b
equation of tan gent @ (h,2)
hx 2y
 1
a 2 b2
solving with circle x 2  y 2  a 2
42
 2y  a 2 2
 2  1 2  y  a  0
b h
 4a 4  4a 4  a4 
y 2  2 2  1  2 2 y   2  a 2   0
b h  bh h 
4a 4
1 1 2 2
so   2 b2 h 2  1
y1 y 2 a (a  h )
h2
48.
1 1 1
 
r1 rn 1 rn
1 1 1
  
rn rn 1 r1
1 1 1 11
   4. 
r6 r2 r1 6
1 121  1 
   3
r6 36  r6 

49. On integrating we get

 1   1  r  a
 a  2 tan   1  r  tan 2  , 0  r  1

I r  a  
 a  2 tan 1   r  1 tan a  , r 1
   r  1 2 
So limr1 I r  a  a   &limr1 I r  a   a  
f  x
50. f '  x 
b  x2
2

f '  x  dx dx 1  x
  2  n f  x   tan 1    c
f  x b x 2
b  b
As f  0  1  n 1  0  c  c  0
1 1  x 
tan  
 f  x  e b  b

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 11

TG
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
   
~ @bohring_bot
 f x . f  x  1 , Also f(x) is increasing b  R .
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

51.
dx 1  y 2 cos y  xy

dy 1 y2
dx y cos y
  2
.x 
dy 1  y 1 y2
y ydy
 1 y 2 dy  1 y2 cos y
 x.e  e . dy
1 y2
1

ln 1 y 2 
 x.e 2   cos ydy
 x. 1  y 2  sin y  c
 x  1, y  0  c  1
sin y  1
x
1 y2
1
t6 
1 1 6 t 2 t 4 1
52. mOA  .mOB   t and - tan =  2
t2  t ' 1 t 4 t
1 t4
tan  
t2
1
t2 
t 2 t4 1
tan  OAB  
11 2t 2
tan  2

tan  OAB 1
sin   A  2  1
So,  3
sin   A  2  1
sin   A sin   A sin 2   sin 2 A
3
sin   A sin   A sin 2 B
 3sin 2 B  sin 2 A  sin 2 B
2
 AB 2  OB 2  3 OA
53. Let us assume that x  1  f , where I is integral and f is fractional value of x.
I f 2 1 2 1 I f
LHS  
0
 x  dx  0 0 dx  1 12 dx  .......  I 1  I  1  dx  1  x 2 dx
2
 12  22  ......   I  1  I 2 f
 I  1 I  2 I  1  I 2 x  1
  
6

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 12

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
3
2I  2I  I  I2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
2
I I 2 2I 3
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

  I 3  I 2x     I 2 x.
6 6 2 3
 
x x  x  1  2  x x  I3 I I 2
RHS    x 2   dx  0  x   dx   
0  3 3  3 3  3 6 6
I 3 I I 2 I I 2 2I 3  2
       I 2x  I 2  x  I    0
3 6 6 6 2 3  3
Now, either I  0
  x  0  0  x  1
2 2 2
or x  I   x   x     x 
3 3 3

54. a) P lies on circle with AB diameter. APB 
2
b)  x  3 x  6   y  7  y  5    2 x  3 y  27   0 will touch x-axis for two values of  .
c) AB is radical axis
d) The common chord are the form  5 x  6 y  56    2 x  3 y  27   0
55. Product of perpendicular distance on any tangent is equal to b 2
2  12  k  6
K 4
b 2  24
1 1  x2 
56. A) x cos x dx   x 1   dx
0 0  2! 
3

8
1  x3 
B) x sin x dx   x  x   dx
0  3! 
3

10
1 1
C ) x 2 cos x dx   x 2 dx
0 0
1

3
1 1  x3 
D) x 2 sin x dx   x 2  x   dx
0 0  3! 
2

9
57. By the Schwarz inequality,
1 1 1  x2
1  f  x dx   f  x dx
0 0 1  x2
1/2 1/2

  1  x 
1

0
2
f  x dx  
2

 1 1
1/2  0 1 x 2

dx

1/2

   1  x  f  x dx 
1
2 2
0 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 13

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
4
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

 1  x  f 2  x  dx 
2
0 
4
58. Minimum value is attained for f  x 

 1 x2 
dy 1
59. 
dx x  y
Let y  x  v
dy dv
1
dx dx
dy 1
1 
dx v
dv v  1

dx v
 1  1
v 
dv   dx
 v  1 
v  ln  v  1  x  c
y  x  ln  x  y  1  x  c
at x  0, y  0
c0
y  ln  x  y  1
x  ey  y 1
1
Area  0  e y  y  1dy
1 5
 e 2  e
2 2
dy 1
60.  y
dx e  1
dy 1 1
  ln 3 
dx ln3 e  1 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-07 Date: 06-12-20
Time:02.30Pm to 05.30Pm 2015_P2 Max.Marks:240
KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 5 2 8 3 1 4 5 5 8
6 1 7 2 8 5 9 ABC 10 AB
11 BCD 12 BD 13 AC 14 ABC 15 A
16 AC 17 A 18 D 19 D 20 A

CHEMISTRY
21 4 22 5 23 4 24 5 25 1
26 8 27 9 28 6 29 AC 30 ABCD
31 AB 32 ACD 33 D 34 ABCD 35 ABC
36 BCD 37 D 38 A 39 A 40 C

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 l   0iq   N 
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's


 V cos   2 m   l 
 e  
 0   2i m N 
 

 4   Vcos  
 


 7
  
10  2 4 3  1011  8000

 2

  R C  1  R  2R  C   0
 
2

1
 R C 2  1  R 
C
 i  V
i  C  VC    0
2 C 2 2
8. Let voltage phasors along PA, AE be x, 2x.

1
And voltage phasors along QB, BF be y, y. (as R  ).
c
The phasors diagram representing them can be drawn as shown

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

So phasor length AB (ie; reading of V2 ) is  x 2  y 2  2xycos 45º (using cosine rule

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

When a charge +q is at A and charge-q is at B field at 150º with X-axis

With a charge -q at A and +q at B, field is at 330º with positive X-axis

v   v 0 sin 30º  v 0 / 2
v0 3  2 m 
p  v T 
2  B0q 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

 mv 0 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

Gº    4 96,500J / V.mol 0.81V

B) 94 Be  42 He  126 C  01n
25 Mn  0 n  25 Mn  0 γ
C) 55 1 56 0

11 Na  2 He  12 Mg  1 H
D) 23 4 26 1

31. As H is given to be zero, there is no effect of Temperature on equilibrium

MATHEMATICS
41. The line passes through the inflection point (2,1) of the function. So x3 + x1 = 4
x3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

 cos  2m  1 x 
TG ~ @bohring_bot
x
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's


I '   x 238  x 240  ........x 2004 dx 
0

 1 1 1  I1
  ......  2
 239 241 2005  I '

Notice that the region is symmetric with respect to : x-axis, y –axis, y = x and y = -x.
Hence, An  8.Bn .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

n2  x2
where Bn  area between the y-axis, y = x, and y  .
n
n
As n   , n   ,lim 2  1 and Bn approaches the area AOB of where
n n  1

O   0,0 ,A  1,0 and B  11

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
h 2
4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
4a 2
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

49. On integrating we get

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 11

TG
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
   
~ @bohring_bot
 f x . f  x  1 , Also f(x) is increasing b  R .
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 12

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
3
2I  2I  I  I2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
2
I I 2 2I 3
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

  1  x 
1

0
2
f  x dx  
2

 1 1
1/2  0 1 x 2

dx

1/2

   1  x  f  x dx 
1
2 2
0 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 13

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
4
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Key & Sol's

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-07 Date: 06-12-2020
Time: 02.30Pm to 05.30Pm 2015_P2 Max. Marks:240

2015_PAPER-II
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 to PT-8 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-1 to PT-8 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 to PT-8 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2015-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hours IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 240

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
1. A long container has air enclosed inside at room temperature and atmospheric pressure
(105 pa). It has a volume of 20,000 cc. The area of cross section is 100 cm 2 and force
constant of spring is K spring  1000N / m . We push the right piston isothermally and

slowly till it reaches the original position of the left piston which is movable. The final
length of air column is 20x cm. Find x. Assume that the spring is initially relaxed.

n
2. The vector C  Ayi  2Bx j can represent an electrostatic field, if A  B , where
4
n = ----------------
3. A nonconducting ring of mass m and radius R is charged as shown. The charged density
i.e. charge per unit length is  . It is then placed on a rough nonconducting horizontal
surface plane. At time t = 0, a uniform electric field is switched on and the ring start
rolling without sliding. The frictional force acting on the ring, when it starts moving is
N RE 0 . Find N =?

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

4.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
The circuit of a carbon arc lamp is shown in the figure (to ignite the lamp the carbon
electrodes are touched together, then they are slowly drawn apart). The voltage across
the gap between the carbon rods as a function of the current can be given by the
following formula : V = A +B/I, where A and B are constants.

If the voltage of the battery V0 can be considered constant then the maximum resistance
of the rheostat R max  In OHM , that should be connected in series to ignite the lamp is
such that R max / 9  N . Find N=?
Data: A = 40V, B = 20W, V0 = 100V
5. An electron is shot into one end of a solenoid .As it enters the uniform magnetic field
(Equal to the magnetic field at centre of solenoid) within the solenoid, its speed is 800
m/s and its velocity vector makes an angle of 30º with the central axis of the solenoid.
The solenoid carries 4.0 A current and has 8000 turns along its length. Total number of
revolutions made by the electron within the solenoid by the time it emerges from the
y e
solenoid’s opposite end is  106 .Find value of y. (use charge to mass ratio for
5 m
electron  3  1011 C / kg )
6 The inductance of a solenoid of end to end length l, whose windings are made of
material density D and resistivity  is L. The inductance of a new solenoid of end to
end length l whose windings are made of material density 2D and resistivity 2 is
(Assume both solenoids have windings of same thickness and same cross sectional area)
nL , then n is
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4
7.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
An alternating voltage source of peak voltage V0 is connected across a series
combination of a capacitance C and a variable resistance R as shown in figure. The
value of R is adjusted such that maximum power is dissipated in it. Under such a
V0
condition an AC voltmeter connected across ‘C’ would read , then n is
n

8. A circuit shown consists of three resistors, one capacitor, 2 ideal AC voltmeters and an
alternating voltage source of angular frequency  . Take R C  1 . If the reading of V1

V n
is V, then the reading of V2 is , then n is
3 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
9. A lagged stick of cross section area 1 cm 2 and length 1 m is initially at a temperature of
0ºC. It is then kept between two reservoirs of temperature 100ºC and 0ºC. Specific heat
capacity is 10 J/kgºC and linear mass density is 2 kg/m. Then mark the correct options

A) Temperature gradient along the rod in steady state is -100ºC/m.

B) Total heat absorbed by the rod to reach steady state is 1000 J.
C) Temperature of the rod in steady state is not defined.
D) Total heat absorbed by the rod to reach steady state is 2000 J
10. In the diagram shown, a light ray is incident on the lower medium boundary at an angle
45º with the normal. Which of the following statements is/are true?

A) If 2  2 then angle of deviation is 45º

B) If 2  2 then angle of deviation is 90º

C) If 2  2 then angle of deviation is 135º

D) If 2  2 then angle of deviation is 0º

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

11.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
The radius of curvature of the curved surface of a thin equiconvex lens L1 is 32 cm and
refractive index of its material is 1.5. One of its sides is silvered and placed 14cm away
from an object as shown in figure. At a distance x, as shown in figure, a second convex
lens L 2 of focal length 24cm is placed so that the image coincides with the object.

A) The image formed by the lens L 2 is real

B) The distance of the image formed by L 2 from it is 8 cm
C) The distance of the virtual image formed due to refraction at the single spherical
surface of L1 is 32 cm from it.
D) The magnitude of x is 8cm .
12. Consider an equilateral triangle as shown, let side length is l (m).

Which of the following statements is/are correct regarding electric field at O?

A) If a charge +q is placed at A and a charge -q is placed at B, then net field is inclined
at 60º to the X-axis
B) If a charge +q is placed at A and a charge -q is placed at B, then net field is inclined
at 150º to the X-axis
C) If a charge -q is placed at A and a charge +q is placed at B, then net field is inclined
at 150º to the X-axis
D) If a charge -q is placed at A and a charge +q is placed at B, then net field is inclined
at 330º to the X-axis

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

13.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
In the given diagram three concentric conducting charged spherical shells are indicated.
Initially both the switches are open. Select the correct alternative(s).

A) If only switch S2 is closed then the charge transferred through this switch
Q
will be
2
B) If only switch S2 is closed then the charge transferred through this switch
Q
will be
3
C) If only switch S1 is closed then the charge transferred through this switch will be 2Q
D) If only switch S1 is closed then the charge transferred through this switch
Q
will be
2
14. A battery of e.m.f E and internal resistance r is connected to resistance R. Resistance R
can be adjusted to any value greater than or equal to zero. A graph is plotted between the
current passing through the resistance (I) and potential difference (V) across it.
Select the correct alternatives.

A) Internal resistance of the battery is 5

B) e.m.f of the battery is 10V
C) Maximum current which can be taken from the battery is 2A
D) V-I graph can never be a straight lines as shown in the Fig

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P

15. A charged particle is released from origin with a velocity v  v 0 i in magnetic field
 B 3 B
B  0 i  0 j . The charge and mass of the particle are q and m respectively:
2 2


A) the pitch of the helical path described by the particle is  mv0 3 / B0q 
B) the pitch of the helical path described by the particle is  2 mv0 / B0q 
C) Axis of the helix makes an angle 60º with x-axis
D) Axis of the helix is along x-axis
16. Two horizontal very long conducting rails of negligible resistance are separated by
distance l, placed in vertical magnetic field B directed into the plane of paper. One end
of rail is connected to a battery and capacitor C. A rod of mass m and negligible
resistance is placed across the rails. Initially the switch S is connected to point 1 for long
time. Now the switch is connected to 2.

A) Rod will move towards right hand side

B) Rod will move towards left hand side
C) When the rod attains maximum velocity the charge on the capacitor is not zero
D) the rod will attain a terminal velocity after very long time

SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Question Nos. 17 to 18

In Young’s double slit experiment two thin transparent sheets are used infront of the slits
S1 and S2 .The sheet infront of S1 has thickness t1  33m and refractive index
1  1.6 . The sheet infornt of S2 has thickness t 2  17 m and refractive index
2  1.4 . The distance between slits is 1mm and the distance between the plane of slits
and the screen, D = 1m.
t1  t 2
17. If both the sheets are replaced by sheets of average thickness and refractive
2
indices 1  1.6 and  2  1.4 , then the distance of central maximum from the centre ‘O’
is
A) 5mm B) 4 mm C) 3 mm D) 2 mm
1  2
18. If the sheets are replaced by two sheets of same material of refractive index but
2
have thickness t1 and t 2 , then the distance of central maximum from the centre ‘O’ is
A) 4 mm B) 5 mm C) 7 mm D) 8 mm

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Question Nos. 19 to 20
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P

A straight conductor AB of negligible resistance and mass m is placed on two parallel

smooth rails of negligible resistance as shown in fig. Distance between both the rails is
" " . Left most ends of the both the rails is shorted with the help of a capacitor of
capacitance C. The conductor is joined to a non-conducting ideal spring of spring
constant K which is fixed to a rigid support. The whole system is placed in a static
magnetic field of strength B which is directed into the plane of the paper. Now the
conductor is shifted to right by a distance x 0 to compress the spring and the conductor
is released from this position (Effect of gravity can be neglected)
19. Find the least time for the conductor to reach its original position, where the spring was
in its natural length.

 m  CB2 2  m
A) B)
2 K 2 K

 CB2 2  m  CB2 2
C) D)
2 K 2 K
20. Find the maximum speed of the conductor
K K
A) x 0 B) x 0
m  CB2 2 m  CB2 2
K K
C) x 0 D) x 0
m CB2 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
21. The following titration curve was obtained as part of a general chemistry laboratory
experiment for an unknown that weighed 0.8 g. The titrant was either a 0.2 M strong
M
base or 0.2 M strong acid. If the molar mass of the unknown is M, the value of is
20

22. ATP if the source of energy for most of the biological processes. ATP delivers the
energy by thermodynamic coupling during the biological reactions.
Alanine + Glycine  Alanylglycine; ΔG o =+29 kJmol-1
ADP + H3PO4   ATP; ΔG o =+31 kJmol-1

The nitrite ion in soil is oxidized to nitrate ion by the bacteria, Nitrobacter agilis in the
presence of oxygen. The half-reduction reactions are
NO3  2H   2e 
 NO2  H 2 O; E o  0.42 V
O2  4H   4e  2H 2O; E o  1.23 V

Calculate the yield of ATP synthesis (in terms of number of moles of ATP) per mole of
nitrite oxidized.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12
23.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
In dilute sulphuric acid, potassium trioxalatoferrate(III) is oxidized by potassium
permanganate. For this reaction, the ratio of rate of change of  H 2SO 4  to  KMnO 4  is
24. In a face centred cubic array of the ions of a metal, all the tetrahedral voids are occupied
by chloride ions. The reduction potential of a chlorine electrode measured at 1 bar in
contact with a saturated solution of this metal chloride is 1.72 V at 25ºC. If the Ksp of

the salt is x  1019 , what is the value ‘x’?

 o 2.303 RT 
ECl2 /Cl   1.36 V ; F
 0.06 
 

25. Not considering the electronic spin, the degeneracy of the first excited state of Be3
is 4. What is the degeneracy of the third excited state of Be2 ?
26. An acid solution of KReO 4 sample containing 26.0 mg of combined rhenium was
reduced by passage through a column of granulated zinc. The effluent solution,
including the washings from the column, was then titrated with 0.1 N KMnO 4 ;
11.0 mL of the standard permanganate was required for the reoxidation of all the
rhenium to perrhenate ion, Re O4 . Assuming that rhenium was the only element
reduced, what is the number of electrons transferred per Re? [Assume atomic weight of
Re to be 190]
27. The reversible reaction 

S P is catalysed by a catalyst. The equilibrium constant
[P]
K eq   2 103 . The forward rate constant was found to be 5 104 s1 and 4 106 s1 in
[S]

the presence and in the absence of the catalyst respectively. If the expected rate constant
of backward reaction in the absence of the catalyst is 2 10y s1 , the value of y is
28. How many of the following elements have less negative first electron gain enthalpy than
sulphur
C, N, O, Se, Te, F, Cl, P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
29. Three different solutions of the following three complexes are prepared by dissolving
24.8 g of the complex in 1 kg of deionised water (atomic weight of cobalt = 59). Given
K b  0.56 K/molal and K f  1.86K/molal .
I [Co(NH3 )3 (NO2 )3 ]
II [Co(NH3 )4 (NO2 )2 ][Co(NH3 )2 (NO2 )4 ]
III [Co(NH3 )5 (NO2 )][Co(NH3 )2 (NO2 )4 ]2

Choose the correct option(s) among the following regarding these three solutions:
A) All the three solutions I, II and III have the same vapour pressure.
B) The order of boiling point of these solutions is: III>II>I
C) van’t Hoff factor of III>II>I
D) All the three solutions conduct electricity and the order of molar conductivity
is III>II>I
30. Choose the correct nuclear reaction(s) from amongst the following:
A) 63 62
29 Cu(p,d) 29 Cu B) 94 Be(,n)126 C
11 Na( ,p) 12 Mg
D) 23 26
C) 55 56
25 Mn(n, γ) 25 Mn

31. The concentration of reactant vs time graph of the following isomerization reaction

(g) (g) ; H = 0

at  P, T1  is given below.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P

reactant

Concentration
T1
product

time

If this reaction is carried out at  P, T2  . Which of the following may correctly

represent(s) the concentration vs time plot for this reaction?

T2>T1 T2<T1

reactant T1

Concentration
reactant
T1
Concentration

T2
T2
A) B)

product product

time time

T2>T1 T1<T2
T1
reactant T2 reactant
T1
Concentration

Concentration

T2
C) D)

product product

time time

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

32.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
Haber’s process of manufacture of ammonia uses Fe as a catalyst. When nitrogen is
adsorbed on the surface of iron, an electron transfer occurs from the metal surface to N 2 .
The CORRECT statement(s) among the following regarding this adsorption is/are
A) N2 is chemisorbed B) heat is absorbed

C) occupancy of *2p increases D) bond length of N2 is increased

33. In a 1 g diamond crystal, a scientist wants to replace a few of the carbon atoms with
nitrogen atoms. Which of the following statement(s) describe(s) the resulting material?
A) This is not possible as nitrogen has a coordination number of 3 and carbon has a
coordination number of 4.
B) The resulting material will have an insulator like diamond.
C) The resulting material will be a defective diamond and is a p-type semiconductor.
D) The material will have some conductivity as against the insulating nature of diamond.
34. Correct statement(s) among the following is/are
A) The restrictions on azimuthal quantum number, l and magnetic quantum number, m
give rise to n 2 sets of quantum numbers for every value of n, the principal quantum
number.
B) Magnetic quantum number distinguishes between the orbitals available within a
subshell.

C) Magnetic spin quantum numbers, m s   1 refer to two quantum mechanical spin

2
states, and are independent of other three quantum numbers.
D) The restrictions on principal quantum number (n), azimuthal quantum number ( l ),
magnetic quantum number, (m) and magnetic spin quantum number  ms  , give rise to

2n 2 sets of quantum numbers for every value of n, the principal quantum number.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

35.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
For which of the following equilibrium reaction(s), H 2O  l is not part of
K cor K p expression?

A) H 2O (l)  H 2O (g)

B) CH3COOC2 H5  l  H 2O  l  CH3COOH  aq  C2 H5OH  aq 

C) 4 FeS2  s  15O 2  g   6H 2O  l 
2
 4Fe  OH   aq  8 HSO4  aq 


D) HCOOH (l) + CH 3OH (l)    HCOOCH3 (l) + H 2O (l)

36. Instead of decrease, the atomic radius of Zinc is found to be increased. Which of the
following statement is/are correct regarding this statement.
A) Poor shielding effect of d-electrons increases the attraction of positive charge of
nucleus towards electrons of 4s orbital
B) Repulsion between electron-electron in 3d – orbital increases more than the value of
attraction of electrons of 4s orbital and nucleus
C) Expansion of orbit in Zn
D) 3d – orbital of Zn is completely filled

SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Question Nos. 37 to 38
Two containers A & B of capacity 1 L and 2 L respectively is connected by a tube of
negligible volume. The tube is initially closed by a stopcock and A contains small
amount of water liquid and B contains initially pure SO 2Cl2  g at a pressure of 100 torr.
The gas SO 2Cl 2 partially dissociates at experimental conditions into SO 2  g 
and Cl 2  g  . Now the stopcock connecting two containers is opened and sufficient time is
given to attain final equilibrium. The final pressure at equilibrium is found to be 100 torr
in both containers.
Given:
Vapor pressure of water at experimental temperature is 20 torr. Volume of water liquid
is small and can be neglected but sufficient to create vapor pressure in both containers.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
SO 2Cl 2  g  , SO 2  g  and Cl 2  g  don’t dissolve in water at the temperature of the
experiment, which remains constant throughout.
37. Pressure of SO 2Cl2  g in the gaseous mixture in the final state is
A) 40 B) 40/3 C) 80/3 D) 160/3
38. Ratio of partial pressure of SO 2  g  and SO 2Cl2  g  in the final state is
A) 1:4 B) 4:1 C) 3:4 D) 4:3

Paragraph for Question Nos. 39 to 40

The shapes of molecules containing LP and BP are generally influences by LP as they
show more repulsion on BP. In molecules having steric number 7 or more the LP may or
may not influence the structure of molecule. The LP that influence the shape of
molecule is known as stereo active LP and that do not influence, the shape is called
stereo inactive. In some cases the LP is neither completely stereo active nor completely
stereo inactive.
Generally molecules with steric number 6 or more than 6 are formed only by larger
atoms of the periods 5 and beyond and in particular Te, I and Xe. When the surrounding
atoms are smaller, the LP get some space in regular electron domain geometry and
distort the shape of molecule. But if the surrounding atoms are larger, there will be no
space for LP and it will occupy inner core thus becomes stereo inactive LP.
(Chemical bonding and molecular geometry by Ronald J.Gillespie and Paul L.A
Popelier P.251)
39. Regarding XeF5 the false statement is
A) The two LP in XeF5 are stereo inactive and hence all Xe-F bond lengths and FXeF
bond angles become equal
B) It has pentagonal planar structure
C) The lone pair occupy the less crowded axial position as they experience less
repulsion by bond pairs.
D) Since the fluorine atoms are small then the lone pairs became stereo active
40. IF8 and XeF82 ions have perfect square anti prism geometry. This is because
A) Both do not contain LP
B) Both contain LP which are stereo inactive
C) IF8 do not contain LP but XeF82 contain as LP which is stereo inactive
D) Both contain LP which are stereo active

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
41. Let the line y  100 x  199 intersect the graph of a function
f  x  x3  6 x 2  ax  2a  17, a  R at three distinct points whose abscissa are
x3
x1 , x2 and x3  x1  x2 < x3  such that x3  x1  6 . If   f  x  98 x  198dx   , then find the
x1


value of
3

42. I1  
 sin 884 x sin1122 x
dx , I '  
1x
238
x 1768
 1
dx then find the value of
I1
.
0 sin x 0
x 2
 1 I'
43. If f :  1, 1  R be a continuous function such that
1 2
1
lim  xf (sin  2 nx ) dx 
n 
0
2k  f  sin x dx, then  k   _____ . denotes Greatest Integer Function 
0

44. For each positive integer n  1, An represents the area of the region restricted to the
following two inequalities :
x2 2 y2
 y  1,  x 2  1. Find lim An
n2 n2 n 

45. The ordered pairs of number (a,b) such that a  bt  t 2  1 for 0  t  1 fill a certain region

in the a-b plane. If A is the area of this region such that A  (where  ,   N and


gcd  ,    1 ) then find 

46. Let R is the radius of the circle passing through the origin and cutting orthogonally each
2R
of the circles x 2  y 2  8 y  12  0 and x 2  y 2  4 x  6 y  3  0 , then is equal to
5
x2 y2
47. If the tangent at the point P  h, 2 on the hyperbola 2
 2  1 cuts the circle x 2  y 2  a 2
a b
1 1
at the points Q  x1 , y1  and R  x2 , y2  then the value of  
y1 y2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

48.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
Consider the series of circles with radii rn , n  1, 2,3, 4,....... formed as shown in the figure

1
If r1  9, r2  4 then find the value of   ( [.] denotes greatest integer function)
 r6 

A)  lim I r 10  13 B)  lim I r  20  16

 r 1   r 1 
C)  lim I r  5   1 D)  lim I r 15  18
 r 1   r 1 
50. Let b be a nonzero real number. Suppose f:    is a differentiable function such that
f  x
f  0  1 . If the derivative f ' of f satisfies the equation f '  x   for all x  , then
b  x2
2

which of the following statements is/are TRUE?

A) If b  0 , then f is an increasing function
B) If b  0 , then f is a decreasing function
C) f  x f   x  1 for all x 
D) f  x  f   x   0 for x 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
dy 1 y2
51. Consider the differential equation  . Also x  1 at y  0 . Choose the
dx 1  y 2 .cos y  xy
correct option(s)
A) x 1  y 2  2sin y  1
B) minimum value of x y  R is 0
C) x 1  y 2  sin y  1
D) minimum value of x y  R is -1
4
52. If a chord AB of the curve y  is a normal to the curve at a point A, subtending an
x
angle  at the point O  0,0
sin   OAB
A) Then the value of 2
sin   OAB 
sin   OAB
B) Then the value of 3
sin   OAB 
C) AB 2  OB 2  3OA2
D) AB 2  3OB 2  OA2
x [ x]
 2 t {t}
2
53. Consider the equation [t ] dt    t    dt , [.] denotes the greatest integer
0 0
3 3
function and 
. denotes fractional part of function. Choose possible value(s) of x
satisfying the above equation from the options.
23 17 21 23
A) B) C) D)
3 3 4 4
54. For a family circles passing through the points A  3, 7 B  6,5 which of the following
is/are true
A) If P is a point on a circle of the family with least area then PA2  PB 2  AB 2
B) Only two circles of the family touches x-axis
C) for every point on the line 2 x  3 y  27  0 the powers are equal w.r to every member
of the family
D) If every member of the family cuts the circle x 2  y 2  4 x  6 y  3  0 then common
23
chords pass through  2, 
 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
55.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
(2,6) and (12,k) are the foci of an ellipse which touches both the coordinate axes.
A) Point of contact with x-axis is (8,0)
40
B) Point of contact with y-axis is  0, 
 7

13
C) Eccentricity of the ellipse is
5

24 2
D) Length of latus rectum of the ellipse is
5
56. Which of the following inequalities is/are TRUE?
1 3 1 3
A)  x cos x dx  B)  x sin x dx 
0 8 0 10
1 1 1 2
C)  x 2 cos x dx  D)  x 2 sin x dx 
0 2 0 9

If f :  0, 1  R be a continuous function such that  f  x dx  1, then

0
1

57. The minimum value of  1  x 2 f 2  x dx is 

0
A) 2 B) 2 C) 4 D) 4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 22

58.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
For attaining the minimum value in the previous problem find the area bounded by the
corresponding function f(x) with x axis between the ordinates x  2  3 and x  2  3
is (in square units)
3 4
A) 1 B) C) 2 D)
2 3

Paragraph for Question Nos. 59 to 60

A Curve x  f  y  passing through origin is such that slope of tangent at any point is
reciprocal of sum of coordinates of the point of tangency.
1
59. 0
x dy is equal to

1 3 5
A) e  B) e  C) e  D) e  1
2 2 2
60. Slope of tangent to curve at the point where ordinate is loge 3 is
1 1
A) 1 B) C) D) -2
3 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 23

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

2015_PAPER-II
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 to PT-8 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-1 to PT-8 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 to PT-8 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2015-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hours IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 240

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

slowly till it reaches the original position of the left piston which is movable. The final
length of air column is 20x cm. Find x. Assume that the spring is initially relaxed.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

8. A circuit shown consists of three resistors, one capacitor, 2 ideal AC voltmeters and an
alternating voltage source of angular frequency  . Take R C  1 . If the reading of V1

V n
is V, then the reading of V2 is , then n is
3 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

A) Temperature gradient along the rod in steady state is -100ºC/m.

A) If 2  2 then angle of deviation is 45º

B) If 2  2 then angle of deviation is 90º

C) If 2  2 then angle of deviation is 135º

D) If 2  2 then angle of deviation is 0º

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

A) The image formed by the lens L 2 is real

Which of the following statements is/are correct regarding electric field at O?

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

A) Internal resistance of the battery is 5

B) e.m.f of the battery is 10V
C) Maximum current which can be taken from the battery is 2A
D) V-I graph can never be a straight lines as shown in the Fig

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P

A) Rod will move towards right hand side

B) Rod will move towards left hand side
C) When the rod attains maximum velocity the charge on the capacitor is not zero
D) the rod will attain a terminal velocity after very long time

SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Question Nos. 17 to 18

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Question Nos. 19 to 20
06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P

A straight conductor AB of negligible resistance and mass m is placed on two parallel

 m  CB2 2  m
A) B)
2 K 2 K

 CB2 2  m  CB2 2
C) D)
2 K 2 K
20. Find the maximum speed of the conductor
K K
A) x 0 B) x 0
m  CB2 2 m  CB2 2
K K
C) x 0 D) x 0
m CB2 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

the salt is x  1019 , what is the value ‘x’?

 o 2.303 RT 
ECl2 /Cl   1.36 V ; F
 0.06 
 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

31. The concentration of reactant vs time graph of the following isomerization reaction

(g) (g) ; H = 0

at  P, T1  is given below.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 06-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-07_Q.P

reactant

Concentration
T1
product

time

If this reaction is carried out at  P, T2  . Which of the following may correctly

represent(s) the concentration vs time plot for this reaction?

T2>T1 T2<T1

reactant T1

Concentration
reactant
T1
Concentration

T2
T2
A) B)

product product

time time

T2>T1 T1<T2
T1
reactant T2 reactant
T1
Concentration

Concentration

T2
C) D)

product product

time time

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

C) occupancy of *2p increases D) bond length of N2 is increased

C) Magnetic spin quantum numbers, m s   1 refer to two quantum mechanical spin

2n 2 sets of quantum numbers for every value of n, the principal quantum number.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

D) HCOOH (l) + CH 3OH (l)    HCOOCH3 (l) + H 2O (l)

SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Question Nos. 37 to 38
Two containers A & B of capacity 1 L and 2 L respectively is connected by a tube of
negligible volume. The tube is initially closed by a stopcock and A contains small
amount of water liquid and B contains initially pure SO 2Cl2  g at a pressure of 100 torr.
The gas SO 2Cl 2 partially dissociates at experimental conditions into SO 2  g 
and Cl 2  g  . Now the stopcock connecting two containers is opened and sufficient time is
given to attain final equilibrium. The final pressure at equilibrium is found to be 100 torr
in both containers.
Given:
Vapor pressure of water at experimental temperature is 20 torr. Volume of water liquid
is small and can be neglected but sufficient to create vapor pressure in both containers.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

Paragraph for Question Nos. 39 to 40

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18


value of
3

44. For each positive integer n  1, An represents the area of the region restricted to the
following two inequalities :
x2 2 y2
 y  1,  x 2  1. Find lim An
n2 n2 n 

gcd  ,    1 ) then find 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

1
If r1  9, r2  4 then find the value of   ( [.] denotes greatest integer function)
 r6 

A)  lim I r 10  13 B)  lim I r  20  16

which of the following statements is/are TRUE?

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

13
C) Eccentricity of the ellipse is
5

If f :  0, 1  R be a continuous function such that  f  x dx  1, then

0
1

57. The minimum value of  1  x 2 f 2  x dx is 

0
A) 2 B) 2 C) 4 D) 4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 22

Paragraph for Question Nos. 59 to 60

A Curve x  f  y  passing through origin is such that slope of tangent at any point is
reciprocal of sum of coordinates of the point of tangency.
1
59. 0
x dy is equal to

1 3 5
A) e  B) e  C) e  D) e  1
2 2 2
60. Slope of tangent to curve at the point where ordinate is loge 3 is
1 1
A) 1 B) C) D) -2
3 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 23

TG ~ @bohring_bot

SR IIT SUPER CHAINA-R CTA-7 Date: 07/02/21

Time:3HRS Max Marks: 237
07-2-2021 SR IIT SUPER CHAINA -R_REVISION PROG_CTA-7
KEY
CHEMISTRY
1 C 2 B 3 A 4 C 5 B

6 B 7 3 8 9 9 3 10 9

11 6 12 C 13 B 14 C 15 C

A  PQ, A  QT ,
B  QR, B  P,
16 B 17 A 18 19
C  Q, C  ST ,
D  RS DR

MATHS
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29
D A C A C B 8 7 8 1
30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38

4 D C D B D B Aq; A – r, s,
Bq B – s,
Cr; C – p,
Dr D – p, q

PHYSICS
39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48
B B D C A A 4 3 3 2
49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57
3 B B A C A A A-PRS A-S
B-PRS B-PS
C-P C-PR
D-PQRS D-QR
TG ~ @bohring_bot
NARAYANA GROUP OF COLLEGES SR-IIT-SUPERCHAINA(R)REV.PROG.CTA-07(2010-P2) 07-02-21

SOLUTIONS
CHEMISTRY
1. 2 HClO4  P2 O5  Cl2 O7  2 HPO3
2. Using Arrehenius equation
K  Ea  1 1 
log  2     
 K1  2.303R  T1 T2 
1 1  0.5228  2.303  8.314 
   
283 T2  60  1000
 1.668  10 4
1 1
 35.335 104  1.668 104   33.667 104  T2   297  2730 C   240 C
T2 T2
3. Rate = K  C
At t1  10 min R1  K  C1......... 1
At t2  20 min R2  K  C2 .........  2 
Operate (i )   ii  we get
R2 C1 4
 
R1 C2 3
Now using the equation
C  4
K  t2  t1   2.303log  1   K  20  10   2.303log  
 C2  3
 2.76 102 min
0.693
t1/2   25.10 min
2.76  10 2

4.
5. III  II  I
6. Bond dissociation enthalpy: Cl2  Br2  F2  I 2
x d  M  d M 
7. R  K  m  
dt dt
x
R  K M 
x
8R  K  2M 
x
1 1
  x 3
8 2
x3
8.

Page 2 of 10

Focus on where you want to go, not where you currently are.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
NARAYANA GROUP OF COLLEGES SR-IIT-SUPERCHAINA(R)REV.PROG.CTA-07(2010-P2) 07-02-21

9. Aldotriose
10. 9th group
11. 6;  NH 4 2 Cr2O7 , NH 4 NO2 gives N 2 NH 4 NO3 gives: N 2O
12. O  S  F  Cl
13. ns 2 np 6 configuration
14. Electronic repulsions less in Cl
15. Unit of K is min 1
16. First order reaction . t  332.32 min
17. 2 x  3 y  2 z total pressure
At t  0 0 0 800
At time t  800  x  3 / 2x x 800  3 / 2 x 
x  100
Given: 800  x  700
Total pressure  800  3 / 2  100  950mm of Hg.
18. Conceptual
19. Conceptual

MATHS
x
1 x2  1
20. If 0  x   f  x   tdt 
2 1
2

1 1
  x  1  x   
21. 0 tan 
1
1  x  x 2
dx  1
0  2  tan  1  x 1  x    dx
 1
    tan 1 1  x   tan 1 x  dx
2 0
1

  2 tan 1  x dx  ln 2
2 0

22: F'x   f x

Page 3 of 10

Focus on where you want to go, not where you currently are.
NARAYANA GROUP OF COLLEGES TG ~ @bohring_bot SR-IIT-SUPERCHAINA(R)REV.PROG.CTA-07(2010-P2) 07-02-21


F  x   x 1  x  x  x 3/ 2 
3
 F ' x   f  x   1 x
2
 f(4) = 4
0
23: Required limits is of the form , so it is equal to
0
2 sec x sec x tan xf  sec 2 x  sec 2 x tan x f  sec 2 x  8
lim = lim = f  2
x
 2x x
 x 
4 4

24. Cos1 Cos  4 12  Sin1 Sin 12  4 

 
 3  1  1  1 1  1
25. Tn  cot 1  n 2    tan 1    tan  n    tan  n  
 4 3  2  2
 n2  
 4
n
 1 1  1 1
Sn  tn  tan1  n    tan1  S   tan1  cot1  Tan1 2
n1  2 2 2 2 2
x x
26. f  x   x   e f  x  t  dt  x  e
2 t 2 x
 e f  t  dt
t

0 0

 f 1
 
 x   2 x  e  x e x  f  x   x 2   e  x .e x f  x 
3
x
 f | x   2 x  x 2  f  x    x2  K
3
But , f 0   0  k  0
4
 f 1 
3
 /2
8 (7.5.3.1)(3.1) 
27.  sin x cos4 xdx  .
0 12.10.8.6.4.2 2
7
(By Wallis’ formula)  k7
2048
4 4 4
28. 1 f '  x  dx   xf '  x 1  1 xf  x  dx
"

4 4
I   x f "  x  dx    5  x  f "  5  x  dx
1 1
4
 5  f "  x  dx  I
1

5
I  f '  4   f ' 1 
2
4 3
So,  f '  x  dx   f '  4   f ' 1 
1 2
Now, f " x  f " 5  x f ' x f ' 5  x  c

Page 4 of 10

Focus on where you want to go, not where you currently are.
NARAYANA GROUP OF COLLEGES TG ~ @bohring_bot SR-IIT-SUPERCHAINA(R)REV.PROG.CTA-07(2010-P2) 07-02-21

f ' 0  f ' 5  c c  8
so f ' x  f ' 5  x  8 f ' 4  f '1  8
1 x2
29:  1  x  1  x  1
2x
But x  1 will not satisfy the equation.

30: sin  1 sin x  , cos  1 cos y   hence sinx = 1 , cos y = -1
2
     5   5 
Ordered pairs  ,   ,  ,3  ,  ,   ,  ,3  are the solution.
2  2  2   2 
x2  2 1
31. 2 1 2
x 1 x 1
 1  proper fraction
 x2  2 
 2  1
 x 1
10  x2  2  10
Then,  0  x 2  1  dx  0 1.dx  10
 
1 1/ 2 1
32.  sin  x    2x  dx  
0 0
sin  x    2x  dx   sin  x    2x  dx 
1/ 2
1
 0   sin  0  1 dx
1/ 2

sin1

2
1  1  0  1  1  1 
33.  x d 
1    1  e1/ x  1   x d  1/ x 
   xd  1/ x 
1 e  0 1 e 
000
34, 35, 36.
2
Let   cis then a     2   4 , b   3   5   6
7
 a  b     2   3   4   5   6  1
& ab     2   4  3   5   6   2
 Equation whose roots are a,b is x 2  x  1  2  0
f ( x )  f ( x )  f ( 2 x )  f ( 3 x )      f ( 6 x )
= (1+1+1---+1) +2 x    2   3       6   3 x 2 1   2   4       12       
7 1   6   12   18       36  7 times

Page 5 of 10

Focus on where you want to go, not where you currently are.
NARAYANA GROUP OF COLLEGES TG ~ @bohring_bot SR-IIT-SUPERCHAINA(R)REV.PROG.CTA-07(2010-P2) 07-02-21

=7
x7  1
Also
x 1
=   x   x  2 x  3 x  4 x 5      x   
6

2
Putting   cis of applying x  1 gives
7
 2   4   12 
7   1  cis   1  cis        1  cis 
 7  7   7 
   2   6 
7   2 sin   2 sin        2 sin 
 7  7   7 
 2 3 4 5 6 7 7
 sin sin sin  sin sin sin  
7 7 7 7 7 7 64 8

37 
(A) I   x x (sin 2 (sin x )  cos 2 (cos x ) dx 
0

 I     x   sin 2 (sin x )  cos 2 (cos x )  dx
0


  sin (sin x )  cos 2 (cos x )  dx

2
ADDING 2 I  
0


2

  sin (sin x)  cos (cos x)  dx

2 2
2I  2
0
 /2

  sin (sin x )  cos 2 (cos x)  dx

2
I 
0
 /2
ALSO I     sin 2 (cos x )  cos 2 (sin x )  dx
0
 /2
2
ADDING 2 I    2dx  2 . / 2  
0

I 2 /2
B) LET f ( x)  2sin x
2cos x
THEN x f ' ( x)  x.  x cos x
x
2 /4
 2 /4
  f ( x)  x f ( x )  dx   x f ( x ) 0
'
I 
0

 2  2 /4sin /2  2 / 2
 /8  /4
C)  ln 1  sin 2 x dx   ln sin x  cos x dx
 / 8  / 4

Page 6 of 10

Focus on where you want to go, not where you currently are.
NARAYANA GROUP OF COLLEGES TG ~ @bohring_bot SR-IIT-SUPERCHAINA(R)REV.PROG.CTA-07(2010-P2) 07-02-21

 /4
  ln 2 sin ( x   / 4) dx
 / 4
 /4
  ln 2 sin t dt
0
 /2  /2
 ln 2  dt   ln sin t dt
0 0

  /4ln2  /2 ln 2  /4 ln2

  /4       
2
   
ln 2 / 4
ln 1 sin 2 x dx   ln 2 
 ln 2   4  4

x 3 cos 4 x sin 2 x
D) I   2 2
dx
0   3 x  3 x

(  x )3 cos 4 x sin 2 x
I 6  2  3 x  3 x 2

ADDING 2 I    cos 4 x sin 2 x dx
0
 /2  /2

I .2  cos 4 x sin 2 x dx    cos
4
x sin 2 x dx
2 0 0

 3.1 .  2
 . 
6.4.2 2 32
38. (A) Any point is (t ,1  t )
The chord with this as mid point
y(1 t)  2a(x  t)  (1 t)2  4at
(1 t)2  2a(1 a)  0 0  a 1
 LR  (0, 4]
(B) P  (1,0), Q  (4,0)
(x 1)(x  4)  y2   y  0
The length of the tangent from (0, 0) is 4 2
(C) m1 m 2   1
(D) 1 | h | 0   1  h  1
PHYSICS

39. Sol : Mˆ  kˆ; T is parallel to kˆ x
 4iˆ  3 ˆj   4 ˆj  3iˆ
5 5
 a  b  3   4   7

Page 7 of 10

Focus on where you want to go, not where you currently are.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
NARAYANA GROUP OF COLLEGES SR-IIT-SUPERCHAINA(R)REV.PROG.CTA-07(2010-P2) 07-02-21

40. Sol : Draw a circle assuming OF as radius and O as centre

  D     M  


MDEFM
B.d   B.d 
M

DEF
B.d   B.d  0
F

y F
G E
x
O
(4m, 0 m) D
A C
B
45o
 0  x  0 l0 0
360o
 0 l0
x
8
 
Potential energy of the loop = u  B
43.
   R2I

Kinetic energy = loss in potential energy =  R 2 IB

44. use   I
45. Initial charge in each capacitor = 8 c & energy stored in the capacitor of 2  F  16 J ,
energy stored in capacitor of 4  F  8 J .After switch is shifted to position 2 charge on
capacitor 4  F is constant, where as charge in capacitor or 2  F is 4  C . Final energy
stored in 2  F is 4J
By conservation of energy in left loop
U i  U f  Wb  Q
 16  4  4  2  Q
 Q  4J
46. Current through R1 and R2 comes out to be zero (potential difference = 0)
Net emf
 Current through R3 
Total resistance
47. The magnetic field in the region of space will have same magnitude at all points

0
48. er   will contribute to circular motion
2
 3 m
  0 will contribute to helical path T  2
2 B0 q
0 3
Pitch, p   T   T
2

Page 8 of 10

Focus on where you want to go, not where you currently are.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
NARAYANA GROUP OF COLLEGES SR-IIT-SUPERCHAINA(R)REV.PROG.CTA-07(2010-P2) 07-02-21

R 0T 3  2 
No. of turns =  2
p 0 3T

49. The charge particle rotates through an angle of rad before coming out of the region
12

of magnetic field on the other side.

50.

51.

Maximum speed of A

52.

x0
 mv 2  x  .
3
56. (A) length l  x will depend on
YA
A) k 
l

m
B) T  2
k
C ) stress  Y 
1 1
D) workdone  Fe  Y ( Strain) 2  volume
2 2

Page 9 of 10

Focus on where you want to go, not where you currently are.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
NARAYANA GROUP OF COLLEGES SR-IIT-SUPERCHAINA(R)REV.PROG.CTA-07(2010-P2) 07-02-21

57. A) At constant charge, the electric field within the capacitor remains same when plate
V
separation is changed. The electric field in capacitor is E  . Hence at constant
d
potential difference the electric field decreases with increases in d.
1 Q2
B) U  . Hence at constant charge U increases with decreases in C.
2 C
1
U CV 2 . Hence at constant potential difference U decreases with decreases in C.
2
C) capacitance increases on insertion of dielectric.
D) As a result of insertion of dielectric the capacitance increases.
1 Q2
U . Hence at constant charge U decreases with increase in C.
2 C
1
U CV 2 . Hence at constant potential difference U increases with increase in C.
2

Page 10 of 10

Focus on where you want to go, not where you currently are.
TG ~ @bohring_bot

SR IIT SUPER CHAINA-R CTA-7 Date: 07/02/21

Time:3HRS Max Marks: 237

07-2-2021 SR IIT SUPER CHAINA -R_REVISION PROG_CTA-7

.JEE-ADVANCED-2010-P2-Model
IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS
CHEMISTRY
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I (Q.N : 1 –6) Questions with Single Correct Choice 5 0 6 30

Sec – II (Q.N : 7 –11) Questions with Integer Answer Type 3 0 5 15

Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III (Q.N : 12 – 17) 3 -1 6 18
(2 Comprehensions – 3 + 3 = 6Q)
Sec – IV (Q.N : 18 – 19) Questions with Matrix Matching 8 0 2 16
Total 19 79
MATHEMATICS
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I (Q.N : 20 – 25) Questions with Single Correct Choice 5 0 6 30

Sec – II (Q.N : 26 – 30) Questions with Integer Answer Type 3 0 5 15

Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III (Q.N : 31 – 36) 3 -1 6 18
(2 Comprehensions – 3 + 3 = 6Q)
Sec – IV (Q.N : 37 – 38) Questions with Matrix Matching 8 0 2 16
Total 19 79
PHYSICS
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I (Q.N : 39 – 44) Questions with Single Correct Choice 5 0 6 30
Sec – II (Q.N : 45 – 49) Questions with Integer Answer Type 3 0 5 15
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III (Q.N : 50 – 55) 3 -1 6 18
(2 Comprehensions – 3 + 3 = 6Q)
Sec – IV (Q.N : 56 –57) Questions with Matrix Matching 8 0 2 16
Total 19 79
TG ~ @bohring_bot
CHEMISTRY Max Marks: 79
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which Only ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +5 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.

1. HClO4  P2O5  A  B  A  &  B  are

A) HClO3 , H 3 PO4 B) Cl2O6 , HPO3 C) Cl2O7 , HPO3 D) ClO2 , H3 PO4
2. The decomposition of reactant (X) into products has value of K as 4.5  103 s 1 at 100 C and energy of
activation 60kJ/mole. At what temperature would K be 1.5 104 s 1 ?
0
A) 20 C B) 24 0 C C) 340 C D) 450 C
3. The rate of first order reaction is 0.04 mol L1s 1 at 10 minutes and 0.03 mol L1s 1 at 20 minutes
After initial. Find the half life of the reaction. Use : log 4  0.60, log 3  0.48 
A) 25.10min B) 15.10min C) 35.10min D) 5.10min


H 3O HBr Mg HCHO
4.  MeMgCl   A   B 
Et2O
 C 
H O
 D, D is:
3

5. The correct pKa order of the following acids is:

A) I  II  III B) III  II  I C) III  I  II D) I  III  II

6. Which of the following statement is incorrect?
A) SRP values of halogens X 2  g  / X   aq  F2  Cl2  Br2  I 2
B) Bond dissociation enthalpy of Cl2  F2  Br2  I 2
C) Boiling points of I 2  Br2  Cl2  F2
D) Reducing power of I   Br   Cl   F 
SECTION - II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
7. For the elementary reaction, M  N , the rate of disappearance of M increases by a factor of 8
upon doubling the concentration of M. The order of the reaction with respect to M is

8. number of theoretically possible dichloro products are:( Including stereo-iso)

9. Smallest carbohydrate contains how many carbon atoms?
10. A metal has electronic configuration  Ar  3d 7 4 s 2 . On the basis of this electronic configuration. Find

out the group member.(Acc. IUPAC)

11. Number of chemicals that produce dioxygen on heating
KClO3 ,  NH 4  2 Cr2 O7 , NH 4 NO3 , NaNO3 , KMnO4 , K 2 Cr2 O7 , H 2O2 , NH 4 NO2 , Pb3O4

SECTION – III
(Paragraph Type)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 3 multiple choice questions based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which Only ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.

Paragraph for Questions 12 to 14:

The amount of energy released when an electron is added to an isolated gaseous atom to produce a
monovalent anion is called electron affinity of first electron affinity or electron gain enthalpy. The
first electron affinity is given a negative sign as the addition of an exoergic process. The addition of
electron to A requires energy to overcome the force of repulsion. Thus, the second electron
affinity is an endoergic process. The magnitude of electron affinity depends on a number of
factors such as (i) atomic size (ii) effective nuclear charge (iii) screening effects (iv) half and fully
filled orbitals and (v) shape of orbital.
In general, electron affinity increase as the atomic radii decrease in a period. However, there
are exceptions when the atoms have stable configurations. In a group, electron affinity decreases as
the size increases. However, the members of 3rd period have somewhat higher values that the
members in the 2nd period of the same subgroups.
12. Which one of the following arrangements represents the correct order of electron gain enthalpy (with
negative sign) of the given atomic species?
A) F  Cl  O  S B) S  O  Cl  F
C) O  S  F  Cl D) Cl  F  S  O
13 Which of the following has least electron affinity?
A) Oxygen B) Argon C) Nitrogen D) Boron
14. The electron affinities of halogens are: F  332, Cl  349, Br  324, I  295kJmol 1
The higher value of Cl as compared to that of F is due to:
A) Higher atomic radius of F B) Smaller electronegativity of F
C) weaker electron repulsion in Cl D) more vacant p  subshell in Cl
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Paragraph for Question 15 to 17:
The following data were obtained during kinetic studies of the reaction: 2 X  g  
 3Y g   2Z  g 
Time(min) 0 100 200
Partial pressure of  X  (in mm Hg) 800 400 200
Assuming ideal behavior of gases
Answer the following questions:

15. The unit of rate constant for this reaction is

A) Mol L1 min 1 B) L  Mol 1 min 1 C) Min 1 D) L2 Mol 2min 1
16. Time taken for 90% completion is
A) 240 min B) 332.32 min C) 300 min D) None of these
17. Find the total pressure when partial pressure of (X) is 700mm of Hg.
A) 950 mm Hg B) 875 mm Hg C) 1050 mm Hg D) 1200 mm Hg

SECTION – IV
(MATRIX MATCH TYPE)
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and
four statements (P, Q, R, Sand T) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching
with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For example, if for a given question, statement B
matches with the statements given in Q and R, then for the particular question darken the bubbles
corresponding to Q and R in the OMR sheet. For each correct matching will be awarded +2 marks ONLY
and 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
18.
Column-I Column-II
(A) H 2 S2O8 (P) It contains one peroxy linkage
(B) H 2 SO4 (Q) It is dibasic acid

(C) H 3 PO3 (R) It contains two p  d  bond

(D) HClO3 (S) Oxidation number of central atom is +5

(T) Tribasic Acid
19.
Column-I Column-II
(A) XeF4 (P) sp 3d , see-saw geometry
(B) SF4 (Q) sp3d 2 , square planar
(C) SF6 (R) sp3d 3 , distorted octahedral geometry
(D) XeF6 (S) sp3d 2 , octahedral geometry
(T) 900 Bond angle
TG ~ @bohring_bot
MATHS Max Marks: 79
SECTION – I
( SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE )
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and
(D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct
x
1 1
20. The range of the function f  x    t dt , x   ,  is
1  2 2
3 5  5 3   3 5   5 3 
(A)  ,  (B)  ,  (C)  ,  (D)  , 
8 8  8 8  8 8 8 8
1

 Tan 1  x  x  dx  _____
1 2
21.
0

(A) ln 2 (B)  (C)  (D)   ln 2

4 2 2
x
22. Let f:  0,   R and F(x) = 2
 f  t dt. If F(x ) = x
2
(1 + x) then f (4) equals
0

(A) 5/4 (B) 7 (C) 4 (D) 2

sec2 x

 f  t dt
2
23. lim . Equals
x 2
2
4 x 
16
2  1
(a) 8 f  2  (b) 2 f  2  (c) f  (d) 4f (2)
    2
24. Cos 1  Cos12  Sin1  Sin12 = _________
(1) 0 (2)  (3) 8  24 (4) 8  24
25. Sum to infinite terms of the series
 3  3  3
cot 1  12    cot 1  2 2    cot 1  32    ......... Is
 4  4  4

1) 2) tan12 3) tan13 4) cot13
4
SECTION –II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions . The answer to each of the questions is a single digit integer,
ranging from 0 to 9. The appropriate bubbles below the respective question numbers in the
ORS have to be darkened

x
26. let f  x  be differentiable function such that f  x   x 2   e  t f  x  t  dt then 6 f 1  __
0

 /2
8 k
27. If  sin x cos 4 xdx  then the value of k must be
0 2048
TG ~ @bohring_bot
28. f :  0, 5  R, y  f  x Such that f " x  f " 5  x x 0,5 f '  0 1 and f ' 5  7 , then
evaluate  4 f '  x  dx  4 .
1
2
29. The number of solutions of the equation sin 1 1  x   sec  x  1 are
2x 2
30. If x  0, 4  , y  0, 4  , then number of ordered pairs (x, y) which satisfy the equation
3
S in 1 sin x  C os 1 cos y  are …………………….
2
SECTION – III
(COMPREHENSION TYPE)
This section contains 3 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based
on a paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which
ONLY ONE is correct.

Paragraph – 1
If f(x) is discontinuous and not having same definition between a and b, then we must break the
interval such that f(x) becomes continuous and having same definition in the breaking intervals. Now,
b c b
if f(x) is discontinuous at x  c  a  c  b  , then  f  x  dx   f  x dx   f  x dx and also if f(x)
a a c
2a a
discontinuous x = a (0, 2a), then we can write  f  x  dx    f  a  x   f  a  x  dx
0 0

 x2  2 
10
31. 0  x 2  1 dx (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function) is equal to
a) 0 b) 2 c) 5 d) 10
1
32.  sin   x    2 x   dx (where [.] denotes the greatest integer function) is equal to
0

 3 sin1 sin 2
a) sin1 b) sin   c) d)
 2 2 3
1  1 
33.   x d 
1  1/ x 
 1 e 
(where [.] denotes the greatest integer function) is equal to

a) -3 b) -2 c) -1 d) 0
Paragraph – II
6
cis 2K
If  is any of 7th roots of unity, then   (K= 0 to 6) and   i  0   1 and
7 i 0

 7  1 Answer the following

34. The equation whose roots are    2   4 and  3   5   6 is   1
a) x2  x  2  0 b) x 2  x  2  0 c) x2  x  2  0 d) x2  x  2  0
35. If f  x   1  2 x  3 x 2  4 x 3  5 x 4  6 x 5  7 x 6 Then for
  1 f  x   f  x   f  2 x   f  3 x       f  6 x  
a) 42 b) 21 c) 14 d) 7
TG ~ @bohring_bot
 2 3 4 5 6
36. sin sin sin  sin sin sin 
7 7 7 7 7 7
7 7 7 7
a) b) c) d)
16 8 32 64
SECTION –IV
( MATRIX MATCH TYPE)
This section contains 2 questions. Each questions contains statements given in 2 columns which
have to be matched. The statements in Column – I or labeled choices A, B, C and D, while the
statements Column- II are labeled p,q,r,s and t.

37. Match the definite integrals in Column – I with their values in Column – II.
Column I Column II
 2
 x  sin  sin x   cos  cos x   dx
2 2
(A) (p)
0
16
2 /4 2
(B)   2 sin
0
x  x cos x dx  (q)
2

  /4 2
(C)
ln 2 / 4
ln  
1  sin 2 x dx (r)
4

8 x 3 cos 4 x sin 2 x 2
(D) 0  2  3 x  3 x 2 dx (s)
8
2
(t)
32
38. Observe the following lists:
List – I List – II
2
(A) If two distinct chords of a parabola y  4ax p) 1
Passing through the point ( a , 2 a ) are bisected by the line
x  y  1 , then the length of the latus rectum can be
2
(B) The parabola y  x 5x  4 cuts the x  axis at P and Q. q) 0
A circle is drawn through P and Q so that the origin lies outside
It. The length of tangent to the circle from the origin is equal to
(C) If y  b  m1 ( x  a ) and y  b  m 2 ( x  a ) are two tangents r) 1
2
To y  4ax then m 1 m 2 is equal to
2
(D) If the point (h, 1) is exterior to both the parabolas y | x | ¸ s) 2
Then  h  can be, where . denotes G.I.F
TG ~ @bohring_bot
PHYSICS Max Marks: 79
SECTION – I
( SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE )
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and
(D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct
39. A square loop of side 2 cm carrying current I 0 is placed in x-y plane in a magnetic field
 
 
B  4i  3 j T . If the unit vector along the axis about which it will start rotating is
aiˆ  bjˆ
, find a  b 
5

A)1 B)7 C)4 D)3

40. An infinite uniform current carrying wire is kept along z-axis, carrying current I0 in
the direction of the positive z-axis. OABCDEFG represents a circle (where all the
points are equally spaced), whose centre at point (4m, 0m) and radius 4 m as shown in
 
the figure. If DEF B.d  0 I0 in S.I. unit, then the value of k is
k
y F
G E

O x
(4m, 0 m) D
A C
B

A) 4 B) 8 C) 3 D) 6

41. Two straight infinitely long current carrying wires are kept parallel to z-axis at the
coordinates  0, a,0  and  0, a, 0  respectively as shown in the figure. The current in
each of the wires is equal and along negative z-axis ( is into the plane of the paper).
The variation of magnetic field on the x-axis will be approximately
TG ~ @bohring_bot

A) B)

C) D)

42. A wire PQRS carrying a current I runs along three edges of a cube of side l as shown.
There exists a uniform magnetic field of magnitude B along one of the faces of the
cube. The magnitude of the force acting on the wire is

A) zero B) IlB C) 2 I lB D) 2I lB
43. A circular coil of radius R and a current I, which can rotate about a fixed axis passing
through its diameter is initially placed such that its plane lies along magnetic field B.
Kinetic energy of loop when it rotates through an angle 900 is : (assume that I
remains constant )(Assume axis is perpendicular to B)
 R 2 BI 3
A)  R 2 BI B) C) 2 R 2 BI D)  R2 I
2 2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
44. A vertical conducting ring of mass 2 kg and radius 0.5 m is placed on a smooth
horizontal plane. The ring carries a current i  4 amp . A horizontal magnetic field
B  10 T is switched on at time t  0 as shown in figure. The initial angular acceleration
of the ring will be:

A) 40  rad / s 2 B) 20  rad / s 2 C) 5  rad / s 2 D) 15  rad / s 2

SECTION –II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions . The answer to each of the questions is a single digit integer,
ranging from 0 to 9. The appropriate bubbles below the respective question numbers in the
ORS have to be darkened
45. In the circuit shown, initially the switch is in position 1 for a long time, later it has

been shifted to position 2. Due to shifting of switch, some charges flow in the circuit.

Find heat (in  J ) dissipated in the circuit.

2
46. The current in resistance R3 in the given circuit is A. Find the value of x.
x

47. Two straight and very long non magnetic conductors insulated from each other carry a
current in (+) ve and (–) ve Z-direction respectively. The cross sections of conductors
are limited by circles of radius R in x-y plane with distance R between the centres.
If B1y, B2y, B3y and B4y are values of magnetic field along y-direction at points 1, 2, 3,
 B1y  B2y  B3y 
and 4 respectively, then find the value of   . Assume current is
 B4y 

uniformly distributed over cross section and 0 I  100, R  5 . (In SI units)

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Y

2 1
+ X
4 3


48. A magnetic field B   B0iˆ exists within a sphere with centre at origin of radius R  0T 3

where T is the time period of one revolution of a charged particle starting its motion from

 0 3 ˆ 0 ˆ
origin and moving with a velocity 0  i j . Number of turns the particle will take to
2 2

come out of the magnetic field is ____ (neglect gravity)

49. In the figure shown a positively charged particle of charge ‘q’ and mass ‘m’ enters
into a uniform magnetic field of strength ‘B’ as shown in the figure. The magnetic
field points inwards and is present only within a region of width ‘d’. The initial
velocity of the particle is perpendicular to the magnetic field and   30 0 . The time
spent by the particle inside the magnetic field if d =0.2m, B = 1T, q = 1C, m = 1kg and

v = 1 m/s is n  then find n . ( Use sin 450  0.7 if required) (neglect gravity)
36
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SECTION – III
(COMPREHENSION TYPE)
This section contains 3 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based
on a paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which
ONLY ONE is correct.
Passage-I
Two blocks A and B of mass m and 2 m respectively are connected together by a light
spring of stiffness K. The system is lying on a smooth horizontal surface with the
block A in contact with a fixed vertical wall as shown in the figure. The block B is
pressed towards the wall by a distance x0 and then released. There is no friction
anywhere.

m 2m
A B
50. If spring takes time t to acquire its natural length, then average force on the block A
by the wall is
2mK x Km x0
A) 0 B) x0 C) 3 mK 0 D)
t 2 t 3 t
51. The maximum speed acquired by the block A is
2 K 4 K K 1 K
A) x0 B) x0 C) x0 D) x0
3 2m 3 2m 2m 3 2m

52. If natural length of the spring is l, then maximum separation between the blocks is
x0 x0
A)  B)   x0 C)   D)   x0
3 3

Passage-II
Curves in the graph shown given, as function of radial
distance r( from the axis), the magnitude B of the magnetic
field (due to individual wire) inside and outside four long
wires a, b, c and d, carrying currents that are uniformly
distributed across the cross sections of the wires.
Overlapping portions of the plots are indicated by double
labels. All curves start from the origin.

53. Which wire has the greatest radius ?

A) a B) b C) c D) d
TG ~ @bohring_bot
54. Which wire has the greatest magnitude of the magnetic field on the surface ?
A) a B) b C) c D) d
55. The current density in wire a is
A) greater than in wire c B) less than in wire c
C) equal to that in wire c
D) not comparable to that of in wire c due to lack of information
SECTION –IV
( MATRIX MATCH TYPE)
This section contains 2 questions. Each questions contains statements given in 2 columns which
have to be matched. The statements in Column – I or labeled choices A, B, C and D, while the
statements Column- II are labeled p,q,r,s and t.
56. Consider a wire of length l , cross sectional area A and Young’s modulus Y
and match Column I with Column II :
Column – 1 Column – II
A. If the wire is pulled at its ends by P) Young’s modulus Y
equal and opposite forces of magnitude
F so that it undergoes an elongation x,
according to Hooke’s law, F=kx, where (k)
of the wire will depend on
B. Let us suspend the wire vertically from a Q) Elongation (x)
rigid support and attach a mass m at its lower
end. If the mass is slightly pulled down and
released, it executes S.H.M. of a time period
that will depend on

C. If the given wire is fixed between two R) Length ( l )

rigid supports and its temperature
is increased, thermal stress that develops in
the rod will depend on
D. Work done in stretching the wire to a section S) Area of cross section
length l  x will depend on
TG ~ @bohring_bot
57. Column – I gives certain situations in which capacitance of a capacitor is changed by
different means. Column – II gives resulting effect under different conditions. Match
the column – I with in column – II.
Column – I Column – II
A) The plates of a plane parallel p) Increases if the capacitor has a constant

capacitors are slowly pulled apart. charge.

Then the magnitude of electric field

intensity inside the capacitor.

B) The plates of a plane parallel plate q) Decreases if the capacitor has a constant

capacitor are slowly pulled apart. charge.

Then the potential energy stored in

the capacitor.

C) The capacitance of an air filled r) Increases if the capacitor is maintained at

plane parallel plate capacitor on constant potential difference.

insertion of dielectric.

D) A dielectric slab is inserted inside s) Decreases if the capacitor is maintained at

an air filled plane parallel plate constant potential difference
capacitor. The potential energy stored
in the capacitor.
TG ~ @bohring_bot

SR IIT SUPER CHAINA-R CTA-7 Date: 07/02/21

Time:3HRS Max Marks: 237

07-2-2021 SR IIT SUPER CHAINA -R_REVISION PROG_CTA-7

.JEE-ADVANCED-2010-P2-Model
IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS
CHEMISTRY
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I (Q.N : 1 –6) Questions with Single Correct Choice 5 0 6 30

Sec – II (Q.N : 7 –11) Questions with Integer Answer Type 3 0 5 15

Sec – II (Q.N : 26 – 30) Questions with Integer Answer Type 3 0 5 15

1. HClO4  P2O5  A  B  A  &  B  are


H 3O HBr Mg HCHO
4.  MeMgCl   A   B 
Et2O
 C 
H O
 D, D is:
3

5. The correct pKa order of the following acids is:

A) I  II  III B) III  II  I C) III  I  II D) I  III  II

8. number of theoretically possible dichloro products are:( Including stereo-iso)

9. Smallest carbohydrate contains how many carbon atoms?
10. A metal has electronic configuration  Ar  3d 7 4 s 2 . On the basis of this electronic configuration. Find

out the group member.(Acc. IUPAC)

11. Number of chemicals that produce dioxygen on heating
KClO3 ,  NH 4  2 Cr2 O7 , NH 4 NO3 , NaNO3 , KMnO4 , K 2 Cr2 O7 , H 2O2 , NH 4 NO2 , Pb3O4

Paragraph for Questions 12 to 14:

15. The unit of rate constant for this reaction is

(C) H 3 PO3 (R) It contains two p  d  bond

(D) HClO3 (S) Oxidation number of central atom is +5

 Tan 1  x  x  dx  _____
1 2
21.
0

(A) ln 2 (B)  (C)  (D)   ln 2

4 2 2
x
22. Let f:  0,   R and F(x) = 2
 f  t dt. If F(x ) = x
2
(1 + x) then f (4) equals
0

(A) 5/4 (B) 7 (C) 4 (D) 2

sec2 x

x
26. let f  x  be differentiable function such that f  x   x 2   e  t f  x  t  dt then 6 f 1  __
0

 3 sin1 sin 2
a) sin1 b) sin   c) d)
 2 2 3
1  1 
33.   x d 
1  1/ x 
 1 e 
(where [.] denotes the greatest integer function) is equal to

a) -3 b) -2 c) -1 d) 0
Paragraph – II
6
cis 2K
If  is any of 7th roots of unity, then   (K= 0 to 6) and   i  0   1 and
7 i 0

 7  1 Answer the following

A)1 B)7 C)4 D)3

O x
(4m, 0 m) D
A C
B

A) 4 B) 8 C) 3 D) 6

A) B)

C) D)

A) 40  rad / s 2 B) 20  rad / s 2 C) 5  rad / s 2 D) 15  rad / s 2

been shifted to position 2. Due to shifting of switch, some charges flow in the circuit.

Find heat (in  J ) dissipated in the circuit.

2
46. The current in resistance R3 in the given circuit is A. Find the value of x.
x

uniformly distributed over cross section and 0 I  100, R  5 . (In SI units)

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Y

2 1
+ X
4 3


48. A magnetic field B   B0iˆ exists within a sphere with centre at origin of radius R  0T 3

where T is the time period of one revolution of a charged particle starting its motion from

 0 3 ˆ 0 ˆ
origin and moving with a velocity 0  i j . Number of turns the particle will take to
2 2

come out of the magnetic field is ____ (neglect gravity)

52. If natural length of the spring is l, then maximum separation between the blocks is
x0 x0
A)  B)   x0 C)   D)   x0
3 3

53. Which wire has the greatest radius ?

C. If the given wire is fixed between two R) Length ( l )

capacitors are slowly pulled apart. charge.

Then the magnitude of electric field

intensity inside the capacitor.

B) The plates of a plane parallel plate q) Decreases if the capacitor has a constant

capacitor are slowly pulled apart. charge.

Then the potential energy stored in

the capacitor.

C) The capacitance of an air filled r) Increases if the capacitor is maintained at

plane parallel plate capacitor on constant potential difference.

insertion of dielectric.

D) A dielectric slab is inserted inside s) Decreases if the capacitor is maintained at

an air filled plane parallel plate constant potential difference
capacitor. The potential energy stored
in the capacitor.
TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Jee-Adv Date: 07-06-20
Time: 3 Hr’s WTA-27 Max. Marks:264

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

2015_PAPER-I
07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)
WTA-27_Syllabus
MATHS : Parabola

PHYSICS : Wave optics: Wave nature of light- wave fronts - Huygens principle
(Application to reflection, refraction), Young’s double slit experiment and
variations of standard YDSE,Applications of YDSE(Ex: Fresnel mirror experiment,
Fresnel biprism, Billetlens etc..), thin film interference,( Exclude: Diffraction From
A Single Sllit, Circular Aperture, Condtion For Resolution)

CHEMISTRY : Group 15
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P

Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P
Max Marks : 88
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
1. In a Young’s double slit experiment, D is the distance of screen from the slits and d is
the separation between the slits. The distance of the nearest point to the central
D
maximum where the intensity is same as that due to a single slit is equal to . The
xd
value of x is (Assume centre of screen is symmetric to the slits and intensities on the
screen due to both the slits are same)
2. In an interference experiment as shown in the figure, the source and the screen are
1
separated by a distance of 1m. At a certain position of source the fringe-width is mm
4
and by moving the source away from the mirror along the line AB by 0.6 mm, the fringe
1
width changed to mm . The wavelength of light used is n  10 7 m. Find n.
6

3. A parallel beam of monochromatic light of wavelength '  ' incidents normal to the slit
plane in YDSE set up. It is observed that on screen closest to principal maxima, first
maxima is formed exactly in front of one of the slits. The relation satisfying above
condition is 3d 2  xD  0. Find x (Given: distance between slits =d; distance between
plane of screen and slits is D. D>>d>>  )

Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 3

4.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P
In a modified Young’s double slit experiment, monochromatic uniform and parallel
0
beam of light of wavelength 6000 A and intensity 10 /   Wm2 is incident normally on
two apertures A and B of radii 0.001m and 0.002 m respectively. A perfectly transparent
0 0
film of thickness 2000 A and refractive index 1.5 for the wavelength of 6000 A is placed
in front of aperture A (see figure). Calculate the power (in 106 W) received at the focal
spot F of the lens. The lens is symmetrically placed with respect to the apertures.
Assume that, 10% of the power received by each aperture goes in the original direction
and is brought to the focal spot

5. In standard YDSE (D>>d>>  ) with identical slits S1 and S2 , light reaching a point A on
the screen opposite to slit S2 has an intensity I. It was also found that when only one of
the two slits S1 or S2 was illuminated by same light beam, the intensity at A is still I.
Now when a third slit S3 of four times the slit width is made as shown  S1S2  S2 S3  d 
and all the three slits are illuminated then intensity of light reaching A is nI where n =
___

Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 4

6.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P
Light from a source emitting two wavelengths 1 and 2 is allowed to fall on Young’s
double slit apparatus. After filtering one of the wavelengths, the positions of interference
maximas are noted. When the filter is removed i.e. both the wavelengths are now
incident on the apparatus, it is found that maximum intensity is now produced where the
fourth maximum occurred previously. If the other wavelength is filtered, at the same
location the third maxima is found. If 1 : 2 is 6 : n, find n.
7. Two identical laser beams A and B of same intensity and wavelength  fall on a plane
screen. The directions of the beam propagations make angles 1  53 and  2  37 with
the normal to the screen and lie in the same plane as shown in the figure. The distance
between adjacent fringes is   n . Find the value of n.

8. In the fig. shown CP represents the plane wave front and AO and BP, the corresponding
two rays. The condition on  for constructive interference at P between the ray BP and

reflected ray OP is cos θ = . Find the maximum value of n.
nd
O N

C 
d
A

P
B

Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
9. Two coherent point sources S1 and S 2 vibrating in phase emit light of wavelength  . The
separation between the sources is 3 . Consider a long line passing through S2 and
perpendicular to the line S1S2 . Then
A) the number of points on the line where the minimum intensity occurs is 6.
B) the number of points on the line where the maximum intensity occurs is 6.
11
C) the smallest distance from S 2 where a minimum intensity occurs on the line is .
20
7
D) the smallest distance from S 2 where a minimum intensity occurs on the line is .
20
10. In a Young’s double-slit experiment, the separation between the two slits is d and
wavelength of light is . The intensity of light falling on slit 1 is four times the intensity
of light falling on slit 2. Find the correct choices: (the screen is very large but not
infinite)
A) If d =  the screen will contain one maximum
B) If  < d < 2, at least one more maximum (besides the central maximum) will be
observed on the screen
C) If the intensity of light falling on slit 1 is reduced so that it becomes equal to that of
slit 2, the intensities of the observed dark and bright fringes will increase
D) If the intensity of light falling on slit 2 is increased so that it becomes equal to that slit
1, the intensities of the observed dark and bright fringes will increase
11. If the minima in a Young’s slit experiment occurs directly in front of one of the slits,
(distance between slits & screen D = 12 cm and distance between slits d = 5 cm) then the
wavelength of the radiation used can be
2 4
A) 2 cm B) 4 cm C) cm D) cm
3 3
12. Two point monochromatic and coherent sources of light of wavelength  and of same
intensity are placed on the dotted line in front of an infinite screen. The sources emit
waves in phase with each other. The distance between S1 & S2 is d while their distance
from the screen is much larger than ‘d’

Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P

S1 S2
O

d
SS
3
A) If d is at O, minimum will be observed.
2
11 3
B) If d is , then intensity at O will be of maximum intensity on the screen
6 4
C) If d is 3 , then intensity at O will be maximum
7 3
D) If d is , the intensity at O will be of maximum intensity
6 4
13.

Figure shows three slits  A, B, C  being illuminated by a monochromatic parallel beam of

light that falls on the plane of slits perpendicularly. AB = BC = d.

Given: d  D and   D. ; BP0  AP0 
3
p0 is a point on the screen which is infront of the slit A. The intensity at P0 due to any of
the three slits individually is I 0 . Then which of the following are correct.
A) The intensity at P0 when slit – A and slit –B are open and slit-c is closed is I0 .
B) The intensity at P0 when slit – A is closed and the two slits B and C are open is 4I 0
C) The intensity at P0 when slit – B is closed and the remaining two slits A and C are
open is 2I 0
D) The intensity at p0 when all the three slits are open is 3I0

Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 7

14.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P
Consider the situation shown in the figure. Two slits S 1 and S2 are placed symmetrically
about the line OP which is perpendicular to screen and bisector to line joining the slits.
The whole apparatus is immersed in a liquid of refractive index 3. A plate of thickness t
and refractive index 2 is placed in front of one of the slits. A source S is placed above
OP at a distance d. (Given that D = 1m, d = 2 mm, t = 6 10–6m, 2 = 1.2,  3  1.8 )
Choose the correct alternatives.
Screen
S
3
3
d S1
d
O 2 P
3
S2 t
D 2D
A) Distance of central maxima from point P is 2mm.
B) Distance of central maxima from point P is 1mm.
C) If slab is removed, the central maxima shifts by a distance of 2mm.
D) If slab is removed, the central maxima shifts by a distance of 1 mm.
15. In YDSE setup (see the figure), the screen moves towards the cardboard with speed v.
The wavelength of light used is  , the distance between the slits is d and the distance of
the screen from the slits is D(d<<D), then (W.R.T means “with respect to”)

A) all the fringes shrink towards the central one

B) the speed of the 2nd order bright fringe W.R.T the screen is 2v / d
C) the central fringe remains at rest W.R.T the screen
D) the fringes below the central one move upward W.R.T the screen
Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 8
16.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P
Two coherent point light sources are placed at x   d / 2 and x  d / 2 . These sources are
surrounded by a spherical screen having equation x 2  y 2  z 2  R 2  R  d  .The sources
emit monochromatic light of wavelength   d / 4 . Which of the following are correct?
A) Number of maximas formed on the screen are 9
5R
B) Second order maxima is a circle of radius
3
3R
C) Second order maxima is a circle of radius
2
D) If radius of screen is doubled, the intensity of maxima will be come one fourth
17. A mono chromatic light source of wave length  is placed at a distance R from the
mirror as shown and a spherical screen of radius R is at a distance R from the source as
shown in the figure and point P is on the sphere nearest to the source. It R is two times
the wave length (i.e. R  2 ), then

A) there will be a minima at the point P.

B) shape of the interference fringes on the spherical screen is circular.
C) there will be two maxima on the spherical screen
D) their will be one minima on the spherical screen
18. In young’s double slit experiment, two wavelengths of light are used simultaneously
where 2  21 . In the fringe pattern observed on the screen,
A) maxima of wavelength 2 can coincide with minima of wavelength 1 .
B) fringe width of 2 will be double that of fringe width of 1 and nth order maxima of
2 will coincide with 2nth order maxima of 1
C) nth order minima of 2 will coincide with 2nth order minima of 1 .
th
D) distance of nth dark of  2 coincides with  2n  1 bright of 1

Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P
SECTION - III
(MATRIX MATCHING ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and four statements (P, Q, R and
S) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For
example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in Q and R, then for the particular question darken the
bubbles corresponding to Q and R in the OMR sheet. For each correct matching will be awarded +2 marks ONLY and 0 if not
attempted and -1 in all other cases.
19. In a YDSE, a parallel beam of light of wavelength 6000A0 is incident on slits at angle of
incidence 300. A & B are two thin transparent films each of R.I 1.5,. Thickness of A is
20.4 m . Lights coming through A & B have intensities I and 4 I respectively on the
screen. Intensity at point O which is symmetric relative to the slits is 3I . The central
maxima is above O.

Column –I Column –II

A) Maximum thickness of B P) 120 m
B) Fringe width Q) 6mm
C) Maximum intensity R) 3I
D) Intensity at 5cm above ‘O’ S) 9I

20. Figure shows a set-up to perform Young’s double slit experiment. A monochromatic
source of light is placed at S. S1 and S2 (which are symmetrically located w.r.t S) act as
coherent sources and interference pattern is obtained on the screen. Match Column – I
with Column – II keeping in mind the Young’s double slit experiment.

Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P

Column I Column II
(A) S is removed and two real sources (p) Interference fringes disappear
emitting light of same wavelength are
placed at S1 and S2.
(B) Width of S1 is two times the width of S2. (q) There is uniform illumination on a large
part of the screen
(C) S1 is closed. (r) The zero-order fringe will not form at O.
(D) A thin transparent plate is placed in (s) Intensity of a dark fringe will be non-
front of S1. Assuming negligible zero, but less than the intensity of bright
absorption by the plate. fringe.

Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 11

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P
Max Marks : 88
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
21. In the reduction of very dilute nitric acid by zinc the change in oxidation number of
nitrogen is
22. A colourless salt (X) on heating with NaOH gave a gas ‘Q’ which can also be obtained
when Mg3N2 is treated with H2O. When the reaction of X with NaOH is complete the
resultant solution on treatment with FeSO4 and conc. H2 SO4 gave a brown coloured
ring (R) between the two layers. (X) on heating forms (S) and (T) both of these are
triatomic compounds. The number of atoms present in a formula unit of (X) is
23. NH 3 on reaction with excess of Cl2 gives a compound X. X on hydrolysis gives a
compound Y and Z. Z is an acid. The number of lone pairs of electrons on central atom
of Z is A. The total Number of lone pairs on surrounding atoms in Z is B. A+ B is
24. 1 mole of P4O10 on reaction with 2 moles of water gives a compound A. Compound A
tetramarises to form B. The number of Acidic Hydrogens in B is
25. Among Sn, Fe, Zn, Pb, Cu, Ag, Hg, Au, Pt. The number of metals which give laughing
gas with dil HNO3 is / are _________
26. The number of correct order(s) among the following:
1) NH 3  N 2 H 4  N 3 H – Basic nature
2) H 3 PO4  H 3 PO3  H 3 PO2 – Acidic nature
3) NH 3  PH 3  AsH 3  SbH 3 – Reducing nature
4) NH 3  PH 3  AsH 3  SbH 3 – Boiling point
5) NH 3 > PH3 > AsH 3 > SbH3: Bond angle
6) NH 3 > PH3 > AsH 3 > SbH3: Enthalpy of dissociation
7) N2O5 < P2O5 < As2O5 < Sb2O5: Acidic nature
27. The number of moles of conc. HNO 3 reacts with one mole of copper metal
28. NH3 is formed due to hydrolysis of Z which is similar to graphite structurally and Z is
empirically similar to XN. What is the difference between atomic numbers of elements
in Z?

Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
29. Pick out the correct statements
A) In PCl5 P-atom is involved in sp3d hybridisation and has trigonal bipyramidal
geometry
B) All bonds in PCl5 are of the same length
C) PCl5 can accept a lone pair and thus can act as Lewis acid
D) In PCl5 the axial chlorine atoms are closer to central P-atom than equatorial atoms
30. Identify the correct statements?
A) The hydrolysis products of BiCl3 are BiOCl and HCl
B) Hydrolysis of NF3 gives NH 3 and HOF
C) Reducing properties of hypophosphorous acid is due to P-H bonds
D) Hypophosphoric acid has one P-O-P bond
31. Which of the following is true for N2O5?
A) It is obtained by carefully dehydrating HNO3 with P2O5
B) It is an acidic oxide
C) No Nitrogen -Nitrogen bond exists in N2O5(g)
D) It exists as NO2 NO3 in solid state.
32. The oxide of nitrogen combines with FeSO4 forming a complex. Which of the following
is / are correct?
A) Oxide is NO2
B) Oxide is paramagnetic before complexation
C) Complex is diamagnetic
D) complex is paramagnetic
33. Which one of the following acid does not possesses oxidising, reducing and complex
forming properties?
A) HNO3 B) HCl C) H2SO4 D) HNO2
Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 13
34.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P
Which of the following is arranged in incorrect increasing order of boiling point?
A) NH 3, PH3, AsH3 B) AsH 3, PH3, NH3
C) NH3, AsH3, PH3 D) PH3, AsH 3, NH3
35. Match list I with list II and select the incorrect answer:
List I List II (Bond angles)

I. N O2 1. 180°
II. NO2 2. 132°
III. NO2 3. 120°

IV. NO 3 4. 115°
5. 109°
I II III IV I II III IV
A) 5 4 3 2 B) 5 2 4 3
C) 1 2 4 3 D) 1 4 3 2
36. NH3 can be obtained by
A) Heating of NH4NO3 or NH4NO2
B) Heating of NH4 Cl or (NH4 )2 CO3
C) Heating of NH4NO3 with NaOH
D) Reaction of AlN or Mg3N2 or CaCN2 with H 2O
37. When ammonia gas is passed into bleaching powder solution, the product not formed is
A) O2 B) N 2 C) NH 4Cl D) NCl3
38. Which of the following does not give nitrogen on heating
A)  NH 4 2 Cr2O7 B) ( NH 4 ) 2 SO4 C) NH 4 Cl D) ( NH 4 ) 2 CO3

Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 14

39.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P
Match the following reactions in Column–I with corresponding product (s) in
Column – II
Column – I Column – II

A) 3CuO  2 NH 3  (P) PH3

B) PH 4 I  NaOH  (Q) Metal

Ba  N 3 2 
C) (R) H3PO4

D) 2H 3 PO2  (S) Nitrogen

40. Column – I Column – II

A) NH 4NO 2 p) On heating produces N2
B) NH4ClO4 q) Orange coloured solid
C) (NH4)2Cr2O7 r) One of the atoms in +3 oxidation state
D) NH 4NO 3 s) One of the elements in its highest
oxidation state
t) Used as an oxidiser in solid rocket

propellants in missile and space programmes

Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 15

MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P
Max Marks : 88
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
41. If the tangent at P  2, 4  on the parabola y 2  8 x meets the parabola y 2  8 x  5 at Q and R
then the mid point of QR is M  ,   then     ____
42. A variable circle passes through the point A  2,1 and touches the x – axis. Locus of the
other end of diameter through A is a parabola. Then length of the latus rectum of the
parabola is ______.
43. 64, 27 are the length of any two perpendicular chords of a parabola, passing through the
vertex of the parabola. If l is the length of latus rectum of the parabola, then write the
5l
value of =
16
44. From the point  1, 2  tangent lines are drawn to the parabola y2  4 x . If the area of the
triangle formed by the chord of contact and the tangents is  2 then the numerical
quantity  must be equal to
45. A tangent and normal is drawn at the point P  (16,16) of the parabola y 2  16 x which cut
the axis of the parabola at the points A and B respectively. If the centre of circle through
a
P,A and B is C and slope of PC is , g.c.d (a, b)  1, then a  b 
b
46. For the parabola y 2  4ax ; (a>0), the tangent at the point P whose abscissa is equal to the
length of latus rectum meets its axis at “T” and the normal at P cuts the parabola again
TP m
at Q and  (m,n are coprime)then m  n = ____
PQ n
47. A point P on a parabola y 2  4 x, the foot of the perpendicular from it upon its directrix,
and the focus of the parabola are the vertices of an equilateral triangle. The area of the
equilateral triangle is “k” sq units, then the value of  k  = ________ where [.] denotes
greatest integer function
48. Let L1 : x  y  0 and L2 : x  y  0 are tangents drawn to a parabola whose focus is at S(1,2).
m
If the length of latus rectum of the parabola can be expressed as (m, n are coprime)
n
then value of m  n  2  _________
Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 16
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
49. PQ is a focal chord of a parabola which is along the straight line 2 x  y  1 and the

tangent at P to the parabola is y  x , if its axis passes through the origin then

A) The focus is  1 1  B) The focus is 2 1

 ,   , 
3 3   3 3

C) The directrix is 6x + 3y – 4 = 0 D) The directrix is 3 x  6 y  4  0

50. Let L be a normal to the parabola y 2  4 x . If L passes through the point (9,6) then L is
given by
A) y  x  3  0 B) y  3 x  33  0 C) y  x  15  0 D) y  2 x  12  0
51. Let A  t1  , B  t2  , C  t3  be three points on the parabola y 2  4 ax .The tangents at these points
intersect in the points P , Q, R .Then which of the following statements is/are true
2
 1
A) Length of the focal chord through A  t1  is a  t1  
 t1 
1
B) Area of PQR  Area of  ABC
2
C) The orthocenter of the triangle PQR lies on the directrix

D) The circum circle of PQR passes through the focus of the parabola
52. The equation of common tangent(s) to the parabola y 2  2 x and the circle x 2  y 2  4 x  0
is/are
A) x  2 6 y  2  0 B) x  2 6 y  12  0
C) x  2 6 y  12  0 D) x  0
53. Length of the focal chord of the parabola ( y  3)2  8( x  1) which lies at a distance of 2
units from the vertex of the parabola is/are ture
A) 8 B) 6 2 C) 9 D) 5 3
Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 17
54.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
Which of the following is/are true
07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P

A) The line 3x  2 y  36  0 touches both y 2  108x and x 2  32 y.

B) The locus of foot of perpendicular from (2, 0) to any tangent to y 2  4 x  4 is y  0
C) The line y  2 x  1  0 is tangent to parabola y 2  8 x,
D) If normal at points ' t1 ' and t 2 on the parabola y 2  4 ax intersect on the parabola then
2
t2 
t1
55. If A  at12 , 2at1  , B  at22 , 2 at2  be two points on y 2  4ax . If AB is inclined at 300 to the
positive direction of x-axis and passes through focus then
A) t1  t2  3 B) t1  t2  2 3 C) AB  4 a D) AB  16 a
56. If a parabola touches the lines y  x and y   x at P  3,3 and Q  2, 2  respectively,
then
30 6
A) focus is  , 
 13 13 
B) equation of directrix is 5 x  y  0
C) equation of line through origin and focus is x  5 y  0
D) equation of line through origin and parallel to axis is x  5 y  0
57. A square has one vertex at the vertex of the parabola y 2  4ax and the diagonal through
the vertex lies along the axis of the parabola. If the ends of the other diagonal lie on the
parabola, the coordinates of the vertices of the square are
A) (4a, 4a) B) (4a, -4a) C) (0, 0) D) (8a, 0)
58. ‘P’ is a point which moves in the xy plane such that the point ‘P’ is nearer to the centre
of a square than any of the sides. The four vertices of the square are (+ a, +a). The
region in which ‘P’ will move is bounded by parts of parabola of which one has the
equation
A) y2 = a2 – 2ax B) y2 = a2 + 2ax C) x2 = a2 – 2ay D) x2 = a2 + 2ay

Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 18

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 07-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_WTA-27_Q.P
SECTION - III
(MATRIX MATCHING ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and four statements (P, Q, R and
S) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For
example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in Q and R, then for the particular question darken the
bubbles corresponding to Q and R in the OMR sheet. For each correct matching will be awarded +2 marks ONLY and 0 if not
attempted and -1 in all other cases.
59. Matrix match
Column – I Column – II
a Parabola y 2  4 x and the circle having its centre at  6,5
intersects at right angle, at the point  a, a  then one value of ‘a’ p 13
is equal to
b The angle between the tangents drawn to  y  2 2  4  x  3  at the
2
points where it is intersected by the line 3 x  y  8  0 is then q 8
p
‘p’ has the value equal to
c If the line x  1  0 is the directrix of the parabola y 2  kx  8  0 ,
r 10 5
then the value of k is / are
d Length of the normal chord of the parabola y 2  8 x at the point
s 4
where abscissa & ordinate are equal is
t -8
2
2
60. Consider the parabola  x  1   y  2  
2 12 x  5 y  3
169

Column - I Column – II
Locus of point of intersection of perpendicular
(a) p. 12 x  5 y  2  0
tangents
Locus of foot of perpendicular from focus upon any
(b) q. 5 x  12 y  29  0
tangent
Line along which minimum length of focal chord
(c) r. 12 x  5 y  3  0
occurs
(d) Line about which parabola is symmetrical s. 24 x  10 y  1  0

t. 5 x  12 y  1  0

Sec: Sr.Chaina(In Com) Space for Rough Work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 WTA-33 Date: 08-08-2020
Time:05.00Pm to 08.00Pm 2018_P1 Max.Marks:180

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS

1 A 2 C 3 AD 4 ABD 5 C
6 AD 7 25.142 8 9 9 3 10 0.403
11 1.386 12 0 13 1 14 0.134 15 D
16 A 17 B 18 C

CHEMISTRY

19 ABCD 20 ABD 21 ABCD 22 AB 23 ABCD

24 ABCD 25 5 26 4 27 7 28 6
29 6 30 6 31 5 32 2.5 33 D
34 D 35 D 36 D

MATHS

37 AC 38 ABC 39 CD 40 BD 41 ABCD
42 B 43 3 44 2 45 4 46 3
47 5 48 3 49 0 50 1 51 B
52 C 53 A 54 A
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Key & Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
I a 2
1.  
I1  a 2
 
 2

I I
 1  4  I1 
 I 4
B due to cylinder at ‘P’ is

 0i
B  towards left 
2r
Magnetic field at P due to, cavity (1) is

i1
B1 
2r  a / 2
 0i
B1  towards left 
42r  a 
Magnetic field at ‘P’ due to, cavity (2) is : B2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

 0i
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Key & Sol’s


 a
2  r  
 2 
 0i
  towards left 
4 2r  a 
Net B due to cavities;
 i  2r  a  2r  a 
B1  B1  B2  0  
4  4r 2  a 2 
 0ir


 4r 2  a 2 
 0i  2r 2  a 2 
Bnet  B  B  1
towards left 
2r  4r 2  a 2 
2. From Ampress law
 
 dl   0ienc
B.
 0i  0JR 2i
out side B  
2r 2r
 0 jR
in side B 
2
0K
3. A , hence K  V
2
 
D) F  qu  B hence upwards
 ir
4. A) r  R1; B  0 1 2
2 R1

A) is wrong and (B) is true

 i
C) R1  r  R 2 ; B  0 1
2r

D) R 2  r  R 3;  B. dl   0 i net 

B  2r   0 i1  i12 

 
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Key & Sol’s

0  
B i1 
i2
. r 2
R 2

 
2
2r   R 2
 R 2 
 3 2


B
0 

 
i 2 r 2  R 22 
i1  
2r  R 32  R 22 
 

5. B due to inlet and outlet wires at ‘C’ is zero because ‘C’ is on their lines of current

B due to triangular part will be zero at ‘C’ if there is symmetry
 ni
6. A) B   0ni  0
L
 ir
B) B  0 2
2R
C) Inside pipe field is zero
 i 1
D) B  0  B 
2R r
mA
7. J  10 2
m
x  2mm
B   0 Jx  4107 10 103  2 103
 81012
22
 8 1012
7
176
 1012
7
 25.1421012

8. It is like solenoid
B   0 ni   0
 i  i  i i
9. B  0  0  02 ......... B  0
2r 2 2r  2 2 r   2r0

 i 
10. r
3l
2

; B  6  0 sin 600  sin 600
 4 r


Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

 i
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Key & Sol’s


6  0 . sin 300  sin 300 
 4 r 

11. Assuming the strip to be made up of a large no. of elements parallel to its length.
Consider an element of length dx at a distance ‘x’ from the point P. Considering
the element as a long current carrying wire

 0 2I'
dB 
4 x

12.  B dl   0 i enc

cr a . 2r   0  J. dA

c. 2r a 1   0  J. dA   0  J. 2r dr
2c a  1 r a   0 J. 2r
C
J  a  1 r a1
0
 
13. r  2R cos    90 
2 2
 I R dsin 
dB  0
4 r
   
2 Rd    sin 90  
0I  2 
4 
2

0 2R cos
2
 I

B  0 l n 2 1  n 1
4R

 
14.  B. dl   0I
 0i
B
 R 
sin 1  sin  2 
4 
 B

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Key & Sol’s

R
3
3
sin 1  sin  2 
2
 i 3 3 3 0i
B  0 2.  
4 2 R 4R
  3lbi R 3lbi
 B. dl  4R  2 3  2
   3  lbI 
Total  B. dl  lbI 1 
  2  2  3   k.lbI
 2 
l2 cos 
 0 dn iy 2
15. B   dB  
 
3/ 2
l1 cos  2 y2  x 2
dl

y 

dx x
 0 Ni l 
 sin 2  l n  2 
2l2  l1   l1 
16. M   dn  iy 2
Ni sin 2  2

3

l1  l22  l1 l2 
Passage – II (17 & 18)
According to ampiers law;
 
 l   0i   0  0   0
B.d

Since  B.dl  0   B.dl    B.dl

BD DAB

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Key & Sol’s

 0I  I 1
  Bdl  2   0 tan1  
2   2
DAB
  1   I 1  
   tan1    1
  2 

 B dl  20 tan 
 2 
AB

Since  B.dl  0
PQP

 0I
  B.dl   B.dl  2 
2
QP QP

For   B.dl to be max,  be max, it is possible for

Chord OP act as tangent to the dotted circle



6

CHEMISTRY
19. Reddish brown ppt  HgO. HgNH 2I
Nitrolim : CaCN 2  C
Dehydrating agent : P4O10
20. D  Na  Ag CN 2 
F  Na 2  Zn CN 4   tetrahedron
4Ag  8KCN  H 2O  O 2 4K  Ag CN 2   4KOH
21. A) Ag 2S,BiI3  black B) CuO, PbS  black
C) ZnS, PbSO 4  white D) CdS, K 3  Co NO2 6   yellow
 
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7
22.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
BaSand Al2S3 shows high k sp values
08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Key & Sol’s

23. Mg 2 , Cu 2 , Zn 2 and Pb2 gives basic conbinates

24. 2XeF2  2H 2O  2Xe  4HF  O 2
25. SnS,Sb 2S3 , As 2S3 are soluble in YAS
excess of
26. Hg  NO3 2     K 2  HgI4  soluble
KI
Excess of NaoH,excess NH 3 , excess of Na 2CO3 , 2 moles of KI excess of NaOH
produces insoluble precipitates on reaction Hg  NO3 2
27. AgNO3 , Cu  NO3 2 , FeCl 2 , FeCl3 , NiCl2 , CoCl2 , CoCl 2  Br2 / H 2O
are soluble in excess of KCN solution
28. Except Mg 2 and Ba 2
29. 1 and 8 are wrong statements
3
30. A) FeCl3 B) NH 4Cl C) Fe SCN3 D) FeF6 
31. V, VII are incorrect reactions
32. x:1 y:6 z:3
33. XeF5  5B.P  2 l.p
XeO64  16 l.p
XeF82  sq. anti prisamatic
Xenon oxides are unstable
34. NaH XeO 4 5,2 bond and 9 lone pairs
35. A) CoCl 2 B) NiCl 2 C) MnO OH 2  D) Zn OH 2 
36. Example for induced catalysis
MATHEMATICS
2 2cos   4cos 2   4
37. x  2x cos   1  0 has roots x 
2
x  cos   isin   e i
; When the roots are x  ein then the equation will be
n

x 2  2x cos n  1  0
2
 Which can also be written as  x  cos n  sin 2 n  0
38. z1  1and z 2  2 2z1  z2  2 z1  z 2  4,so max 2z1  z 2  4
Minimum z1  z 2  z1  z 2  1;
1 1
similarly z 2   z2   2 1  3
z1 z1
39.    
Given f  x   p x 3  xQ x 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Key & Sol’s

Now f  x  is divisible by x 2  x  1   x    x   2 
 
 f    p 1  Q 1  0 also f  2  p 1   2Q 1  0

Which is possible only if P 1  0and Q1  0 i.e., both p  x  and Q x  are divisible
by  x 1, then as a result f  x  is also divisible by  x 1
40. Observe that option (b) given x 2  y 2  i 2yi  1  0 which gives a point circle at
0,1)
 z 1 
Option (c) arg   gives a circle at (0,0) with radius r=1 unit.
 z  1 2
z 1
Option (d)  1 represents y-axis
z 1
1  z  1 zz  z  z 
Option (a) Re    0gives 0
1  z  2

1 z 
2
 z  1,i.e., z  1 which is a circle
41. Given z1  z 2  1  z1z2 gives z1  z 2  z1  z2   1  z1z 2 1  z1z2 
2 2 2 2 2 2
 z1  z 2  2 Re z1z2   1  z1 z 2  2Re z1z2  gives z1  1, z 2  1
Since z1  z 2  1, so these can be represented as ei ; where   .
 3
42. For, A, z  1  2  Re z z   y2  2 x  
 2 
For, B, z  1  1  x 1  y 2  1
2

For, C,
z 1  z  1  z 1 z 1  z  1 z  1
2 2

 z z 0  x 0
0
 3
B. Required area 2  2  x  dx  2 3
3
 2

2
3
C. z    i0 is complex number in region A  B  C having max amplitude
2
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Key & Sol’s
D. 1,0 , 1,1 , 1, 1 , 0,0 , 0,1 , 0, 1 are point but z  1 is not domain of
     
C so total points 5
43. z  1  z  5 gives x=3, i.e., Re(z)=3=k  k  3 .
44. z  1  z  5 and z  13 then Re  z   3, so Im  z    4
 Im  z   2 .
45. z  2  3i  1; Max. z  13  1  k  m
So, k  13, m  1
  k  m  2  4
y z

(2,3)

0 x

46. z  1  3i   1
y

0 x

(-1,-3)

Least value of z  10  1  k  m
So k  10, m  1
 km 3
47. z   2  3i   2 and z   1  3i   1
The circles will touch externally at  0, 3 , i.e.z  3i
 z  4  4  3i  5 .
y

-1 0 x

(-1,-3) (2,-3)

 z  2 
48. Arg   gives semi  circle with radius r  2
 z  2  2
 w  1 
Arg   gives semi circle with radius r  1
 w  1 2
Consider z  2  0i and w  1  0 i

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
y
08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Key & Sol’s

w
z
0 x

 z  w  3 so k  3(as z  w  k and k is least upper bound )

49. Let A   2,0 and B   0, 1 . Observe that z  2  2 z  i is satisfied by  0,0,0
and
z  0 (minimum possible)  z  2  2 z  i will form a circle
y

(-2,0)A 0
x

(0,-1)
B

4 8
 x 2  y 2  x  y  0 , which passes through origin,  Least value of z  0
3 3
z2
50. z lies on 2
z 1
 2 4 
Which is represents a circle with at  ,  and radius
3 3 
2 5 2 4  2 5
 i.e. z    i 
3 3 3  3
 4 2 5
Now y transformation w  z    i
3 3 
2 4  4 2 5 2 5
 Thus new locus will be w    i   i  i
3 3  3 3 3
2 4  2
 w    i  5
3 3  3
51. A  z : Im z  1  area above y =1
B  z : z  2  i  3  circle
 
C  z : Re 1  i z  2  x  y  2
 Straight Line

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Key & Sol’s
2 2
A  B  C is value of z given by x  y  2 and  x  2   y  1  9for y  1 we
will get one value.
52. Observe that z  A  B  C lies on the part of circle above the line y =1

Z1  1  i and z2  5  i are the ends of the diameter

2 2
 z  1  i   z  5  i  (Diameter)2  62  36 which lies between 35 and
39
53. Given Z1  Z2  Z3  1
1 1 zz z z z z
z1z1  1  z1  or z1  Now z1  z 2  z3  1 So 1 1  2 2  3 3  1
z1 z1 z1 z2 z3
1 1 1 1 1 1
i.e.,    1u sin g z1  z1 weget   1
z1 z2 z3 z1 z 2 z3
54. Given
z1  1, z 2  2, z3  3and z1  z 2  z3  1 then
9z1z2  4z3z 2  z 2z3  z3 z3z1z2  z2 z2z1z3  z1z1z 2z3
  z1 z2 z3  z1  z2  z3   z1 z 2 z3 z1  z 2  z3   1231  6

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 WTA-33 Date: 08-08-2020
Time: 05.00Pm to 08.00Pm 2018_P1 Max.Marks:180

08-08-20_Sr.Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33

Syllabus
MATHS : COMPLEX NUMBERS:- Algebra of complex numbers, square and cube roots of
a+ib(excluding cube roots of unity), Modulus and amplitude of a complex number& their
properties (Excluding their geometrical application), polar form of a complex number, conjugate of
complex number & it's properties, complex number as a position vector, parellogram law, triangular
inequality, equation of ray/line using amplitude, distance & section formula, it's application in
equation of line & circle, area of the triangle, locus in argand plane, rotation and coni's rule,
concyclic points, General equation of line & circle in argand plane

PHYSICS : Biot Savart’s Law, Ampere’s Law & their applications, Moving coil
galvanometer,its current sensitivity

CHEMISTRY : I, II, III, IV, V & VI group Cation & Group-18

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
JEE-ADVANCE-2018-P1-Model
08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P

Time: 3:00Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 180

Total 18 60

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
PHYSICS
08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
1. A long cylindrical conductor of radius a has two cylindrical cavities of diameter
a through its entire length as shown in fig. A current ‘I’ is directed out of the
page and is uniform throughout the cross-section of conductor. Find magnitude
and direction of the magnetic field in terms of  0 , I, r and a at point P1
P1

r
a
P2
a
r

 0I  2r 2  a 2   0I  2r 2  a 2 
A)  2  to the left B)   to the right
r  4r  a 2  2r  4r 2  a 2 
 0I  2r 2  a 2   0I  r 2  a 2 
C)  
 to the left D)   to the right
r  2r 2  a 2  2  r 2  a 2 
2. A direct current of density ‘j’ flows along a round uniform straight wire cross-
section radius R. Find the magnetic induction vector of this current at the point
whose position relative to the axis of the wire is defined by a radius vector ‘r’.
The magnetic permeability is assumed to be equal to unity throughout all the
space
1 1 R2
A)  0  jr  for r  R;  0  jr  2 for r  R
2 3 r
B)  0  jr  for r  R;  0  jr  R for R  r
2

1  0 jR 2
C)  0  jr  for r  R; for r  R
2 2r
R2 1 R2
D)  0  jr  for r  R;  0 2 for r  R
r 2 r
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
3.
08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P
Charge is sprayed onto a large non conducting belt above the left hand roller.
The belt carries charge with a uniform surface charge density  , as it moves
with a speed v between the rollers as shown. The charge is removed by a wiper
at right hand roller. For a point just above the sheet mark the correct option.

 0v
A) Magnetic field is , out of the plane of the page, parallel to axis of roller.
2
B) Magnetic field is  0v , out of the plane of the page, perpendicular to axis.

C) Electric field is perpendicular to the plane of sheet
0
D) If an electron moves parallel to V just above the sheet it will experience an
upward magnetic force.
4. A solid cylindrical conductor of radius R1 is kept inside a hollow cylindrical

conductor of inner radius R 2 and outer radius R 3 R1  R 2  R 3  in a co-axial

manner, as shown. The solid cylinder carries a current I1 and the hollow
conductor carries current I 2 in the opposite directions. The two conductors are
kept insulated from each other and current through each is distributed
uniformed over the cross-section. Let ‘r’ be any radial distance from the axis.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P
A) Magnitude of magnetic induction B at points inside the solid conductor, so
that r  R1, can be zero
B) Magnitude of magnetic induction B at points inside the solid conductor, so
 0 I1
that r  R1, can be r
2R12
C) Magnitude of magnetic induction B at points outside the solid conductor
 0 I1  I 2 
such that R1  r  R 2 will be
2r

0 
 I 2 r 2  R 22  
D) For R 2  r  R 3 magnitude of B can be expressed as  I1  
2r 
 
R 32  R 22  
5. Wire frames having a shape of equilateral triangles are made as shown
(resistivities are shown in fig). All the wire frames have uniform and same cross
section then magnetic field intensity at geometrical centre is zero in

P C 2P 2P
P C

P
P
I) II)

2P 2P 2P
P
C
2P P
III) IV)
A) I only B) I, II and IV situation
C) II and III situation D) All the situation
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
6. Which of the following statements are incorrect?
08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P

A) Field inside an infinitely long solenoid depends on the length of solenoid

B) Field inside a long cylindrical conductor carrying uniformly distributed
current, parallel to the axis is proportional to ‘r’ (radial distance)
C) Field inside a long pipe carrying current parallel to its length is zero
1
D) Field outside a long current carrying wire is proportional to  2  . ‘r’ is the
 r 
perpendicular distance from the conductor

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
9.
08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P
In fig, infinite conducting rings each having current ‘i' in the direction shown are
placed concentrically in the same plane as shown in the fig. The radius of rings
 i
are r, 2r, 2 2 r, 23 r..... . The magnetic field at the centre of rings is 0 . Find ‘k’
kr


 


10. A star shaped loop (with l =length of each section) carries ‘i’. Magnetic field at
k 0i  22 
the centroid of the loop is . Find ‘k’   
l  7

11. A very long thin strip of metal of width ‘b’ carries a current I along its length as
shown in fig. The magnitude of magnetic field in the plane of the strip at a
I
distance ‘a’ from the edge is (as shown) k 107 tesla . Find ‘k’ (assume a =
b
b ,   22/ 7 )

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
12.
08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P
A long straight conductor having a circular cross-section carries a current such
that its magnetic field varies with radial distance ‘r’ as B  cr a , where a and c
are constants. The variation of current density as the function of ‘r’ is
C
a  k  r a n . Find k + n
0
13. A thin wire is bent in the form of semi circular ring of radius R = 0.9 m carries a
current I = 1 amp. The magnetic induction at a point P as shown in the fig. is

given by n 107 Telsa. Find the value of n. l n 2  1  0.9
  

P
14. A part of a conductor carrying current I is in the form of a semicircle AB of
radius R and lying in xy-plane with its centre at origin as shown in figure. The

 B.d  for the circular loop along 3x  3z 2  R 2 in xz-plane

2
magnitude of

due to current in curve AB k  0 I . Find ‘k’.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

15. The magnetic field at apex ‘P’ is

 Nisin 2   l1   0 Ni l 
A) 0 l n   B) sin 2   2 
2 l2 - l1   l2  4 l2 - l1   l1 
 0 Ni l   0 Ni l 
C) cos 2  ln  2  D) sin 2  ln  2 
2 l2 - l1   l1  2 l2 - l1   l1 
16. The magnetic dipole moment of the loop is
Ni 2 2 Ni sin 2  2
A)
3

sin  l1  l22  l1 l2  B)
4

l1  l22  2l1 l2 
Ni sin 2  2
C)
4

l1  l22  l1 l2 
D) None

Paragraph for Question Nos. 17 to 18

An infinitely long wire lying along z-axis carries a current I , flowing
towards positive z- direction. There is no other current. Consider a circle in x-y
plane with centre at (2 m, 0, 0) and radius 1 meter. Divide the circle in small

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P
segments and let d l denote the length of a small segment in anticlockwise
direction, as shown.


1m dl

I (2,0,0) x

17. Consider two points A (3,0,0) and B (2,1,0) on the given circle. The magnitude of
B
  
path integral B . dl of the total magnetic field B along the perimeter of the given
A

circle from A to B is ,
0 I 1 0 I 1  0 I 1 1
A) tan 1 B) tan 1 C) sin D) 0
 2 2 2 2 2
 
18. The magnitude of maximum value of path integral B . dl of the total magnetic

field B along the perimeter of the given circle between any two points on the
circle is
0 I 0 I 0 I
A) B) C) D) 0
12 8 6

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
CHEMISTRY
08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
19. Which of the following reactions correctly represents the change in ammonium
salts
NaOH A
NH 4 NO3   

Nessler's regent

Reddish brown
A) ppt
NaNO2
NH4Cl  B

CaC2
D+E  C
(nitrolim) 
B)
NaNO3
NH 4Cl  X


z
P4
denydrating agent  y

C)
H2 PtCl6
NH4Cl   yellowppt
k
Na3 Co NO26
 

yellowppt
 L
D)
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
20.
08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P
In the following reaction sequence in aq. solution

2 Ag Ag H2O
S2O3  A clear solution  B whiteppt  C
Black

NaCN

Zn
FG  D + E
complex (black) complex
O2

Na2SO4
Identify the correct statement(s)
A) B is Ag 2S2O3 and C is Ag 2S
B) D is Na  Ag CN 2  and E is Na 2S
C) F is a sq. planar complex and shows linkage isomerism
D) G is soluble in HNO3 and KCN solution in the presence of air
21. Which of the following are having same colour and exist in precipitate form?
A) HgS, BiI3 B) CuO, PbS C) ZnS, PbSO 4 D) CdS,K3[Co(NO2)6]
22. Which of the following ions can’t be separated by using H 2S in the presence of
NH 4OH  NH 4Cl?
A) Cu 2 , Co2 B) Pb2 , Ni2 C) Zn 2 , Ba 2 D) Al3+,Bi3+
23. Which of the following reagents form(s) basic carbonates ppt with Na 2CO3
solution?
A) Mg  NO3 2 B) Zn  NO3 2 C) Pb  NO3 2 D) Cu  NO3 2
24. Select the correct statement(s)?
A) M.P, B.P, density and solubility increases from He to Xe
B) XeF2 and XeF4 hydrolysis reactions are redox reactions
C) Xenon fluorides are act as Lewis acids as well as Lewis bases depending
upon other compounds like CsF and BF3
D) XeOF4 is a colourless volatile square pyramidal compound
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P
SECTION-II
(NUMERICAL VALUE TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. Each question is numerical value. For each question, enter the correct
numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to second decimal place.
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
25. Among the following how many are insoluble in excess of yellow coloured
ammonium poly sulphide solution SnS,Sb2S3,As2S3,CdS,Bi2S3,HgS,CoS,NiS
26. How many of the following can precipitate Hg  NO3 2 from the given solutions

Excess of KI, excess of KCN, excess of NH 3 , excess of NaOH, excess of

Na 2CO3 , 2 moles of KI
27. Among the following how many are soluble in excess of KCN solution
FeCl2 , AgNO3 , Pb  NO3 2 , Cu  NO3 2 ,FeCl3 , NiCl2 , NiCl 2  Br2 / H 2O,

CoCl 2 , CoCl 2  Br2 / H 2O

28. How many of the following gives sulphide precipitate with the reagent
 NH 4OH  NH 4Cl  H 2S
AgNO3 , Zn  NO3 2 , Co  NO3 2 , Ni  NO3 2 , Hg  NO3 2 , Pb  NO3 2 ,
Mg  NO3 2 ,Ba  NO3 2
29. Among the following how many statements are correct?
I) Na 2S  NiS  MnS  Bi 2S3 (order of K sp )
II) Ammonium tartarate and potassium hydrogen tartarate are white ppt.
compounds
III) DMG with Ni+2 gives Rosy red ppt. and Co 2 gives brown colour solution
IV)   Nitroso, β-Naphthol Co 2  Reddish brown ppt. which is insoluble in
HCl
V) CaC 2O 4 is insoluble in CH 3COOH and BaC 2O 4 is soluble in CH 3COOH
VI) BaC rO 4 is insoluble in acetic acid and soluble in dil. HNO3 solution
VII) HgCl2 solubility is greater than that of Hg 2Cl2
VIII) Fe2 with NH 4SCN gives blood red colored ppt.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
3NH SCN
08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P

30. A  4  B  C  blood red     D  3 NaSCN

6 NaF
Select the no. of correct statement(s)?
I) A gives brown colour solution with ferricyanide solutions and produces
Prussian blue colour ppt. in the presence of SnCl2
II) Blood red. on reaction with HgCl2 gives yellow solution
III) Compound ‘D’ is outer and high spin complex
IV) Compound ‘B’ gives reddish brown ppt. with Nessler’s reagent
V) ‘D’ is a colourless compound
strong alkaline solution
VI) A       black ppt.
Na 2S

31. Select the no. of incorrect reaction(s)

I) 2XeF6  3SiO 2  2XeO3  3SiF4
II) XeF4  Pt  Xe  PtF4
III) XeF4   N CH 3 4  F  N CH 3 4 XeF5
 
IV) XeF2  AsF5   XeF  AsF6 
V) 2XeF6  3H 2O  Xe  XeO3  6HF  3F2
VI) 2XeF6  16NaOH  Na 4XeO6  Xe  8H 2O  12NaF  O 2
 
VII) XeF6  BF3  BF2  XeF7 
32.
XeF4  H 2O  A  2HF
(partial Hydrolysis)
In the given structure ’A’ has
No. of l.p - l.p repulsions : x
No. of l.p - b.p. repulsions : y
No. of b.p - b.p repulsions : z
x yz
Then is
4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P
SECTION – III
(COMPREHENSIN TYPE)
This section contains 2 Paragraphs. Based on each paragraph, there are 2 questions. Each question has 4
options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Paragraph For Questions 33 and 34
Xenon forms binary fluorides, by the direct reaction of elements under
experimental conditions. Xenon fluorides are acts as oxidizing agent, Lewis
acids as well as Lewis bases. Xenon fluorides undergoes hydrolysis process.
One of the xenon fluorides on reaction with excess of NaOH gives powerful
oxidizing agent which oxidizes water to O 2 and Mn 2 to MnO
4
33. Select the incorrect statement?
A) XeF4  CsF A anionic form of A shows pentagonal planar structure

excess of NaOH
B) XeF6      oxidizing agent (X) + Xe +HF O 2  the no. of
lone pair of electrons in anionic form of ‘X’ is 16
C) XeF6  2CsF  B anionic form of ‘B’ shows square anti prisamatic structure
D) Xenon oxides are exo thermic stable compounds
2NaOH 2NaOH
34. 2XeO3   A   B  C  D  HF
Select the correct statement is
A) Anionic form of A contains 10 lone pair of electrons and 5 and 2 bond
B) C and D shows nearly equal ionization energy values
C) B on reaction with H 2SO 4 gives explosive XeO 4
D) All the above

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 35 and 36
08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P

Salt solution contains two or moresalts  NH 4Cl  auxilary reagent  H 2S  ppt

ppt

dil HCl

Residue Filterate
Br2/NaOH
OCl solution
(or) con. HNO3 |
(or)aquaregia
(A) + (B)

Filterate Brown ppt

white ppt
(D)
35. Select the incorrect statement is
A) A and B on reaction with   nitroso   Naphthol given brown ppt and
treated with HCl, If the precipitate is soluble it is (B) and insoluble it is A
B) A and B on reaction with DMG in the presence of ammonical solution confirm
that B gives Rosy red ppt and A gives a brown colour solution
C) A on reaction with excess of KNO 2 gives yellow ppt and B with excess of
KNO 2 no ppt reaction
D) A and B are produces only Octahedral and Tetrahedral complexes
36. Select the correct statement/reaction
A) D is Zn OH 2 and C is MnOOH 2
HCl  NH 4 2  Hg SCN4 
B) D   E       white ppt.
2 moles of  NH 2  Hg SCN 4  2
C) E  CuCl2       4       violet ppt. and Zn act as induced
catalyst
D) All the above
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
MATHS
08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
37. The equation, whose roots are nth power of the roots of the
equation x 2  2x cos   1  0 is given by
2 2
A)  x  cos n   sin 2 n  0 B)  x  cos n   sin 2 n  0
C) x 2  2x cos n   1  0 D) x 2 cos n   1  0
38. Let z1,z 2 be two complex numbers represented by points on the circle z  1
and z  2 respectively, then
A) max 2z1  z 2  4 B) min z1  z 2  1
1
C) z 2  3 D) None of these
z1

39. Let P  x  and Q x  be two polynomials. Suppose that f  x   P x3  xQ x 3 is    

divisible by x 2  x  1, then
A) P  x  is divisible by  x 1 but Q  x  is not divisible byx-1

B) Q x  is divisible by  x 1 but P x  is not divisible by x-1

C) Both P  x and Qx  are divisible by x-1

D) f  x  is divisible by x-1

40. The equation not representing a circle (with r > 0) is given by

1  z 
A) Re  0 B) zz  iz  iz  1  0
1  z 
 z  1  z 1
C) arg   1
 z  1 2
D)
z 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P
z1  z 2
41. If z1 and z 2 are two complex numbers such that  1, then
1  z1z 2
A) z1  1 B) z 2  1
C) z1  ei ,    D) either z1  eior z 2  ei ;   
42. Let A, B, C be three sets of complex number as defined below
 z 1 
A  z : z  1  2  Re z  , B  z : z 1  1 and C  z :  1
 z  1 
A) Area of region bounded by A  B  C is 3
B) Area of region bounded by A  B  C is 2 3
C) The real part of the complex number in region A  B  C and having
3
maximum amplitude is 
2
D) The number of the points is having integral coordinates in region A  B  C is 7

44. If z  1  z  5 and z  13, then find Im  z 

45. If z  2  3i  1 , then the greatest value of z is k  m, then evaluate

 k  m  2
46. If z  1  3i  1, then the least value of z is k  m, then evaluate km

47. If z  2  3i  2 and z  1  3i  1, then evaluate z  4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
48.
08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P
If z and w are two complex numbers having non-negative imaginary parts such
 z2  w 1
that arg    arg     / 2 , w  z  k ; evaluate k. (Here k is least
 z 2  w 1
upperbound)

z2
49. Find the least value of z for which 2
zi

z2 4 20 
50. If z lies on the locus  2 and by transformation w  z    i  say  ,
zi 3 9 

2
a new locus is formed, then the greatest value of w is
3
 
m  n ; then

evaluate m  n .
SECTION – III
(COMPREHENSIN TYPE)
This section contains 2 Paragraphs. Based on each paragraph, there are 2 questions. Each question has 4
options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Questions 51 to 52
Let A,B,C be three sets of complex numbers as defined below
A  {z : Im z  1)

B  {z : z  2  i  3}


C  z : Re 1  i z  2 
51. The number of elements in the set A  B  C is
A) 0 B) 1 C) 22 D) 
2 2
52. Let z be any point in A  B  C. Then z  1  i  z  5  i lies between

A) 25 and 29 B) 30 and 34 C) 35 and 39 D) 40 and 44

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 53 to 54
08-08-20_Sr.Super 60 _Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-33_Q’P

Let z  a  ib  rei where a, b,    and i  1 Then r  a 2  b2   Z and

 b
  tan1    arg z Now z  a 2  b 2  a  ib a  ib  zz
2
 a 

1 z
  and z1z 2z3......z n  z1 z 2 z 3 ... z n
2 z2

If f z   1 , then f z is called unimodular. In this case f z  can always be

expressed as f z   ei ,   
  
i      
 2 
Also ei  ei  e .2cos 
 2 
and

  
i      
 2 
ei  ei  e .2isin  where  , , 
 2 

53. If Z1, Z2 , Z3 are complex number such that

1 1 1
Z1  Z2  Z3  Z1  Z2  Z3  1, then   is
Z1 Z2 Z3

A) equal to 1 B) less than1

C) greater than 3 D) equal to 3
54. If Z1  1, Z2  2, Z3  3and Z1  Z2  Z3  1 then 9z1z2  4z3z1  z 2z3 is equal

to
A) 6 B) 36 C) 216 D) 1296

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

Time: 10.10Am to 01.10Pm 2015_P1 Max.Marks:264

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS
1 2 2 1 3 8 4 3 5 4
6 6 7 9 8 4 9 BC 10 ABD
11 AC 12 CD 13 ACD 14 ABD 15 AB
16 ABCD 17 AC 18 ABCD 19 A-QR; B-PS; C-QS; D-PR
20 A-PQ; B-R; C-Q; D-S

CHEMISTRY
21 3 22 3 23 7 24 8 25 9
26 3 27 8 28 5 29 ABC 30 ABC
31 BCD 32 ACD 33 BCD 34 CD 35 ABC
36 ABCD 37 ABD 38 BD 39 A-P,R; B-Q,R; C-P,R; D-P,S
40 A-P,R,S; B-R,S; C-T; D-P,Q,T

MATHS
41 6 42 6 43 3 44 3 45 9
46 3 47 3 48 1 49 AD 50 A
51 ABC 52 AB 53 AB 54 B 55 ABD
A-P,Q,T; B-QRST; C-P,Q,R,T;
56 BC 57 ABCD 58 AB 59
D-R,S,T
A-P,Q,R,T; B-P,Q,R,S,T; C-P,R,S;
60
D-Q,T
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1. 2
Sol:

Rz dz

A
 
dz  z 
d  1
20  z2  R 2   R  z 
2 
 
dz  Z 
 1  
20  2R 
R
dz  z  R  2 
E 1   1  
0
20  2R  20  3 
2. 1
Sol:
If potential at the corner of solid cube is V
m
V ; m  3  V   2 (  is side length of cube)

V
Potential at centre of cube =    8  2V
4
Work done in slowly moving a point mass from centre to corner =
 m  Vcorner  Vcentre   m V   2V    mV  W
Work done in slowly moving same particle from corner to infinity
 m  Vinfinity  Vcorner   m  O  V   mV  W '
W'  W
3. 8
Sol:

dq
dQ
L

/2
R
q Q Qq dQ
Fn  6    Flux due to dQ through flat face =
2RL 40 80 RL 40

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
Q
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

Net flux three flat face =

40
4. 3
Sol:
B q

P
P

q2 
 B q 4 0 x 2 T
A C

q q A 
O
O q 3q 2
x/ 3
A q2 4 0 x 2
q x C 4 0 x 2 mg

mg 3q 2 40 mgx 2 40 mg x 2 x  3 

 tan  
2
  q    
2
sin  40 x cos  3 tan  3 3 x 
40 mg 3/2 dq 4 0 mg 3 1/2 dx
q x    x 
3 dt 3 2 dt
dq 30mga 2
 
dt 
5. 4
Sol:
V1

30

Applying CAM:
V1
m  6R  mV2 R
2
 3V1  V2 (i)
Applying COE:
1 GMm  1 
m  V22  V12   1  
2 R  6
1 2 8 GM 5
V2   
2 9 R 6
15 GM 15 2GM
 V2  
8 R 4 R
6. 6

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
dE  ay qay
TG ~ @bohring_bot
2a 2 2
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

  E   ay  y
dy 0  0 2 0 2m 0
Vy y
dVy
qa 2 qa 2
 Vy  y  0 Vy dVy  2m0  y dy
dy 2m0 y0
2
V qa 1
  y 3  y 30 
y
 
2 2m 0 3
qa
 Vy 
3m 0
 y3  y30 

Vy qa
tan  
Vx

3m 0 V02
 y3  y30 
7. 9
Sol:
Y

 0,a,0 
E

q C

D
B X

 a,0,0 
A

Z  0, 0,a 
Q ABCD  q / 6 0 (Imagine a cube of side ' 2a ' and a charge ‘q’ placed at its centre)
Also, Q ABE  Q BCE  Q CDE  Q DAE  Q
q q  1 5q
Q   
  0 6 0  4 24 0
8. 4
Sol: U i  0

 Kq 2 1 Kq 2
Uf   
 2r  2 4r
 K   U
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Kq
TG ~ @bohring_bot
2 9
9 10  16 10 12
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

 KE  
4r 4  9 103
 4J
9. BC
1 GMn 2GM
Sol: mV 2  0  V
2 r r
4R t
dr GM
    rdr  2GM  dt
dt r R 0

2 3/ 2 3/2 2
 2GM.t  R 4  1  R 3/2  7
3 3
7 2R 3
t 
3 GM
10 ABD
q
Sol: If ‘q’ would have been at infinity, there would have been electric field E 
40 r 2
everywhere. So, energy would have been stored everywhere in space.
1 1
dE / dV   0 E 2  E    0 E 2dV  E 0
2 2
 q 
When ‘q’ is brought at centre ‘C’, the pattern of electric field Ê  E   is same
 4  0 r 2 
everywhere except for the region where conductor is present where E = 0
So, energy is stored everywhere is space except in the region of E = 0
Wext  U f  U i
  U0  Uc   U0  Uc
&
 2  2
1  q  2 1  q 
U e   0  2   4 r dr   0  2
 4r 2dr
a
2  4  0 r  c
2  4  0 r 
q 2  1 1  q2 1 1 
      
80  a b  80  c d 
q2  1 1 1 1 
     
80  a b c d 
11. AC

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
dA  2r.dr
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

dr
R

r
cos    r  2R cos 
2R
 dr  2R sin  d
dq  .dA  2r.dr
dq 2 .dr 
dV     2R sin  d
40 r 40 r 2 0
0
R R  /2 R
   sin  d  sin    cos 0 
0  /2 0 0
Self energy of disk:

r dr

r
V ; dq  .2r dr
0
R R
r 2 2 R 3
U   V dq    .2r dr 
0 0
0 30
12. CD
1
Sol: a  2C; b  3C; e 
2
GM GM 3
(A) L  mb  m 3c  m GMC
a 2C 2
GM 1  e  GM 1/ 2 GM
(B) Vmin    
a 1  e  2C 3 / 2 6C
GMm GMm
(C) E  
2a 4c
dA L 3
(D)   GMC
dt 2m 8

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
13. ACD
TG ~ @bohring_bot 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

Sol:
A
3
r  2R  R 3
R 2

C
R R P

Potential at centre and at any point on the sphere will be same

p p
So, VA  V C  2

4 0  2R  16 0 R 2
p cos 30 3p
 VA dipole  2  VA dipole 
24 0 R 2

40 R 3 
 VA ln  VA   VA Dipole  VA ln 

p 3 2 3 
2
480 R
14. ABD
GMm
Solution: E
R
GMm  2 R 2  11 GMm
At midpoint; U  3R  
2R 3  4  8 R
GMm 11 GMm 3 GMm
K  EU 
 
R 8 R 8 R
3
R
Time period of SHM= 2 T
GM
T
Time to move from one to another extreme=
2
15. AB
Sol: If the charge Q is placed at B, induced charge will be distributed uniformly on the
outer surface of conducting sphere.
16. ABCD
Sol: If, A   4cm.0  , B   3cm.0 
 V 3
VA  VB  E r cos    500   0.07 m 
 m 2
If A   4cm, 0  , B   3cm, 0
 V 3
VA  VB  Er cos    500   0.01
 m 2

Electric field due to infinite sheet = n̂  constant
20
Electric field inside a spherical cavity of a uniformly charged

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
a
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

Non – conducting sphere = = constant

30
17. AC
Sol:
R /2 R
 r R 3 11R 3 5
Q  4r .dr.   2 1   4r 2 dr 
2
  R 3
0 R  R 6 24 8
2

The electric field intensity first increases with r, reaches a maximum value and
then decreases with r, for R/2 < r < R
18. ABCD
Sol:
A0 A
C1  , C2  0
2d d

A B'1 B '1 C

C1 C2

S1 S2

Charge on plate B'1 + Charge on plate B1  Q

19. A-QR; B-PS; C-QS; D-PR;
Sol: Electrostatic shielding charge distribution on the surface of cavity will be
independent of outside charge. Charge distribution on the outer surface of
sphere will be independent of charge inside cavity
20. A-PQ; B-R; C-Q; D-S
Sol: Conceptual

CHEMISTRY
21. 3
G  H  T  S ; At phase transition  G  0 .
Sol.
22. 3
o
Sol log K   G ; K  p HI
1/2 1/2
2.303RT p pH 2 I2

23. 7
Sol Enthalpy of sublimation of iodine = enthalpy of formation of gaseous iodine.
24. 8
1 1  PV
Sol. PV 2 2 ; W   Pext V

25. 9
qrev V
S system   2.303R log 2
Sol T V1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
26. 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

Sol G  H  T S  E  nRT  T S
27. 8
28. 5
29. ABC
Sol H  nC p T , E  nCv T for ideal gas
30. ABC
Sol – Internal energy & Gibbs free Energy are state functions
31. BCD
Sol H of for I2 (s) = 0
32. ACD
Sol: H 2C 2O 4 is weak acid, so its heat of neutralisation is less than
13.7 Kcal/eq
33. BCD
Sol: Combustion of methane is exothermic
34. CD
35. ABC
Sol: The process is not reversible , so P2V2  PV 1 1


36. ABCD
37. ABD
38. BD
39. A- p, r; B-q, r ; C-p, r; D-p, s
40. A-P,R,S; B-R,S; C-T; D-P,Q,T
Sol 2H  H2 (g) is not a phase transition

MATHEMATICS
41. 6
Sol. The parabola be  y  a 2  4b  x  c 
Equation of tangent is  y  a    p  x  c   bp
q p
Comparing with px  qy  1, , we get cp 2
 bq 2  apq  p  0
c b a
   1 the equation is  y  4 2  12  x  2 
2 3 4
42. 6
Sol. Let foot of perpendicular from Q to the directrix be N
 SQ  PQ  NQ  PQ is minimum it P,Q & N are collinear
So minimum value of SQ  PQ  1  b.
Here b=-5
43. 3
Sol. PA  PB is max when P, A, B are collinear and P divides AB externally
Equation of AB is  x  y  1 . i.e., y  x  1
2
 x  1  4x  x  1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9

 TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 AB intersect parabola at (1, 2)
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

44. 3
Sol. Equation of aurally circle  x  8 2   y  13   a 2
 2
(2, 0) lies on it
169 313
36   a2   a2
4 4
313
a
2
But SS   2ae
144  25  2ae
13  2ae
13 13
e 
2a 313
45. 9
 1  1
Sol. Let   cos1    cos    tan   2
 5 5
Foci are  5,0 
Equation of line through  5, 0  with slope –2 is y  29x  5)  2x  10
This line meets the ellipse above X-axis at (6, 2)
20 2
 Slope =  .
6  5 11
46. 3
x 2 y2
Sol. Equation of given ellipse is  1
9 1
Equation of auxiliary circle is x 2  y 2  9...............(1)
x y
Equation of line AB is   1  x  3 1  y 
3 1

Putting this in (1), we get 9 1  y 2  y2  9  10y 2  18y  0  y  0, 9

5
Thus, y coordinate of ‘M’ is 9
5
1 1 9 27
OAM     OA  MN    3  
2
  2 5 10
47. 3
Sol. Let any point be p  a cos ,bsin  . .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
SP  a 1  ecos  S P  a 1  ecos   SS  2ae
' '
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

 h, k  be in centre of PSS' upon solving we get

 h  ae cos 
b sin e
k
1 e
Eliminating ' '
h2 k2
 1
a 2e2 e2 b2
2
1  e 
x2 y2
Locus of  h,k  2 2
 2 2 1
a e eb
2
1  e 
e2 b 2 2e
e12  1  2

1  e  2 2
ea 1 e
2e 1
e1  here e 
1 e 7
48. 1
Sol. The parabola touches x-axis at A  a, 0  and y-axis at B  0, b  , then focus is the
point of intersection of circles with diameter OA and OB

MORE THAN ONE CORRECT (10)

49. A,D

50. A
Sol. Since F1 & F2 are the ends of the diameter
1 1
Area of PF1F2   F1P  F2P   x 17  x   30  x  5or12  FF
1 2  13
2 2
51. A,B,C
2at1 2t
Sol. Slope of AS = 2
 2 1
t1  a t1  1
2a(t3  t2 ) 2
Slope of BC = 2 2
=
a(t3  t2 ) t3  t2
2t 2
 2 1   1
t1  1 t3  t2
4t1  t3t12  t12 t2  t3  t2
 yt. t1  0  t3  t2  0 . (C) is correct.
2
t (t 2  t3 )  4t1  t3  t2
1

lly, t22 (t1  t3 )  4t2  t1  t3

__________________
(-) t12 t2  t12 t3  t22t1  t22t3  4(t1  t2 )  t2  t1
t1t2 (t1  t2 )  t3 (t12  t22 )  5(t2  t1 )
t1t2  t3 (t1  t2 )  5

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 11

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
  t1t2  5
TG ~ @bohring_bot
 (A) is true.
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

Now t (t 2  t3 )  4t1  t3  t2
2
1

t1 (t1t2  t3t1 )  4t1  t2  t3

t1 (5  t2t3 )  4t1  t2  t3
t1t2 t3  t1  t2  t3
t1t2t3  t1  t2  t3
1 1 1
    1 (B) is correct.
t1t2 t2t3 t3t1
52. A,B
2t  0 2
Sol. slope of PV = 
t2 0 t
P(t 2 , 2t )
t
Equation of QV is y   ( x)
2
16 8
On solving with y 2  4 x , Q   2 ,  V (0,0) 90 o
t t 
1
Area of PVQ is .PV .VQ = 20
2 Q
 PV .VQ = 40
By solving above equation t  4,  1
53. A,B
x2 y 2
Sol.   1, y 2  4 x
8 2
1
Any tangent to parabola is y  mx 
m
1
If this line is tangent to ellipse then 2
 8 m 2  2  8m 4  2 m 2  1  0
m
2  4  32 2  6
m2  
16 16
2 1 1
m  m
4 2
x x
y   2 or y    2
2 2
x  2 y  4  0 or x  2 y  4  0
54. B
Sol. Any point on the ellipse is p  3cos ,2sin 
x y
Equation of the tangent at p is cos   sin   1
3 2
Which meets the tangents x  3 and x  3 at the extremities of the major axis at
 2 1  cos    ' 2 1  cos   
T  3,  and T  3, 
 sin    sin  
Equation of the circle on TT as diameter is '

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 12

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot
 2 1  cos   
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s
2 1  cos   
 x  3 x  3   y   y  0
 sin   sin  
4
x 2  y2 
sin 
y  5  0 ,which passes through  5, 0 
55. A,B,D
25  9 4
Sol. For the ellipse: a = 5 & e  
25 5
ae = 4

 the focii are (- 4, 0) and (4, 0)
For the hyperbola
ae = 4, e = 2
56. B,C
Sol. y2 = 32x
8
Let equation of tangent y = mx +
m
64 8 2 8
 m 
m2 9 9
m = ± 3, y = ± 3x ± 8/3.
57. A,B,C,D
 c
Sol. Take point on xy  c 2 as  t, 
 t
58. A,B
Sol. 28 to 29 P(-1,2) and Q(-2,3)
Hence image of point P from lie 2x + 3y + 9 = 0
x 1 y  2  2  6  9 
  2  
2 3  13 
x = -5 ; y = -4
P  ( 5, 4)
58
Now length of PQ  9  49  58  2a  a 
2
We know that, 2ae = PQ
1 1
2ae  2  ae   a 2 e2 
2 2
b 2  a 2 (1  e 2 )
58 1 58  2 56
b2    b2   b2   b  14
4 2 4 4
b 2  14 length of minor axis  2 14  56
Equation of line PQ is
43
( y  3)  ( x  2)
3
3y – 9 = 72 + 14
7x – 3y + 23 = 0
On solving 7x – 3y + 23 = 0 and 2x + 3y + 9 = 0 we get

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SECTION – 3 : (Matrix Match)
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

59. A- P,Q,T; B- QRST; C – P,Q,R,T ; D-R,S,T

x 2 y2
Sol. P. If y the parabola a is  1
2 1
2
length of the latus rectum = 2b  32
a 3
x 2 y2
Q. the hyperbola is is  1
2 1
2 2
Required product = a2 b 2  2
a b 3
R. Given hyperbola is xy =18
length of the latus - rectum = 2 2C  12
2 2
S. the hyperbola is x  y  1
4 3
Required product = b  3 .
2

60. A –P,Q,R,T; B- P,Q,R,S,T; C- P,R,S; D- P,Q,T

  
Sol. P.The point P   is  a sec ,btan 
 2a b 
i.e. P , 
6   6 6   3 3
x y
Equation of tangent at P is  1
3a 3b
2
1 3a
area of the triangle    3 b  3a 2
2 2
b
 4
a
b2
 e2  1   17
a2
1  sec 2 
Q.eccentricity of the hyperbola x2  y2 sec2   5 is e1  2
 1  cos 2 
sec 
2
sec   1
Eccentricity of the ellipse x2 sec2   y2  25 is e2  2
 sin 
sec 
1
e1  3 e 2  1  cos 2   3sin 2   cos   
2

least positive value of  is  p  24
4
R.Asymptotes are x 3 y

 angle between the asymptotes is  l 8
3
 8
S. any point of xy = 8 is P  8 t, 
 t 
x y
equation of the tangent at P is  1
16t 16
8 8t
1 16t 6
area of the triangle  . .  16.
2 8 8t

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 14

Time: 10.10Am to 01.10Pm 2015_P1 Max.Marks:264

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS
1 2 2 1 3 8 4 3 5 4
6 6 7 9 8 4 9 BC 10 ABD
11 AC 12 CD 13 ACD 14 ABD 15 AB
16 ABCD 17 AC 18 ABCD 19 A-QR; B-PS; C-QS; D-PR
20 A-PQ; B-R; C-Q; D-S

CHEMISTRY
21 3 22 3 23 7 24 8 25 9
26 3 27 8 28 5 29 ABC 30 ABC
31 BCD 32 ACD 33 BCD 34 CD 35 ABC
36 ABCD 37 ABD 38 BD 39 A-P,R; B-Q,R; C-P,R; D-P,S
40 A-P,R,S; B-R,S; C-T; D-P,Q,T

Rz dz

dq
dQ
L

/2
R
q Q Qq dQ
Fn  6    Flux due to dQ through flat face =
2RL 40 80 RL 40

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
Q
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

Net flux three flat face =

40
4. 3
Sol:
B q

P
P

q2 
 B q 4 0 x 2 T
A C

q q A 
O
O q 3q 2
x/ 3
A q2 4 0 x 2
q x C 4 0 x 2 mg

mg 3q 2 40 mgx 2 40 mg x 2 x  3 

30

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
dE  ay qay
TG ~ @bohring_bot
2a 2 2
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

Vy qa
tan  
Vx

3m 0 V02
 y3  y30 
7. 9
Sol:
Y

 0,a,0 
E

q C

D
B X

 a,0,0 
A

 KE  
4r 4  9 103
 4J
9. BC
1 GMn 2GM
Sol: mV 2  0  V
2 r r
4R t
dr GM
    rdr  2GM  dt
dt r R 0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
dA  2r.dr
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

dr
R

r dr

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
13. ACD
TG ~ @bohring_bot 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

Sol:
A
3
r  2R  R 3
R 2

C
R R P

Potential at centre and at any point on the sphere will be same

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
a
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

Non – conducting sphere = = constant

30
17. AC
Sol:
R /2 R
 r R 3 11R 3 5
Q  4r .dr.   2 1   4r 2 dr 
2
  R 3
0 R  R 6 24 8
2

The electric field intensity first increases with r, reaches a maximum value and
then decreases with r, for R/2 < r < R
18. ABCD
Sol:
A0 A
C1  , C2  0
2d d

A B'1 B '1 C

C1 C2

S1 S2

Charge on plate B'1 + Charge on plate B1  Q

CHEMISTRY
21. 3
G  H  T  S ; At phase transition  G  0 .
Sol.
22. 3
o
Sol log K   G ; K  p HI
1/2 1/2
2.303RT p pH 2 I2

23. 7
Sol Enthalpy of sublimation of iodine = enthalpy of formation of gaseous iodine.
24. 8
1 1  PV
Sol. PV 2 2 ; W   Pext V

25. 9
qrev V
S system   2.303R log 2
Sol T V1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
26. 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

36. ABCD
37. ABD
38. BD
39. A- p, r; B-q, r ; C-p, r; D-p, s
40. A-P,R,S; B-R,S; C-T; D-P,Q,T
Sol 2H  H2 (g) is not a phase transition

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9

 TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 AB intersect parabola at (1, 2)
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

Putting this in (1), we get 9 1  y 2  y2  9  10y 2  18y  0  y  0, 9

5
Thus, y coordinate of ‘M’ is 9
5
1 1 9 27
OAM     OA  MN    3  
2
  2 5 10
47. 3
Sol. Let any point be p  a cos ,bsin  . .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
SP  a 1  ecos  S P  a 1  ecos   SS  2ae
' '
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

 h, k  be in centre of PSS' upon solving we get

MORE THAN ONE CORRECT (10)

49. A,D

lly, t22 (t1  t3 )  4t2  t1  t3

__________________
(-) t12 t2  t12 t3  t22t1  t22t3  4(t1  t2 )  t2  t1
t1t2 (t1  t2 )  t3 (t12  t22 )  5(t2  t1 )
t1t2  t3 (t1  t2 )  5

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 11

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
  t1t2  5
TG ~ @bohring_bot
 (A) is true.
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

Now t (t 2  t3 )  4t1  t3  t2
2
1

t1 (t1t2  t3t1 )  4t1  t2  t3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 12

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SECTION – 3 : (Matrix Match)
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Key & Sol’s

59. A- P,Q,T; B- QRST; C – P,Q,R,T ; D-R,S,T

60. A –P,Q,R,T; B- P,Q,R,S,T; C- P,R,S; D- P,Q,T

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 PTA-04 Date: 08-11-20
Time: 10.05Am to 01.05Pm 2015_P1 Max. Marks: 264

2015_PAPER-I
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Syllabus
MATHS : PT-4 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-4 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-4 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
Max Marks : 88
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
1. A solid hemisphere of radius R has uniform volume charge density  as shown in
figure. OA is axis of symmetry. Magnitude of electric field at ‘A’ due to the given
R
charge distribution is 
2 0

1  b . Find the value of 9b.

S
R

2. A fixed solid cube of mass M, uniformly distributed, is having a very narrow tunnel
along one of the body diagonals. Work done in slowly moving a point mass m
from centre to the corner is W and the work done in slowly moving the same
particle from corner to a very large distance from the cube is W ' , then the ratio of
W to W ' is given by n. Find n. (Consider every surface is smooth).
3. A half cylinder of radius R and length L > > R is formed by cutting a cylindrical pipe
made of an insulating material along a plane containing its axis. The rectangular
base of the half cylinder is closed by a dielectric plate of length of length L and
width 2R. A charge Q on the half cylinder and a charge q on the dielectric plate are
uniformly sprinkled. Electrostatic force between the plate and the half cylinder is
Qq
approximately . Find the value of N to nearest integer.
N0 RL

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 3

4.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
Three identically charged, small spheres each of mass m are suspended from
common points by insulating light strings each of length  . The spheres are
always on vertices of an equilateral triangle of length of side x   . If lengths of
dx a
the sides of the equilateral triangle increases slowly according to law  , (a
dt x
is a constant) then the rate dq/dt with which charge on each sphere increases is
N0 mga 2
. Find value of N

5. A particle is taken to a height Five times radius of earth from surface of earth and
projected at an angle 30 to the vertical. During its subsequent motion, it just
15
grazes the surface of earths with a velocity times escape velocity from the
N
surface of earth. Find the value of N.
6. Suppose in an insulating medium, having dielectric constant K = 1, Volume
density of positive charge varies with y coordinate according to law  = ay. A
particle of mass m having positive charge q is placed in the medium at point

A  0, y0  and projected with velocity V  V0 iˆ as shown in figure. Neglecting gravity
and frictional resistance of the medium and assuming electric field strength to be
zero at y = 0, slope of trajectory of the particle as a function of y is
2qa
2 
y3  y30  Find value of N.
N m 0 V0

A
V0
O

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
 a 
7. In the given figure a charge ‘q’ is placed at  0, , 0  . Then electric flux through the
 2 
nq
given triangular face shown is then  n  m  is
6m0
Y

 0,a, 0

X
 a, 0, 0 
 0, 0, a 
Z
8. A point charge of 4C starts moving (with negligible initial velocity) from infinity
towards a large conducting plate. What is the kinetic energy of the charge when it
is at a distance of 9 mm from the plate? (Use the boundary conditions imposed
on the electric field of a point charge by a plane conductor by using an opposite
charge at the mirror image position of the original charge)
(Give your answer in J )
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
9. A small body of mass ‘m’ is projected from the surface of a spherical planet of
mass M and radius R with escape velocity in the radially outward direction.
Assuming that only gravitational force due to the planet acts on the body during
its motion, which of the following options are CORRECT.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
A) speed of small body when it is at height of 3R from the surface of planet is
2GM
3R
B) speed of small body when it is at height of 3R from the surface of planet is
GM
2R
C) Time taken by small body to reach at a height of 3R from the surface of planet
7 2R 3
is
3 GM
D) Time taken by small body to reach at a height of 3R from the surface of planet
 3 3  1  2R 3
is  
 3  GM
10 Two fixed conducting spherical shells, one of inner radius a and outer radius b and
another of inner radius c and outer radius d are arranged concentrically as shown
in figure. A point charge +q is brought from infinity to the centre of spherical shells
by an external agent slowly. Then, which of the following options are CORRECT.

q b

I Ca
II
III
IV
V d c

q2  1 1 
A) Energy stored in region III (b<r<c) is   
80  b c 
q2
B) energy stored in region V (d<r) is
80d
1 1 1 1  q2
C) Work done by external agent in above process is     
a b c d  80
q2  1 1 1 1 
D) Work done by external agent in above process is      
80  a b c d 
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 6
11.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
Which of the following options are CORRECT about a non conducting, thin circular
disk of radius R and uniform surface charge density  .
(Assume electrostatic potential at infinity to be zero)
R
A) electrostatic potential near centre of disk is
20
R
B) electrostatic potential near the periphery of disk is
20
2 2 R 3
C) self energy of the disk is
2 0
2 R 3
D) self energy of the disk is
40
12. A satellite of mass m moves along an elliptical path around a planet of mass M,
sun
being at one of the focus of ellipse. The equation of elliptical path is given by
x 2 y2
  C2 . Then,
4 3
3
A) Angular momentum of satellite about the planet is GMC
2
3 GM
B) Speed of the planet at aphelion is
2 C
 GMm
C) Mechanical energy of planet when it is at perihelion is
4C
D) The areal velocity of position vector of satellite with respect to planet is
3
GMC
8
13. A small dipole of dipole moment p is placed at a distance 2R from the centre of a
neutral conducting sphere of radius R. The direction of dipole is towards the
centre of the sphere. A tangent is drawn from the centre of dipole to the sphere
which meets the sphere at point A.
A) The potential at point A is p /160 R 2
B) The potential at point A is 3p / 240 R 2
C) The potential at point A due to induced charges is  3  2 3  p / 480 R 2
D) The potential at point A due to dipole is 3p / 240 R 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 7

14.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
A body of mass m is released from the surface of spherical planet of mass M and
radius R having uniform density. The body is constrained to move along a
smooth, thin tunnel across the body of planet as shown in figure. Midpoint of the
tunnel is at distance of R/2 from centre of planet. Then which of the option(s)
is/are correct.

R R
2

3 GMm
A) Kinetic energy of body at midpoint of tunnel is
8 R
R
B) Mechanical energy of body after travelling a distance of inside the tunnel is
4
 GMm
R

C) Minimum time taken by the body to move from one end of the tunnel to
R3
another end is 2
GM

D) Body will execute SHM along the tunnel

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 8

15.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
Consider a solid neutral conducting sphere of radius 2R having a concentric cavity
3R R
of radius R. Points A, D, B are at distances 3R, and from centre C
2 2
respectively. S1 and S2 are inner surface and outer surface of the hollow sphere.
1
(k  ) Mark the CORRECT statement:
4 0

2R
R
A
C B

D
kQ
A) If a charge Q is placed at B, potential at point A is
3R
kQ
B) If a charge Q is placed at B, potential at point D is
2R
C) If charge Q is placed at A, electric field at B and D due to induced charges on
the surface is same
D) If charge Q is placed at C and a similar charge Q is placed at A, surface density
on the inner surface and outer surface is uniform
16. A uniform electric field of 500 V/m is directed at 150 to the positive X-axis, in the
X-Y plane as shown in figure:-
Y

B 30 A
X
30 cm

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
A) If the coordinates of A and B be (4 cm, 0) and (-3 cm, 0), then the potential
35
difference VA  VB will be 3 V
2

B) If the coordinates of A and B be (4 cm, 0) and (3 cm, 0) then the potential

difference VA  VB will be 25 3 V
C) The electric field could be due to infinite non conducting sheet of uniform
surface charge density
D) The electric field could be in a spherical cavity of a uniformly charged non-
conducting sphere
17. A region in space contains a total positive charge Q that is distributed spherically
such that the volume charge density is given by
 R
  for r
2

  r R
  r    2 1   for rR
  R 2
 0 for rR



Where  a positive constant and r is distance from origin. Then

A) The electric field intensity increases linearly with r for r  R / 2
B) The electric field intensity increases monotonically with r for R / 2  r  R
8Q
C) The value of  in terms of Q and R is
5R 3

3QR 3
D) The value of  in terms of Q and R is
8

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 10

18.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
Three large identical parallel conducting plates A, B and C placed as shown.
Switches S1 and S2 are opened and can connect A and C to earth when closed. +Q
charge is given to B.

A B C

2d d
Q

S1 S2

A) If S1 is closed with S2 open, a charge of magnitude Q will pass through S1

B) If S2 is closed with S1 open, a charge of magnitude Q will pass through S2
C) If S1 and S2 are closed together, a charge of magnitude Q/3 will pass through S1
and a charge of magnitude 2Q / 3 will pass through S2
D) If S1 and S2 are closed the magnitude of charge on the outer surfaces of A and
C is same

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 11

19.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
For the situation shown in Figure, match the entries of List-I with entries of List-II

q q

List-I List-II
If we displace the inside charge Distribution of charge on inner
A) P)
and outside charge is not present surface of conductor is uniform
Distribution of charge on inner
If we displace the outside charge
B) Q) surface of conductor is non
keeping the inside charge at center
uniform
Distribution of charge on outer
C) If both the charges are displaced R)
surface of conductor is uniform
Distribution of charge on outer
If outside charge is not present and
D) S) surface of conductor is non
inside charge is at center
uniform

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 12

20.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
A satellite is taken to a height h above the earth’s surface and imparted a
tangential velocity V. Depending upon the imparted velocity V(  0 ) different type
of satellite motion are possible.
 GM 2GM 
 V0  ; Ve  ; Mass & radius of earth are M and R respectively 

 Rh Rh 
Satellite V

R
M
Earth C

Tangential velocity V s in list I, and corresponding trajectory of satellite is in list II.

Match the entries.

List-I List-II
A) V  V0 P) Straight line
B) V  V0 Q) Ellipse
C) V0  V  Ve R) Circle
D) V  Ve S) Parabola
T) Hyperbola

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 13

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
Max Marks : 88
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
21. Find the value of “ a “ if the phase transition temperature in Kelvin for the
conversion of grey tin to white tin is found to be “ 100 a ”. H transition  21kJmol 1 ;
Stransition  70 Jmol 1K 1

22.  G 
o
f HI
(g)
from its gaseous elements at 27°C is 9.765kJ . If final partial pressure of

hydrogen and iodine are 0.04 bar and 0.09 bar respectively, what must be the final
partial pressure of HI in bar at this temperature so as to reduce the magnitude of
G for the reaction to be zero ?
( log 5 = 0.699, 2.303RT = 5744.1426 Joule )
23. Find enthalpy of sublimation of solid iodine at 27°C, if enthalpy of formation of
gaseous iodine molecules per mol is 7 units.
24. Two liters of nitrogen gas at 0°C and 5 atm pressure expanded isothermally
against a constant external pressure of 1 atm until the pressure of gas reaches 1
atm. Assuming the gas to be ideal, find the magnitude of work of expansion in lit
atm.
25. One mole of an ideal gas is allowed to expand isothermally and reversibly at 27°C
until its volume is tripled. Find Ssystem in JK–1mol–1

26. For the reaction at 27°C, X 2O4( liquid )  2 XO2( gas ) if  U  1.8kcal , S  20 calK 1 find

magnitude of G in kcal.
27. When 1 mole of an ideal monoatomic gas is compressed adiabatically the internal
energy change involved is 24 cals. The temperature rise is _____ kelvin

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 14

28.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
The enthalpy changes of some process are given below
  D glu cos es   H 2 O    D  glu cos e aq  Heat of dissolution = 10.84 kJ

  D glu cos e s   H 2 O    D  glu cos e aq  Heat of dissolution = 4.68 kJ

  D glu cos e  aq     D  glu cos e aq  Heat of mutarotation = -1.16 kJ

The H 0 for   D glucose(s)    D glucose(s) in KJ is

B) For an adiabatic reversible process, q=0, Ssys  Ssurr  0, however work is

done by the system at the expense of internal energy.

C) In case of cyclic processes change in state function is 0
D) Adiabatic irreversible process is an isoentropic process.
30. Identify the correct among the following statements:
A) w is a path function
B) q is a path function
C) ( w+q ) is independent of path
D) ∆G is a path function
31. Which of the following statement(s) is/are INCORRECT at 298K and 1 atm
pressure?
A)  G of for Hg (liquid) = 0 B) H of for I2 (gas) = 0

C) H of for H2O (liquid) = 0 D) S° for O2 (gas) = 0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 15
32.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
Heat of neutralization of oxalic acid is – 25.4 kcal/mol with sodium hydroxide
solution. Identify the correct options among the following (heat of neutralization
of strong acid with strong base is -13.7 kcal/eq)
 2 H   C2O42 H  2 kcal
A) H 2C2O4 
1 1
B) NaOH  H 2C2O4  Na2C2O4  H 2O H  13.7 kcal
2 2
1 1
C) NH 4OH  H 2C2O4   NH 4 2 C2O4  H 2O energy released is less than 12.7 kcal
2 2

D) Heat of neutralization is determined by using calorimeter

33. Which of the following is/are endothermic reactions?
A) Combustion of methane
B) Decomposition of water
C) Dehydrogenation of ethane to ethylene
D) Conversion of graphite to diamond
34. Which of the following representation is/are INCORRECT for the change
below?(Consider all substances at 0k are perfect crystals)

pA  qB  rS10 rC  sD
 298K   298K 

pA  qB  rS3 rC  sD
0 K   0K 
A) r S10 = ( rSC0  sS D0 ) -  pS A0  qS B0  B) r S3  0

C)  r S2    rSC0  sSD0  D)  r S4    pS A0  qSB0 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 16

35.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
An ideal gas in a thermally insulated vessel at internal pressure = P1, volume = V1
and absolute temperature = T1 expands irreversibly against zero external
pressure, as shown in the diagram. The final internal pressure, volume and
absolute temperature of the gas are P2, V2 and T2, respectively. For this expansion,

A) q = 0 B) T2 = T1 C) P2V2 = P1V1 D) P2V2  PV

1 1


36. A certain gas is expanded from (1L, 10atm) to (4L, 5atm) against a constant
external pressure of 1atm. If the initial temperature of gas is 300K and heat
capacity for the process is 50J 0C-1 (use 1L atm = 100 J), then
A) W = 0.3 kJ B) q = 15 kJ

C) U  14.7 kJ D) H  15.7 kJ
37. The standard enthalpies of formation of CO2 gas and HCOOH  l  are
– 393.7 kJmol-1 and – 409.2 kJmol-1 respectively. Which of the following are
correct ?
A) C graphite   O2 g   CO2 g  H  393.7 kJ mol 1

B) CO2 g   H 2 g   HCOOH  l  H  15.5 kJ mol 1

C) H 2Ol   CO g   HCOOH l  H  409.2 kJ mol 1
D) C graphite  H 2 g   O2 g   HCOOH    H  409.2 kJ mol 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 17

38.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P

For this process (overall change) which is correct

A) q  0,W  0 B) q  ve, W  ve
C) q  ve,Won the system  ve D) Ssys  0, U sys  0, H sys  0

40. Match the transformations in column I with appropriate options in column II

Column I Column II
A) CO 2 (s)  CO ( 2) (g) (p) Phase transition
B) CaCO 3 (s)  CaO(s)  CO (2) (g) (q) Allotropic change
C) 2H  H2 (g) (r) H is positive
D) P( white ,solid )  P(red ,solid ) (s) S is positive
(t) S is negative

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 18

MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
Max Marks : 88
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
41. If 2p2  3q 2  4pq  p  0 , then a variable line px  qy  1 always touches a parabola
whose axis is parallel to X-axis. The vertex of parabola is (a,b). Then a  b equals
42. Consider the parabola x 2  4y  0 . Let P   3, 5 and let ‘S’ be the focus of the

parabola. Then the minimum value at SQ+PQ as point Q moves on the parabola is
43. Consider the parabola y 2  4x . Let A   1,0  and B   0,1 . If P  ,   is a point on the

parabola such that PA  PB is maximum then α + β is

44. An ellipse whose foci are (2, 4) and (14,9) touches x –axis then its eccentricity is
p q- p
, p and q relatively prime positive integers. Then equals
q 100

x 2 y2
45. From the focus  5, 0  of the ellipse   1 a ray of light is sent which makes
45 20

1
angle cos 1    with the positive direction of X-axis. Upon reaching the ellipse
 5

p
the ray is reflected from it. If the slope of the reflected ray is - , p and q relatively
q

prime positive integers. Then q – p equals

46. The line passing through the extremity A of the major axis and extremity B of the
minor axis of the ellipse x 2  9y2  9, meets its auxiliary circle at the point M. Then
the integer closest to the area of the triangle with vertices at A, M and the origin ‘O’
is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
1
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P

47. A variable point P on the ellipse of eccentricity is joined to its foci S and S ' . The
7
p
eccentricity of the locus of the incentre of the triangle PSS ' is , p and q
q
relatively prime positive integers. Then q + p equals
2 4
48. If parabola with focus  ,  touches X and Y axes at A and B respectively, then
5 5
area of OAB is, where ‘O’ is origin is

SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
49. If x  y  2 is a tangent to the ellipse foci are  2,3 &  3 ,5 is
A) length of minor axis is 6 B) length of minor axis is 3
5
C) length of major axis is 41 D) eccentricity of ellipse is
2 41
4x 2 4y 2  17 
50. A circle concentric to an ellipse  2  1    passes through foci F1 and F2
289   2
cuts the ellipse at ‘P’ such that area of triangle P F1 F2 is 30 sq.units. then a
possible value of F1 F2 is
A) 13 B) 17 C) 34 D) 52
51. A  at , 2 at1  , B  at , 2 at 2  , C  at3 , 2at3  be 3 points on the parabola y 2  4ax . If the
1
2 2
2
2

orthocentre of  le ABC is focus S of the parabola then

1 1 1
A) t1t2  t3t2  t3t1  5 B)    1
t1t2 t2t3 t3t1
C) If t1  0 then t2  t3  0 D) 1  t1 1  t2 1  t3    4
52. Let PQ be a chord of the parabola y 2  4 x . A circle is drawn with PQ as diameter
passes through the vertex ‘V’ of the parabola. If area of triangle PVQ= 20 sq.units,
then the coordinates of P are
A) (16, 8) B) (16, -8) C) (-16, 8) D) (-16, -8)
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 20
53.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
The equations of the common tangents of the curves x 2  4 y 2  8 and y 2  4 x are
A) x  2 y  4  0 B) x  2 y  4  0 C) 2 x  y  4 D) 2 x  y  4  0
54. A tangent at any point to the ellipse 4x 2  9y2  36 is cut by the tangent at the
extremities of the major axis at T and T1 . The circle on T T1 as diameter passes
through the point.
A)  0, 5  B)  5, 0  C)  2,1 D)  0,  5 
x 2 y2 x 2 y2
55. If foci of  1 coincide with the foci of  1 and eccentricity of the
a 2 b2 25 9
hyperbola is 2, then
A) a 2  b2  16
B) there is no director circle to the hyperbola
C) centre of the director circle is (0, 0)
D) length of latus rectum of the hyperbola = 12
56. A straight line touches the rectangular hyperbola 9x 2 – 9y 2  8 and the parabola
y2  32x . An equation of the line is

A) 9x  3y – 8  0 B) 9x – 3y  8  0 C) 9x  3y  8  0 D) 9x – 3y – 8  0

57. If the circle x 2  y 2  a 2 intersects the hyperbola xy  c 2 in four points

P  x1 , y1  ,Q  x 2 , y2  ,R  x 3 , y3  and S x 4 , y4  , then

A) x1  x 2  x 3  x 4  0 B) y1  y 2  y3  y 4  0

C) x1x 2 x 3 x 4  c 4 D) y1y 2 y 3 y 4  c4
58. If foci of an ellipse be ( 1, 2) and ( 2,3) and its tangent at a point A is 2 x  3 y  9  0
A) Length of the minor axis of the ellipse will be 2 14
32 17 
B) Co-ordinate of the point ‘A’ will be  , 
 9 27 
C) Distance between the foci is 2 2
D) Product of the perpendiculars from foci to any tangent is 56

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 21

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
SECTION - III
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P

(MATRIX MATCHING ANSWER TYPE)

This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and four statements (P, Q, R and
S) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For
example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in Q and R, then for the particular question darken the
bubbles corresponding to Q and R in the OMR sheet. For each correct matching will be awarded +2 marks ONLY and 0 if not
attempted and -1 in all other cases.
59. Match the items of Column – I with Column – II
Column – I Column – II
The length of the latus rectum of the hyperbola 16x 2  9y2  144 2
A P
is greater than 3
The product of the perpendiculars drawn from any point on the
B Q 3
hyperbola x 2  2y2  2 to its asymptotes is smaller than
The length of the transverse axis of the hyperbola xy  18 is 32
C R
greater than 3
The product of the lengths of the perpendiculars drawn
D from the foci of 3x 2  4y2  12 on any of its tangents is smaller S 12
than
T 5

60. Match the items of Column – I with Column – II

Column – I Column – II
x2
y 2
 
A tangent drawn to hyperbola 2
 2  1 at P   forms a triangle of
a b 6
A. P. 17
area 3a 2 square units, with coordinate axes, then the square of its
eccentricity is equal to or greater than
If the eccentricity of the hyperbola x2  y2 sec2   5 is 3 times the
B. eccentricity of the ellipse x2 sec2   y2  25 , then 4cos 2  is smaller Q. 8
than
x2
For the hyperbola  y 2  3 , acute angle between its asymptotes is
3
C. R. 16
l
, then value of ‘l’ is smaller than
24
For the hyperbola xy = 8 any tangent of it at P meets co-ordinate
D. axes at Q and R then area of triangle CQR where ‘C’ is centre of the S. 24
hyperbola is greater than
T. 5

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 22

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

2015_PAPER-I
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Syllabus
MATHS : PT-4 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-4 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-4 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 2

S
R

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 3

A
V0
O

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 4

 0,a, 0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 5

q b

I Ca
II
III
IV
V d c

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 7

R R
2

3 GMm
A) Kinetic energy of body at midpoint of tunnel is
8 R
R
B) Mechanical energy of body after travelling a distance of inside the tunnel is
4
 GMm
R

C) Minimum time taken by the body to move from one end of the tunnel to
R3
another end is 2
GM

D) Body will execute SHM along the tunnel

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 8

2R
R
A
C B

B 30 A
X
30 cm

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 9

B) If the coordinates of A and B be (4 cm, 0) and (3 cm, 0) then the potential

Where  a positive constant and r is distance from origin. Then

3QR 3
D) The value of  in terms of Q and R is
8

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 10

A B C

2d d
Q

S1 S2

A) If S1 is closed with S2 open, a charge of magnitude Q will pass through S1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 11

19.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P
For the situation shown in Figure, match the entries of List-I with entries of List-II

q q

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 12

R
M
Earth C

Tangential velocity V s in list I, and corresponding trajectory of satellite is in list II.

Match the entries.

List-I List-II
A) V  V0 P) Straight line
B) V  V0 Q) Ellipse
C) V0  V  Ve R) Circle
D) V  Ve S) Parabola
T) Hyperbola

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 13

22.  G 
o
f HI
(g)
from its gaseous elements at 27°C is 9.765kJ . If final partial pressure of

26. For the reaction at 27°C, X 2O4( liquid )  2 XO2( gas ) if  U  1.8kcal , S  20 calK 1 find

magnitude of G in kcal.
27. When 1 mole of an ideal monoatomic gas is compressed adiabatically the internal
energy change involved is 24 cals. The temperature rise is _____ kelvin

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 14

  D glu cos e s   H 2 O    D  glu cos e aq  Heat of dissolution = 4.68 kJ

  D glu cos e  aq     D  glu cos e aq  Heat of mutarotation = -1.16 kJ

The H 0 for   D glucose(s)    D glucose(s) in KJ is

B) For an adiabatic reversible process, q=0, Ssys  Ssurr  0, however work is

done by the system at the expense of internal energy.

C) H of for H2O (liquid) = 0 D) S° for O2 (gas) = 0

D) Heat of neutralization is determined by using calorimeter

pA  qB  rS10 rC  sD
 298K   298K 

pA  qB  rS3 rC  sD
0 K   0K 
A) r S10 = ( rSC0  sS D0 ) -  pS A0  qS B0  B) r S3  0

C)  r S2    rSC0  sSD0  D)  r S4    pS A0  qSB0 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 16

A) q = 0 B) T2 = T1 C) P2V2 = P1V1 D) P2V2  PV

1 1


B) CO2 g   H 2 g   HCOOH  l  H  15.5 kJ mol 1

C) H 2Ol   CO g   HCOOH l  H  409.2 kJ mol 1
D) C graphite  H 2 g   O2 g   HCOOH    H  409.2 kJ mol 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 17

38.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P

For this process (overall change) which is correct

A) q  0,W  0 B) q  ve, W  ve
C) q  ve,Won the system  ve D) Ssys  0, U sys  0, H sys  0

40. Match the transformations in column I with appropriate options in column II

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 18

parabola such that PA  PB is maximum then α + β is

44. An ellipse whose foci are (2, 4) and (14,9) touches x –axis then its eccentricity is
p q- p
, p and q relatively prime positive integers. Then equals
q 100

x 2 y2
45. From the focus  5, 0  of the ellipse   1 a ray of light is sent which makes
45 20

1
angle cos 1    with the positive direction of X-axis. Upon reaching the ellipse
 5

p
the ray is reflected from it. If the slope of the reflected ray is - , p and q relatively
q

prime positive integers. Then q – p equals

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
1
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P

orthocentre of  le ABC is focus S of the parabola then

A) 9x  3y – 8  0 B) 9x – 3y  8  0 C) 9x  3y  8  0 D) 9x – 3y – 8  0

57. If the circle x 2  y 2  a 2 intersects the hyperbola xy  c 2 in four points

P  x1 , y1  ,Q  x 2 , y2  ,R  x 3 , y3  and S x 4 , y4  , then

A) x1  x 2  x 3  x 4  0 B) y1  y 2  y3  y 4  0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 21

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
SECTION - III
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P1)_PTA-04_Q.P

(MATRIX MATCHING ANSWER TYPE)

60. Match the items of Column – I with Column – II

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 22

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-03 Date: 08-11-20
Time:02.30Pm to 05.30Pm 2015_P2 Max.Marks:240
KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 4 2 4 3 6 4 9 5 3
6 3 7 6 8 5 9 AD 10 BD
11 BCD 12 BD 13 AB 14 ABC 15 ACD
16 AD 17 BC 18 BC 19 BC 20 AC

CHEMISTRY
21 8 22 2 23 3 24 1 25 6
26 1 27 5 28 3 29 ABC 30 ABC
31 ABCD 32 ABCD 33 ABD 34 ACD 35 B
36 BCD 37 A 38 D 39 B 40 C

MATHS
41 2 42 7 43 4 44 8 45 7
46 6 47 2 48 2 49 AD 50 AC
51 BC 52 AD 53 CD 54 AC 55 BD
56 BD 57 CD 58 CD 59 BC 60 BD
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1. 4
Sol: The mass of the large planet is 8 times a small one. As the density is constant
m  r 3 , so R increases by 3 8  2 . The total energy required to blast apart the large
planet is then 32  3GM 2 / 5R  . The sum of the energies for the 8 small planets is
8  3GM 2 / 5R  , which is 4 times less than the large planet.
2. 4
 
Sol: Work done required = U f  U i   p.E f   p.E i    16 1027    12 1027   2.8 1026 J
3. 6
Sol: D  1.25 mm  0.01mm 
FL
Y
A
  elongation
L 2D 
%error in Y   100  100  100
L D 
 0.4   0.02   0.005 
  100     100     100   6
 100   1.25   0.125 
4. 9
Sol: d  2  2a , D  2a  b
D
Fringe width  



 400 10 100 102 
9

106 m
5 
 40 102   180 

36
 m

5. 3
186 3
Sol: 62 m  kg  m  kg
23 23

3 G64m 2Gm
Now V0   
2 4 2
   24Gm  Gm  23Gm  3G
6. 3
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2
dm dQ KAT
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

Sol: L   T and latent heat is

dt dt 
Same in both case
Given in equation
dm KA 1 2 1
So  2  
dt  2 1 2
 dm  K1 A1
  1 A1 1
 dt 1 A2  4A1 

 dm  K 2A2 A2 4
  2
 dt 2
0.1 KA K1 K1
 1 1 2 K2  4
 dm  K 2 A 21 4 K2
 
 dt 2
0.1 1 1
 4 
 dm  4 2
 
 dt  2
 dm 
   0.2 gm / s
 dt 2
x  0.2
15x  3
7. 6
Sol:

Q 2q P 3q

y
5
Potential at P & at Q is zero
2q 3q 2q 3q
   x  2m &   y  10m
x 5x y 5 y
 PQ  x  y  12m
8. 5
250 Q
Sol:   1  1 L
1000 400
9. AD
Sol:
dA
r

dE
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

dA
dE 
4 0 R 2

E net   dE cos 

 
 2 
dA cos   due to half shell
4 0 R 4 0
1   
E due to quarter shell    using symmetry.
2  4 0 
10. BD
 dx  dx
Sol: dE  2
; dv 
4 0 r 4k 0 r

dx r
d
x

R

x  RTan; dx  R sec2 d

r  R sec 
d 
dE 
4 0 R
So, dE1  dE 2 , dv1  dv2
dE3  dE 4 , dv3  dv 4
11. BCD
1 1 1 1 1 1
Sol:     
v u f v  25  20
1 1 1 1
     V  100 cm
v 20 25 100

From O to I intensity increases and then decreases

At x = 90 cm & 110 cm intensity is same (D) Radius at x = 200 cm is equal to
radius of lens.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

12. BD
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

Sol:

Optical path difference due to

4 
S1 is = t  1  1  9   1   3
3 
3
Optical path differ due to S2 is  t  2  1  2   1  
2 
Path diff. at point P = 3    2
2
Phase diff. =  2  4

So net intensity at point p is
I net  I0  I0  2I0 cos 
I net  4I0
Optical path is conserved by S1 is more so fringe will shift at upper side.
13. AB
Sol: Snell’s law at first surface,
1sin  90  sin     n ……(1)

A B


D C
At second surface.
n sin  90     1sin  ……….(ii)
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
sin   cot 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's
For   90 , then  90    will become critical angle.
sin90  cot   1
  45
For TIR at second surface
  45
 2
14. ABC
Sol: E = O in region III
15. ACD
Sol: P, V remains the same
16. AD
1 2 1
Sol:   0.5 
f1 2.5 25
1 1 2
 
 f eq  f m f L
m

2 2
 
25 25
1 4

 f eq  25
m

25
  2  f eq  
m 2
2
5
5
17. BC
Sol: 2TVA  3TVB  0
2VA  3VB
And VB  VC
VA  12 m / s when VC  8m / s
18. BC
1 1 1
Sol:  
v u f
u  30 cm
f  20 cm
1 dv 1 du
 2  0
v dt u 2 dt
dv v 2 du
 2
dt u dt
19. BC
Sol:

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

a=R
Area of ellipse A0  ab
Area swept when rocket moves from A to B
ab 1
A1     2b   R cos 
2 2
A1 1 R sin cos  1 cos 
   
A 2 2   R  R sin  2 
A1 A 0

T1 T0
A
T1  T0 1
A0
20. AC
Sol: H is the maximum height attained by the rocket.
H  R  a  R cos 
H  R cos 

CHEMISTRY
21. 8
Sol: X solute  0.1  2  solute
n2 1
Xsolvent  0.9  1  solvent 
n1 9
x 2 1000 1 1000
m  
x1M1 9 M1
n 2  1000 n 2 1000  d 17000 / 9 
M  
V  m  n 2 M 2  n1M1 M 2  9M1
m=M
1000 17000 / 9 

9 M1 M 2  9M1
 17  M 2 M  MW solute
   1 2  8 
 9  9M1 M1  MW solvent
22. 2
Sol: Let the diffusion coefficient = D
D  a  u Avg

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
u Avg KT KT
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

 
   
2
2 u Avg P     
2
2P 
8 RT
u Avg 
 M
3/2

D  constant
T
P
3/2
D2  T2   P1  3/ 2  1 
      4     2
D1  T1   P2  4
23. 3
Sol:
H 2 O  8MnO4  aq   3S2 O32  aq  
 8MnO 2  6SO 42   2OH 
xF  3 xF  8
8 moles of MnO  6 moles of SO 24

4

4 moles of MnO 4  3 moles of SO 24

24. 1
3
Sol: Volume of unit cell =  400 10 10 cm   64 1024 cm 3
Mass of unit cell = d  V  8  64 1024
256 1024 1024
No. of unit cell in 256 g of the crystal = 
8  64 2
1024
No. of Atoms =  2  1 1024
2
25. 6 J K 1 mol1
Sol: SnO 2  s   C  s   Sn  s   CO 2  g 
Since K eq  1 at 935 K
G  2.303RT log K eq  0
H  TS
H 
S 
T
H   F H  CO 2,g    F H  SnO 2 ,s   394  581
H  187 KJ / mol
187 1000
S   200 J / K  mol
935
200  SoSn,s   SoCO 2 ,g   SoSnO 2 ,s   SoC,s 
SoC,s   52  210  56  200 10  4  6J K 1 mol1
26. 1
206
Sol: 92238 U 
n 8
82 Pb


59.5  106
t0  n 0 U 
238
No. of half life = 5

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 n 0 U  n 0 U
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

 n t U  
25 32
31
No. of mols of  -particle emitted = 8    n 0 U
32
31 59.5
Ans: = 6  1023  8   106
32 238
31
= 6 2 1017
32
31
= 1.2  1018
32
1.1625 1018
 Z  1
27. 5
Sol: take 1cm3 of Ag
Mass of Ag = 10.5 gm
10.5
Mols of Ag = mol
108
10.5  105
Atoms of Ag =  NA    6.022 1022
 108  108
105
If 1cm3 has  
 60.22 1021  atoms
 108 
2
105
Then 1cm has 
2 3
 60.22 10 21  atoms
 108 
2
 105 3
Then 10 10
cm has 
2
 60.22  1014 10 10
 108 
2
 105 3
  60.22   10 4
 108 
2
  64  3  10 4
 1.6 104
 1.6 105
28. 3
R
Sol: K
NA
R  K  NA
R  1.38 1023  6.023 1023 
In multiplication and division , the number of significant figures in the answer
should be same as that in the quantity with least number of significant figures
29. ABC
3
Sol: a  rM  rX
2
rM  rX 3 1.732
   0.866
a 2 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
r
TG ~ @bohring_bot 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

0.732  M  1
rX
30. ABC
31. ABCD
Sol:
d  A  o o
 K1  A   K 2  A 
dt
 A t t
  d  A     K1  K 2  dt
A 0 0

 A 0   A t   K1  K 2  t
 A 0   A t   Bt  C t
 Bt   Ct   A 0   A t
32. ABCD
Sol:
(A) A 
Zero order
P
Integrated rate law
 A 0   A t  Kt
 P   Kt (correct)
(B) First order
A  P
t=0 A0 x
t A0  x x
 A t   A 0  x
x   A 0   A 0 e  Kt   A 0 1  e Kt 
 P    A 0 1  e Kt  (correct)
(C) Second order
A  P
t=0 A0 -
t A0  x x
1 1
  kt
A t A0
1 1
  kt
 A 0  x A 0
 A 0   A 0  x
 kt
 A 0  A 0  x 
x  Kt  A 0  A 0  x 
2
Kt  A 0
x (correct)
1  Kt  A 0
(D) A  secondorder
B  P
t =0  A 0  B0 -
t  A 0  x  B0  x
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot rrn  K  A  B
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

dx
dt
 K   A 0  x   B0  x  
x x t
dx dx
0  A   x   B   A   0  A    B   B  x   0 Kdt
0 0 0 0 0 0

Kt 
1
n
B0  x

 A 0 
 B0   A 0  B0  A 0  x  
e

Kt  B0  A 0 

 B   x   A 
0 0

  A 0  x  B0 

Kt  B0  A 0 
  A   B   B x  e
0 0 0
  B0  A 0   A 0 x


x  A 0   B0 e   B A 1  e   

Kt  B0  A 0 
0 0
Kt  B0  A 0

x  P 
 B  A  1  e  0

 (correct)
0
Kt  B0  A 0


Kt  B 0  A 0 
 A 0   B0 e
33. ABD
Sol: (A) Cubic system a=b=c
      90
Simple cubic face centered cubic both belong two cubic system
P- 1,4 (correct)
(B) Cubic a = b = c
      90
Rhombohedral a = b = c
      90
They are two different crystal system
Q-1,2 (correct)
(C) Cubic       90 a = b= c
Tetragonal       90 abc
Two different crystal system
R-2 given R-1 (incorrect)
(D) hexagonal abc     90   120
Monoclinic abc     90  
S-2,3 (correct)
34. ACD
Sol:
(A) P  VM  b   RT
PVM  Pb  RT
Correct
P4
(B) At 1 atm and 273 K 1 atm is low pressure range at 273 K most of real
gases follow the graph

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

1
Z

P
 a 
 P  2   V  b   RT
 V 
Q 3
Given Q  1  incorrect
 a 
(C)  P  2   VM   RT
 VM 
 a 
 PVM    RT
 VM 
a
PV  RT 
VM
R2 correct
(D) In low pressure & high temp a real gas behaves like ideal gas
S  1 (correct)
35. B
nRTF
Sol: PF 
VF
Since VF is same larger the value of final temperature more will be final pressure
Process I:temperature remains constant PV = constant
In Process III and IV on adiabatic expansion there is colling effect. The work
done by system in adiabatic reversible process is greater than adiabatic
irreversible process therefore the final temperature of adiabatic reversible
process is less
For process I PV = constant
II PV1/2  constant
III PV   constant
Slope of P Vs V graph for a process PV n  constant
dP P
 n
dV V
  TF II   TF I   TF III &  TF IV   TF III
 TF IV   TF III
36. BCD
Sol: (A) Since ng  0    S  0 correct

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 12

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's
(B) G system is zero at equilibrium for a reversible process in a closed system
(False)
(C) G  only depends upon temperature because P  1bar  False 
(D) Since Entropy of universe or Isolated system is maximized at equilibrium
(False)
37. n H2O2  0
 20
35
t = 150 minutes  n O  8.75  2
4
35
n  H2O2
decomposed

2
35 5
n  H 2 O2 left  20  
2 2
n 
K r n t   n  0 
 nt 
 20  2 
K rn 150   n    n8  3n 2
 5 
150   3t1/2
t1/2  50 min
38. D
Sol. P = constant T = constant
W  ng RT
 8.75  8  300
 70.00  300
 21KJ
The network done by the system is 21 KJ
39. B
40. C
Sol:

226

222

218

214

210

206

82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 13

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
238  206 32
TG ~ @bohring_bot 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

n   8
4 4
n   2n  - actual change in atomic number. = 16-10= 6

MATHEMATICS
41. Ans-2
Sol-(36,24)again lie on parabola
t1 t2=2
42. Ans-7
5 16  b 2
Sol- CH  ; e 
4 16
5 12
F of exp   3
4 5
16  b 2
4 3
16
16  b2 9
 
16 16
2
b 7
43. Ans-4
Sol-suppose that A(a,9-a).Then the distance from the center of M to the line AC is
d  AM  sin BAC
2 2
 a  2   9  a  2   sin 450
2
 2a 2  18a  53 
2
On the other hand, since the line AC intercepts M, it follows that d  the radius of
17
M i.e
2
2 17
2a 2  18a  53 

2 2
The solution is 3  a  6
44. Ans: 5
SOL- P  OP cos  , OP sin   , Q  OQ cos  , OQ sin  
2 2
2  OP  .  OQ  2 8
OP.OQ  2 2
 min 
OP  OQ 1 1 5

OP OQ 2
2

a 2 cos2   b2 sin 2 
45. Ans-7
Sol: PQ   O3 D   81  9  72  6 2
1 2 2
Also sin   and cos  
3 3
2
r  20 2r  144  0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

 AB  r1  r2   r1  r2   4r1r2  4 14
Clarity   4,   6
Hence

Let equation of circle C1 be x 2  y 2  81

In O2QT
D is mid –point of O2Q
Line O3 D is parallel to PQ
2 2 r
Any point on AB:  r  15, 
 3 3
46. Ans-6
Sol-

Let Ais 3cos  ,3 2 sin  
  3 2 sin   6 cos   6  3 6  6  13.34 or 13.35
47. Ans-2
Sol-If a avariable line……..
e e'
since ,
2 2
are accentricities of a hyperbola and its conjugate

4 4
  2 1
e2 e'
1 1 1
 2  '2  ...........(1)
e e 4
Equation of having intercept e and e’ on coordinate axis
x y
is 2
 '2  1 and it touches x 2  y 2  r 2
e e
1 1 1 1
  r  2  ' 2  2 ...........(2)
1 1 e e r
2
 '2
e e
From 1,2 r=2
48. Ans-2
Sol-

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2 2
locus of centroid is  x  2    y  2    4
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

k3  4; k1  2; k2  2
4
k1  k2 / k2  2  4
2
49. Ans-AD
Sol: Centre  0, 4 

3,8 
S' S
 2,2  2,6 

Radius of AC = 32  4 2  5
a=5
2 2
2ae  4 2  4 2  4 2  ae  2 3  e 
5
8 25  b 2
  b 2  17  b  17
25 25

50. Ans-AC
SOL-

1
Area of quad . C1 AC2 B  2   r .2 r  1  12
2
r 2  r  1  36
r=3
1
  2  3 4
In radius of the circle C1 AC2 is = =  1 is 1Br 2  r  1  36
2 2 6
51. ANS-BC

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 16

SOL-
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

Px 2   2 p  1 xy  y 2  2 x  2 py  0
a  p, b  1, 2h  2 p  1, g  1, f   p, c  0
abc  2 fgh  af 2  bg 2  ch2  0
 2 p 1  2
2  2   p 1 .    p   p   1.1  0
 2 
 p  2 p  1  p 3  1  0
p3  2 p 2  p  1  0
Product of the roots is negative
Atleast one value of p is negative
3 p 3  1  6 p 2  3 p  2  D  9  4  6  2   negative
3 p3  1  0 for atleast one real value of P.
52. Ans: A
Sol:
10
m 2
5
y
y2  4x
P
X
 9, 6

x
O
 4, 4
Q

2yy'  4
2
y'   2  y1  1
y1
1
x
4

9 6 1
1 1  1 
Area =  4 4 1 = 9  4  1  6  4    1 4  1 
2 2  4 
1
1 1
4
1  15   1  45 
  45  6    5   45   5
2  4   2 2 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1 125 
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's


2  2 
53. ANS-CD
SOL-Foot of perpendicular P(4,3) to the directrix is (3,-1)
Now, find its image about the tangent,so focus is (6,-4)
9
Distance of focus from the directrix =
5
54. ANS-AC
55. Ans- D
Sol-Equation of tangent at A
7 x  3 y  5  x  7   3  y  3  30  0
24 x  14  0
x7

Equation of tangent at B
5 x  y  5  x  5   3  y  1  30  0
2 y  2  0
y 1
 C   7,1
CA  2
56. Ans-BD
Sol-area of the   ab ; H : xH 2 / 3  y 2 / 1  1
57. Ans-BD
58. ANS-CD
x 2 y2
Sol:57-58.   1____(1)
9 4
 x  4 2  y 2  16 ____(2)
y

A 6,2 3 
Q
x
P  3 ,0 

2

 12,0


B 6, 2 3 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 18

x 2
1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

 2
 16   x  4   1
9 4

2
x2  x  4   1  x 2  x 2  16  8x  3  0
4
9 4 9 4
2 2
4x  9x  144  72x  108  0
13x 2  72x  36  0
13x 2  78x  6x  36  0  13x  x  6   6  x  6   0
13x  6  x  6   0  x  6
36 y2
1   12  y 2  y  2 3
9 4
6x 2 3 2x 3y
 y 1  1
9 4 3 2
2x 3
y0 1  x 
3 2
3 
P  ,0 
2 
6x  2 3y  4  x  6   0  2x  2 3y  24  0
x  3y  12  0 ; y = 0 x = 12
3 

Q 12,0  , P  ,0  , A 6,2 3
2 

 27  27
 bisector of PQ  ,0  i.e x 
 4  4
2 3 1

 bisector of AQ ; Midpoint 9, 3 ; m AQ   6

3
Slope of perpendicular bisector = 3
equation : y  3  3  x  9   y  3x  3
27 5 3
y 3 3 = .
4 4
 27 5 3 
Circumcentre is  , 
 4 5 
2 2
 27 3   5 3  1 1
R      =  212  75  576
 4 2  4  4 4
129 43 3
 
2 2
Tangent at A to hyperbola:

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 19

x y
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2x 3y
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

6  2 3 1  1
9 4 3 2
3 2
N2 x  y  13
2 3
26  26 
R :x  i.e.  ,0 
3  3 
 26 3   26   52  9   10 
PR  QR =      12      
 3 2  3   6   3
43 10 23
  
6 3 6
59. Ans-BC
60. ANS-BD
SOL-(59-60)

P 3x  y  8  0

5 3 1
D , 
 2 2
C
2 3,0  60 Q
R  
3, 1 3 3, 1

1
Let centre be (x, y); M CD 
3
5 3 1
x y
Centre 2  2  1
3 1
2 2
 3 5 3 1 1
x  2 3;y  0
2 2 2 2
3 p  1  0  6 p  3 p  2  D  9  4  6  2   negative
3 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 20

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-03 Date: 08-11-20
Time:02.30Pm to 05.30Pm 2015_P2 Max.Marks:240
KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 4 2 4 3 6 4 9 5 3
6 3 7 6 8 5 9 AD 10 BD
11 BCD 12 BD 13 AB 14 ABC 15 ACD
16 AD 17 BC 18 BC 19 BC 20 AC

CHEMISTRY
21 8 22 2 23 3 24 1 25 6
26 1 27 5 28 3 29 ABC 30 ABC
31 ABCD 32 ABCD 33 ABD 34 ACD 35 B
36 BCD 37 A 38 D 39 B 40 C


 400 10 100 102 
9

106 m
5 
 40 102   180 

36
 m

5. 3
186 3
Sol: 62 m  kg  m  kg
23 23

Sol: L   T and latent heat is

Q 2q P 3q

y
5
Potential at P & at Q is zero
2q 3q 2q 3q
   x  2m &   y  10m
x 5x y 5 y
 PQ  x  y  12m
8. 5
250 Q
Sol:   1  1 L
1000 400
9. AD
Sol:
dA
r

dE
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

dA
dE 
4 0 R 2

E net   dE cos 

dx r
d
x

R

x  RTan; dx  R sec2 d

From O to I intensity increases and then decreases

At x = 90 cm & 110 cm intensity is same (D) Radius at x = 200 cm is equal to
radius of lens.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

12. BD
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

Sol:

Optical path difference due to

A B


D C
At second surface.
n sin  90     1sin  ……….(ii)
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
sin   cot 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

2 2
 
25 25
1 4

 f eq  25
m

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
u Avg KT KT
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

 
   
2
2 u Avg P     
2
2P 
8 RT
u Avg 
 M
3/2

4 moles of MnO 4  3 moles of SO 24

59.5  106
t0  n 0 U 
238
No. of half life = 5

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 n 0 U  n 0 U
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
r
TG ~ @bohring_bot 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

0.732  M  1
rX
30. ABC
31. ABCD
Sol:
d  A  o o
 K1  A   K 2  A 
dt
 A t t
  d  A     K1  K 2  dt
A 0 0

Kt 
1
n
B0  x

 A 0 
 B0   A 0  B0  A 0  x  
e

Kt  B0  A 0 

 B   x   A 
0 0

  A 0  x  B0 

Kt  B0  A 0 
  A   B   B x  e
0 0 0
  B0  A 0   A 0 x


x  A 0   B0 e   B A 1  e   

Kt  B0  A 0 
0 0
Kt  B0  A 0

x  P 
 B  A  1  e  0

 (correct)
0
Kt  B0  A 0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

1
Z

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 12

226

222

218

214

210

206

82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 13

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
238  206 32
TG ~ @bohring_bot 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

n   8
4 4
n   2n  - actual change in atomic number. = 16-10= 6

a 2 cos2   b2 sin 2 
45. Ans-7
Sol: PQ   O3 D   81  9  72  6 2
1 2 2
Also sin   and cos  
3 3
2
r  20 2r  144  0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

 AB  r1  r2   r1  r2   4r1r2  4 14
Clarity   4,   6
Hence

Let equation of circle C1 be x 2  y 2  81

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2 2
locus of centroid is  x  2    y  2    4
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

k3  4; k1  2; k2  2
4
k1  k2 / k2  2  4
2
49. Ans-AD
Sol: Centre  0, 4 

3,8 
S' S
 2,2  2,6 

Radius of AC = 32  4 2  5
a=5
2 2
2ae  4 2  4 2  4 2  ae  2 3  e 
5
8 25  b 2
  b 2  17  b  17
25 25

50. Ans-AC
SOL-

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 16

SOL-
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

x
O
 4, 4
Q

2yy'  4
2
y'   2  y1  1
y1
1
x
4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1 125 
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

A 6,2 3 
Q
x
P  3 ,0 

2

 12,0


B 6, 2 3 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 18

x 2
1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 19

x y
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2x 3y
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

P 3x  y  8  0

5 3 1
D , 
 2 2
C
2 3,0  60 Q
R  
3, 1 3 3, 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 20

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-03 Date: 08-11-20
Time:02.30Pm to 05.30Pm 2015_P2 Max.Marks:240
KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 4 2 4 3 6 4 9 5 3
6 3 7 6 8 5 9 AD 10 BD
11 BCD 12 BD 13 AB 14 ABC 15 ACD
16 AD 17 BC 18 BC 19 BC 20 AC

CHEMISTRY
21 8 22 2 23 3 24 1 25 6
26 1 27 5 28 3 29 ABC 30 ABC
31 ABCD 32 ABCD 33 ABD 34 ACD 35 B
36 BCD 37 A 38 D 39 B 40 C


 400 10 100 102 
9

106 m
5 
 40 102   180 

36
 m

5. 3
186 3
Sol: 62 m  kg  m  kg
23 23

Sol: L   T and latent heat is

Q 2q P 3q

y
5
Potential at P & at Q is zero
2q 3q 2q 3q
   x  2m &   y  10m
x 5x y 5 y
 PQ  x  y  12m
8. 5
250 Q
Sol:   1  1 L
1000 400
9. AD
Sol:
dA
r

dE
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

dA
dE 
4 0 R 2

E net   dE cos 

dx r
d
x

R

x  RTan; dx  R sec2 d

From O to I intensity increases and then decreases

At x = 90 cm & 110 cm intensity is same (D) Radius at x = 200 cm is equal to
radius of lens.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

12. BD
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

Sol:

Optical path difference due to

A B


D C
At second surface.
n sin  90     1sin  ……….(ii)
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), we get
sin   cot 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

2 2
 
25 25
1 4

 f eq  25
m

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
u Avg KT KT
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

 
   
2
2 u Avg P     
2
2P 
8 RT
u Avg 
 M
3/2

4 moles of MnO 4  3 moles of SO 24

59.5  106
t0  n 0 U 
238
No. of half life = 5

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 n 0 U  n 0 U
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
r
TG ~ @bohring_bot 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

0.732  M  1
rX
30. ABC
31. ABCD
Sol:
d  A  o o
 K1  A   K 2  A 
dt
 A t t
  d  A     K1  K 2  dt
A 0 0

Kt 
1
n
B0  x

 A 0 
 B0   A 0  B0  A 0  x  
e

Kt  B0  A 0 

 B   x   A 
0 0

  A 0  x  B0 

Kt  B0  A 0 
  A   B   B x  e
0 0 0
  B0  A 0   A 0 x


x  A 0   B0 e   B A 1  e   

Kt  B0  A 0 
0 0
Kt  B0  A 0

x  P 
 B  A  1  e  0

 (correct)
0
Kt  B0  A 0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

1
Z

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 12

226

222

218

214

210

206

82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 13

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
238  206 32
TG ~ @bohring_bot 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

n   8
4 4
n   2n  - actual change in atomic number. = 16-10= 6

a 2 cos2   b2 sin 2 
45. Ans-7
Sol: PQ   O3 D   81  9  72  6 2
1 2 2
Also sin   and cos  
3 3
2
r  20 2r  144  0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

 AB  r1  r2   r1  r2   4r1r2  4 14
Clarity   4,   6
Hence

Let equation of circle C1 be x 2  y 2  81

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2 2
locus of centroid is  x  2    y  2    4
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

k3  4; k1  2; k2  2
4
k1  k2 / k2  2  4
2
49. Ans-AD
Sol: Centre  0, 4 

3,8 
S' S
 2,2  2,6 

Radius of AC = 32  4 2  5
a=5
2 2
2ae  4 2  4 2  4 2  ae  2 3  e 
5
8 25  b 2
  b 2  17  b  17
25 25

50. Ans-AC
SOL-

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 16

SOL-
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

x
O
 4, 4
Q

2yy'  4
2
y'   2  y1  1
y1
1
x
4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1 125 
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

A 6,2 3 
Q
x
P  3 ,0 

2

 12,0


B 6, 2 3 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 18

x 2
1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 19

x y
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2x 3y
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Key & Sol's

P 3x  y  8  0

5 3 1
D , 
 2 2
C
2 3,0  60 Q
R  
3, 1 3 3, 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 20

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-03 Date: 08-11-2020
Time: 02.30Pm to 05.30Pm 2015_P2 Max. Marks:240

2015_PAPER-II
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 To PT-4 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-1 To PT-4 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 To PT-4 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2015-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hours IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 240

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
1. A large rocky planet was formed from eight small rocky planets, each with radius
R. Each of the small planets and the new large planet have the same density. The
small rocky planets were initially so far apart that they didn’t interact. The energy
required to blast a planet of mass m and radius r apart is 3Gm2 / 5r , where G is a
constant. How many times as much energy would be required to blast the large
planet apart as to blast all of the eight small planets apart?
2. An electric dipole with dipole moment   3iˆ  4ˆj 1030 C  m is placed in an electric

field E  4000 iˆ  N / C  . An external agent turns the dipole slowly until its electric

dipole moment becomes  4jˆ  3jˆ  10 30 C  m . The work done by the external agent

is equal to 1026 J .Find value of 10 .

3. The diameter of a wire of length 100 cm is measured with the help of a screw
gauge. The main scale reading is 1 mm and circular scale is reading is 25. Pitch
of the screw gauge is 1 mm and the total number of divisions on the circular
scale is 100. This wire is used in an experiment of determination of Young’s
modulus of a wire by Searle’s method. The following data is available: elongation
in the wire l =0.125 cm under the tension of 50 N, least count for measuring
normal length of wire is 0.4 cm and for elongation in the wire is 0.005 cm. The
maximum error(in %) in the calculating value of Young’s modulus(Y), assuming
that the force is measured very accurately, is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
4.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
Two plane mirrors M and N, a long line source S of light(perpendicular to plane of
diagram), emitting monochromatic rays of wavelength  and a screen are
arranged as shown in figure. If angle  is very small. Find fringe width (in m ) of
the interference pattern formed by reflected rays. Take [a = 10 cm, b = 80 cm,
x
 = 400 nm,   5  ]. If your answer is m ; fill the sum of digits in the number x in

OMR sheet.
M

S
O Screen


N
a b
5. A solid sphere of uniform density and radius 4m is located with its centre at the
origin O of coordinate system. Two spheres of equal radii 1 m each. With their
centres at A( 2m , 0 , 0) and B (2m, 0 , 0) are taken out of the solid sphere
leaving behind spherical cavities as shown in the figure and remaining body has
186
mass of kg. Gravitational potential at the centre of the sphere is given by
23
V0  GX Joule/kg. Fill ‘X’ in your answer sheet.
Y

A B
O X

186
mass  kg
23

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

6.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
A cylindrical rod with one end in a steam chamber and other end in ice causes
melting of 0.1 gm of ice/sec. If the rod is replaced with another rod of half the
length and double the radius of first and thermal conductivity of second rod is 1/4
that of first, the new rate of ice melting is x gm/s, fill the value of 15x in OMR
Sheet. Neglect radiation effects from rod.
7. Two charges +2q and -3q are fixed at (4m, 0, 0) and (9m, 0, 0) respectively. The
distance between 2 points on X-axis (in m) where the potential is zero is x. Then
x
the value of is (Assume standard reference point for electric potential)
2
8. A monatomic ideal gas is used as the working substance for the Carnot cycle
shown in the figure. Process A  B , there is 400 J of work done by the gas on the
surroundings. Calculate how much heat (in multiples of “20 J”) is expelled by the
gas during process C  D ?
P

T  1000K
AA
B

D
C TC  250K
V

A) Solid angle subtended by the quarter shell at “O” is  sr.


B) Solid angle subtended by the quarter shell at “O” is sr.
2

C) Magnitude of electric field at “O” due to the quarter shell is
2 2 0


D) Magnitude of electric field at “O” due to the quarter shell is
4 2 0

10. Point “A” is in front of a straight wire of uniform linear charge density  . In case i),
the magnitude of electric field at A due to small differential parts (of length dx
each) labelled 1, 2, is dE1 , dE 2 respectively. The corresponding potential at A due
to these parts is dV1 , dV2 respectively. In case ii), the differential elements
choosen labelled 3, 4 subtend same angle ‘ d ’ at A, The values described above
(with usual meaning) due to these parts at ‘A’ are dE3 ,dE4 ,dV3 ,dV4 in case (ii). Mark
the INCORRECT statement(s).

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

2 4

1 3

R A R A

 
case i) case ii)
A) dE1  dE2 and dV1  dV2
B) dE3  dE4 and dV3  dV4
C) dE3  dE4 and dV3  dV4
dE3 dV3
D) 
dE 4 dV4
11. A point source of light S is placed on the axis of a lens of focal length 20 cm as
shown. A screen is placed normal to the axis of lens at a distance x from it by
displacing the screen. Treat all rays as paraxial. Mark the CORRECT option(s).
25cm x

2cm

f  20cm
screen
A) As x is increased from zero, intensity continuously decreases
B) As x is increased from zero, intensity first increases then decreases
C) Average Intensity of the spot on the screen for x = 90 cm and x = 110 cm is
same
D) Radius of bright circle obtained on screen is equal to 1 cm for x = 200 cm
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7
12.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
In standard Young’s experiment, the upper slit is covered by a thin glass plate of
4
refractive index and of thickness 9 , where  is the wavelength of light in
3
vacuum used in the experiment. The lower slit is also covered by another glass
3
plate of thickness 2 & refractive index , as shown in figure. If I 0 is the intensity
2
at point P due to slits S1 & S2 each, then; Mark the INCORRECT statement(s).
Assume glass plates to be perfectly transmitting.

1
S1
d P
S S2
2

d1
D
d1 , D  d
A) Intensity at point P is 4I 0
B) Three fringes have been shifted in upward direction after insertion of both the
glass plates together.
C) Optical path difference between the waves from S1 &S2 at point P is 2
D) After inserting the plates, if the source S is shifted upwards by a small distance
d 
d 2 , then the interference pattern shifts downward by D  2 
 d1 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

13.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
ABCD is plane glass cube. A nearly horizontal beam of light enters the face AB at
grazing incidence. Then,

A B


D C

A) sin   cot  , where  is nearly the critical angle

B) Critical angle   45 , for TIR at second surface
C) Refracting index   2 for TIR at second surface
D)     90
14. The figure shows, two point charges q1  2Q   0  and q2  Q . The charges divide

the line joining them in three parts I, II and III. Mark the INCORRECT statement(s).

I II III

2Q Q
A) Region III has a local maxima of electric field
B) Region I has a local minima of electric field
C) Equilibrium position for a test charge lies in region II
D) At the neutral point on the line, the equilibrium for constrained motion along
the line joining the charges is stable for a negative charge

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

15.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
In an open room filled with air of uniform temperature, temperature of air slowly
raises by 10C during the day. The barometric pressure doesn’t appreciably
change during the day. During this period, which of the following statement(s)
are true for air (considered as an ideal gas) within the room. (All symbols have
usual meaning)
A) Internal energy remains nearly same
PV
B) remains the same
T
C) PV remains nearly same
D) Number of moles remains the same
16. A biconvex thin lens is prepared from glass (   1.5 ), then two bounding surfaces
having equal radii of 25 cm each. One of the surfaces is silvered from outside to
make it reflecting. An object is to be placed before this lens at distance  cm so
that the image is formed on the object itself. Lens is placed in air (   1)
A B

C2 O P C1
25cm 25cm
Mark the CORRECT statement(s):
25
A) The value of  is cm
2
25
B) The value of  is cm
4
C) The value of  will remain unchanged if this entire system were placed in water
 4
    instead of air
 3
4
D) The value of  will increase if this entire system were placed in water    
 3
instead of air

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SECTION – III
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Question Nos. 17 to 18
For the given system of blocks and a concave mirror answer the following.
(Assuming A, B & C are very small). Focal length of mirror is 20 cm. Consider
paraxial approximation only. Block ‘C’ is being moved down by an external agent
with a different constant velocities in different options in the questions below.

A B

O x
y

17. Mark the CORRECT statement(s) :

A) Speed of A is 8 m/s when C is moving down with speed 8 m/s
B) Speed of B is 8 m/s when C is moving down with 8 m/s
C) Speed of A is 12 m/s when C is moving down with 8 m/s
D) Speed of A is 12 m/s when C is moving down with 12 m/s
18. Mark the INCORRECT statement(s):
A) When A is at x = 30 cm, image is at x = 60 cm.
B) When A is at x = 30 cm, image is at x = - 60 cm.
C) When C moves with a speed 8m/s downwards, image of A moves with a
speed 12m/s
D) When C moves with a speed 8 m/s downwards, image of A moves with a
speed 48m/s

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Question Nos. 19 to 20
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

Kepler’s law of areas states that the areas swept by position vector of earth with
respect to sun are equal in equal intervals of time. This law is valid for objects
projected from earth as well. Here position vector of object is to be taken with
respect to earth’s centre. A rocket is launched from point A on earth. It reaches
point B on earth with its velocity antiparallel to its initial velocity. The angle
subtended by straight line joining AB at the center is 2     60   . A satellite
moving close to surface of earth has time period of revolution T0 . Radius of earth
is R. Assume rocket to be a freely falling body through out its motion and ignore
air resistance, and any motion of earth. Also assume earth to be a uniform solid
sphere.(Take potential energy of rocket at infinite separation from planet to be
zero).

C 2

  60
19. Mark the INCORRECT statement(s)
T0
A) The time of flight of the rocket is greater than
2
 
B) The time of flight of the rocket is T0 1  3 
2  

C) The areal velocity of the rocket about center of earth is lowest at its highest
point in the trajectory
D) The average speed of the particle during first half time of ascsent is greater
than the first half time during its descent

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

20.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Mark the INCORRECT statement(s)
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

A) Maximum height above the earth surface reached by the rocket is R

GMm
B) Mechanical energy of rocket just after its launch is ; M = Mass of earth,
2R
m = mass of rocket.
C) Kinetic energy of the rocket at its top most point of the trajectory is zero
D) Linear momentum magnitude of the rocket is the least at its top most point of
the trajectory

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
21. The mole fraction of a solute in a solution is 0.1. At 298 K, molarity of this solution
17
is the same as its molality. Density of this solution at 298 K is   g cm 3 . The ratio
9

 MW 
of the molecular weights of the solute and solvent  solute
 , is
 MWsolvent 

22. The diffusion coefficient of an ideal gas is proportional to its mean free path and
mean speed. The absolute temperature of an ideal gas is increased 4 times and
its pressure is increased 4 times. As a result, the diffusion coefficient of this gas
increases x times. The value of x is
23. In neutral or faintly alkaline solution 4 moles of permanganate anion
quantitatively oxidize thiosulphate anions to produce X moles of a sulphur
containing product. The magnitude of X is
24. A crystalline solid of a pure substance has a body centred cubic structure with a
cell edge of 400 pm. If the density of the substance in the crystal is 8g cm3 , then
the number of atoms present in 256 g of the crystal is N 1024 . The value of N is
25. Tin is obtained from cassiterite by reduction with coke. Assume that the
enthalpies and the entropies are temperature independent. If the equilibrium
constant for the reduction reaction is 1 at 935 K, then find S0  C  s   in j/K-mole

from the given data. At 298 K;

Δ f H 0  SnO 2  s   = -581.0 kJ mol -1 , Δ f H 0  CO 2  g   = -394.0 kJ mol -1 , S 0  SnO 2  s   = 56.0 J K -1 mol -1 ,

S 0  Sn  s   = 52.0 J K -1 mol -1 , S 0  CO 2  g   = 210.0 J K -1 mol -1 .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

26. 238
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
U is known to undergo radioactive decay to form
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
206
Pb by emitting alpha and
92 82

beta particles. A rock initially contained 59.5 106 g of 238

92 U . If the number of alpha
particles that it would emit during its radioactive decay of 238
92 U to 206
82 Pb in five half-
lives is Z ×1018 , then what is the value of Z up to nearest integer.
27. Silver (atomic weight= 108g mol1 ) has a density of 10.5g cm 3 . The number of silver
atoms on a surface of area 1014 m2 can be expressed in scientific notation as
y ×10x . The value of x is
28. If the value of Avogadro number is 6.023 1023 mol 1 and the value of Boltzmann
constant is 1.38 1023 J K 1 , then the number of significant digits in the calculated
value of the universal gas constant is

M X

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
A) The coordination number of cation is 8
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

B) The coordination number of anion is 8

C) The ratio of M-X bond length to the cubic cell edge length is 0.866
D) The ratio of the ionic radii of cation M to anion X is 0.414
30. Which of the following is/are correct regarding intrinsic angular momentum of an
electron.
h
A) The magnitude of spin angular momentum of an electron S S  1 where S
2
is spin quantum number
B) The spin angular momentum is a vector quantity and can have only two
orientations relative to a chosen axis
C) magnetic spin quantum number m s determines the orientations of the spin
D) Spin quantum number is related to the wave function  obtained from
solution of single electron system
31. If decomposition of A follow parallel path reactions following zero order kinetics:
1
K1  a M sec
A  g    B g
1
K 2  2a M sec
A  g    C g 
Which of the following is/are correct:
100
A) % yield of B = %
3
B)  A 0   A t  3at
 A 0
C) t1/2 
6a
D)  Bt  C t  3at

32. Which of the following is/are correct:

 A 0 = initial concentration of A,
 B0 = initial concentration of B
 P  = concentration of P at time ‘t’
K = rate constant of reaction
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

Order Reaction type Rate law Integrated rate law

A) 0 AP rK  P   Kt
B) 1 AP r  K A   P    A 0 1  e Kt 
2
2 Kt  A 0
C) 2 AP r  K A  
P 
1  Kt  A 0 

D) 2 ABP r  K  A  B  P 
 A 0  B0 1  e  B0  A0 Kt

 A 0   B0 e 
 B0  A 0 Kt

33.
List – I List - II
Simple cubic and face-centred Have these cell parameters a =
P 1
cubic b = c and     
Q Cubic and rhombohedral 2 Are two crystal systems
Have only two crystallographic
R Cubic and tetragonal 3
angles of 90
S Hexagonal and monoclinic 4 Belong to same crystal system

Which of the following is/are correctly matched:

A) P-1,4 B) Q-1,2 C) R-1 D) S-2,3
34.
List – I(Conditions for real gas) List - II
If force of attraction among gas particles
P 1 PVm  RT
are negligible
a
Q At 1 atm and 273 K 2 PVm  RT 
Vm
 a 
R If the volume of gas particles is negligible 3  P  2   Vm  b   RT
 Vm 
S At low pressure and high temperature 4 PVm  RT  Pb
Which of the following are correctly matched:
A) P-4 B) Q-1 C) R-2 D) S-1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

35.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
If four identical samples of an ideal gas initially at same state  P0 , V0 , T0  are
allowed to expand to double their volumes by the following processes:
Process I : Isothermal reversible process
Process II: Reversible process P2 V  constant
Process III: Reversible adiabatic process
Process IV: Irreversible adiabatic expansion against constant external pressure
If the final states of gases are shown by different points in the graph represented,
then match each point with the correct process:

1
 P0 , V0 ,T0  2
3
4

V
V0 2V0
A) I-1, II-2, III-3, IV-4
B) I-2, II-1, III-4, IV-3
C) I-4, II-3, III-2, IV-1
D) I-2, II-1, III-3, IV-4
36. Which of the following statement(s) is/are false:
1
A)  rS for N 2  g   N  g  is positive
2
B) G system is always zero for a reversible process in a closed system
C) G for an ideal gas is a function of temperature and pressure
D) entropy of a closed system is always maximized at equilibrium

10 L of 2 M aqueous H 2O 2 solution is taken inside a conducting vessel fitted with

a piston. As a result of decomposition of H 2O2 according to reaction
1
H 2 O2  aq  
 H 2O  aq   O 2  g  H  50 kJ / mole
2
The piston moves up under constant pressure conditions and at 300 K. A total of
8.75 mole of O2 gas is produced in 150 minutes in the vessel.
37. What is the t1/2 for first order decomposition of H 2O 2
A) 50 min B) 100 min C) 150 min D) 200 min
38. What is the net work done by the system in 150 minutes. (Assume ideal gas
behavior) (Take : R = 8 J/K-mole)
A) 210 kJ B) 4.2 kJ C) 42 kJ D) 21 kJ
Paragraph for Question Nos. 39 to 40

39. The total number of  -particles produced in this radioactive series to get stable
product are?
A) 6 B) 8 C)7 D) 5
40. The total number of  -particles produces in this radioactive series to get stable
product are?
A) 4 B) 5 C) 6 D) 7
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19
MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
41. Normals to the parabola y 2  16 x at P  4t12 ,8t1  & Q  4t2 2 ,8t2  intersect at (36,24),value
of t1 t2 is________
x2 y 2 x2 y 2 1
42. If foci of ellipse  2  1 and hyperbola   ; coincide, then value of b2
16 b 144 81 25
is__
43. Given the line L : x  y  9  0 and the circle M : 2 x 2  2 y 2  8 x  8 y  1  0, point A is on L
and points B, C are on M; BAC  450 and the line AB is passing through the centre
of M. Then the number of the integer in the range of the x coordinate of point A
is_______
44. Let the points P, Q lie on ellipse x 2  4 y 2  4 satisfying the OP  OQ, where O is
origin the minimum value of OP.OQ is  find 5  ___________
45. Three circles C3 , C2 , C1 of radius 3,6,9 respectively touch as shown in the figure. A
chord AB to circle C1 touch circles C2 and C3
B
9 P
A Q
6
O3 O1 O2
C3
C2
C1
The length of chord AB is  14 and length of common tangent PQ, is  2 then
value of     3  is _
46. A triangle ABC is inscribed in the ellipse. 2 x 2  y 2  18. If B is 1, 4  and C is  3,0  ,then

the greatest value of the area of the triangle ABC is  take 6  2.45   .Value of  
2
. represents greatest integer function.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
e e'
47. If a variable line has its intercepts on the co-ordinate axis e,e’ where , are
2 2

eccentricities of a hyperbola and its conjugate hyperbola, respectively then the

line always touches the circle x 2  y 2  r 2 value of r is …
48. A circle with centre  3 ,3  and with variance radius cuts the hyperbola x 2  y 2  36

at the points A, B, C and D. If the locus of the centroid of ABC

is  x  k1 2   y  k2  2  k3 then value of k1  k2  k2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

51.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
The expression px 2   2 p  1 xy  y 2  2 x  2 py can be resolved as a product of two

linear factors, which of the following is/are CORRECT.

A) There exists no value of p
B) atleast one value of p is negative
C) For atleast one real value of p, 3 p 3  1 is negative.
D) There exists no real value of p for which 3 p 3  1 is negative
52. Let P(4,-4) and Q(9,6) be two points on the parabola, y 2  4 x and let X be any point
on the arc POQ of this parabola, where O is the vertex of this parabola, such that
the area PXQ is maximum . Which of the following is/are CORRECT
125 25
A) Maximum Area is sq .unit B) Maximum Area is sq .unit
4 4
1 
C) Point X is (1, 2) D) Point X is  ,1
4 
53. Let x  2 y  5  0 be the directrix of a parabola and x  y  7  0 be the tangent drawn
to the parabola at the point P  4, 3  ,then
16
A) length of latus rectum =
5
8
B) harmonic mean of length of segment of the focal chord=
5
C) intersection point of directrix and the given tangent is (9,2)
D) Circle drawn on assuming (4,-3) and Q as diameter always passes through
focus of parabola (where Q is the intersection point tangent and directix)
54. Normals of the parabola y 2  4 x at P and Q meet at R  3, 0  and tangents at P and
Q meets at point T  2 , 0  which of the following is/are CORRECT
A) Area of the quadrilateral PTQR is 8
B) Area of the quadrilateral PTQR is 16
C) Number of real normals that can be drawn to the parabola from R  3, 0  IS 3
D) Number of real normals that can be drawn to the parabola from R  3, 0  IS 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 22

55.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
Consider the circle x 2  y 2  10 x  6 y  30  0 . Let O be the centre of the circle and
tangents at A(7,3) and B(5,1) meet at C. Let S=0 represents family of circles
passing through A and B ,then
A) The co-ordinates of point C are (7,20)
B) area of quadrilateral OACB =4
C) Area of CAB  1
D) The smallest possible circle of family is x 2  y 2  12 x  4 y  38  0

56. The tangent to the hyperbola , x 2  3 y 2  3 at the point  

3,0 when associated with

two asymptotes constitutes

A) isosceles triangle which is not equilateral
B) an equilateral triangles
C) a triangles whose area is 3 sq.units
D) a right isosceles triangles

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 23

58.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
Equations of normals to hyperbola at A and B intersect x-axis at R. If PR  QR is
p
;gcd  p, q   1; p, q  N , then which of the following is/are CORRECT
q

Note: P and Q are points of previous problem of this passage

A) p – q = 40 B) p – q = 20
C) p + 2q = 35 D) p – q = 17

Paragraph for Question Nos. 59 to 60

Let a circle of unit radius is inscribed in an equilateral triangle PQR. The points of
contact of circle with the side PQ, QR, RP are D, E, F respectively. Equation of line
5 3 1
PQ is 3 x  y  8  0 and point D is  ,  . Also , point  
3, 1 and centre of
 2 2

circle are On the same side of the line PQ.

59. Which of the following is/are true
A) Centre of circle is  3, 0
B) Centre of circle is  2 3, 0 
3
C) If C is the centre of circle than area of triangle PCD is
2
2
D) Equation of circle is  x  3 2
  y  1  1

60. Which of the following is/are CORRECT

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

2015_PAPER-II
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 To PT-4 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-1 To PT-4 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 To PT-4 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2015-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hours IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 240

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

dipole moment becomes  4jˆ  3jˆ  10 30 C  m . The work done by the external agent

is equal to 1026 J .Find value of 10 .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

A B
O X

186
mass  kg
23

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

T  1000K
AA
B

D
C TC  250K
V

A) Solid angle subtended by the quarter shell at “O” is  sr.


B) Solid angle subtended by the quarter shell at “O” is sr.
2

C) Magnitude of electric field at “O” due to the quarter shell is
2 2 0


D) Magnitude of electric field at “O” due to the quarter shell is
4 2 0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

2 4

1 3

R A R A

2cm

1
S1
d P
S S2
2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

A B


D C

A) sin   cot  , where  is nearly the critical angle

the line joining them in three parts I, II and III. Mark the INCORRECT statement(s).

I II III

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SECTION – III
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

A B

O x
y

17. Mark the CORRECT statement(s) :

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Question Nos. 19 to 20
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

C 2

  60
19. Mark the INCORRECT statement(s)
T0
A) The time of flight of the rocket is greater than
2
 
B) The time of flight of the rocket is T0 1  3 
2  

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

20.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Mark the INCORRECT statement(s)
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

A) Maximum height above the earth surface reached by the rocket is R

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

 MW 
of the molecular weights of the solute and solvent  solute
 , is
 MWsolvent 

from the given data. At 298 K;

Δ f H 0  SnO 2  s   = -581.0 kJ mol -1 , Δ f H 0  CO 2  g   = -394.0 kJ mol -1 , S 0  SnO 2  s   = 56.0 J K -1 mol -1 ,

S 0  Sn  s   = 52.0 J K -1 mol -1 , S 0  CO 2  g   = 210.0 J K -1 mol -1 .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

26. 238
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
U is known to undergo radioactive decay to form
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
206
Pb by emitting alpha and
92 82

beta particles. A rock initially contained 59.5 106 g of 238

M X

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
A) The coordination number of cation is 8
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

B) The coordination number of anion is 8

32. Which of the following is/are correct:

Order Reaction type Rate law Integrated rate law

A) 0 AP rK  P   Kt
B) 1 AP r  K A   P    A 0 1  e Kt 
2
2 Kt  A 0
C) 2 AP r  K A  
P 
1  Kt  A 0 

D) 2 ABP r  K  A  B  P 
 A 0  B0 1  e  B0  A0 Kt

 A 0   B0 e 
 B0  A 0 Kt

Which of the following is/are correctly matched:

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

1
 P0 , V0 ,T0  2
3
4

10 L of 2 M aqueous H 2O 2 solution is taken inside a conducting vessel fitted with

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
e e'
47. If a variable line has its intercepts on the co-ordinate axis e,e’ where , are
2 2

eccentricities of a hyperbola and its conjugate hyperbola, respectively then the

line always touches the circle x 2  y 2  r 2 value of r is …
48. A circle with centre  3 ,3  and with variance radius cuts the hyperbola x 2  y 2  36

at the points A, B, C and D. If the locus of the centroid of ABC

is  x  k1 2   y  k2  2  k3 then value of k1  k2  k2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

linear factors, which of the following is/are CORRECT.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 22

56. The tangent to the hyperbola , x 2  3 y 2  3 at the point  

3,0 when associated with

two asymptotes constitutes

A) isosceles triangle which is not equilateral
B) an equilateral triangles
C) a triangles whose area is 3 sq.units
D) a right isosceles triangles

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 23

Note: P and Q are points of previous problem of this passage

A) p – q = 40 B) p – q = 20
C) p + 2q = 35 D) p – q = 17

Paragraph for Question Nos. 59 to 60

circle are On the same side of the line PQ.

60. Which of the following is/are CORRECT

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

2015_PAPER-II
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 To PT-4 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-1 To PT-4 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 To PT-4 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2015-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hours IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 240

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

dipole moment becomes  4jˆ  3jˆ  10 30 C  m . The work done by the external agent

is equal to 1026 J .Find value of 10 .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

A B
O X

186
mass  kg
23

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

T  1000K
AA
B

D
C TC  250K
V

A) Solid angle subtended by the quarter shell at “O” is  sr.


B) Solid angle subtended by the quarter shell at “O” is sr.
2

C) Magnitude of electric field at “O” due to the quarter shell is
2 2 0


D) Magnitude of electric field at “O” due to the quarter shell is
4 2 0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

2 4

1 3

R A R A

2cm

1
S1
d P
S S2
2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

A B


D C

A) sin   cot  , where  is nearly the critical angle

the line joining them in three parts I, II and III. Mark the INCORRECT statement(s).

I II III

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SECTION – III
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

A B

O x
y

17. Mark the CORRECT statement(s) :

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Question Nos. 19 to 20
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

C 2

  60
19. Mark the INCORRECT statement(s)
T0
A) The time of flight of the rocket is greater than
2
 
B) The time of flight of the rocket is T0 1  3 
2  

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

20.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Mark the INCORRECT statement(s)
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

A) Maximum height above the earth surface reached by the rocket is R

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

 MW 
of the molecular weights of the solute and solvent  solute
 , is
 MWsolvent 

from the given data. At 298 K;

Δ f H 0  SnO 2  s   = -581.0 kJ mol -1 , Δ f H 0  CO 2  g   = -394.0 kJ mol -1 , S 0  SnO 2  s   = 56.0 J K -1 mol -1 ,

S 0  Sn  s   = 52.0 J K -1 mol -1 , S 0  CO 2  g   = 210.0 J K -1 mol -1 .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

26. 238
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
U is known to undergo radioactive decay to form
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
206
Pb by emitting alpha and
92 82

beta particles. A rock initially contained 59.5 106 g of 238

M X

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
A) The coordination number of cation is 8
08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P

B) The coordination number of anion is 8

32. Which of the following is/are correct:

Order Reaction type Rate law Integrated rate law

A) 0 AP rK  P   Kt
B) 1 AP r  K A   P    A 0 1  e Kt 
2
2 Kt  A 0
C) 2 AP r  K A  
P 
1  Kt  A 0 

D) 2 ABP r  K  A  B  P 
 A 0  B0 1  e  B0  A0 Kt

 A 0   B0 e 
 B0  A 0 Kt

Which of the following is/are correctly matched:

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

1
 P0 , V0 ,T0  2
3
4

10 L of 2 M aqueous H 2O 2 solution is taken inside a conducting vessel fitted with

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 08-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015-P2)_CTA-03_Q.P
e e'
47. If a variable line has its intercepts on the co-ordinate axis e,e’ where , are
2 2

eccentricities of a hyperbola and its conjugate hyperbola, respectively then the

line always touches the circle x 2  y 2  r 2 value of r is …
48. A circle with centre  3 ,3  and with variance radius cuts the hyperbola x 2  y 2  36

at the points A, B, C and D. If the locus of the centroid of ABC

is  x  k1 2   y  k2  2  k3 then value of k1  k2  k2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

linear factors, which of the following is/are CORRECT.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 22

56. The tangent to the hyperbola , x 2  3 y 2  3 at the point  

3,0 when associated with

two asymptotes constitutes

A) isosceles triangle which is not equilateral
B) an equilateral triangles
C) a triangles whose area is 3 sq.units
D) a right isosceles triangles

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 23

Note: P and Q are points of previous problem of this passage

A) p – q = 40 B) p – q = 20
C) p + 2q = 35 D) p – q = 17

Paragraph for Question Nos. 59 to 60

circle are On the same side of the line PQ.

60. Which of the following is/are CORRECT

 3 3
A) Point F and E are given by  ,  ,  3, 0 
 2 2
2 3 1
B) Point E and F are given by  ,  , 2 3, 1 
 2 2
2 2
C) Equations sides RP, RQ are y  x  1, y  x 1
3 3
D) Equations sides RP, RQ are y  3 x  2; y  1  0
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 24
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) WTA-01 Date: 09-05-2021
Time: 10.20AM to 01.20 2019_P1 Max.Marks:180

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS

1 C 2 B 3 D 4 B 5 AD 6 ABCD
7 BCD 8 AC 9 ACD 10 C 11 BC 12 AD
13 2 14 9 15 6 16 4 17 8 18 0

CHEMISTRY

19 A 20 D 21 C 22 B 23 AC 24 AB
25 BC 26 ABC 27 ABD 28 AB 29 BC 30 ABD
31 6 32 4 33 4 34 9 35 8 36 2

MATHEMATICS

37 C 38 A 39 C 40 D 41 ACD 42 ABCD
43 ABCD 44 BD 45 ABCD 46 AD 47 AD 48 BCD
49 2.50 50 2 51 1 52 2 53 4 54 1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Key & Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1. The direction of uniform electric field E in xy-plane is as shown in
figure 1.

The equipotential lines will be perpendicular to electric field. Also

electric field points from high potential region towards low potential
region. Therefore nature of equipotential lines in x-y plane is given by
figure 2.
2. Key: B

 r .dr R
R
dq 2 
Hint: dV   V   dr  16
4 0 r 4 0 r 8 0 R/ 2 0

3. The potential at centre of sphere in which q charge is uniformly distributed throughout

the volume is By symmetry the potential at centre due to half sphere
will be half of the complete sphere.


4. E will be perpendicular to AB in the direction of decreasing potential
  6  2 4
E    2
ACsin 45 4 / 2


E   2 x cos 45i  2 sin 45j   i  j
 
5. There is no case in which the dipole experiences zero force where
as we can find a position for which torque on dipole is zero
6. Electric field in the region is given by

For
Hence, the electric field is discontinuous at . Therefore, statement (a) is true.

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Page 2

For
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Key & Sol’s
. Hence the charge resides only on the spherical surface of radius .
No charge exists in the region for which . Therefore, statement (c) is also true.
Electric energy density is given by

Since for for Hence statement(d) is true.

Let Q1 be the net charge enclosed inside the spherical surface of radius . Then
from Gausss theorem, we have

Or Q1 = Q, which is independent of r as long as r is greater than r0. Hence statement

(b) is also true.
7. Potential at each point on y-z plane is zero. The electric field will be zero
on y-z plane at a distance from origin.
8. For field lines
ax dy
tan   
ay dx
y dy = x dx
y2 – x 2 = c2
equipotenital surface is perpendicular to field lines
dx ax
 
dy ay
 xy = c.

9. Using

Potential at surface = = 150 V

10. V1 is at positive potential

V2 is at negative potential
V1  V2
Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Page 3
11. F  2 Eq
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Key & Sol’s

T 0
12. When we charge moves from high potential to low potential its PE increases

13. V  VC1  VC2

1  1 
  Q1  Q2    Q1  Q2 
4 0 R  2 

Kp K  p.r 
14. Potential due to a dipole V  
r2 r3
  
  
Then r  rN  rM  4iˆ  ˆj  2iˆ  3jˆ  kˆ 

r  2iˆ  2ˆj  kˆ

 | r | 22  22   12  3

 V
 
9 109  9iˆ  3jˆ  3kˆ . 2iˆ  2jˆ  kˆ  9
109  18  6  3  9 109
3 27
3

15. E
2 o r
Field at dipole position E1 = 1.8  108 N/C
p = 2  10-8  2  10-3 = 4  10-11 cm
Hence  = PE = (4  10-11)(1.8)108 = 7.2  10-3
I = d2 = 10-3  (2  10-3)2 = 4  10-9
72
Hence  = /I =  106 rad / s 2  1.8  106 rad/s
4
16

Hence,
17. F  Eq
dv
E
dx
Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Page 4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Key & Sol’s

18. As ON = MN = OM = r
So it is equilateral triangle :
Potential at N due to two dipoles ;
V = V1 + V2
K p cos 60 K p cos    60
  =0
r2 r2

CHEMISTRY
1. HgI 2  2 KI  K 2  HgI 4 
Red ppt.

HgI 2   Hg  I 2 (violet vapours)
H2O
2. Ag   S 2O32   Ag 2 S 2O3   Ag 2 S  H 2 SO4
White ppt .  Black ppt 

3. 4 KI  2CuSO4  2Cu2 I 2  K 2 SO4  I 2

White ppt .
4. For structure refer to solution of Q1(b), Matching column type.
Due to resonance, six Cr – O bonds are equivalent in dichromate ion
5. Conceptual
6. H 2O2 oxidizes acidic ferrous sulphate to ferric sulphats
2 FeSO4  H 2 SO4  H 2 O2  Fe2  SO4 3  2 H 2O
2 Na3 Fe  CN  6  2 NaOH  H 2O2  2 Na4  Fe  CN 6   2 H 2O  O2
7. 4 FeCl3  3K 4  Fe  CN  6   Fe4  Fe  CN 6   12KCl
3
blue ppt

FeCl3  3KSCN  Fe  SCN 3  3KCl

 Blood red colour 
8. Brass (Cu, Zn): Bronze (Cu, Sn) Gun metal (Cu, Sn, Zn); Type metal (Pb, Sn, and
Sb).
9.
Electrolytic
KOH / O2
MnO2   MnO42 MnO42
Oxidation
W X
Acidic medium

MnO2  MnO42
y  Mn 6 z  Mn7
10. A) Sn2 is less stable than Sn 4 , therefore SnCl2 , 2 H 2O is Lewis acid

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Page 5

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Key & Sol’s
B) SnO2 is amphoteric, so it will dissolve in KOH solution forming K2 SnO3 or
K 2  Sn  OH 6 
SnO2  2 KOH  2 H 2 O  K 2  Sn  OH  6 
C) PbCl2 will form a complex with HCl PbCl2  s   2 HCl  H 2  PbCl4 
So, considering this possibility, option (C) should be incorrect.
D) Pb3O4 reacts with conc, HNO3 to form PbO2 but the reaction is not a redox reaction.
 4   2   4   2 
Pb O2 .2 Pb O  4 HN O3  PbO2  2 Pb  NO3 2  6 H 2O
 Conc 
Or,
Pb3O4 , So option (D) is incorrect
11. SnCl2  CI   SnCl3
Q  X 

SnCl2  Me3 N  SnCl2  N  CH 3 2 

Q  Y 
SnCl2  2CuCl2  SnCl4  CuCl
Q  Z
12. K2Cr2O7  6 H 2 SO4  4 NaCl  2 KHSO4  4 NaHSO4  2CrO2Cl2  3H 2O
Orange – red vapours of CrO2Cl2 are produced. When these vapours are passed through
NaOH , a yellow solution of Na2CrO4 is produced.
13. In slightly alkaline medium, MnO4 reduces to MnO2 while I  is oxidized I 2
 MnO 
4  2 H 2O  3e   MnO2  4OH    2
H
CrO 2 Cr2O72
4
14. OH
Cr2O72  H 2O  H   CrO 5
Chromium peroxide
 blue 

So, number of oxygen atoms attached to Cr through single bond = 4

15. The number of water molecules directly bonded to the metal centre in CuSO4 .5H 2O is 4,
as shown Cu  H 2O 4  SO4 .H 2O C .N . of Cu 2  4 
16.
NO2 NO2

 6MnO42  5H 2O
6MnO4  7OH 
COO
CH 3
17. Cr2 O72   14 H   6 I   2Cr 3  3I 2  7 H 2O

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Page 6

18. agNO3 
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 1
 Ag  NO2  O2
09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Key & Sol’s

2

Hg  NO3  2   Hg  2 NO2  O2
MATHEMATICS
1. Clearly the points OBC and D are concyclic.
2 
Hence DOC  DBC  
10 5

1
2. Let z  a
z
Now, the identity,
   1
3
1 1
z  3  z    3 z  
3

z  z  z
3
1 1 1
Gives us z   z3  3  3 z 
z z z
 a  2  3a  3a  a  3a  2  0
3 3

 a  2a  1  0  a  2  0
2

a2
z  z2 2 z0  z3 2
3. using rotation formulas 0  ei  ei
z 0  z1 z0  z 2
 z  z 2   sin 2A   z 0  z 2  sin 2C i 2 sin 2A i 2  sin 2C 
  0       e  e  
 z  z   sin 2A   z  z  sin 2B sin 2B 
 sin 2B 
0 1 0 1

sin 2A  2C 
 i 0
sin 2B
= -1
4. (i) 2  i  z  2  i  z
x
y
2
(ii) 2  i  z  i  2 z  4i  0
x+2y=2
(iii) iz+z+1+i=0

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Eqn of tangent x-y+1=0
09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Key & Sol’s

Solving (i) and (ii)

1
x=1,y=
2
1
1 1
Now , p-r  2 r
2

3
r
2 2
5. A,C,D
Let xy +yz +zx=-p, xyz=q
So, x, y, z are roots of equation t3-pt-q=0
 x 3  px  q,y 3  py  q,z 3  pz+q
So, x 3 y  y 3z  z 2 x  p xy+yz+zx   q  x+y+z   -p2  9
 p  3
xy+yz+zx=xy   x+y     x 2 +y 2 +yx   0Vx,y  R
2

If x=y, we get z=-2x, -3x 2= 3, x  1or x   i

6. Vertices of triangle ABC are A(r ), B(si) and C(a-ai). Note that a  0
We have a  BC  a  ai  si  a 2  (a  s )2
b  CA  a  ai  r  (a  r )2  a 2
c  BC  r  si  r 2  s 2
As incentre of ABC is 0,
az  bz 2  cz 3
0 1
a b c
 (r ) a 2  (a  s )2  (si ) (a  r )2  a 2
 a  ai  r 2  s 2  0
 r a 2  (a  s )2  a r 2  s 2  0
And s a 2  (a  s )2  a r 2  s 2  0
 r a 2  (a  s )2  s (a  r )2  a 2  0
 ar  0, sa  0, rs  0
And r 2 a 2  a  s    s 2 a  r   a 2 
2 2

   
We have
r 2 2a 2  2as  s 2  s 2 2a 2  2ar  r 2 
r 2  s 2 (2a 2 )  2a(r  s )rs

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Page 8

rs
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
rs
09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Key & Sol’s

a  
r  s s r
2 2 2
7. z1  z 2  z1  z 2
 z1  z 2 z 1  z 2   z1  z 2
2 2

2 2 2 2
 z1  z 2 z 1  z1 z 2  z 2  z1  z 2
 z 2 z 1  z1 z 2  0  z1 z 2  z1z 2  z1 z 2
 z1 z 2 is purely imaginary.
z 2
 1 z 2 is purely imaginary.
z2
2
Sine z 2 is real, we get z1 / z 2 is purely imaginary
As z1 / z 2 is purely imaginary , arg z1 / z 2   / 2
Thus, O, z1, z 2 forms a right triangle.
8. Observe that option (b) given x 2 +y 2 +i(2yi)+1=0 which gives a point circle at 0,1)
 z  1 
Option (c ) arg   gives a circle at (0,0) with radius r=1 unit.
 z  1 2
z 1
Option (d )  1represents y-axis
z 1
1  z  1 zz I (z z)
Option (a) Re    0 gives 0
1  z 
 
2
1  z
2
 z  1.i.e., z  1Which is a circle
9. Given z1  z 2  1  z1z 2 gives z1  z 2 z 1  z 2   1  z1z 2 1  z1 z 2 
 z1  z 2  2Re z1 z 2   1  z1 z 2  2Re z1 z 2  Gives z1  1 z 2  1
2 2 2 2 2 2

Since z1  z 2  1 , So these can be represented as e θi ; where θ  R

10. A  always true
B  fails ex : x  0, y  0 in Z 2 
C  simply fails if x  0, y  0 
D always true
11. z1  iz 2  z1  iz 2  z1  z 2  17 and
z1  1  i  z 2  z1   1  i  z 2  13  4 2

4 4 4
Also z 2   z2   z2 
z2 z2 z2
4
 3  z2  5
z2

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Key & Sol’s

13 z1 13
So,  
5 4 3
z2 
z2
12.

AP  BC  sum of complex slopes=zero

z  z1 z  z3 R2 z z z 1z 2 z 1z 3
 4  2  0 use z   z4   2 3   
z 4  z1 z 2  z 3 z z1 z3 z2
z 3  z1   1    z 2  3z z1 1    z 2
3 3
13.
 z  z1  1    z 2  0,   R
So, z is perpendicular distance from (0, 0) to line joining the points (3, 4) and (1, -2)
14. Z 1  1  Z 2  1  Z1Z 2  1
 Z1  1  Z1Z 2  1   Z 2  1
 Z1  1  Z1Z 2  Z 2
 Z1  1  Z1  1 as Z 2  1
 Z1  1  Z 1  1
2
1 z  z2 2z 2z
15. 1  R if R
1 z  z 2
1 z  z 2
1 z  z 2
z 1 z  z 2
So,  R , then  R also
1 z  z 2 z
1 1 1
  1  z also belongs to R  z   z
z z z
 
 z  z 
1 1
z  z   z  z  0  z  z    z.z   0,z  z z .z  z   0
 
So, if z  z  0 (as Z is not a real number)
z z =1
2
z 1  z 1

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Page 10

16.
2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Key & Sol’s
z1  I  z1z1  I ; z 2z 2  4 & z 3z 3  9
12  9z1z 2  4z1z 3  z 2z 3  z1z1z1 z1  z 2  z 3   6 z1  z 2  z 3
  2 
24

   6   2    2   
24
17.   6  12  0
2 2
 6 
12 
8
   6 
8

  6  12  0
2
    6  12       1
     
1
 12
  224     6   1    2 2  4,
8

 
 
     3  3i 
 
18. z1  z 2  z 3  z1z 2  z 2z 3  z 3z1  z1z 2z 3  1
i.e,. Sum of roots= Sum of roots taken two at a time= product of roots=1
So, equation will be
z 3  z 2  z 1  0
 z  1z 2  1  0
 z  1  i,i
Area of the triangle formed by the point A z1  , B z 2 
1
And c z 3   x2 x 1
2

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) 2019_P1 Date: 09-05-21
Time: 10.20AM to 01.20 WTA-01 Max. Marks: 186

09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Syllabus
PHYSICS : Electric potential energy, potential, relation between field and potential,
conservation of energy and potential due to various continuous charge distributions, complete
electric dipole, EXCLUDE : Gauss law, properties of conductors, electro static pressure, electro
static self energy.

CHEMISTRY : Compounds of Metals

MATHEMATICS: COMPLEX NUMBERS:- Algebra of complex numbers, square and cube roots
of a+ib(excluding cube roots of unity), Modulus and amplitude of a complex number& their
properties (Excluding their geometrical application), polar form of a complex number,
conjugate of complex number & it's properties, complex number as a position vector,
parellogram law, triangular inequality,equation of ray/line using amplitude, distance &
section formula, it's application in equation of line & circle, area of the triangle, locus in
argand plane, rotation and coni's rule,concyclic points,General equation of line & circle in
argand plane

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2019-P1-Model
Time: 3:00Hr’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 186

PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 4) Questions with Single Correct Choice 3 -1 4 12
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – II(Q.N : 5 – 12) 4 -1 8 32
+1 partial marks
Questions with Numerical Value
Sec – III(Q.N : 13 – 18) 3 0 6 18
Answer Type
Total 18 62

CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 19 – 22) Questions with Single Correct Choice 3 -1 4 12
Questions with Multiple Correct
Sec – II(Q.N : 23 – 30) 4 -1 8 32
Choice +1 partial marks
Questions with Numerical Value
Sec – III(Q.N : 31 – 36) 3 0 6 18
Answer Type
Total 18 62

MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 37 – 40) Questions with Single Correct Choice 3 -1 4 12
Questions with Multiple Correct
Sec – II(Q.N : 41 – 48) 4 -1 8 32
Choice +1 partial marks
Questions with Numerical Value
Sec – III(Q.N : 49 – 54) 3 0 6 18
Answer Type
Total 18 62

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
Section 1 (Max Marks: 12)
 Section 1 contains Four questions
 Each Question has Four Options and Only One of these four will be the correct answer.
 For each question, choose the option corresponding to the correct answer
 The Marking scheme to evaluate Answer to each question will be :
Full Marks: +3 (If the answer is correct)
Zero Marks: 0 (If the question is unanswered)
Negative Marks: -1 (In all other cases)

1. The electric field intensity at all points in space is given by E  3ij
volts/metre. The nature of equipotential lines in x-y plane is given by

A) B)

C) D)

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Space for rough work Page 3

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Q.P
The diagram shows A part of disc of radius R carrying uniformly distributed charge of
density  . Electric potential at the centre O of parent disc is

R R R R
A) B) C) D)
2 0 16 0 24 0 32 0

3. Charge Q coulombs is uniformly distributed throughout the volume of a solid

hemisphere of radius R metres. Then the potential at centre O of the
hemisphere in volts is

1 Q 1 3Q 1 Q 1 3Q
A) B) C) D)
4 0 8 R 4 0 4 R 4 0 4 R 4 0 2 R

4. The coordinates in metre and potentials in volt at different points in a region are as
shown. Find the electric field intensity in the region in Vm–1 ?

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Q.P

A) 2i  4j B) (i  j) C) 2i  4j D) 2i  2 j

SECTION – II
(ONE OR MORE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all wrong cases
Section 2 (Max Marks: 32)
 Section two contains Eight (8) questions
 Each Question has Four Options and One Or More Than One of these four will be the correct answer.
 For each question, choose the option(s) corresponding to all the correct answer(s)
The Marking scheme to evaluate Answer to each question will be :
Full Marks: +4 (If the answer is correct)
Partial Marks: +3 (If all the four options are correct but only 3 are chosen)
Partial Marks: +2 (If THREE or More options are correct but only 2 correct answers are chosen)
Partial Marks: +1 (If TWO or More options are correct but only 1 correct answer is chosen)
Zero Marks: 0 (If the question is unanswered)
Negative Marks: -1 (In all other cases)
5. A short electric dipole is placed in the electric field due to a point charge. Then
A) The dipole must experience a force
B) The dipole may experience a force
C) The dipole must experience a torque
D) The dipole may experience a torque
6. Electric potential V due to a spherically symmetric charge system varies with distance
Q Q
r as shown in figure Given V  for r  r0 and V  for r  r0 which of the
4 0 r0 4 0 r

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Space for rough work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
following statements are true?
09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Q.P

A) Electric field due to the charge system is discontinuous at r  r0

B) The net charge enclosed in a sphere of radius r  2r0 is Q.
C) No charge exists at any point in a spherical region of radius r  r0 .
D) Electrostatic energy inside the sphere of radius r  r0 is zero.

7. Two identical dipoles of dipole moment P = p0 i (p 0 is a positive constant) are
placed on x-axis at points A  a,0, 0  and B  a, 0, 0  as shown. Then pick up the
correct statements :

A) The electric field at each point on y-z plane (except at infinity) must be
perpendicular to y-z plane.
B) If electric field exists at a point on y-z plane, it must be perpendicular to
y-z plane.
C) Potential at each point on y-z plane is zero.
D) There is a circle of finite radius on y-z plane with centre at origin such
that both electric field and potential are zero at each point on its periphery.

8. Electric field in a region of space in given by E  ayiˆ  axjˆ , then
A) shape of field lines will be hyperbola
Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Space for rough work Page 6
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Q.P
B) shape of field lines will be straight lines
C) shape of equipotential surface will be rectangular hyperbola
D) shape of equipotential surface will be circle
9. At distance of 5cm and 10cm outwards from the surface of a uniformly charged
solid sphere, the potentials are 100V and 75V respectively. Then
A) potential at its surface is 150V.
B) the charge on the sphere is 5 / 3  1010 C .
C) the electric field on the surface is 1500 V/m.
D) the electric potential at its centre is 225V.
10. A point charge q1  q is placed at point P. Another point charge q2  q is placed at
point Q. At some point R  R  P, R  Q  , electric potential due to q1 is V1 and electric
potential due to q2 is V2 . Which of the following is correct?
A) Only for some points V1  V2 B) Only for some points V2  V1
C) For all points V1  V2 D) For all points V2  V1
11. A rod is hinged (free to rotate) at its centre O as shown in figure. Two points charge
 q and  q are kept at its two ends. Rod is placed in uniform electric field E as shown.
Space is gravity free. Choose the correct options.
E
q

q

A) Net force from the hinge on the rod is zero

B) Net force from the hinge on the rod is leftwards
C) Equilibrium of rod is neutral
D) Equilibrium of rod is stable

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Space for rough work Page 7

12.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Q.P
A negative charge is moved by an external agent in the direction of electric field.
Then:
E

A) potential energy of the charge increases

B) potential energy of the charge decreases
C) positive work is done by the electric field
D) negative work is done by the electric field

SECTION – III
(NUMERICAL VALUE TYPE)
This section contains 6 questions. Each question is numerical value type. For each question, enter the correct
numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to second decimal place.
(e.g. 003.2343, 6.250023, 7.000000, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27000, ‐127.0030).
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Section 3 (Max Marks: 18)
 This Section contains Six (06) Questions. The answer to each question is a Numerical Value
 For each question, enter the correct numerical value of the answer using the mouse and the on-screen
virtual numerical keypad in the place designated to enter the answer. If the numerical value has more
than two decimal places, round off the value to TWO decimal places.
 The Marking scheme to evaluate Answer to each question will be :
Full Marks: +3 (If ONLY the correct numerical value is entered)
Zero Marks: 0 (In all other cases)
13. Two identical thin rings, each of radius R, are coaxially placed a distance R apart. If Q1
and Q2 are respectively the charge uniformly spread on the two rings, the work done in
q  Q1  Q2 
moving a charge q from the centre of one ring to that of the other is 
2  4 0 R 
 
x 1

Find x.

14. A electric dipole of dipole moment p  9iˆ  3jˆ  3kˆ is placed at the point M  2,  3,1 . If the
electric potential due to this dipole at the point N  4,  1, 0  is
N  109 volt. Then find N, if the given data is in S.I units

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Space for rough work Page 8

15.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Q.P
An electric dipole consist of equal and unlike charges of equal magnitude 2.0  108 C
separated by a distance of 2.0  103 m. Mass of each particle is 2.0 g. It is placed near
a long line charge of linear density 2.0  104 C/m as shown in figure, such that the
dipole at a distance of 2.0 cm from the line charge.The angular acceleration of the
dipole at this instant is 1.8  10n rad/s2. Find n.

+ 
+
2 cm
+ +
+

16. An electric field is expressed as E  2iˆ  3 ˆj . The potential difference VA  VB  between
two points A and B is n  0.25V whose position vectors are given by rA  iˆ  2 ˆj and
rB  2iˆ  ˆj  3kˆ
Find n.
17. The electric potential V (in volt) varies with x (in meter) according to the relation
V = 5 + 4x2 The force experienced by a negative charge of 2 × 10–6 C located at
x = 0.5 m is z × 10–6 N, then the value of z is ________
18. Two small electric dipoles each of dipole moment are situated at (0, 0, 0) and
(r, 0, 0) where P  0.002C  m and r  1m. Then find the electric potential at a point
 r 3r 
 , , 0  in volts
2 2 

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Space for rough work Page 9

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
Section 1 (Max Marks: 12)
 Section 1 contains Four questions
 Each Question has Four Options and Only One of these four will be the correct answer.
 For each question, choose the option corresponding to the correct answer
The Marking scheme to evaluate Answer to each question will be :
Full Marks: +3 (If the answer is correct)
Zero Marks: 0 (If the question is unanswered)
Negative Marks: -1 (In all other cases)
19. A red solid is insoluble in water. However, it becomes soluble if some KI is added to
water. Heating the red solid in a test tube results in liberation of some violet coloured
fumes and droplets of metal appear on the cooler parts of the test tube. The red solid is
A) Hgl2 B) HgO C) Pb3O4 D)  NH 4  Cr2O7
20. Which of the following ions will finally give a black precipitate with Ag  ion ?
A) SO32 B) Br  C) CrO42 D) S2O32
21. KI and CuSO4 solutions when mixed give
A) CuI 2  K 2 SO4 B) Cu2 I 2  K2 SO4
C) K2 SO4  Cu2 I 2  I 2 D) K2 SO4  CuI 2  I 2
22. In the dichromate dianion,
A) Four Cr – O bonds are equivalent
B) Six Cr – O bonds are equivalent
C) All Cr – O bonds are equivalent
D) All Cr – O bonds are non – equivalent

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Section 2 (Max Marks: 32)
09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Q.P

 Section two contains Eight (8) questions

 Each Question has Four Options and One Or More Than One of these four will be the correct answer.
 For each question, choose the option(s) corresponding to all the correct answer(s)
The Marking scheme to evaluate Answer to each question will be :
Full Marks: +4 (If the answer is correct)
Partial Marks: +3 (If all the four options are correct but only 3 are chosen)
Partial Marks: +2 (If THREE or More options are correct but only 2 correct answers are chosen)
Partial Marks: +1 (If TWO or More options are correct but only 1 correct answer is chosen)
Zero Marks: 0 (If the question is unanswered)
Negative Marks: -1 (In all other cases)
23. Transition elements have greater tendency to form complexes because
A) They have vacant d orbitals
B) They have large size
C) They have large charge/size ratio
D) They have two electrons in their outermost shells
24. Fe3 is reduced to Fe2 by using
A) H 2O2 in presence of NaOH B) Na2O2 in water
C) H 2O2 in presence of H 2 SO4 D) Na2O2 in presence of H 2 SO4
25. Which of the following statements are correct with reference to the ferrous and ferric
ions?
A) Fe3 gives brown colour with potassium ferricyanide
B) Fe2 gives blue precipitate with potassium ferricyanide.
C) Fe3 gives red colour with potassium thiocyanate
D) Fe2 gives brown colour with ammonium thiocyanate
26. Which of the following alloy contain(s) Cu and Zn?
A) Bronze B) Brass C) Gun metal D) Type metal
27. Fusion of Mno2 with KOH in presence of O2 Produces a salt W. Alkaline solution of W
upon electrolytic Oxidation yields another salt X. The manganese containing ions
present in W and X, respectively, are Y and Z Correct statement(s) is (are)

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Space for rough work Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Q.P
A) In aqueous acidie solution, Y undergoes disproportionate reaction to give Z and
MnO2

B) In both Y and Z,  -bonding occurs between p-orbital’s of oxygen and d-orbital’s of

manganese
C) Y is diamagnetic in nature while Z is paramagnetic
D) Both Y and Z are colored and have tetrahedral shape
28. Choose the correct statement(s) among the following
A) SnCl2 .2 H 2O is a reducing agent.
B) SnO2 Reacts with KOH to form K 2  Sn  OH 6 
C) A solution of PbCl2 in HCl contains Pb2 and Cl  irons
D) The reaction of Pb3O4 with hot dilute nitric acid to give PbO2 is a redox reaction
29. A in chloride Q undergoes the following reactions (not balanced)
Q  Cl   X
Q  Me3 N  Y
Q  CuCl2  Z  CuCl
X is a monoamine having pyramidal geometry, both Y and Z are neutral compounds.
Choose the correct option(s)
A) The central atom in Z has one lone pair of electrons
B) The central atom in X is SP3 hybridized
C) There is a coordinate bond in Y
D) The oxidation state of the central atom in Z is +2
30. Which of the following statements is/are correct, when a mixture of NaCl and K 2Cr2O7
is gently warmed with concentrated H 2 SO4 ?
A) Deep red vapours are evolved
B) The vapours when passed into NaOH solution give a yellow solution of Na2CrO4
C) Chlorine gas is evolved
D) Chromyl chloride is formed

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Space for rough work Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Q.P
SECTION – III
(NUMERICAL VALUE TYPE)
This section contains 6 questions. Each question is numerical value type. For each question, enter the correct
numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to second decimal place.
(e.g. 003.2343, 6.250023, 7.000000, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27000, ‐127.0030).
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Section 3 (Max Marks: 18)
 This Section contains Six (06) Questions. The answer to each question is a Numerical Value
 For each question, enter the correct numerical value of the answer using the mouse and the on-screen
virtual numerical keypad in the place designated to enter the answer. If the numerical value has more
than two decimal places, round off the value to TWO decimal places.
 The Marking scheme to evaluate Answer to each question will be :
Full Marks: +3 (If ONLY the correct numerical value is entered)
Zero Marks: 0 (In all other cases)
31. In the chemical reaction between stolchlometric quantities of KMnO4 and KI in weakly
basic solution what is the number of moles of I 2 released for 4 moles of KMnO4
consumed?
32. An acidified solution of potassium chromate was layered with an equal volume of
amyl alcohol. When it was shaken after the addition of 1 mL. of 3% H 2O2 , a blue
alcohol layer was obtained. The blue color is due to the formation of a chromium (VI)
compounds ‘X’ what is the number of oxygen atoms bonded to chromium through
only single bonds in a molecule of X?
33. The number of water molecule(s) directly bonded to the metal centre in CuSO4 .5H 2O is
34.
CH 3

 x  R  yH 2O

NO2
pMnO4  qOH   Complete the reaction and find out
 p  q   R  4, the value of R is
35. Cr2 O72   xH   yI   2Cr 3  I 2  H 2 O Balance the equation.  x  y  is
36. Number of salts among the following that will give metal on heating
Zn  NO3  2 , AgNO3 , Cu  NO3  2 , Hg  NO3 2

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Space for rough work Page 13

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
MATHEMATICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 4 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
Section 1 (Max Marks: 12)
 Section 1 contains Four questions
 Each Question has Four Options and Only One of these four will be the correct answer.
 For each question, choose the option corresponding to the correct answer
The Marking scheme to evaluate Answer to each question will be :
Full Marks: +3 (If the answer is correct)
Zero Marks: 0 (If the question is unanswered)
Negative Marks: -1 (In all other cases)
37. Consider the circle z  5i  4. z1 and z 2 are two points on it such tat z2  z1 and
3
Arg  z1   Arg  z2   . A tangent to circle at z2 intersect real axis at z3 , then
10
 5i  z3 
arg  
 z 2  z3 
3 2 
A) B) C) D) not possible to determine
10 5 5
1 1
38. If z 3  3
 2 , then z  cannot exceed
z z
A) 2 B) 1 C) 2 D) 2  1
39. If A  z1  , B  z2  and C  z3  be the vertices of ABC , taken in anti-clock wise direction and

 z  z  sin 2 A  z0  z3  sin 2C
z0 be the circum centre, then  0 1    is equal to
 z0  z2  sin 2 B  z0  z2  sin 2B

A) 0 B) 1 C) – 1 D) 2
40. Let the lines  2  i  z   2  i  z and  2  i  z   i  2  z  4i  0, (here i2  1) be normal to a
circle C. If the line iz  z  1  i  0 is tangent to this circle C, then its radius is:
3 1 3
A) B) C) 3 2 D)
2 2 2 2 2

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Space for rough work Page 14

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Q.P
SECTION – II
(ONE OR MORE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all wrong cases
Section 2 (Max Marks: 32)
 Section two contains Eight (8) questions
 Each Question has Four Options and One Or More Than One of these four will be the correct answer.
 For each question, choose the option(s) corresponding to all the correct answer(s)
 The Marking scheme to evaluate Answer to each question will be :
Full Marks: +4 (If the answer is correct)
Partial Marks: +3 (If all the four options are correct but only 3 are chosen)
Partial Marks: +2 (If THREE or More options are correct but only 2 correct answers are chosen)
Partial Marks: +1 (If TWO or More options are correct but only 1 correct answer is chosen)
Zero Marks: 0 (If the question is unanswered)
Negative Marks: -1 (In all other cases)
41. If x  y  z  0 and x 3 y  y 3 z  z 3 x  9 , then choose the correct option(s)
A) For x, y, x  R, xy  yz  zx  3
B) For x,y,z  R, xy+yz+zx=3
C) For x, y , z  C (complex number), xy  yz  zx  3
D) If x, y, z are not all distinct, then  x  1 y  1 z  1  0

42. Suppose r , s  R, r  s and rs  0 . If in centre of triangle with vertices A  r , 0  , B  0, s  and

C  a,  a  is  0, 0  , then
rs
A) a  B) rs  0 C) ar  0 D) as  0
s r
43. If z1 and z2 are two non-zero complex number such that z1  z2 2  z1 2  z2 2 , then
A) z1 z2 is purely imaginary B) z1 / z2 is purely imaginary
C) z1 z2  z1 z2  0 D) O, z1 , z2 are the vertices of a right triangle
44. The equation not representing a circle ( with r > 0) is given by
1 z
A) Re  
0 B) zz  iz  iz  1  0
 1 z 

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Space for rough work Page 15

z 1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Q.P
z 1
C) arg  
 D) 1
 z 1 2 z 1
z1  z2
45. If z1 and z2 are two complex numbers such that  1, then
1  z1 z2
A) z1  1 B) z2  1
C) z1  ei ,  R D) either z1  ei or z2  ei ;  R
46. Given z1  x 2020  iy 2020 , z 2  x 2019  iy 2019 Where
x , y  R , x  0, y  0, x  y Then which of the following must be true for every x,y
in the given domain, is/are..(Arg(z) means principal argument of z, where
Arg z   ,   ,arg (z) means argument of z)
A) Arg z1  is always given by -Arg z1 
B) Arg z 2  is always given by -  Arg z 2 
C) Arg z1z 2  =Arg z 2   Arg z1  +2 k ,k  I - 0
D) Arg z 2  +Arg z1  =-(Arg z1   Arg(z 2 ))
47. If z1  5  12i and z 2  4 then
A) Maximum  z1  iz 2   17 B) Minimum  z1  1  i  z 2   4 2  13

z1 13 z1 13
C) Minimum  D) Maximum 
4 4 4 3
z2  z2 
z2 z2
48. A, B, C are the points representing the complex numbers z1, z 2 , z 3 respectively on the
complex plane and the circumcentre of the triangle ABC lies at the origin. If the
altitude AD of the triangle ABC meets the circumcircle again at P, then P represents
the complex number
z1z 2 z1z 3 z 2z 3
A) z1z 2z 3 B)  C)  D) 
z3 z2 z1
SECTION – III
(NUMERICAL VALUE TYPE)

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 09-05-2021_Sr.Super60(In Coming)_Jee-Adv(2019-P1)_WTA-01_Q.P
This section contains 6 questions. Each question is numerical value type. For each question, enter the correct
numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to second decimal place.
(e.g. 003.2343, 6.250023, 7.000000, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27000, ‐127.0030).
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Section 3 (Max Marks: 18)
 This Section contains Six (06) Questions. The answer to each question is a Numerical Value
 For each question, enter the correct numerical value of the answer using the mouse and the on-screen
virtual numerical keypad in the place designated to enter the answer. If the numerical value has more
than two decimal places, round off the value to TWO decimal places.
The Marking scheme to evaluate Answer to each question will be :
Full Marks: +3 (If ONLY the correct numerical value is entered)
Zero Marks: 0 (In all other cases)
Let z satisfies z 3   3z13  1    z 23  3    2  zz1z 2
3
49.
and f : R  0, , f    z , find minimum value of f  given that z1  3  4i
2

and z 2  1  2i
50. Let z1 , z 2 be complex numbers with z1  z 2  1, then min
 z1  1  z 2  1  z1z 2  1  is equal to
51. Let z be a complex number such that z  C / R (not a real number) and
1 z  z2
 R , then z is equal to
1 z  z 2
52. If z1  1, z 2  2, z 3  3 and 9 z1z 2  4z1z 3  z 2z 3  12 then z1  z 3  z 3 is
equal to
53. If ,  are roots of equation x 2  6x  12  0, then value of
   6 
8

  2  
24
12
  1 =______________
  

54. Let z1, z 2 and z 3 be three complex numbers such that

z1  z 2  z 3  z1z 2  z 2z 3  z1z 3  z1z 2z 3  1. Then the area of triangle formed by
points A z1  , B z 2  and C z 3 in complex plane is ____________

Sec: Sr.Super60(In Coming) Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3_P2 KEY&SOL

Sec: SR.IIT_N-SC/N-C UTA-3 Date: 09-04-20

Time: 3HR 2017_P1 Max.Marks: 183

PHYSICS
1 B 2 ABD 3 CD 4 A 5 B

6 AC 7 D 8 5 9 2 10 2

11 2 12 2 13 B 14 C 15 C

16 D 17 A 18 B

CHEMISTRY
19 D 20 AB 21 BD 22 AC 23 ABC

24 AD 25 ABD 26 1 27 2 28 6

29 9 30 5 31 B 32 A 33 D

34 C 35 B 36 C

MATHS
37 ABCD 38 ABC 39 AC 40 BC 41 BC

42 BCD 43 ACD 44 6 45 7 46 9

47 7 48 1 49 A 50 D 51 B

52 A 53 C 54 B

SR.IIT_N-SC/N-C Page 1

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3_P2 KEY&SOL

SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
Q0  t / RC
1. Current decays as i  e
RC
t V
log i   ln
RC R
For (2): ‘y’ intercept in fixed; V and R are not changed.
slope of  2   slope of 1 hence ‘C’ is increased. (B)
2. Wext  Wbattery  U
Wbattery  CE 2  K  1
Hence A, B, D.
3. K1 & K 2 are closed when used as ammeter.
K1 & K 2 are opened when used as voltmeter.
4. Conceptual.
 K
5. B  0 ; K is current per unit width.
ext 2


Current sheet  B
 
ext

i l  B ext must be leftwards. Hence (B)

6. Jee advanced 2016 question
7. Maximum current through L is i0
When Q1 & Q2 are maximum current through them is zero and hence through inductor.
Q12 Q22 1 2
  Li0 -- (1)
2C1 2C2 2
Q1 Q2
 -- (2)
C1 C2
Hence (D)
8. Phasor diagram

SR.IIT_N-SC/N-C Page 2

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3_P2 KEY&SOL

Across parallel branch is where v1 is drop across them.

 
Main current i  iC  iL (Phasor addition)
V V
Or i0  iC  iL  01  01 ;V01  6i0
XC X L
& V02  8i0 ;V012  V022  V0 
2

 V22rms  100 
2 2
Vrms
 irms  10 A .
4cv 2
9. Heat, H  U i  Wb   U f , where Wb 
3

Hence H  2cv 2 .
10. Appling Ampere’s circuital law across loop PQRSP

 
 B  d l  0iint
R  S   P  
 Bd l   Bd l   Bd l  0
Q R S

Since B  0 at infinity.
  Q 
   
Then  B  d l  0   di 
  P   
dQ  Q
 0   0 .
2 2
 Q QL
11.  ; 2
L 2m  m
1 dr 1
12. Resistance of element dR  ; A  2 rh
 A 4

SR.IIT_N-SC/N-C Page 3

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3_P2 KEY&SOL

2 b
R   dR  ln   .
 h  a 
13, 14 & 15.
Jee 2017 paper 1
16, 17 & 18.
V0  V  Ve trajectory is ellipse
V  V0 trajectory is circle.
V  Ve trajectory is parabolic
V  Ve trajectory is hyperbola.
Total energy is positive for open Hyperbolic orbits.
Total energy is zero for open parabolic orbits.
CHEMISTRY

19. Tg = ikg m

i = 1.022
for HA, i = 1 +
= 0.022
(Ka)HA = C = 9.6  10
2 -5

On adding 0.25 M NaA, Buffer is formed.

20. Lesser the gold no, better is protecting power.
21. Cl2O is a chlorinating agent
22. Ar is most Abundant and B.P is increased with M.W
23. KClO3   COOH 2  ClO2  K 2CO3  CO2  H 2O
CH 2  O
24. Phenol 
OH 
 O  Hydroxymethyl phenol
p2  H  1 1 
26. Use in  
p1 R  T1 T2 
A0
27. Use Kt = 2.303 log
At
28. C, d, f, h, i, j
29. AgNO3 can be easily reduced to Ag metal
31. Decomposition of HI on the surface of gold is zero order reaction
32. It is first order reaction
33. It is second order reaction

MATHS

37.  log 
xyz 2
a  144  log axyz  12 or  12  xyz  a12 ;
1
a12
log ax  4 or  4
log ay  1 or  1
log az  7 or  7   a 4 , a, a 7  or a 4
, a 1 , a 7 

SR.IIT_N-SC/N-C Page 4

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3_P2 KEY&SOL

z 2020  z  z  z
2020
38.
 z 0  z   0,0  or
z 1  z 2021  1, Hence total 2022 roots
39. Let z1  z2  z3  k
 z1  z2  z3  k
Solving we get AB  AC
 
i.e.BAC  or i.e.circle with orgin as centre
2 2
2 2
1  3 1  3
2 2
 
40. y  x     x     PA  PB
 2  2   2  2 
 1 3 1 3
where P  x,0  , A   , , B , 
 2 2  2 2 
y  PA  PB  AB  y 1
 
41. let x1  cot  ;   y1  tan  ; 
6 3
   
 x2  cot  1  y2  tan  1 
2  2 
   
 xn  cot  2  y3  tan  2 
2  2 
        
 xn  cot  n1   cot  n 1   y  tan  n 1 
 6 2   3 2 
n
2 
2 
 xn yn  cot  .tan 2  ; 
1  tan 2
6  2n1
 xn yn   2,3
 A  B  A2  B 2   A  B   A  B
2 2
42.
 A  B  0,1  A  B  0,1, 1
3 2 2
43. Here A   2 5 2  & A  28  22  7
 
 2 2 4 

44. 
2 k 1  k  1
k

 2 k  k 1 
SR.IIT_N-SC/N-C Page 5

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3_P2 KEY&SOL

80
1
  16,17 
k 1 k
4
45.  2n 2  2n  1  2n 2  2n  1
Tn
20
4
4 S    841  1  28 S 7
T
r 1 n

46. Here P  t   1,6

Since Q  x   48x  R
   4m 2  4  6m  7   0
 m 2  6m  7  0  m   1,7 
47. 5 x 2  5   x 2  4 x   x  R
   5 x 2  4 x    5  0x  R
  5 &   16  4   5   0
2

 2    5   7
1 
48.    ,7 
7 
for 3x  7  4 z  3
x  2 y  3 z  2
6 x  5 y   z  3
  7    5   0 i.e.unique solution
49 to 51
1 3 1 3
I. z   ,  2  i , i  arg  z   60, 60
2 2 2 2

II. z3  i  c i s  z  c i s30,c i s150,c i s  90 
2
 arg  z   90,30,150
III. Here z  i,1  i, 1  i  arg  z   90, 45, 135
1
IV. z  4  0i  arg  z   0
2
52 to 54
I.  =3
II. x4
III.   log12 
  2

SR.IIT_N-SC/N-C Page 6

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3_P2 KEY&SOL

IV. l  4log 34 .log 92  16

8
m  1  64  65  4
log5
10
16
 1  5
4

SR.IIT_N-SC/N-C Page 7

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3_P2 KEY&SOL

Sec: SR.IIT_N-SC/N-C UTA-3 Date: 09-04-20

Time: 3HR 2017_P1 Max.Marks: 183

PHYSICS
1 B 2 ABD 3 CD 4 A 5 B

6 AC 7 D 8 5 9 2 10 2

11 2 12 2 13 B 14 C 15 C

16 D 17 A 18 B

CHEMISTRY
19 D 20 AB 21 BD 22 AC 23 ABC

24 AD 25 ABD 26 1 27 2 28 6

29 9 30 5 31 B 32 A 33 D

34 C 35 B 36 C

MATHS
37 ABCD 38 ABC 39 AC 40 BC 41 BC

42 BCD 43 ACD 44 6 45 7 46 9

47 7 48 1 49 A 50 D 51 B

52 A 53 C 54 B

SR.IIT_N-SC/N-C Page 1

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3_P2 KEY&SOL


Current sheet  B
 
ext

i l  B ext must be leftwards. Hence (B)

SR.IIT_N-SC/N-C Page 2

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3_P2 KEY&SOL

Across parallel branch is where v1 is drop across them.

 
Main current i  iC  iL (Phasor addition)
V V
Or i0  iC  iL  01  01 ;V01  6i0
XC X L
& V02  8i0 ;V012  V022  V0 
2

 V22rms  100 
2 2
Vrms
 irms  10 A .
4cv 2
9. Heat, H  U i  Wb   U f , where Wb 
3

Hence H  2cv 2 .
10. Appling Ampere’s circuital law across loop PQRSP

 
 B  d l  0iint
R  S   P  
 Bd l   Bd l   Bd l  0
Q R S

SR.IIT_N-SC/N-C Page 3

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3_P2 KEY&SOL

19. Tg = ikg m

i = 1.022
for HA, i = 1 +
= 0.022
(Ka)HA = C = 9.6  10
2 -5

On adding 0.25 M NaA, Buffer is formed.

MATHS

SR.IIT_N-SC/N-C Page 4

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3_P2 KEY&SOL

44. 
2 k 1  k  1
k

 2 k  k 1 
SR.IIT_N-SC/N-C Page 5

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3_P2 KEY&SOL

80
1
  16,17 
k 1 k
4
45.  2n 2  2n  1  2n 2  2n  1
Tn
20
4
4 S    841  1  28 S 7
T
r 1 n

46. Here P  t   1,6

SR.IIT_N-SC/N-C Page 6

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3_P2 KEY&SOL

IV. l  4log 34 .log 92  16

8
m  1  64  65  4
log5
10
16
 1  5
4

SR.IIT_N-SC/N-C Page 7

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sec: Sr.IIT_N-SUPER CHAINA/N-CHAINA Date: 09-04-20

Time: 3HR Max. Marks: 183

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

09-04-20_SR.N-SUPER CHAINA/N-CHAINA_Jee-Adv_UTA-3

PHYSICS: Gravitation, Electrostatics, Current Electricity, Capacitors, Magnetics,

Electromagnetic Induction, Alternate Current

CHEMISTRY: Liquid solution, Chemical kinetics, Surface chemistry

Carbonyl compounds, Polymers, Acid & Derivatives
Group-17 and Group-18, D-block, Compound of heavy metals

MATHEAMTICS : Logarithms, Quadratic Equations, Sequence & series, Matrices &

Determinants, Complexnumbers
Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P
IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Questions With Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I (Q.N : 1 – 7) +4 -2 7 28
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Sec – II (Q.N : 8 – 12) Questions With Integer Answer Type +3 0 5 15
Questions With Matching Answer Type
Sec – III (Q.N : 13 – 18) +3 -1 6 18
(Two Tables x 3Q = 6Q)
Total 18 61

CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Questions With Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I (Q.N : 19 – 25) +4 -2 7 28
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Sec – II (Q.N : 26 – 30) Questions With Integer Answer Type +3 0 5 15
Questions With Matching Answer Type
Sec – III (Q.N : 31 – 36) +3 -1 6 18
(Two Tables x 3Q = 6Q)
Total 18 61

MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Questions With Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I (Q.N : 37 – 43) +4 -2 7 28
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Sec – II (Q.N : 44 – 48) Questions With Integer Answer Type +3 0 5 15
Questions With Matching Answer Type
Sec – III (Q.N : 49 – 54) +3 -1 6 28
(Two Tables x 3Q = 6Q)
Total 18 61

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 2

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P
PHYSICS Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR
MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
1. A capacitor of capacity ‘C’ is charged to a steady potential difference ‘V’ and connected
in series with an open key and a pure resistor ‘R’ (Battery disconnected). At time t  0 ,
the key is closed. If I  Current at time ‘t’, a plot of log ‘I’ against ‘t’ is as shown in (1)
the graph. Later one of the parameters i.e., V, R or C is changed keeping the other two
constant, and the graph (2) is recorded. Then

A) C is reduced B) C is increased C) R is reduced D) R is increased

2. The capacitance of a parallel plate capacitor is ‘C’ when the region between the plate has
air. This region is now filled with a dielectric slab of dielectric constant ‘k’. The
capacitor is connected to a cell of emf E. Choose the correct options when the slab is
moved out slowly in the presence of battery.
A) Charge CE  k  1 flows through the cell

B) Energy E 2C  k  1 is absorbed by the cell

C) The energy stored in the capacitor is reduced by E 2C  k  1

1 2
D) The external agent has to do E C  k  1 amount of work to take the slab out
2
3. A sample circuit that can be used for multi-meter (with A and B as terminals) is shown
in figure-1. It consists of a galvanometer coil ‘G’ of resistance 48 and two resisters
R  952  and r  2  and two switches k1 and k2 as shown in figure-1. It can be used as
ammeter or voltmeter. Figure-2 shows another circuit with battery of emf 10V and
internal resistance r0  2 .

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 3

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P

A student uses this multi-meter to measure current in the circuit shown in figure-2 and
potential difference across R0
50
A) Current measured by the student is A
105
B) Voltage measured by the student is 9V
500
C) Current measured by the student is A
1096

18 104
D) Voltage measured by the student is V
20036

4. In the given potentiometer circuit, the resistance of the potentiometer wire AB is R0 . ‘C’
is a cell of internal resistance ‘r’. The galvanometer ‘G’ does not give zero deflection for
any position of the jockey ‘J’. Which of the following cannot be a reason for this?

A) r  R0 B) R  R0
C) emf of C > emf of D
D) The negative terminal of ‘C’ is connected to ‘A’

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 4

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P
5. The two diagram A and B below give the field lines near a current carrying large sheet
having uniform current. Which of the following options are correct.

A) In A the external field applies a force towards right on the sheet.

B) In A the external field applies a force towards left on the sheet.
C) In B force having rightward and out of the plane components.
D) In B force having downward and out of the plane components.
6. A conducting loop in the shape of a right angled isosceles triangle of height 10cm is kept
such that the 900 vertex is very close to an infinitely long conducting wire (see the
figure). The wire is electrically insulated from the loop. The hypotenuse of the triangle is
parallel to the wire. The current in the triangular loop is in counterclockwise direction
and increased at a constant rate of 10 As 1 . Which of the following statement(s) is (are)
true?

A) There is a repulsive force between the wire and the loop

B) If the loop is rotated at a constant angular speed about the wire, an additional emf of
 0 
  volt is induced in the wire
 

C) The magnitude of induced emf in the wire is  0  volt
 

D) The induced current in the wire is in opposite direction to the current along the
hypotenuse

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 5

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P
7. At a moment  t  0  when charge on capacitor C1 is zero, the switch is closed. If I 0 be
the current through inductor at that instant, for t  0

I0
A) Maximum current through inductor equals
2
C1 I 0
B ) Maximum current through inductor equals
C1  C2

C1 I 0 LC1
C) Maximum charge on C1 
C1  C2

L
D) Maximum charge on C1  I 0C1
C1  C2

SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
8. In the circuit shown in the figure, X L  6, X C  3 and R  8 . If the current through the
I
voltage source is ‘ I ’ (in amp). Find .
2

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 6

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P
9. The circuit shown consists of two capacitors of capacitances ‘C’ and ‘2C’, a resistance
‘R’ and an ideal battery of terminal voltage ‘V’. Initially the switch is open and the
capacitors are fully charged. The total heat dissipated in the circuit after the switch is
n
closed is  C  V 2 . Find ‘n’.
3

10. A solid non-conducting sphere has charge ‘Q’ uniformly distributed over its surface and
is rotated uniformly about its diameter (which coincides with z-axis) as shown. The

value of the integral  B  d l along the entire z-axis (where ‘B’ is due to moving charges

0Q
on the sphere) is of magnitude . Find the value of ‘n’.
n

11. A non-conducting uniform rod AB of mass ‘m’ and charge ‘Q’ uniformly spread over its
length rotated uniformly in a conical pendulum motion forming a constant angle   300
with its axis of rotation. The magnetic moment of the rod is  . The angular momentum
QL
of the rod about ‘A’ has a magnitude ‘L’. Find the value of in SI units?
m

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 7

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P
12. A conducting medium is the form of a quarter of an annulus of radii ‘a’ and b   a  with
uniform thickness ‘h’ as shown in figure. The conductivity ‘  ’ of the material of the
medium is uniform. The resistance of the specimen between the pair of opposite faces in
b
X ln  
the direction eˆ p is  a  . Then ‘X’ is
 h

( eˆ p is unit vector along radial direction of annulus)

SECTION – III
(THREE COLUMN MATRIX MATCHING TYPE)
This section contains 6 questions of matching type. This section contains two tables (each having 3 columns and 4 rows). Based on Each
table there are 3 questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be
correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Answer Q.13, 14 &15 by appropriately matching the information given in the three
columns of the following table.
A particle of mass ‘m’ is projected at a radial distance ‘r’  r  R  from the centre of a
planet of radius ‘R’ and mass ‘M’ at an angle ‘  ’ with a speed ‘ v ’ as shown
Column – 1: Corresponds to speed of projection.
Column – 2: Corresponds to trajectory of particle
Column – 3: Corresponds to the energy at the point of projection.

v


(P.E. – represents gravitational potential energy; E – represents total energy)

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 8

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P

Column-1 Column-2 Column-3

I) GM i) Circular P) P.E. is +Ve

v
r

II) GM ii) Elliptical Q) E is +Ve

v
4r

III) 2GM iii) Parabolic R) P.E. is ve

v
r

IV) 3GM iv) Straight line S) E is ve

v
r

13. Choose appropriate combination for   00

A) (I) (ii) (P) B) (I) (i) (S) C) (II) (i) (R) D) (III) (iii) (P)

14. Choose appropriate combination for    / 2

A) (III) (iii) (Q) B) (III) (iv) (Q) C) (IV) (iv) (Q) D) (IV) (iv) (P)

15. Choose appropriate combination for   300

A) (I) (i) (S) B) (III) (iii) (Q) C) (II) (ii) (R) D) (II) (i) (R)

Answer Q.16, 17 &18 by appropriately matching the information given in the three
columns of the following table.
A charged particle (electron or proton) is introduced at the origin  x  0, y  0, z  0  with a
  
given initial velocity v . A uniform electric field E and a uniform magnetic field B exist
  
everywhere. The velocity v , electric field E and magnetic field B are given in columns
1, 2 and 3 respectively. The quantities E0 , B0 are positive in magnitude. ( xˆ , yˆ & zˆ are
units vectors along x, y and z axis)

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 9

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P

Column-1 Column-2 Column-3

 
I) Electron with i) E  E0 zˆ P) B   B0 xˆ
 E
v  2 0 xˆ
B0
 
II) Electron with ii) E   E0 yˆ Q) B  B0 xˆ
 E
v  0 yˆ
B0
  
III) Proton with v  0 iii) E   E0 xˆ R) B  B0 yˆ
 
IV) Proton with iv) E  E0 xˆ S) B  B0 zˆ
 E
v  2 0 xˆ
B0

16. In which case will the particle move in a straight line with constant velocity?

A) (III) (ii) (R) B) (IV) (i) (S) C) (III) (iii) (P) D) (II) (iii) (S)

17. In which case will the particle describe a helical path with axis along the positive ‘z’
direction?

A) (IV) (i) (S) B) (II) (ii) (R) C) (III) (iii) (P) D) (IV) (ii) (R)

18. In Which case would the particle move in a straight line along the negative direction of
y-axis (i.e., move along - ŷ )

A) (II) (iii) (Q) B) (III) (ii) (R) C) (IV) (ii) (S) D) (III) (ii) (P)

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 10

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P
CHEMISTRY Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR
MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
19. The freezing point of 0.20 M solution of weak acid HA is 272.5 K. The molality of the
solution is 0.263 mol kg-1. Find the pH of the solution on adding 0.25 M sodium acetate
solution (Kf of water = 1.86 k kg/mol)
(A)5.4 (B)3.2 (C)6.1 (D)4 .11
20. Which of the following statement(s) is /are correct?
(A)During electrophoresis, colloidal particles move under influence of electric field.
(B)Suspensions are opaque and they do not show tyndell effect.
(C)Higher is the coagulating power of an electrolyte, higher is its coagulation value.
(D)50 ml of standard gold sol needs 0.05 mg of gelation or 125 mg of starch, for its
protection from coagulation by 1 ml, 10% Nacl solution, it means gold number of starch
is more than that of gelation and is better protective agent than gelation.
21. Which of the following products is/are obtained when Cl2O reacts NH3.
(A) NO2 (B) N2 (C) NCl3 (D) NH4Cl
22. Incorrect order is/are
(A) He > Ar > Kr > Ne > Xe (Abundance in air)
(B) He < Ne < Ar < Kr < Xe (Boiling point)
(C) XeF6> XeF4> XeF2 (melting point)
(D) XeF6< XeF4< XeF2 (Xe –F bond length)
23. KClO3   COOH 2 
60C
 Product(s) , Products is/are

(A) ClO2 (B) K2CO3 (C) CO2 (D) Cl2O

24. Which of the following reaction is/are correct

H /
(A) 5-Aminohept -3-en-2-one   2,5-Dimethyl pyrole

H /
(B) 3,4-Epoxycyclohexanone   Cyclohexane -1,4-dione
(C) Cyclohex -2-enone 
1. H O / NaOH
 Trans -2,3-dihydroxy cyclohexanone
2 2

2. H 2O / H

(D) Phenol 

1eq  
CH O / NaOH
2
Major product 
Polymerisation
 Novolac
SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 11

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P

25.

Correct statement (s) is /are

(A)Acidic hydrolysis of product ‘S’ is 4-Hydroxybutanal
(B)Product ‘R’ give dihydrofuran on heating with conc. H2SO4
(C)Product ‘S’ can reduce tollens reagent
(D)Product R is a olefinichydrated product of compound T
SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
26. Nitrogen gas adsorb on charcoal to the extent of 0.921 cm3 gm-1 at a pressure of 16 atm
and 190k temp. But at 250k the same amount of adsorption was achieved only when the
pressure was increased to 32 atm. What is the molar enthalpy of adsorption of N2 on
charcoal in Kcal.
27. The pyrolysis of an ester follows a first order process and its rate constant can be
42075
expressed as InK  78.09  where K is given in the min-1. The time required for
T
25% reaction to complete at 227 will be Z hr. Find Z (Use e-6.06 = 0.0023)
28. How many of the following statements are correct
(a) FeCl3, 6H2O actually exist as  Fe  H 2O5 Cl Cl2 .H 2O
(b) FeCl3 dissolves in H2O, ether & NH3
(c) Phosphine reduces AgNO3 to metallic Ag
(d) VO2 is an amphoteric oxide and in acidic medium it forms VO2+
(e) When H2O2 is added to alkaline solution of K2Cr2O7solution turns to yellow
due to formation of K2CrO4
+
(f) S2 O82 Oxidise Ag in presence of pyridine and give red colour compound

(g) MnO 24  disproportionate to yield MnO 4 & MnO 2 in presence of H ions
(h) Ti3+ is purple while Ti4+ is colourless
(i) The yellow colour of aqueous CuCl2 is due to  CuCl4 
2

(j) TiCl4 gives white fumes in moist air

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 12

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P
29. How many of the following give silver mirror with
Tollers reagent or AgNO3

Ph C CH PH
Ph − CH = 0, Ph – NH − OH
O OH
, ,
PH3, Dihydroxyacetone, HCOOH, Zn, Heating only

30.
Degree of unsaturation in the product is

Columns 1 contains integrated rate equation, Column 2 contains half-life and

Column 3 I contain graph corresponding to different order reactions, ‘a’ is initial
concentration of reactant and a - x is the concentration at time ‘t’
COLUMN-I COLUMN-II COLUMN-III

1 1 1 a
(I) k    (i) t1/ 2  (P)
t  a  x a 2k

x 0.693
(II) k (ii) t1/2  (Q)
t k

2.303 a 1
(III) k log (iii) t1/ 2  (R)
t ax ka

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 13

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P

1  1 1 3
(IV) k    2 (iv) t1/ 2  (S)
2t   a  x  a 
2
2ka 2

31. For the decomposition of HI on the surface of gold the only correct combination is
(A)(lll)(ii)(R) (B) (ll)(i)(P)
(C)(IV) (i) (P) (D) (I) (iii) (z)
1
32. For the reaction N 2O5 
 2 NO2  O2 , the only correct combination is
2

(A)(III) (ii) (Q) (B) (l)(iii) (P)

(C)(ll)(i)(S) (D) (IV)(i)(P)
33. For the reaction 2A→ Product. the rate equation is
r = k[A]2
Which of the following is the only correct combination for the reaction?
(A)(II) (iii) (P) (B) (ll)(iii)(S)
(C)(III) (i) (S) (D) (l)(iii)(R)
Answer Q.34, 35 &36 by appropriately matching the information given in the three
columns of the following table.
Column I Column II Column III

(I) (i) KBr/KOBr (P) Racemisation

(II) (ii) Heat (Q) Redox reaction

(III) (iii) Conc.H2SO4 (R) Dehydration

CH2= O excess
(IV) Phenol (iv) (S) Substitution
NaOH

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 14

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P
34. The only correct combination in which reaction proceeds through carbanion is
(A)(IV) (i) (S) (B) (III) (ii) (P)
(C)(I) (iv) (Q) (D) (II) (iii) (R)
35. The only correct combination that given two carboxylic acid
(A)(I) (i) (Q) (B) (III) (ii) (P)
(C)(II) (iv) (Q) (D) (IV) (iii) (S)
36. For the synthesis of polymer the only correct combination is
(A)(II) (iii) (R) (B) (IV) (i) (S)
(C)(IV) (iv) (S) (D) (I) (i) (Q)
MATHEMATICS Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR
MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
37. Consider the system of equations:
log a x log a  xyz   48 ,

log a y log a  xyz   12 ,

log a z log a  xyz   84, where a  0, a  1 ,

Then, which of the following may be correct?
A) xyz  a12 B) xyz  a 12 C) x 2  yz D) z  a 2 xy
38. Let N be the number of ordered pairs (p, q) of real numbers such that  p  qi 2020  p  qi ,
then sum of the digits of N is greater than or equal to
A) 1 B) 3 C) 5 D) 7
39. Let z1 , z2 and z3 be distinct complex numbers of equal modulus, such that

z1  z1  z2  z3 , then
A) z2  z3  0 B) z2  2 z3  0

z z    z z   
C) arg  2 1   or  D) arg  2 3   or 
 z3  z1  2 2  z1  z3  2 2

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 15

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P

40. Let y  x 2  x  1  x 2  x  1, x   , then y may be equal to

 1 2 5
A)  B)  C) D)
2 2 3 4
41. Consider two real sequences x1 , x2 ,........and y1 , y2 ,....... defined as:

yn
x1  3 , xn1  xn  1  xn2 and y1  3 , yn1  for all n  1 , then
1  1  yn2

A) Greatest integer less than or equal to xn yn is 1 for all n > 1

B) Greatest integer less than or equal to xn yn is 2 for all n > 1

C) Least integer greater than or equal to xn yn is 3 for all n > 1

D) Least integer greater than or equal to xn yn is 2 for all n > 1

42. Let A and B are two square idempotent matrices such that AB  BA is a null matrix,
then the value of the det  A  B  can be equal to

A) –2 B) –1 C) 0 D) 1

 6 4 4 
43. Let A   aij  33 be a matrix. Given A  A  a21  a12 10 a23  a32  ,
 T
 
 a31  a13 4 8 

where a12 , a23 and a31 are the positive roots of the equation x3  6 x 2  px  8  0, p  R .

If k = det(A), then
A) A is a symmetric matrix B) A is a skew symmetric matrix
C) Number of prime factors of k is 2 D) Exponent of 10 in k is 6

[Note: AT denotes the transpose of matrix A]

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 16

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P
SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
80
1
44. If 
k 1 k
(a, b) where a  N , b  N , then sum of digits of the sum  aMax  bMin  is

2 2
 1  1
45. Consider the sequence Tn  1  1    1  1   , n  1 . The greatest prime
 n  n
20
1
number less than or equal to the sum T
r 1
is
r

t 2  4t  10
46. Consider P  t   2 , t  R and Q  x   x 2  2mx  6m  41, where x, m  R .
t  4t  5

If Q  x   54  P  t  x  R , then number of integral values of m is

47. The smallest integral value of  for which the inequality

1  log 5  x 2  1  log 5  x 2  4 x    holds true for all x  R , is

t 2  3t  4
48. If   2 , t  R , then the number of solutions of the system of equations
t  3t  4
3 x  y  4 z  3, x  2 y  3 z  2,6 x  5 y   z  3 for a particular value of  is

Answer Q.No:49, Q.No:50, Q.No:51 by appropriately matching the information given in

the three columns of the following table.
Column 1 contain equation in terms of complex number z
Column 2 represents the sum of principle values of argument (in radian) of all possible
roots of equations given in Column 1
Column 3 represents the modulus of possible roots of equations given in Column 1

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 17

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P
Column– 1 Column– 2 Column– 3

(I) z 2  z  1  0 (i) (P) 2
2

(II) z 4  iz , z  0 (ii)  (Q) 1
2
(III) z 3  iz 2  2i  0 (iii) 0 (R) 2
5

2 1
(IV) z  2 z z  z z  1, where Re( z )  1
5 3 3
(iv) (S) 4
2 2
49. Which of the following is the only correct combination?
A) II-i-Q B) I-ii-Q C) III-i-P D) IV-ii-Q
50. Which of the following is the only correct combination?
A) II-iii-R B) I-iii-R C) III-iii-Q D) IV-iii-S
51. Which of the following is the only correct combination?
A) II-iii-S B) III-ii-Q C) III-i-S D) IV-i-S
Answer Q.No:52, Q.No:53, Q.No:54 by appropriately matching the information given in
the three columns of the following table.
Column 1 gives value of  .
Column 2 contain multiples of  .
Column 3 contain numbers, which are less than or equal to  .
Column– 1 Column– 2 Column– 3
(I) The value of expression
(i) 12 (P) 2
is 
log 2 9
2 5 3  2 3 5
log 27 8 log 32 243 log 625 81 log 9 25 log 4 25 log 4 9
3
(II) The value of x satisfying the equation
log108 x3  

log 10   (ii) 45 (Q) 3

log5 7 7
log2 eln5
2  29, is 

 1 1 
(III) The number      (where [.] is GIF) (iii) 30 (R) 4
 log 2  log 6  

(IV) Let l   log 3 4  log 2 9    log 3 4  log 2 9  and

2 2

(S) 5
 
log3 8 log65 5 l (iv) 20
m   0.8  1  9 then   1 
m

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 18

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P
52. Which of the following is the only incorrect combination?
A) II-i-S B) I-ii-P C) III-iv-P D) IV-ii-Q
53. Which of the following is the only incorrect combination?
A) II-iv-P B) I-i-P C) III-ii-Q D) IV-iv-S
54. Which of the following is the only correct combination?
A) II-ii-R B) I-iii-Q C) III-iv-R D) IV-i-S

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 19

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sec: Sr.IIT_N-SUPER CHAINA/N-CHAINA Date: 09-04-20

Time: 3HR Max. Marks: 183

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

09-04-20_SR.N-SUPER CHAINA/N-CHAINA_Jee-Adv_UTA-3

PHYSICS: Gravitation, Electrostatics, Current Electricity, Capacitors, Magnetics,

Electromagnetic Induction, Alternate Current

CHEMISTRY: Liquid solution, Chemical kinetics, Surface chemistry

Carbonyl compounds, Polymers, Acid & Derivatives
Group-17 and Group-18, D-block, Compound of heavy metals

MATHEAMTICS : Logarithms, Quadratic Equations, Sequence & series, Matrices &

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 2

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

A) C is reduced B) C is increased C) R is reduced D) R is increased

B) Energy E 2C  k  1 is absorbed by the cell

C) The energy stored in the capacitor is reduced by E 2C  k  1

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 3

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P

18 104
D) Voltage measured by the student is V
20036

A) r  R0 B) R  R0
C) emf of C > emf of D
D) The negative terminal of ‘C’ is connected to ‘A’

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 4

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

A) In A the external field applies a force towards right on the sheet.

A) There is a repulsive force between the wire and the loop

D) The induced current in the wire is in opposite direction to the current along the
hypotenuse

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 5

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

I0
A) Maximum current through inductor equals
2
C1 I 0
B ) Maximum current through inductor equals
C1  C2

C1 I 0 LC1
C) Maximum charge on C1 
C1  C2

L
D) Maximum charge on C1  I 0C1
C1  C2

SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
8. In the circuit shown in the figure, X L  6, X C  3 and R  8 . If the current through the
I
voltage source is ‘ I ’ (in amp). Find .
2

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 6

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 7

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

( eˆ p is unit vector along radial direction of annulus)

(P.E. – represents gravitational potential energy; E – represents total energy)

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 8

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P

Column-1 Column-2 Column-3

I) GM i) Circular P) P.E. is +Ve

v
r

II) GM ii) Elliptical Q) E is +Ve

v
4r

III) 2GM iii) Parabolic R) P.E. is ve

v
r

IV) 3GM iv) Straight line S) E is ve

v
r

13. Choose appropriate combination for   00

A) (I) (ii) (P) B) (I) (i) (S) C) (II) (i) (R) D) (III) (iii) (P)

14. Choose appropriate combination for    / 2

A) (III) (iii) (Q) B) (III) (iv) (Q) C) (IV) (iv) (Q) D) (IV) (iv) (P)

15. Choose appropriate combination for   300

A) (I) (i) (S) B) (III) (iii) (Q) C) (II) (ii) (R) D) (II) (i) (R)

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 9

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P

Column-1 Column-2 Column-3

16. In which case will the particle move in a straight line with constant velocity?

A) (III) (ii) (R) B) (IV) (i) (S) C) (III) (iii) (P) D) (II) (iii) (S)

17. In which case will the particle describe a helical path with axis along the positive ‘z’
direction?

A) (IV) (i) (S) B) (II) (ii) (R) C) (III) (iii) (P) D) (IV) (ii) (R)

18. In Which case would the particle move in a straight line along the negative direction of
y-axis (i.e., move along - ŷ )

A) (II) (iii) (Q) B) (III) (ii) (R) C) (IV) (ii) (S) D) (III) (ii) (P)

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 10

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

(A) ClO2 (B) K2CO3 (C) CO2 (D) Cl2O

(D) Phenol 

1eq  
CH O / NaOH
2
Major product 
Polymerisation
 Novolac
SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 11

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P

25.

Correct statement (s) is /are

(j) TiCl4 gives white fumes in moist air

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 12

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P
29. How many of the following give silver mirror with
Tollers reagent or AgNO3

Ph C CH PH
Ph − CH = 0, Ph – NH − OH
O OH
, ,
PH3, Dihydroxyacetone, HCOOH, Zn, Heating only

30.
Degree of unsaturation in the product is

Columns 1 contains integrated rate equation, Column 2 contains half-life and

Column 3 I contain graph corresponding to different order reactions, ‘a’ is initial
concentration of reactant and a - x is the concentration at time ‘t’
COLUMN-I COLUMN-II COLUMN-III

1 1 1 a
(I) k    (i) t1/ 2  (P)
t  a  x a 2k

x 0.693
(II) k (ii) t1/2  (Q)
t k

2.303 a 1
(III) k log (iii) t1/ 2  (R)
t ax ka

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 13

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P

1  1 1 3
(IV) k    2 (iv) t1/ 2  (S)
2t   a  x  a 
2
2ka 2

(A)(III) (ii) (Q) (B) (l)(iii) (P)

(I) (i) KBr/KOBr (P) Racemisation

(II) (ii) Heat (Q) Redox reaction

(III) (iii) Conc.H2SO4 (R) Dehydration

CH2= O excess
(IV) Phenol (iv) (S) Substitution
NaOH

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 14

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

log a y log a  xyz   12 ,

log a z log a  xyz   84, where a  0, a  1 ,

z1  z1  z2  z3 , then
A) z2  z3  0 B) z2  2 z3  0

z z    z z   
C) arg  2 1   or  D) arg  2 3   or 
 z3  z1  2 2  z1  z3  2 2

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 15

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 09-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-3 Q’P

40. Let y  x 2  x  1  x 2  x  1, x   , then y may be equal to

 1 2 5
A)  B)  C) D)
2 2 3 4
41. Consider two real sequences x1 , x2 ,........and y1 , y2 ,....... defined as:

yn
x1  3 , xn1  xn  1  xn2 and y1  3 , yn1  for all n  1 , then
1  1  yn2

A) Greatest integer less than or equal to xn yn is 1 for all n > 1

B) Greatest integer less than or equal to xn yn is 2 for all n > 1

C) Least integer greater than or equal to xn yn is 3 for all n > 1

D) Least integer greater than or equal to xn yn is 2 for all n > 1

42. Let A and B are two square idempotent matrices such that AB  BA is a null matrix,
then the value of the det  A  B  can be equal to

A) –2 B) –1 C) 0 D) 1

 6 4 4 
43. Let A   aij  33 be a matrix. Given A  A  a21  a12 10 a23  a32  ,
 T
 
 a31  a13 4 8 

where a12 , a23 and a31 are the positive roots of the equation x3  6 x 2  px  8  0, p  R .

If k = det(A), then
A) A is a symmetric matrix B) A is a skew symmetric matrix
C) Number of prime factors of k is 2 D) Exponent of 10 in k is 6

[Note: AT denotes the transpose of matrix A]

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 16

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

t 2  4t  10
46. Consider P  t   2 , t  R and Q  x   x 2  2mx  6m  41, where x, m  R .
t  4t  5

If Q  x   54  P  t  x  R , then number of integral values of m is

47. The smallest integral value of  for which the inequality

1  log 5  x 2  1  log 5  x 2  4 x    holds true for all x  R , is

Answer Q.No:49, Q.No:50, Q.No:51 by appropriately matching the information given in

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 17

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

log 10   (ii) 45 (Q) 3

log5 7 7
log2 eln5
2  29, is 

 1 1 
(III) The number      (where [.] is GIF) (iii) 30 (R) 4
 log 2  log 6  

(IV) Let l   log 3 4  log 2 9    log 3 4  log 2 9  and

2 2

(S) 5
 
log3 8 log65 5 l (iv) 20
m   0.8  1  9 then   1 
m

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 18

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 19

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
A.P, TELANGNA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office, Madhapur – Hyderabad
SEC: Sr.Super60 CTA-35 Date: 10-08-2020
TIME: 08.00Am to 11.00Am 2016-P1 Max. Marks: 186

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 B 2 D 3 D 4 B 5 B
6 BD 7 AD 8 BD 9 AB 10 ABD
11 ACD 12 ABD 13 ACD 14 9 15 5
16 9 17 5 18 6

CHEMISTRY
19 A 20 B 21 B 22 C 23 D
24 ABC 25 ABCD 26 ABCD 27 ABD 28 ABD
29 ABC 30 AD 31 ACD 32 7 33 5
34 3 35 5 36 8

MATHEMATICS

37 C 38 C 39 A 40 C 41 A
42 ABC 43 AC 44 ABCD 45 ABD 46 ACD
47 A 48 BCD 49 ACD 50 2 51 4
52 0 53 8 54 2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS

  t2 
1. r   t  1 i    1 j
8 
 t
V  i  j
4
 1
Vt  2  i  j
2
 1 5
Vt  2  1  
4 2
   
 rf  ri r4  r2
V  
t 2  t1 2
 22  
r2   2  1 i    1 j
 8 
3
 3i  j
2

r4  5i  3 j

  3
r4  r2  2i  j
2
 3  9 25 5
V  i  j  V  1   
4 16 16 4

V 5 5
  
Vt 2 5 2
4.
2
 idl cos 
2. dB  0
4  a  2
 
cos  
 l  a tan 
 dl  a sec 2  d
 i cos 
 dB  0 d  d in radians
4 a
 i cos  
 0   d  d in degrees
4 a 180
 i cos  d
 0  d in degrees
720a
2  15
3. X CM  6
5
3  20
YCM   12
5

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

4.
f   M  m  ac  horizontal
 ma cos 60  M  a2  
  M  m  1 
 mM 
a
As a2  0, f  m 1
2
1
 mA 2 sin  t
2
5. Let the intensity of individual waves be I, then
I0  4I
I0
I
4
 x at P  d sin 
dy
x  d tan  
D
d 
x  
D 4
d D 
  
D 4d 4
2  
   
 4 2
   k x 

I '  I  I  2 I 2 cos
2
I0
 2I 
2
6. Conceptual
7. Conceptual
8. PB  P0  h g   A
S
P 
R
S S
h g   R    B
R h g
C) pressure force of water on the wall is leftwards (normal pushing force) and
its reaction is rightwards i.e. away from the wall.
S
D) R 
P

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
P is maximum at A  ' RA ' is minimum
10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

0.5
9. L.C   0.01mm
50
Zero error  4  L.C 
 0.04mm
Zero correction  0.04mm
Diameter of wire d   2  0.5   20  4 L.C
 1  24  0.01 mm
 1.24mm
d
r   0.62 mm
2
10. MI about any tangent will be same.
 I1  I 2  I 4
From perpendicular axes theorem:
I z  I1  I 2  I1  I 4
Distance of centre from O is
r  R2  R2  2R
mR 2 5
 I z  I CM  mr 2 
2

 m 2 R 2  mR 2
2

24 4
11. i  A
39 6 3
4
V1   9  12V
3
4
V2   6  8V
3
at t  , V2  V1  24V
12. by first law of thermodynamics
Q  W  U
 2Q  U ________  i 
5R
 2nC TB  T A n TB  TA 
2
5R
C 
4
By  i 
1 1 5  5
Q u    6 PV 0 0  
0 0  4 PV PV
0 0
2 2 2  2
Since U  2W , therefore temperature goes on increasing from A to B
13. Conceptual
2

14. dU 
 stress 
dV
B

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

h
l
dh


 h g  2
l dh
B
h2
 2 g 2l 2 2  2 g 2l 2  h 3 
B 
U h dh 
B  3  h
1

3 l /3
h 
U lower  
2l
3
  19
U upper  h 3 l /3
 0
340  10 330
15. fA   85  Hz
340  10  10 4
340  10 350
fB   85  Hz
340  10  10 4
fbeat  f B  f B  5Hz
16. Top view of the situation
I

y-z plane
r1

wall
r2

Area of spot is proportional to square of radius so

Aspot r22
 9
Amirror r12
17. 3mv  FT
4 m  vx   FT  3mv

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 5

3v
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

vx  and vy  v
4
v '  1002  752  25 42  32  125m / s
18. Current through AC is
100
I  5A
20
VAC  5  10  50V
 n5

CHEMISTRY
19. The number of moles of I2 present is
 2.00  10 3

mol L1  0.100L   2.00  10 4 mol
Suppose that y mol remains in the aqueous phase and  2.00  104  y mol
passes into the CCl4 phase. Then
I 2 CCl4
 K  85
I 2 aq


 2.00  10 4

 y / 0.050
y / 0.100



2 2.00  104  y 
y
Note that the volumes of the two solvents used are uncharged because they are
immiscible. Solving for y gives
y  4.6  106 mol
The fraction remaining in the aqueous phase is  4.6  10 6  /  2.0  10 4   0.023 , or
2.3%. Additional extractions could be carried out to remove more of the I2 from
the aqueous phase.
At pk a1 ,[ H 2CO3 ]  [ HCO3 ]  pk a1  6.5
20.
At pk a 2 ,[ HCO3 ]  [CO32 ]  pk a 2  10.4
21. Dehydration followed by hydroboration - oxidation
22. Due to small size of carbon atom, lateral overlap of p-orbitals in carbon
compound is more effective and stronger than in silicon compound

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 6

23.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

Physical properties are influenced by mass and will be different for the two
isotopes of hydrogen. In fact D2O has higher m.pt and b.pt and a greater density
than H2O
24. Self-explanatory
25. A, B and C give anti addition product as the major product. D undergoes anti
elimination.
26. Oxalic acid decreases the concentration of Fe3+ by complexing with it making
the reaction move in the backward direction.
Hg2+ complexes with thiocyanate ion and makes the reaction move in the
reverse direction.
NaOH precipitates Fe3+, pushing the reaction in the backward direction.
Ag+ precipitates thiocyanate as AgSCN.
27. Photoelectric effect is caused by only photons of sufficient frequency or greater
as decided by the work-function of the metal and there is no time lag between
absorption of photons and ejection of photoelectrons
28. Self-explanatory
29. Except  NH 4  2 CO3 , remaining all are undergo thermal decomposition.
30. As the energy difference between ns and (n-1) d orbitals is little, the electrons in
ns and (n-1)d orbitals can participating in bonding. With increase in number of
electrons, the maximum valence reaches maximum at 8B group. After 8B group
as the energy difference between ns and (n-1)d orbitals increases the (n-1)d
electrons are reductant to participate in bonding.
31. A) If molecular axis is z axis, the ligands are along the z-axis in linear complex
and repel d z more so its energy increases more
2

B) In square planar complexes the order of energy of d-orbitals

dxz = dyz < d z < dxy < d x  y
2 2 2

C) In octahedral or tetrahedral complexes dxy, dyz and dxz orbital have same
energy and are degenerate
D) In octahedral complexes contain odd number of electrons having d1x  y d0z or 2 2

d 2x 2  y2 d1z2 repulsions of ligands on these orbitals are different and distortion of

the structure takes place.
32. Each double bond takes one molecule of ozone.

O O O
HCHO
O
O
O O
O O
O O

E2 k 2  tert  butyl bromide  HO  

33. 
E2  E1 k 2  tert  butyl bromid   HO    k1  tert  butyl bromide 

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 7

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
E2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
7.1  10  5.0 5
35.5  10 5 35.5
10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

 5 5
 5 5
  0.96  96%
E2  E1 7.1  10  5.0  1.5  10 35.5  10  1.5  10 37
34.
CaCl2 ( aq )  2 AgNO3 ( aq ) 
 2 AgCl ( s )  Ca( NO3 ) 2 (aq)
V mol 2V mol
0 0 V mol
Molarity of Ca(NO3)2 = V/2V = 0.5 M
  (3 0.05)  0.08  250  3atm
35. Graphite contain planar homocyclic hexagonal carbon rings Diamond, contain
puckered hexagonal six membered homocyclic rings. Boron nitride and boric
acid contain planar six membered hexagonal rings. Borax contain six
membered heterocyclic rings
36. Na, K, Rb, Cs, Ca, Sr and Ba form when dissolved in liquid ammonia in liquid
complexes.
Cu2+ form blue complexes with ammonia

MATHEMATICS
10 10
r 1   r  1
37.  cos 3
   cos r  3cos  
r 0 3 4 r0  3  8
sin  1  sin 2  1
38.      tan 3  tan  
cos 3 2  cos  cos 3  2
sin 3 1
Similarly   tan 9  tan 3 
cos9 2
sin 9 1
  tan 27  tan 9 
cos 27 2
sin  sin 3 sin 9 1
    tan 27  tan  
cos3 cos9 cos 27 2

log a c log c a
39. a c always for any defined case
 2 667
0 sin sin tan
5 5 4
3  2 3 4
40. Determinant  sin 0 0   sin sin sin sin
5 5 5 5 5
3 4
tan 0 sin
10 5
 2  2   
  sin sin sin     sin    
5 5  5  5
2 2
1    1  5 1 5  1
  cos  cos      
4 5 5  4 4 4 
1 5 5
  
4 4 16

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

41. Equation of line parallel to X-axis and passing through p  h, k  is y  k ______  i 

And given equation of lines, y  x _________  ii 
x  y  2 _________  iii 
Let ABC be the triangle formed by the points of intersection of the lines (i), (ii)
and (iii) as shown in figure,

 1  2 2
42. f  x  f    
1 x x 1 x
1  1
Replacing x by and by 1   in given equation one by one and on solving,
1 x  x
x 1
we get f  x 
x 1
xf x 2  
43.
x 
 
2
lim f x  a  lim
x  x
a

Applying L.H. rule, lim x 2 f ' x 2  0

x 
 
x3 f ' x 
2

Applying L.H.rule, lim 0

x  x
And lim x f ''  x   0
4 2
x 
x
44. f  x    t  1 dt
2
1 x
 
2
 t  1 dt  1 t  1 dt
x
1  t2  x2
    t   x  1 for x  -1
2  2  1 2
f  x  is a quadratic polynomial
f  x  is continuous as well as differentiable in [-1,1]
Also f '  x is continuous as well as differentiable in [-1,1]
45. f  7  x    f  7  x   f  x    f 14  x 
at f  x   2017  f 14  x   2017  f 1  2017   14  x
46. If f and g are inverse then  fog  x  x
f '  g  x  g '  x  1
If f is increasing  f '0 sign of g'is also +ve   A is correct

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
 
10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

If f is decreasing  f '  0  sign of g ' is  ve  B is false

since f has an inverse  f is bijective  f is injective  (C) is correct
Inverse of a bijective mapping is bijective
 g is also bijective  g is onto  (D) is correct]
47. I. consider the function f  x   x 4 , f '  x  4 x3 & f " x  12 x 2 .
Here f  x has a maxima at x=0 but f " 0  0  false.
II. f  x   cos x  1 is periodic with period 2 but   cos x  1 dx  sin x  x is not
periodic.
T a T 0 T a T
III.  f  x  adx,
0
let x  a  y; 
a
f  y dy   dy   f  y  dy  
a 0 r
f  y  dy
a T a a T
Consider  f  y dy; y  T  y  f  y  T  dy   f  y  dy. Hence f  x  dx
T 0 0 0
T
  f  x  a dx  True.
0

IV. The statement can be true only if ‘f’ is continuous at x=c.

 x if x0
Consider the function f  x   1 if x0
 x if x0

This function has a maxima at x=0 however this does not satisfy conditions
stated in the problem  False]

48. AD must pass through the incentre of the triangle.

 15 15 
Circum centre  , 
 8 8
 5 5
Incentre   , 
 2 2
 5 25 
D , 
4 4 
2 2
49. Locus of centroid is  x  2    y  2   4
  1 s  s  a  s  b s  c  1
50. .   
s  s  a s  s  c 3 s 2  s  a  s  c  3

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 10

 3s  3b  s
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

2 s  3b  a  c  2b
 a , b, c are in A.P
Also a+c  2 ac
A B
Also  tan tan  1
2 2
B A C 2
 tan  tan  tan  
2 2 2 3

51. Let r  xi yj  zk
 2i  j  2i  j
  
r.  r.  r.
k
5 5

 2 x  y  2 x  y  5 z
  5 1   5 1  5 2   5 2 
 r   0, ,  ,  0, , ,  , 0,  ,  ,0, 
 6 6  6 6  3 3  3 3 
 f '  x  f " x   f "'  x  
52. g  x   1  dx
 f  x  f '  x   f ''  x   f '''  x  
x  ln f  x  f '  x  f " x  f "'  x  c
 x  3ln x  c
Now, g 1  1  c  0
 g e  e  3  g e  3  e
 g  e   0
b d
53. Use  f  x  dx   g  y  dy  bd  ac  , where f  b   d , f  a   c 
a c

Where f and g are inverse of each other.

54. a  b  1, y  0, z  x  iy
 az  b 
Im  y
 z  1 
   ax  b  ayi   x  1  iy  
Im       y
   x  1  iy   x  1  iy  
2
 ay  x  1  y  ax  b   y  x  1  y 3
 ax  a  ax  b  x 2  2 x  1  y 2
 a  b  x2  y 2  2 x  1
 1  x2  y 2  2 x  1

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 11

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 B 2 D 3 D 4 B 5 B
6 BD 7 AD 8 BD 9 AB 10 ABD
11 ACD 12 ABD 13 ACD 14 9 15 5
16 9 17 5 18 6

CHEMISTRY
19 A 20 B 21 B 22 C 23 D
24 ABC 25 ABCD 26 ABCD 27 ABD 28 ABD
29 ABC 30 AD 31 ACD 32 7 33 5
34 3 35 5 36 8

MATHEMATICS

SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
P is maximum at A  ' RA ' is minimum
10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

14. dU 
 stress 
dV
B

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

h
l
dh


 h g  2
l dh
B
h2
 2 g 2l 2 2  2 g 2l 2  h 3 
B 
U h dh 
B  3  h
1

y-z plane
r1

wall
r2

Area of spot is proportional to square of radius so

Aspot r22
 9
Amirror r12
17. 3mv  FT
4 m  vx   FT  3mv

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 5

3v
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

vx  and vy  v
4
v '  1002  752  25 42  32  125m / s
18. Current through AC is
100
I  5A
20
VAC  5  10  50V
 n5


 2.00  10 4

 y / 0.050
y / 0.100

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 6

23.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

B) In square planar complexes the order of energy of d-orbitals

dxz = dyz < d z < dxy < d x  y
2 2 2

C) In octahedral or tetrahedral complexes dxy, dyz and dxz orbital have same
energy and are degenerate
D) In octahedral complexes contain odd number of electrons having d1x  y d0z or 2 2

d 2x 2  y2 d1z2 repulsions of ligands on these orbitals are different and distortion of

the structure takes place.
32. Each double bond takes one molecule of ozone.

O O O
HCHO
O
O
O O
O O
O O

E2 k 2  tert  butyl bromide  HO  

33. 
E2  E1 k 2  tert  butyl bromid   HO    k1  tert  butyl bromide 

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 7

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
E2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
7.1  10  5.0 5
35.5  10 5 35.5
10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

41. Equation of line parallel to X-axis and passing through p  h, k  is y  k ______  i 

Applying L.H. rule, lim x 2 f ' x 2  0

x 
 
x3 f ' x 
2

Applying L.H.rule, lim 0

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
 
10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

If f is decreasing  f '  0  sign of g ' is  ve  B is false

IV. The statement can be true only if ‘f’ is continuous at x=c.

 x if x0
Consider the function f  x   1 if x0
 x if x0

This function has a maxima at x=0 however this does not satisfy conditions
stated in the problem  False]

48. AD must pass through the incentre of the triangle.

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 10

 3s  3b  s
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Key & Sol’s

Where f and g are inverse of each other.

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-35 Date: 10-08-2020
Time: 08.00Am to 11.00Am Max.Marks:186

2016_PAPER-I
10-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Syllabus

MATHS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (07-08-2020)

PHYSICS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (07-08-2020)

CHEMISTRY : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (07-08-2020)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2016-P1-Model
Time: 3:00hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 186
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 5) Questions with Single Correct Choice 3 -1 5 15
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – II(Q.N : 6 – 13) 4 -2 8 32
(Partial Marking +1)
Sec – III(Q.N : 14 – 18) Questions with Integer Answer Type 3 0 5 15
Total 18 62
CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 19 – 23) Questions with Single Correct Choice 3 -1 5 15
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – II(Q.N : 24 – 31) 4 -2 8 32
(Partial Marking +1)
Sec – III(Q.N : 32 – 36) Questions with Integer Answer Type 3 0 5 15
Total 18 62
MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 37 – 41) Questions with Single Correct Choice 3 -1 5 15
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – II(Q.N : 42 – 49) 4 -2 8 32
(Partial Marking +1)
Sec – III(Q.N : 50 – 54) Questions with Integer Answer Type 3 0 5 15
Total 18 62

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
1. Suppose that the position function for a particle is given as r  t   x  t  i  y  t  j
with x  t   t  1 and y  t    t 2 / 8  1 . The ratio of magnitude of average velocity
(during time interval t = 2 to 4s) to the speed at t = 2s is
A) 3 : 2 B) 5 : 2 C) 5 : 3 D) 3 : 2
2. Consider a straight wire AB carrying a current i from B to A. Consider a small
segment of this wire which subtends a small angle d at the point P as shown in
the figure. The magnetic field produced by this small segment at the point P is:
(current i is in amperes, a is in meters and the angles in degrees) :

 0 i cos   0i sin  d  0i sin  d  0i cos  d

A) d B) C) D)
4 a 4 a 72a 720 a
3. A two particle system with masses 2 kg and 3 kg is present at (15, 0) and (0, 20)
respectively in x-y plane. Then its centre of mass does not lie on the line:
x y
A) y  2 x B)  1 C) 3x  y  6 D) y  x
12 24
4. A block of mass m, attached to a fixed position O on a smooth inclined wedge of
mass M, oscillates with amplitude A and angular frequency  . The wedge is
located on a rough horizontal surface. If the angle of the wedge is 60º and wedge
does not move, then the force of friction acting as the wedge is given by
(coefficient of static friction   )

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P

1
A)   M  m g m 2 A sin  t
B)
2
 3 
C)   M  m  2 A sin t D)   M  m g  m 2 A sin  t 
 2 
5. In YDSE of equal width slits, if intensity at the centre of screen is I 0 , then intensity
at a distance of  / 4 from the central maxima is (  is the fringe width):
I I I
A) I 0 B) 0 C) 0 D) 0
2 4 3

SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
6. Two identical objects A and B are at temperatures TA and TB respectively. Both objects
are placed in a room with perfectly absorbing walls maintained at a
temperature T TA  T  TB  . The objects A and B attain the temperature T eventually.
Select the correct statement(s) from the following:-
A) A only emits radiation, while B only absorbs it until both attain the temperature T.
B) A loses more heat by radiation than it absorbs, while B absorbs more radiation than it
emits, until they attain the temperature T.
C) Both A and B only absorb radiation, but do not emit it, until they attain the
temperature T.
D) Each object continue to emit and absorb radiation even after attaining the
temperature T.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4
7.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P
If a negatively charged particle is released with charge  q at a point P centered
midway between the centers of a fixed insulating spherical shell having uniformly
distributed negative charge Q and a fixed positive point charge Q as shown.
Then after releasing, the charged particle  q

A) will accelerate to the right

B) will accelerate to the left
C) interaction potential energy of  q charged particle will increase
D) interaction potential energy of  q charged particle will decrease
8. Water of density  in a clean square aquarium forms a meniscus on vertical wall
as shown in figure (front view). Contact angle between water & solid (wall) is 0º
and surface tension of the water is S. Then select the CORRECT statement(s) :-

A) Pressure at point B, just below the point of contact A is equal to P0

B) Radius of curvature of meniscus at point of contact(at the middle of the wall)
S
is
 gh
C) Net force applied by portion AC of the wall on the water is towards the wall
D) Radius of curvature of meniscus is minimum at point of contact

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

9.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P
The pitch of a screw gauge is 0.5 mm and there are 50 divisions on circular scale.
When there is nothing between the two studs of screw gauge, 46th division of
circular scale is coinciding with reference line and zero of main scale is not
visible. When a wire is placed between the studs, the linear scale reads 2 divisions
and 20th division of circular scale coincides with the reference line. The CORRECT
statement(s) is/are :
A) Least count is 0.01 mm B) Zero correction is 0.04 mm
C) Radius of the wire is 0.65 mm D) All of the above are true
10. A disc has radius R, mass m and has moments of inertia I1 , I 2 , I 3 and I 4 about
axes shown in fig. Moment of inertia of disc about z-axis passing through O will
be ( I 3 axis passes through the diameter)
I1
y
I4

x
I2
O

5
A) I1  I 2 B) mR 2 C) 3mR 2 D) I1  I 4
2
11. In the circuit shown, there is steady state with the switch closed. The switch is
opened at t=0 . Choose the correct option(s). (Given:   24V , C1  3F and C2  2 F )

A) The voltage across C1 before the switch is open, is 12 V

B) The voltage across C1 after a long time after the switch is open, is 12V
C) the voltage across C1 after a long time after the switch is open, is 24V
D) The voltage across C2 before the switch is open, is 8V
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6
12.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P
One mole of a diatomic gas is taken through a process A  B as shown in the
figure. The gas obeys the relation QA B  WA B  0 .

A) The molar specific heat for process AB is 5R/4

B) The heat supplied in the process is  5 / 2 PV
0 0

C) For A to B, temperature initially decreases and then increases

D) The temperature goes on increasing from A to B
13. A rocket of mass m exhausts gases at a rate r = (dm/dt) with a velocity ve relative
to the rocket. Mark CORRECT option(s) .
A) Minimum value of r so that thrust on rocket is sufficient to overcome gravity is
mg
ve
B) If ve and r are constant then the acceleration of the rocket will remain constant
C) If ve and r are kept constant, the rocket will move with an acceleration of
varying magnitude
2mg
D) If r  then the rocket will take off with an upward acceleration equal to g
ve
in magnitude
SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
14. A cube made of homogeneous material is kept on a horizontal surface. If the ratio
of strain energy stored in lower one third to the upper one third of the cube is Z,
then what is the value of Z-10?

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

15.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P
Two tuning forks A and B each of natural frequency 85Hz move with velocities
each with 10m/s relative to stationary observer ‘O’. Fork A moves away from the
observer while the fork B moves towards him as shown in the fig. A wind with a
speed 10m/s is blowing in the direction of motion of fork A. Find the beat
frequency measured by the observer in Hz. [Take speed of sound in air 340m/s]

16. A plane mirror of semicircular shape (radius = 1m) is placed in y-z plane with its
diameter along y-axis and centre at origin. An object is placed on the axis of
mirror at point(5m,0,0). At a distance of 10m from plane mirror, there is a wall
which is also parallel to y-z plane. The ratio of areas of spot of light on wall to that
of mirror is
Z

r=1m Y

5m X

17. Two particle of masses m and 4m, moving in space at right angles to each other

experience same force F for time T simultaneously. Consequently the particle m

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P
moves with velocity 4v in its original direction. If the new magnitude of the
velocity v ' of 4m (in m/s) is 25z then find z. (given v  100m / s )
y m m
v 4v

4m 4m

x
v'
v

after
Before
18. In the circuit shown, the potential difference between points A and B is 10n V.
Then n is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
19. If a solute such as iodine is added to a mixture of two immiscible liquids CCl4 and
H2O and the vessel is shaken to distribute the iodine through the container, the
iodine is partitioned between the two phases at equilibrium with a characteristic
concentration ratio, [I2 ]CCl / [I 2 ]H O , the partition coefficient K. The partition
4 2

coefficient for the distribution if iodine between the two liquids is 85 at 298 K. An
aqueous solution has an iodine concentration of 2.00×10-3 M. Calculate the
percentage of iodine remaining in the aqueous phase after extraction of 0.100 L
of this aqueous solution with 0.050 L of CCl4 at 25°C.
A) 2.3 % B) 23 % C) 97.7 % D) 48.85%
20. Consider the following graph for carbonic acid.

The approxiamte pKa1 and pKa2 of carbonic acid are

A) 4, 13 B) 6.5, 10.4 C) 6.5, 8.5 D) 7, 14

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

21.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P
The best method to convert 1-phenylethanol to 2-phenylethanol is
A) (i) Conc.H2SO4, Δ; (ii) HBr/(PhCO)2O2
B) (i) Al2O3, Δ; (ii) BH3/THF; (iii) H2O2/NaOH
C) (i) Alc.KOH, Δ; (ii) BH3/THF; (iii) H2O2/NaOH
D) (i) Conc.H2SO4, Δ; (ii) Hg(OAc)2 – H2O; (iii) NaBH4
22. The statement that identifies, which of the following two compounds is more
stable
H 2C  CH 2 & H 2Si  SiH 2
A) The carbon compound because C is less electronegative than Si
B) The silicon compound because Si form stronger sigma bonds than C.
C) The carbon compound because C forms stronger multiple bonds than Si
D) The silicon compound because Si forms stronger  bonds than C
23. The physical properties of D2O differ from those of H2O because
A) D has a different electronic configuration than ‘H’
B) D is radioactive
C) D forms stronger bonds with ‘O’ than ‘H’ does
D) D is much more massive than ‘H’

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

25.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P
Which of the following reaction(s) give(s) a trans product as the major product?
A) Br2 ( 1 mol)
HOOC COOH
CCl4

B) Br2 ( 1 mol)

HO CCl4

C) HBr ( 1 mol)

D) Br
EtOK

H 

26. Ferric chloride reacts with potassium thiocyanate to a blood-red colored complex
according to the following reaction:
Fe3+ (aq) + SCN  (aq) 
 [Fe(SCN)]2+ (aq)

colorless colorless red color

Addition of which of the following solution may decrease the intensity of red
color?
A) oxalic acid (aq) B) Hg(NO3)2 (aq)
C) NaOH(aq) D) AgNO3(aq)
27. Incorrect statement(s) regarding photoelectric effect is/are
A) An electron breaks free from a metal surface when it absorbs enough energy
from light of any wavelength.
B) In dim light there will be a time lag before photocurrent flows, because the
electrons have to absorb enough energy to break free.
C) As the intensity of radiation increases more electrons will be ejected from the
metal surface.
D) Photoelectric effect is caused only by radiations of specific wavelength; any
radiations of lesser or higher wavelength cannot result in photoelectric effect on a
particular metal surface.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12
28.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P
100 ml 0.25 M H2SO4 (strong acid) is neutralised with 200 ml 0.2M NH4OH in a
constant pressure Calorimeter which results in temperature rise of 1.4 °C. If heat
capacity of Calorimeter content is 1.5 kJ/°C. Which of the following statement(s)
is/are correct?
Given :
HCl + NaOH   NaCl + H2O + 57 kJ
CH3COOH + NH4OH   CH3COONH4 + H 2O + 48.1 kJ
A) Enthalpy of neutralisation of HCl v/s NH4OH is – 52.5 kJ/mol
B) Enthalpy of dissociation (ionization) of NH4OH is 4.5 kJ/mol
C) Enthalpy of dissociation of CH3COOH is 4.6 kJ/mol
 2H+ (aq.) + 2OH¯(aq.) is 114 kJ
D) ΔH for 2H2O(l) 
29. Which of the following ammonia compounds undergo thermal decomposition
A) NH 4 NO3 B) NH 4 NO 2 C) NH 4 ClO 4 D)  NH 4  2 CO3
30. Which periodic trend is partially responsible for the observation that the
maximum oxidation state of the transition metal elements peaks near 7B and 8B
A) The number of valence electrons reaches a maximum at group 8B
B) Effective nuclear charge increases on moving left across each period
C) The radii of the transition –metal elements reach a minimum for group 8B and
as the size of atoms decreases, it becomes easier to remove electron
D) The energy difference between (n-1)d and ns orbital is so low that the
electrons in both the orbitals can participate in bonding but beyond 8B the
difference increases due to which (n-1)d electrons are not available for bonding
31. According to crystal field theory for the bonding in complexes the correct
statements are consider molecular axis is z axis
A) In linear complexes d z orbital have maximum energy
2

B) In square planar complex d z orbital have minimum energy

C) In tetrahedral and octahedral complexes dxy, dyz and dxz orbitals are degenerate
D) In the octahedral complexes if eg orbitals contain odd number of electrons, the
structure is distorted

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P
SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases
32. Let x be the number of moles of O3 required for the reductive ozonolysis of per
mole of the following compound and compound and y be the number of moles of
distinct organic compounds excluding stereoisomers formed during this process.
The value of 2x - y is

33. The rate law for the reaction of OH- with tert -butyl bromide to form an elimination
product in 75% ethanol/25% water at 30 °C is the sum of the rate laws for the E2
and E1 reactions:
rate = 7.1 × 10-5 [tert-butyl bromide][OH-] + 1.5×10-5 [tert-butyl bromide]
For what concentration(mol/L) of OH- does the reaction proceed through 96 % E2
mechanism?
34. Equal volumes of 0.1 M CaCl2 and 0.2 M AgNO3 are mixed to form a solution.
Calculate the osmotic pressure of the solution in atm at 250 K.
Given R = 0.08 L atm mol-1K-1)
35. The number of species that contain hexagonal rings(including both homocyclic
and heterocyclic) is
Graphite, Diamond, borax, boron nitride, silica, boric acid.
36. How many of the following form blue solutions. Dilute solutions of Na, K, Rb, Cs,
Ca Sr, Ba, Al in liquid ammonia,
CuSO4, CdSO4 in ammonia.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
MATHEMATICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
10
3  r
37. The value of  cos   is equal to
r 0 3
1 3 1 3
A) B) C) D) 
8 8 8 8
 sin  sin 3 sin 9  tan B  tan C 
38. If A  0;   2n  1 ;  A, n, B, C , Z  , and    
2 cos 3 cos 9 cos 27  A 
then A  B  C  
A) 54 B) 55 C) 56 D) 77
39. Let a,b,c be three consecutive terms of an H.P. and all greater than 100. Then the
log a c logc a
value of a c equals
log b c log c b log b c log c a
A) b c B) a b
log a c log b c log a b log b a
C) a c Dc c
 2 667
sin 2010 sin sin tan
5 5 4
3  
40. Value of the determinant sin cos 2009 cos 2013 is
5 2 6
  4
tan cot 2011 sin
10 2 5
5 5 5
A) B) C) D) 1
16 8 16

41. The area of the triangle formed by the intersection of a line parallel to X-axis and
passing through P  h, k  with the lines y=x and x+y=2 is 4h 2 , then locus of P is

A) y  2 x  1 B) y   x  1 C) y  3x  1 D) y  4 x  1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
 1  2 1  2 x 
42. Let f : R   0,1  R satisfying f  x   f   then
 1  x  x 1  x 
4  9e 
A)  f  x dx  ln  4 
3

B) The graph of y  f  x crosses x-axis at x=-1

C) f  2  f  3  5
D) f  2  f  3  6
43. If f is a differentiable function such that lim f  x 2   a  a=finite non - zero, real number 
x 

then which of the following is/are true?

A) lim x 2 f '  x 2   0
x 

B) lim x 2 f '  x 2   does not exist

x 

C) lim x 4 f ''  x 2   exists and equal to a finite real number

x 

D) lim x 4 f ''  x 2   a
x 
x
44. Let f  x   t  1 dt , then which of the following is/are correct?
2

A) f  x is continuous in  1,1 B) f  x is differentiable in  1,1

C) f   x  is continuous in  1,1 ` D) f   x  is differentiable in  1,1
45. Let f : R  R is one – one, onto and differentiable function and
f  7  x   f  7  x .
Then which of the following is/are correct?
A) f 1  2017  f 1  2017  14
2031
B)  f  x dx  0
2017

C) If f '  16  0 , then roots of x 2   f '  30  x  f '  30  0 are non –real
D) If f '  30  31 , then f '  16  31
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16
46.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P
Assume that inverse of a differentiable function f is denoted by g. Then which of
the following statement hold good?
A) If f is increasing then g is also increasing.
B) If f is decreasing then g is increasing.
C) The function f is injective.
D) The function g is onto.
47. Read the following mathematical statements carefully:
I. A differentiable function ‘f’ with maximum at x  c  f ''  c   0
II. Antiderivative of a periodic function is also a periodic function.
III. If f is a periodic function with period T, then for any
T T
a  R,  f  x dx   f  x  a  dx
0 0

IV. If f(x) has a maxima at x=c, then function f is increasing in (c-h, c) and
decreasing in  c, c  h  , where h is a sufficiently small positive quantity
Now indicate the correct alternative(s).
A) exactly one statement is correct.
B) exactly two statements are correct.
C) exactly three statements are correct.
D) all the four statements are correct.
48. A  4, 2 , B  2, 4 and C  5,5 are the vertices of ABC . If the perpendicular bisector
of BC meets the circumcircle of ABC at D, such that A and D are on the
opposite sides of BC, then
A) equation of AD is x-3y=10
B) equation of AD is 3x+y=10
C) distance of AD from origin is 10
 5 5
D) incentre of the ABC is  , 
 2 2
49. A circle with centre  3 ,3  and with variable radius cuts the hyperbola
x 2  y 2  36 at the points A, B, C and D. If the locus of the centroid of ABC is
 x  k1 2   y  k2 2  k3 , then which of the following is true
A) k1  k2  k3 B) k12  k22  k3 C) 6k1  k22  k32 D) k12  6k2  k32
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P
SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases
A C 1
50. In a triangle ABC with usual notations, if tan tan  then consider the
2 2 3
following statements
2ac B A C 2
(S-I) b  (S-II) tan  tan  tan  
ac 2 2 2 3
B A C 4
(S-III) tan  tan  tan   (S-IV) a,b,c are in G.P
2 2 2 3
How many of the above statements are true?
 2i  j 2i  j
51. A unit vector r has equal length of projections along the vectors ,
5 5

and k .
 
If r. i  j  
 
k is positive, then number of such vectors r will be

52. If f  x is a polynomial function such that f  x  f '  x   f " x  f "'  x  x3 and

f  x
g  x   dx and g 1  1 , then  g  e  is (where [.] denotes greatest integer
x3
function)
1
3  
53. The value of 1  1   x  1 3
x 2
1 3 dx is


54. Let a,b,x and y be real numbers such that a-b=1 and y  0 . If the complex number
 az  b  x2  y 2  8
z  x  iy satisfies Im    y , then is equal to
 z 1  4 x

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

2016_PAPER-I
10-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Syllabus

MATHS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (07-08-2020)

PHYSICS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (07-08-2020)

CHEMISTRY : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (07-08-2020)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

 0 i cos   0i sin  d  0i sin  d  0i cos  d

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P

SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
6. Two identical objects A and B are at temperatures TA and TB respectively. Both objects
are placed in a room with perfectly absorbing walls maintained at a
temperature T TA  T  TB  . The objects A and B attain the temperature T eventually.
Select the correct statement(s) from the following:-
A) A only emits radiation, while B only absorbs it until both attain the temperature T.
B) A loses more heat by radiation than it absorbs, while B absorbs more radiation than it
emits, until they attain the temperature T.
C) Both A and B only absorb radiation, but do not emit it, until they attain the
temperature T.
D) Each object continue to emit and absorb radiation even after attaining the
temperature T.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4
7.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 10-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2016-P1_CTA-35_Q.P
If a negatively charged particle is released with charge  q at a point P centered
midway between the centers of a fixed insulating spherical shell having uniformly
distributed negative charge Q and a fixed positive point charge Q as shown.
Then after releasing, the charged particle  q

A) will accelerate to the right

A) Pressure at point B, just below the point of contact A is equal to P0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

x
I2
O

A) The voltage across C1 before the switch is open, is 12 V

A) The molar specific heat for process AB is 5R/4

B) The heat supplied in the process is  5 / 2 PV
0 0

C) For A to B, temperature initially decreases and then increases

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

r=1m Y

5m X

17. Two particle of masses m and 4m, moving in space at right angles to each other

experience same force F for time T simultaneously. Consequently the particle m

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

4m 4m

x
v'
v

after
Before
18. In the circuit shown, the potential difference between points A and B is 10n V.
Then n is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

The approxiamte pKa1 and pKa2 of carbonic acid are

A) 4, 13 B) 6.5, 10.4 C) 6.5, 8.5 D) 7, 14

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

B) Br2 ( 1 mol)

HO CCl4

C) HBr ( 1 mol)

D) Br
EtOK

H 

26. Ferric chloride reacts with potassium thiocyanate to a blood-red colored complex
according to the following reaction:
Fe3+ (aq) + SCN  (aq) 
 [Fe(SCN)]2+ (aq)

colorless colorless red color

B) In square planar complex d z orbital have minimum energy

C) In tetrahedral and octahedral complexes dxy, dyz and dxz orbitals are degenerate
D) In the octahedral complexes if eg orbitals contain odd number of electrons, the
structure is distorted

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

41. The area of the triangle formed by the intersection of a line parallel to X-axis and
passing through P  h, k  with the lines y=x and x+y=2 is 4h 2 , then locus of P is

A) y  2 x  1 B) y   x  1 C) y  3x  1 D) y  4 x  1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

B) The graph of y  f  x crosses x-axis at x=-1

C) f  2  f  3  5
D) f  2  f  3  6
43. If f is a differentiable function such that lim f  x 2   a  a=finite non - zero, real number 
x 

then which of the following is/are true?

A) lim x 2 f '  x 2   0
x 

B) lim x 2 f '  x 2   does not exist

x 

C) lim x 4 f ''  x 2   exists and equal to a finite real number

x 

D) lim x 4 f ''  x 2   a
x 
x
44. Let f  x   t  1 dt , then which of the following is/are correct?
2

A) f  x is continuous in  1,1 B) f  x is differentiable in  1,1

and k .
 
If r. i  j  
 
k is positive, then number of such vectors r will be

52. If f  x is a polynomial function such that f  x  f '  x   f " x  f "'  x  x3 and

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
10-10-20_Sr.Super-60 (Incoming) WTA-39_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
62
M-R
PHY
62
P-R
CHE
62
C-R
TOT
186
%
CAMP STATE
RANK RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

1 191031360 KOTIKALAPUDI KARTHIK CO-1 M 50 4 40 2 47 2 137 74 1 23 32 RB-2

2 191021071 BANTU KRUTHA SATYA VARDHAN NAIDU CO-1 M 38 77 42 1 43 10 123 66 2 43 70 RB-2

3 191032545 A SAI VARUN CO-2 M 47 11 34 9 38 26 119 64 4 62 98 RB-2

4 191031239 RAVIPUDI SAKETH KUMAR CO-1 M 46 13 33 13 36 43 115 62 6 87 134 RB-2

5 191018792 AVINENI MOKSHITH KUMAR CO-1 M 47 11 32 18 33 77 112 60 8 102 160 RB-2

6 191028293 DODDIPALLI SOMESH REDDY CO-1 M 46 13 28 44 33 77 107 58 9 129 223 RB-2

7 191031308 GUDLA KIRAN KUMAR CO-2 M 32 183 29 33 41 16 102 55 13 189 336 RB-2

8 191021020 RAGHAVAPURAPU CHIRANJEEVI SRINIVAS CO-1 M 27 301 25 93 49 1 101 54 17 200 368 RB-2

9 191077659 BATHINA BALAJI CO-1 M 53 2 26 77 20 317 99 53 19 214 390 RB-2

10 191031745 KALA GUNA SRI SAI VARDHAN CO-1 M 41 39 25 93 32 93 98 53 23 230 427 RB-2

11 191032714 MOPURU SREE HARSHA REDDY CO-2 M 30 234 32 18 34 61 96 52 32 264 492 RB-2

12 191018534 CHEERLA TEJA NAGA SAI CO-1 M 43 25 28 44 25 223 96 52 28 255 473 RB-2

13 191017704 RAVIPATI VARSHITH CO-1 M 35 127 25 93 35 56 95 51 36 281 521 RB-2

14 191009267 KONIREDDY NAGA MOHITH REDDY CO-1 M 36 112 27 61 32 93 95 51 35 277 515 RB-2

15 191018555 GORIPARTHI THARUN TEJA CO-3 M 33 165 28 44 33 77 94 51 40 300 566 RB-2

16 191061326 SHAIK MOHAMMED IRFAN CO-3 M 37 96 21 241 35 56 93 50 42 317 593 RB-2

17 191027689 VILUVALA KOUSHIK TEJA CO-2 M 35 127 32 18 26 206 93 50 43 320 600 RB-2

18 191031749 JALLIPALLI PRASANTH CO-2 M 44 21 22 201 27 190 93 50 41 310 582 RB-2

19 191031361 POTTURU SAI CHETAN CO-1 M 33 165 33 13 27 190 93 50 45 323 606 RB-2

20 191018504 KAMBAM HARIESH REDDY CO-3 M 40 54 24 119 28 160 92 49 49 335 621 RB-2

21 191018657 TAPPETA SWAROOP KUMAR CO-2 M 35 127 24 119 33 77 92 49 52 339 628 RB-2

22 191083391 GATTAMANENI HARISH CO-2 M 34 154 18 328 40 19 92 49 53 342 631 RB-2

23 191032341 NADIVEEDHI RITHWIK CO-1 M 43 25 24 119 25 223 92 49 48 333 618 RB-2

24 191021035 KADALI KRISHNA SAKETH CO-1 M 31 219 28 44 33 77 92 49 54 346 638 RB-2

25 191018536 CHEDALLA CHANDU CO-3 M 34 154 25 93 32 93 91 49 56 360 665 RB-2

26 191028440 BONTHU SRI SAI SATHWIK CO-2 M 30 234 27 61 34 61 91 49 57 363 672 RB-2

27 191032353 NAGIREDDY SAI TARUN TEJA CO-1 M 46 13 36 5 9 470 91 49 55 350 646 RB-2

28 191032721 ARAVETI VENU MADHAV REDDY CO-1 M 31 219 23 183 36 43 90 48 61 384 723 RB-2

29 191021037 MANISH BATTU CO-3 M 38 77 33 13 18 363 89 48 63 401 753 RB-2

30 191058239 SHAIK MOHAMMAD KAIF CO-3 M 37 96 24 119 28 160 89 48 65 404 756 RB-2

31 191061329 PERUGU VISHNU VARDHAN CO-3 M 29 252 27 61 33 77 89 48 67 408 767 RB-2

32 191018557 BUSA VAISHNAV CO-3 M 31 219 31 22 26 206 88 47 73 429 803 RB-2

33 191018573 UDAY KIRAN THENTU CO-2 M 19 408 35 7 34 61 88 47 75 441 820 RB-2

34 191012744 GUTTULA VENKATA SATYA SIVA MANI SWAROOP CO-3 M 43 25 24 119 20 317 87 47 76 445 824 RB-2

35 191017727 NAGENDLA RAHUL CO-2 M 24 343 34 9 29 144 87 47 79 454 851 RB-2

36 191031238 SURAGAM DHANA SAI CO-2 M 35 127 15 397 36 43 86 46 86 473 884 RB-2

37 191031210 BUTUKURI PERI REDDY CO-2 M 43 25 17 353 26 206 86 46 80 460 862 RB-2

38 191031839 BHUMIREDDY SANDEEP REDDY CO-2 M 35 127 22 201 29 144 86 46 85 472 882 RB-2

39 191032731 BELLAMKONDA SURYA TEJA CO-1 M 30 234 29 33 27 190 86 46 87 478 894 RB-2

40 191017337 SRI GANESH RACHAPUDI CO-3 M 35 127 15 397 35 56 85 46 93 495 928 RB-2

41 191027690 GELLI TANMAY VENKATA MANI PHANINDRA CO-2 M 33 165 21 241 31 119 85 46 94 498 933 RB-2

42 191020205 POPURI KARTHIKEYA CO-2 M 21 379 34 9 30 132 85 46 97 511 961 RB-2

43 191081146 SK IMTHIYASH CO-1 M 49 5 30 30 6 499 85 46 88 483 907 RB-2

44 191031382 DARGA MAHAMMED HASHISH CO-1 M 40 54 34 9 11 444 85 46 90 486 914 RB-2

45 191019718 POTELA PUNEETHESWAR CO-1 M 42 32 16 369 27 190 85 46 89 485 912 RB-2

46 191032727 DEVARASETTY SEETESH CO-1 M 32 183 23 183 30 132 85 46 95 499 935 RB-2

47 191028438 MALEMPATI SAI KRISHNA CO-3 M 32 183 22 201 30 132 84 45 103 527 989 RB-2

48 191032317 KALAGA VAMSIDHAR CO-1 M 45 18 29 33 10 457 84 45 98 514 968 RB-2

49 191031369 SINGUPURAPU PAVAN KUMAR CO-1 M 33 165 24 119 27 190 84 45 102 523 985 RB-2

50 191028402 NELLORE ESWARAIAH BHARATH CO-1 M 30 234 27 61 27 190 84 45 104 528 992 RB-2
S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
10-10-20_Sr.Super-60 (Incoming) WTA-39_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
62
M-R
PHY
62
P-R
CHE
62
C-R
TOT
186
%
CAMP STATE
RANK RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

51 191032372 K DEEPAK CO-3 M 27 301 24 119 32 93 83 45 111 556 1058 RB-2

52 191028347 KAMJULA REVANTH REDDY CO-2 M 35 127 22 201 26 206 83 45 107 548 1038 RB-2

53 191032732 KOTHA MUNI SRI CHARAN CO-1 M 21 379 24 119 38 26 83 45 112 561 1066 RB-2

54 191021433 MURAHARIRAO PRASANNA TEJA CO-1 M 30 234 26 77 27 190 83 45 110 552 1046 RB-2

55 191018640 DERANGULA CHARAN KUMAR CO-3 M 34 154 18 328 30 132 82 44 115 571 1088 RB-2

56 191018635 SYED MOHAMMED SOHAIL CO-3 M 32 183 22 201 28 160 82 44 117 574 1095 RB-2

57 191021033 BOYAPATI SUTEJ CO-2 M 38 77 18 328 26 206 82 44 114 567 1078 RB-2

58 191021069 JUNNUBALA ROHITH CO-1 M 38 77 22 201 22 275 82 44 113 566 1076 RB-2

59 191031232 GIDUTHURI VARUN KUMAR CO-1 M 30 234 15 397 37 35 82 44 119 577 1101 RB-2

60 191021028 NIMMAKAYALA VENKATA NITIN REDDY CO-3 M 32 183 24 119 25 223 81 44 128 604 1150 RB-2

61 191028338 ANDAVARAPU LIKITH CO-3 M 31 219 24 119 26 206 81 44 132 608 1155 RB-2

62 191031823 KENGUVA MANI SANKAR CO-3 M 41 39 15 397 25 223 81 44 123 592 1133 RB-2

63 191015161 VELLANKI CHANDRAKANTH DINESH BABU CO-2 M 38 77 23 183 20 317 81 44 124 595 1136 RB-2

64 191060092 REDDY SAI VIKRAM DEV CO-1 M 37 96 20 273 24 241 81 44 126 599 1140 RB-2

65 191018509 MARRI KARTHIKEYA CO-3 M 25 329 28 44 27 190 80 43 141 636 1230 RB-2

66 191081521 GANGIREDDY CHENNA RAGHAVENDRA REDDY CO-3 M 28 279 24 119 28 160 80 43 140 634 1219 RB-2

67 191031389 SREERAMA CHARAN TEJA CO-2 M 35 127 24 119 21 295 80 43 138 625 1198 RB-2

68 191021034 ADDANKI MOHITH CO-2 M 20 397 24 119 35 56 79 42 150 661 1298 RB-2

69 191031168 K HEMANTH KUMAR REDDY CO-2 M 38 77 22 201 19 347 79 42 145 647 1247 RB-2

70 191031326 CHITTURI MANIKANTA VENKATA SAI SATHWIK CO-2 M 25 329 13 432 41 16 79 42 149 657 1288 RB-2

71 191018567 ERATA MAHARSHI CO-1 M 39 63 12 478 28 160 79 42 144 646 1246 RB-2

72 191032184 NUVVALA KOMAL NADH CHOWDARY CO-3 M 28 279 24 119 26 206 78 42 160 683 1342 RB-2

73 191030057 MARUMOKAM C V SURYA SANTOSH CO-2 M 32 183 29 33 17 379 78 42 156 677 1326 RB-2

74 191021068 SURI VENKATA ROHITH KUMAR CO-2 M 24 343 22 201 32 93 78 42 162 689 1350 RB-2

75 191031840 MAJJI ADITYA CO-1 M 32 183 30 30 16 395 78 42 155 676 1325 RB-2

76 191030098 GANDU SAI PRABHATH CO-1 M 27 301 22 201 29 144 78 42 161 684 1343 RB-2

77 191018533 KALAKOTI KRISHNA CHARAN REDDY CO-3 M 33 165 24 119 20 317 77 41 168 702 1378 RB-2

78 191031315 ADAREDDY HARSHA CO-3 M 28 279 24 119 25 223 77 41 174 711 1398 RB-2

79 191081583 DULLA SUCHAN CO-3 M 31 219 22 201 24 241 77 41 170 705 1384 RB-2

80 191022525 MUNDRU SAI KUMAR CO-3 M 25 329 28 44 24 241 77 41 179 717 1409 RB-2

81 191032703 PIPPALLA YASWANTHSATYANARAYANA CO-3 M 32 183 18 328 27 190 77 41 169 704 1382 RB-2

82 191032318 VUDAYAGIRI V S KARTIK CO-2 M 31 219 20 273 26 206 77 41 171 706 1385 RB-2

83 191020581 KANUMURI CHARAN KUMAR CO-2 M 21 379 25 93 31 119 77 41 180 725 1422 RB-2

84 191031227 UDAYAGIRI UMESH CHANDRA CO-2 M 26 315 20 273 31 119 77 41 178 716 1407 RB-2

85 191028445 MATHE PRANAV SRINIVAS CO-3 M 31 219 21 241 24 241 76 41 185 740 1447 RB-2

86 191031392 T SAI AKSHAY CO-3 M 21 379 26 77 29 144 76 41 190 755 1479 RB-2

87 191018785 JAYANNAGARI HARSHITH CO-2 M 25 329 20 273 31 119 76 41 188 750 1467 RB-2

88 191021112 PENDYALA ANOOP SREEVAS CO-3 M 14 465 28 44 33 77 75 40 199 790 1554 RB-2

89 191061330 YEDULA VISHNU CHETAN CO-1 M 23 357 27 61 25 223 75 40 197 783 1539 RB-2

90 191080169 MACHA RUSHIKESWARA CO-1 M 37 96 15 397 23 258 75 40 192 765 1502 RB-2

91 191020298 JANIPIREDDY GANESH MOULI CO-3 M 23 357 21 241 30 132 74 40 204 815 1605 RB-2

92 191031318 BOLLEPALLI RAMA TEJA CO-2 M 42 32 27 61 5 510 74 40 200 793 1558 RB-2

93 191015726 POTHINENI SYAM PRASAD CO-2 M 23 357 19 309 32 93 74 40 205 816 1606 RB-2

94 191021031 GATRAM SRAVAN KUMAR CO-2 M 17 440 26 77 31 119 74 40 206 821 1618 RB-2

95 191032038 CH HEMANTH BHAVANI SAI SREENIVAS CO-3 M 17 440 24 119 32 93 73 39 214 845 1681 RB-2

96 191032194 V VARUN CO-3 M 20 397 24 119 29 144 73 39 213 841 1673 RB-2

97 191018601 DATLA CLINTON CO-3 M 15 457 25 93 33 77 73 39 216 848 1685 RB-2

98 191032740 PULIKUNTA REDDY DHANUSH CO-3 M 15 457 21 241 37 35 73 39 217 849 1686 RB-2

99 191031319 KOTLA RISHIKESH REDDY CO-2 M 37 96 19 309 17 379 73 39 208 824 1627 RB-2

100 191028253 BADISA LOKESH VENKATA SIVA MARUTHI CO-1 M 27 301 3 556 43 10 73 39 211 833 1651 RB-2
S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
10-10-20_Sr.Super-60 (Incoming) WTA-39_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
62
M-R
PHY
62
P-R
CHE
62
C-R
TOT
186
%
CAMP STATE
RANK RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

101 191018535 RAJAMALLA ANANYA TEJ CO-1 M 16 449 20 273 37 35 73 39 215 847 1684 RB-2

102 191059042 TATA KRISHNA SAI CHAITANYA CO-3 M 30 234 16 369 26 206 72 39 220 863 1709 RB-2

103 191028288 BANGARUGARI TEJ ROHITH CO-3 M 26 315 24 119 22 275 72 39 224 870 1722 RB-2

104 191032376 PUTTI PAVAN KUMAR CO-1 M 29 252 23 183 20 317 72 39 221 864 1711 RB-2

105 191030018 TAMADA AJAY SAI KARTHIKEYA CO-2 M 20 397 31 22 20 317 71 38 232 901 1799 RB-2

106 191018592 CHUNDURU JITENDRA ABHIRAM CO-2 M 14 465 20 273 37 35 71 38 235 908 1814 RB-2

107 191078677 KUDITHI KRISHNA KISHORE CO-2 M 19 408 25 93 27 190 71 38 233 904 1804 RB-2

108 191030276 KRISHNA SRI HARSHA CO-3 M 33 165 13 432 24 241 70 38 240 917 1825 RB-2

109 191017790 K RAJESHREDDY CO-3 M 22 372 20 273 28 160 70 38 242 925 1858 RB-2

110 191059132 KANCHARLA LOHITH BHAGAVAN CO-2 M 38 77 29 33 3 513 70 38 236 911 1818 RB-2

111 191031837 NANNURI SURYA SEAN CHOWDARY CO-2 M 24 343 26 77 20 317 70 38 241 923 1849 RB-2

112 191056903 KANCHAM GURU YOGESWAR CO-2 M 14 465 23 183 32 93 69 37 252 957 1937 RB-2

113 191011948 OGIRALA DEEVEN KUMAR CO-1 M 28 279 18 328 23 258 69 37 249 946 1905 RB-2

114 191031264 CHEEDEY VINOD CO-1 M 20 397 13 432 36 43 69 37 251 952 1928 RB-2

115 191018608 GORANTLA GOKUL CO-3 M 35 127 20 273 13 424 68 37 253 963 1946 RB-2

116 191018638 DERANGULA SAI KUMAR CO-3 M 30 234 17 353 21 295 68 37 255 968 1958 RB-2

117 191032393 BANDARU SAI HARI CO-3 M 32 183 11 484 24 241 67 36 259 993 2016 RB-2

118 191048502 SANAPALA CHANDRA SEKHAR CO-3 M 31 219 23 183 13 424 67 36 260 994 2017 RB-2

119 191011063 JADDU RUSHITH SIMHA CO-2 M 30 234 18 328 19 347 67 36 261 996 2021 RB-2

120 191032520 PENEJI VISHNU SAI REVANTH CO-2 M 18 428 28 44 20 317 66 35 270 1024 2093 RB-2

121 191251107 GUNDA GANESH CO-3 M 17 440 29 33 19 347 65 35 275 1045 2148 RB-2

122 191032375 KURAKULA SAI SARATH CHANDU CO-3 M 25 329 24 119 15 410 64 34 284 1074 2190 RB-2

123 191080029 DIVVELA VINAY KUMAR CO-3 M 37 96 18 328 8 485 63 34 288 1096 2239 RB-2

124 191032034 BOLLAPRAGADA JANAKIRAM CO-3 M 20 397 22 201 21 295 63 34 294 1111 2275 RB-2

125 191031383 JALLA BALASAI CO-3 M 18 428 19 309 25 223 62 33 304 1141 2361 RB-2

126 191059025 GINJUPALLI SAIRAM CO-3 M 29 252 15 397 18 363 62 33 298 1123 2314 RB-2

127 191017633 KUNISETTY NARENDRA CO-2 M 21 379 20 273 21 295 62 33 301 1134 2347 RB-2

128 191027711 GADDAM VENKATA VIGHNESH CO-3 M 30 234 19 309 12 430 61 33 307 1155 2386 RB-2

129 191058202 VALLIVEDU MOHINTH CO-3 M 29 252 21 241 11 444 61 33 308 1156 2389 RB-2

130 191031294 KONETI SAI DHEERAJ CO-2 M 20 397 20 273 21 295 61 33 310 1163 2413 RB-2

131 191059069 NALI HEMANTH SAI KRISHNA CO-1 M 25 329 24 119 12 430 61 33 309 1159 2400 RB-2

132 191059101 BEZAWADA SASAANK CO-3 M 11 490 21 241 28 160 60 32 319 1201 2500 RB-2

133 191031273 KOLLURI KARTHIKEYA CO-3 M 21 379 21 241 18 363 60 32 318 1192 2481 RB-2

134 191020611 BHAVANI SANKAR LENKA CO-3 M 32 183 20 273 7 492 59 32 320 1203 2506 RB-2

135 191021298 SRI KAMAL GUMMADI CO-3 M 29 252 16 369 14 417 59 32 322 1205 2508 RB-2

136 191081570 BINGI BHANU PRASAD CO-2 M 31 219 9 539 19 347 59 32 321 1204 2507 RB-2

137 191060080 GURIJALA HRUDAY CHOWDARY CO-3 M 30 234 22 201 6 499 58 31 328 1227 2565 RB-2

138 191048490 KAYITHA SARAN YADAV CO-2 M 28 279 20 273 10 457 58 31 330 1230 2572 RB-2

139 191018619 TULASI KANISH CO-2 M 18 428 15 397 24 241 57 31 336 1257 2655 RB-2

140 191017723 MAKKENA UMESH CHANDRA CO-1 M 11 490 24 119 22 275 57 31 337 1263 2668 RB-2

141 191057687 KUTCHU VENKATA SAI KUMAR CO-3 M 33 165 13 432 10 457 56 30 338 1264 2672 RB-2

142 191031222 M VAMSHI KRISHNA CO-1 M 22 372 20 273 14 417 56 30 340 1268 2689 RB-2

143 191032366 MUTYAM NARASIMHA REDDY CO-1 M 7 515 21 241 28 160 56 30 343 1285 2725 RB-2

144 191032504 KORADA SONISH CO-2 M 14 465 20 273 21 295 55 30 348 1297 2773 RB-2

145 191021044 VURUVAKILI VARUN REDDY CO-2 M 14 465 13 432 28 160 55 30 349 1298 2775 RB-2

146 191032503 PAKKI VENKATA SAI ABHIRAM CO-1 M 19 408 10 491 26 206 55 30 346 1292 2759 RB-2

147 191043651 MUTCHAKALA RAJA VARDHAN CO-3 M 27 301 19 309 7 492 53 28 353 1319 2839 RB-2

148 191021038 PRANAY KARTHIK VANGAVOLU CO-2 M 27 301 13 432 11 444 51 27 356 1354 2947 RB-2

149 191032356 KOPPERA SARATHCHANDRA CO-3 M 13 474 19 309 18 363 50 27 363 1390 3034 RB-2

150 191060012 MADDULA GOWTHAM KUMAR CO-2 M 44 21 9 539 -3 553 50 27 359 1371 2995 RB-2
S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
10-10-20_Sr.Super-60 (Incoming) WTA-39_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
62
M-R
PHY
62
P-R
CHE
62
C-R
TOT
186
%
CAMP STATE
RANK RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

151 191031317 M TEJA CO-2 M 16 449 18 328 16 395 50 27 362 1384 3024 RB-2

152 191031390 YATA RUPESH CO-3 M 18 428 10 491 21 295 49 26 367 1401 3068 RB-2

153 191030288 K LIKHITH CO-3 M 13 474 13 432 22 275 48 26 372 1429 3119 RB-2

154 191061324 KRISHNAM SAI KARTHIK CO-2 M 17 440 10 491 21 295 48 26 371 1425 3112 RB-2

155 191028291 SRIHARSHA MARAM CO-3 M 13 474 13 432 18 363 44 24 382 1504 3291 RB-2

156 191021554 KEMBURU POORNA SAI KRISHNA CO-3 M 18 428 17 353 9 470 44 24 381 1497 3273 RB-2

157 191031359 GRANDHI LAKSHMI NARAYANA GUPTHA CO-2 M 20 397 10 491 11 444 41 22 389 1545 3401 RB-2

158 191021012 CHITUKULURI RINEESH REDDY CO-2 M 9 502 10 491 22 275 41 22 392 1562 3442 RB-2

159 191032728 SAVATURI DHANUSHMANTH CO-2 M 19 408 9 539 12 430 40 22 397 1572 3461 RB-2

160 191080184 KONDREDDY V V S S VAMSI KRISHNA REDDY CO-1 M 25 329 16 369 -1 549 40 22 394 1567 3453 RB-2

161 191018778 KUKKALA ROHITH CO-1 M 23 357 17 353 0 521 40 22 395 1568 3455 RB-2

162 191032527 KAVURU BHANU VIGNESH CO-3 M 11 490 13 432 15 410 39 21 401 1594 3513 RB-2

163 191032177 BONTHU PHANINDDRA SAI CO-3 M 13 474 10 491 14 417 37 20 407 1634 3598 RB-2

164 191018641 MONINGI RAMACHANDRA RAO CO-3 M 16 449 14 419 7 492 37 20 406 1629 3591 RB-2

165 191031275 GURUGUBELLI ASHOK CO-2 M 9 502 10 491 0 521 19 10 438 1847 4070 RB-2

166 191017650 DUVVU SAI SAHIL CO-2 M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

167 191032507 BETHAPUDI PAUL RAJEEV CO-2 M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

168 191080183 ORCHU GOWRI SHANKAR CO-1 M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

169 191017787 SETTIPALLE VENKATA VAMSI TEJA REDDY CO-1 M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

170 191017728 UPPADA YASWANTH CO-2 M 7 515 10 491 -1 549 16 9 460 1941 4236 RB-2

171 191017649 MALLEMPUTI SAI TEJA CO-3 M RB-2

172 191018585 KARUR CHANDRA SEKHAR REDDY CO-3 M RB-2

173 191014417 SUNKARA DHATHRESH CO-3 M RB-2

174 191011931 ADDANKI POORNA VENKATA SAI CO-3 M RB-2

175 191017131 VAKA KARTHEEK REDDY CO-3 M RB-2

176 191018598 SIRASANAMBETI SIDDU CO-3 M RB-2

177 191018603 MALLELA ASWARTHA SAI KUMAR REDDY CO-3 M RB-2

178 191018751 VAIBHAV TUKARAM KUCHANKAR CO-3 M RB-2

179 191031291 J ANJAN CO-3 M RB-2

180 191032589 BODDU VENKATA UDAY CO-3 M RB-2

181 191058216 CHAMALA KOUSHIK CO-3 M RB-2

182 191018639 BOMMALA ROHITH CO-2 M RB-2

183 191032770 AMBULA SRIKAR CO-2 M RB-2

184 191057411 ALLAM YASWANTH KUMAR CO-2 M RB-2

185 191056973 KHAZI MAHAMMAD ASHRAF ALI CO-2 M RB-2

186 191017724 GOPIDESI SASI SEKHAR CO-2 M RB-2

187 191028500 SHAIK MULLA ABEED BASHA CO-2 M RB-2

188 191048501 VANA AVINASH CO-2 M RB-2

189 191031394 JAMI RAKESH KUMAR CO-1 M RB-2

190 191017630 TALLA SIVA RAMAKRISHNA REDDY CO-1 M RB-2

191 191021027 URLANA LOHIT DATTA CO-1 M RB-2

192 191057364 P SRINIVASA ADITYA CO-1 M RB-2

193 191017785 DEVATHI VENKATA SAI ESWAR CO-1 M RB-2

194 191017789 PANGULURI SAI MAHESH CO-1 M RB-2

195 191031314 CHITRALA VISHNU TEJA CO-1 M RB-2

196 191031348 DEVATHI PAVAN KUMAR CO-1 M RB-2

197 191058241 GUDIPATI SUJITH NAIDU CO-1 M RB-2

FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
10-10-20_Sr.Super-60 (Incoming) WTA-39_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
62
M-R
PHY
62
P-R
CHE
62
C-R
TOT
186
%
CAMP STATE
RANK RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

191028272 NALI HARSHAVARDHAN DEEKSHA-2 M 58 1 27 61 36 43 121 65 3 49 77 RB-2

191046148 MALADI VENKATA SAI YASWANTH DEEKSHA-1 M 45 18 26 77 46 3 117 63 5 74 114 RB-2
191031301 SORAKAYALA VENKAT SAI SANTHOSH PRATIBHA-2 M 48 7 38 3 28 160 114 61 7 92 142 RB-2
191022104 CHINTHAPATTI JAGADHEESH LAKSHYA M 38 77 28 44 39 21 105 56 10 149 264 RB-2
191058201 KATTAMANCHI MAHESH REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M 43 25 24 119 37 35 104 56 11 159 277 RB-2
191021438 VEMULA KALYANA VENKATA DEVA DUTT DEEKSHA-1 M 42 32 20 273 42 14 104 56 12 160 278 RB-2
191031964 KANDREGULA PARDHA SARADHI SANKALPA M 35 127 28 44 38 26 101 54 16 197 357 RB-2
191031825 SHAIK CHINTAPALLI MASTAN SHAREEF PRATIBHA-2 M 39 63 19 309 43 10 101 54 15 194 350 RB-2
191018660 VINNAKOTA PAVAN VIGNESH DEEKSHA-1 M 40 54 19 309 42 14 101 54 14 193 348 RB-2
191031735 VADAPALLI VIGNESH PRATIBHA-2 M 38 77 18 328 44 8 100 54 18 209 378 RB-2
191021332 JAVVADI YOGADITYA SANKALPA M 41 39 25 93 32 93 98 53 23 230 427 RB-2
191031167 D SRIHARSHA PRATIBHA-1 M 41 39 28 44 29 144 98 53 22 229 426 RB-2
191046902 CHALLA VENKATA CHANDU LAKSHYA M 46 13 24 119 28 160 98 53 20 225 416 RB-2
191031374 MALIGI PUNEETH DEEKSHA-2 M 39 63 25 93 34 61 98 53 25 233 430 RB-2
191019979 DONDAPATI MANOJ KRISHNA DEEKSHA-2 M 45 18 22 201 31 119 98 53 21 226 417 RB-2
191032719 THEOPHILUS BODDU LAKSHYA M 40 54 25 93 32 93 97 52 27 243 453 RB-2
191083208 SOMALARAJU SUSMANTH DEEKSHA-1 M 41 39 28 44 28 160 97 52 26 242 452 RB-2
191000422 RAMBARKI UDAY TEJA SANKALPA M 38 77 28 44 30 132 96 52 30 258 480 RB-2
191028344 SHAIK MOHAMMAD TAUFEEQ DEEKSHA-2 M 36 112 27 61 33 77 96 52 31 259 481 RB-2
191011894 INDYALA HARSHATH KUMAR DEEKSHA-1 M 39 63 14 419 43 10 96 52 29 257 479 RB-2
191022597 NITTURU CHANDRAKANTH REDDY LAKSHYA M 37 96 25 93 33 77 95 51 34 274 512 RB-2
191018672 KALLURI PARDHU SANKAR DEEKSHA-1 M 41 39 25 93 29 144 95 51 33 272 509 RB-2
191021029 PERNI SAI RAM SANKALPA M 39 63 26 77 29 144 94 51 38 290 547 RB-2
191022302 NARRA SATHWIK SANKALPA M 41 39 27 61 26 206 94 51 37 286 541 RB-2
191032709 REDDAPANI RAMA CHARAN PRATIBHA-2 M 35 127 27 61 32 93 94 51 39 296 559 RB-2
191031828 YARAM SANDEEP REDDY PRATIBHA-1 M 33 165 21 241 39 21 93 50 46 326 609 RB-2
191251321 THALLEM PRANEETH REDDY LAKSHYA M 35 127 24 119 34 61 93 50 44 321 602 RB-2
191018574 GARIKAPATI RAHUL SANKALPA M 39 63 24 119 29 144 92 49 50 336 622 RB-2
191312261 BONTHA NAVEEN LAKSHYA M 38 77 27 61 27 190 92 49 51 337 623 RB-2
191028406 MULPURI KRISHNA SAI LAKSHYA M 44 21 23 183 25 223 92 49 47 332 617 RB-2
191081720 N CHIDVILASH PRATIBHA-2 M 34 154 29 33 27 190 90 48 60 381 711 RB-2
191061859 DARAM SASHANK LAKSHYA M 40 54 26 77 24 241 90 48 58 374 697 RB-2
191021282 MANAM SASANK LAKSHYA M 40 54 21 241 29 144 90 48 59 376 699 RB-2
191081990 G R V RAHUL SANKALPA M 41 39 23 183 25 223 89 48 62 397 747 RB-2
191031325 PEDDIREDDY ADITHYA VARDHAN REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M 34 154 21 241 34 61 89 48 66 406 762 RB-2
191018593 KURUBA LIKHITH LAKSHYA M 38 77 29 33 22 275 89 48 64 402 754 RB-2
191032707 CHIKATI VENKATA DINESH RAYUDU SANKALPA M 35 127 21 241 32 93 88 47 71 422 794 RB-2
191015823 SRUNGAVARAPU SRI SATHYA ROHITH SANKALPA M 28 279 22 201 38 26 88 47 74 434 810 RB-2
191021005 ADITYA UDAYA REDDY YERUVA LAKSHYA M 38 77 22 201 28 160 88 47 69 418 787 RB-2
191021009 JADDU SUVARNA KUMAR LAKSHYA M 41 39 24 119 23 258 88 47 68 414 779 RB-2
191021293 JONNALAGADDA VARSHITH DEEKSHA-2 M 36 112 24 119 28 160 88 47 70 421 793 RB-2
191009270 TADIBOINA DINESH SAI VIJAY KRISHNA DEEKSHA-1 M 32 183 24 119 32 93 88 47 72 427 801 RB-2
191090600 POTHARLANKA GOUTHAM SANKALPA M 29 252 24 119 34 61 87 47 78 452 847 RB-2
191089162 KASA VENKATESH PRATIBHA-1 M 35 127 24 119 28 160 87 47 77 448 836 RB-2
191015825 NATUVA VENKATA SAI SURYA PRATIBHA-1 M 41 39 25 93 20 317 86 46 81 461 863 RB-2
191089160 SIMHADRI THARUN KUMAR LAKSHYA M 35 127 23 183 28 160 86 46 84 471 881 RB-2
191031746 SADANALA MANOJ PARASURAM LAKSHYA M 40 54 26 77 20 317 86 46 82 462 865 RB-2
191022593 KOLLA JITHENDAR DEEKSHA-1 M 38 77 26 77 22 275 86 46 83 465 869 RB-2
191018631 DURGA NAVEEN NEKKANTI PRATIBHA-1 M 32 183 19 309 34 61 85 46 96 500 936 RB-2
191056093 MIRIYALA UDAY KRISHNA PRATIBHA-1 M 39 63 17 353 29 144 85 46 91 489 917 RB-2
191022514 JONNALAGADDA SAI JAGADESH LAKSHYA M 35 127 22 201 28 160 85 46 92 493 926 RB-2
191044619 KALIDINDI RISHITH VARMA SANKALPA M 41 39 20 273 23 258 84 45 99 516 970 RB-2
191031134 K BALA GANESH PRATIBHA-1 M 29 252 19 309 36 43 84 45 105 530 999 RB-2
191032342 ANNADANAM RAKSHITH LAKSHYA M 34 154 22 201 28 160 84 45 100 521 982 RB-2
191020621 TELLABATI KHASIMVALI DEEKSHA-1 M 34 154 12 478 38 26 84 45 101 522 983 RB-2
191031320 MORAM LAKSHMI VISHNU VARDAN REDDY LAKSHYA M 38 77 24 119 21 295 83 45 106 543 1027 RB-2
191031312 CHANDRA KIRAN REDDY YAKKANTI LAKSHYA M 33 165 20 273 30 132 83 45 108 550 1042 RB-2
FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
10-10-20_Sr.Super-60 (Incoming) WTA-39_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
62
M-R
PHY
62
P-R
CHE
62
C-R
TOT
186
%
CAMP STATE
RANK RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

191032335 VAKKALAGADDA HEMA HARSHA DEEP LAKSHYA M 33 165 20 273 30 132 83 45 108 550 1042 RB-2
191009250 MANEPALLI RUSHIL VENKATA SREE RAAJ SANKALPA M 26 315 25 93 31 119 82 44 121 580 1113 RB-2
191018591 POTLURI HARIL PRATIBHA-2 M 28 279 21 241 33 77 82 44 120 578 1106 RB-2
191017631 NAMBURU HARSHA VARDHAN NAIDU PRATIBHA-1 M 32 183 24 119 26 206 82 44 116 573 1094 RB-2
191030037 PEDADA MANOJ VARDHAN DEEKSHA-1 M 31 219 19 309 32 93 82 44 118 576 1098 RB-2
191082446 SUVVADA VAMSI SANKALPA M 29 252 24 119 28 160 81 44 133 611 1160 RB-2
191031324 BUDDI LAKSHMI DEEPAK PRATIBHA-2 M 42 32 22 201 17 379 81 44 122 589 1128 RB-2
191018609 LANKALAPALLI SRI VENKATESH PRATIBHA-2 M 31 219 28 44 22 275 81 44 131 607 1154 RB-2
191031299 KARANAM NITHISH RAGHAV LAKSHYA M 32 183 24 119 25 223 81 44 128 604 1150 RB-2
191018622 PEDADA ABHIRAM DEEKSHA-1 M 37 96 20 273 24 241 81 44 126 599 1140 RB-2
191020529 JONNADULA RAJESH DEEKSHA-1 M 32 183 21 241 28 160 81 44 130 606 1152 RB-2
191032395 BACHINA MANI TEJA DEEKSHA-1 M 28 279 25 93 28 160 81 44 134 613 1167 RB-2
191028431 KOTHAREDDY VARUNKUMAR REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 37 96 22 201 22 275 81 44 125 598 1139 RB-2
191028448 SAI SAGAR G R PRATIBHA-2 M 37 96 21 241 22 275 80 43 136 622 1193 RB-2
191247112 GADE LALITH SAHITH DEEKSHA-2 M 38 77 22 201 20 317 80 43 135 621 1192 RB-2
191032737 PITTA ANDREW BLAZE DEEKSHA-2 M 32 183 24 119 24 241 80 43 139 630 1207 RB-2
191032725 NICHENAMETLA DHANUSH DEEKSHA-2 M 35 127 27 61 18 363 80 43 137 624 1197 RB-2
191032730 VEERAPANENI BENARJI SAI SANKALPA M 36 112 14 419 29 144 79 42 146 649 1252 RB-2
191032330 CHAVALI VALLABHA MAKARAND PRATIBHA-2 M 15 457 31 22 33 77 79 42 151 663 1301 RB-2
191031170 K SAI NIKHIL PRATIBHA-1 M 39 63 21 241 19 347 79 42 143 645 1245 RB-2
191032726 RAVURI HRUSHIKESH PRATIBHA-1 M 28 279 21 241 30 132 79 42 147 653 1275 RB-2
191018646 MYLA GANGA SIVA GOPALA KRISHNA LAKSHYA M 27 301 23 183 29 144 79 42 148 655 1278 RB-2
191031298 BOMMA VENKATA TARUN KUMAR REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 44 21 19 309 16 395 79 42 142 641 1240 RB-2
191027664 CHINTALA LAKSHMI VIJAYA SARADHI REDDY SANKALPA M 29 252 24 119 25 223 78 42 159 681 1335 RB-2
191032328 SAYED MD AFWAN AHMAD SANKALPA M 32 183 22 201 24 241 78 42 157 678 1327 RB-2
191059047 JAMPUGUMPULA MOKSHAGNA PRATIBHA-2 M 20 397 29 33 29 144 78 42 164 692 1355 RB-2
191032539 LOKESH VARMA KATADA PRATIBHA-2 M 30 234 17 353 31 119 78 42 158 680 1334 RB-2
191031387 INAPAKUTHIKA ABHITEJ PRATIBHA-1 M 21 379 22 201 35 56 78 42 163 691 1353 RB-2
191247476 PENTA ABHINAY DEEKSHA-2 M 33 165 24 119 21 295 78 42 154 675 1323 RB-2
191018563 GOLLAMANDALA SAI NIKHIL DEEKSHA-1 M 35 127 22 201 21 295 78 42 152 670 1315 RB-2
191018015 VEMULAPALLI ROHITH SAI DEEKSHA-1 M 34 154 24 119 20 317 78 42 153 672 1318 RB-2
191032750 SUKKA DHAKSHIN KUMAR SANKALPA M 28 279 24 119 25 223 77 41 174 711 1398 RB-2
191028413 NEKKANTI SIVA MANOJ KUMAR SANKALPA M 36 112 19 309 22 275 77 41 166 698 1369 RB-2
191247117 MODEPALLY SOHITH CHOUDARY PRATIBHA-2 M 28 279 29 33 20 317 77 41 173 709 1396 RB-2
191000694 ANEM HEMANTH PRATIBHA-2 M 26 315 23 183 28 160 77 41 177 715 1406 RB-2
191031220 CHONGA SURYANARAYANA PRATIBHA-2 M 36 112 13 432 28 160 77 41 167 699 1371 RB-2
191031398 MALIPEDDI MURALI KRISHNA PRATIBHA-1 M 29 252 11 484 37 35 77 41 172 708 1395 RB-2
191089194 HARI CHARAN ELURI LAKSHYA M 41 39 16 369 20 317 77 41 165 695 1362 RB-2
191032540 PENTA GEETHESWA DEEKSHA-2 M 21 379 24 119 32 93 77 41 181 726 1423 RB-2
191018586 JADAPALLI YOSHIK DEEKSHA-1 M 28 279 21 241 28 160 77 41 176 713 1400 RB-2
191018642 GUDLA VENKATA SAI MANIKANTA PRATIBHA-2 M 32 183 24 119 20 317 76 41 184 739 1446 RB-2
191031156 NUNNAGOPPULA DURGA RAVI TEJA LAKSHYA M 40 54 13 432 23 258 76 41 182 732 1436 RB-2
191031147 YALAVARTHI VIKAS LAKSHYA M 34 154 22 201 20 317 76 41 183 736 1442 RB-2
191059144 BANDI RISHIKESH KUMAR LAKSHYA M 24 343 23 183 29 144 76 41 189 751 1469 RB-2
191032582 GOWTHAM KUMAR GANESWARAM DEEKSHA-1 M 29 252 22 201 25 223 76 41 186 743 1452 RB-2
191020213 SHAIK SOHAIL DEEKSHA-1 M 28 279 20 273 28 160 76 41 187 746 1459 RB-2
191089966 GULLA SIVA KISHORE SANKALPA M 29 252 25 93 21 295 75 40 193 771 1514 RB-2
191061246 MULA KAMALNATH REDDY SANKALPA M 29 252 24 119 22 275 75 40 194 772 1515 RB-2
191089195 PINJARI MOHAMMED RAFEEQ PRATIBHA-2 M 21 379 22 201 32 93 75 40 198 785 1546 RB-2
191027681 GOGINENI TEJA PRATIBHA-1 M 28 279 25 93 22 275 75 40 195 775 1520 RB-2
191001335 SETTIPALLE ANIL KUMAR REDDY LAKSHYA M 37 96 22 201 16 395 75 40 191 763 1498 RB-2
191062355 MANDARAPU VENKATA SIVA NAGA SAI PRANEETH DEEKSHA-2 M 28 279 24 119 23 258 75 40 196 776 1521 RB-2
191028447 AYITHAMREDDI SARVARAYA SRI VEERA SARAN PRATIBHA-1 M 32 183 22 201 20 317 74 40 202 803 1573 RB-2
191022305 GOKULA SAJEEVA RAO PRATIBHA-1 M 23 357 24 119 27 190 74 40 203 812 1602 RB-2
191083209 BHUVAN SRI CHANDRA V PRATIBHA-1 M 32 183 25 93 17 379 74 40 201 802 1571 RB-2
191031336 BEEGALA MALYADRI PAVAN GANESH PRATIBHA-1 M 27 301 25 93 21 295 73 39 210 832 1649 RB-2
191013118 KANNIKANTI DINESHVARDHAN DEEKSHA-2 M 39 63 16 369 18 363 73 39 207 823 1626 RB-2
FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
10-10-20_Sr.Super-60 (Incoming) WTA-39_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
62
M-R
PHY
62
P-R
CHE
62
C-R
TOT
186
%
CAMP STATE
RANK RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

191019841 KOLLI SRI NAGA VEERA HANUMA DEEKSHA-1 M 30 234 11 484 32 93 73 39 209 831 1644 RB-2
191030060 KOMMANA SAI SANKAR SATVIK DEEKSHA-1 M 23 357 22 201 28 160 73 39 212 837 1663 RB-2
191016363 GATTU CHANDU PRATIBHA-1 M 36 112 16 369 20 317 72 39 218 857 1696 RB-2
191028437 PINNINTI DURGA VARA PRASAD LAKSHYA M 19 408 21 241 32 93 72 39 227 879 1743 RB-2
191083223 THOTA GUNADEEP SARAN DEEKSHA-2 M 28 279 23 183 21 295 72 39 223 867 1715 RB-2
191086407 PEDDINENI ANIL KUMAR DEEKSHA-2 M 29 252 21 241 22 275 72 39 222 865 1713 RB-2
191257662 AKURATHI MEGHA VENKATA SAI PAVAN DEEKSHA-1 M 33 165 21 241 18 363 72 39 219 860 1702 RB-2
191090595 GANGISETTY NITIN KUMAR DEEKSHA-1 M 14 465 22 201 36 43 72 39 228 880 1749 RB-2
191011829 GUTHA JIGNESH DEEKSHA-1 M 21 379 25 93 26 206 72 39 226 877 1740 RB-2
191011036 KOVURU GNANA PRAKASH DEEKSHA-1 M 24 343 16 369 32 93 72 39 225 873 1728 RB-2
191021421 PALLI MOHAMMAD AFZAL BASHA PRATIBHA-2 M 41 39 13 432 17 379 71 38 229 883 1754 RB-2
191018539 NARA VAMSI KRISHNA LAKSHYA M 16 449 31 22 24 241 71 38 234 906 1811 RB-2
191032391 BHISETTI NEERAJ HARSHA NANDAN DEEKSHA-1 M 27 301 17 353 27 190 71 38 230 892 1777 RB-2
191028422 GAJJALA AKSHAY REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 26 315 24 119 21 295 71 38 231 893 1779 RB-2
191027642 SAMAYAMANTULA ABHI SHASANK PRATIBHA-2 M 37 96 15 397 18 363 70 38 237 912 1819 RB-2
191009197 MOOLINTI NAVEEN SREENIVAS PRATIBHA-1 M 18 428 24 119 28 160 70 38 243 929 1866 RB-2
191009111 MYGAPULA MADHAV KONDA BABU LAKSHYA M 37 96 13 432 20 317 70 38 238 913 1820 RB-2
191018577 VELAGALA JAYAKANTH REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 36 112 15 397 19 347 70 38 239 914 1821 RB-2
191027672 SATYANARAYANA RAO SANKALPA M 35 127 15 397 19 347 69 37 245 935 1884 RB-2
191081186 YUVARAJ SANKALPA M 35 127 11 484 23 258 69 37 246 937 1886 RB-2
191032388 BATHALA HEMANTH KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M 20 397 21 241 28 160 69 37 250 951 1927 RB-2
191018665 DEVARAPALLI HEMANTH SAI DEEKSHA-2 M 29 252 22 201 18 363 69 37 248 941 1897 RB-2
191040433 YERUKULA SAI PAVAN DEEKSHA-2 M 31 219 24 119 14 417 69 37 247 940 1893 RB-2
191020524 DUBA DHANUSH KUMAR DEEKSHA-1 M 41 39 11 484 17 379 69 37 244 932 1875 RB-2
191028102 NERUSU SAI ANIL PAVAN PRATIBHA-2 M 34 154 13 432 21 295 68 37 254 964 1948 RB-2
191030161 BANAVATHU PURNA CHANDRA VENKAT LAKSHYA M 27 301 21 241 20 317 68 37 256 973 1969 RB-2
191082050 VEERAPURAM SAI SATHVIK REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M 23 357 25 93 20 317 68 37 257 977 1981 RB-2
191018975 NIMMAGADDA SUMANTH PRATIBHA-2 M 39 63 9 539 19 347 67 36 258 988 2006 RB-2
191020630 KASSE ASWAN KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M 24 343 20 273 23 258 67 36 263 1001 2027 RB-2
191031296 DUNNA AKHILESH VARMA PRATIBHA-2 M 26 315 10 491 31 119 67 36 262 999 2025 RB-2
191021141 PADMANABHUNI SURYA DEEKSHA-2 M 23 357 24 119 20 317 67 36 264 1002 2028 RB-2
191018518 PUTCHAKAYALA CHARAN KUMAR REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M 22 372 21 241 23 258 66 35 269 1021 2084 RB-2
191018632 NITHIN DEVANABOINA PRATIBHA-1 M 33 165 17 353 16 395 66 35 265 1011 2053 RB-2
191032581 AVULA RANGA HEMANTH LAKSHYA M 28 279 16 369 22 275 66 35 267 1016 2062 RB-2
191028343 MANCHIKALAPATI VENKATESWARA PRASAD DEEKSHA-2 M 27 301 24 119 15 410 66 35 268 1018 2066 RB-2
191017110 NATHANI VARSHITH DEEKSHA-1 M 28 279 18 328 20 317 66 35 266 1015 2060 RB-2
191030257 PALLAPOTHU ABHIRAM PRATIBHA-1 M 32 183 13 432 20 317 65 35 272 1034 2113 RB-2
191032303 CHAVVA RAVI KUMAR REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M 29 252 18 328 18 363 65 35 273 1035 2120 RB-2
191032787 JUVVALA BALA OMKAR SRIRAM DEEKSHA-2 M 32 183 21 241 12 430 65 35 271 1033 2112 RB-2
191032724 CHILAKAM ETHIVEN SAI MANI DEEPAK REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 22 372 20 273 23 258 65 35 274 1042 2139 RB-2
191078102 SAGILI SUJAN KUMAR REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M 36 112 16 369 12 430 64 34 276 1058 2170 RB-2
191032392 PINDI LOKESH KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M 26 315 15 397 23 258 64 34 283 1072 2187 RB-2
191056126 MANUBOLU NITHIN SAI PRATIBHA-1 M 22 372 16 369 26 206 64 34 285 1081 2208 RB-2
191020626 SABBATHI YUVA CHAITANYA PRATIBHA-1 M 19 408 21 241 24 241 64 34 286 1086 2215 RB-2
191009275 DONTHAMSETTI PHANIDHAR LAKSHYA M 32 183 16 369 16 395 64 34 277 1062 2174 RB-2
191011717 RACHAMALLA YESWANTH REDDY LAKSHYA M 27 301 20 273 17 379 64 34 281 1068 2182 RB-2
191013124 YALAMARTHI KIRAN DEEKSHA-2 M 32 183 13 432 19 347 64 34 278 1063 2175 RB-2
191031334 LINGESWARA REDDY PEDDU DEEKSHA-2 M 31 219 13 432 20 317 64 34 280 1065 2177 RB-2
191032314 PANGULURI VENKATA SAI TEJA DEEKSHA-2 M 26 315 18 328 20 317 64 34 282 1071 2185 RB-2
191061964 MUKKAMALA SUMANTH DEEKSHA-1 M 32 183 13 432 19 347 64 34 278 1063 2175 RB-2
191032546 PULLAIAHGARI SAI TEJESWAR REDDY SANKALPA M 20 397 24 119 19 347 63 34 293 1110 2273 RB-2
191014881 DONEPUDI VENKAT SANKALPA M 37 96 16 369 10 457 63 34 289 1097 2240 RB-2
191031284 PRABHAS REDDY CHINTAKUNTA SANKALPA M 39 63 18 328 6 499 63 34 287 1094 2236 RB-2
191088281 CHALLA TRILOCHAN CHOWDARY PRATIBHA-2 M 32 183 13 432 18 363 63 34 290 1099 2244 RB-2
191030148 JETTI VIVEK PRATIBHA-2 M 23 357 21 241 19 347 63 34 292 1108 2268 RB-2
191017237 MALLUVALASA KARTHIKEYA DEEKSHA-1 M 31 219 13 432 19 347 63 34 291 1100 2246 RB-2
191032744 GUNTAMADUGU PRUDHVI PRATIBHA-2 M 26 315 16 369 20 317 62 33 299 1125 2321 RB-2
FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
10-10-20_Sr.Super-60 (Incoming) WTA-39_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
62
M-R
PHY
62
P-R
CHE
62
C-R
TOT
186
%
CAMP STATE
RANK RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

191028044 PERISETLA SRI SAI YAGNIK PRATIBHA-2 M 29 252 20 273 13 424 62 33 297 1122 2311 RB-2

191018527 CHILUKURI CHAITANYA LAKSHYA M 32 183 18 328 12 430 62 33 295 1119 2300 RB-2

191009102 PENUGONDA PRANAV DEEKSHA-2 M 19 408 16 369 27 190 62 33 303 1138 2356 RB-2

191018799 ALAPATI ROHITH DEEKSHA-2 M 23 357 17 353 22 275 62 33 300 1130 2339 RB-2

191018566 GOLLAMANDALA SAI AKHIL DEEKSHA-1 M 19 408 22 201 21 295 62 33 302 1137 2355 RB-2

191009274 GANTA RAM PRAVEEN DEEKSHA-1 M 32 183 13 432 17 379 62 33 296 1120 2302 RB-2

191061700 SURENDHAR NADH CHERUKURI PRATIBHA-2 M 19 408 22 201 20 317 61 33 312 1165 2416 RB-2

191031331 KONETI SANDEEP PRATIBHA-2 M 36 112 16 369 9 470 61 33 305 1152 2380 RB-2

191062123 JONNADULA SAI KIRAN PRATIBHA-2 M 19 408 24 119 18 363 61 33 311 1164 2415 RB-2

191014883 GUDAPATI PREM LAKSHYA M 32 183 10 491 19 347 61 33 306 1154 2383 RB-2

191018763 VEMURI SAKETH CHOWDARY DEEKSHA-2 M 18 428 26 77 17 379 61 33 313 1168 2422 RB-2

191032032 YEDDULA RAM HARSHAN SANKALPA M 35 127 13 432 12 430 60 32 314 1183 2449 RB-2

191031154 NIMMAKAYALA PAVAN KUMAR REDDY SANKALPA M 25 329 23 183 12 430 60 32 317 1189 2468 RB-2

191011037 KAYYURU SOMESH LAKSHYA M 28 279 16 369 16 395 60 32 316 1187 2460 RB-2

191030016 JAMI ADARSH DEEKSHA-2 M 30 234 20 273 10 457 60 32 315 1186 2454 RB-2

191059030 CHAVVA HITESH REDDY SANKALPA M 8 513 10 491 41 16 59 32 324 1222 2558 RB-2

191027710 MOHAMMAD SAHIR BAIG DEEKSHA-1 M 21 379 14 419 24 241 59 32 323 1211 2528 RB-2

191059138 JAMBU VISHNU VARDHAN REDDY SANKALPA M 24 343 18 328 16 395 58 31 332 1233 2577 RB-2

191059001 GALLA DHEERAJ ROYAL PRATIBHA-2 M 36 112 13 432 9 470 58 31 325 1223 2559 RB-2

191028267 POLUPARTHI TARUN CHAKRAVARTHI PRATIBHA-2 M 36 112 13 432 9 470 58 31 325 1223 2559 RB-2

191032322 SWARNA NITHIN PRATIBHA-1 M 29 252 20 273 9 470 58 31 329 1228 2567 RB-2

191013372 MARIDI PAVAN LAKSHYA M 25 329 21 241 12 430 58 31 331 1231 2574 RB-2

191030096 DERANGULA VENKATA VAMSI DEEKSHA-1 M 36 112 13 432 9 470 58 31 325 1223 2559 RB-2

191031307 BOYA LAKSHMI NARAYANA SANKALPA M 28 279 13 432 16 395 57 31 334 1251 2633 RB-2

191017675 NALAMOTHU VISHNU VARDHAN LAKSHYA M 22 372 13 432 22 275 57 31 335 1253 2643 RB-2

191059072 SATYA SAI SRINIVAS TALAGAPU LAKSHYA M 29 252 19 309 9 470 57 31 333 1249 2628 RB-2

191059567 CHENNA REDDY MANOJ KUMAR PRATIBHA-1 M 19 408 20 273 17 379 56 30 341 1270 2694 RB-2

191015821 SETTYBATTINI VENKATA MAHESH LAKSHYA M 24 343 13 432 19 347 56 30 339 1265 2684 RB-2

191088739 R A SAI PAVAN DEEKSHA-2 M 17 440 16 369 23 258 56 30 342 1272 2701 RB-2

191009279 GANAPAVARAPU SAI RAMA KRISHNA PRATIBHA-2 M 18 428 21 241 16 395 55 30 347 1294 2762 RB-2

191028410 SIDDIREDDI GEETHA SATHWIK PRATIBHA-2 M 30 234 13 432 12 430 55 30 345 1288 2733 RB-2

191057370 SHAIK MOHAMMAD ASHRAF LAKSHYA M 9 502 20 273 26 206 55 30 351 1301 2783 RB-2

191081730 BANNURI BHARATH SAI DEEKSHA-1 M 33 165 9 539 13 424 55 30 344 1287 2730 RB-2

191019704 SANDEEP VASKURI DEEKSHA-1 M 14 465 13 432 28 160 55 30 349 1298 2775 RB-2

191031388 ALLE SUJAN KUMAR REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M 6 545 18 328 30 132 54 29 352 1317 2833 RB-2

191031171 K NAVYEESH PRATIBHA-1 M 24 343 20 273 9 470 53 28 354 1320 2844 RB-2

191018651 CHUNDURU ROHITH KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M 19 408 10 491 23 258 52 28 355 1339 2904 RB-2

191022899 VELAGA BUVANESH SAI SANKALPA M 23 357 18 328 10 457 51 27 357 1356 2954 RB-2

191013373 KONDREDDY VENKATA MANIKANTA DEEKSHA-1 M 21 379 18 328 12 430 51 27 358 1358 2959 RB-2

191018525 RANKIREDDY DURGA NAGA PRASAD PRATIBHA-2 M 19 408 24 119 7 492 50 27 361 1377 3012 RB-2

191018607 SANNUTHI SREYAS DEEKSHA-1 M 24 343 15 397 11 444 50 27 360 1376 3007 RB-2

191248028 GANDU LALITHADITYA LAKSHYA M 23 357 15 397 11 444 49 26 365 1396 3055 RB-2

191028439 KOMMA BHANU PRAKASH REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M 27 301 4 554 18 363 49 26 364 1395 3048 RB-2

191028117 BOGGAVARAPU MAHESH DEEKSHA-1 M 18 428 15 397 16 395 49 26 366 1400 3067 RB-2

191257664 DUVVI SAI VARSHIK PRATIBHA-2 M 21 379 21 241 6 499 48 26 370 1420 3101 RB-2

191018602 V SHYAM SUNDAR PRATIBHA-2 M 11 490 22 201 15 410 48 26 373 1432 3122 RB-2

191031743 BALIVADA BHARATH LAKSHYA M 26 315 13 432 9 470 48 26 368 1416 3095 RB-2

191030496 MATA AJAY KIRAN DEEKSHA-2 M 25 329 12 478 11 444 48 26 369 1418 3097 RB-2

191031347 PEELA MURALI SRI KRISHNA DEEKSHA-2 M 4 553 17 353 27 190 48 26 374 1441 3135 RB-2

191020612 SARATH KUMAR SETTI PRATIBHA-2 M 19 408 20 273 8 485 47 25 375 1450 3146 RB-2
FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
10-10-20_Sr.Super-60 (Incoming) WTA-39_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
62
M-R
PHY
62
P-R
CHE
62
C-R
TOT
186
%
CAMP STATE
RANK RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

191031332 CHAVA CHAITANYA PRANAV DEEKSHA-2 M 19 408 18 328 10 457 47 25 376 1451 3147 RB-2

191018624 GINKA GOPI AKSHAY DEEKSHA-2 M 10 496 14 419 23 258 47 25 377 1465 3173 RB-2

191015702 DAMA SOMU VENKATA NAGA RAVI KIRAN LAKSHYA M 25 329 15 397 6 499 46 25 378 1471 3187 RB-2

191028265 GUNTI MOHAN KRISHNA DEEKSHA-2 M 24 343 13 432 9 470 46 25 379 1472 3188 RB-2

191018758 GAGGARA CHANDU KOUSHIK DEEKSHA-1 M 23 357 12 478 10 457 45 24 380 1491 3235 RB-2

191030017 TADAKA AKHIL DEEKSHA-1 M 9 502 13 432 22 275 44 24 383 1507 3301 RB-2

191012726 SUTHAPALLI SAI BHUVAN LAKSHYA M 16 449 16 369 11 444 43 23 385 1518 3322 RB-2

191079109 DONTALA TARUN DEEKSHA-2 M 11 490 11 484 21 295 43 23 386 1522 3336 RB-2

191031339 YELCHURI SIDDARTHHA DEEKSHA-1 M 21 379 15 397 7 492 43 23 384 1515 3316 RB-2

191048093 KONAPALA SAI ABHIRAM SANKALPA M 11 490 17 353 14 417 42 23 387 1539 3381 RB-2

191031327 BOOSI MOUNESWARA REDDY PRATIBHA-1 M 7 515 10 491 25 223 42 23 388 1542 3394 RB-2

191014891 PARUCHURI CHAITANYA SAI LAKSHYA M 15 457 13 432 13 424 41 22 390 1550 3411 RB-2

191020206 KOTTA ROHITH LAKSHYA M 9 502 28 44 4 512 41 22 391 1561 3440 RB-2

191015233 TATA RAJA MANI KANTA SANKALPA M 19 408 13 432 8 485 40 22 396 1570 3459 RB-2

191028266 PENUMARTHI YAGNA DEEP SANKALPA M 29 252 13 432 -2 552 40 22 393 1566 3452 RB-2

191021434 MUNNANGI BALAJI DEEKSHA-1 M 9 502 17 353 14 417 40 22 398 1579 3482 RB-2

191011618 G NANDA KUMAR REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M 17 440 16 369 6 499 39 21 399 1589 3495 RB-2

191014886 KONATHAM HEMA SAI SUBRAHMANYAM LAKSHYA M 7 515 16 369 16 395 39 21 403 1602 3529 RB-2

191020007 JAYA ABHIRAM KAJA DEEKSHA-2 M 9 502 12 478 18 363 39 21 402 1600 3524 RB-2

191031996 MANVITH KUMAR DEEKSHA-1 M 13 474 18 328 8 485 39 21 400 1591 3504 RB-2

191009502 S DHEERAJ REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M 10 496 16 369 12 430 38 20 404 1617 3561 RB-2

191031293 KONAKALLA CHANDRA SEKHAR PRATIBHA-2 M 19 408 13 432 5 510 37 20 405 1628 3588 RB-2

191247747 PALLE HARSHAVARDHAN REDDY LAKSHYA M 9 502 16 369 11 444 36 19 408 1651 3646 RB-2

191021423 PARIMI PRANAY ESWAR PRATIBHA-2 M 18 428 10 491 7 492 35 19 409 1659 3663 RB-2

191056902 KHAJI MAHAMMAD RAIYAN SANKALPA M 19 408 7 548 8 485 34 18 411 1671 3691 RB-2

191018610 K S CHAKRADHAR REDDY SANKALPA M 2 556 11 484 21 295 34 18 415 1685 3720 RB-2

191088027 YEDLA SASIDHAR PRATIBHA-2 M 18 428 8 545 8 485 34 18 412 1673 3693 RB-2

191021023 JARUGULLA RAHUL PRATIBHA-2 M 12 483 13 432 9 470 34 18 413 1678 3701 RB-2

191028341 DANDE RAJ KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M 29 252 13 432 -8 557 34 18 410 1669 3688 RB-2

191031680 M RAKESH DEEKSHA-2 M 7 515 10 491 17 379 34 18 414 1682 3716 RB-2

191028433 MOHAMMED HARIS LAKSHYA M 12 483 13 432 7 492 32 17 416 1707 3762 RB-2

191019009 AMAJALA SAI RAM LAKSHYA M 13 474 14 419 3 513 30 16 417 1722 3816 RB-2

191028251 V NAGA SAI AKHIL DEEKSHA-2 M 9 502 13 432 8 485 30 16 418 1726 3828 RB-2

191018614 PASURLA BHARATH SIMHA REDDY SANKALPA M 5 551 14 419 10 457 29 16 420 1737 3859 RB-2

191028415 K AJAY KUMAR PRATIBHA-1 M 9 502 10 491 10 457 29 16 419 1732 3850 RB-2

191032374 GUTTA PRANEETH SAI LAKSHYA M 19 408 9 539 0 521 28 15 421 1741 3864 RB-2

191059078 THAMMINENI NITHISH SANKALPA M 6 545 15 397 6 499 27 15 423 1759 3906 RB-2

191011828 AHOBILAM PAVAN PRATIBHA-2 M 16 449 -1 558 12 430 27 15 422 1753 3893 RB-2

191028443 VEERANKI S.S.V.V.NAGENDRA BABU SANKALPA M 13 474 13 432 0 521 26 14 425 1762 3910 RB-2

191031262 GUVVALA LEELA KUMAR REDDY SANKALPA M 6 545 17 353 3 513 26 14 428 1775 3936 RB-2

191032781 NALLAPULA KARTHIK PRATIBHA-2 M 14 465 10 491 2 518 26 14 424 1761 3909 RB-2

191032334 VANTERU VENKATA REDDY SAI LAKSHYA M 10 496 10 491 6 499 26 14 426 1768 3918 RB-2

191014358 ALLA BHARGAVA RAM DEEKSHA-1 M 7 515 10 491 9 470 26 14 427 1774 3933 RB-2

191022804 KANCHARLA NAGA VENKATA PRASANNA MANOHAR PRATIBHA-1 M 15 457 10 491 0 521 25 13 429 1778 3939 RB-2

191009151 N HARSHA VARDHAN DEEKSHA-2 M 5 551 10 491 10 457 25 13 430 1783 3955 RB-2

191079894 MOPUR PUSHKAR SAI PRATIBHA-2 M 6 545 6 552 11 444 23 12 432 1804 4002 RB-2

191032710 NELAVELLI PAVAN SAI LAKSHYA M 12 483 14 419 -3 553 23 12 431 1787 3972 RB-2

191031261 GUVVALA LEELA NAGA KARTHIK REDDY SANKALPA M 6 545 14 419 2 518 22 12 433 1813 4014 RB-2

191031676 MALLELA RAJA PRAHAS KUMAR DEEKSHA-2 M 4 553 3 556 15 410 22 12 434 1816 4019 RB-2

191018552 MUDUNURI BHASKARA KARTHIKEYA VARMA PRATIBHA-2 M 10 496 5 553 6 499 21 11 435 1819 4025 RB-2
FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
10-10-20_Sr.Super-60 (Incoming) WTA-39_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
62
M-R
PHY
62
P-R
CHE
62
C-R
TOT
186
%
CAMP STATE
RANK RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

191031274 KARIMI UPENDRA DEEKSHA-2 M 10 496 10 491 0 521 20 11 436 1826 4036 RB-2

191078433 YESWANTH SATYA PRASAD VEERAVALLI DEEKSHA-2 M 7 515 13 432 0 521 20 11 437 1829 4042 RB-2

191018783 TALABATHULA MOHAN KRISHNA PRATIBHA-2 M 12 483 10 491 -4 555 18 10 439 1852 4085 RB-2

191031830 PANGA SUKUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M 8 513 7 548 3 513 18 10 440 1853 4087 RB-2

191032555 BOYAPATI VIGNESH SANKALPA M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

191020212 POPURI SIVA NAGA NITHIN SANKALPA M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

191028345 MUDDISETTI GNANESWARA PRATIBHA-2 M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

191015415 TAMMINA BALA SRI AKHIL PRATIBHA-1 M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

191028289 JUNGA LEELA MANOHAR PRATIBHA-1 M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 112 1858 4094 RB-2

191028258 MURABOYINA SRIKAR LAKSHYA M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

191248031 NALLURU VENKATA HEMANTH REDDY LAKSHYA M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

191015887 AVULA VENKATA SAI KALYAN YADAV LAKSHYA M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

191028260 SAI SRINIDHI THAGIRISA DEEKSHA-2 M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

191018596 KOPPARTHI BALA SUBRAMANYA GEETH CHANDAN DEEKSHA-2 M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

191031218 SENAPATHI VEERA VENKATA RAMANA DEEKSHA-2 M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

191028405 BOMMI HARSHA VARDHAN DEEKSHA-1 M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

191031351 KATA HAREESHWARA REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

191020204 KOPPOLU GNANAVARDHAN DEEKSHA-1 M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

191031386 KOTAMREDDY SREE HARI KUMAR REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 7 515 10 491 0 521 17 9 441 1858 4094 RB-2

191015236 REDROUTHU JASWANTH MEHAR DEEKSHA-1 M 7 515 7 548 0 521 14 8 461 1951 4253 RB-2

191018623 MAVULETI RITHVIK SRI VARMA SANKALPA M -3 558 20 273 -9 558 8 4 462 1965 4272 RB-2

191028450 LANKALAPALLI SHYAM SAI ABHIRAM LAKSHYA M 6 545 8 545 -7 556 7 4 463 1966 4273 RB-2

191015229 KONATHAM SIVA SAI SUBRAHMANYAM LAKSHYA M -1 557 7 548 -1 549 5 3 464 1968 4275 RB-2

191078687 SINGANAMALLA VENKATA DEEPAK SANKALPA M RB-2

191032542 KINTHADA DINESH VARDHAN SANKALPA M RB-2

191018617 AKASH REDDY PULIKUNTA SANKALPA M RB-2

191010925 VUTHARAJI YASWANTH SANKALPA M RB-2

191011038 CHERIVI VAMSI SANKALPA M RB-2

191011468 NARASIMHA REDDY BOGGULA SANKALPA M RB-2

191014880 MIKKILINENI SASI NIKHIL SANKALPA M RB-2

191018618 SINGANAMALLA JASWANTH NARAYANA SANKALPA M RB-2

191018851 GUNTA VIVEKA VARDHAN SANKALPA M RB-2

191019842 JASWANTH PRASAD VEMULAPALLI SANKALPA M RB-2

191021002 PRASANTH S SANKALPA M RB-2

191023471 BORRA MANJUNATH SANKALPA M RB-2

191028276 POTTURI SATYA NAGA PAVAN CHARITH SANKALPA M RB-2

191028281 PULIMI VISHNU SAI REDDY SANKALPA M RB-2

191028286 PRABHATH SANKALPA M RB-2

191028434 JAGANA MANISH SRI SURYA SANKALPA M RB-2

191031219 VEERAMREDDY ARJUN SANKALPA M RB-2

191031306 INUKONDA MAHA SIVA RAM SANKALPA M RB-2

191031323 SUDHAKAR KANDELA SANKALPA M RB-2

191032024 MADDURI SAI HEM TEJ SANKALPA M RB-2

191058511 NALLANI LAKSHMAN SANKALPA M RB-2

191059734 YASOVARDHAN PAMPANA SANKALPA M RB-2

191060007 MALLIDI SATYA PRAKASH REDDY SANKALPA M RB-2

191077591 SYED RIHAN AHAMED SANKALPA M RB-2

191088981 SARIPELLA SAI AKSHAY SANKALPA M RB-2

191031701 POTLURI VENKATA SAI KRISHNA PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191018522 SETTIPALLI SRI CHANDRA ABHINAY VARSHITH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
10-10-20_Sr.Super-60 (Incoming) WTA-39_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
62
M-R
PHY
62
P-R
CHE
62
C-R
TOT
186
%
CAMP STATE
RANK RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

191015947 KAGITHA SOBHAN PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191046643 KAPU KARTHIK CHOWDARY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191020210 MANNAM HASWIN PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191027684 BOLLIGARLA MOHAN SAI AKASH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191021336 VARDHINEEDI SURYA SAI SATYA LIKHITH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191027702 KODURU ARAVIND SAI REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191048098 MADUGULA VARUN KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191080106 PILLI SASI KALADHAR PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191032743 MUDDA NIKHIL PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191011827 BRAHMADEVI KARTHIK PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191000430 KANIMERAKA PURUSHOTHAM NAIDU PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191011892 PERAM DHANUSH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191018524 HASAVATHU PRAVEEN PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191018562 MANTRI CHRIST ELISON PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191022623 SAI MANI TEJA RAMISETTY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191028252 V SRAVAN PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191028257 POTULA RADHA NISHANT PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191031341 GOOLLA RAHUL PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191031367 AKKINENI NAGA CHARITESH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191032358 MADINENI KOUSHIK PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191032742 LAKSHMIPATHI CHETHAN REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191052553 THATI KUSHVANTH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191052557 SURA VENKATA RAVINDRA REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191059033 KANDLAPALLI ARAVIND SAI PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191251102 BODDU GIRI RAJA SEKHAR PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

191032735 TADEPALLI JAYANTH VINNY PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191018793 TOLIKOTI SANDEEP PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191032312 PENNERA DINESH KUMAR PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191031322 MUMMADI RAJESH REDDY PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191159153 KETHA SAI BHANU ARJUN PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191021019 KAMMAMPATI SIVA CHARAN KARTHIK PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191020627 CHITTURI DURGA SAI TEJA PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191009237 K VENKATA SAI ROHITH PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191017786 LAXMAN KUMAR YADAV PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191018520 VARRE SRI KRISHNA KISHORE PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191018530 G HARI PRASAD PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191018694 K BHANU PRAKASH PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191018748 KINJARAPU DEEPAK NAIDU PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191018766 TANGUTURI VENKATA LAKSHMI AJAY PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191021292 BANDLA N V SAI HARSHA VARDHAN PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191021831 DARUKUMALLI MOUNEESH REDDY PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191027670 GUDIPUDI JAGADISHWAR RAO PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191027685 MANIKALA SATISH PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191028342 ANANTHA RAMU PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191028427 SAPPA SHANMUKHA SAI PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191031328 MALLEM VENKATA JAYA SAI PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191031930 ARIGELA GUNA SRI VENKATA SATYA SAI PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191031944 B VIVEKYADAV PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191032371 G L SAGAR PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191052566 SURA VENKATA RAMANA REDDY PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
10-10-20_Sr.Super-60 (Incoming) WTA-39_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
62
M-R
PHY
62
P-R
CHE
62
C-R
TOT
186
%
CAMP STATE
RANK RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

191251833 GADDIPATI KARTHEEK PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

191031297 MASARLA NITHEESH KUMAR REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

191021115 MANCHEM VISHNU SRIKAR LAKSHYA M RB-2

191032716 MERUGU VIVALL LAKSHYA M RB-2

191018529 SHAIK ABDUL ROHAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

191018376 KORLEPARA SRI VATHSAV LAKSHYA M RB-2

191009746 REVANURI SAI MONISH KUMAR LAKSHYA M RB-2

191009247 MARISETTI LIKHITH SHANKAR LAKSHYA M RB-2

191017415 SHAIK GORESAHEB MOHAMMED ZUNAID AHAMMED LAKSHYA M RB-2

191018693 TENKASALA PAVAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

191020855 KOMMANA ROHITH SAI LAKSHYA M RB-2

191027643 SANGA VENKATA PRAVEEN KUMAR LAKSHYA M RB-2

191028105 BHEEMA VISHNU VARDHAN REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

191030243 DEVARASETTI ROHITH SIDDARTHA LAKSHYA M RB-2

191031276 YEDDULA JAYA SIMHA REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

191031343 NALLANI CHARAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

191031682 KOPPADA SAISH DILIP VARMA LAKSHYA M RB-2

191032200 GANDHAVEETI PRADEEP REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

191032379 KOTTE BHARGAVA SAI LAKSHYA M RB-2

191032676 VISHNU VARDHAN REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

191043372 KIMAVATH JAYARAMSAI HARSHAVARDHAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

191058234 JAVVADI SANDEEP LAKSHYA M RB-2

191059099 PULLURU ROHITH LAKSHYA M RB-2

191105120 BELLE SASHANK LAKSHYA M RB-2

191248011 AVULA VENKATESWARA REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

191257074 CHEELI DAIVASMARAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

191028441 JAMMULA KRISHNA BABU DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191013130 KATTA NITHIN SATYA NAG YADAV DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191031135 LEPURU JATIN DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191032635 VEMULA CHARAN DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191011805 KOTTEM KALYAN DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191248007 SAI KOMAL SOMIREDDI DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191032394 RAMISETTY LOKESH DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191028259 KANUMURI NAGA VISHNU VARDHAN DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191010921 PADAVATAN HANSON GEORGE DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191017682 T RAM MOHAN REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191019051 VIKRUTHI ROHITH MADHU BHUSHAN NAIDU DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191020629 PADAM SAI TEJAS DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191022570 BOGIREDDY NITHIN REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191028404 BANDARU DEVI LAXMI MARUTHI KUMAR DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191030229 PILLI SUBHASH DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191031178 PUPPALA SHANMUKHA HANUMAN SAI DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191031259 GOWRASANI NAGA ARAVIND REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191031997 PATURI SAI SRIVATSA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191032717 THOPUDURTHI SAI HARSHITH REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191059019 R SRI VENKATA KRISHNA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191059065 DASARI LAKSHMI NARAYANA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191060046 YALAGANA MAHENDRA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191127173 MEDISETTI TEJA SAI GANESH DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191247301 PUTTA NARAYANA SWAMI DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
10-10-20_Sr.Super-60 (Incoming) WTA-39_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
62
M-R
PHY
62
P-R
CHE
62
C-R
TOT
186
%
CAMP STATE
RANK RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

191248024 POTHURI NIKHIL BABU DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191248037 PANCHIREDDI NARESH KUMAR DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191248230 MANDADAPU DHARMA TEJA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

191018611 V MANOJ DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191030061 KANCHI RAHUL DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191010629 GUNTUMADUGU BHARATH DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191028416 SOMA SUBRAMANYAM DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191017235 NALLA RAHUL DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191032333 YARRA SRINIVASA REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191031396 GUMMALLA CHANIKYA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191031230 JUPALLI SARATH SAI DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191077822 PULI KISHORE BABU DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191031377 NAIDU LAKSHMAN DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191045905 KUMMARI VISHNU SAI DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191018012 DODDA VENKATA SAI MANVISH DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191018505 PAVANI KOUSHIK DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191018746 PUNUGUPATI ANIL DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191020209 MAHANKALI VAMSI KRISHNA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191020512 VEERAMREDDY HARSHAVARDHAN REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191020659 MIDDE BHARATH CHANDRA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191022511 GAYAM MADHAVA REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191028004 MOTAMARRI BALA VENKATA MOHAN KRISHNA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191028421 MOHAMMAD IMRAN DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191031169 C EESHWAR NARAYAN DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191031172 M PRAMOD DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191031202 MAHENDRA REDDY SIDDIREDDY DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191031381 ABOTHU GUNA SEKHAR DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191031739 VIVEKANANDA MANDULA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191032325 NALLURU JAYARAM DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191032530 NADAKUDITI KOUSHIK DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191032564 DOMMETI SIVA SATYA SAI HEMANTH DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191032734 JALDU BALASUBRAMANYAM GUPTHA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191061397 POTHULA SASANK DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191078635 SAMMETA KAMAL SAI DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191081236 STANLEY RAJ KUMAR TALABATHULA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

191251152 D VAMSI KRISHNA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR - HYD
Sec: Sr.Super60 WTA-30 Date:12-07-20
Time: 05.00Pm to 08.00Pm 2017_P2 Max.Marks:183
KEY SHEET

PHYSICS
1 A 2 C 3 D 4 B 5 C
6 B 7 B 8 AD 9 ABC 10 BC
11 AC 12 CD 13 B 14 BD 15 A
16 B 17 A 18 B

CHEMISTRY

19 D 20 C 21 A 22 B 23 B
24 A 25 C 26 AD 27 ABD 28 ABD
29 AC 30 BC 31 CD 32 ABCD 33 D
34 C 35 A 36 C

MATHS
37 B 38 D 39 C 40 A 41 C
42 B 43 C 44 BC 45 BC 46 AC
47 BC 48 ABD 49 BD 50 ACD 51 C
52 A 53 A 54 A
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SOLUTIONS
12-07-20_Sr.Super60_JEE-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Key & Sol’s

PHYSICS

01.
As reading of the galvanometer is zero so current in the branch AB and hence in the
branch CD is zero. So VA-VD=VB-VC = 10 V, so E=10V
02. i2×R/ volume
03. full-scale deflection current is 10-2 A. so
04. potential gradient of the potentiometer wire is 5V/m . Voltage across the external circuit
is 7/3 volt. So

05.
Using Kirchhoff’s law
So current through 2/3 Ω is 2I1-I=1A
06. current through the voltmeter is 0.2 A, so current through R is 4.8 A. so R= 20Ω.

07.
If current through the 4Ω resistor is zero, then VA-VB= 6 Volt Therefore R= 1Ω
08. With the initial conditions potential gradient of the potentiometer wire is 0.75 V/m . So
balancing length is
Now in the new situation, potential gradient is
Therefore
09. resistance of the ammeter is 0.99Ω.So, in the first circuit

Resistance of voltmeter is 200Ω

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_JEE-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Key & Sol’s
In the second circuit considering 200 Ω>> 2Ω, reading of voltmeter is 8V. so
and full-scale deflection current = 0.05 A.
So, range of ammeter is 5 A.

10.
……….(1)

………(2)

From (1) and (2) i.e. resistance of the galvanometer.

Also , IG is full-scale deflection current.
Solving, E=144 V.
11. using integration for resistance
current in the wire is

and the electric potential in the rod as a function of x is

12. Potential difference between points a and b i.e. Va -Vb , when switch S is open is -12
Volt.current through the switch S when it is closed is 3A from b to a.
13. Current in the resistance R increases if E1r2  E2  R  r1 

14.
Is equivalently Therefore current through 25 V battery is 12.5 A. also current through 20
V

battery is 1 A in downward direction in the figure. So it is charging and power delivered

by it is – 20W .
15. point 3,6 are symmetrical and 4,5 are symmetrical.
16. similarly use method of symmetry
Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 3
17.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
equivalent circuit diagram is as shown
12-07-20_Sr.Super60_JEE-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Key & Sol’s

18. Conceptual
CHEMISTRY
2
19.  Ni  CN   - square planar  dsp 2
 4
20. H 2O weak field ligand pairing of electrons doesnot takes place
21.  Mn X 4 2   5.9 B.M
Mn 2  4 s 3d 5
n  5 tetrahedral complex
22.  Fe  H 2O  NO  SO4 brown ring
 5 
Fe 1  4 s13d 6
4s 0 3d 7  sp3d 2
n  3 :   15
23. Symmetrical and strong field ligand on central atom stability of complex increases

24. Co  en  Cl2 
 2 
H2C
Cl H2C NH
HN NH
H2C NH Cl
CH2
Co Co
H2C CH2 HN
NH NH Cl
CH2
Cl NH
CH2
trans
Cis (optically active)
3
25. Cr  NH 3  
 6
d 2 sp3 have unpaired electron
3 2
26. Ti  H 2O   ,  Cu  NH 3   coloured complexes having unpaired electron
 6  4
27. Conceptual
28. According to E.A.N more than 36 effective atomic number loses electrons they acts as
reducing agents
29. Complex with bidentate ligand NO2 , SCN
1
30. 

31. Conceptual

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 4

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
M
TG ~ @bohring_bot
  or   M  shows optical isomerism
12-07-20_Sr.Super60_JEE-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Key & Sol’s

32.
  AA3    AB 3 
33. Wilkinson catalyst  Ph3 P 3 RhCl 
34. Conceptual
35. Co 3  d 6 strong field ligand
6
t2g eg 0
CFSE  0.4  6 0  2.4 0
2
36.  Fe  NH 3  
 6
Fe2  d 6  t2g
6
eg 0

MATHEMATICS

 dx 2 dt
37. 0    Let tan x / 2  t 
0  a  11  t   2a 1  t 
2 2 2 2
a  2a cos x  1

dt
 2
0  a  12 t 2  ( a  1) 2

1 1   a  1 t  2  
 2. . tan 1    2 .  2
a 1 a 1  a  1 0 a  1 2 a  1
1 1
38.   
f ( x)  e x ,  e x x 2  e x dx   x 2e x  e 2 x dx 
0 0
x4 11
39. f ( x)   2 x3  x 2  6 x  4
4 2
1 3 2
f ( x )  x  6 x  11x  6  ( x  1) ( x  2)( x  3)
f 11( x)  3x2  12 x  11
f 11 ( x  1)  3  12  11  0. f 11 ( x  2)  12  24  11  1  0
f 111 ( x  3)  27  36  11  0
f max  4  16  22  12  4  2
1 11 1 7
f min   2   6  4  1  8  22  8  
4 2 4 4
81 11 1
f min   54  9  6 
4 2 4
7
2.  I  2.2  I   7, 4 
4
 /2
sin 2 x 1
40.  dx, Let 2 x  t , dx  dt
x 1 2
0
 sin t 1  1
0 t  2 dt  t  2 0 sin t. dt   (t  2)2   cos t  dt
Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 5
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

TG ~ @bohring_bot 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_JEE-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Key & Sol’s

cos t  cos t
 | dt
t  2 0  t  2 2
0
 1 1
   I
  2 2 
1 1
  I
 2 2

41. 
f ( x)  ( x !) 2  12.2 2....x 2 
1
 12.22...r 2 ..(2n) 2  4 n
I  lim  
n   n4n 
1  1 .22...r 2 .....  2n 2 
2
 l n  I  lim ln  
n  4n  n 2 .n 2 ....n 2 
2
1 1 2n  r 
ln I  lim  l n  
4 n  n 1  n 
2 2
1 1
ln I   l n x 2 dx  .2. ln x dx
4 4
0 0
1 2
ln I  . x l n x  x 0
2
 2
ln I  l n 2  1  l n  
e
1  x cos2 
42. x  cos 2    cot 2 
1  x sin 2 
x  0  /4
n  1   0
0 0
 1    
 sin  2 tan  tan  2       2sin 2  d   sin 2  2sin 2  d
 /4  /4
 /4
  sin 4 
  /4
4  4  0
 /2
cos 2 x
43. I  dx
sin x  cos x
0
 /2
1
2I   dx , tan x / 2  t
sin x  cos x
0
1 1
2dt 2dt
 
0 2t  1  t
2
0 2 t 2
 2t  1 
Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 6
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1
TG ~ @bohring_bot 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_JEE-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Key & Sol’s
1
dt 1 2   t  1
2 I  2 2
I  ln
2 2 2 2   t  1
0   2   t  1 0

1 2 2 1
I ln  ln
2 2 2 2 1
2
1 1 1

2 2
ln
2 1

2
ln  2 1 
44.  
f 1 ( x )  x x 2  3 x  2  fx ( x  1)  x  2 

f 11 ( x)  3 x 2  6 x  2
1
45. f 1 ( x)  b 2  (a  1) b   sin 4 x  cos 4 x
4
 
1
f 1 ( x )  0 b 2  (a  1) b   sin 4 x  cos 4 x  0
4
1
 b 2  ( a  1) b   sin 2 x  cos4 x x
4
 
Minimum of sin x  cos 4 x  1 / 2
4

1 1
 b 2   a  1 b  
4 2
1
1  b 2  (a  1) b  0
4
b  R a  0,2
 a  12  4  0
 a  12  1
1  a  1  1
0a2
46 . x  tan 
 sec2  d
In  
0
 tan   sec n
sec  cos   tan   d
 sec 

0
 sec  tan  n 1
sec   tan   y
k 1
47. 0 Tan x  dx

tan1
 Tan 1x  dx  k  tan 1 x  dx
0   tan1  
48. Let x  t 2 , dx  2tdt
1
 
I n   2t 1  t 2  t 4  ....  t 2 n  2 1  3t 2  5t 4  ...   2 n  1 t 2n  2 dt
0 
1
 
 2  2 t  t 3  t 5  ....  t 2 n 1 1  3t 2  5t 4  ...   2 n  1 t 2 n  2 dt
0 
Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 7
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_JEE-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Key & Sol’s
Let t1  t 3  t 5  ....  t 2 n 1  y
n
 2  ydy
0
I n  n2
1 x ln t 1/ x l n t
49. f ( x)  f     dt   dt
 x  1 (1  t ) 1 1  t 

50. f 1 ( x )   1  x 2  f ( x )  sin x
 x  0, sin x  x
    
 /2 0  0 2 
 
51.  sin dx  2 4  f (0)  f  2   2 f  
0   2 
  

  / 8 1 2 
ca bc
52. F ( c)   f ( a )  f (c )    f ( b )  l (c ) 
2 2
F 1(c)  f 1(c) b  a   f (a)  f (b)
F 11 (c)  (b  a ) f 11 (c ), F 11 (c)  0  (b  c) f 11(c )  0
f (b )  f (c )
 f 1 (c ) 
ba
53, 54.
1
f  x   e  et . f  t  dt  Ae x
x

0
1
 f  x   Ae , A   et f  t  dt
x

0
1 1
 A   e . Ae .dt  A  A  e 2t dt
t t

0 0

 A  0 f  x   0, x  f 1 0
1
 g  x   x  Be , B   et g  t  dt
x

0
1 1

  
t t t
Now B  e g  t  dt  e t  Be dt
 0 0

 e2  1  2
 B  B  1 B 
 2  3  e2
2 2
g  x  2
e x  x  g 10  
3 e 3  e2

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR - HYD
Sec: Sr.Super60 WTA-30 Date:12-07-20
Time: 05.00Pm to 08.00Pm 2017_P2 Max.Marks:183
KEY SHEET

PHYSICS
1 A 2 C 3 D 4 B 5 C
6 B 7 B 8 AD 9 ABC 10 BC
11 AC 12 CD 13 B 14 BD 15 A
16 B 17 A 18 B

CHEMISTRY

19 D 20 C 21 A 22 B 23 B
24 A 25 C 26 AD 27 ABD 28 ABD
29 AC 30 BC 31 CD 32 ABCD 33 D
34 C 35 A 36 C

PHYSICS

05.
Using Kirchhoff’s law
So current through 2/3 Ω is 2I1-I=1A
06. current through the voltmeter is 0.2 A, so current through R is 4.8 A. so R= 20Ω.

Resistance of voltmeter is 200Ω

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 2

10.
……….(1)

………(2)

From (1) and (2) i.e. resistance of the galvanometer.

Also , IG is full-scale deflection current.
Solving, E=144 V.
11. using integration for resistance
current in the wire is

and the electric potential in the rod as a function of x is

14.
Is equivalently Therefore current through 25 V battery is 12.5 A. also current through 20
V

battery is 1 A in downward direction in the figure. So it is charging and power delivered

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 4

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
M
TG ~ @bohring_bot
  or   M  shows optical isomerism
12-07-20_Sr.Super60_JEE-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Key & Sol’s

cos t  cos t
 | dt
t  2 0  t  2 2
0
 1 1
   I
  2 2 
1 1
  I
 2 2

1 2 2 1
I ln  ln
2 2 2 2 1
2
1 1 1

2 2
ln
2 1

2
ln  2 1 
44.  
f 1 ( x )  x x 2  3 x  2  fx ( x  1)  x  2 

0
1
 f  x   Ae , A   et f  t  dt
x

0
1 1
 A   e . Ae .dt  A  A  e 2t dt
t t

0 0

 A  0 f  x   0, x  f 1 0
1
 g  x   x  Be , B   et g  t  dt
x

0
1 1

  
t t t
Now B  e g  t  dt  e t  Be dt
 0 0

 e2  1  2
 B  B  1 B 
 2  3  e2
2 2
g  x  2
e x  x  g 10  
3 e 3  e2

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India

A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR - HYD
Sec: Sr.Super60 2017_P2 Date: 12-07-20
Time: 05.00Pm to 08.00Pm WTA-30 Max.Marks:183

2017-PAPER-II
12-07-19_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017_P2_WTA-30_Syllabus

MATHS : Definite integration, definition as a limit of sum, fundamental theorem of integral

calculus–I & II, Properties of definite integrals(improper integrals are to be avoided strictly),
Miscellaneous Problems
PHYSICS : Entire Current Electricity Including Experiments And Meters (Exclude: Rc-Circuits)
(Exclude: Capacitors)
CHEMISTRY : Co-ordination Compounds: Isomerism (stereo), Bonding in Coordination compounds
(V.B. theory), Werner theory, Sidgwick theory, Basic concepts of Crystal field theory, bonding in metal
carbonyls, Stability of co-ordination compounds, Importance and applications of coordination
compounds

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~JEE-ADVANCE-2017-P2-Model
@bohring_bot 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

Time: 3:00 Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 183

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P
Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE is correct.
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
1. What should be value of E for which galvanometer shows no deflection:

A) 10V B) 5V C) 15V D) 20V

2. Consider a wire of non-uniform cross-section. If the area of cross-section at
point A is double of the area of cross-section at point B. What is ratio of heat
energy dissipated in a unit volume in a unit time at points A and B?

1 2 1 4
A) B) C) D)
2 1 4 1
3. A galvanometer of resistance 100 Ω contains 100 division. It gives a deflection of
one division on passing a current of 10–4 A. . Find the resistance in ohms to be
connected to it, so that it becomes a voltmeter of range 10V.
500 100
A)  B) 500 C)  D) 900 
9 9
4. A battery of emf  0  10V is connected across a 1m long uniform wire having
resistance 10 / m . Two cells of emf 1  2V and  2  4V having internal resistances
1 and 5 respectively are connected as shown in the figure. If galvanometer
shows no deflection at the point P, find the distance of point P from the point A.

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

A) 23.34 cm B) 46.67 cm C) 66.67 cm D) 33.34 cm

2
5. Find the current through  resistance in the figure shown.
3

A) Zero B) 0.84 A C) 1A D) 0.6 A

6. A part of a circuit is shown in figure. Here reading of ammeter is 5 ampere and
voltmeter is 96 V & voltmeter resistance is 480 ohms. Then find the resistance R

A) 19.2 ohm B) 20 ohm C) 20.8 ohm D) 28 ohm

7. For what value of R in circuit, current through 4 resistance is zero.

A) 0.5  B) 1 C) 5  D) 4 

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SECTION-II
12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

(ONE OR MORE OPTIONS CORRECT TYPE)

This section contains 7 multiple choice equations. Each question has four choices (A) (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE THAN
ONE are correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
8. In the primary circuit of potentiometer, the rheostat can be varied from 0 to 10 .
Initially it is at minimum resistance (zero).Also, the switch S is open.

A) With these initial conditions, the length AP of the wire such that galvanometer
shows zero deflection is 6 m
B) With these initial conditions, the length AP of the wire such that galvanometer
shows zero deflection is 8 m
C) Now the rheostat is put at maximum resistance 10  and the switch S is
closed. New balancing length is found to 8m. Then internal resistance r of the
4.5 V cell is 2 Ω.
D) Now the rheostat is put at maximum resistance 10  and the switch S is
closed. New balancing length is found to 8m. Then internal resistance r of the
4.5 V cell is 1 Ω
9. A galvanometer (coil resistance 99 ) is converted into a ammeter using a shunt
of 1 and connected as shown in the figure (i). The ammeter reads 3A. The
same galvanometer is converted into a voltmeter by connecting a resistance of
101 in series. This voltmeter is connected as shown in figure (ii). Its reading is
found to be 4/5 of the full-scale reading. Find

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

A) internal resistance r of the cell is 1.01 Ω

B) range of ammeter is nearly 0-5 A
C) range of voltmeter is nearly 0-10 V
D) full scale deflection current of the galvanometer is approximately 0.005 A
10. A galvanometer having 50 divisions provided with a variable shunt s is used to
measure the current when connected in series with a resistance of 90 and a
battery of internal resistance 10 . It is observed that when the shunt resistance
are 10, 50 , respectively the deflection are respectively 9 & 30 divisions. Further
the full-scale deflection of the galvanometer movement is 300 mA.
A) resistance of the galvanometer is 116.67 Ω
B) resistance of the galvanometer is 233.34 Ω
C) emf of the cell is 144 V
D) emf of the cell is 288 V
11. A rod of length L and cross-section area A lies along the x – axis between x = 0
and x = L. The material obeys Ohm’s law and its resistivity varies along the rod
according to   x    0e x / L . The end of the rod at x = 0 is at a potential V0 and it is
zero at x =
A) current in the wire is
B) current in the wire is

C) the electric potential in the rod as a function of x is

D) the electric potential in the rod as a function of x is

12. In the circuit shown in figure, calculate the following:

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

A) Potential difference between points a and b i.e. Va -Vb , when switch S is open
is 12 Volt.
B) current through the switch S when it is closed is 3A from a to b.
C) current through the switch S when it is closed is 3A from b to a.
D) potential of point ‘a’ after closing the switch is 18 Volt.
13. Switch S is closed at time t  0 . Which one of the following statements is
correct?
r1 r2
. . . .

E1 E2

 
S
. .

R
A) Current in the resistance R increases if E1r2  E2  R  r1 
B) Current in the resistance R increases if E1r2  E2  R  r1 
C) Current in the resistance R decreases if E1r2  E2  R  r1 
D) Current in the resistance R increases if E1r2  E2  R  r1 
14. In the figure shown:

A) Current through 25 V cell is 20 A

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 7
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
B) Current through 25 V cell is 12.5 A
12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

C) Power supplied by 20 V cell is 20 W

D) Power supplied by 20 V cell is -20 W
SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph For Questions 15 and 16
In the given figure, wires are arranged along the edge of a cube. The resistance
of each edge of the frame is R. Find the resistance of this wire frame, when
measured between the points mentioned below.

6 7

2 3

5 8

1 4
15. The points (1-2) edge
7 3 5R 3
A) R B) R C) D) R
12 4 6 2

16. The points (1-3) face diagonal

7 3 5R 3
A) R B) R C) D) R
12 4 6 2

Paragraph For Questions 17 and 18

A battery E A of 123 volts emf and internal resistance 0.4 and a battery EB of
117 V emf and internal resistance 0.6 supplies a current to load resistance RL

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P
through four wires of resistors R A  1.2,RB  1,RC  1.4 and RD  1.4 as shown
in figure.
17. The value of load resistance for maximum load power is
A) 1.5 B) 3 C) 4.5 D) 6
18. The overall efficiency of the network is
A) 25 % B) 50 % C)75 % D) 100 %

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 9

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE is correct.
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
19. Which of the following compound is square planar
2 2 2
A)  MnBr  B) CoCl  C)  Ni  CO 4  D)  Ni  CN 4 
 4  4
20. In the following complex compounds spin free complex is
3
A)  Ni  CO 4  B) Co  C2O4 3 
2
C)  Mn H O 
  D)  Fe  CO 5 
 2 6
21. The magnetic moment of  MnX 4 2 is 5.9 B.M . The geometry of the complex ion

is (x = monodentate halide ion)

A) Tetrahedral B) Square planar
C) Both possible D) None of these
22. The oxidation state of central metal ion and magnetic moment of Brown ring
complex is
A) 1 and 2.8 B)M B) 1 and 3.87 B)M
C) 1 and 4.8 B)M D) 2 and 4.89 B)M
3 3 3
23. In the complexes  Fe  H 2O 6  ,  Fe  en 3  ,  Fe  C2O4 3  and  FeCl6 3 more
stability is shown by
3 3
A)  Fe  H 2O 6  B)  Fe  en 3 
3
C)  Fe  C2O4 3  D)  FeCl6 3
24. Both geometrical and optical isomerism are shown by
 2
A) Co  en 2 Cl2  B) Co  NH 3 5 Cl 
3 3
C) Co  C2O4 3  D) Co  en 3 
25. Which of the following compound is paramagnetic
Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 10
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
A) Tetra cyano nickelate (II) ion
12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P
B) Tetra amine zinc (II) ion
C) Hexaamine chromium (III) ion D) Diammine silver (I) ion

SECTION-II
(ONE OR MORE OPTIONS CORRECT TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice equations. Each question has four choices (A) (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE THAN
ONE are correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
26. The coloured complex ions among the following are
3 2 2
A) Ti  H 2O 6  B)  Zn  OH 4  C)  Ni  CO 4  D) Cu  NH 3 4 
27. Which of the following statements is/are false
A) Weak ligands like F  , Cl  , OH  usually form low spin complex
B) Strong ligand like CN  , NO2 generally form high spin complex
C)  FeF6 3 is high spin complex
D)  Ni  CO 4  is high spin complex
28. Which of the following species act as reducing agent
4 4
A) Co  CN 6  B) Co  NO2 6  C) V  CO 6  D)  Mn  CO 6 
29. Which of the following complex show linkage isomerism
2 3
A) Co  NH 3 5  NO2   B) Co  H 2O 5 CO 
2 
C) Cr  NH 3 5 SCN  D)  Fe  en 2 Cl2 
30. Co-ordination entity Wavelength of light absorbed (nm)
2
CoCl  NH 3   P
 5
3
Co  NH 3  H 2O  Q
 5 
3
Co  NH 3   R
 6
3
Co  CN  
 6
S
2
Cu  H 2O  
 4
T
Select correct order
A) Q  R  P B) T  R  S C) P  Q  R D) S  R  Q

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 11

31.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P
In which of the ion pairs, magnetic property depends on the strength of ligand
present in the complex ?
A) Ti 3 ,V 3 B) Cr 3 , Mn 4 C) Cr 2 , Mn3 D) Mn2 , Fe3
32. Select the complexes/ions show optical isomerism
3  
A) Co  gly 3  B) Cr  C2O4 3  C)  Fe  EDTA   D) Cis Co  en 2 Cl2 

SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph For Questions 33 and 34
Co-ordination compounds are widely present in the mineral , plant and animal
worlds and are known to play many important functions.
33. Which of the following complex used in hydrogenation of alkenes
A) Lindlar’s catalyst B) Ferrocene
C) Cisplatin D) Wilkinson catalyst
34. Cyanocobalmine is
A) Cobalt complex B) Anti pernicious anaemia factor
C) Both a & b D) It is an enzyme
Paragraph For Questions 35 and 36
Crystal field theory considers purely ionic bond between metal and ligand. The
five d-orbitals in an isolated gaseous metal are degenerate. The degeneracy of
the d-orbitals is lost in presence of ligand which is known as splitting of d-
orbitals.
3
35. Calculate crystal field stabilization energy in Co  C2O4 3  in terms of  0
A) 2.4 0 B) 2.4 0 C) 3.6 0 D) 1.8 0
36. Complex in which t23 g electronic configuration is not observed.
3 3
A)  Fe  H 2O 6  B) CrF6 
2 2
C)  Fe  NH 3 6  D)  Mn  H 2O 6 

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 12

MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE is correct.
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
 1
37. o 2
dx , a  1
a  2a cos x  1
  2 2
A) B) C) D)
1  a2 2
a 1 a 12
1 a2
38. Let f ( x ) be a function satisfying f 1 ( x)  f ( x) with f (0)  1 and g be the function
1
satisfying f ( x)  g ( x)  x 2 then the value of integral 0 f ( x).g ( x) dx
1 1 1 1
A) (e  7) B) (e  2) C) (e  3) D) (2e  e2  3)
4 4 2 2
2 x4 11
39. Given I    2 x3  x2  6 x  4 dx then the value of I lie in the interval
0 4 2
A)  2,2 B) 1, 2  C)  7, 4 D)  2, 4 
 cos x  /2 sin 2 x
40. If I   dx , then the value of 0 dx
( x  2)2
0 ( x  1)
1 1 1 1
A)  I B)  I 
2  2 2  2
1
C)   2  I D) I

41. Let a function f ( x) be defined as f ( x)  ( x !)2 when x  N the value of

1
4n
lim
 f (2n) 
n  n
2
A) 2e B) O C) D) 2e 2
e
1  1 1  x 
42. 0 
sin  2 T an  dx
1 x 
  
A) B) C) D) 
6 4 2
Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 13
 /2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2
sin x
12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

43. 0 dx
sin x  cos x
A) 
2 ln 2 1  B) ln  2 1 
1 
C) ln  2  1 D)
2 4

3 17
A) 0,3 B)  0,1 C)  ,  D)  1, 2
2 8 
 1
46. For n  1 I n   n
dx
0
 x  x2  1 
 
 
10 9 5 
A) I10  B) I10  C) I5  D) I n 
99 100 24 2
K
47. Consider I K   Tan1x  dx, where . GINT(Greatest integer Function), and K > tan1
 
0
A) I100  I50  50 B) I125  I50  75
C) I50  I 60  10 D) I k is independent of K

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 14

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1
TG ~ @bohring_bot 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

48.  
In   1  x  x 2  ....x n 1 1  3 x  5 x 2  ....   2n  1 x n 1 dx , n  N
0 
5
A) I3  9 B)  I n  55
1
10
C)   I n  In 1   0 D) I1, I3 , I9 are in AP
1
x
ln t
49. If f ( x)   dt
1 t
1
x
1 ln t x ln t
A) f      dt B) f 1 / x    dt
 x  1 t 1  t  1 t (1  t )
2
1
C) f ( x)  f    0
1
D) f ( x)  f   
l n x
 x x 2
50. Let f be a non – negative function defined on the interval 0,1 .
x 2 x
If 0 
1  f 1 t   dt   f (t ) dt ,
0
0  x  1 and f (0)  0 then
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
A) f    B) f    C) f    D) f   
2 2 3 3  4 4 5 5

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 15

51.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Which of the following statements is/are correct ?
12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

 /2   /2 
1.  sin x dx  1  2
0 8
 
2.  cos x dx  1  2
0 8
 
 /2   /2  /2
3.  sin x dx  1  2
0 4
  4. 0 sin x dx  2 
0
cos x dx

A) Only 1 is correct B) Only 2 is correct

C) Both 1, 2 are correct D) Both 1, 4 are correct
52. If f 11 ( x )  0  x  (a , b) and c is a point a  c  b and  c, f (c)  is a point lying on
the curve for which F (c) is maximum, then f 1(c) is equal to
f (b )  f ( a ) 2  f (b )  f ( a ) 
A) B)
ba ba
2 f (b )  f ( a )
C) D) O
ba

Paragraph For Questions 53 and 54

Consider two functions f  x  and g  x  which are continuous and defined for
1 1
x t
0  x  1 . Given f  x   e 
x t
. f  t  dt and g  x   x   e . g  t  dt
0 0

53. The value of f 1 is

1
A) 0 B) 1 C) D) e
e
54. The Value of g  0   f  0 
2 3 1
A) B) C) D) 0
3  e2 e2  2 e2  1

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India

2017-PAPER-II
12-07-19_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017_P2_WTA-30_Syllabus

MATHS : Definite integration, definition as a limit of sum, fundamental theorem of integral

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~JEE-ADVANCE-2017-P2-Model
@bohring_bot 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

Time: 3:00 Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 183

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 2

A) 10V B) 5V C) 15V D) 20V

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

A) 23.34 cm B) 46.67 cm C) 66.67 cm D) 33.34 cm

2
5. Find the current through  resistance in the figure shown.
3

A) Zero B) 0.84 A C) 1A D) 0.6 A

6. A part of a circuit is shown in figure. Here reading of ammeter is 5 ampere and
voltmeter is 96 V & voltmeter resistance is 480 ohms. Then find the resistance R

A) 19.2 ohm B) 20 ohm C) 20.8 ohm D) 28 ohm

7. For what value of R in circuit, current through 4 resistance is zero.

A) 0.5  B) 1 C) 5  D) 4 

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SECTION-II
12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

(ONE OR MORE OPTIONS CORRECT TYPE)

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

A) internal resistance r of the cell is 1.01 Ω

C) the electric potential in the rod as a function of x is

D) the electric potential in the rod as a function of x is

12. In the circuit shown in figure, calculate the following:

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

E1 E2

 
S
. .

A) Current through 25 V cell is 20 A

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 7
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
B) Current through 25 V cell is 12.5 A
12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

C) Power supplied by 20 V cell is 20 W

6 7

2 3

5 8

1 4
15. The points (1-2) edge
7 3 5R 3
A) R B) R C) D) R
12 4 6 2

16. The points (1-3) face diagonal

7 3 5R 3
A) R B) R C) D) R
12 4 6 2

Paragraph For Questions 17 and 18

A battery E A of 123 volts emf and internal resistance 0.4 and a battery EB of
117 V emf and internal resistance 0.6 supplies a current to load resistance RL

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 8

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 9

is (x = monodentate halide ion)

SECTION-II
(ONE OR MORE OPTIONS CORRECT TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice equations. Each question has four choices (A) (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE THAN
ONE are correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
26. The coloured complex ions among the following are
3 2 2
A) Ti  H 2O 6  B)  Zn  OH 4  C)  Ni  CO 4  D) Cu  NH 3 4 
27. Which of the following statements is/are false
A) Weak ligands like F  , Cl  , OH  usually form low spin complex
B) Strong ligand like CN  , NO2 generally form high spin complex
C)  FeF6 3 is high spin complex
D)  Ni  CO 4  is high spin complex
28. Which of the following species act as reducing agent
4 4
A) Co  CN 6  B) Co  NO2 6  C) V  CO 6  D)  Mn  CO 6 
29. Which of the following complex show linkage isomerism
2 3
A) Co  NH 3 5  NO2   B) Co  H 2O 5 CO 
2 
C) Cr  NH 3 5 SCN  D)  Fe  en 2 Cl2 
30. Co-ordination entity Wavelength of light absorbed (nm)
2
CoCl  NH 3   P
 5
3
Co  NH 3  H 2O  Q
 5 
3
Co  NH 3   R
 6
3
Co  CN  
 6
S
2
Cu  H 2O  
 4
T
Select correct order
A) Q  R  P B) T  R  S C) P  Q  R D) S  R  Q

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 11

SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph For Questions 33 and 34
Co-ordination compounds are widely present in the mineral , plant and animal
worlds and are known to play many important functions.
33. Which of the following complex used in hydrogenation of alkenes
A) Lindlar’s catalyst B) Ferrocene
C) Cisplatin D) Wilkinson catalyst
34. Cyanocobalmine is
A) Cobalt complex B) Anti pernicious anaemia factor
C) Both a & b D) It is an enzyme
Paragraph For Questions 35 and 36
Crystal field theory considers purely ionic bond between metal and ligand. The
five d-orbitals in an isolated gaseous metal are degenerate. The degeneracy of
the d-orbitals is lost in presence of ligand which is known as splitting of d-
orbitals.
3
35. Calculate crystal field stabilization energy in Co  C2O4 3  in terms of  0
A) 2.4 0 B) 2.4 0 C) 3.6 0 D) 1.8 0
36. Complex in which t23 g electronic configuration is not observed.
3 3
A)  Fe  H 2O 6  B) CrF6 
2 2
C)  Fe  NH 3 6  D)  Mn  H 2O 6 

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 12

41. Let a function f ( x) be defined as f ( x)  ( x !)2 when x  N the value of

43. 0 dx
sin x  cos x
A) 
2 ln 2 1  B) ln  2 1 
1 
C) ln  2  1 D)
2 4

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 14

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1
TG ~ @bohring_bot 12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 15

51.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Which of the following statements is/are correct ?
12-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2017-P2_WTA-30_Q'P

A) Only 1 is correct B) Only 2 is correct

Paragraph For Questions 53 and 54

53. The value of f 1 is

1
A) 0 B) 1 C) D) e
e
54. The Value of g  0   f  0 
2 3 1
A) B) C) D) 0
3  e2 e2  2 e2  1

Sec: Sr. Super60 space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR-HYD
12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Final Key

GIVEN FINALIZED
S.NO SUB Q.NO EXPLANATION
KEY KEY
1 PHY 12 ABD AB Printing Mistake
2 PHY 17 A Delete Answer is 0.86 eV
3 PHY 19 D ABCD (or) D Multi correct passage. A,B,C are correct, D is All the above
p-chlorobenzldehyde may not be more reactive than benzaldehyde. -I effect
4 CHE 22 4 4 or 3
will be negligible
5 CHE 25 2 2 or 3 If we take side products then 3 is the answer
6 CHE 29 BC C or BC Printing Mistake
7 CHE 30 ABD Delete Next Syllabus
8 CHE 32 ABC ABC or BC Option A is wrong
9 MAT 46 4 Delete We get k=100 it is not in an integer answer (0-9)
10 MAT 53 ABCD AD Because in operation B square of given value need not be integer

Question Paper Setter is Total responsible for the Key finalization:

Question Paper Setters &finalized

MATHS PHYSICS CHEMISTRY
HYD_MEGANA HYD_MEGANA HYD_MEGANA
Mr.ALOK-9876971197 Mr.SK SINGH-7780142347 Mr.ANIL-9833292609

NATIONAL IIT CO-ORDINATOR

MR. UMA SANKAR
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 WTA-36 Date: 12-09-20
Time:09.30Am to 12.30Pm 2015_P2 Max.Marks:240
KEY SHEET
PHYSICS:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
9 1 3 6 3 3 6 4 ACD BCD
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
AB ABD AC AC ACD AC A A D B

CHEMISTRY:

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
4 4 5 4 2 4 6 2 BC ABD
31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 10
BCD ABC AC ACD A ABCD B C A D

MATHS:

41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
2 0 5 4 5 4 8 7 BCD ABC
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
ABC ABC ABD A AB BD A B A C
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Key & Sol's
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
2
z
1. E1  26.6 eV E 2  13.6 54.4 eV
n2
2
E1  26.6  54.4  81 eV   9  eV
N  9.
Ionisation energy
2.  e  electronic ch arg e   1.6  1019 C
Ionization potential
Hence N  1 .
1800  200
3.  me  180 me
2000
2

r
me
r0 
1
r0 
 3
r0 ; N  3
 180 20
0 2

4. k 
1216 A   z  1
; 2 1
2
 2  1 1  z 2  12
10
z2  1   5 ; z2  6
2
 1 1
5. 13.6    z 2  27.20
 36 4 
2
z  9 ; z  3  N.
h
h 2r
6.   Nh 
mv 2 r N
2 2
N a N
r a0  0
z 3
2 q0 N 2 2 a 0 N
  ;  2 a 0 
N 3 3
N3
7.   a z  b
1  4.2  1018 21 1
  8
 R  z  1  2  2 
 C 3  10 1 2 
z  42
 N6
8. Binding energy of the inner electron is 40 keV. Hence, accelerating voltage must
be greater than 40 kV
1 1
 E  E 2  E1  40  2  2   30 keV
2 1 
3  40  103
N 4
30  103
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2
9.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Key & Sol's

3
I
2
II
1
1
1
 4  3 / 4  27
a I 
 II 1 1 5 / 36 5

4 9
PI  II 5
b  
PII  I 27
 E1  II 5 1
c   
 E 2  I 27 a
10. U  0; k  0; U  2k; E  k
1 1
11. V  , r  n2; E  2
n n
12. Conceptual
n 3
13. L ;L ; Hence, n = 3
2n 2
n2
rn  a 0  2 ; Given rn  4.5a 0
z
32
4.5a 0  a 0  2 ; z  2
z
1 1 1  9
 4R  2  2  ; 1 
 1 3  32R
1 1 1 9
 4R  2  2  ;  2 
2 2 3  5R
dU d k
14. F    k n r   
dr dr r
2
mv k n k
 ; mvr  ;v
r r 2 m
k n nh
 m r ;r
m 2 2 mk
1 k k
Again ; E  U  k  k n r  m   k n r
2 m m
1  nh 
E  k   n  
2  2 mk 
15. Conceptual
hc
16. C 
eV
As V increases,  C decreases

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Key & Sol's
k x is due to transition from n  2 to n  1
Hence,  k remains unchanged and   k  C  increases
17. From uncertainty principle
h h
P  ;P
2x 2
h
Minimum momentum Pmin 
2
2 2
P h
 k min  min  2 2
2m 8 m
2
  6.3  10 34  
  J
 8   3.14 2  9.1  10 31  0.2  10 9 2 
 
5
 8.6 10 eV
 1
18.  E  13.6 1    10.2 eV
 4
19. Conceptual
20. Conceptual
CHEMISTRY
21. 4
SOL: 4, 5, 8, 9 will have more than 50% enol form
22. 4
Sol: ii, iii, v, viii, will be faster rate
23. 5
Ph OH Ph Ph OH
HO
Z, Z
N N N
: E, E : Total 5
O O OH N
Z, E
Sol: Ph Ph Ph

24. 4
Conceptual
25. 2
O
H3C * H
Sol: Br

26. 4
Sol: a,b,c,d : true
e,f : false
27. 6
Sol: a, b, d, e ,f, h show iodoform

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

28. 2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Key & Sol's

H3C
NH2
N E, Zisomers
Sol: H3C

29. BC
Conceptual
30. ABD
O CH3
+ S
CH3 SH SH H Raney Ni / H
S 2 CH3

(A)
O
Cl Cl
1. N 2 H 4 OH

(B)

CH 3 CH 3
1.Zn  Hg/Conc.HCl
HO

Cl
(C)

OH PDC H

(D)

31. BCD
Conceptual
32. ABC
Conceptual
33. AC
O
H
N CH3

+ N  or  N

H 3C CH 3

34. ACD

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Key & Sol's
O
H3C Ph H3C
O3 /Zn

H 2O
 + PhCHO
A: H3C
H3C
P2
P1
35. A

OH
O
CH 2OH
O O
OH MnO2 CH 2OH
 A OH OH
 HCl

PDC

O O
CHO

36. ABCD
O
X
Ph  C  CH 3   Ph
A, B, C, D
37. B II > I > II > IV
38. C
O CH 3

 CH 3  C  OH
CH3  C  CH3  H  CN 

CN
cyanohydrin
O 2N

39. (A) Br is anti to -OH therefore it will migrate.

40. (D)Shift is retentive therefore initial configuration will be maintained. Initially it is

"D" and afterwards it will retained.
H
C NH C CH3
H3C
Ph O

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Key & Sol's
MATHS
41. (2)
Sol. We have
n r n
Cr
  1
r 0
r2
Cr
n r
n! 2!r !
   1 
r 0  n  r !r !  r  2 !
n r
n!
 2  1
r 0  n  r ! r  2 !
r
2 n
 n  2 !

 n  1 n  2  r 0   1  n  2    r  2 ! r  2 !
n
2 r 2 n2
 1
 n  1 n  2  
 C r 2
r 0

n 2 S
2
 1 2

 n  1 n  2  
 Cs
s 2

2 n 1 s n2  
    1 Cs    n  2 C0  n 2
C1  
 n  1 n  2   s 0  
2
  0  1   n  2 
 n  1 n  2   
2

n2
42. (0)
199 201
Sol. Coefficient of x103 in 1  x  x 2  x 3  x 4   x – 1
199
Coefficient of x103 in – 1 – x  1 – x 5
2
 
Coefficient of x103 in – 1 – 2x  x 2  1 –199 C1x 5 199 C 2 x10 –199 C3x15  ..
Coefficient of x103 = 0
43. (5)
Sol. Note: C0  C1  C 2  ...  C n  2n &1.C1  2. C 2  ...  n. C n  n 2 n 1
n n

  i  j C C
i 1 j1
i j   i Ci C j   j Ci C j

n  n  n  n 
  i Ci .  C j    jC j .   Ci    2n  1 2  iC i   2 n  1 2n.2n 1  n 2 n  2 n  1
i 1  j1  i 1  j1 
44. (4)
Sol. We have
n
Ck n  k 1
n

Ck 1 k
We have
n
Ck n  k 1
n

Ck 1 k

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
n
 C  n
TG ~ @bohring_bot
2
12-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Key & Sol's

  k3  n k 
k 1  Ck 1 
n 2
 n  k 1 
  k3  
k 1  k 
n
2
  k  n  1  k 
k 1
n

 k  n  1 
2
  2  n  1 k  k 2
k 1
n
2
   k  n  1
k 1
 2  n  1 k 2  k 3 

n
2   n   n 
  n  1   k   2  n  1   k 2     k 3 
 k 1   k 1   k 1 
2
 n  n  1 
2 n  n  1 2 n  1  n  n  1 
  n  1    2  n  1  
 2  6  2 
2
n  n  1  2 n
  n  1   2n  1  
2  3 2
2
n  n  1 6  n  1  4  2 n  1  3n
….. (i)  
2 6
2
n  n  1  n  2 

12
45. (5)
n
1
Sol. We have  n   n : n=10
r0 Cr
  n / 21  1  1  1
   n  n  n
 r0  Cr  Cn r  C / 2
 n /2 1 2  1
   n  n
 r 0 Cr  Cn / 2
 n /2 1 2  1
 2  n  n ……(ii)
 r 0 Cr  Cn /2
n
r
 n
r  0 Cr
 n /2  1
 r nr n/ 2
   n  n  n
r  0  Cr Cr  Cn / 2
 n /21 n  n
   n  n
 r 0 Cr  2. Cn/ 2
n   n /2 1 1  1  n
   n   n    n [Using (ii)]
2   r  0 Cr  Cn /2  2
Hence ,
n
r n

r 0
n
  n for all n  N
Cr 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
46. (4)
TG ~ @bohring_bot 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Key & Sol's

3
20 20
 Ci 1 
Sol.   20 20 
i 1  Ci  Ci 1 
20 20
Ci 1 Ci 1 i
Now 20  
Ci  20Ci 1 21
Ci 21
Let given sum be S, so
3 2
20
i  1  20.21  100
S  21 3
 3   
i 1  21  2  21
k
Given S   k  100 4.
21

47. (8)
7 6
Sol. 8 C1 x 1  x   2.8 C2 x2 1  x 
5
3.8 C3 x3 1  x   .....  8.8 C8 x8  8 x
Solution we have ,
n n 1 n 2
C1 x 1  x   2. nC2 x 2 1  x 
n 3
3.n C3 x3 1  x   .....  n. nCn x n
n
n r
  r.n Cr x r 1  x 
r 1
n
n n 1 n r
  r. Cr 1 x r 1  x 
r 1 r
n
n 1  n 1  r 1
 n C x. x r 1 1  x 
r 1 r 1
n
n 1  n 1   r 1
 nx  C x r 1 1  x 
r 1 r 1
n 1
 nx  x  1  x  
= nx .  8x  n  8 
a  b  8
48. (7)
Hint :The coefficient of x 6 in the given expression = coefficient of x 6 in
1  6
C1x 6 1  5 C1x 5 1  4 C1x 4 1 3 C1x 3 3 C2 x 6 1  2 C1x 2  2 C 2 x 4  1  x 
= coefficient of x 6 in 1  6x 6  5x 5  4x 4  1  2x 2  3x3  x 4  6x 5  3x 6  1  x 
= coefficient of x 6 in 11x 5  17x 6  1  x 
= 28
49. (B,C,D)
20
Sol. R   R  f  8  3 7  
 20 C0 820  20 C1 819 3 7  ....... ,  
Where 0  f  1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

Let F  8  3 7   20 C0
20
12-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Key & Sol's

 
820 20 C1 819 3 7  ..... where 0<F<1
2
  R   f  F  2  20 C0 .8 20  20 C2 820  20 C2 818 3 7 
   
......]  an even integer
 R   an even integer -1= an odd integer
20
Also, R   R   f  1  F  1  8  3 7 
1
 1 20
8  3 7 
Again RF  1  R 1  f   1  R 1  R   R   1
There fore R  R[ R]  1  R2
50. (A,B,C)
2 10
Sol. 1  2 x  3x   a  a x  a x        a x . Differentiate w. r. t
0 1 2
2
20
20
x.
2 9
10 1  2 x  3 x  (2  6 x)  a  2a x  3a x        20.a x
1 2 3
2
20
19

Put x = 0 : we get a1  20
Again differentiate w. r. t x
 a2  210
1
Replace x by in the original expansion
x
2 3 ( x 2  2 x  3)10 a a a
(1   2 )10  20
 a0  1  22      20
x x x x x x 20
 ( x 2  2 x  3)10  a0 .x 20  a1 x19      a19 x  a20
Put x = 0, we get a20  310 .
Differentiate w. r. t. x
Put x = 0, we get a19  20.39
51. (A,B,C)
25
25  3 
Sol. We have  4  3 x  25
 4 1  x 
 4 
Let  r  1th is term is the term having greatest coefficient
 coefficient of Tr 1  coefficient of Tr
r r 1
  3     3  
 425  25 Cr     425  25 Cr 1   
  4     4  
25
C  3 25   r  1 3
 25 r    1  1
Cr 1  4  r 4
 75  3r  3  4r
78
r   11.142
7
But , r is an integer , hence r = 11

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
52. (A,B,C)
TG ~ @bohring_bot 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Key & Sol's

Sol. a) Number of onto functions from a set containing 6 elements to a set containing
5 elements 6 C2 . 5
b) Number of onto functions from a set containing 5 elements to a set containing
6 elements
c) Number of onto function from a set containing 6 elements to a set containing
6 elements 6  720
53. (A,B,D)
2n 1
Sol : Given  3 3  5     …. (1)
 0   1
2n 1
Let  '   3 3  5 …. (2)
0   '  1
From (1) & (2)
2n 1 2n 1
  '  3 3  5    3 3  5
2n 2n 2
 2  2n 1 1 C 3 3  5  C 3 3  2n 1
3  53  ...  2n 1C2n 1 52n 1 
 
     '  10 1
But 1     '  1
   ' is an integer
   '  0
  101
 divisible by 10.
2 2n 1 2n 1 2n 1
        3 3  5 
2

 
  
 52  30 3  
 22n 1 26  15 3 
2
      divisible by 2 2n 1

54. (A)
10 10
Sol.  A r (B10 Br  C10 A r )   10 C r ( 20 C 10 2 0 C r – 30
C 1 01 0 C r )
r 1 r 1
10 10
20
= C 10  10 C10 r 20 C r  30 C10  10 C r 10 C10 r
r 1 r 1

=
20
C10  30 C10 – 1 – 30 C10  20 C10 – 1 30 C10 – 20 C10  C10 – B10

55. (A,B)
7
 7 Ck 14
 7  7C 14
r 14 
Sol.  14  r
Ck . 14Cr     k  k 14  k  . 
k 0  Ck r k  k  0  14 rk k r  k r 14  r 
7 14 k
 14  k  7 7
1
   7 Ck  C r  k    7 C k . 214k  214  7 Ck  
k 0  rk  k 0 k 0 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 11

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
7
12-09-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Key & Sol's

 214 . 1    6 7  7 6
 2
56. (B,D)
2

Sol.
C o  C 1  .......C n   C o 2  C 12  .......  C n 2
  = 2 2n  1  1  2 n C 
2 2  n 
1 1
=  4 n  2n C  =  2 2n  2n C  .
2 n  2 n
Paragraph – 1
57. (A)
1 1 n
1  1  x  1  xn
Sol : Given series =  dx   dx
0
x 0
1  x
1 1 1
1   ....... 
2 3 n

58. (B)

1 2
n
 1  x  dx   cos 2n 1 d
2
Sol : Given series =
0 0
2n 2
2n 2n  2 2n  4 2 2 . n!
 . . .... 
2n  1 2n  1 2n  3 3  2n  1!

Paragraph – 2
59. (A)
60. (C)
2
Sol. 19.    Cr  Cs   
 5 C02  C12      C52    Cr .Cs
0 r  r5 0 r  r 5
= 1260 – 772  488
20. S     r  s Cr Cs
0 r  r  5
10  Cr Cs  3860
0 r  r 5
S  1930

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 WTA-36 Date: 12-09-2020
Time:09.30 Am to 12.30Pm 2015_P2 Max. Marks:240

2015_PAPER-II
12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Syllabus

MATHS : Binomial theorem

PHYSICS : Introduction to Atom, Atomic Models, Bohr's Model, X-rays

CHEMISTRY : Aldehydes and Ketones: Preparation of aldehyde & ketones, Physical

properties, nucleophilic addition reactions, Addition of HCN, NaHSO3, H2O, ROH,
RMgX, Addition of ammonia derivatives, Beckmann rearragement, Alpha deutaration,
Alpha-racemization, Alpha-halogenation, Haloform reaction

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2015-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hours IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 240

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
1. If 26.6 eV energy is required to remove the first electron from helium atom. Then
2
the total energy required to remove both the electron is found as  N  eV . Find N.

2. Wavelength of lyman series of a hypothetical hydrogen like atom is given by

1500 m 2
 where m = 2, 3, 4, ...........
m2  1
N
The ratio of ionisation energy to ionization potential is found as 1.6   1019 unit.

Find N.
2

3. The radius of first Bohr orbit of a muonic atom is found as

N 0
r0 A . (muonic
20
atom is a system of a muon and a proton where mass of muon is 200 m e and
charge –e) m e is mass of electron, take mass of proton as 1800 m e , r0 is the
radius of first Bohr orbit of hydrogen atom. Find N.
4. An element with z = 11 emits k  of wavelength  . The atomic number of an
element emitting k  of wavelength 4 is found as N. Find N
5. A hydrogen like atom of atomic number z is in an excited state of quantum
number n  6 . This excited atom makes a transition to the first excited state by
successively emitting two photons of energies 10.20 eV and 17.00 eV
respectively. If ionisation energy of hydrogen is 13.6 eV. The value of z is found as
N. What is N ?

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P

6. The de-Broglie wavelength of an electron in an excited state of Li  ion is 2  a 0 .

Nh
The angular momentum in this state is found as ; where a 0 is Bohr radius and
2
h is planck’s constant) what is the value of N ?
7. Characteristic X-rays of frequency 4.2  1018 Hz are produced when transitions
from L-shell to K-shell take place in a certain target material. Using Moseley’s law
atomic number of the target material is found as N  N  1 . (Use Rydberg’s

constant  1.1  10 7 m 1 ). Find N

8. In an experiment to produce characteristic x-rays using a tungusten target in an
x-ray generator. It is found that the accelerating voltage should be greater than AV
and the energy of the characteristic radiation is B eV. Where N  3
 Numerical value of A 
  . Find N
 Numerical value of B 

A) c = 1 B) a = 9 C) b = 5 D) c = 5
a 4 27 27

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

10.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
In the hydrogen atom in ground state
12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P

A) The kinetic energy of the electrons is less than the potential energy which is
positive
B) The potential energy is negative and the kinetic energy numerically less than
the numerical value of potential energy
C) The potential energy is less than the kinetic energy which is positive
D) The total energy is negative
11. Which of the following products in Bohr’s atom are independent of principal
quantum number n ?
A) Vn B) Er C) En D) Vr
12. Choose the correct statements from the following
A) When the number of electrons striking the anode of an x-rays tube is increased
the intensity of the emitted x-rays increases
B) When the speed of the electrons striking the anode of an x-rays tube are
increased the cut off wavelength of the emitted x-rays decreases
C) The shortest wavelength of x-rays emitted in an x-ray tube increased if the
current is increased
D) The shortest wavelength of x-rays emitted in an x-ray tube increases if the
voltage is increases
13. The radius of the orbit of an electron in a hydrogen like atom is 4.5a 0 , where a 0 is
3h
the Bohr radius. Its orbital angular momentum is . It is given that  is planck
2
constant and R is Rydberg constant. The possible wavelength(s), when the atom
de-excites is/are
9 9 9 4
A) B) C) D)
32R 16R 5R 3R

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

14.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P
In a hypothetical atom, potential energy between electron and nucleus is given by
U  k n r . Where r is orbital radius and k is a constant. The expression for orbital
radius and total energy such an atom according to Bohr model are
nh nk
A) r  B) r 
2  mk 2 m
1  n h   nh 
C) E    n    k D) E  k n  
2  2 mk    2 nk 
15. An electron orbiting in a circular orbit around the nucleus of an atom
A) has a magnetic dipole moment
B) exerts an electric force on the nucleus equal to that on it by the nucleus
C) does produces a magnetic induction at the nucleus
D) has a net energy inversely proportional to its distance from the nucleus
16. The intensity of x-rays from Coolidge tube is plotted against wavelength as
shown in the figure, the minimum wavelength found is  C and the wavelength of
k  -line is  k . If the accelerating voltage is increased.

C k 
A)  C decreases
B)  k increases
C)   k   C  increases
D)  C and  k both decreases but   k   C  remains unchanged

According to Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle if the uncertainty in position and

h
momentum of an electron be  x and  P respectively, then  x  P  . de-
2
h
Broglie’s relation P  establishes the relation between particle and wave

character. When an electron or neutron strikes a stationary hydrogen atom, the
collision is either elastic or inelastic depending on the kinetic energy of the
striking particle before and after the collision. Answer the following questions.
17. Applying uncertainty principle, the minimum kinetic energy of an electron
confined in a region of length   0.2 nm is (nearly)

A) 8.6  105 eV B) 7.6  105 eV

C) 8.6  105 keV D) 7.6  105 keV

18. An electron hits a stationary hydrogen atom in ground state with kinetic energy k.
The minimum value of k to excite a hydrogen atom is
A) 10.2 eV B) 13.6 eV C) 12.09 eV D) 12.75 eV

Paragraph for Question Nos. 19 to 20

In 1914 Mosley proposed a law showing a relation between the characteristic x-
ray frequency f and atomic number (proton number) z of the target. The Mosley’s
2 3cR
law is f  a  z  b  where a and b are constants. The a   2.47  1015 Hz and
4
b is a screening parameter whose value for k  , x-ray line is b = 1. The constant a
and b do not depends on the target material. Mosley’s experimental studies
supports Bohr’s theory, and determined the z of element. It also established the
importance of ordering of elements in periodic table by atomic number and not by

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P
atomic weight. The gaps in Mosley’s data for z = 43, 61, 72, 75 suggested
existence of new elements which where later discovered. The graph between f
and z for characteristic x-rays line is parabolic. Unfortunately Mosley was killed at
the age of 27 years in the first world war (1915). Answer the following questions.
19. Mosley’s study of x-ray from different elements led to the possible existance of
element(s) with atomic number z equal to
A) 43 and 61 B) 72 C) 75 D) all of them
20. Mosley’s study of characteristic x-ray spectrum from varius elements supported
(i) Schrodinger’s model of atom
(ii) Existance of spin quantum number of electron
(iii) Pauli’s exclusion principle
(iv) Bohr’s model of atom
Choose the correct option.
A) Only (ii) is correct B) Only (iv) is correct
C) Only (ii) and (iv) are correct D) Only (iii) and (iv) are correct

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
21. Out of the following, how many compound(s) will have more enol form than keto
form.
1 . H 3C  C  C H 3 2. H 3C  C  C H 2  C H 3
O O

3. 4. H 3C  C  C H 2  C  C H 3
Ph  C  C  C H 3
O O
O O

5. Ph  C  C H 2  C  C H 3 6. H 3C  C  C H 2  C  O C 2 H 5

O O O O
O
O
7. H 5C 2O  C  C H 2  C  O C 2H 5 8.
O O

22. How many of the following will give faster rate of cyanohydrins formation than
benzaldehyde?
(i) p-methoxy benzaldehyde (ii) p-cyano benzaldehyde
(iii) p-nitrobenzaldehyde (iv) p-methylbenzaldehyde
(v) acetaldehyde (vi) acetophenone
(vii) benzophenone (viii) p-chlorobenzaldehyde

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P
O

Ph
Ph

23. Total possible number of mono-oxime and di-oximes of O are X and Y,

find the value of X  Y

24.
O O O
hot KMnO4
C12 H16 
 H 3C  C  CH3  OH  C  C  C  OH
A O

1mole   2 mole   2 mole 

Number of  bonds present in A.

25.
O
Br2 (1 eq)/OH-
Product.
H
Find the total number of products. (Including stereoisomers)

26. How many of the following statements are correct

a. the migratory aptitude for pinacol-pinacalone rearrangement is
panisyl> ptolyl> phenyl > pchlorophenyl > oanisyl
b. The order of reactivity of the following compounds with PhMgBr is
CH 3CHO  CH 3COCH 3  PhCOPh

c. One of the following compounds contains deuterium after deuteration with

NaOD in D2O .

C6 H5  C  H, C6 H5  CH 2  C  H, C6 H5  C  C  CH3 3 .  CH3 3 C  C  C  CH3 3

O O O O

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P
OD
O
CH 3  C  CH 2  CH 3
NaBD 4 D 2O
CH 3  C  CH 2  CH 3  
E
, the product E is D
d.
O O

excess NaBH 4

CH 3OH
 H ; The product H is

e. CHO , CH2OH

CH2 O

CH3 CH3 , Acidity of A  B

f.  A   B

27. The no of Compounds give Iodoform Test are:

a) CH3CHO b) CH3COCH3
c) CH3  CH2  CO  CH2  CH3
d) CH3CH 2OH e) Ph  CHOH  CH3
O

f) CH 3  C  CH 2  COCH 3 g) CH3  CO  CH2  COOEt

CHO

h) O i) H3C
j) Ph  CH 2  CHO

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

28.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P

H3C
O + H 2 N  NH 2 
 product
H3C

Number of isomeric hydrazone products in above reaction is/are________

CH2

29. The synthesis of is best achieved by

( Given : styrene oxide: )

A) Reaction of CH2 N2 on styrene oxide, followed by hydrolysis

B) Action of  CH 2  CH 2 CuLi  on styrene oxide, followed by hydrolysis

C) Action of CH2  CH  CH 2MgBr on benzaldehyde followed by hydrolysis

CH2 CHO

D) Action of CH 2  CHMgBr on , followed by hydrolysis

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

30.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Correct product(s) are given in
12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P

A)
O
Cl
1. N 2 H 4 / OH 

CH3 CH3
1.Zn  Hg/Conc.HCl
HO

HO
C)

CHO
OH PDC

31. Which of the following reactions can be used to prepare carbonyl compounds?

A) Woff-Kischner’s reaction B) Ozonolysis of alkene

C) Stephen’s reduction D) Rosenmund’s reaction

32. Which of the following reactions form cyclo-butane carbaldehyde.

CH NOH CN
 1)SnCl2  HCl
dil. H
  
2) H O 

A) B) 3

CH2OH COOH
1)MeLi
PCC
  
2) H O 
C) D) 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

O
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P

H
N
pH  4.5  6
+ 
Heat
 X

33. H3C Hence the product X is/are?

CH3 CH3

N N N N

CH2

A) B) C) D)

34. Which of the following reagent is/are not suitable for distinction between P1 & P2
OH

H3C Ph Conc.H3 PO4 O3 / Zn

 
 A  
H O
 P1  P2
2
H3C
A) Bardy’s reagent|(2, 4 DNP) B) NaHSO3

C) NaHCO3 D) HCN

35. For the following three step conversion of A to B, the appropriate sequence of reaction is
OH
O O
OH CHO

A B
A) MnO 2 ;  CH 2 OH  2 / HCl; PCC

B) PCC; MnO 2 ;  CH 2 OH  2 / HCl

C) PCC;  CH 2 OH 2 / HCl; Jone’s reagent

D) Jone’s reagent;  CH 2 OH 2 / HCl; MnO 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

36.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P

X
C CH3 CH2 CH3
O .

In this conversion reagent (X) could be

A) N 2 H 4 ,glycol/ OH  B) Red P/HI

C)  CH 2 SH 2 ; Raney Ni, H 2 D) Na  Hg  ;con HCl

I II III IV

A) I < II < III < IV B) III > I > II > IV

C) II < I < IV < III D) II < IV < III < I

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
38.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P
Which of the following is expected to be a reversible reaction?
A) CH3  Br  NaOH 
 B) CH3  CH  CH2  HBr 


O O

C) CH 3  C CH 3  HCN 

D) CH3  C CH 3  LiAlH 4 


Paragraph for Question Nos. 39 to 40

Aldehydes and Ketones reacts with NH 2OH to form Aldoximes and Ketoximes
respectively. Configuration of these can be determined by Beckmann
rearrangement as that group migrates which is anti w.r.t – OH.
R  R 
H O
C N H  2
 R ' C  N  R   R ' C NH  R
 R ' C  N  R 
 C N
  |
OH
||
O
R OH R OH2
It is interesting to note that the migration of group is completely Retentive and no
loss of optical activity is seen.
39.
Me OH
O 2N C N

H

Br

O O
HN C Me C NH Me

Br Br

A) O2N B) O2N
O

O C NH CH3

HN C Me Br

NO 2

C) Br D) NO 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
40.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P

H3C OH

H C N
dil. H 2SO 4
H3C
 
Ph

   dextrorotatory
Following is true about product
A) It is also (+) laevorotatory
B) Both (+) (–) forms are obtained in equal amount
C) It is having 'S' configuration for chiral carbon
D) It is having R configuration for chiral carbon.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
n n
C k
41. If  (1)r ( r  2) r  , then k equals. ( n Cr are usual binomial coefficients)
r 0 Cr n2

42. The absolute value of the coefficient of x103 in the expansion of

(1 + x + x2 + x3 + x4)199 (x – 1)201 is
43. Cr’s are the binomial coefficients in the expansion of 1  x n , and
n n
S5
Sn    i  j C i C j . Then the value of is
i 1 j 1 992
2
2
 n n  n  n  1  n  2 
44. If n  N and Ck  Ck , and  k 3  Ck
n
  then the value of p is
k 1  nC  3p
 k 1 
n n
1 r
45. Let  n   , and  n  
r  0 ncr r  0 ncr

10
The value of is
10

46. For each x  R , let [x] be the greatest integer less than or equal to x.
3
20 20
 Ci 1  k
If   20 20   , then [k] equals:
i 1  Ci  Ci 1  21

47. Given 8 C1 x(1  x )7  2.8 C2 x 2 (1  x)6  3.8 C3 x3 (1  x )5  .....  8.x8  ax  b, Find a  b

48.  2 3 n

Coefficient of x 6 in 1 x  1 x2  1 x3  ....1 xn  is 4k. ( n  6 ) The numerical value

of k is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
20
49. Let R  8  3 7  and  R   the greater integer less than or equal to R. Then
A) [R] is even B) [R] is odd
1
C) R   R   1  20
D) R  R  R   1  R 2
8  3 7 
50. If (1 2x  3x2 )10  a0  a1 x  a2 x 2       a20 x 20 , then

A) a1  20 B) a2  210 C) a19  20.39 D) a20  22.37.7

51. The largest coefficient in the expansion of  4  3x 25 is

14 11
25  4 3
A) C11 325   B) 25
C11 4 25   C) 25 C14 414311 D) 25 C14 411314
 3 4

52. Which of the following is/are true

A) 56  5C1.46  5C2 .36  5C3.26  5C4 .16  6C2. 5

B) 65  6C1.55  6C2.45  6C3.35  6C4 .25  6C1.15  0

C) 66  6C1.56  6C2.46  6C3.36  6C4 .26  6C5.16  720

D) 65  6C1.55  6C2 .45  6C3.35  6C4 .25  6C5.15  5C2 . 6

2n 1
53. If n is a positive integer and  3 3  5     where  is an integer and 0    1

then
A)  is an even integer
2
B)      is divisible by 2 2n 1
2n 1
C) The integer just below  3 3  5 is divisible by 3

D)  is divisible by 10
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P
r
54. For r  0, 1, .....,10, let A r ,Br and Cr denote, respectively, the coefficient of x in
10 20 30 10

the expansion of 1  x  , 1  x  and 1  x  , then  A  B10 Br –

r C10 A r  is
r 1

equal to
A) C10 – B10 B) 0
2

C) A10 B10 – C10 A10  D) B10 – C10
 7 
   14 
7
 k  r  14   n
55. The value of       , where  r  denotes C r , is
n

k 0   14  
rk k  r   
  
 k  

A) 67 B) greater than 7
6

C) 87 D) greater than 7
8

n
56. Sum of the products of the binomial coefficients of 1  x  taken two at a time is

A) 2 n2n C B) 2 2n  1  1  2 n C 
n 2  n 
1  n 2n 1  n 2n
C) 2  C  D) 4  C 
2 n 2 n

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 12-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_WTA-36_Q.P
n
C1 C 2  1 C n 1 n 1
For instance C 0    .....    1  x  dx  , where C r  n C r ,
2 3 n 1 0
n 1

r = 0, 1, 2, …. n
n 1
57.
C C
The value of binomial series C1  2  3  ..... 
 1 Cn must be equal to
2 3 n
n 1
1 1
A) 1    .... 
1 1 1 1
B) 1    .... 
 1
2 3 n 2 3 4 n
n 1
1 1 1
C) 1  2  2  ....  2
1 1 1
D) 1  2  2  2 .... 
 1
2 3 n 2 3 4 n2

n
58.
C C C
The value of series C0  1  2  3  ..... 
 1 Cn must be equal
3 5 7 2n  1
2
2 2n  2n  1! 22n  n! 2n 2 2n
A) 2
B) C) 2  n! D)
 n!  2n  1! 2n  1

Paragraph for Question Nos. 59 to 60

5
5
Let 1  x    Cr x r when C r 5 C r . Now answer the following questions.
r 0

2
59.    Cr  Cs  =
0 rs5

A) 488 B) 772 C)740 D) 284

60.    r  s .Cr Cs =
0 r s 5

A) 1435 B) 1935 C) 1930 D) 1415

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 Jee-Adv Date: 13-07-20
Time: 07.00Am to 10.00Am CTA-31 Max. Marks:264

2015_PAPER-I
13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Syllabus
MATHS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (11-07-2020)

PHYSICS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (11-07-2020)

CHEMISTRY : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (11-07-2020)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P
Max Marks : 88
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
1. You are given a parabolic mirror whose inner surface is silvered. The equation of
x2
the curve formed by its intersection with x-y plane is given by y  . A ray
4
travelling along y = x+3 intersects the mirror in second quadrant and gets

reflected. If the deviation suffered by the ray upon reflection is N give the value
6
of N.

2. In the given circuit, each resistance is r  18.75 . The current (in A) in the
resistance connected across A and B is ‘…..’ A.

3. It is known that the temperature in a room is +20ºC when out-door temperature is

-20ºC and when room is at +10ºC, out-door temperature is -40ºC. The
temperature of radiator heating the room.(Assume that Newton’s law of cooling is
valid between radiator and room) is (12 n)ºC. Then n = ?

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 3

4.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P
A particle is projected from the surface of the earth (of radius Re and mass Me)
GM e
with speed equal to , at certain angle from local horizontal as shown in the
Re
figure such that the angle subtended by arc between launching & landing site at
earth’s centre is   900 . The maximum separation of the particle from the centre
of the earth. (Consider earth to be uniformly dense and air resistance to be

absent) is
Re  2 1  , then K is
K

5. One mole of an ideal monatomic gas undergoes a linear process from A to B, in

which pressure P and its volume V change as shown in figure, where V0 = 8 litres.
As the volume of the gas is increased, in some range of volume the gas expands
with absorbing the heat(the endothermic process); in the other range the gas
emits the heat (the exothermic process). Then find the volume (in litres) after
which if the volume of gas is further increased the given process switches from
endothermic to exothermic.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 4

6.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P
Two cities A and B are connected by a regular bus service with buses plying in
either direction every T seconds. The speed of each bus is uniform and equal to
Vb. A cyclist cycles from A to B with a uniform speed of Vc. A bus goes past the
cyclist every T1 second in the direction A to B and every T2 second in the direction
T1
B to A. If Vb  2Vc , then  ?(Round off to the nearest integer)
T2
7. A large parking place has uniform slope of angle  with the horizontal. A driver
wishes to drive his car in a circle of radius R, at constant speed. Coefficient of
static friction between the tyres and the ground is  . Assume entire load of the
4
car on the front wheels. Given µ=1, cos   ,the greatest speed he can choose to
5
kgR
avoid slipping is .Find the value of k
5

8. A small ball of mass ‘m’ released at a height ‘R’ above the earth’s surface, as
shown in the figure. The maximum depth of the ball to which it goes is R/2 inside
the earth through a narrow smooth groove before coming to rest momentarily.
The groove contains an ideal spring of spring constant K and natural length R. R is
ZGMm
radius of earth and M mass of earth. If K  , find the value of Z. (one end of
R3
the spring is at centre of earth)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
SECTION – II
13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P

(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)

This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
9. A ray of light travelling in air is incident at grazing angle  i  90º  on a long
rectangular slab of transparent medium of thickness t = 1.0 m. The point of
incidence is origin. The medium has variable refractive index given by
 32 
  y   Ky  1 where K = 1
 

4
 x 2
A) The trajectory equation inside medium is y  K  
 4
2
 Kx 
B) The trajectory equation inside medium is y   
 4 
C) Ray will emerge parallel to boundary
D) Ray will emerge perpendicular to boundary
10. A dipole of dipole moment p is placed at a distance 2R from the centre of a
neutral conducting sphere of radius R. The direction of dipole is towards the
centre of the sphere. A tangent is drawn from the dipole to the sphere which
meets the sphere at point A.
A) The potential at point A is p 160 R 2
B) The potential at point A is 3 p 24  0 R 2
C) The potential at point A due to induced charges is  3  2 3  p 48 0 R 2
D) The potential at point A due to dipole is 3 p 24  0 R 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 6

11.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P
A conductor A is given a charge of amount +Q and then placed inside a deep
metal can B, without touching it. Then identify the correct alternative(s).

A) The potential of A is reduced when it is placed inside B

B) If B is earthed, +Q amount of charge flows from it into the earth
C) If B is earthed, the potential of A is reduced
D) If B is earthed, the potential of A is increased
12. A,B,C are three concentric conducting shell of radius R1,R2, R3 respectively. A point
charge q0 is approaching the system of shells (as shown in figure) with a small
constant velocity V0. The shells A and B are grounded .A1 and A2 are ammeters
attached to shell A and B.

Choose the correct statements

A) The value of current in ammeter A1 when charge q0 is at distance of x from
R2V0 q0
centre O is
2x2
B) The value of current in ammeter A2 when charge q0 is at distance of x from
R2V0 q0
centre O is
x2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P
C) The value of current in ammeter A2 when charge q0 is at distance of x from
2V0 q0 R2
centre O is
x2
D) The electric field intensity in the region between the shells B and C will
increases as charge q0 approaches towards the system of concentric shells.
13. The diagram show is a modified meter bridge, which is used for measured two
unknown resistances R1 and R2 at the same time. When only the galvanometer G2
is used, balance point is found at point C. Now the galvanometer G2 is removed
and the galvanometer G1 is used, which gives balance point D. Using the details
given in the diagram, find out the value of R1 and R2.

A) R1 = 5R/3 B) R2 = 4R/3 C) R 1  R 2 D) R2 = 5R/ 3

14. In the Young’s double slit experiment the region between the slits and the screen
is filled with a liquid whose concentration starts changing t=0 and because of that
5 t
its refractive index also changes with time as    . The final value of
2 4
refractive index is found out to be 5/4. The separation between the slits is d=2
mm and separation between slits and the screen is D=1m. The thickness of the
glass plate shown in the figure is 36 micrometer and its refractive index is 1.5

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P

A) The position of central maxima as a function of time is y 

 4  t  t 0D where t0 is
10  t  d
the thickness of the slab introduced in front of S2
B) The instant of time at which position of central maxima is at O is t=4 sec
C) The speed of central maxima when it is at O is 3mm/s
D) The speed of central maxima when it is at O is zero
15. A block of ice (specific gravity Si = 0.90) is floating in a container having two
immiscible liquids (one of specific gravity S1 = 0.50 and other is water) as shown
in the figure. (H1, H2 are heights of water, other liquid columns respectively). Now
the ice block melts completely, then

A) H2 will decrease
B) H1 will increase
C) H1 will remains unchanged,where as H2 will decrease
D) Both H1and H2 will increase

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P
r
16. A uniform rope of mass m and length is held motionless on a frictionless
2
fixed sphere of radius r with one end of the rope at the top of the sphere. The rope
is then released from rest. Immediately after the moment of release,

 
A) The tension in the rope at the midpoint     is maximum among all points
 4
B) The tension in the rope is maximum at the angular position given by
2
  sin 1  
 
 
C) If magnitude of the acceleration of the midpoint of the rope    is ‘a’ then
 4
magnitude of net force on rope is less than ‘ma’
D) The acceleration of all points on the rope is the same
17. Consider a uniform thin hemispherical shell of mass M and radius R. What is it’s
moment of inertia about an axis passing through top most point and a periphery
point of its base?

2 7 5 5
A) mR 2 B) mR 2 C) mR 2 D) mR 2
3 6 4 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 10

18.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P
A body is fired from point P and strikes at Q and R inside a smooth circular wall
and comes back to P as shown. If coefficients of restitution is same for all the
collisions then

1
A) e 
3
B) e = 1
C) Kinetic energy remains conserved
D) Kinetic energy is lost in multiple collisions

SECTION - III
(MATRIX MATCHING ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and four statements (P, Q, R and
S) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For
example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in Q and R, then for the particular question darken the
bubbles corresponding to Q and R in the OMR sheet. For each correct matching will be awarded +2 marks ONLY and 0 if not
attempted and -1 in all other cases.
19. Sound wave represented as a displacement wave travels in negative x – direction
& y – axis represents particle displacement list I has listed a number of location
along x –axis and list – II has values of pressure variation p and energy density
at those locations. Match list I with list II

Column-I Column-II
A) 1 P) p Maximum
B) 2 Q) p Minimum
C) 3 R) p Zero
D) 4 S) Energy density maximum
T) Energy density is constant

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 11

20.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P
In each case, there is sufficient friction for regular rigid uniform body to undergo
pure rolling on a rigid horizontal surface. Now Match the Column I and II

Column-I Column-II

The direction of static friction may be

A) P) forward or may be backward or static
friction may be zero

The direction of static friction is towards

B) Q)
backward

The angular acceleration will be

C) R)
clockwise

Acceleration of the centre mass will be

D) S)
along direction ‘F’

T) Body remains stationary

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 12

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P

Max Marks : 88
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
21. In crocidolite Na 2 Fen Si 4O11  2  OH 2 the number of iron ions in +2 oxidation state is
X and the number of iron ions in +3 oxidation state is Y. Then X+Y is
22. How many of the following contain S-S bond.
S2 O 32  ,S 2 O 42  ,S2 O 52  ,S2 O 62  ,S 2 O 72  ,S2 O 82  ,S2Cl 2 ,S3O 9
23. A metal complex of coordination number six having three different types of
ligands a,b,c of composition Ma2b2c2 can exist in several stereo isomeric forms.
The total number of such isomers is
24. The number of times the radial wave function of 6d orbital changes its sign in the
plot of R(r) vs r is
25. Consider the graph given below:

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P
A saturated solution of Na2SO4 is prepared at 30 °C, by dissolving suitable amount
of the salt in 100 g of water. The amount of crystals (in g) that will be formed on
cooling the solution to 0 °C is 4x, then the value of x is
26. In FCC array of the ions of a metal all the tetrahedral voids are occupied by
chloride ions. The saturated solution of the salt has a reduction potential of 1.72
volts in contact with Cl2 1atm,25C  . The Ksp of the salt is x  1019 . What is ‘x’?
 0 2.303 RT 
ECl2 /Cl   1.36 V ; F
 0.06 
 
27. All the alkenes excluding terminal alkenes, including stereoisomers of the formula
C5 H10 are subjected to reduction by D2/Pd. The total number of isomeric products
including stereoisomers formed is
28. The sum of number of oxygen atoms and nitrogen atoms in the chief organic
product of the following reaction is

Con. HNO3/conc.H2SO4

(excess)


Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P
D) symmetric boron in BH3 changes to unsymmetric boron in shape
31. The correct statements regarding the compounds of d-Block elements
A) VF5 is a volatile liquid that boils at 48ºC but VF3 is a high melting solid with
melting point 800ºC
B) MnO 4 is stronger oxidizing agent than ReO -4
C) The formula of cuprous chloride or copper(I) chloride is CuCl not Cu2Cl2 as
there is no electron in ns orbital of Cu atom to form a bond with another Cu atom
of CuCl
D) The formula of mercurous chloride is Hg2Cl2 but not HgCl because Hg+ contain
one more ns electron to form Hg-Hg bond in Hg2Cl2
–1
32. C(s) + CO2(g)   2 CO(g); ∆H = 172 Kj mol
In a suitable reaction vessel, pieces of graphite are mixed with carbon dioxide gas
at 1.00 atm and 1000 K. Which of the following changes will result in an increase
in reaction rate?
A) decrease size of the graphite pieces
B) increase temperature
C) decrease partial pressure of CO(g)
D) decrease partial pressure of CO2(g)
33. Which of the following statements is/are not supported by the data from
Rutherford’s experiment of scattering alpha particles with a thin metal foil?
A) The mass and positive charge of an atom are concentrated in its center.
B) Electrons in atoms occupy only certain specific energy levels.
C) Moving particles can also be described as waves.
D) Atoms of a given element do not all have identical masses.
34. Consider the following equilibrium reaction:
2HgO(s) 2Hg(l)  O2(g)
The correct statement(s) among the following regarding this reaction is/are
A) Addition of even large quantities of HgO(s) at equilibrium has no effect on the
equilibrium.
B) Addition of large quantities of Hg(l) at equilibrium pushes the reaction in
backward direction.
C) Addition of large quantities of HgO(s) at equilibrium pushes the reaction in
backward direction.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 15
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P
D) Increase in temperature may speed up the decomposition of HgO(s).
35. Enantiomeric pair(s) among the following is/are

A) B)

C) D)

36. The predominant enol form of acetoacetic ester is

H
O O
H
O O
A) H3C OEt B)
H2C OEt

H H
O O HO O
C) D)
H3C OEt H2C OEt
37. Which of the following reagent(s) can distinguish between benzene and hex-1-yne
(liquid)?
A) Br2/H2O B) cold dilute KMnO4
C) metallic sodium D) Cu2Cl2/NH3
38. A non-volatile solute is added to H2Os  H2O l equilibrium mixture at its melting
point 273 K. Select CORRECT statement(s), assuming temperature remaining
constant.
A) Reaction will move in forward direction.
B) Equilibrium will remain unaffected.
C) Reaction will move in backward direction.
D) Ice melts.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P

Column-I Column-II

A) Cis  Cr  en  2 Cl2  P) Optical isomerism
3
B)  Fe  CN  6  Q) d 2sp 3 hybridization
2
C)  Ni  NH3  6  R) Paramagnetic
 
3
D)  CoF  6 S) sp 3d 2 hybridization
T) Oxidation state of metal is ‘+3’

40. Match the processes in Column I with correct thermodynamic property(ies) in

Column II

Column-I Column-II
A) Isothermal irreversible expansion of ideal gas. P) Suniv  0
B) Adiabatic irreversible compression. Q) Gsys  0
C) Phase transfer of liquid to vapour at boiling point. R) Q  W
D) Combustion of carbon monoxide at 25C , 1 atm. S) H  0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 17

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P
Max Marks : 88
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
41. The number of positive integers that doesn’t satisfy the equation
log  x
log 2  
x 2

 10 x  22  0 is
 2

42. The number of integral values of a for where the inequality 3  x  a  x 2 is

satisfied by atleast one negative real x, must be equal to
43. Tangents are drawn from any point on the hyperbola 4 x 2  9 y 2  36 to the circle
x 2  y 2  9 . If the locus of the midpoint of the chord of contact is
2
 x2 y 2   x2  y2 
 9 
4 
   9  then the value of  equals

44. The number of real solutions of the equation 1  1  x  3 x equals

45. If a and b are two distinct real numbers satisfying
a  2019  b  2019  a  b  a  2020  b  2020 and if the minimum value of a  b

is K then remainder when K is divided by 13

46. If the two lines x  2 y  z  5  0  3x  y  z  4 and x  y  4 z  6  0  2 x  y   z  7
 1 
are coplanar then the value of   where l , m, n are direction cosines of
 lmn 
second line is ([.] is GIF)
47. Three parabolas have common directrix. P1 and P2 intersect at  0,1 ,  4,7  . Also P2
and P3 intersect at  4, 0 ,  3, 2 . If  ,   be the circumcentre of triangle formed by
the foci of the three parabolas then     equals ([.] is GIF)

48.

The number of points at which the function f  x  

max x 2  x  2, x 2  3x , x  0 
 

 max ln   x , e ,
x

x  0  
is non-differentiable is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 18

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
SECTION – II
13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P

(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)

This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
49. If the sum of algebraic distances from the point (4,3), (2,4), (0,-4) to a variable
x2  1 x  1 x2
straight line is zero and if 2 x  3 3x  2 x  4  px 4  qx3  rx 2  sx  t be an identity
x4 4x  3 2 x  5
in x then the variable line always passes through the point
t q q  r
A)  p,  B)  p , t  C)  p ,  D)  p, 
 3  5  2 
50. In a ABC length of medians AD and CE are 18 and 27 respectively. CE is
extended to intersect, circumcircle of ABC at F. If AB=24, and G is centroid of
ABC , then which is/are correct
A) AC  3 70 B) BC  6 31
27 16
C) Area of AGE  55 D) EF 
4 3
51. Let f  x  be a polynomial function such that f  x  f '  x  f ''  x  f '''  x  x3 and if
f  x
function g  x  is given by g  x   dx , g 1  1 then which is/are correct ([.] is
x3
GIF)
A)  g  e   1 B) g  x  is a rational function
C) g '  x  is a rational function D) g  x  has a local minimum at x=3
52. The system of equations px  y  2 z  0 , x  2 y  z  q , 2 x  y  pz  0 is given, then
which of the following is/are correct, for the system possesses
A) a unique solution for p  2, 1 B) infinite solutions for p  2
C) No solution for p  1, q  0 D) infinite solutions for p  1, q  0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 19

53.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P
Point A lies on x-axis and point B lies on the line y=x. If PA.PB is minimum, where
P divides AB segment internally, where P=(3,1) then which is/are INCORRECT .
(O is origin)
 3 24
A) inclination of AB is B) OA 
8 2 1
3 2 2 3
C) OB  D) OAB 
2 1 8
54. ABC in an equilateral triangle inscribed in a circle. P lies on smaller arc AC and PB
meets AC at D then which is/are correct
AD
A) PA  PB. B) PB  PA  PC
AB
C) AC  PA.PC  PA2  PC 2
2
D) PD.DB  AD.DC
55. Triangle ABC has circumcentre ‘O’ and orthocenter H. Points E and F are chosen
on sides AC and AB respectively, such that AE=AO and AF=AH. If R is the radius of
circumcircle of ABC then
R2
A) Area of quadrilateral BFEC is  sin 2 B  sin 2C 
2
R2
B) Area of quadrilateral BFEC is  cos 2 B  cos 2C 
2
 9R2
C) Given AFE  , then the sum of squares of altitudes of AFE 
3 4
 9R2
D) Given AFE  , then the sum of squares of altitudes of AFE 
3 2
56. Let a  then for the equation x 4  a 4  3ax3  3a3 x  0 to have four real roots a can
be
1
A) 1 B) 2 C) 3 D)
2
728

 27  r
57. If r 1
728
 a 2  b then which is/are  a , b  Q  correct ([.] is GIF)

r 1
27  r

A)  a   13 B) a is integer C) b is integer D) a-b=2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 20

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
58. Which is/are correct
TG ~ @bohring_bot 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P

 
  cot  x  x
1

2
A) lim  2 ({.} is FPF sgn is signum)
x0 Sgnx  cos x
1

B) If lim
1  a   8e 3 x
 2  a, b   then a  b has unique value
1 2  b  b  e
x0 2 1/ x

2sec2 x  2sec x  1 1
C) Least value of 2
is
sec x  sec x  5 5
 2  
 x cos , x  0  1 
D) Let f  x   2x  then f '   
   3 2
 0, x  0 

SECTION - III
(MATRIX MATCHING ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and four statements (P, Q, R and
S) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For
example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in Q and R, then for the particular question darken the
bubbles corresponding to Q and R in the OMR sheet. For each correct matching will be awarded +2 marks ONLY and 0 if not
attempted and -1 in all other cases.
59. Match the following
Column-I Column-II
3 3
  3ax   
2
 2bx  c dx   3ax 2  2bx  c dx
A) 0 1
P) 2
 a, b, c   then the arithmetic mean of a,b,c is
 2x   2x 
cos 1  2   tan 1 
 1  x 2 
1
 x  1 
B) If  1
3
x
dx is equal to then [K] Q) 4
3
e 1 K
equals ([.] is GIF)
Number of rational points P  ,   (  ,  Q ) on the curve
C) 2 2 R) 3
 x  2    y  3  4 is
Number of integral values of ‘a’ for which the function
D) S) 0
f  x   x 3   a  2 x 2  3ax  10 is monotonic on R is
T) 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 21

60.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
Match the following
13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P

Column-I Column-II
dx m
If  2    x  and   2  0 then   1 
A) x 2
 4x  5  n P) 2
 m, n  Z  so that n-m equals
2r  1 mCr 1
Let m be a possible integer D  m 2  1 2 m
m 1
r

B) 2
sin m  
2
sin  m sin 2  m  1
2
Q) 0
m
then D r 
r 0

Maximum element in the range of function

C) 1 R) 6
f  x   tan 1  x     x   2  x  2 is K then [K] equals ([.] is GIF)
x
The number of solutions of cot 1 x  cot 1 17  x   cot 1 3
D) S) 4
equals
T) 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 22

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

2015_PAPER-I
13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Syllabus
MATHS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (11-07-2020)

PHYSICS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (11-07-2020)

CHEMISTRY : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (11-07-2020)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 2

2. In the given circuit, each resistance is r  18.75 . The current (in A) in the
resistance connected across A and B is ‘…..’ A.

3. It is known that the temperature in a room is +20ºC when out-door temperature is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 3

absent) is
Re  2 1  , then K is
K

5. One mole of an ideal monatomic gas undergoes a linear process from A to B, in

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
SECTION – II
13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P

(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)

This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
9. A ray of light travelling in air is incident at grazing angle  i  90º  on a long
rectangular slab of transparent medium of thickness t = 1.0 m. The point of
incidence is origin. The medium has variable refractive index given by
 32 
  y   Ky  1 where K = 1
 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 6

A) The potential of A is reduced when it is placed inside B

Choose the correct statements

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 7

A) R1 = 5R/3 B) R2 = 4R/3 C) R 1  R 2 D) R2 = 5R/ 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P

A) The position of central maxima as a function of time is y 

A) H2 will decrease
B) H1 will increase
C) H1 will remains unchanged,where as H2 will decrease
D) Both H1and H2 will increase

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 9

2 7 5 5
A) mR 2 B) mR 2 C) mR 2 D) mR 2
3 6 4 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 10

1
A) e 
3
B) e = 1
C) Kinetic energy remains conserved
D) Kinetic energy is lost in multiple collisions

Column-I Column-II
A) 1 P) p Maximum
B) 2 Q) p Minimum
C) 3 R) p Zero
D) 4 S) Energy density maximum
T) Energy density is constant

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 11

Column-I Column-II

The direction of static friction may be

A) P) forward or may be backward or static
friction may be zero

The direction of static friction is towards

B) Q)
backward

The angular acceleration will be

C) R)
clockwise

Acceleration of the centre mass will be

D) S)
along direction ‘F’

T) Body remains stationary

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 12

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 13

Con. HNO3/conc.H2SO4

(excess)


Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 14

A) B)

C) D)

36. The predominant enol form of acetoacetic ester is

H
O O
H
O O
A) H3C OEt B)
H2C OEt

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P

40. Match the processes in Column I with correct thermodynamic property(ies) in

Column II

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 17

42. The number of integral values of a for where the inequality 3  x  a  x 2 is

44. The number of real solutions of the equation 1  1  x  3 x equals

45. If a and b are two distinct real numbers satisfying
a  2019  b  2019  a  b  a  2020  b  2020 and if the minimum value of a  b

is K then remainder when K is divided by 13

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 18

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
SECTION – II
13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P

(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)

This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
49. If the sum of algebraic distances from the point (4,3), (2,4), (0,-4) to a variable
x2  1 x  1 x2
straight line is zero and if 2 x  3 3x  2 x  4  px 4  qx3  rx 2  sx  t be an identity
x4 4x  3 2 x  5
in x then the variable line always passes through the point
t q q  r
A)  p,  B)  p , t  C)  p ,  D)  p, 
 3  5  2 
50. In a ABC length of medians AD and CE are 18 and 27 respectively. CE is
extended to intersect, circumcircle of ABC at F. If AB=24, and G is centroid of
ABC , then which is/are correct
A) AC  3 70 B) BC  6 31
27 16
C) Area of AGE  55 D) EF 
4 3
51. Let f  x  be a polynomial function such that f  x  f '  x  f ''  x  f '''  x  x3 and if
f  x
function g  x  is given by g  x   dx , g 1  1 then which is/are correct ([.] is
x3
GIF)
A)  g  e   1 B) g  x  is a rational function
C) g '  x  is a rational function D) g  x  has a local minimum at x=3
52. The system of equations px  y  2 z  0 , x  2 y  z  q , 2 x  y  pz  0 is given, then
which of the following is/are correct, for the system possesses
A) a unique solution for p  2, 1 B) infinite solutions for p  2
C) No solution for p  1, q  0 D) infinite solutions for p  1, q  0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 19

 27  r
57. If r 1
728
 a 2  b then which is/are  a , b  Q  correct ([.] is GIF)

r 1
27  r

A)  a   13 B) a is integer C) b is integer D) a-b=2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 20

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
58. Which is/are correct
TG ~ @bohring_bot 13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P

 
  cot  x  x
1

2
A) lim  2 ({.} is FPF sgn is signum)
x0 Sgnx  cos x
1

B) If lim
1  a   8e 3 x
 2  a, b   then a  b has unique value
1 2  b  b  e
x0 2 1/ x

SECTION - III
(MATRIX MATCHING ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and four statements (P, Q, R and
S) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For
example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in Q and R, then for the particular question darken the
bubbles corresponding to Q and R in the OMR sheet. For each correct matching will be awarded +2 marks ONLY and 0 if not
attempted and -1 in all other cases.
59. Match the following
Column-I Column-II
3 3
  3ax   
2
 2bx  c dx   3ax 2  2bx  c dx
A) 0 1
P) 2
 a, b, c   then the arithmetic mean of a,b,c is
 2x   2x 
cos 1  2   tan 1 
 1  x 2 
1
 x  1 
B) If  1
3
x
dx is equal to then [K] Q) 4
3
e 1 K
equals ([.] is GIF)
Number of rational points P  ,   (  ,  Q ) on the curve
C) 2 2 R) 3
 x  2    y  3  4 is
Number of integral values of ‘a’ for which the function
D) S) 0
f  x   x 3   a  2 x 2  3ax  10 is monotonic on R is
T) 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 21

60.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
Match the following
13-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_CTA-31_Q.P

B) 2
sin m  
2
sin  m sin 2  m  1
2
Q) 0
m
then D r 
r 0

Maximum element in the range of function

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 22

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
A.P, TELANGNA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office, Madhapur – Hyderabad
SEC: Sr.Super60 PTA-09 Date: 13-12-2020
TIME: 10.10Am to 01.10Pm 2016-P1 Max. Marks: 186

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 C 2 C 3 C 4 D 5 C
6 BC 7 AB 8 ABD 9 AC 10 AC
11 AC 12 BC 13 ABC 14 4 15 2
16 2 17 5 18 2

CHEMISTRY
19 C 20 C 21 C 22 B 23 D
24 AC 25 ABC 26 ABC 27 ABC 28 ABC
29 ABD 30 AD 31 ABD 32 7 33 4
34 4 35 6 36 4

MATHS
37 D 38 C 39 B 40 B 41 C
42 AC 43 BC 44 C 45 ABC 46 AD
47 ACD 48 ABD 49 ABD 50 3 51 4
52 2 53 5 54 1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Key & Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
 
1. 
   sin wtk.r  


k  3i  4j k  5
W=2

Unit vector in direction of propagation  3i  4 j
5
w 2
v   0.4
k 5
2.  
y A1  5sin  t  1  5sin  t  
 5sin  t
 
y A2  5sin   t  1 2   / 6  5sin  t   / 3
 y A  y A1  y A2
 
 5sin  t  5sin   t  
 2
Ares = 52  52  2  5 5  1/ 2
= 5mm
3. A hears same frequency when sources approaches the observer & hears different
frequency. When it moves away. Since speed of sources subtends smaller angle at B
while approaching to A. It would have had larger frequency.

4.  L1  e for first resonance
4
3
 L 2  e for second resonance
4
v  f  and e = 0.6r
5.  = 120 cm
6
  3  3.6 m
2

6. Second dolphin hears 3 different sound pulses. One pulse directly and one. Pulse
reflected from surface and one. Pulse reflect from the ground.
7. As there is motion of observer (or) source there is no change in frequency of the sound
heard by source.

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 2

8.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Key & Sol’s

Beat frequency is f1  f 2 . Particles in stem of tuning fork oscillate up and down.

Producing longitudinal waves in the stem and transverse waves in the prongs.
9. for observer O 1,
v  v2

f
v  v / 5 4v
 
f 5f
For O2, There is change of medium hence, at the surface of water, keeping frequency
unchanged.
v 4v

s w
16v
 w  4 0 
5f
velocity of wave relativeto obesrever
f || 
w
v
4v 
 5  21v  5 f  21 f
w 5 16v 16
F
10. V

1 1
E MV 2  I C  2
2 2
11. E   2 Aa02 lf 2
2
En   2 Aa02 lf 02  n  1
Since E n is not directly proportional to n2, therefore , option (b) is wrong
Since, every particle of the string perform SHM, therefore, r.m.s speed of a particle
1
  its max imum speed
2
Hence. Average KE is half of maximum K.E but maximum KE is equal to oscillation
energy of the string
Therefore option (c) is correct.
12. Frequency of tuning fork B can be 515 Hz too because while waxing frequency can be
decreased so much that it can become less than frequency of A and difference can
become 5Hz.
 v  vD   v  vD 
13. fmax  f0   ,fmin  f0 
 v  vs   v  v S 
v s  vD  a  a2f  1  2  2  4
fmax  323Hz fmin  278Hz
(between S andD)  
D
14. e
4
e
T  Ay

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 3
D
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Key & Sol’s

T  Ay
4
T

u
T

A
1 T
f
2 A
10800 Hz
 2 d
15. 2P  1P  
3 
 1   2  d   2f
2C
 2    2  0
=      
3  3 2 3
 2 2 
=  
3  3 3
 4 
=  
3 3 3
= 2
2  1  final  3
S1 d=3 km S2


h=1.5 km


16.
For minimum time we take the sound which travels by shells law.
2h   2h tan 
t 
cos w r
w
Differentiating it for smallest time sin  
r
lv w  2h vr2  v w
2
 1.92 s
vr v w
 C 
17. 2f 0  f0 
 C  0.75C cos  
1 3
 1  cos 
2 4
SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 4
3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
1
13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Key & Sol’s

cos  
4 2
2
cos  
3
1.5
t
sin C
1500
t
5
 340
3
4500
t
340 5
t = 5.92 sec
18. At any distance x
m 2 Lx m 2 2
T  L  x 
L 2

2L
L  x2  
2
But T   in rope frame
2 2
 2 
2

L  x2 
AB
Pulse will be meeting at a distance from A.
2
AB
k  2 2
 2  1   k  1  2
AB 1
AB  
2 2 1

CHEMISTRY
19. Tetra coordinate complexes of palladium (II) are always square planar and thus
diamagnetic. Since one of the two complexes is paramagnetic, it should be nickel
complex with tetrahedral structure.
20. Crystal field theory is mainly based on electrostatic attraction between metal ions and
ligands. Due to repulsion by the ligands the d-orbitals split.
21. Refer Page No. 154 NCERT innovative washer woman in box.
22. 2ZnS + 3O2  2ZnO + 2SO 2
23. Copper has more affinity towards sulphur than oxygen.
24. In the extraction of metals by an one of the methods like pyrometallurgy,
hydrometallurgy or electrolytic reduction free energy change is always negative.
25. NCERT Page No. 163
26. With increase in the number of positive charges on metal ion stability of complex
3 2
increases. So Co  en  3  is more stable than Co  en  3  . Square planar

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Key & Sol’s

complexes are more stable than tetrahedral complexes. So Cu  gly 2  is more stable
2
than  Zn  gly 2  . Due to chealate effect Cd  en  3  is more stable than
2 3 2
 Cd  NH 3 4  Cu  CN 4   is more stable than Cd  CN 4   . Stable complexes
have lesser dissociation constants.
27.
V
R B

O G
Y
From Munshen colour wheel it can be expected that the light absorbed is in the orange
region. (because red region is about 700 nm. So orange colour will be near to red
region with 620 nm). So we can expect the complex will be blue in colour which is
complementary colour of orange. Since the energy of radiation 620 nm is less the
ligand carbonate can be considered as weak ligand. Since CO32  is weak ligand and so
 is small (as the splitting energy is less from 620 nm) the complex should be high
spin and paramagnetic. It can exhibit optical but not geometrical isomerism as it
contain 3 bidentate ligands.
28. Be2+ complex is tetrahedral and can exhibit optical isomerism as it do not possess
plane of symmetry Cu2+ complex is square planar and it can exhibit geometrical
isomerism. Be2+ complexes are paramagnetic and colourless where as Cu2+ complexes
is paramagnetic and coloured. This is because Cu in +2 oxidation state with d9
configuration can have colour but Be2+ with 1s2 configuration is diamagnetic and
colourless.
CF3 CH3 CH3 CF3
C=O O=C C=O O=C
HC Be CH HC Be CH
C-O O-C C-O O-C

CH3 CF3 CF3 CH3

The dotted line indicates a bond pointing into the plane of paper and the wedge
indicates a bond out of the plane of the paper. Geometrical isomers of Cu(tfa)2 are
CF3 CF3 CF3 CH3
C=O O=C C=O O-C
HC Cu CH HC Cu CH
C-O O-C C-O O=C

CH3 CH3 CH3 CF3

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
CO CO
13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Key & Sol’s

OC CO

OC Mn Mn CO
OC CO

29. OC OC
Mn is involved in d 2 sp3 hybridization
X X X X X

d2sp3 hybridisation
No CO bridge bonds
30. Octahedral Cr2+ complexes can be used. High spin or weak field Cr2+ complexes have
is unpaired electrons but low spin (strong field) Cr2+ complexes have 4 unpaired
electrons octahedral Ni2+ complexes will always have 2 unpaired electrons whether
strong or weak field ligands. So Ni2+ complexes are not useful to distinguish weak-
from strong-field ligands by examining magnetic properties. By using the visible
spectra of the complexes the splitting energy can be calculated from which it can be
decided whether the ligand is weak or strong.
31. Dolomite is MgCO3.CaCO3 contain two metals Mg and Ca. Carnalite contain K and
Mg. Chalcopyrites CuFeS 2  contain Cu and Fe
32. Cu, Ag, Au, C, S, N 2 and O2 occur in nature as elements.
33. Carbonate or hydroxide ores are subjected to calcination. Magnesite, Bauxite,
Calamine and azurite.
2
34. In Cr  CO  6  the 90 0 interactions are 12 in  Ni  CN 4  , 900 interactions are 4
and in Fe  CO 5 having TBP structure 900 interactions are 6. Then 12 + 4 + 6 = 22 or
2+2= 4.
35.
CO Cl Cl
OC PPh3 Ph3P OC Ph3P

Cl Cl PPh3 CO
OC Ph3P OC Ph3P
PPh3 CO PPh3 CO

Cl CO OC Cl

PPh3 Ph3P
OC CO
PPh3 Ph3P
36.

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Key & Sol’s
2+

Cl
H3 N NH3

H3N NH3

NH3

In this compound to get trans isomer the C  has only one possible position to attack
where as to get the Cis isomer four positions are available to attack. So the possibility
of the formation of Cis isomer is about 4 times greater than the formation of the trans
isomer.

MATHEMATICS
2 2
37. E = E  2 z  1  2  1
2 2
 1 1 
E =4  z   
 2 2 
1 1  1 1 
z is the distance of z from  , 0 and   in the distance of w from  , 0 .
2 2  2 2 
2 2
 1  1  9 9
Emax  1     2    = 4    = 4 = 18
 2  2   4 4

 1  2  2
1  1 1
Emin 1     0    = 4 4  4 = 4 = 2
 2  2    

Hence, E = [2, 18]
y

|z|=1 z |– 1| = 1
(2, 0)
 x
O 1 ,0 B
2 (1,0)

38. Note that z1  z2  z3  13

Hence z1 , z2 , z3 lies on a circle with centre (0,0)
and r  3 as shown

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Key & Sol’s

z2 z z
now Arg =2 Arg 2 1
z3 z3  z1
z z z
Arg 3 =2 Arg 3 1  (C)]
z2 z2  z1
39. Rotation about B gives

z1  z2  z3  z2 w 
 z3  z2  w 2  z1  z2 
 z3  w 2 z1  1  w 2  z2
Cz
3

2
3
A
z1 z2B
(D) is true when vertices are taken in clockwise direction. ]
40.

y = –x – 2 y=x–2
(0, ) C
4 2

(–2, 0) (2, 0)
–2

 28
 6
similarly   6
sum = 12
41.

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Key & Sol’s
z
z' (0, 4)

(–2, 1) (2, 1)
O

From the figure it is clear that image of z is given by

 z  4i  
arg=    z  2  i 3
z i
42.  e i  z  i  z  i
zi
(–1, 3)
B Y
A
(3, 2)

Real
P X

B' (–1,–3)
 Real axis  arg (z) = 0
 7
PA + PB minimum Point P is  
 5
7
z   0i ]
5
43. x7 + ax5 – 1 = 0 ….…(1)
6 4
and x + ax – 4x = 0
 x7 + ax5 – 4x2 = 0 ….…(2)
1
Equation 1   2  4 x 2  1  x   .
2
Sum of all possible common root = 0.
7 5
1 1  1  1
If x  is a solution, then x  satisfy given equation    a    1  0
2 2  2  2
127
1  4a  128  0  a 
4
7 5
1 1  1  1
If x  is a solution, then x  satisfy given equation    a    1  0
2 2  2  2
129 1
a  . So, sum of possible value of a is
4 2

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 10

44.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Key & Sol’s

5 
 ,0 
2 

(2,0) (4,0)
 3  1  (3,0)
  ,0   ,0 
 2  2 

1 5 1
z1   2, z2   , z3  3  1
2 2 2
5 19
From the figure, it is clear that maximum value of z1  z2  z3  4  3  
2 2
1 1
45. z   2i  a R
a  2i z
1 1 z z 2i y
  2i   2i  4i  2  2
z z z x  y2
y i 1
 x2  y2  0  z  .
2 4 4
46.  zk  1  1  zk
zk
1 1 1 1 1 1
   z1  z2  z3  z4  z5  z6       
 z1 z2 z3 z4 z5 z6 
 
 z1  z2  .................  z6 ( z1  z2 . z6 )
2
  z1  z2  .............z6  purely real
0  z1  z2  ...........  z6  z1  z2  z3  .........  z6
0    36. ]
47. A: z30  1, B : z 42  1, C  z 70  1and z  1
H.C.F. of (30 & 42) = 6
H.C.F. of (42 & 70) = 14
H.C.F. of (70 & 30) = 10
H.C.F. of (30, 42, 70) = 2.
 
48. A)  z1 z2 z3   z1  z1  z1   z1  z2  z3
1 2 3

 z z   z z
B) z1  z3  z2  z3 arg  3 1    3 1 is P. Im.
 z3  z2  2 z3  z2

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 11

z3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Key & Sol’s

z1 z2

C)   if z  1
4

  if z  1
4

  if z  1
4
z

( z1  z2 ) ( z2  z3 ) ( z3  z1)
D)  zz z.
z1 z2 z3
49. z12  z2 z3 and z 22  z1 z3
 z33  z1z2
 z12  z22  z32  z1z2  z2 z3  z3 z1
 ABC is an equilateral triangle.
50. Since z1  z2  z3
  z12   z1z2
 z1 , z2 , z3 are the vertices of equilateral triangle.
Now z1  z2  z2  z3  z3  z1  2 3
Given z1  z2  z3  21
  z1  z2  z3   z1  z 2  z3   441
2 2 2
      
z1  z2  z3  z1 z 2  z2 z1  z2 z 3  z3 z 2  z3 z1  z1 z 3  441



x
2 2 2
 z2  z3  441  z1  x
2 2
 z2  z3  441  27  x  z1  3 3  given  
2 2
 z2  z3  414  x ..............1
2
Now z1  z2  12 ................. i

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 12

2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Key & Sol’s

z2  z3  12 .............. ii 
2
z3  z1  12 ................. iii 
On adding (i), (ii) and (iii, we get
2 2
x  2  z2  z3   18 ................. 2
 
From (1) & (2), we get
2 2 2 2
3 z2  z3  396  z2  z3  132
  
51. arg z    arg z 
4 4 4
Also, z  1  z  3 ......... i
Im (z)
y=x (2, 2)

x=2
Re(z)
(0, 0) (2, 0)

y = –x (2, –2)

2 2
  x  1
 y 2   x  3  y 2
 x  2 .......... ii
 From (i) and (ii), we get
area of shaded region  1  4 2  4 (square units). ]
2
1
52. Slope of tangant at P is
t1
1
and at Q 
t2

 cot   t1 and cot   t 2

2
slope of PQ =
t1  t 2

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
t1  t2  
13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Key & Sol’s

 slope of AR is    tan 
 2 
(Note angle in a semicircle is 900)
1
 tan   
2
 cot   cot    cot   cot   2 tan 
  cot   cot   cot   2
53. Let z = x + iy
Then C1 : z  2  2  Re  z 
  x  2  i y  2  x
2 2
  x  2  y 2   x  2
 y 2  8x
and C2 : x2 + y2 = 9
y
2)
,2
P(1

O S x
R (0,0) (3,0)

Q( 1
,– 2
2)
For point of intersections of C1 and C2
x2 + 8x = 9
 x2  8 x  9  0
  x  9 x  1  0
 x  1 x  9
 y2  8  y   2 2
P= 1, 2 2  and Q 1, 2 2 
Equation of tangent at P on parabola is y.2 2  4  x  1 .............. 1
Equation of tangent at Q on parabola is  y. 2 2  4  x  1 ............. 2
Solving (1) and (2), R = (-1, 0)
Equation of tangent at P on circle is x  2 2 y  9 .............. 3
Equation of tangent at Q on circle is x  2 2 y  9 ..............  4
Solving (3) and (4) S = (9,0)
1 1
Area of QRS=  base  height=  10  2 2  10 2   2
2 2
   10 .

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 14

54.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Key & Sol’s

99
10

10 
x
O (0,0) 1 
 ,0
(1, 0) (10, 0)
 10 

z1
Put z
z2
z1 1
 zz
z2 10
 z1 
Also,   arg   1  arg  z  1
 z2 
1/100 1 m
 tan 2       Given  .
max. 99 /100 99 n

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 PTA-09 Date: 13-12-2020
Time: 10.10Am to 01.10Pm Max.Marks:186

2016_PAPER-I
13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09 Syllabus

MATHS : PT-9 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-9 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-9 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
1. A plane progressive harmonic wave is given by the
equation:   m sin  2t  3x  4y   / 3 , where x and y are in meters, and t is in seconds.

Let n̂ is the unit vector in the direction of wave propagation, and v is the speed of wave
w.r.t. the wave medium, then:-
3 4 4 3 2
A) n̂   î  ˆj; v  0.4 m / s B) n̂  î  ˆj; v  m / s
5 5 5 5 3
3 4 4 3
C) n̂  î  ˆj; v  0.4 m / s D) n̂   î  ˆj; v  0.5 m / s
5 5 5 5
2. If y1  5  mm  sin t is equation of oscillation of source S1 and y 2  5  mm sin  t   / 6 be
1
that of S2 and it takes 1 sec and sec for the transverse waves to reach point A from
2

sources S1 and S2 respectively then the resulting amplitude at point A, is

A) 5 2  3 mm B) 5 3 mm C) 5 mm D) 5 2 mm
3. A source is moving with a constant speed u on a straight line, emitting a sound of
frequency f 0 . There are three observers A, B and C. A on track, b at a perpendicular
distance of d from the track and C at a perpendicular distance of 2d from the track as
shown in figure. The variation of the observer frequency with respect to angle 
subtended at C is given below. (d is very small)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P

A) A – 3, B – 2, C – 1 B) A – 2, B – 3, C – 1
C) A – 1, B – 2, C – 3 D) A – 1, B – 3, C – 2
4. In an experiment of resonance tube to measure the velocity of sound, first resonance
occurs at l = 10cm from the open end of the tube. End correction of the tube is 1.0cm and
the frequency of tuning fork is 700Hz.
(I) Velocity of sound is 308m/s
(II) Next resonance will occur at l = 32cm from the open end of the tube
(III) Radius of resonance tube is 1.67cm
The correct statement is/are
A) I, II B) I, III C) II, III D) I, II, III
5. An open end organ pipe is vibrating in its fifth overtone. The distance between two
1
consequtive points where pressure amplitude is of pressure amplitude at pressure
2

antinodes, is 30 cm. Then the length of organ pipe is (neglect end correction)
A) 1.2 m B) 2.4 m C) 3. 6 m D) 4.8 m

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
6. Dolphins communicate by sending a series of pulses which travel through the ocean
water. Each dolphin has a characteristic voice through which other dolphins can
recognize it. A dolphin X swimming in shallow water send one compression pulse
towards Y. However Y received a total of 3 pulses characteristic of dolphin X. Then
(both the dolphins are under water)
A) one is a compression pulse and two are rarefaction pulses
B) one is a rarefaction pulse and two are compression pulses
C) The first pulse received is a compression
D) The first pulse received is a rarefaction
7. A train, standing in a station yard, blows a whistle of frequency 400 Hz in still air. The
wind starts blowing in the direction from the yard to the station with a speed of 10m/s.
Given that the speed of sound in still air is 340m/s,
A) the frequency of sound as heard by an observer standing on the platform is 400Hz.
B) the speed of sound for the observer standing on the platform is 350m/s.
C) the frequency of sound as heard by the observer standing on the platform will
increase.
D) the frequency of sound as heard by the observer standing on the platform will
decrease.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

8.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Mark the CORRECT statement(s):-
13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P

A) When two waves of different frequency f1 and f 2 are superimposed at a point, the
variation of intensity takes place with frequency f1  f 2
B) When an observer is moving, relative speed of the sound waves with respect to the
observer is changed, while due to motion of source, the sound wavelength of the wave
changes
C) When a high pressure compression pulse reaches water surface in a resonance
column, it reflects as a low pressure rare fraction pulse due to a phase change of 
D) When a tuning fork is struck by a hammer a transverse wave sets in the prong while a
longitudinal wave sets in the stem (handle) of tuning fork
9. In the figure shown an observer O1 floats (at rest) on water surface with ears in air while
v
another observer O2 is moving upwards with constant velocity v1 = in water. The
5
v
source (s) moves down with constant velocity vs  and emits sound of frequency f.
5
The velocity of sound in air is v and that in water is 4 v. For the situation shown in
figure,

4v
A) the wave length of the sound received by O1 is
5f
v
B) the wavelength of the sound received by O1 is
f
21f
C) the frequency of the sound received by O 2 is
16
4v
D) the wavelength of the sound received by O2 is
7f

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

10.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P
A long, heavy, flexible rope with mass  per unit length is stretched by a constant force
F. A sudden movement causes a circular loop, of radius R to form at one end of the
rope. The loop rolls along the rope with speed ‘v’ as shown in the figure.

F
A) v 


F
B) v 
2

C) The kinetic energy carried by the loop is 2RF

D) The kinetic energy carried by the loop is Rv 2
11. A string is fixed at both ends and transverse oscillations with amplitude a0 are excited.
Which of the following statements are correct ?
A) Energy of oscillations in the string is directly proportional to tension in the string
B) Energy of oscillations in nth overtone will be equal to n2 times of that in first
overtone
C) Average kinetic energy of string (over an oscillations period) is half of the oscillation
energy
D) None of above

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

12.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P
When two tuning forks A and B are sounded together a beat frequency of 3 Hz is
produced. When B in waxed and again A and B are sounded together the beat frequency
increased to 5 Hz. If the frequency of A in 512 Hz, the frequency of fork B (before it is
waxed) maybe
A) 507 Hz B) 509 Hz C) 515 Hz D) 517 Hz
13. A source emitting a sound of frequency 300 Hz is fixed on block ‘A’ while detector is
fixed on block B detects the sound. The blocks ‘A’ and ‘B’ are simultaneously displaced
towards each other through a distance 1 m and then left to vibrate. Velocity of sound in
air = 340 m/sec and SA and SB are identical blocks A and B are also identical. The
frequency of vibration of SA is 2 Hz.

A) Maximum velocity of detector is 4 m / sec

B) Maximum frequency detect by detector is 323 Hz
C) Minimum frequency detect by detector is 278 Hz
D) Phase difference between S and D is  / 2

SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
14. A steel wire 8  10–4 m in diameter is fixed to a support at one end and is wrapped
round a cylindrical tuning peg 5 mm in diameter at the other end. The length of the wire
between the peg and the support is 0.06 m. The wire is initially kept taut but without any
tension. If the fundamental frequency of vibration of the wire if it is tightened by giving
the peg a quarter of a turn is 1.08  10n Hz. Then find the value of n
Density of steel = 7800 kg/m3, Y of steel = 20  1010 N/m2.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P

15. Given that phase difference between oscillation of sources as  2  1  , l1  l 2  0 and
3
0
medium of width d  is kept in between S1 and P. Where the speed of sound is 2c.
3
Speed of sound and wavelength in air is c and  0 respectively. If the phase difference

between the waves at point P is n  . Find the value of n

16. Two ships are anchored a distance l  3km apart in a sea, where seabed between the
ships is at a uniform depth h  1.0 km and consists of a flat rock. Speed of sound in the
air is va  333 m / s , in the water is vw  1.5 km / s and in the rock is vr  4.5 km / s . If a
gun is fired at a ship, the minimum time the firing will be heard at the other ship is 0.96x
sec. Find the value of x.
17. A supersonic jet plane moves parallel to the ground at speed v = 0.75 mach (1 mach =
speed of sound). The frequency of its engine sound is 0 = 2 kHz and the height of the
jat plane is h = 1.5 km. At some instant an observer on the ground hears a sound of
frequency  = 20 . Velocity of sound wave in the condition of observer = 340 m/s. The
instant prior to the instant of hearing when the sound wave received by the observer was
emitted by the jet plane is (0.9+x) sec. Find the value of x.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9
18.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P
Two pulses are created on the rope at points A & B respectively as shown in the
diagram.

The rope is rotating about end A whereas end B is free. If SA and SB are the distances
covered by pulse A & pulse B respectively in rope frame before they cross each other. If
SA
k , find the value of (k-1)2.
SB

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
19. Nickel and palladium both form complexes of the general formula  M  PPh 3  2 C 2  .

Among these two compounds one is paramagnetic and another one is diamagnetic. From
this it can be concluded that
A) Both complexes are tetrahedral and do not exhibit geometrical isomerism but can
exhibit optical isomerism
B) Both complexes are square planar and can exhibit geometrical isomerism but cannot
exhibit otpical isomerism
C) Nickel complex is tetrahedral, do not exhibit any isomerism but palladium complex
is square planar and can exhibit geometrical but not optical isomerism
D) Nickel complex is square planar can exhibit geometrical but not optical isomerism
while palladium complex is tetrahedral cannot exhibit any isomerism
20. Which of the following statements about crystal field theory is correct.
A) Ligands donate an electron pair to a metal ion
B) Each ligand donates an electron pair to the metal by orbital overlap
C) Coordination of the ligands to the metal causes splitting of the d-electron energy
levels
D) Bonding of ligands to metal results in paramagnetism
21. Extraction of copper became cheaper after the
A) Discovery of carbon reduction method for the extraction of copper
B) Discovery of auto reduction method for the extraction of copper metal
C) Discovery of the froth floatation method for the concentration of sulphide
D) Discovery of purification of blister copper by poling method

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

22.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P
In the process of roasting, Sulphur can be separated from zinc by
A) Oxidizing sulphur and removing elemental zinc
B) Oxidizing both sulphur and zinc
C) Oxidizing zinc and removing elemental sulphur
D) Oxidizing sulphur and removing zinc as metal oxide
23. Copper matte is extracted from copper pyrites ore by heating in a blast furnace. The
method is based on the principle that
A) Copper has more affinity for oxygen than sulphur at high temperature
B) Iron has less affinity for Oxygen than sulphur at high temperature
C) Sulphur has less affinity for oxygen at high temperature
D) Copper has less affinity for oxygen than sulphur at high temperature

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

25.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P
In hydrometallurgical process for the extraction of copper
A) The copper ore is leached with bacteria or by using sulphuric acid
B) Hydrometallurgical process is echo friendly because the sulphur content of the ore is
oxidized to sulphate instead of liberating pollutant SO2 gas
C) From the solution copper is recovered by using more electropositive metal like zinc
or scrap iron
D) In hydrometallurgical process copper is obtained by the electrolytic reduction
26. In which of the following pairs of coordination compounds the first one have lesser
dissociation constant than the later.
3 2
A) Co  en  3  and Co  en  3 

B) Cu  gly 2  and  Zn  gly  2 

2 2
C) Cd  en  2  and Cd  NH 3  4 
2 3
D) Cd  CN  4  and Cu  CN 4 
3
27. The complex ion  Co  CO3  3  an octahedral complex with bidentate carbonate ions

as ligands, has one absorption band in the visible region of the spectrum at 620 nm.
From this information, it can be concluded that
A) The complex may have nearly blue colour
B) Carbonate ion is weak ligand
C) The complex is paramagnetic
D) It can exhibit both optical and geometrical isomerism

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

28.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P
A compound related to acetyl acetone is 1, 1, 1 – tri fluoro acetyl acetone (abbreviated
as Htfa) CF3 CO CH 2 CO CH3. It forms complexes in a manner similar to acetyl acetone.
Both Be2+ and Cu2+ form complexes with tfa having formula M(tfa)2. Regarding these
complexes the correct statements is / are
A) Be2+ complex is tetrahedral and can exhibit optical isomerism only
B) Cu2+ complex is square planar and can exhibit geometrical isomerism only
C) Be2+ complex is diamagnetic but Cu2+ complex is paramagnetic
D) Both the complexes of Be2+ and Cu2+ are blue coloured
29. The correct statements about Mn2(CO)10 is /are
A) Between Mn atoms d2sp3 hybrid orbitals participate in bonding
B) The complex is diamagnetic
C) There are two CO bridge bonds between the Mn atoms
D) Each Mn is surrounded by 5 CO ligands
30. By using which of the following method it can be decided whether the given ligand is
strong field or weak field.
A) By the preparation of octahedral Cr2+ complex
B) By the preparation of octahedral Cr3+ complex
C) By the preparation of octahedral Ni2+ complex
D) By using the visible spectra of either Cr2+ or Ni2+ complexes
31. Which of the following ore (s) contain atleast two metals
A) Dolomite B) Carnalite
C) Siderite D) Chalcopyrites

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

32.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P
How many of the following elements occur in native state
Copper, Silver, Gold, Carbon, Sulphur, Phosphorous, Nitrogen, Oxygen, Hydrogen.
33. How many of the following ores are subjected to calcination either during concentration
or before extraction of metal.
Magnesite, Bauxite, Calamine, Zinc blende, Iron pyrites, Anglesite, Azurite.

34. Find the sum of the 900 interactions between the ligands in Cr  CO  6  ,

2
 Ni  CN 4  , and Fe  CO 5 . (If your answer is double digit eg. 14 then give the

answer as 1+ 4 = 5).
35. Total number of possible isomers for the coordination compound having the formula
 Ir C  CO 2  PPh 3   .
 2

36. For the process

2 
Co  NH 3  C   C   Co  NH 3 4 C 2   NH 3
 5 
The expected ratio of Cis to trans isomers in the product is (neglecting energy
considerations)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

MATHEMATICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
37. If z  1 and   1  1 where z,  C , then the range of values of
2 2
2 z 1  2  1 equals

A) [1, 9] B) [2, 6] C) [2, 12] D) [2, 18]

38. If z1  2  3 i, z2  3  2 i and z3  1  2 3 i then which of the following is true?

z  z 
3 =arg z3  z1
   
A) arg  B) arg  3 = arg z2
     
 z2   z2  z1   z2   z1 

z z 
3  arg z3  z1
z  z  1  
C) arg  3  =2 arg  3 1  D) arg    
 z2   z2  z1   z2  2  z2  z1 

39. Let ABCDEF be a regular hexagon with vertices in the anticlockwise sense. If z1 and z2
represent A and B respectively, the complex number representing C is (where  is an
imaginary cube root of unity.)
A) z1  1   z2 B) 2 z1  1  2  z2

C) z1    – 1 z2 D) z1  1 –  z2
 3
40. Consider curves C1 : arg ( z  2)  ; C2 : arg  z  2  and C3 : z   i  4 2,   R on
4 4
the complex plane such that C3 touches both C1 and C2. Then the sum of absolute
value(s) of  is equal to
A) 32 B) 12 C) 20 D) 0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P
 z  2  i 
41. If z is a complex number satisfying the equation arg   , then image of z in
 z  4i  3

the imaginary axis satisfies which of the following equation

 z  2  i   z  4i  
A) arg   B) arg  
 z  4i  3  z  2  i  3

 z  4i    z  4i  
C) arg   D) arg  
 z  2  i  3  z  2  i  3

correct ?
 7
A) arg (z) = 0 B) arg  z   C) z  D) z = 7
3 5

43. If equations x6 + ax4 – 4x = 0 and x7 + ax5 – 1 = 0 have a common root, then identify

which of the following statement is(are) correct?

A) sum of all possible common roots is 1.

B) sum of all possible common roots is 0.

1
C) sum of all possible values of a is .
2
D) sum of all possible values of a is 0.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P
44. If z1, z2, z3 C and satisfying 2 z1  1  4, 2 z2  5  1 and z3  3  1 respectively, then
3
A) least value of z1  z2  z3 is
2
11
B) least value of z1  z2  z3 is
2
19
C) greatest value of z1  z2  z3 is
2
11
D) greatest value of z1  z2  z3 is
2
45. Let zj (j = 1, 2, 3, ..................., 8) be the vertices of a regular octagon such that
1
zj  (j = 1, 2, 3, ............, 8)  a j  R  . Then, which of following options is/are
aj  2 j
correct?
 1
A) circum centre of the octagon is   i
 4
1
B) circum radius of the octagon is
4
1
C) area of the octagon is
4 2
D) side of octagon is 1
46. Let z1, z2, z3, z4, z5 and z6 are complex numbers lying on a unit circle with centre (0,0). If
 6  6
1
    zk     , then
 k 1   k 1 zk 

A)  is purely real B)  is purely imaginary

C) 0    6 D) 0    36

47.    
Let A  z1 : z130  1 B  z2 : z242  1 and C   z3 :1  z3  z32  ............  z369  0 be three sets

then
A) n  A  B   6 B) n  B  C   14

C) n C  A  9 D) n  A  B  C   1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P
48. Let z1, z2 and z3 be three distinct complex numbers satisfying z1  1  z2  z3 then

A) z1 z2  z2 z3  z3 z1  z1  z2  z3

z z 
B) If z1  z2  2 z1  z3  2 z2  z3 , then Re  3 1   0
 z3  z2 

z    z  z1  
C) If z  1 and arg  1   then arg  
 z2  2  z  z2  4

 ( z1  z2 ) ( z2  z3 ) ( z3  z1 ) 
D) Im   0
 z1 z2 z3 

49. Let A(z1), B(z2) and C(z3) be the vertices of ABC such that
z1  z2  3, z12  z2 z3, z22  z1z3 and z1z2 z3  0 . Then which of the following is/are

correct?
9 3
A) Area of ABC= B) Circum radius of ABC= 3
4
C) Area of ABC = 3 D) ABC is an isosceles triangle

z12  z22  z32  z1z2  z2 z3  z3 z1 and z1  z2  z3  21 . Given that z1  z2  2 3, z1  3 3 .

2 2
Compute the digit in tens place of z2  z3 .

51. Let z  x  i y , where x, y  R and i  1 . Find the area bounded by arg z  and
4
z 1  z  3 .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-09_Q.P
2
 zz
52. Through the vertex A of the parabola 
 2i 
   
 2 z  z , where z  x  i y i= 1 two

chords AP and AQ are drawn and the circles on AP and AQ as diameters intersect in R.
If m 1 , m2 , m3 are slopes of tangent to parabola at P, tangent to parabola at Q, AR
1 1
respectively then find 
m1m3 m2 m3

53. Consider the curves C1 : z  2  2  Re  z  and C2 : z  3 (where

z  x  i y, x, y R andi= 1 . They intersect at P and Q in the first and fourth quadrants

respectively. Tangents to C1 at P and Q intersect the x –axis at R and tangents to C2 at P

and Q intersect the x-axis at S. If the area of QRS is  2 , then find the value of .
2

54. Let z1 and z2 be two complex numbers such that z1  1 and z2  10 . If

 z1  z2  m
  arg   then maximum value of tan 2  can be expressed as (where m and n
 z2  n

are coprime). Find the value of (100m-n).

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-08(Paper-2) Date: 13-12-2020
Time: 02:30Pm to 05:30Pm 2018_P1 Max.Marks:180

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS

1 A 2 C 3 BC 4 AC 5 AC
6 AC 7 283 8 1.50 9 1.13 10 3.00
2.77 to 14.99 to
11 12 13 1.26 14 0.54 15 C
2.78 15.01
16 B 17 D 18 B

CHEMISTRY

19 AB 20 ACD 21 BC 22 BCD 23 ABCD

24 A 25 6.4 26 19.24 27 6.00 28 6.00
270.15 to
29 30 0.49 31 3 32 9.24 33 A
270.25
34 B 35 B 36 D

MATHS

37 CD 38 CD 39 BC 40 ABC 41 AD
2.30 to
42 B 43 3456 44 259 45 46 2
2.32
47 3.2 48 10 49 36 50 11 51 C
52 B 53 B 54 D
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Key & Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1. Ans. A
R Q
Sol: flux through x  is
2 4 0
2. Ans. C
T T
Sol: V1  ; V2 
 4

V2  V1
 2nd is denser  phase change of 
Wave reflected from denser medium
V1
V2  V1  V1
 Ar  6  2  6  2 mm
V2  V1 V2
 V1
2
 eq n  (2mm) sin (5t  40x)
3. Ans. BC
Sol: Net magnetic force on current carrying loop is zero
  
  mB
4. Ans. AC
 
Sol:  E  dl is magnitude of potential difference
5. Ans. AC
Sol: U mixture  U1  U 2
6. Ans. AC
X L  XC
Sol: Phase of 1st Circuit  tan 1  0
R
Similarly phase of 2nd Circuit is also zero.
 Equation of current is i  i1  i2
200 2 200 2
i sin t  sin t
Z Z
200 2 200 2
i sin t  sin t
10 20
i  30 2 sin t
 i rms  30A
Pawg  30  200  6000  6kW
7. Ans. 2.83
Sol:
Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Key & Sol’s

 F  Bi( 2a)  2
8. Ans. 1.50
0 A
Sol: Charge on surface 3  CV   V
2d
 A
Charge on surface 4  C V   0 V
d
9. Ans. 1.13
u
reflected 8u  2 17
Sol:    1.13
incident 8u  u 15
2
10. Ans. 3.00
Sol. Just after switch s closed, as both capacitors are unchanged, we have current flow as

6
I0   3A
2
Long time after switch is closed, both capacitor reach their steady state condition.
Now the current flow is

11. Ans. 2.77 or 2.78

Sol. conceptual
12. Ans. 14.99 to 15.01

Sol: 2 cos 
2
   60
13. Ans. 1.26

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Key & Sol’s

Magnetic moment 
q  h 
 1.6  10
19

6.6  1034 
 1.26  1027 A  m2
Sol:   22  20
2m  2  
4    1027 
7  3 
14. Ans. 0.54
1  1  2 
Sol. Lenses are of opposite nature, so, in water,   1 
f1   w  R 
1  2  2  1 1 1
  1   focal length of the system is  
f2  w  R  f f1 f 2
1  1 2   2   1  2   2 
       
24   w  w   R    w   20 
15. Ans. C
V 100
Sol. Z  R 2  X C2  46  i0  0   2.13 A
Z 46
i  i0 sin t     2.13sin  314t   
100 2.13 25
P  EI cos      56.7W
2 2 46
i
VC  V0  0  73.5 volt
R
16. Ans. B
V 100
Sol. Z  R 2  X C2  46  i0  0   2.13 A
Z 46
i  i0 sin t     2.13sin  314t   
100 2.13 25
P  EI cos      56.7W
2 2 46
i
VC  V0  0  73.5 volt
R
17. Ans. D
 
Sol. Sol: Since there is no current passing through circular path, the integral   d 
B
along the circle is zero.
Let segment OB =OC and arc BC is a circular arc with centre at origin. Since the
shown closed path ABCA encloses no current, the path integral of magnetic field
over this path is zero.

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
B 
13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Key & Sol’s
 C   A  
Hence  B  d   B  d  +  B  d 
A B C
A  

Because B is perpendicular to segment AC at all points, therefore    0.
B  d
C
B   B    I OB( )  I 1 1
Hence  B  d  =  B  d  = o
= o
tan
A C
2 OB 2 2
18. Ans. B
 
Sol. Sol: Since there is no current passing through circular path, the integral   d 
B
along the circle is zero.
Let segment OB =OC and arc BC is a circular arc with centre at origin. Since the
shown closed path ABCA encloses no current, the path integral of magnetic field
over this path is zero.

B  C   A  

Hence  B  d   B  d  +  B  d 
A B C
A  

Because B is perpendicular to segment AC at all points, therefore    0.
B  d
C
B  B    I OB( )  I
 1 1
Hence  B  d  =  B  d  = o
= o
tan
A C
2 OB 2 2

CHEMISTRY

19. Ans. AB
Sol. Fe 2   K 4 [Fe(CN)6 ]  K 2 Fe[Fe(CN)6 ] 
white
20. Ans. ACD
Sol. Cr2O3  HCl  H2SO4  CrCl3  Cr2 (SO4 )3  H2O
21. Ans.BC
Sol. At valve I position of piston, 1 60  P  45
 P  1.33  1.5
So, valve I does not open.

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 5
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Key & Sol’s
2.5  20  821 103 5
After opening of valve III, number of moles remaining   .
0.0821 300 3
22. Ans. BCD
Sol. r1  k1[ A]; r2  k 2[C]2
ln 2 1 k
t1/ 2    k2  1
k1 k2  1 ln 2
23. Ans. ABCD
Sol. Fact based
24. Sol. A
Sol. Conceptual
25. Ans. 6.4
Sol. PH4 2O  16  1012
PH 2 O  2  10 3 atm
(P) V [102  2  103 ]  1
 M   18  6.4
RT 0.0821  274
26. Ans. 19.24
Sol. The complex forming saturated solution is assumed to be 100% ionized, i.e., the
condition at infinite dilution. Thus,
For, Co2 [ Fe(CN )6 ] oM  2   oCo 2    oFe (CN )6
 2  86  444  616 S cm 2mol 1
Also,  complex   sol   H 2O  2.06  106  0.41  106
 1.65  106 Scm 1
K sp  4 s 3  4  (2.68  10 6 )3
 7.699  10 17
27. Ans. 6
Sol. 7 and 8 are false statements
28. Ans. 6
x
Sol.  KP I / n
m
1/ n
0.15  2.5 
 
0.30  10 
0.8538  K 9
0.8538
K
9
x 0.8538
 K  (4)1/ 2  2
m 9
08538  2  1000
mm adsorbed  6
9
29. Ans. 270.15-270.25
Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 6
Sol.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Key & Sol’s
Let NaCl and CaCl2 be a, b g respectively in 1 g mixture
 a + b =1
Also, Meq. of CaCl2 = Meq. of CaC2O4
= Meq. of KMnO4  22  0.1  5  11
1000  1.86
  0.149  277 K
100
 Freezing point  273  2.77  270.23
30. Ans. 0.49
Sol. Given,  Ag  ( aq.)  I  (aq.);
AgI ( s ) 
K sp  [ Ag  ][ I  ]  1.2  1017 … (1)
[Ag(CN) 2 ]
Kf    2
 7.1  1019 … (2)
[Ag ][CN ]
Keq  8.52  102 … (3)
xx
2 x2
 Keq.  8.52  10  
(1  2 x) 2 (1  2 x ) 2
31. Ans. 3
Sol. Conceptual
32. Ans. 9.24
Sol. As2O3 sample 12.0 g . It reacts with NaHCO3 to give Na 3AsO3. Its reaction with I2
shows the changes:
(As3 ) 2 
( As 5 ) 2  4e;
I 2  2e  2I 
Meq. of As2O3 in 25 mL = Meq. of I 2  22.4  N … (1)
Also N of I 2 can be evaluated as :
Meq. of I 2  Meq. of hypo  N  V
The reaction are :  2I 
I 2  2e 
2S2O32   S4O62   2e
24.8
N  25   25
248  1
N
 N I2 
10
1.1088
 % of As2O3   100  9.24
12
Ans. A
33.
Sol. HgI 2  2Kg C : HgS
(A) (B)
34. Ans. B
Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 7
Sol.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
KI  Cu 2   Cu 2 I 2  I2
13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Key & Sol’s

35. Ans. B
5 PV
Sol. Also net heat absorbed  3P0V0  P0V0  0 0
2 2
PV
 qnet  0 0
2
36. Ans. D
PV 3P V
Sol. Also, 0 0  0 0  T2  3T1
T1 T2

MATHEMATICS
37. Ans. CD
 t12  t 22 
Sol. 
Centre  , t1  t 2

 2 

 t12  t 22  2t1  2t 2 … (1)

Also, (a, 0) lies on PQ
 a   t1t 2 … (2)
Using (1) and (2), (t1  t 2 ) 2  2(t1  t 2 )  2a  0.
 t1  t 2  1  1  2a
1
For values ; 1  2a  0  a 
2
1 t1  t 2 1  1  2a
and  
m 2 2
38. Ans. CD
Sol. M, m will be slopes of tangent from ( 2,  1) ( 2,  1)

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 8
Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Key & Sol’s

on y 2  16x
a 1
 y  m1x   mM
m1 2
2
 2m1  m1  4  0
39. Ans. B, C
x2 x 2018
Sol. Let P(x)  1  x   .... 
2! 2018!
2017
x x
P '(x)  1   .... 
1! 2017!
(P(x)  P '(x))
  (2018)! dx
P(x)
 P '(x) 
 2018! 1  dx
 P(x) 
 2018!(x  ln P(x))  C
40. Ans. A, B, C
Sol. f (x)  f (x))6  1  x
f(0)[f(0)6 +1] = 0  f(0) = 0
& 7(f (x))6 f '(x)  1  f '(x)
f '(x) 7(f (x))6  1  1
 f '(x)  0 v x  R
 f (x) is increasing function  x  R
 x 7  x  f 1 (x)
2
 (x 7  x)dx  3
0
a f (a) 1
& 0 f (x)dx  0 f (x)dx  af (a)
3 f ( 3) 
 0 f (x)dx  8 3  (f ( 3))7  4f ( 3) 
8
41.
Ans. AD

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 9
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
a
13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Key & Sol’s

Sol.  3
f (a)  2  ex  e x dx.
0
3

Also, For 0  x  1
3
3
xx  ex  ex  1
3 3
 e x  e x  ex  e x
3 f ( 3)
  f (x)dx   (x  x 7 )dx  3f ( 3)
0 0
1
3 3  1
 2 (e x  e  x )dx  2  e  
0  e
1 1
Also, e   2  2  e  
e  e
42. Ans. B
Sol. | z  z1 |  | z  z2 |2
2

( z  z1)( z  z1 )  ( z  z2 )( z  z2 )
z ( z1  z2 )  z ( z1  z2 )  | z1 |2  | z2 |2
Comparing
 z2  z1  z2  z1  z1  z2 | z1 |2  | z2 |2
    
z
 2 b z
 1 b c
| z1 |2  | z2 |2 | z1 |2  | z2 |2
 
c z2b  bz1
43. Ans. 3456
Sol. b  8a ; c  16a  2
 f (a)  abc  a( 8a) (16 a  2)
Since f (a) is a decreasing f 4 V a  [1, 3]
 f (1)   144 ; f (3)   144  25
44. Ans. 259
Sol. | Z(a  bi)  Z || (a  bi)Z |
1
a
2
2 2
a  b  64
45. Ans. 2.30-2.32
Sol. A required area is the shaded region  4 2( 2  1)

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 10
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Key & Sol’s

46. Ans. 2

n 1
Sol. In   (sin x  cos x) (sin x  cos x)dx
0
Using integration by parts.

n 2
In  2  (n  1)  (sin x  cos x) (cos x  sin x)2 dx
0

n2
In  2  (n  1)  (sin x  cos x) ((sinx  cosx)2  2)dx
0
 In  2  (n  1)In  2(n  1)In  2
47. Ans.  3.2
Sol. Conceptual
48. Ans. 10
 1  i 3 
Sol. z  i2  where 2  
 2 
106

 z101  i109   2
 ( 2 )  (i 2 )n  n  10
49. Ans. 36
z 3  z1
Sol.  2e  i( 
z 2  z1

1 3 2
    2x  x  sin 60o  x
2 2

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 11
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Key & Sol’s
x 2  4x 2  y 2
cos60o  2
 y 2  3x 2
4x
50. Ans. 11
Sol.   11(1   2  ......10 )  11
51. Ans. (C)
Sol. Equation of a circle passing through co-normal points of a parabola y 2  4ax is:
3
x 2  y2  (2a  )x  y  0
2
Where ( ) is the pt. of intersection of normals of co-normal pts.
52. Ans. B
Sol. P(t1 ), Q(t 2 ) are the end points of a normal chord.
2
 t 2   t1 
t1
Let centre be (h, k)
2 2
2 2  t12   t1 
 h  k   h     k  
 4  2
t14 ht12 t12
    kt1  0
16 2 4
t 2 ht 22 t 22
2
Similarly    kt 2  0
16 2 4
 t1, t 2 , t 3 are the roots of t 3  (4  8h)t  16k  0
 t1  t 2  t 3  0, t1t 2 t 3  16k,
(t1  t 2)t1  2
 t1t 3  2
 t 2  8k
53. Ans. (B)

Sol. I  10  cos6x cos8x cos7x cos9x dx
0

10
 I  (cos14x  cos 2x)(cos16x  cos 2x)dx.
4 0

5
I  (cos30x  cos 2x  cos16x  cos12x  cos14x  cos18x  1  cos 4x)dx
4 0
5
 I
8


54. Ans. (D)  cos6x cos8x cos2x dx 
Sol. 0
16

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 12
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-08(Paper-2) Date: 13-12-2020
Time: 02:30Pm to 05:30Pm 2018_P1 Max.Marks:180

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS

1 A 2 C 3 BC 4 AC 5 AC
6 AC 7 283 8 1.50 9 1.13 10 3.00
2.77 to 14.99 to
11 12 13 1.26 14 0.54 15 C
2.78 15.01
16 B 17 D 18 B

CHEMISTRY

19 AB 20 ACD 21 BC 22 BCD 23 ABCD

24 A 25 6.4 26 19.24 27 6.00 28 6.00
270.15 to
29 30 0.49 31 3 32 9.24 33 A
270.25
34 B 35 B 36 D

MATHS

6
I0   3A
2
Long time after switch is closed, both capacitor reach their steady state condition.
Now the current flow is

11. Ans. 2.77 or 2.78

Sol. conceptual
12. Ans. 14.99 to 15.01

Sol: 2 cos 
2
   60
13. Ans. 1.26

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Key & Sol’s

B  C   A  

CHEMISTRY

35. Ans. B
5 PV
Sol. Also net heat absorbed  3P0V0  P0V0  0 0
2 2
PV
 qnet  0 0
2
36. Ans. D
PV 3P V
Sol. Also, 0 0  0 0  T2  3T1
T1 T2

MATHEMATICS
37. Ans. CD
 t12  t 22 
Sol. 
Centre  , t1  t 2

 2 

 t12  t 22  2t1  2t 2 … (1)

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 8
Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Key & Sol’s

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 9
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
a
13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Key & Sol’s

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 10
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Key & Sol’s

1 3 2
    2x  x  sin 60o  x
2 2

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 12
TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-08(Paper-2) Date: 13-12-2020
Time: 02:30Pm to 05:30Pm 2018_P1 Max.Marks:180

13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08 Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 to PT-9 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-1 to PT-9 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 to PT-9 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P
JEE-ADVANCE-2018-P1-Model
Time: 3:00Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 180
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 6) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 7 – 14) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 15-18) +3 -1 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 +2 = 4Q)

Total 18 60

CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 19 – 24) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 25 –32) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 33-36) +3 -1 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 +2 = 4Q)

Total 18 60

MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N:37 – 42) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N :43–50) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec –III(Q.N : 51-54) +3 -1 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 +2 = 4Q)

Total 18 60

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
1. A sphere of radius R has the centre at origin. It has a charge Q uniformly distributed
over its surface. Then,
A) Flux of electric field through the plane x  0 is zero
Q
B) Flux of electric field through the plane x  0 is
2 0
R
C) Flux of electric field through the plane x  is zero
2
R Q
D) Flux of electric field through the plane x  is
2 2 0
2. A composite string is made up by joining two strings of different masses per unit
length  and 4 respectively. The composite string is under the same tension. A
transverse wave described by y   6 mm  sin  5t  40 x  , where t is in seconds and x in
meters, is sent along the lighter string towards the joint. The joint is at x  0 . The
equation of the reflected wave pulse from the joint is
A) yref   2 mm  sin  5t  40 x 

B) yref   4 mm  sin  5t  40 x 

C) yref   2 mm  sin  40 x  5t 

D) yref   4 mm  cos  5t  40 x 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

3.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P
A uniform ring of mass m and radius R carrying current I 0 is lying in the X-Y plane
with centre at origin. A uniform external magnetic field of strength

 
B  B0 2iˆ  2 ˆj  5kˆ T is switched on at t  0 . Gravity is neglected. If the ring is free

to move, then magnitude of

A) Initial angular acceleration of ring is zero

4 2I 0 B0
B) Initial angular acceleration of ring is
m
C) The magnitude of force acting on loop initially is zero
D) The magnitude of force acting on loop initially is 2 3I 0 RB0
4. Consider two paths X and Y between the plates of a charged parallel plate capacitor.
 
Select the wrong statement(s) regarding the magnitude of  E  dl evaluated along the

paths.

A) zero for X B) finite for X

C) zero for Y D) finite for Y
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4
5.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P
Two identical non-conducting vessels are connected by a thin non-conducting tube
which separates them with a valve. One of the vessels contains nitrogen at pressure P1
and temperature T1 and the other vessel contains oxygen at pressure P2 and
temperature T2 . The valve is opened. The final pressure P and temperature T are
attained by mixture of the gases. Then,
P1  P2 2 1 1
A) P  B)  
2 P P1 P2
P P1 P2 P P1 P2
C)   D)  
T T1 T2 T T2 T1
50
6. The A.C source has a r.m.s. voltage of 200 V and frequency Hz.


A) r.m.s. current drawn from the source is 30 A

B) r.m.s. current drawn from the source is 30 2 A
C) average power consumed by the circuit is 6 kW
D) average power consumed by the circuit is 3 kW

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

7.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P
The figure shows a square wire mesh made of uniform conducting wire. Each small
square has side a. The structure is kept in uniform magnetic field B perpendicular to
the plane of paper. The magnetic force on the square structure is ni Ba. Find n.

8. In the figure shown, area of each plate is A. The distances between the plates are
n 0 AV
small. The magnitude of the sum of charges on surfaces 3 and 4 is . Find n.
d

9. A wall is moving with velocity u and a source of sound moves with velocity u/2 in the
same direction as shown in figure. Speed of sound is 8u. The ratio of wavelength of
sound reflected by the wall to the wavelength of sound incident on the wall is ______.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

10.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P
In the circuit shown in figure the switch S is initially open and both the capacitors are
initially uncharged. Find the ratio of current through 2 resistor, just after the switch S
is closed and a long time after the switch S is closed.

11. Two spheres A and B having radii 3 cm and 5 cm respectively are coated with carbon
black on their outer surfaces. The wavelengths of maximum Intensity of emission of
P 
radiation are 300 nm and 500 nm respectively. Find the ratio of powers  A  radiated
 PB 
by them.
12. Two coherent sources of sound are in phase with each other. They emit sound of
wavelength 1 m. They are placed symmetrically inside a circle of perimeter 90 m as
shown. Distance between sources is 2 m. A detector D is placed as shown and it is
detecting a local maximum. Now one of the source is quickly turned off and then on
such that the detector always detects no sound. What is the minimum distance (in m)
through which the detector has to be moved to receive maximum intensity?

20
13. Assume that a proton is a uniform sphere of mass  1027 kg , radius 8.5  1016 m
3
19
and charge1.6  10 C . Find its magnetic moment (in multiples of 1027 A  m 2 ) if the
h
proton is spinning at an angular speed such that its angular momentum is .
2
22
[   , Plank’s constant h  6.6  10 34 kg  m 2  s 1 ]
7
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7
14.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P
Two thin symmetrical lenses of different nature have equal radii of
curvature R  20 cm . The lenses are put close to each other coaxially and immersed in
water (  w  1.3 ). The system behaves like a converging lens of focal length 24 cm.
Find the magnitude of difference between refractive indices of the materials of the two
lenses.

Paragraph for Question Nos. 17 to 18

An infinitely long wire lying along z-axis carries a current I, flowing towards positive
z-direction. There is no other current. Consider a circle in x-y plane with centre at

 2m, 0, 0  and radius 1m. Divide the circle in small segments and let dl denote the
length of a small segment in anticlockwise direction, as shown.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P

  
17. The path integral B.dl of the total magnetic field B along the perimeter of the given
circle is,
0I 0I
A) B) C)  0 I D) 0
8 2
18. Consider two points A (3, 0, 0) and B (2, 1, 0) on the given circle. The path integral
B  
B .dl of the total magnetic field B evaluated along the perimeter of the given circle
A

from A to B anticlockwise is,

0 I 1 0 I 1 0 I 1  0 I 1 1
A) tan 1 B) tan 1 C) sin 1 D) sin
 2 2 2  2 2 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
19. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct with reference to Fe 2+ and Cu 2+ ?
A) Both react with NaOH
B) Cu 2+ gives blue ppt of Cu  OH 2 whereas, Fe 2+ gives Fe  OH  2 [green ppt] with

NaOH
C) Cu 2+ gives chocolate brown ppt whereas Fe 2+ gives dark blue ppt with

K 4  Fe  CN 6 

D) Both have four unpaired electrons

20. Which of the following statements are correct?
A) Acidic dichromate solutions on treatment with H 2O 2 gives deep blue CrO  O 2 2 in

presence of ether layer

B) A deep red liquid, CrO 2Cl 2 is formed by the reaction of chromium(III) oxide with
HCl in presence of conc. H 2SO 4 .
C)  NH 4 2 Cr2O7 on heating yields green chromium(III) oxide and nitrogen gas.

D) K 2Cr2O 7 on heating with charcoal produces K 2 CO 3.

21. A container fitted with frictionless massless piston consists of five valves-I, II, III, IV
and V. These valves open automatically if pressure exceed over 1.5, 2.2, 2.5, 4.4 and
4.8 atm respectively. Under the given initial conditions (mentioned in given diagram)
system is in state of equilibrium. Piston is now pressed in downward direction very
slowly.
[Note: Consider the diameter of valve tube negligible and temperature remains
constant.]
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P

Select the correct options(s).

A) Valve-II will be opened first.
B) As the piston crosses the valve which will be opened first, the remaining number of
5
moles in container are .
3
C) Valve-V will be the second valve which open.
D) Number of moles will zero as piston crosses Valve-V.
22. For two reactions,
I: A  B Rate constant  k1 sec 1
II: C  D Rate constant  k2 M 1 sec1
Starting with initial concentration of 1M each, time taken to reach to 0.5 M is same,
then identify the correct options.
A) k1  k2
B) k1  k2
C) Rate of first reaction at 0.5 M concentration  rate of second reaction at 0.5 M
concentration.
D) Initial rate of first reaction  initial rate of second reaction.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

23.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Choose the correct statement(s)
13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P

A) Pb +2 , Al+3 , Zn +2 are soluble in excess NaOH

B) Cu+2, Cr+3, Zn+2 are soluble in excess NH3 (aq.)

C) Pb +2 , Hg +2 , Bi +3 are soluble in excess KI

D) Cu +2 , Fe +2 , Zn +2 form complexes with K 4Fe(CN) 6

24. Which of the following statements are incorrect with respect to crystalline defects?
A) n  type semiconductor always increases density of crystal while p-type
semiconductor decreases density.
B) Dislocation defect does not change the density of solids.
C) Increase in temperature increases density of the defects.
D) Ionic substance crystallizing as CsCl structure will have greater tendency for
Schottky defect as compared to Frenkel defect

 SrCl2  2H 2O( s)  4H 2O( g )

SrCl 2  6H 2O(s ) 

the equilibrium constant K p  16  1012 atm 4 at 1 C. If one litre of air saturated with

water vapour at 1 C is exposed to a large quantity of SrCl2  2H 2O( s ), what weight in

mg of water vapour will be absorbed? Saturated vapour pressure of water at
1 C  7.6 torr. (Given 0oC  273K )

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

26.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Conductivity of a saturated
13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P
aqueous solution of Co 2 [Fe(CN) 6 ] is 2.22  106 S cm 1.
The conductivity of water used to prepare the solution has conductivity
3.6  10 7 Scm 1. If ionic molar conductivities of Co 2+ and [Fe(CN)6 ]4  are 88 Scm2

mol 1 and 444.0 S-cm 2 mol 1 respectively. Calculate the solubility of Co 2 [Fe(CN) 6 ]

as x  10 y M 3 in scientific notation. Repeat your answer as ( x  y ) .

27. How many number of statements given bellow are correct
1) Sulphate ion gives white precipitate with lead ion (Pb 2+ ) soluble in ammonium
acetate due to formation of (NH 4 ) 2[Pb(CH 3COO) 4 ]
2) PbCl2 insoluble in cold water but soluble in hot water

3) When AgNO 3 reacts with NO 2 white crystalline ppt is formed

4) AgI insoluble in NH3 aq solution

5) Ba gives yellow green colour to flame test
6) Ag 2CO3 upon heating produce melallic silver
7) Oxidation state of iron change from 2 to 3 in methylene blue test
8) Lead acetate insoluble in water
28. At a temperature of 180 K, O 2 gas adsorbs on Pt surface following Freundlich
adsorption isotherm. Following experimental data is obtained.
P (bar) 2.5 10 81

x/m 0.15 0.3 0.864

where P is partial pressure of gas and x / m is mass of gas adsorbed per gm of
platinum. Calculate millimoles of O 2 adsorbed per gm of platinum at 4 bar pressure
and 180 K.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

29.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P
1g of a mixture containing NaCl and CaCl2 is dissolved in water. Sodium oxalate on
addition to this solution completely converts CaCl2 to CaC 2O 4 . The CaC 2O 4 is
filtered and dissolved in dil. H 2SO 4 . The clear solution requires 20 mL of
0.1M KMnO 4 . Calculate freezing point in K of an aqueous solution prepared by
dissolving 5g of same mixture containing CaCl2 and NaCl in 100g water. K f of

water is 1.86 K kg 1mol1. Assume complete dissociation of CaCl2 and NaCl.

(Given 0oC  273K )

30. Determine the mole of AgI which may be dissolved in 1.0 litre of 1.0 M CN  solution.

K sp for AgI and K f for [Ag(CN) 2 ] are 1.2  10 17 M 2 and

7.1  1019 M 2 respectively.

31. How many of the following are yellow solids insoluble in water
AgCl, PbBr2 , BaCO3 , PbCrO 4 , AgNO 3 ,CdS, AgI, Hg 2I 2
32. 12 g of an impure sample of arsenious oxide was dissolved in water containing
7.5 g of sodium bicarbonate and the resulting solution was diluted to 250 mL. 25 mL
of this solution was completely oxidized by 22.4 mL of a solution of iodine. 25 mL of
this iodine solution reacted with same volume of a solution containing 24.8g of
sodium thiosulphate (Na 2S2 O3 5H 2O) in one litre. Calculate the percentage of
arsenious oxide in the sample. (Atomic mass of As = 75 ) Given: As 2O3 reacts with
NaHCO3 to give Na 3AsO 3 .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph For Questions 33 and 34
13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P

A mixture contains red solid (A) and a colourless solid (B) in more than double the
amount of (A). This gives violet or lilac colour in the Bunsen flame. The following
observations are made with this solid mixture.
i) Solution of the mixture gives black precipitate (C) by passing H 2S in the presence of
HCl
ii) (C) is soluble in aquaregia and form black or grey precipitate with SnCl2
iii) The sodium carbonate extract of Salt with FeCl3 /CCl4 gives violet layer
iv) The sodium carbonate extract of salt gives yellow precipitate with AgNO 3 solution,
which is insoluble in NH 3 solution.
33. The solid A is
A) HgI 2 B) KI C) CuI 2 D) I 2

34. The solution of B on reaction with aq. Solution of Cu +2 forms

A) CuI 2 B) Cu 2 I 2 C) K 2  CuI 4  D) K 3  CuI 4 
Paragraph for Questions 35 and 36
One mole of an ideal monoatomic gas is taken round cyclic process ABCA as shown in
figure. Calculate.

35. The net heat absorbed by the gas in the path BC.
PV PV
A) 0 0 B) 0 0 C) P0V0 D) 2P0V0
3 2
36. The maximum temperature attained by the gas during the cycle.
A) 3T1 B) 2T1 C) 4T1 D) None of these

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
37. A line L through point ( a, 0), a  0, intersect parabola y 2  4 x at distinct points P and
Q such that centre of circle with PQ as diameter lie on line y = x. If N and M denotes
1
number of integral values of a and , respectively, where m is slope of line L, then
m
which of the following is(are) true?
A) N  3 B) 1  M  3 C) N  4 D) M  3
38. Let S be the set of all points (x, y) satisfying y 2  16 x. For points in S let maximum
y 1
and minimum value of be M and m respectively, then which of the following
x2
statements is(are) INCORRECT
1 1
A) m + M  B) m  M 
2 2
C) m  M  2 D) m M  2

x 2018
39.  dx  m! x  m! log | P( x) | c, P( x) is a polynomial, then
x2 x 2018
1 x   ..... 
2! 2018!
A) m  2019 B) m  2018
x2 x 2018 x2 x m1
C) P( x)  1  x   ......  D) P( x)  x   ....... 
2! 2018! 2! (m  1)!

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

40.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P
If f : R  R be a differentiable function such that ( f ( x ))  x  f ( x ). A function 7

g : A  B is invertible iff it is bijective. Let the inverse of an invertible function g ( x )

be defined by g 1 ( x) . Then, which of the following statements is/are CORRECT?

2
A) The value of 0 f 1 ( x ) dx is 3

B) f ( x ) is increasing for V x  R

C) The area bounded by the curve y  f ( x) , and x-axis from x  0 to x  3 is

f ( 3) 8 3  f ( 3) 7

8    4f  3 
D) The area bounded by the curve y  f ( x) , and x-axis from x  0 to x  3 is
4
f ( 3)  3  f ( 3)  4f  3 


 a  
a 3 3
41. Let e x  e  x dx  f ( a ), where a  R. Then

A) f (1) is less than 2e B) f (1) is less than 2

1
C) f ( 1) is less than 2e D) f (1) is less than e   2
e
42. Let bz  bz  c, b  0 be a line in the complex plane, where b is the complex
conjugate of b. If a point z1 is the reflection of the point z2 through the line then

A) c  z1 b  z2 b B) c  z1 b  z2 b

C) c  z1 b  z2 b D) c  z1 b  z2 b

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P
SECTION-II
(NUMERICAL VALUE TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. Each question is numerical value. For each question, enter the correct
numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to second decimal place.
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
43. If the parabola y  ax 2  bx  c has vertex at (4, 2) and a  [1, 3] such that difference
between extreme values of abc is  , then  
44. A function f is defined on the complex number by f ( z )  (a  bi ) z , where ‘a’ and ‘b’
are positive numbers. This function has the property that the image of each point in the
complex plane is equidistant from that point and the origin. Given that | a  bi |  8 and
u
that b 2  where u and v are positive coprime integers. Find the value of (u  v).
v
45. A variable point ‘P’ moving inside a square whose co-ordinates of vertices are
(1, 1), (  1, 1) , (1,  1) & (1,  1) in such a way that ‘P’ is closer to the diagonals of
square compare to the co-ordinate axes. If A is the area of the region transversed by P
then A is
 
46. Let I n  
0
sin x  cos x n dx (n  2). Then the value of nI n  2(n  1) I n  2 is
dy
47. Suppose a solution of the differential equation ( xy 3  x 2 y 7 )  1 satisfies the initial
dx
1 dy
condition y    1. Then the value of when y  1, is
4 dx
1
48. If Z 
2
 
3  i then the least positive integral value of ' n ' such that

106
Z 101
 i109   Z n is ' k ' then k 

49. z1 , z 2 , z3 are vertices of a triangle ABC having area  satisfies

(z 3  z1 )  (1  i 3)( z2  z1 ) and 3 | z2  z3 |2  k  then value of k 2  .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P
10
50. Let 1, 1 ,  2 , 3 ,......, 10 be the eleven 11th roots of unity. Let    r  r  11 r .
r 1

Then value of  equals

 1 y
C) x2  y 2  x  x1    1 y  0 D) x 2  y 2  x ( x1  1)  y1 y  0
 2 2
52. Let P, Q be end points of a normal chord of curve S. Then the centre of the circle
which passes through P, Q and the origin must lie on the curve:
A) 16 y 2  4 x  1 B) 32 y 2  4 x  1

C) 16 y 2  8 x  1 D) 32 y 2  8 x  1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 53 to 54
13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P

10
cos6 x cos7 x cos8 x cos9 x
Consider the integral I   dx
2sin 3 4 x
0 1 e

 
53. If I    cos 6 x cos8 x cos 2 x dx then  is
0

A) 5 B) 10 C) 20 D) 5/2

54. The value of I is

5 5 5 5
A) B) C) D)
4 16 32 8

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08 Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 to PT-9 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-1 to PT-9 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 to PT-9 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Total 18 60

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

B) yref   4 mm  sin  5t  40 x 

C) yref   2 mm  sin  40 x  5t 

D) yref   4 mm  cos  5t  40 x 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

to move, then magnitude of

A) Initial angular acceleration of ring is zero

paths.

A) zero for X B) finite for X

A) r.m.s. current drawn from the source is 30 A

B) r.m.s. current drawn from the source is 30 2 A
C) average power consumed by the circuit is 6 kW
D) average power consumed by the circuit is 3 kW

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

8. In the figure shown, area of each plate is A. The distances between the plates are
n 0 AV
small. The magnitude of the sum of charges on surfaces 3 and 4 is . Find n.
d

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

Paragraph for Question Nos. 17 to 18

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P

from A to B anticlockwise is,

0 I 1 0 I 1 0 I 1  0 I 1 1
A) tan 1 B) tan 1 C) sin 1 D) sin
 2 2 2  2 2 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

NaOH
C) Cu 2+ gives chocolate brown ppt whereas Fe 2+ gives dark blue ppt with

K 4  Fe  CN 6 

D) Both have four unpaired electrons

20. Which of the following statements are correct?
A) Acidic dichromate solutions on treatment with H 2O 2 gives deep blue CrO  O 2 2 in

presence of ether layer

D) K 2Cr2O 7 on heating with charcoal produces K 2 CO 3.

Select the correct options(s).

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

23.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Choose the correct statement(s)
13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P

A) Pb +2 , Al+3 , Zn +2 are soluble in excess NaOH

B) Cu+2, Cr+3, Zn+2 are soluble in excess NH3 (aq.)

C) Pb +2 , Hg +2 , Bi +3 are soluble in excess KI

D) Cu +2 , Fe +2 , Zn +2 form complexes with K 4Fe(CN) 6

 SrCl2  2H 2O( s)  4H 2O( g )

SrCl 2  6H 2O(s ) 

the equilibrium constant K p  16  1012 atm 4 at 1 C. If one litre of air saturated with

water vapour at 1 C is exposed to a large quantity of SrCl2  2H 2O( s ), what weight in

mg of water vapour will be absorbed? Saturated vapour pressure of water at
1 C  7.6 torr. (Given 0oC  273K )

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

mol 1 and 444.0 S-cm 2 mol 1 respectively. Calculate the solubility of Co 2 [Fe(CN) 6 ]

as x  10 y M 3 in scientific notation. Repeat your answer as ( x  y ) .

3) When AgNO 3 reacts with NO 2 white crystalline ppt is formed

4) AgI insoluble in NH3 aq solution

x/m 0.15 0.3 0.864

where P is partial pressure of gas and x / m is mass of gas adsorbed per gm of
platinum. Calculate millimoles of O 2 adsorbed per gm of platinum at 4 bar pressure
and 180 K.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

water is 1.86 K kg 1mol1. Assume complete dissociation of CaCl2 and NaCl.

(Given 0oC  273K )

30. Determine the mole of AgI which may be dissolved in 1.0 litre of 1.0 M CN  solution.

K sp for AgI and K f for [Ag(CN) 2 ] are 1.2  10 17 M 2 and

7.1  1019 M 2 respectively.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph For Questions 33 and 34
13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P

34. The solution of B on reaction with aq. Solution of Cu +2 forms

A) CuI 2 B) Cu 2 I 2 C) K 2  CuI 4  D) K 3  CuI 4 
Paragraph for Questions 35 and 36
One mole of an ideal monoatomic gas is taken round cyclic process ABCA as shown in
figure. Calculate.

35. The net heat absorbed by the gas in the path BC.
PV PV
A) 0 0 B) 0 0 C) P0V0 D) 2P0V0
3 2
36. The maximum temperature attained by the gas during the cycle.
A) 3T1 B) 2T1 C) 4T1 D) None of these

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

g : A  B is invertible iff it is bijective. Let the inverse of an invertible function g ( x )

be defined by g 1 ( x) . Then, which of the following statements is/are CORRECT?

2
A) The value of 0 f 1 ( x ) dx is 3

B) f ( x ) is increasing for V x  R

C) The area bounded by the curve y  f ( x) , and x-axis from x  0 to x  3 is

f ( 3) 8 3  f ( 3) 7

8    4f  3 
D) The area bounded by the curve y  f ( x) , and x-axis from x  0 to x  3 is
4
f ( 3)  3  f ( 3)  4f  3 


 a  
a 3 3
41. Let e x  e  x dx  f ( a ), where a  R. Then

A) f (1) is less than 2e B) f (1) is less than 2

A) c  z1 b  z2 b B) c  z1 b  z2 b

C) c  z1 b  z2 b D) c  z1 b  z2 b

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

106
Z 101
 i109   Z n is ' k ' then k 

49. z1 , z 2 , z3 are vertices of a triangle ABC having area  satisfies

(z 3  z1 )  (1  i 3)( z2  z1 ) and 3 | z2  z3 |2  k  then value of k 2  .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

Then value of  equals

C) 16 y 2  8 x  1 D) 32 y 2  8 x  1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 53 to 54
13-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-08_Q’P

10
cos6 x cos7 x cos8 x cos9 x
Consider the integral I   dx
2sin 3 4 x
0 1 e

 
53. If I    cos 6 x cos8 x cos 2 x dx then  is
0

A) 5 B) 10 C) 20 D) 5/2

54. The value of I is

5 5 5 5
A) B) C) D)
4 16 32 8

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Date: 14-06-20
Time: 09:00 AM to 12:00 Noon Max. Marks:186

2016_PAPER-II
14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)
UTA-13_Syllabus

Mathematics : Parabola & Ellipse

Physics : Ray optics: refraction at spherical surfaces, lenses and combination of lenses + experiments
involving concave mirror, convex lens, concave lens (excluding optical instruments, defects in
vision), wave optics: wave nature of light- wave fronts - huygens principle (application to reflection, refraction),
young’s double slit experiment and variations of standard ydse, applications of ydse (ex: fresnel mirror
experiment, fresnel biprism, billetlens etc..), then film interference, ( exclude: diffraction from a single slit,
circular aperture, condtion for resolution), electrostatics : coulombs law, electric field due to point charge and
distributed charge ,exclude : electric potential energy, potential, relation between field and potential,
conservation of energy and potential due to various continuous charge distributions, complete electric dipole,
gauss law, properties of conductors, electro static pressure, electro static self energy.

Chemistry : Chemical Kinetics, Group-15 & 16

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2) UTA-13_Q.P
JEE-ADVANCE-2016-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 186
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 6) Questions with Single Correct Choice 3 -1 6 18
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – II(Q.N : 7 – 14) 4 -2 8 32
(Partial Marking +1)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 15 – 18) 3 0 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 18 62

Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2) UTA-13_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
1. A glass sphere of refractive index   2.4 has one half silvered. A point object O is
placed in front of the sphere at a distance d as shown in the figure. The value of d
for which image of O is coinciding with the object O itself is given by d = kR , then
value of K will be? Consider paraxial rays approximation to be valid.


d R

A) 3 B) 4 C) 5 D) 8
2. Consider the arrangement of thin lenses as shown in the figure. An object O is
placed at a distance of mR from the system of thin lenses. From the lens system
a plane mirror is placed at an unknown distance as shown, for what value of m,
image of O and object O will coincide with each other. Consider paraxial rays
approximation to be valid.
2 4
3

R 2R R
A) 1 B) 4/3 C) 3/4 D) 7

Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Space for rough work Page 3

3.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2) UTA-13_Q.P
Two coherent sources S and S are kept on the edges of a step as shown in the
1 2

figure. An infinitely long screen is placed on the right side of sources and lies
along y - z plane. Calculate total no. of maxima’s observed screen on the
screen. PS1  8 and PS2  6 . Where  is wavelength of light used.
S1

8

S2
P
6

Screen

A) 18 B) 16 C) 14 D) 12
4. A glass hemisphere of refractive index 4/3 and of radius 4 cm is placed on a
plane mirror. A point object is placed at distance d on axis of this sphere as
shown. If the final image is at infinity, the find the value of d in cm.

A) 1 B) 3 C) 2 D) 6
5. The following figure represents a plane wave front AB which passes from air to
another transparent medium and produces a new plane wave front CD after
refraction. The refractive index of the medium is (PQ is the boundary between air
and the medium).

Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2) UTA-13_Q.P

cos 1 cos 4 sin 1 sin  2

A) B) C) D)
cos 4 cos 1 sin  4 sin  3
6. Interference fringes were produced in Young’s double slit experiment using light
0 3
of wavelength 5000A . When a film of thickness 2.5  10 cm was placed in front of
one of the slits, the fringe pattern shifted by a distance equal to 20 fringe-widths.
The refractive index of the material of the film is
A) 1.25 B) 1.35 C) 1.4 D) 1.5

S
n1
n2

I O C P
r
d1

d2
M
 n1 
A) n1  OS   n2  SI   n1  OP   n2  PI  B) r    OP
 n1  n2 
C) n1d1  n2 d 2 D) n1d1  n2 r
Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Space for rough work Page 5
8.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2) UTA-13_Q.P
A lens of focal length ‘f’ is placed in between an object and screen at a distance
‘D’. The lens forms two real images of object on the screen for two of its different
positions, a distance ‘x’ apart. The two real images have magnifications m1 and
m2 respectively (m1 > m2).
2 2
x
A) f  B) m1m2  1 C) f  D  x D) D4f
m1  m2 4D
9. In YDSE, the separation between two slits is d and wavelength of light is  . The
intensity of light falling on slit I is four times the intensity of light falling on slit II.
Choose the correct choice.
A) If d   , the screen will contain only one maximum
B) If   d  2 , at least one more maximum (beside central maximum) will be
observed on the screen
C) If the intensity of light falling on slit I is reduced so that it becomes equal to
that of slit II, the intensities of the observed dark and bright fringes will increase
D) if the intensity of light falling on slit II is increased so that it become equal to
that of slit I, the intensities of the observed dark and bright fringes will increase
10. Two coherent point light sources are placed at x =  d/2 and x = d/2 . These sources
are surrounded by a spherical screen having equation x 2  y 2  z 2  R 2 (R  d) .
The sources emit monochromatic light of wavelength λ = d/3
A) The number of maxima produced on the screen are 7
2πR 5
B) The shape and length of second order maxima is circle,
3
C) If radius of screen is doubled the intensity of maxima will become one
fourth
D) All maxima are equally spaced along x-axis
11. A cavity of radius r is present inside a solid dielectric sphere of radius R, having a
volume charge density of r. The distance between the centres of the sphere and
the cavity is a. An electron e is kept inside the cavity at an angle q = 45° as shown.
How long will it take to touch the sphere again. (assume sphere is fixed)mass of
electron is -e and its mass is m.

Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2) UTA-13_Q.P

6 2mr 0
A) Time taken is
e a
B) Electric field is non-uniform inside cavity
C) Electric field is uniform inside cavity
D) Electric filed inside cavity is parallel to line joining centre of sphere and cavity.
12. A mono chromatic light source of wave length l is placed at a distance R from the
mirror as shown and a spherical screen of radius R is at a distance R from the
source as shown in the figure and point P is on the sphere nearest to the source.
It R is two times the wave length (R= 2l) then

A) There will be a minima on the point P on the spherical screen

B) Shape of the interference fringes on the spherical screen is circular
C) There will be two maxima on the spherical screen
D) Their will be one minima on the spherical screen
13. In YDSE the separation between slits S1 & S2 is 5mm and slits are illuminated with
light of wavelength 5000A 0 . The interference fringes are formed on the screen
3
with central maximum at ‘O’. A glass plate of   with thickness 1  m at end A
2
and is linearly increasing to 7  m at end B is moved in front of slits with constant
speed 1mm/sec downwards. At t = 0 end A is in front of S1 as shown figure. The
length AB=6mm

Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2) UTA-13_Q.P

A) No. of fringes passed through O at t = 0 is two

B) At t =5 sec 5th bright fringe is at O
C) No. of fringes passed through O when end B is in front of S1 is 5
D) No. of fringes passed through O when end B is front of S1 is 7
14. Two identical balls of charges q1 & q2 initially have equal velocity of the same
magnitude V and direction. After a uniform electric field is applied for some time,
the direction of the velocity of the first ball changes by 60º and the magnitude is
reduced by half. The direction of the velocity of the second ball changes there by
90º. what will be the velocity of the second ball ?
v
A) Magnitude of velocity of second ball is
3
v
B) Magnitude of velocity of second ball is 2
3
C) To find final velocity of second ball we need relation between charges.
D) Ratio of charges is 1:2

15. The velocity of second maxima w.r.t. central maxima at t = 3 sec is:
   
A) 2 i  cm / s  B) 3.6 i  cm / s  C) 4.2 i  cm / s  D) 4.5 i  cm / s 
16. Find the acceleration of third maxima relative to third maxima on other side of
central maxima at t = 4 sec: ( in m/s2)
   
A) 0.02 i B) 0.036 i C) 0.042 i D) 0.045i

Paragraph for Questions 17 and 18

The Young’s double-slit experiment is done in a medium of refractive index 4/3. A
light of 600 nm wavelength is falling on the slits having 0.45 mm separation. The
upper slit s1 is covered by a thin glass sheet of thickness 10.4m and refractive
index 1.5. The interference pattern is observed on a screen placed 1.5m from the
slits. All the wavelengths given in this problem are for the given medium of
refractive index 4/3. Ignore dispersion (Assume that source is symmetric to the
slits, centre of the screen is takes as origin)
17. The location of the zeroth order maximum (bright fringe) with zero path
difference) on the y-axis is
A) y = 4.33 mm B) y = 3.5 mm C) y = 1.5 mm D) y = 2 mm
18. Now, if 600nm light is replaced by light of wave length range 400nm to 700 nm.
Find the wavelength of the light that forms maxima exactly at central point
A)   650nmand 434.4nm B)   450nmand500nm
C)   600nmand500nm D)   600nmand 650nm

Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Space for rough work Page 9

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2) UTA-13_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
19. The weakest N – N bond is present in
A) N 2O 3 B) N 2O 4 C) N 2 H 4 D) N 3
20. Which of the following halide do not hydrolyse completely
A) NCl3 B) PCl3 C) BiCl3 D) PBr3
21. Which of the following is the strongest oxidising agent?
A) O2 B) O 2 C) O2 D) O 22
22. The oxidation states of sulphur atoms in the anions SO 32 , S2O 42 and S2O 62 follow the
order
A) S2O 42  SO 32  S2O 62 B) SO 32  S2O 42  S2O 62
C) S2O 42  S2O 62  SO 32 D) S2O 62  S2O 42  SO 32
23. A gaseous substrate X is isomerized to gaseous P on the surface of solid catalyst and
its kinetics can be represented as shown below

Which of the following represents best picture of kinetics of the reaction in presence of
catalytic poison?

A) B)

C) D)
Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Space for rough work Page 10
24.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2) UTA-13_Q.P
With reference to health guidelines by Chinees government, A NOVAL COVID-19
patient, in Wuhan Public hospital, has been administered intravenously 2000 mg
vitamin C at regular time interval of t1/3 (= time to consume 1/3 of the Vitamin
C). It is known that vitamin C biological activity, over all follows first order kinetics.
Then
A) Maximum amount of vitamin C in the patient body is 4000mg
B) Maximum amount of vitamin C in the patient body is 666.66mg
C) Maximum amount of vitamin C in the patient body is 6000mg
D) time, at which amount of vitamin C in the patient body is maximised is 4t1/3

SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
25. Sulphur is more stable in the form of rhombic sulphur which contains S8 rings.
This on heating converts into vapour that consists of S2 fragments.
The correct statements about these S8 and S2 molecules.
A) S-S bond length is more in S8 than in S2 .
B) S8 ring is diamagnetic whereas S2 is paramagnetic.
C) In S8 and S2 molecules there are two lone pairs of electrons on each sulphur
atom
D) Both gives same product on burning.
26. The correct statements among the following is/are
A) The P-O bond length in PO34 is shorter than P-O single bond length 175pm
B) The Si-O bond length in SiO44 is same as that of Si-O single bond length 177pm
as in SiO2
C) Both N2 and CO are isoelectronic and have same bond order 3 but bond
strength of CO is more than that of N2
D) The resonance structure involving double bonds for SO 24 ion have same
importance

Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Space for rough work Page 11

27.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2) UTA-13_Q.P
The correct statements about NH3 and N2H4
A) Both NH3 and N2H4 are basic in aqueous solution but N2H4 is stronger base
than NH3 due to the presence of two lone parts on two nitrogen atoms
B) Nitrogen atoms in both NH3 and N2H4 are involved in sp3 hybridization
C) HNH bond angles in both NH3 and N2H4are same
D) Both NH3 and N2H4 can act a reducing agents but N2H4 is stronger reducing
agent than NH3
28. Phosphine reacts with which of the following without any change in the oxidation
state of elements
A) CuSO4 B) HgCl2 C) HBr D) AlCl3
29. Ammonia can be obtained by
A) heating of NH4NO3 and NH4NO2
B) heating of NH4Cl and (NH4)2CO3
C) heating of NaNO3 and NaNO2 with zinc in alkaline medium
D) Reaction of AlN or Mg3N2 or CaCN2 with water.
30. An irreversible reaction A+BP is studied under conditions where initial
concentrations of A and B are equal. Under these circumstances, a graph of ln[A]
as a function of time is linear. What is the order of the reaction with respect to A
with given data?
A) 1 B) 0.5 C) 1.5 D) -0.5
31. The following reaction is useful for analyzing the concentration of Iodide ions:
IO3–(aq) + 5 I–(aq) + 6 H+ → 3 I2(aq) + 3 H2O(l)
Assessing the reaction rate of this reaction at 25°C yields the following results:
No. [I–], M [IO3–], M [H+], M Reaction rate, mol·L-1·s-1
1 0.010 0.10 0.010 0.60
2 0.040 0.10 0.010 2.40
3 0.010 0.30 0.010 5.40
4 0.010 0.10 0.020 2.40
Select the correct statement:
A) Reaction is 2nd order for [H+]
B) Reaction is 2nd order for [IO3-
C) Reaction is 1st order for [I-]
D) Rate constant for formation of iodine is 6.0x107 mol-4· L4· s-1

Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Space for rough work Page 12

32.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2) UTA-13_Q.P
Which of the following are correct about rate of reaction, where each
statement given below may represent different contexts?
A) For a given reaction, average rate and instantaneous rate can never be equal.
B) According to Arsenious rate of reaction increases with increase in
temperature as fraction of collisions with required orientation for fruitful process
increases
C) Concentration of catalyst affect rate of reaction.
D) Small proportion of enzyme is sufficient to increase the rate of biological
reaction.
SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Questions 33 and 34
Sulphur forms hexahalides, tetrahalides, dihalides and monohalides. Sulphur
forms only hexafluoride but not hexachlorides, hexabromides and hexaiodides.
Sulphur halides tend to hydrolyse easily. Sulphur hexafluoride is an exception.
Of the oxohalides, the most important are those of sulphur especially sulphur
dichloride oxide (thionyl chloride) SOCl2 and sulphur dichloride dioxide (sulphuryl
chloride) SO2 Cl2 These also hydrolyse in water.
33. SF6 does not hydrolyse in water because of
A) Strong S-F bonds which cannot be broken easily
B) Due to steric hindrance of six fluorine atoms surrounding sulphur, the H2O
molecules cannot approach sulphur atom.
C) Double bond character of S-F bonds that shows back bonding from fluorine to
sulphur
D) All the above
34. In SOCl2, and SO2Cl2.
A) The oxidation states of sulphur are same
B) The hybridization states of sulphur are same
C) The shapes of both SOCl2 and SO2Cl2 are same
D) The ClSCl angle in both SOCl2 and SO2Cl2 is same
Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Space for rough work Page 13
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 35 and 36
14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2) UTA-13_Q.P

If the rate of a complex reaction is determined by single step, the temperature

dependence of the rate is governed by the same step. The plot below shows
lnkobs vs 1/T where kobs (measured in hours-1) is the observed rate constant of
competitive first-order decomposition of acetic acid vapours to methane
(reaction 1) and to methanol (reaction 2). The visible fracture implies the switch
of rate determining step with the temperature changing. Additionally, it is known
that A1 > A2.

35. Energy of activation of first reaction is

A) 141.338 kJ/mol B) -48.12 kJ/mol
C) 43.47 kcal/mol D)10.06 kcal/mol
36. Pre exponential factor for second reaction is
A) 9  106 Hr 1 B) 9  105 min 1
C) 6  103 Hr 1 D) 2.45  108 Hr 1

Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Space for rough work Page 14

MATHEMATICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2) UTA-13_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
37. Shortest distance between circle (8x – 33)2 + 64y2 = 1 and parabola 4y2 = x is
33 65  1 1
A) 4 B) C) D)  
8 8 8
 
38. The line x  b  y  0 cuts the parabola y  4ax  a  0
2
at P (t1 ) & Q (t2 ) . If b  [2a, 4a ] then
range of t1t2 where   R, is
A) [4,  2] B) [2, 4] C) [4,16] D) [16,  4]
x y x2 y 2
39. The straight line   1 intersects the ellipse   1at two points A and B,
4 3 16 9
there is a point P on this ellipse such that the area of PAB is equal to 6  2 1 . 
Then the number of such point (P) is/are
A) 4 B) 1 C) 2 D) 3
40. A tangent to the ellipse x  4 y  4 meets the ellipse
2 2
x  2 y2  6
2
at P and Q.

Tangents at P and Q are inclined at an angle . The value of k is
k
A) 3 B) 6 C) 4 D) 2
2 2
x y
41. If S1, S2 are foci of the ellipse  1and P  ,12  2  be a variable point in the
13 4
SP
same plane such that S1PS 2 is maximum, then the possible value of 1 is equal
S2 P
to
1 1
A) B) C) 6 D) 3
5 2
42. The centroid of triangle ABC, where A, B, C are points on the parabola
4y2 - 3y + 6x + 1 = 0, whose normals are concurrent always lie on the line.
A) 8y - 3 = 0 B) x = 0 C) y = 0 D) 4y - 3 = 0

Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Space for rough work Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2) UTA-13_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
43. If P be a points on axis of parabola 3x 2  4 x  6 y  8  0 from which three distinct
normals can be drawn to the given parabola, then the coordinates of P can be

2 2 2 2
A)  , 1 B)  ,3  C)  , 4  D)  ,1
 3   3   3   3 
44. Consider set of all parabolas having common chord of maximum length with the
x2 y 2
ellipse   1 having the line x   y  7  0 as directrix. The set of all values of
16 9
 for which two parabolas are possible with the given data lies in___
 33 33   55 55 
A)  
 4 , 
 B) 
 4 , 4 

 4   
 33 33   55 55 
C)  ,  0 D)  

4 4  
  4 , 4   0
   
45. A parabola with latusrectum 8 touches a fixed equal parabola. The axes of two
parabola are parallel then the locus of the vertex of moving parabola is
A) a circle with radius 4 B) a parabola
C) a conic with latusrectum 16 D) a circle with centre at vertex of parabola
46. The points P,Q,R with eccentric angles ,    ,   2 are taken on the ellipse
x 2 y2
  1 , then
a 2 b2
A) area of PQR is independent of  only.
B) area of PQR is independent of  only
C) area of PQR is independent of both  and 
2
D) area of PQR is maximum when  
3

Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Space for rough work Page 16

47.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2) UTA-13_Q.P
If the normal at 2cos  ,sin   on the ellipse x2  4 y 2  4 again intersects the ellipse
 a  b sin 2  
at 2 cos  ,sin   , then sin    sin  
 c  d sin 2   (a,b,c,d  N and g cd (a,b,c,d)=1,
 
  n , n  I ) where
A) a+b+c=17 B) b+c+d=25 C) a+b-d=1 D) a2+b2+c2-d2=94
x 2 y2
48. Let an ellipse   1 and a parabola x 2  2y intersecting other above x-axis at P
4 9
and Q. Tangents to ellipse at P and Q intersect y-axis at R and tangents at P and
Q drawn to the parabola intersect y – axis at S, then
15 3
A) area of quadrilateral PRQS is sq.units
2
9 3
B) area of PQR is sq.units
2
area of PQR 3
C) 
area of PQS 2
D) area of PQS is 3 sq.units
49. If l, m are variable real numbers such that 5l 2  6m 2  4lm  3l  0 and the variable
line lx  my  1 always touches a fixed parabola P( x, y )  0 Whose axis parallel to x-
axis , then
5 4
A) Vertex of P( x, y) is  , 
 3 3
B) Latusrectum equal to 4
C) Directrix of P(x, y) is parallel to y-axis
1 1 1
D) If AB is a focal chord P(x,y) = 0 then   , where S, focus
SA SB 2
50. Let PSQ is focal chord of parabola and A is any point on it. If PA and QA meets
directrix at B (3, 1) and C (2, 6) and axis of parabola is x  y  0 then focus of
parabola may be
A) 4, 4 B) 1,1 C) 5, 5 D) 0,0
SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.

Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 51 and 52
14-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2016-P2) UTA-13_Q.P

A tangent is drawn at any point P(t) on the parabola y2 = 8x and on it is taken

a point Q(, ) from which pair of tangents QA and QB are drawn to the circle x2 +
y2 = 4. Using this information answer the following questions.
51. The locus of the point of concurrency of the chord of contact AB of the circle
x2 + y2 = 4 is
A) y2 = 2x B) y2 – x2 = 4 C) y2 + 2x = 0 D) y2 – 2x2 = 4
52. The locus of circumcentre of AQB, if t = 2 is
A) x – 2y + 4 = 0 B) x + 2y – 4 = 0 C) x – 2y – 4 = 0 D) x + 2y + 4 = 0
Paragraph for Questions 53 and 54
x 2 y2
Many properties of an ellipse in the standard form  = 1 can be used easily
a 2 b2
in the general form also. Consider an ellipse with the equation.
(15x - 3)2 + (15y + 5)2 = (12x + 5y - 2)2
53. Eccentricity of the ellipse will be
1 1 13 13
A) B) C) D)
13 19 15 19
54. Locus of foot of perpendicular from foci to tangents to ellipse will be a circle of
radius
19 13 19 38
A) B) C) D)
56 225 169 195

Sec: Sr.Super60/Sr.Chaina Space for rough work Page 18

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS

1 1 2 5 3 8 4 7 5 2
6 4 7 6 8 6 9 ABD 10 AC
11 BC 12 AC 13 ABC 14 ACD 15 ABD
16 ABC 17 AC 18 ABC 19 A–T, B–Q, C–S, D–R
20 A–PR, B–PR, C–Q, D–PQRS

CHEMISTRY
21 8 22 5 23 5 24 6 25 5
26 6 27 7 28 4 29 ABCD 30 BCD
31 ACD 32 ABC 33 ABC 34 C 35 ABCD
36 AC 37 CD 38 ABCD 39 A-PQR, B-PQRS, C-PQR, D-QR
40 A-QS, B-PRS, C-PRS, D-PQRS

MATHS

41 0 42 1 43 6 44 3 45 8
46 8 47 0 48 8 49 AB 50 ACD
51 ACD 52 CD 53 ABC 54 ABCD 55 ABCD
56 CD 57 ACD 58 ABCD 59 A–S; B –R; C–Q; D–P
60 A–R; B –S; C–Q; D–P
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Key & Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1. Ans: 1
  
Sol: E is parallel to B and v is perpendicular to both. Therefore, path of the particle is a
helix with increasing pitch. Speed of particle at any time t is
v  v 2x  v 2y  v 2z (1)
2 2 2
Here v y  vz  vo and v  2v0
3 mvo
Substituting the values in (1), we have t 
qE
2. Ans: 5
Sol: Let F be the instantaneous force acting on the rod MN at any instant t when the rod is
at a distance x. The instantaneous flux  is given by
  BA  B xd 
The instantaneous induced e.m.f. is given by
d  dx 
   Bd  
dt  dt 
The total resistance of the circuit at the instant = R  2x
By Ohm’s law, the current I in the circuit is
 Bd  dx 
I   
Resistance  R  2x   dt 
dx I  R  2x 
 Velocity = 
dt Bd
The instantaneous acceleration a is given by
2
dv d 2 x 2I  dx  2I  I  R  2x   2I   R  2x 
a      
dt dt 2 Bd  dt  Bd  Bd  B 2d 2
 dv 2I  dx  
   
 dt Bd  dt  
So, Instantaneous applied force F is given by F  IBd  ma
2I 2  R  2x 
Fm  IBd
B2 d 2
The required power of I is 5.
3. Ans: 8
y

I
x
O Q

B0
I P
Sol:
The net magnetic force on conducting sphere is F=2 2 iRB.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
4. Ans:
TG ~ @bohring_bot
7
15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Key & Sol’s

Sol:
2
v 4
Resistance of bulb A =   0.4
P 10
v2
Resistance of bulb B =  0.2
P
d d
Emf =    nI  A 
dt dt 0
dI
 0n  A 
dt
2
 107  4  1000   1  9
3
v  36  10
3
v 36  10
I   6  102 A
R eq 0.6
Power dissipated through bulb B
2 4 4
 I R  36  10  0.2  7.2  10 watt
5. Ans: 2
1  0l  l
Sol: Case 1: Magnetic field at M due to PQ and QR is H1    0 0
2  2R  4R
M

to –  to 
P S
I
Q

R to 
Case2: When wire Q is joined
H 2  (Magnetic field at M due to PQ) + (magnetic field at M due QR) + (magnetic field at
M due to QS)
1  0 I  1   I / 2  3 0 I
   0  0 
2  2 R  2  2 R  8R
H1 2
 
H2 3
6. Ans: 4
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3
Sol: qE = qvB
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Key & Sol’s

V = E/B; I = (dn/dt)e
F = 2(dn/dt)mv.
7. Ans: 6
  
Sol: FPSR  FPQR  FPR
Fnet  3  i  PR  B  3 1 2  2  6 N
8. Ans: 6

Sol:
Dipole moment M

Dipole moment 16 M

Dipole moment 15 M

For hexagon 30 M
9. Ans: ABD

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Key & Sol’s

Sol:
WET from A to B
 mg  K.E.
L 1
mg sin   I 2
2 2
2
L 1 mL 2
mg sin    
2 2 3
3g 2
sin   
L
Induced emf produced in rod is
1 1 3g sin 

2
 2

BL2  B 
L
 L2
4
1 3g sin   L
 B
2 L
1 5
  B 3g sin L
2
  L5/2 .  sin 
10. Ans: AC
2m 2
Sol: T 
Bq B0
 T
At t   ; velocity of particle is  v 0 i  v 0 k
B0 2
Speed will always remains constant = v0 2
2 2V0
At t   T ; displacement is equal to pitch, x  V0T 
B0 B0
2 2 2V0
At t   T ; distance = speed  T =
B0 B0
11. Ans: BC
Sol: Lenz law.
12. Ans: AC
Sol: Induced EMF in a part is equal to B / Vcm , where Vcm is velocity of mid–point of that
part.
13. Ans: ABC

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Key & Sol’s

Sol:
FR  2 2iBa
14. Key: ACD
Sol: emf = lvB; F–ilB = ma; q/C = lvB; i = lBCa
Here, during the motion, current is constant and anti–clockwise in sense.
15. Ans: ABD
Sol: A) Induced emf depends on the straight distance between x and y

B) E  l. V× B 
C) Electrons move towards X as they experience force in that direction.
16. Ans: ABC
B R 2
Sol: Due to rotation, emf 
2
Due to translation, emf  BvR
17. Ans: AC
1
Sol: Field due to each plate =  K  2T
2 0
At A, fields add up, being in the same directions whereas at B, cancel out due to
opposite directions.
18. Ans: ABC
dB r
Sol: For r  R,Ex2r  xr 2  E 
dt 2
2
For r  R,Ex2 r 
dB 2 R
xr  E 
dt 2r
R
For r = , the emf induced,
2
2 2
dB  R  R
e x   
dt  2 4

19. Ans: A–T, B–Q, C–S, D–R

Sol: Use vectors.
20. Ans: A–PR, B–PR, C–Q, D–PQRS
Sol: speed of a particle can only be increased by electric field or induced electric field. Both
magnetic and electric field can accelerate a particle.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
CHEMISTRY
15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Key & Sol’s

21. Ans: 8
Sol:  XeO  ion has structure
4
6
O
O O

O O
O
22. Ans: 5
Sol: XeF6 accept F  from NaF and KF but donates F  ion to the remaining
PF5 ,AsF5 ,SbF5 ,BF3 and NbF5 .
23. Ans: 5
Sol: MgCO3 , ZnCO3 ,CuCO3 , NiCO3 and PbCO3 are water insoluble.
24. Ans: 6
Sol: The hydroxides which cannot be precipitated in the group by the addition of NH 4Cl
and NH 4OH are soluble in the presence of NH 4Cl .
25. Ans: 5

Cl Cl
Cl Cl
*
Sol:
26. Ans: 6
I I
I
I
I O
I

Sol:
27. Ans: 7
Sol:
I

OMe

28. Ans: 4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Key & Sol’s

Sol: G.I.

29. Ans: ABCD

Sol: During the radio-active disintegration of radium radon and helium gases are formed.
Due to small size of helium atoms can easily inflate (pass out) through the walls of the
containers made with glass or plastic or rubber.
Boiling point of H2 = 20.39 K; He = 4.22 K.
Covalent radii of H = 37 pm & He = 54 pm
Van der waal’s radii H = 130 pm & He = 140 pm
30. Ans: BCD
Sol: The reactions of XeF2 and XeF4 with water are redox reactions, but XeF6 with water
cannot be considered as redox reaction but should be considered as metathesis.
All xenon fluorides can act as good oxidizing agents. XeF2 oxidises water, XeF4 oxidises
platinum, XeF6 can also act as oxidizing with metals.
With interhalogen compounds xenon fluorides behave as Lewis bases forming xenon
fluoride cations.
 
Ex: XeF2  SbF5   XeF SbF6 
With Lewis bases they accept fluoride ion forming anions.
 
XeF4  NOF   NO  XeF5 
31. Ans: ACD
Sol: Al  OH  3 dissolves in NaOH but not Mg  OH  2 . Mg  OH  2 dissolves in NH 4Cl but not
Al  OH  3 with cobalt nitrate on heating Al  OH  3 gives blue mass called thenard blue
while Mg  OH  2 gives pink mass.
32. Ans: ABC
Sol: The green coloured crystals are FeSO 4 .7H 2O

FeSO 4 .7H 2O   FeSO 4  7H 2O

2FeSO 4   Fe 2O3  SO 2  SO3
When the gas is passed into a container surrounded by acid, SO3 converts into white
waxy solid but SO 2 gas comes out. This when passed through permanganate solution,
decolourisation takes places due to reduction by SO 2 . Solid SO3 when dissolved in
water gives H 2SO4 . This gives white ppt PbSO4 with lead salt soluble in ammonium
acetate, gives white ppt CaSO 4 with CaCl 2 soluble in H 2SO4 due to formation of
 
complex H 2  Ca SO4 2  and white ppt with BaCl 2 insoluble in any acid. Dilute H 2SO 4
has no reaction with starch iodide.
33. Ans: ABC

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

Sol:
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Key & Sol’s
In (A) insoluble PbCl3 ; in (B) insoluble AgCl and in (C) insoluble BaSO 4 will be
formed. No reaction occurs between KCl and Na 2SO4 .
34. Ans: C

H2
Me3COK
  + 
Catalyst

Cl

Sol: 2,3-dimethylbutane
35. Ans: ABCD
Sol: Rate of SN 2 reaction depends on all.
36. Ans: AC
Sol: Both S N1 and SN 2 are not possible on vinyl halides and aryl halides.
37. Ans: CD
Sol: (A) Et 3 N is less due to pyramidal inversion.

(B) Me3CO is less due to bulkyness.

(C) SH ismore due to higher polarisability.
(D) Due to electronegativity.
38. Ans: ABCD
Sol: All are less reactive than CH3  Cl towards SN 2 reaction.
39. Ans: A-PQR, B-PQRS, C-PQR, D-QR
Sol: (A) NaOH and NH 4OH gives green colour with FeSO 4 but reddish brown ppt
with FeCl3 . Potassium ferrocyanide gives yellow colour with FeSO 4 but dark blue ppt
with FeCl3 .
(B) MnSO 4 and ZnSO 4 both gives white ppt with NaOH and NH 4OH but Zn  OH  2 is
soluble in excess of NaOH and NH 4OH but not Mn  OH  2 . ZnSO 4 gives greenish
white ppt with potassium ferrocyanide but Mn do not. MnSO 4 is oxidized by PbO2 and

conc. HNO3 to pink MnO 4 but ZnSO 4 has no reaction.
(C) With NaOH, CuSO4 gives blue ppt while FeSO 4 gives green ppt. With NH 4OH ,
CuSO 4 forms dark blue complex but FeSO 4 gives only green ppt. With potassium
ferrocyanide, CuSO4 gives chocolate brown ppt but not FeSO 4 .
(D) With ammonium hydroxide, both Al 2 SO4   3
and ZnSO 4 gives white ppt but
Zn  OH 2 dissolves in excess of NH 4OH due to formation of complex. With
potassium ferrocyanide, ZnSO 4 gives greenish white ppt but FeSO 4 do not.
40. Ans: A-QS, B-PRS, C-PRS, D-PQRS
o o o
Sol: 3 RX  2 RX  1 RX S N1,E1 & E 2 
3o RX  2o RX  1o RX SN 2 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
MATHEMATICS
15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Key & Sol’s

41.
e
 
Let y  f  x  be a curve passing through e, e which satisfy the differential
equation  2 n y  x y log e x  dx  x log e x dy  0, x  0, y  0 .
e
If g  x   lim f  x  , then  g  x  dx 
n 
1e
Ans: 0
1 
f  x  e x loge x  , g  x   0 x   ,e 
2n
Sol:
 e 
42. If the equation z4+az3+bz2+cz + d = 0 where a, b, c, d are real coefficients different from
c ad
zero, has a purely imaginary root, then the value of the expression  is equal to
ab bc
Ans: 1
Sol: ix be a root  ax 3  cx  0 ––––– (1) and x 4  bx 2  d  0 –––––––––––– (2)
c c 2 bc
(1)  x 2  , Now (2)  2   d  0
a a a
c ad
  1
ab bc
1
43. Let Z be a complex number such that 3 z   1 and arg  z    then the maximum
z
1
value of cos2  equals K, where the value of ( ) is
2K
Ans: 6
Sol: z = r cos 
 1  1
  3r   cos   i  3r   sin   1
 r   r
2
 1  1
  3r   cos 2    3r   rn 2  1
 r   r
2 2 2
 1  1    1
 cos 2   3r     3r     1   3r  
 r  r    r
1
 12 cos 2   1  cos 2  
12
1
44. If az 2  bz  1  0 , a, b, z  C and a  , have a root  such that   1 then the value of
2
4 ab  b equals.
Ans: 3
2
Sol: z z  1 and az 2  bz  1  0  az  bz  1  0
45. Let z1, z2 are complex numbers and if z1  2 and 1  i  z2  1  i  z 2  K 2 , K > 0 such
that the minimum value of z1  z2 equals 2 then the value of K equals
Ans: 8
Sol: z1 lies on circle x2 + y2 = 4
k
z2 lies on line x + y =  z1  z2 min
2
2
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10
K
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Key & Sol’s

 2 2 K 8
2
dh  h
46. Let h = h(t) be a solution to the differential equation  2ht  t 2 , then 16lim   is
dt t   t 

equal to
Ans: 8
2
t
t 2 e 2
Sol: h   e  t  dt  ce  t
2 2
2
 et 
h 1   c  1
lim   lim  2t 2  t 2  
t  t 2 t  te te  2
 
47. If z1, z2, z3, z4 are distinct solutions of e4z + e3z + e2z + ez + 1 = 0 where
Arg(zi)    ,   , i  1, 2,3, 4... then the sum of possible values of z1 + z2 + z3 + z4
equals __________
Ans: 0
z z z z4
Sol: Product of roots = e 1 .e 2 .e 3 .e  1  z1  z2  z3  z4  2k
5 5
48. If the value of  6  2 5  i 2 5  10    6  2 5  i 2 5  10  equals k then the
largest digit in k equals.
Ans: 8
5 5

Sol: G.E  4  cis 72º   cis  72º    4  2 cos 360   2  2048
5 5 0 11

49. Ans: AB
y dx  2 xydy
2
Sol: 2
 y 3  xdy  ydx 
x
 x   xy 2
 log  2   k
 y  2
50. Ans: ACD
Sol: Put x + y = z.
51. Ans: ACD
 1 
Sol: Tangent at P is x1  y1  1  M  , 0 and
 1 
 1  0
 1   2  21
1 1   2
1 1 
 a   31   , b  1
3 1  3
52. Ans: CD
Sol: GE  a 5  1  0  a  1
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 11
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 a 1 1/5
TG ~ @bohring_bot 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Key & Sol’s

If m is a multiple of 5 GE = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 =4
If m is not a multiple of 5 GE = – 1
53. Ans: ABC
y
 0,10 
10,10

5,5

 0, 0 10, 0 x
Sol:
2 2
  5   5 25 25
Non hatched area = 5× 5 +   25      2
4 4 2 2
25 25
 Required area = 100 –   2 = 75 – 25  =  6   
2 2 2
54. Ans: ABCD
Sol: I.P = 0  x2 + y2 – 2x = 0 (or) y = tan  (x – 1)
55. Ans: ABCD
   
s i n     sin 2    
2  2 
Sol: x   ...........
2 4
   
cos     cos 2    
2  2 
y  1   ...........
2 4
   
cis   cis 2  
 2   2   .......... 2
 y  ix  1  (G.P) =
2 4 2    sin   i cos  
56. Ans: CD
Sol: f '  x   sin 2x  f  x  tan x
 y'.y tan x  sin 2x
2
 y  3cos x  2cos x
2
 3 9
y  2  cos x  
 4 8
9
Maximum =
8
57. Ans: ACD
z1
Sol:  2i, i  0, z1 , z2 forms rt. Triangle.
z2
1 1
 
| z1 | 2 2 | z2 | 2  or  2 2  Area  2 2  2 (or)  2 2  2 2
2 2
= 2 2 (or) 4
1
One possible angle tan 2
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 12
58. Ans:
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
ABCD
15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Key & Sol’s

z2 z3
Sol: D etc.....
z1
59. Ans: A–S; B –R; C–Q; D–P
Sol: a, b, d  c
Using given conditions in –az – b + dh = –zW
– (1+ i) a – b + (1 + i) d = – (1+i)2 ______________ (1)
–(–1 + i) a – b + (–1 + i) d = – (–1 + i)2 ___________ (2)
– b + id = 0 _________ ( 3)
U sin (3) is (1), (2)  –(1 + i) a + d = –2i
– (–1 + i) a – d = 2i
Add: a = 0  d = –2i  b = 2
2
W   W(i) = 2i
z  2i
60. Ans: A–R; B –S; C–Q; D–P
x 2n  1 cos n
Sol: 2 n 1 
x  x cos  n  1 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 Jee-Adv Date: 15-08-20
Time: 05.00Pm to 08.00Pm UTA-16 Max. Marks:264

2015_PAPER-I
15-08-20_Sr.Super60(InCom)_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Syllabus

MATHS : Differential equations (Complete), Complex numbers (complete),

De Moivre's theorem

PHYSICS : Complete Magnetostatics, Magnetic Effects of Current, Magnetic Flux,

Faraday's Law of Emi, Lenz's Law, Motional Emf, Ac Generator, Changing Field Emf,
Induced Electric Field (Exclude: Self Induction, Mutual Induction, Lr, Lc Circuits, Ac)

CHEMISTRY : Qualitative Analysis, Group-18 & Alkyl Halides

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P
Max Marks : 88
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
1. A particle of charge q and mass m starts moving from the origin under the action
  
of an electric field E  E o ˆi and B  Boˆi with a velocity v  v0 ˆj . The speed of the

3 mv o
particle will become 2v0 after a time t  . Find W.
WqE

2. Two long parallel horizontal rails, a distance d apart and each having a resistance
 per unit length, are joined at one end by a resistance R. A perfectly conducting
rod MN of mass m is free to slide along the rails without friction (shown in figure).
There is a uniform magnetic field of induction B normal to the plane of the paper
and directed into the paper. A variable force F is applied to the rod MN such that,
as the rod moves, a constant current I flows through R. Let the applied force F be
expressed as function of the distance x of the rod from R, and be given by
F  p  q  r 2

Where p, q, r are functions of other variables. Find the exponent (power) of I in the
product pqr.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 3

3.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P
Two long straight wires are connected to a solid spherical metal sphere of radius
R = 2 m with its centre at origin. Current I = 1 amp is towards the sphere in one of
the wires lying (on y–axis) and in the other wire (on x–axis) it is away from the
sphere. A uniform and constant external magnetic field exists in positive z–
direction and has magnitude B0  2T . Then find the magnitude of magnetic force

(in newtons) on the solid sphere due to external magnetic field.

I
x
O

B0
I

4. A resistance less ring has 2 bulbs A & B rated at 2V, 10 W and 2 V, 20 W

respectively. The ring encloses an ideal solenoid whose magnetic field is as
shown. The radius of solenoid is 1m and the number of turns/length = 1000/m.
The current changes at rate of 9 A/sec. Find the power dissipated P in bulb B. Fill
P  10 4 in nearest integer.

5. An infinitely long conductor PQR is bent to form a right angle, as shown in fig. A
current I flows through PQR. The magnetic field due to this current at the point M
is H. Now, another infinitely long straight conductor QS is connected to Q so that

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P
current is I/2 in QR as well as in QS. The magnetic field at M is now H2. The ratio
3H1/H2 is given by

to –  to 
P S
I
Q

R to 
6. A proton beam passes without deviation through a region of space where there
are uniform transverse mutually perpendicular electric and magnetic fields with
kv and B = 50 mT. Then the beam strikes a target and undergoes elastic
E  120
m
collision. The force imparted by the beam on the target if the beam current is
equal to I = 0.80 mA is x  10 5 N . Find x (nearest integer)
7. A square of side 1m is placed in a uniform magnetic field of 2 Tesla in a direction
perpendicular to the plane of the square inwards. Current in each wire is 1A in the
directions shown. The magnitude value of magnetic force on the loop is x
Newton.
Find the value of x. (the given loop is a part of a circuit)

B
     
S R
     
     
     

     

     
P Q
     
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 5
8.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P
The magnetic dipole moment of a uniformly charged lamina in shape of
equilateral triangle of side a is M, when rotated about axis AB with uniform  . If a
hexagonal lamina of side a and having same charged density is rotated about axis
A’B’ (with same angular speed  ). The dipole moment generated is 5M . Find  .

A) l 3/2 B) The lower end will be at a higher potential

1/ 2
C) sin  D)  sin 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 6

10.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P
A particle of specific charge  is projected from origin at t = 0 with a velocity
 
V  V0 i  k in a magnetic field B   B0 k . Then:
 

A) at t  , velocity of the particle is  V0 i  k
 
B0

B) at t  , speed of the particle is V0
4B0
2 2V0
C) at t  , magnitude of displacement of the particle is more than
B0 B0
2 2 2V0
D) at t  , distance travelled by the particle is less than
B0 B0
11. A bar magnet is moved along the axis of copper ring placed far away from the
magnet. Looking from the side of the magnet, an anti–clockwise current is found
to be induced in the ring. Which of the following may be true?
A) The south pole faces the ring and the magnet moves towards it
B) The north pole faces the ring and the magnet moves towards it
C) The south pole faces the ring and the magnet moves away from it
D) The north pole faces the ring and the magnet moves away from it
12. A rod of length L is rotating in uniform magnetic field as shown in the diagram

Also PQ  QR
Mark the correct option
A) Induced EMF between P & Q will be less than that between Q & R
B) Induced EMF between P & Q will be greater than that between Q & R
 PQ 1
C) 
 QR 3
 PQ
D) 3
 QR
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 7
13.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P
In the figure, there is a uniform conducting structure in which each small square
has side a. The structure is kept in uniform magnetic field B.

A) The magnetic force on the structure is 2 2 iBa .

B) The potential of point B = potential of point D
C) Potential of point O = potential of point B.
D) The magnetic force on the structure is 2 iBa .
14. A capacitor of capacitance C with upper plate M and lower plate N is connected to
two parallel, horizontal rails of good conductor. A metallic rod PQ is acted upon by
a constant horizontal force F, so that the rod can slide smoothly on the rails. A

uniform vertical magnetic field B acts into the plane of the rails. During the motion
of the rod,

A) The charge on plate M is positive and the magnitude of the charge value keep
on increasing
B) The charge on plate M is positive and the magnitude of the charge value
remains constant.
C) The charge on plate N is negative and the magnitude of the charge value keep
on increasing.
D) The current through the rod remains constant, during the motion of the rod.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 8

15.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P
A conducting wire in shape of Y with each side of length l is moving in a uniform
magnetic field B with a uniform speed V as shown in fig.

A) The induced e.m.f between the two ends X and Y of the wire will be 2BlV sin  /2
B) The induced e.m.f between P and Q is zero
C) The induced e.m.f between Q and X is BlV cos / 2
D) The end Y is positive while X is negative
16. A conducting disc of radius R is rolling without sliding on a horizontal surface with
a velocity of centre of mass v and angular velocity ω in a uniform magnetic field
B which is perpendicular to the plane of the disc as shown in figure. O is the
centre of the disc and P, Q, R and S are the four points on the disc.
     
Q
     

 R  P  
O
     
S
A) Due to translation, induced emf, across PS  BvR
B) Due to rotation, induced emf, across QS  0
C) Due to translation, induced emf across RO  0
D) Due to rotation, induced emf across OQ  BvR
17. Figure shows cross section of two large parallel metal sheets carrying electric
10
currents along their surfaces. The current in each sheet is A/m along the


Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P
width. Consider two points A and B, as shown in the figure with their positions.

A
5cm y
5cm
B
5cm
x
A) Magnetic field at A is 4T along x–direction.
B) Magnetic field at A is 4T along negative x–direction.
C) Magnetic field at B is zero.
D) Magnetic field at B is 2T along x–direction.
18. A time varying magnetic field is present in a cylindrical region of radius R as
shown in figure (cross–sectional view). B is increasing with time; mark out the
correct statement(s) for the given situation, r being the distance from centre of
cylindrical region.

A) For r < R, the induced electric field is proportional to r.

B) For r > R, the induced electric field is proportional to 1 .

r
C) For r = R, the induced electric field is Maximum
R
D) If a coaxial non–conducting ring of radius is placed in the magnetic field
2
2
region, then emf induced in the ring is R .
4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
SECTION - III
15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P

(MATRIX MATCHING ANSWER TYPE)

Column–I Column–II
 0i 2
P) 3/2
A) For z > 0, unit vector along magnetic field at P is  2 2 
2  z  
 4
 
B) For z > 0, unit vector along magnetic field at P k  zj
only Q) 2
2
due to wire AB is  z2
4
 0i  2
C) For z > 0, unit vector along magnetic field at P R)
only  2 2   2  2 
2  z    z  
due to wire BC is  4  2
 
k  zj
D) For z > 0, the magnitude of magnetic field at P S) 2
is 2
 z2
4
T) k
U) None

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 11

20.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
Match the Following:
15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P

Column 1 gives situations involving a charged particle which may be realized

under the condition given in column–II. Match the situations in column in column I
with the conditions in Column–II.
Column–I Column–II
Increase in speed of a charged Electric field uniform in space
(A) (P)
particle. and constant in time.
Exert a force on an electron Magnetic field uniform in space
(B) (Q)
initially at rest. and constant in time.
Move a charged particle in a Magnetic field uniform in space
(C) (R)
circle with uniform speed. but varying with time.
Accelerate a moving charged Magnetic field non–uniform in
(D) (S)
particle. space but constant with time.
(R) None of these

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 12

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P
Max Marks : 88
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
21.  
In perxenate ion XeO46 the number of 900 interactions between double bonded

oxygen atoms with single bonded oxygen atoms is:

22. With how many of the following compounds, XeF6 can act as fluoride ion donor?
NaF,KF,PF5 ,AsF5 ,SbF5 ,BF3 and NbF5

23. How many of the following metal carbonates are insoluble in water?
Na 2CO3 ,K 2CO3 ,MgCO3 ,CuCO3 , ZnCO3 , NiCO3 ,PbCO3

24. How many hydroxides are soluble in the presence of ammonium chloride?
Mg  OH  2 , Fe  OH  2 , Fe  OH  3 , Al  OH  3 , Ni  OH  2 ,Ca  OH  2 , Zn  OH  2 , Mn  OH  2 , Cr  OH  3

25. Number of primary alkyl chlorides obtained on monochlorination of compounds

with molecular formula C 5 H12 are:

26. In how many of the following compounds, carbocation rearrangement can take
place during S N 1 reaction?

I I I

I O
I

I
I
I
I I

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 13

27.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P
Total number of secondary carbons in the final product of the given reaction is:
I
MeOH

SN 1


28. Total number of alkenes produced on E 2 elimination of given compound is/are:

Br
Alc. KOH

SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
29. The correct statement(s) regarding noble gases are:
A) The noble gases formed during radioactive disintegration of a radio-active
element are helium and radon
B) Helium cannot be stored in vessels made with rubber or glass or plastic
C) Boiling point of hydrogen is greater than helium
D) Atomic radius (either covalent or van der waal’s) of helium is greater than
hydrogen
30. Which of the following properties regarding xenon fluorides is/are correct?
A) The reaction of all xenon fluorides with water are redox reactions
B) All xenon fluorides can act as good oxidizing agents
C) All xenon fluorides can act as fluoride ion donors
D) All xenon fluorides can act as Lewis bases
31. Mg  OH  2 and Al  OH  3 can be distinguished by
A) NaOH B) NH 4OH C) NH 4Cl D) Co  NO3  2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 14

32.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P
Some pale green crystals are strongly heated. The gases given off are passed into
a container surrounded by ice and then through a solution of acidified
permanganate. The permanganate is decolourised. The white waxy solid formed
in the ice container is dissolved in water. This dilute solution:
A) Gives white precipitate with lead nitrate solution soluble in ammonium acetate
due to formation of complex
B) Gives white precipitate with CaCl2 soluble in excess of this solution
C) Gives white precipitate with BaCl2 insoluble in any acid
D) Gives blue colour with starch iodide solution
33. Which of the following pairs of solutions when mixed together will produce an
insoluble salt?
A) Magnesium chloride and lead (II) acetate
B) Sodium chloride and silver nitrate
C) Barium chloride and copper (II) sulphate
D) Potassium chloride and sodium sulphate
34. An alkyl halide (X) having molecular formula C6H13Cl reacts with  CH 3  3 CO  K  to
form two isomeric alkenes of molecular formula C6 H12 . Both the alkenes gives
2,3-dimethylbutane on catalytic hydrogenation. The structure of X can be:

A) B) Cl

Cl
C) D) Cl

35. Rate of SN 2 reaction depends on:

A) Concentration of nucleophile B) concentration of substrate
C) Nature of leaving group D) nature of solvent
36. Both S N 1 and SN 2 reactions are not favourable in which of the given compounds?
Cl
A) Cl B) Ph Cl C) Ph – Cl D)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 15

37.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P
Which of the following is/are correct order of nucleophilicity?

Et 3 N 
 
A) N B) Me3CO  CH 3O
C)  SH   OH D)  NH 2  F
38. Which of the following compounds will have lesser rate of SN 2 reaction than
CH3  Cl ?
Cl
Cl Cl
A) B) C) Ph D) Ph – Cl

SECTION - III
(MATRIX MATCHING ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and four statements (P, Q, R and
S) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For
example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in Q and R, then for the particular question darken the
bubbles corresponding to Q and R in the OMR sheet. For each correct matching will be awarded +2 marks ONLY and 0 if not
attempted and -1 in all other cases.
39. Match the pair of salts given in column-I with the reagent(s) used to distinguish
them given in column-II.
Column-I Column-II
(A) FeSO 4  FeCl3 (P) Sodium hydroxide
(B) MnSO 4  ZnSO4 (Q) Ammonium hydroxide
(C) CuSO4  FeSO4 (R) Potassium ferrocyanide
(D) Al2  SO4  3  ZnSO 4 (S) Lead dioxide and conc. HNO3
40. Match the statements given in column-I with the path of reaction given in column-
II for which it will be correct.
Column-I Column-II
A) Concerted mechanism P) SN 1
B) CH 3 X can’t react Q) S N 2
C) Reactivity order 3o R  X  2o R  X  1o R  X R) E1
D) R – I reacts faster than R – Cl S) E 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 16

MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P
Max Marks : 88
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
41. Let y  f  x  be a curve passing through  e, e e  which satisfy the differential
equation  2 n y  x y loge x  dx  x loge x dy  0, x  0, y  0 .
e
If g  x   nlim

f  x  , then  g  x  dx 
1e

42. If the equation z4+az3+bz2+cz + d = 0 where a, b, c, d are real coefficients different

c ad
from zero, has a purely imaginary root, then the value of the expression  is
ab bc
equal to
1
43. Let z be a complex number such that 3z   1 and arg  z    then the maximum
z
1
value of cos2  equals K, where the value of ( ) is
2K
1
44. If az 2  bz  1  0 , a, b, z  C and a  , have a root  such that   1 then the value
2
of 4 ab  b equals.
45. Let z1, z2 are complex numbers and if z1  2 and 1  i  z2  1  i  z 2  K 2 , K > 0 such
that the minimum value of z1  z2 equals 2 then the value of K equals
dh  h
46. Let h = h(t) be a solution to the differential equation  2ht  t 2 , then 16lim  
dt t   t 

is equal to
47. If z1, z2, z3, z4 are distinct solutions of e4z + e3z + e2z + ez + 1 = 0 where
Arg(zi)    ,   , i  1, 2,3, 4... then the sum of possible values of z1 + z2 + z3 + z4
equals __________
5 5
48. If the value of  6  2 5  i 2 5  10    6  2 5  i 2 5  10  equals k then the
largest digit in k equals.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
SECTION – II
15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P

(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)

This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
49. The solution of the differential equation  y 2 dx  2 x y dy   x 3 y 3 dy  x 2 y 4 dx is
2
2  x y
 x   x y x
A) log  2 
 c B) e 2

y  2 c y2
 x  x
 e   c
2 xy
C)  2   2log  x y   c D) 2
y  y
 x  y  1  dy  x  y 1 
50. If     , given that y = 1 when x = 1, then which of the following
 x  y  2  dx  x  y  2 
is/are not a solution of the given differential equation?
(x  y) 2  2 (x  y) 2  2
A) ln  2(x  y) B) ln  2(x  y)
2 2
(x  y) 2  2 (x  y) 2  2
C) ln  2(x  y) D) ln  2(x  y)
2 2
51. Consider the hyperbola A : x 2  y 2  1 and a circle B with center N  2 , 0 . Suppose
that A and B touch each other at a point P 1 , 1  with 1  1 and 1  0. The
common tangent to A and B at P intersects the x – axis at the point M. If (a, b) is
the centroid of the triangle PMN, then which of the following is/are correct?
da 1 da 1
A)  1  2 for 1  1 B)  1  2 for 1  1
d1 31 d1 31
db 1 db 1
C)  for 1  1 D)  for 1  0
d 1 3  2  1 d 1 3
1
1 1
52. If a is a complex number such that a2 + a +   1  0 and if m is a positive
a a2
m 1 1
integer then the value of a
2
   am  m
 m can be equal to
a  
a2
A) 0 B) 1 C) –1 D) 4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 18

53.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P
Consider the region of complex numbers z given by the set S where
  z  z  10   10  
S   z  0 : 0  Re    1, 0  Im    1,0  Re    1, 0  Im    1 then which is/are
  10   10   z  z 
correct
25
A) The area of the region is  6    square units
2
B) Minimum value of z equals 5 2
C) Maximum value of z  10i equals 10 2
 z  10 
D) Arg  is  only for two values of z
 z  10i 
54. If z   1 is a variable complex number and  is a real constant such that
z 1 cos   i sin 
 is purely real then which of the following is/are
cos   i sin  z 1
correct (z = x + iy)
A) The set of points z forms a circle and part of a line

B) For   at least one z lies on y+1= x
4

C) For   at least one z lies on 3 y  x  1
3

D) For   at least one z lies on y = 0
6
55. For     2 ,
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
let x  cos   sin 2  cos 3  sin 4  cos 5  sin 6  cos 7  .......
2 4 8 16 32 64 128
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
y  1  sin   cos 2  sin 3  cos 4  sin 5  cos 6  sin 7  ....... and
2 4 8 16 32 64 128
x
if  f   then which of the following is/are TRUE?
y
 7  1  5  1
A) f     B) f   
 6 3  4  1 2 2
 4  1  5  1
C) f    D) f   
 3 34  3  4 3
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 19
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P
 
56. Let f be a non–negative continuous function defined on the interval 0,  .
 2
x 0
 
If   f '  t   sin 2t  dt   f  t  tan t dt x   0,  and f(0) = 1, then which of the
0 x
 2
following is/are TRUE?
A) f(0) = 1 is the absolute minimum value of f
B) f(0) = 1 is the absolute maximum value of f
  3 2
C) f    1
 4 2
 
D) f    1
 3
57. If z1 and z2 are non zero complex numbers satisfying z12  i  
2  1 z1 z2  2 z22  0
then for the triangle formed by points origin, z1, z2 as vertices which is/are correct
A) Always right angled triangle
B) Always right angled isosceles triangle
C) An angle of triangle can be tan–1  2
D) Area of triangle can be 2 2 if z1  2 2
58. Given A, B, C are the points representing the non–zero complex numbers z1, z2, z3
and the equation of circum circle of ABC is z  r . If the altitudes of the triangle
through the opposite vertices A, B and C meet the circum circle at D, E, F
respectively, then which is/are correct?
A) Ortho centre of ABC is z1 + z2 + z3
1 1 1
B) Ortho centre of DEF is – z1z2z3  2  2  2 
 z1 z2 z3 

1  z12 z22  z22 z32  z32 z12 

C) Centroid of DEF is   
3 z1 z2 z3
z1 z2  2 z2 z3  z3 z1
D) The length of the median through D of DBC is
2 z1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 20

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
SECTION - III
15-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P1)_UTA-16_Q.P

(MATRIX MATCHING ANSWER TYPE)

This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and four statements (P, Q, R and
S) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or MORE statement(s) given in Column II. For
example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in Q and R, then for the particular question darken the
bubbles corresponding to Q and R in the OMR sheet. For each correct matching will be awarded +2 marks ONLY and 0 if not
attempted and -1 in all other cases.
az  b
59. Let W  z   when z   d and a, b, d are complex constants, maps the
zd
complex number z on to the complex number W where W(1+i) = 1 + i and W(–1+i)
= –1+i. Also z = 0 maps to W = i then match the following

List – I List – II
A) a P) 2i
B) b Q) –2i
C) d R) 2
D) W(i) S) 0

1
60. If x   2 cos  then match the following (  is real)
x
List–I List–II
A) x4  1 P) –1
    then   0 
x3  x
B) x 6  1  Q) 2
    
then   =
x5  x 6
C) x8  1  R) 1
    then    =
x7  x 4
D) x10  1  S) 0
 f   then f   
x9  x  3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for Rough Work Page 21

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR-HYD
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Final Key

GIVEN FINALIZED
S.NO SUB Q.NO EXPLANATION
KEY KEY
1 PHY 4 C Delete Question is incomplete
2 PHY 9 ABCD BD Option a: missing 3 in denominator, Option c: min=2xy
3 CHE 21 B Delete Conceptual error in the equation
4 CHE 30 ABC ABC or AC Can’t say any Thing about option ‘B’
5 MAT 49 ABC AB Key Change

Question Paper Setter is Total responsible for the Key finalization:

Question Paper Setters &finalized

MATHS PHYSICS CHEMISTRY
VIJ_GYT VIJ_GYT VIJ_GYT
Mr. KS-9440506070 Mr. Vyom-9930265879 Mr. Divakar-9505577226

NATIONAL IIT CO-ORDINATOR

MR. UMA SANKAR
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
A.P, TELANGNA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office, Madhapur – Hyderabad
SEC: Sr.Super60 PTA-05 Date: 15-11-2020
TIME: 10.10Am to 01.10Pm 2016-P1 Max. Marks: 186

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 A 2 A 3 A 4 C 5 A
6 AB 7 ABC 8 ABD 9 ABCD 10 AB
11 ABC 12 AC 13 ACD 14 3 15 7
16 2 17 2 18 1

CHEMISTRY
19 B 20 A 21 B 22 A 23 D
24 AD 25 ABCD 26 AD 27 ACD 28 AD
29 BCD 30 ABC 31 BC 32 7 33 3
34 4 35 4 36 1

MATHS
37 D 38 A 39 D 40 D 41 D
42 ACD 43 BCD 44 BCD 45 ABC 46 BCD
47 ABD 48 BD 49 ABC 50 5 51 2
52 9 53 3 54 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Key & Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1. The arrangement is shown in figure. Consider the hemispherical shell of radius r and
thickness dr as shown. Resistance of this shell is ;

(on solving )

3. Inflow and out flow of current in a cell must be same.

x= 0.5A y= 1.5A
therefore VB-VA= 0.5 volts(using kirchoffslaw)
4. In element A, the resistance remains constant upto the potential drop of 10V. Further
increase in the voltage does not increase this current (which is constant at 1A). This
means that the ratio V/R A\  constant and this resistance R A increases linearly with
voltage.
When both A and B are in series, the current in the circuit will increase non linearly
upto 1A when the total voltage drop across A and B becomes 10+ 15 = 25V
Further increase in this voltage does not bring about any change in the current as
shown in solution (C). The voltage drop across A will go on increasing while that
across B remain fixed at 15 V.
5. H  i 2 R t  m S  .

30 2  t  A  d  S  300
A
V
6. Ammeter reading 
R
Voltmeter reading =V

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 2


TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
20 
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Key & Sol’s

7. VMax   75
 5  120  75 
8.  R  2 0.1  12
3x 3y
9. At midpoint   b
2 2
1r2   2 r1
10.  eff 
r1  r2
11.

From eqn. (i) and (ii),

I = 6A

Also current in wire D to earth is 0.

12. AO
B&D are equipotentials
RV  RA RVR
13.  RA 
3 R  RV
2

14.
R R
(i) 1 and 2 is resp
 k  1 ; k
R2 R3 k  k  1
So R3 is 1 ohm.
Then i=
 k  1 / k V 2
0
3
R
=3 A
15. It follows from symmetry considerations that the initial circuit can be replaced by an
equivalent one.
We replace the inner triangle consisting of an infinite number of elements by a resistor
R AB
of resistance , where the resistance R AB is such that R AB  R x and R AB   . After
2
simplification, the circuit becomes a system of series and parallel connected
conductors. In order to find R x , we write the equation

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Key & Sol’s

Solving the equation, we obtain

16. Equivalent resistance between A and E:

For B and E to be equipotential

Solve to get :

Now
17. Potential difference through each resistor is same

3.4
18.  0.04
100 R
3 2
100  R
100  400
V  0.04  V
500

CHEMISTRY

19. For pH of buffers to increases just above 4.00,

 NaF  3.5
 HF
(0.15  x)
For 1st buffer  3.5  x  0.083mol / L
(0.15  x)
0.083  40  350
Mass of NaOH=  1.2g
1000
(0.35  y)
For 2nd buffer  3.5  y  0.194mol / L
(0.35  y)
0.194  40  350
Mass of NaOH=  2.7 g
1000

20. It is buffer solution, so

82.2  x 
pH  pK a 2  log
 Na 2CO3 
9.95  11  log(5.6)  log  106   50.4g
 NaHCO3  x 
 84

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 4

21.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
nd
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Key & Sol’s
Nitrogen reactant in 2 equilibrium, so reaction proceeds forward moles decreases.
But in 1 st and 3rd equilibrium reaction moves in the direction to increases number of
moles.
22. nA(g)  A n  g
Initial moles 1 0
x
Equilibrium moles 1–x
n
 x/n
  xV. n 1 x.V n 1
Now, KC   V n  n
  as x  1
 1 x  1  x  .n n
 
 V 
x 1
Now, total moles = 1  x    1  x.   1 
n n 
n.K  1  n 
 1  nC1   1
1  n KC

V  n  V n 1

23.


A(aq)  2B(aq) 
 2C(aq)  D(aq)
t0 3n
t  eq 3n  x x
1 x
 xn
2 3n  x
24. As the formation constant of complex ion increases solubility of sparingly soluble
salts increases.

AgCl(s)  2CN   Ag(CN)2   Cl
 

 s  1.8  1011
1M s s

AgCl(s)  2NH3   Ag(NH3 )2   Cl
 

 s  1.8  1.7  10 3
1M s s
  Ag(S2O3 ) 2 3  Cl 
AgCl(s)  2S2O  2
3
 s  1.8  2.8  103
1M s s
25. For MgF2 ; 4s3  3.2  108  s  2  103
2  103  62
Mass that can be dissolved in 125 mL =  15.5mg
8
4.96
% of saturation is   100  32%
15.5
For CaF2 : 4s3  4  1012  s  104
104  78
Mass that can be dissolved in 100 mL=   0.78mg
10
26. On diluting a solution of weak electrolyte, degree of dissociation increases but
concentration of H + decreases. Because, decrease in concentration compensates
increase in degree of dissociation.
SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 5
27.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Key & Sol’s

 2NO  O 2
N 2O4   N 2O5
2NO  O2 
t0 2 t0 2 1
3x 3x
t  eq 1 2  2x 1  t  eq 2  2x 1  x
2 2
Checking through options.
28. Vapour pressure of liquid is dependent on temperature.
29.
 2NO2 (g)
N 2O4 (g) 
t0 a 0
t  eq a(1  ) 2a
46
Vapour density=  30.67    50%
1 
1.5  1.5  0.082  300
Total pressure=  6.75atm
8.2
4 2
Kp  .P  9atm
1  2
138
Density of mixture=  16.83 g / L
8.2
30. As temperature increases endothermic reaction proceeds in forward direction, some
hydrazine again decomposes and also partial pressure of NH3 is decreasing.
31. BOH  H   B  H 2O
a mole b mole 0
1 a a
th run a 0
5 5 5
OH Kb
 B 
Now, for 1/5th reaction, P  P  log
 BOH 
a/5
Or, 14  9   P K b  log
4a / 5
 P  5.6  K b  2.5  106
Kb

1

At equivalent point: P H  7  P K b  log C
2

1
Or, 4.5  7   5.6  log C   C  0.25 M
2
Now, n HCl used  n B formed
V  0.5 100  V   0.25
Or,   VHCl  100 mL
1000 1000
Finally, n BOH takes  n HCl used for equivalent point
SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 6
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
w 100  0.5
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Key & Sol’s

Or,   w  2.25 gm
45 1000
2.25
 Percentage purity of base =  100  90%
2.5
32. Milli moles of Ag  in 100 mL sat.soln of AgCl is = 100 K sp  1.4  103
m.moles of Ag   m .moles of SCN -
1.4  103  105  V  V  140mL
33. Let millimoles of acid & salt present initially are ‘x’ .
 pH 1  pK a
(a  0.1)
 pH 2  pK a  log
(a  0.1)
(a  0.1)
 pH 1   pH 2  0.3  log
(a  0.1)
a = 0.3 and 0.1V  0.3  V  3mL
34.
 CO2 (g)  H 2 (g)
CO(g)  H 2O(g) 
t0 1 1
t  eq 1  x 1 x x x
x2 3
9 x 
(1  x) 2 4
Assume some pure CO2 is present another vessel, then, at new equilibrium
 CO 2 (g) 
CO(g)  H 2O(g)  H 2 (g)
1 1 1 1 3 1 3 1
  a 
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Solving
a=4
since, moles ratio=volume ratio at constant pressure and temperature.
Volume of CO2 vessel=4 L
35. Solubility of Zn  OH  2 is
2 K sp 2
S=  Zn 2    Zn(OH)4  =  K f  OH  
  2  
 OH  
 
In case of minimum solubility
dS
0
d OH  
 

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 7

2K sp
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Key & Sol’s

  2K f OH    0
3  
OH  
 

OH    104
 
pOH=4
36. At equilibrium, Pressure in left and right side chambers is same.
In left chamber, PHe  2 atm
42
 PNH3  PH 2S   1 atm
. 2
 K p  1  1  1 atm 2

MATHEMATICS
2
37. G.I    x   x x
e
  e   e  ee
38. f  x    sin 3 x cos3 x.cos 2x.ln  sin 2x  dx
1
   sin 2x  3 .ln  sin 2x  . 2cos 2x  dx
16
Put sin 2x  t
1
  t 3 .ln t.dt
16
1  t4 1 t4  1  t4 t4 
 ln t.   . dt   ln t    c
16  4 t 4  16  4 16 
t4  1
  ln t    c
64  4

x   t 1
4
c0
5
x  t 1
4
 5  1
f  
 4 256
1
c0 GE  
256
x cos x x sin x
39. G.I   dx   dx
x sin x  cos x x cos x  sin x
x sin x  cos x     
 ln c  f     ln  
x cos x  sin x   
2   2
Cleary c  0  f      ln 

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 8

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
40. Using by parts
TG ~ @bohring_bot 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Key & Sol’s

1
G.E  tan x.ln 1  sin 2 x   
1  sin 2 x

.2sin cos x.tan xdx

 
 tan x.ln 1  sin 2 x  2x  2 tan 1 2 tan x  c  
  7
h  0  0  c  0 & h    3 ln    2 tan 1
 3  4  6   23
2
 G.E  
3
1
41. 
G.I   3x 5  2x 3  2x 5 x 6  x 4  x 4  4
dx
Put x 6  x 4  x 4  t
2 5/4

 x 6  x 4  x 4
5
c c0 
5/4
2 1
 f  2   26  24  4 
5 2 
1 5/4
 1281  GE  80
80

42.

tan 4   1  1 
 1  tan 2  dx
1
   sec2  d   d
1  tan 2 
cos 2 
  tan    d
cos 2
1 1  cos 2
  tan    d
2 cos 2
1
  tan    1  sec 2  d
2
 1
  tan    ln sec 2  tan 2  c
2 4
(But c=0) since f  0  0
  1
Clearly it is odd, Also f     3   ln 2  3  0
 3 6 4
 
43.
x 2

 1 tan 1 x  x ln x ln  ln x 
  
x x 2  1 ln x
dx

 1 1 
   tan 1 x.  ln  ln x   dx
 x ln x 1 x2 
 ln  ln x  .tan 1 x  c
  e  0  c  0

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 9

TG
 
~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India

 
ln ln x .tan 1 x 
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Key & Sol’s
ln ln x   
 G.E : lim  .lim  
x 1  x 4 x1  x  
tan   tan  
 2  2
1  x
cos 2  
 x  ln x  1  2   0
 lim  lim  
4 2  x  2 ln x 0
x 1 x 1
sec  
 2 2

1  sin   x  .
 .lim 2  1  0  0
2 x1 1 2
x
  
cos x  2.sin  x   x 
 3 
44.       2 dx
 2sin  x  3   1
   
cos x  2sin  x   cos x  2cos  x   .sin x
 3  3
 2
dx
   
 2sin  x  3   1
sin x
 c
 
2sin  x    1
 3
 f  0  0& c  0
   x   sin x
tan 2  .cos 2  .sec 2  d
45.   x   2
e x  tan 
 cos  tan   .cos  sin  tan   .sin  
tan 2 
 2
d
cos  tan     
  sec 2  tan     .tan 2  d

  
 tan  tan      c : tan e x  tan 1 e x  c
   tan1  1
  0  tan 1    c0
 4  1  tan1

   x   tan e x  tan 1 e x  
A  1, B  1, C  1
f  x 2t dt  t 
46. Put  1  t 2  h  x   2  2 tan 1  c
g  x t 2 t   2 

 f  x  g  x 
 2 tan 1   c
 2g  x  

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
Clearly c  0  m  2 and n  2
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Key & Sol’s

 3      
1  x  x  1  2x  m  x  mx  n 3x  1
2 2

47. g ' x    2 
9
 x3  x  1   
2
 2 1
 x  3x  
3
Comparing with 2
x 3
 x 1 

coefficient of x 4 :  1    9
9
m  3m
coefficient of x 3 :  6  m  3n  54  m  27
9
mn 1
Constant :   n  26
9 9
1
48. I    sin10x  5sin 8x  10sin 6x  10sin 4x  5sin 2x  dx
32
1  5cos 2x 10cos 4x 10cos 6x 5cos8x cos10x 
       c
32  2 4 6 8 10 
x x 1
49. A) By parts  x. dx    .tan 1 x  c  c  0
1 x 2 2
 2 1 x 2
2   
 1
  1  
8 4
x e
B)  cos  3ln x  dx 
10
 cos  3ln x   3sin  3ln x      e   cos3  3sin 3
10
3
 tan x 
C) By parts  g  x   4x sin 4 x  4  tan x   g     4
 3 
sin 2x sin 4x  
D) GI     cos 2x  cos 4x  1 dx     x  h   
2 4  2 2
1 1
50. GI   7/6
dx   dx
x 5/6
 x  2 x 3/4
 x  25/4
x x
 36  2. 4
x2 x2
f  3  3. 3  2. 3
6 4

A3
B  2
A  B 5

51.
 x  2x  1 x  1
2 2

(Divide with x 3 , Numerator & denominator)

 x  1 x  x  1 dx
2
 2 4 2

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 11

 1 
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
1
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Key & Sol’s

 x   2 1  2  1
x x
 dx x t
 1
2
 1
2 x
 x    x    1
x x
t2 1 dt
 dt   dt  2
2 2 2 2
t t 1 t t 1 t t2 1
1 t 3
 sec t  2 dt
1  t 2
 tan 1  
t 2  1  2 1  t 2  c

t2 1
 tan 1  t2  1  2
t
ck  2

 
1 x
52.   x   GI  e  x
1
 3
 c
 2
  2
x 1  2
 2
x 1  
c0
 1 1  3e
  1  e      1 
 2 2 2 2 2
8 2
 2  1   9
e
53. Put 1  e x  x.e  x  t  A  1, B  1,C  1
54. Using by parts
1   1    1  2x  
I1   2  x  x2      dx
x  x  2 2  x  x 
2

1 1 1 1
I2   2  x  x2   dx   dx
x 2xx 2 2 x  x  x2
1 1  2x  1
 I1  I2   2  x  x 2  sin 1  c
2 x  3 
 f  x
 1
Given f  1  2  sin 1    c  0
 3
 1 1 1  3
f     2 2    0  2   3
 2 2 4  2

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 PTA-05 Date: 15-11-2020
Time: 10.10Am to 01.10Pm Max.Marks:186

2016_PAPER-I
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05 Syllabus

MATHS : PT-5 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-5 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-5 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
1. A copper sphere of 10 cm diameter is lowered into a water filled hemispherical copper
vessel of 20 cm diameter so that the sphere and the vessel becomes concentric. Electrical
conductivity of water is   103 S / m . The electrical resistance between the surfaces of
sphere and the vessel is :
A) 1591.6  B) 1582.4 C) 1682.4 D) 1489.6 
2. A wire has uniform resistance per unit length ρ (in Ohm/m). Find the resistance
between points A and B if the side of the big square is d : (The inner square is made by
joining mid points of the outer square)
A

B
ρd
A) B) 2 ρ d C) 2ρ d D) None of these
2
3. In the network shown in the figure, the potential difference between A and B
 VB  VA  is :
6V
6 A

2 3 1
4V
4V
B
A) 0.5V B) -0.5V C) 5V D) 15V

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

4.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P
Current(I)- voltage(V) characteristics of two elements A and B are as shown
[figure (a)and (b)]

A) B)

C) D)

5. A fuse made of lead wire has an area of cross-section 0.3m m2 on short circuiting the
current in the fuse wire reaches 30 A. How long after the short circuiting, will the fuse
1
begin to melt ? For lead, specific heat  0.022 cal g 1  0 C  , melting point  3270 C,

density  2 g cm 3 and the resistivity  22  106  cm . The initial temperature of the wire
is 27º C (neglect heat losses)
A) 25.2 ms B) 0.252 ms C) 22.5 ms D) 45.2 ms

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
6. For the circuit is shown below.

A) If A is an ideal ammeter, B an ideal battery of voltage V,and C an ideal voltmeter,

the ratio (reading of C)/(reading of A) is R.
B) If A is a capacitor, B an ideal ammeter and C an ideal battery of voltage V, the
potential difference across the capacitor is zero.
C) If A is an ideal ammeter, B an ideal ammeter and C an ideal battery of voltage V, and
C an ideal voltmeter, the ratio (reading of C)/(reading of A) is R/2
D) If A is a capacitor, B an ideal ammeter, and C an ideal battery of voltage V, the
potential difference across the capacitor is 2 V.
7. In a potentiometer wire experiment the emf of a battery in the primary circuit is 20V and
its internal resistance is 5 . There is a resistance box in series with the battery and the
potentiometer wire, whose resistance can be varied from 120 to170 . Resistance of
the potentiometer wire is 75 . The following potential differences can be measured
using this potentiometer.
A) 5V B) 6V C) 7V D) 8V

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

8.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P
The unknown resistance R is measured using the circuit given. The meter resistance are
R v = 10 4 Ω (for the voltmeter) and R A = 2Ω (for the ammeter) respectively. If the
voltmeter reads 12V and the ammeter reads 0.1A, then

A) the resistance R is 118

B) power dissipated in the resistance R is 1.18W
C) The current through the voltmeter is 100 mA
D) Potential across the resistor R is 11.8V
9. A conductor is made of an isotropic material (resistivity  ) has rectangular cross-section.
Horizontal dimension of the rectangle decreases linearly from 2x at one end to x at the
other end and vertical dimension increases from y to 2y. Length of the conductor along
the axis is equal to l . A battery is connected across the length of this conductor. Then:
2 l
A) Resistance of the conductor is equal to log e  2
xy
B) Rate of generation of heat per unit length is minimum at middle cross –section.
C) Area of cross-section of conductor is minimum at middle section.
D) At the ends of the conductor, drift velocity of conduction electron is same.
10. In the circuit shown in the figure
A C F
ε 4V
12 V
2 4 6
I1 I
0.5A 2
B D G
A) ε = 6.6V B) I1 = 1.1A C) I2 = 0.5A D) All of these

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

11.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
In the shown circuit:
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P

2
A B

6V 10 V
2V

D
C 3

A) current passing through 2  resistance is 2 A

B) current passing through 3  resistance is 4 A
C) current in wire D to earth is zero
D) potential of point A is 10 V
12. Eight identical resistance r each are connected along edges of a pyramid having square
base ABCD as shown in Figure.

8r
A) The equivalent resistance between A and D is
15
r
B) The equivalent resistance between A and D IS
5
7
C) The equivalent resistance between A and O is r
15
11r
D) The equivalent resistance between A and O is
15

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

13.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P
A voltmeter of resistance R V and ammeter of resistance R A are connected in series
across a battery of emf E and of negligible internal resistance. When a resistance R is
connected in parallel to voltmeter, reading of ammeter increases to three times while
that of voltmeter reduces to one –third
Choose the correct statements
8
A) The value of RA is R
3
10
B) The value of R A is R
3
C) The value of R V is 8R
D) The voltmeter and ammeter are not ideal

SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
14. A network of resistance is constructed with R1 & R2 as shown in the figure. The
potential at the points 1, 2, 3,.., N are V1, V2, V3 , .., V n respectively each having a
potential k=2 time smaller than previous one (as indicated in diagram).
R1  1, V0  12 Volt . Find current (in A)that passes through the resistance R 2 nearest to

the point with voltage V0:

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

15.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P
The resistance R AB between points A and B of the frame made of thin homogeneous

wire as shown in figure is

aρ  x 1  . Assuming that the number of successively
3
embedded equilateral triangles with sides decreasing by half tends to infinity. The side
AB is equal to ‘a’ and the resistance of unit length of the wire is ρ . Find the value of x,
taking all physical quantities in all SI units.

A B

a
16. ABCD is square as shown in figure, where each side is a uniform wire of resistance 1 .
A point E lies on CD such that a uniform wire of resistance 1 is connected across AE
and constant potential difference is applied across A and C then B and E are
equipotential. Ratio of resistance of CE to resistance of ED is x . Find the value of x.

A B

D C
E

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

17.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P
The magnitude of current through the segment AB as shown in figure is N/2 Ampere.

Find the value of N.

6

6 6

A B
4V 2V

18. A cell of emf 3.4 volt and internal resistance 3 connected to an ammeter having

resistance 2  and to an external resistance of 100  . When a voltmeter is across the

100  resistance the ammeter reading is 0.04 ampere. The voltage read by the voltmeter

is 32  10 n V . Find the value of ‘n’.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
19. A 350.0 mL buffer solution is 0.150 M in HF and 0.150 M in NaF. If the same volume
of another buffer is 0.350 M in HF and 0.350 M in NaF is taken. Then, difference
masses of NaOH could be added to these buffers before the pH of both buffers rise just
above 4.00?( K a of HF  3.5  104 )
A) 2.5 g B) 1.5 g C) 0.5 g D) 4.5 g
20. A mixture of Na 2CO3 and NaHCO3 has a mass of 82.2 g. It is dissolved in 1.00 L of
water and the pH is found to be 9.95. The mass of NaHCO3 in the mixture is (Given that
K a1 of H 2CO3  4.3  107 and K a 2 of H 2CO3  5.6  1011 (log 5.6 = 0.75,
log 2 = 0.3)
A) 50.4 g B) 32.5 g C) 60.4 g D) 41.1 g
21. There are 3 stretchable balloons are filled up their maximum capacity. When an inert
gas  N 2  is introduced in these balloons at constant pressure. Which of the balloon will
not burst?

PCl5( g )  PCl3( g )  Cl2( g ) N 2( g )  3 H 2( g )  2 NH 3( g ) CO( g )  Cl2( g )  COCl2( g )

(I ) ( II ) (III )
A) I B) II C) III D) All the three
22. A certain gas ‘A’ polymerizes to a very small extent at a given temperature
as nA  g   A n  g  . The reaction is started with one mole of ‘A’ in a container of
PV
capacity V. Which of the following is the correct value of , at equilibrium?
RT
 n  1 .KC  n  1 .KC n.K C n.K C
A) 1  B) C) 1  D) 1 
V n 1
V n 1
V n1 Vn

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy


15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P
23. The reaction A(aq)  2B(aq) 
 2C(aq)  D(aq) is studied in a one litre vessel at

250ºC, K C  0.5 . The initial concentration of A is ‘3n’, equilibrium concentration of C is

found to the equal to the equilibrium concentration of B. What is the concentration of D
at equilibrium?
n 3n  1  n  1
A) B)   C)   D) n
2  2   2 

SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
24. Which one of the following statement(s) is/are correct based on the data provided?

Given that K sp of AgCl  1.8  1010 ; K f of  Ag(CN)2   1.0  1021 ;
 3
K f of  Ag(NH3 )2   1.7  107 ; K f of  Ag(S2O 3 ) 2   2.8  1013
A) AgCl(s) is more soluble in 1M NaCN solution than 1M Na 2S2O 3 solution.
B) AgCl(s) is more soluble in 1M Na 2S2O 3 solution than 1M NaCN solution.
C) AgCl(s) is more soluble in 1M NH 3 solution than 1M NaCN solution.
D) AgCl(s) is more soluble in 1M NaCN solution than 1M NH 3 solution.
25. Consider the addition of MgF2 and CaF2 in water as given in (a) and (b)
(a) 4.96 mg of MgF2 in 125 mL of pure water K sp of MgF2  3.2×10 8
(b) 3.9 mg of CaF2 in 100 mL of pure water, K sp of CaF2  4×1012 .
Choose the correct statement(s) from amongst the following.
A) MgF2 will completely dissolve
B) MgF2 solution will have 32% saturation.
C) CaF2 will not completely dissolve
D) CaF2 solution will have 100% saturation.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

26.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P
500 mL of 0.2M HCN solution is diluted to 1 litre. Which of the following statement(s)
is/are correct? ( K a of HCN  2  1010 )
A) pH of solution increases.
B) pH of solution decreases.

C) Increase in degree of dissociation of HCN increases H ion concentration.
D) Decrease in concentration of solution compensates increase in degree of dissociation

to decrease H ion concentration.
27. 2 moles of N 2O 4 is heated to form NO and O 2 . As soon as NO and O 2 are formed they
react to form N 2O5 .
 2NO(g)  O2 (g)
N 2O4 (g) 
3  N 2 O5 (g)
2NO(g)  O2 (g) 
2
are simultaneously established. At equilibrium, the degree of dissociation of N 2O 4 was
found to be 50%. Which of the following is/are incorrect at equilibrium?
1 1
A) [NO] + [O2] = [N2O 4] + [N2O5] B)  O2    N 2O5    NO
2 2
1 3 3
C)  NO  O2  D) 2 N 2O 4    NO    O 2    N 2O 5 
2 2 2
28. A closed jar having water vapours in equilibrium with liquid suddenly all the vapours of
jar is transferred to another identical jar and is subjected to compression at same
temperature and negligible volume occupied by the liquid water. Select the observation
in the second jar.
A) Liquid water will start forming in the second jar
B) Vapour will undergo gradual compression without any condensation
C) Temperature of the vapour will increase.
D) Final pressure will be same as initial pressure.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

29.
TG
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 
~ @bohring_bot 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P
138 g of N 2O 4 g is placed in 8.2 L container at 300 K. The equilibrium vapour density

of mixture is found to be 30.67. Then (R=0.082 L.atm. mol1K 1 )

A) Degree of dissociation of N 2O 4  0.25
 2NO 2 (g) is 9 atm.
B) K p of N 2O 4 (g) 

C) Total pressure at equilibrium=6.75 atm.

D) The density of equilibrium mixture is 16.83 g/L.
30. At a certain temperature  T1  , some hydrazine  N 2 H 4  gas is placed in a sealed flask
where the following equilibrium is established.
K
1

3N 2H 4 (g)  4NH3 (g)  N 2 (g) H   0
If the temperature is increased to T2 , some ammonia gas also decomposes as
K
2

2NH3 (g) 
 N 2 (g)  3H 2 (g) H  0
What would be observed as temperature is increased from T1 to T2 ?
A) Some more hydrazine would decompose.
B) If K1  K 2 , concentration of NH 3 would decrease.
C) Partial pressure of N 2 will increase.
D) Partial pressure of N 2 H 4 increases.
31. A 2.5 g impure sample containing weak monoacidic base (Molecular weight = 45) is
dissolved in 100 mL water and titrated with 0.5 M HCl at 25o C. When 1/5th of the base
is neutralized, the pH is found to be 9 and at equivalent point, the pH of solution is 4.5
(log 2 = 0.3 antilog 0.4 = 2.5).
A) K b of base is less than 106 .
B) Concentration of salt at equivalent point is 0.25 M.
C) Volume of HCl used at equivalent point is 100 mL.
D) Mass percentage of base in the sample is 80%.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P
SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases
32. K sp of AgCl is 1.96  10 10 . 100 mL of saturated AgCl solution is titrated with 1  10 5 M
NH 4SCN solution. Minimum volume of NH 4SCN solution required to precipitate all
V
Ag  from saturated AgCl solution as AgSCN is V mL. Value of is
20
33. What minimum volume (in mL) of a buffer solution which is 0.1 M each in both lactic
acid  K a  1.4  10 –4  and sodium lactate must be diluted to exactly 100 mL, so that the
resulting buffer solution will change its pH by 0.3 units upon the addition of 10 mL of
0.01 M HCl? (Given : log2 = 0.3)
34. A 2 L flask initially containing one mole of each CO and H2O was sealed and heated to
700 K, when the following equilibrium was established.
CO(g)  H 2O(g)   CO 2 (g)  H 2 (g) KC  9 at 700 K
Now the flask was connected to a second flask containing some pure CO 2 g  at same
temperature and pressure, by means of a narrow tube of negligible volume. When the
equilibrium is restored, moles of CO was found to be double of its mole at first
equilibrium. Determine volume of the second flask.
35. As per the given information, at what pOH the solubility of Zn  OH  2 will be minimum?
 Zn 2 (aq)  2OH  (aq) K sp  1.2  1017
Zn(OH) 2 (s) 
2
Zn(OH)2 (s) 2OH  (aq) 


 Zn(OH)4  (aq) K f 0.12

36.

The entire system is at equilibrium at 300 K. The volume of each chamber is 82.1 L.
The total pressure in left chamber is 4 atm and in right chamber, 2 atm. NH 3  g  and
H 2S  g  are obtained only from the dissociation of NH 4 HS  s . The value of K P (in atm 2 )
for the reaction NH 4 HS  s  NH 3  g   H 2S  g  is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
MATHEMATICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
If  x   1  2ln x  dx    x  where  1  1 then the value of 
2

37.
x 1
 e  equals
e e
A) e e
B)  e C)  e 2
D) ee
 1
  sin 
x cos5 x  cos 3 x sin 5 x ln  sin 2x  .dx  f  x  where f    
3
38. then the value of
 4 256
 5 
f   equals
 4
1 1 1
A)  B)  C) D) 0
256 64 256
2x 2  
39. If  2x cos 2x  x 2  1 sin 2x dx  g  x  and if
 
g    ln   then the value of g   
 2  2
equals
A) 0 B)  C) ln    D)  ln 

40.

ln 1  sin 2 x  dx  h  x where h  0  0 then the value of
 cos x 2

  7
h    3 ln    2 tan 1
 3  4  6  equals
  2 2
A) B)  C) D) 
3 3 3 3

41. If
 3x 10
 2x 8  2  4
x10  x 8  1
dx  f  x  and if  x  0 f 1 
64
3 then the reciprocal of
 x 6
5
f  2
the value of equals
1281 5/4
A) 30 B) 40 C) 60 D) 80

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
tan 4 
42. If 1  tan 2  d  f   where f  0  0 then which is/are correct
 1
A) f     tan    ln sec 2  tan 2
2 4
 1
B) f    tan    ln sec 2  tan 2
2 4
C) f    f     0
D) f   / 3  0

43.
 
x x tan 1 x   ln x   ln  ln x    tan 1 x
dx    x  where   e  0 then the value of
 x 3

 x ln x
  x
lim is not equal to
x 1  x
tan  
 2
  1
A) 0 B) C)  D) 
4 4 2
cos x  3   x
44. If  dx  f  x  where f  0  0 and if f  x  
     
1  4sin  x    4sin 2  x   2sin  x    1
 3  3  3
then which is/are INCORRECT

A)   0  0 B)     1
 6
  2 
C)     3 D)     3
 3  3

45. If
ex dx
   x  and if   0 
tan1  1
and   x  
 
A tan e x  Be x
then
 2
 
1  Ce x tan e x
 sin  e   e
x x
 
cos ex tan1  1

which is/are correct  A, B,C  Z

A) A  B  0 B) AB  1 C) A  BC  0 D) A  C  0
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17
Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~  @bohring_bot
   
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P
f ' x g x  g' x f x
46. Let h  x    2
dx and if f 1  g 1  1 where h 1  0 then
f  x  g  x f  x g  x  g  x
which is/are INCORRECT if
 f  x  g  x 
h  x   m.tan 1   ,  g  x   0  m, n  N 
 n g  x 

A) m  2, n  2 B) m  2, n  1 C) m  1, n  2 D) m  1, n  1
2
 2 1
x  3x 
3  dx  g  x  and g 1  8 where g  x   x  mx  n then which is/are
2

47. If   3
x  x 1  9 9x 3  9x  9
 

correct
A)   9 B) m  27 C) n  26 D)   m  n  44

48. If  cos5 x.sin 5x dx  A1 cos 2x  A 2 cos 4x  A3 cos 6x  A 4 cos8x  A 5 cos10x  C then

which is/are correct

A) A1  A5 B) A1  A5 C) A 2  A 3 D) A 2  A 3
49. Which is/are correct
x2  2
A)  dx    x  ,   0  0 then  1 
2 2
1  x  8

1 e
B)  cos  3ln x  dx  f  x  , f 1  then f  e   cos 3  3sin 3
10 10
x sin x
C)  cos 5
dx  g  x  ,g  0  0 then g     4
x
   5   
D)  4 cos  x   cos 2x.cos   x  dx  h  x  , h  0  0, then h   
 6  6   2 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-05_Q.P
SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases
 x x  dx
50. If   6 4  2
 f  x  and f  0  0 then A  B where f  3  A. 6 3  B. 4 3
 x2 x  2  x  2x

equals
1
k. x 2  2  1
51. If
 x  1 3  x  1  1 
dx  tan 1  x 2  2  1  x  c , (where ‘c’ is
 2
1
x 2
1  4 2
x  x 1  x   
 x  
x
constant of integration), then the value of k equals
 
 1 1  2x 2  8 2
52. If  e x
 dx    x  where   0  1 then the value of 2  1  equals
 x2  1 5  e
 x2  1   
x  x  1 ex
53. If  2  
dx  A ln e x  x  1  Bx  C
ex  x  1
 D (where D is constant of
e x
 x 1 
integration) then A  B  C equals

2  x  x2 1 1
54. Let I1   2
dx and I 2   dx so that I1  I 2  f  x  where
x x 2xx 2 2

 1  1
f     K and f  1  2  sin 1   , then the value of K equals
 2  3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-04(Paper-2) Date: 15-11-2020
Time: 02:30Pm to 05:30Pm 2018_P1 Max.Marks:180

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS

1 ABD 2 BC 3 BC 4 BCD 5 B
6 ABD 7 0.73 8 4.80 9 8.24 10 0.00
11 4.50 12 0.91 13 5.00 14 5.33 15 C
16 D 17 A 18 B

CHEMISTRY

19 ACD 20 BCD 21 AC 22 ABCD 23 CD

24 BCD 25 27.27 26 1.73 27 1.34 28 82.50
29 14.06 30 - 48.13 31 7.32 32 5.00 33 A
34 A 35 C 36 C

MATHS

37 BD 38 BC 39 AD 40 ABD 41 AC
42 AD 43 2.00 44 6.40 45 0.82 46 6.75
47 -1.04 to -1.05 48 8.33 49 28 50 13 51 D
52 B 53 B 54 C
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Key & Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1. Ans: A, B, D
Sol: Conceptual
2. Ans: B, C
10V
Sol:  50  A gives full scale deflection
200 k 
5mA through 1  gives 5 mV drop, which across 100 micro-ammeter gives 50  A
3. Ans: B, C
Sol: Heat gain by ice to melt  mL f  10  80  800cal
Heat gain by 10 g water to raise its temperature from 00 C to
1000 C  10 1100  1000 cal
Total heat gain  1800 cal
Mass of steam converted into water
 1800  m  540  m  3.33g
 Equilibrium temperature 1000 C
Amount of water  10  3.33  13.33 g
Amount of steam  5  3.33  1.67g
4. Ans: B, C, D
Sol: Conceptual
5. Ans: C
 
Sol: Distance between images  2  2d sin cos   2 d sin 
 2 2 
3
 sin      60 or 120
2
6. Ans: A, B, C
Sol: Conceptual
7. Ans: 0.73
150 5
Sol: Initial efficiency  1  
400 8
5Q
Net work done in cycle is given by W1  W2  W3  W4 
8

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Key & Sol’s
W3 is now coming from an external source (a motor) so the total input for the engine
3Q 11Q
becomes Q  W3  Q  
8 8
5Q 5Q 3Q
Net work done by the engine becomes W1  W2  W4   W3   Q
8 8 8
Q 8
So new efficiency    0.73
 11Q  11
 
 8 
8. Ans: 4.80
R 2
Sol: Required ratio = 1 
g
9. Ans: 8.24
4
Solution: 1  0.02   1.0824
10. Ans: 0.00
1
Sol: Least count of both instruments is mm .
6
11. Ans: 4.50
Sol: b, c, f and g are at same potential. You can short all these points and the circuit can be
solved with series and parallel combinations.
12. Ans. 0.91
Sol: Focal length for upper half is,
 
  1   1.5  1 
f1    f air   1.5  28  56 cm
  / 1  1   1 
 1.2 
Focal length for lower half is,
  1  1.5  1
f2    f air  1.5  28  35 cm
  / 1  1  1
2.5
If the object is at infinity, two will form at corresponding focuses. So, the required
separation is
x | f1 |  | f2 | 56  35  91cm  0.91 m
13. Ans: 5.00
Sol: Difference of P.E of two configuration when point charge is at rest at a distance d to
when it passes through centres the energy of oscillation of system
KQ 2 KQ 2 Q2d 2
E  
R2  d 2 R 8 0 R 3
14 Ans: 5.33
16 R 3
Solution: The volume of the common region between cylinders is
3
15. Ans. C

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
GM 2
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Key & Sol’s
GM
Sol: For the stars  MR 2  2 
(2 R) 2
4 R3
The asteroid should be equidistant from both the stars.
 
GMm  x   mR 2  mR GM
2 2
2
R  x   R 2  x2   4R3
 
Solving we get x  3R

16. Ans: D
Sol:
GMm 1 2 5GMm
Total energy  2 
2R
 m
2
 3R  
8R
17. Ans. A
n f n f 3  5  2  3 21 2 31
f  1 1 2 2    1  
Sol. n1  n2 3 2 5  21  21
 
 5
18. Ans. B

Sol. Heat absorbed in isobaric expansion Q1   4 PV  PV   9.3PV
 1 0 0 0 0 0

1
Heat rejected in isochoric cooling Q2   4 PV 0 0   6.3PV
0 0  PV 0
 1
Heat rejected in isothermal compression Q3  nRT0 ln 4  PV 0 0 ln 4
Q  Q2  Q3 9.3  6.3  ln 4
Efficiency  1   0.173
Q1 9.3

CHEMISTRY
19. Sol. Conceptual
20. Sol. Conceptual
21. Sol. Conceptual
22. Sol. Theoretical
23. Sol. Le Chaterler’s Principle.
For decreasing [Hg I 4 ]2  , Q  K.
2
 HgI42    OH  
Q   
4
 I 
 
24. Sol. Theory of ionic solids.
25. Sol. Conceptual
26. Sol. Conceptual
27. Sol. Conceptual
28. Sol. moles are conserved

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 75cm Hg  
0.8L
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Key & Sol’s
P 0.3L P(0.5L)
 
R(300K) R(275K) R(375K)
t1/ 2 10
 N0  1.38  10 yrs  6.45  107 
29. Sol. t  log10    log10  7 
log10 2  N  0.30  5  10 
1.38  1010  129  1.38  0.11  10
10
 log10     5.06  103 yrs.
0.30  100  0.30
30. Sol. Conceptual
31. Sol. Conceptual
32. Sol. Conceptual
33. Sol. Conceptual
34. Sol. Conceptual
35. Sol. Conceptual
36. Sol. Conceptual

MATHEMATICS
37. Ans. (BD)
x2 y2
Sol. Here, equation of ellipse is  1
4 1
b2 1 3
 e2  1  2  1  
a 4 4
3
 e
2
and focus (  a e, 0)    3, 0 
x2 y2 2 b2
For hyperbola 2  2  1, e1  1  2
a b a
2
1 4 b 4
where, e12  2   1  2 
e 3 a 3
2
b 1
 2 … (i)
a 3
And hyperbola passes through   3, 0 
3
 2
 1  a2  3 … (ii)
a
From Eqs. (i) and (ii), b 2  1 … (iii)
x2 y 2
 Equations of hyperbola is  1
3 1
 2 
Focus is (  a e1, 0)    3 , 0   ( 2, 0)
 3 
Hence, (b) and (d) are correct answers.
38. Ans. (BC)
Sol. Given ellipse is x 2  4 y 2  4
Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 5
x2 y 2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Key & Sol’s

   1  a  2, b  1
4 1
1 √3
e  1   ae  3
4 2
 b 2   1
As per question P   ae,    3,  
 a   2
 b 2   1
Q    ae,     3,  
 a   2

PQ  2 3
Now if PQ is the length of latus Rectum
 PQ  4 A  Length of latus rectum of parabola
3
 A
2
Also as PQ is horizontal, parabola with PQ is latus lectum can be upward parabola
(with vertex at A) or downward (with vertex at A’).
For Upward parabola
3   3 1
AR   co-ordinates of A   0,    
2  2
  
 3 1
So equation of parabola is x2  2 3  y  
 2 
3
A' R  a   x 2  2 3y  3  3
2
 √ 3 1 
 Co-ordinates of A '   0,
 2 
 Equation of parabola
 1 √3 
x 2  2 3  y 
 2 
 x2  2 3 y  3  3
39. Ans. (AD)
Sol.

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 6
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Key & Sol’s

OP  OQ  t1 t2   4
Now Area of OPQ = 3 2
1
 OP. OQ  3 2
2
1 t14 2 t2 4 2
  t1  t2  3 2
2 4 4

1
 .4
 
t12  4 t22  4 
3 2
2 4 4

 4. 
1  2 
16  4 t 2  t 2  16
  9 2
16
2 2
 8  t1  t2  18
 t14  10t12  16  0
 t12  2, 8


 P  4, 2 2 or 1, 2   
40. Ans. (ABD)
Sol. Use parametric Co-ordinates,
 x1  r cos , y1  r sin   lies on y 2  4ax
sin 2  r 2   2 y1 sin   4a cos  r  y12  4 ax1  0 . Roots are r1 and r2
y12  4ax1 1 sin 2 
r1r2  2
sin 
  2
r1r2 y1  4ax1

as     90o 
41. Ans. (AC)
x2 y2
Sol.   ( a  b )........(i )
a b
x2 y 2
  1............(ii )
a 2 b2
Equation of chord of contact from P(h, k) to Eq..(i) is

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 7
hx
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
ky
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Key & Sol’s

  1............(iii)
a ( a  b) b (a  b )
Equation (iii) is tangent to Equation (ii)
a 2h 2 b 2k 2
  1
a 2 ( a  b) 2 b 2 ( a  b) 2
 h 2  k 2  (a  b) 2
2 2 2
 Locus of P(h, k) is x  y  ( a  b )
Director circle of Eq. (i) is
x 2  y 2  a ( a  b)  b ( a  b )
 a 2  b2  2ab
 ( a  b) 2
 option (a) and (c) are correct.
42. Ans. (AD)
Sol. Equation of tangent and normal at point P ( at 2 , 2at ) is
ty  x  at 2 and y   tx  2at  at 3
Let centroid of PTN is R (h, k).
at 2  ( at 2 )  2a  at 2
h
3

2
2at  3k 
and k   3h  2a  a. 
3  2a 
9k 2
 3h  2a 
4a
2
 9 k  4 a (3h  2 a )
 Locus of centroid is
4a  2a 
y2   x  
3  3 
 2a  2a a
 Vertex  ,0  ; directix x  
 3  3 3
a
 x
3

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 8
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
4a
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Key & Sol’s

and latusrectum 
3
 a 2a 
 Focus   , 0  , i.e. (a, 0).
3 3 
43. Ans. 2

dx x 2007  1  x 2007 1 x 2006 

Sol. I   dx      dx
x( x 2007  1)  x( x 2007  1)  x 1  x 2007 

1 ln x 2007  ln(1  x2007 ) 1  x2007 
 ln x  ln(1  x 2007 )   ln  C
2007 2007 2007  1  x 2007 
44. Ans. 4
Sol. ( am 2 ,  2 am )  ( a ,  2 a )
m 1
t  1
t1  1  2  3
Q  ( 9 a , 6 a )
R  ( 3a, 2a)

 r distance from R to PQ
y  mx  2am  am 3
y  x  2a  a  y  x  3a
| 3a  2 a  3a |  8a 
h    4 2a
2  2
PQ  (8a ) 2  64a 2  a 64  64  a 128
1
Area  PQ.h
2
1
 a 128 a 32
2
 32a 2
45. Ans. 1
Sol. (4, 4) lies on parabola.

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 9
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Key & Sol’s
Let the point of intersection of the line y  mx with the chords be ( , m ) , then
4  x1
  x1  2  4
2
4  y1
m   y1  2m  4
2
  x1, y1  lies on curve
 2  4 2  4(2m  4)  0
D  0  m  (,  2 2  2)  (2 2  2, )
Least value of [1 | m |]

46. Ans. 7
Sol. y 2  12 x
a 3
     
Let P 3m12 ,  6m1 , Q 3m22 ,  6m2 , R 3m32 , 6m3 be three co-normal points on the
parabola (1)
Equation of normal having slope m is
y  mx  2am  am 3
y  mx  6m  3m3
3m3  m(6  x)  y  0
If it passing through (7, 1) then
 3m3  m  1  0  (1)
m1  m2  m3  0
1
 m1 m2   3
1
m1m2m3 
3
Let the Equation of the circle through P, Q, R be x 2  y 2  2 gx  2 fy  c  0
 
If 3m 2 , 6 m lies on the circle then
 9m 4  36m 2  6m 2 g  12mf  c  0
(1) and (2) are identical

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 10
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
36  6 g 9 12 f
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Key & Sol’s

  
1 3 1
36  6 g  3  6 g  3a
13
g
2
12 f 9

1 3
1
f 
4
 13 1 
Centre = ( ,     g ,  f )    ,  
 2 4
13

2
13 
 [ ]     6
2
1

4
4  
   4  

47. Sol. f ( x)  I  
1 
1  x2 1  1  x2  dx  1
dx  
1
dx
 
1  x  1 
2
1  x2  1  x2 1  x2

f ( x)  ln | x   (1  x 2 ) |  tan 1 x  c, f (0)  0  c  0
f ( 3)  ln | 2   3 | (  
48. Ans. 3
Sol. Equation of normal at (2sec , tan  ) is
2x y
 5
sec tan 
2 tan 
Slope = 1    1
sec

 
6
5
 normal becomes y   x 
3
2 2 25
 It is tangent to ellipse  a  b 
3
9 2

25
a  b2  3
49. Ans. 28
Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 11
Sol.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Key & Sol’s
Let P(4(1  cos )),3(1  sin  ) is any point on the curve its reflection about the line
x y20
h  4(1  cos ) k  3(1  sin )

1 1
2(4(1  cos )  3(1  sin  )  2)

2
 h  5  3sin  , k  2  4cos
2 2
 h5 k 2
    1
 3   4 
 16h 2  9k 2  160h  36k  292  0
 k1  160
k2  292
 | 2k1  k2 | 28
50. Ans. 1
1
Sol. Area of PS1S2  ( PS1 )( PS2 )  30
2

 ( PS1 )( PS2 )  60
PS1  S2 P  2a  17
 ( S1S2 ) 2  PS12  PS22  (17)2  2(60)  169
S1S2
 1
13
Ans. D

51.
Sol. Let pt of contact

of C1 and C be:
A(,  ( 2  2))
and pt. of contact of C 2 and C be:

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 12
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
B(2  2), 
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Key & Sol’s

Since C touches both C1 and C 2 and of minimum radius. Therefore, AB will be the
diameter of circle and AB will be equals to the shortest distance between C1 and C 2 .
 Equation of normal at A:
x  5 
y   2  … (1)
2  2 
and equation of normal at B:

y  2x  5  3  … (2)
Since (1) and (2) are same lines
1
 2  … (3)
2
5
and   2  5  23 … (4)
2
Solving (3) and (4), we get
1
  
2
 1 9   9 1 
 A ,  and B :  , 
 2 4   4 2 
 Equation of circle C is
 1  9  9  1
 x   x     y   y    0
 2  4  4  2
2 2
 4x  4y  11x  11y  9  0
52.
Ans. B
 11 11 
Sol. Centre Co :  , 
 8 8 
11 7
OC 0  , radius 
4 2 4 2
7 3
 PC0  ; OP 
4 2 2
Area of quadrilateral  2  area of triangle
OPC 0Q OPC 0
1
 2   OP  PC0
2
7 3 21
  
4 2 2 8 2
53. Ans. B
Sol. c  y 2  2x 2  4y  8  0
 Equation of tangent at P(2, 4)

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 13
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 y4
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Key & Sol’s

4y  4x  4  80
 2 
 y  2x  T  (1, 2)
 Equation of normal at P (2, 4)
1
y  4   (x  2)  2y  x  10
2
 N  (6, 2)
1
 Area of PTN   5  2  5
2
54. Ans. C
Sol. Since a 2  b 2  Negative
 No director circle and no pt. from which two perpendicular tangents can be drawn.

Sec:Sr.Super60 Page 14
TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-04(Paper-2) Date: 15-11-2020
Time: 02:30Pm to 05:30Pm 2018_P1 Max.Marks:180

15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04 Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 To PT-5 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-1 To PT-5 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 To PT-5 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P
JEE-ADVANCE-2018-P1-Model
Time: 3:00Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 180
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 6) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 7 – 14) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 15-18) +3 -1 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 +2 = 4Q)

Total 18 60

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
PHYSICS
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
1. A dipole is placed inside a cavity of a solid conducting neutral body. Mark the correct
statements.
A) Electrostatic potential of a point on the surface of cavity is same as that of a point
on the outer surface of conductor
B) No charges are induced on the outer surface of conducting body
C) Everywhere outside the body electric field due to dipole is zero
D) Everywhere outside the body net electric field is zero
2. A galvanometer has a resistance 100  and gives full scale deflection for 50  A
current. It can be used as a voltmeter or as an ammeter provided a resistance is added
to it. Choose the correct range and resistance combination from the following.
A) 50 V range with 10 k  resistance in series
B) 10 V range with 200 k  resistance in series
C) 5 mA range with 1 resistance in parallel
D) 10 mA range with 1 resistance in parallel

3. 10 g of ice at 0 C is mixed with 5 g of steam at100 C . If latent heat of fusion of ice

is 80 cal  g 1 and latent heat of vaporization of 540 cal  g 1 . When thermal

equilibrium is reached,
A) Temperature of the mixture is 0 C
B) Temperature of mixture is 100 C
C) Mixture contains 13.3 g of water and 1.67 g of steam
D) Mixture contains 5.3 g of ice and 9.7 g of water
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
4.
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P
A battery of constant e.m.f. is connected across the ends of a conducting wire made of
copper. Now the wire is heated by putting it under a flame. Select the correct
statement(s).
A) The current in the wire increases
B) Both the length and the Area of cross-section of the wire increases.
C) Electric field in the wire decreases
D) Drift speed of electrons in the wire decreases
5. A point object is placed symmetrically between two mirrors as shown in the figure.
What is the angle  between the mirrors, if the direct images of the object in the

mirrors are separated by a distance 3d .

A) 30 B) 60 C)120 D) 150

6. Figure shows the pressure P versus volume V graphs for two different gas sample at a
given temperature. M A and M B are masses of two samples, n A and nB are numbers of
moles. Which of the following is/are possible?

A) M A  M B B) M A  M B C) nA  nB D) n A  nB

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P
SECTION-II
(NUMERICAL VALUE TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. Each question is numerical value. For each question, enter the correct
numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to second decimal place.
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30).
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
7. A Carnot engine is operated between the temperatures of 150 K and 400 K . To make
the engine run smoother, the work required for the isothermal compression is supplied
using another motor. All temperatures remained same for the engine. Find the new
efficiency of the engine.
8. Assume that earth is a perfect sphere of radius 6.4  106 m . The ratio of the normal
force experienced by a person at the equator to that experienced by a person at the
x 2  103
North Pole is 1  y
. Find x  y . [ g   2 m  s 2  9.85 m  s 2 ]
9  12
9. When the temperature of a black body changes by 2 % , then the percentage change in
the radiation radiated per unit time is _____ % .
10. Vernier callipers X and Y both have M.S.D of 1 mm. 6 Vernier scale divisions have
same length as 5 Main scale divisions for X. 6 Vernier scale divisions have same
length as 7 Main scale divisions for Y. Find the magnitude of difference (in  m ) in the
Least Counts of X and Y.
11. If the resistance of all the resistors shown in figure is 6  , then find the resistance
(in  ) of the network across the points a and d.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
12.
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P
A thin lens of material having refractive index   1.5 and focal length of 28cm(in air)
has two mediums of different refractive indices 1  1.2 and  2  2.5 cover upper and
lower halves of the lens, respectively as shown in figure. If an object is placed on the
principal axis, then its two images will form one after refraction from upper part and
other after refraction from lower part. Consider the object to be far from the lens on
the optical axis and find the separation (in m) between two images formed.

13. A ring of mass 2m, radius R and charge Q is placed as shown in the figure. A point
charge of charge – Q and mass m is placed on the axis of the ring at a distance d from
centre of ring as shown ( d  R ). When the system is released it performs

Q2d 2
oscillations. The energy of oscillation of the system is . Find x  y .
x 0 R y

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
14.
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P
A long uniform cylinder of radius R has uniform volume charge density  . A
Gaussian surface is chosen, which is a very long cylinder of radius R such that the
axes of both these cylinders are perpendicular as shown in figure. The flux of electric
n R3
field through the Gaussian surface is . Find n.
0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P

Paragraph for Question Nos. 17 to 18

A gaseous mixture at 300 K and 2  105 N  m 2 pressure contains 6 g of H 2 and 8 g of
He. The mixture is expanded four times its initial volume, through an isobaric heating
process. Then it is isochorically cooled until its temperature again becomes 300 K.
After that the gas mixture is isothermally compressed to its original volume.
17. Ratio of molar specific heats (  ) of the mixture is
31 41 37 43
A) B) C) D)
21 21 21 21
18. Efficiency of the complete cycle is approximately
A) 28 % B) 17 % C) 36 % D) 15 %

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
CHEMISTRY
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
19. Na 2CO3 is added gradually to 1 litre of a solution containing 104 mole of Ba 2 and

105 mole of Ag  , if K sp for BaCO3 is 8.1  10 9 and K sp for Ag 2CO3 is

6.9  1012 then which is true?

A) No precipitate of BaCO3 will appear until [CO 3 2  ] reaches 8.1  10 5 mol per litre.

B) A precipitate of Ag 2CO3 will appear when [CO 32  ] reaches 6.9  105 mol per litre.

C) No precipitate of Ag 2CO3 will appear until [CO 3 2  ] reaches 6.9  102 mol per litre.
D) BaCO3 will be precipitate first.
20. Select correct statement(s) about photoelectric effect.
A) If green light ejects photoelectron from metal ‘M’, then red light can never eject
photoelectrons from metal M.
B) If green light ejects photoelectron from metal ‘M’, then red light may not eject
photoelectrons even if it has high intensity for metal M.
C) If green light ejects photoelectron from metal ‘M’ with low photocurrent then more
photo intense blue light must have high photocurrent for metal M.
D) If green light ejects photoelectron, then blue light must eject photoelectron with
more energy for metal M.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
21.
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P
If Cl2 and PCl3 can react to form PCl5 according to following reaction
Cl 2  PCl3 
 PCl5
In tube A, 355 gm Cl2 is taken and in tube B, 1375 gm PCl3 is taken. When half the
mass of gas in tube A is transferred to B, reaction took place in B. After the reaction is
complete, half of the mass of mixture in B is again transferred to A to cause same
reaction in container A. (no reversibility)
Select the correct option(s).
A) Tube A contains 3.75 moles of PCl5 and 1.25 moles of PCl3 finally.
B) Tube A contains 2.5 moles of Cl2 and 1.25 moles of PCl5 finally.
C) Tube B contains 3.75 moles of PCl3 and 1.25 moles of PCl5 finally.
D) Tube B contains 2.5 moles of PCl3 and 2.5 moles of PCl5 .
22. Select the correct statements.
A) The molecularity of an elementary reaction indicates how many reactant species
take part in the step.
B) The rate law of an elementary reaction can be predicted by simply seeing the
stoichiometry of reaction.
C) The slowest elementary step in sequence of the reaction governs the overall rate of
formation of product.
D) A rate law is often derived from a proposed mechanism by imposing the steady
state approximation or assuming that there is a pre-equilibrium.
23. Consider the equilibrium
 HgI 42  ( aq )  2OH  ( aq )
HgO( s )  4I  ( aq )  H 2 O(l ) 

Which changes will decrease the equilibrium concentration of HgI24  ?

A) Addition of 0.1 M HI( aq ) B) Addition of HgO( s )
C) Addition of H 2O(l ) D) Addition of KOH(aq)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
24. Which of the following is/are true?
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P

A) Due to Schottky defect, density of crystal remains unaffected.

B) In zinc blende, S2 forms FCC while alternate tetrahedral voids are occupied by

Zn 2  .
C) Number of next nearest neighbours of Cs ion in CsCl structure of 6 Cs  ions
D) A crystal has A ions at the cube corners and B ions at the edge centres. The
coordination number of A and B are respectively 6 and 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
27.
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P
A sample of MnSO4  4H 2O (MW  223) is heated strongly in air. The residue
(Mn3O4 ) left was dissolved in 100 mL of 0.1 N FeSO4 containing dil. H2SO4 . This
solution was completely reacted with 50 mL of KMnO4 solution. 25 mL of this
KMnO4 solution was completely reduced by 30 mL of 0.1 N FeSO4 solution.
Calculate the amount of MnSO4  4H2O in g in the sample.
28. Two glass bulbs of internal volumes 0.5 and 0.3 litre respectively are connected by a
narrow tube of negligible volume. The pressure of air in the vessel in 75 cm Hg at
27 C. The smaller bulb is immersed in a bath at 2o C and the larger bulb in a bath at
102o C . Calculate final pressure in cm of Hg in the bulbs neglecting the expansion of
glass. [0o C  273K]
232
29. In nature a decay chain series starts with 90 Th and finally terminates at 82 Ph 208 . A
thorium ore sample was found to contain 8.4  10 5 mL of He at 0o C and 1atm and
5  10 7 g of Th 232 . Find the age of ore sample as x  10 y years (in scientific notation)
assuming that source of He to be only due to decay of Th 232. Also assume complete
retention of He within the ore. t1/ 2Th 232  1.38  1010 years. Give your answer as
(x + y ).
[Given log10 43  1.63, log10 3  0.48, log10 2  0.30 ]
30. Ethanol undergoes decomposition to form two sets of products.

If the products molar ratio of C 2H 4 to CH 3CHO formed are in the ratio of 8 : 1 in a set
of product gas, determine the energy involved in kJ in the decomposition of 1 mole of
ethanol.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
31.
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P
One litre of a mixture of O 2 and O3 at 1 atm and 300K was allowed to react with an
excess of acidified solution of KI. The iodine liberated required 40 mL of M/10
sodium thiosulphate solution for titration. What is the mass percent of ozone in the
mixture?
 1 mol  K 
 Given  12
R L  atm 
32. Calculate minimum value of uncertainity in position of a particle whose de Broglie
wavelength is  Å and uncertainity in de Broglie wavelength is 0.05Å. Express your

answer in Angstrom ( Å ).

A solution has [Al3 ]  0.075 M, and

[CH3COOH]  1.00M, pK a  4.74, log10 2  0.30, log10 3  0.48, 3 10  2.15

33. What is the minimum pH at which Al(OH)3 ( s) will precipitate from a solution that is

0.075 M in Al3 in the absence of CH3COOH?

A) 3.41 B) 10.60 C) 7.21 D) 9.82
34. What is maximum quantity of CH3COONa that can be added to 250 mL of the

solution (containing 0.075M Al3  and 1.00M CH3COOH ) before precipitation of

Al(OH)3 begins?
A) 0.96 g B) 1.08 g C) 0.71 g D) 1.20 g

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 35 and 36
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P

It is observed that when acid and bases react, some energy is released due to
neutralization reaction. While in case of strong acids and bases, the energy released in
greater, in case of weaker acids or bases, energy released will be lesser. The difference
is attributed to energy required for ionization. From the above information and data
below answer the questions that follow:
H neutralization SA/SB  57.5 kJ/ equivalent;

Hionization of NH4OH  10kJ / mole;

Hionization of H2C2O4  20kJ / mole.
35. What will be the energy released when 500 ml of 0.1 M H 2SO4 solution reacts with 1L
of 0.1 M NH 4OH solution if the base is 30% ionized in the given solution?
A) 5.75 kJ B) 4.75 kJ
C) 5.05 kJ D) 5.45 kJ
36. What will be H neuralization of H 2C2O4 with NaOH per mole of H 2C 2O4 if acid is
assumed to be completely unionized in the solution?
A) 37.5 kJ mole B) – 75 kJ/mole
C) – 95 kJ/mole D) – 37.5 kJ/mole

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
MATHS
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
x2 y 2
37. Let the eccentricity of the hyperbola 2  2  1 be reciprocal that of the ellipse
a b
x 2  4 y 2  4. If the hyperbola passes through a focus of the ellipse, then

x2 y 2
A) The equation of the hyperbola is  1
3 2
B) A focus of the hyperbola is (2, 0)

5
C) The eccentricity of the hyperbola is
3
D) The equation of the hyperbola is x 2  3 y 2  3
38. Let P( x1, y1 ) and Q ( x2 , y2 ), y1  0, y2  0 , be the end points of the latusrectum of the

ellipse x 2  4 y 2  4. The equation of parabola with latusrectum PQ are

A) x 2  2 3 y  3  3 B) x 2  2 3 y  3  3

C) x 2  2 3 y  3  3 D) x 2  2 3 y  3  3

39. Let P and Q be distinct points on the parabola y 2  2 x such that a circle with PQ as
diameter passes through the vertex O of the parabola. If P lies in the first quadrant and
the area of the triangles OPQ is 3 2 , then which of the following is(are) the
possible coordinates of P?


A) 4, 2 2  
B) 9, 3 2 
1 1 
C)  ,
4

2

D) 1, 2 
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15
40.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
2
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P
For a given parabola y  4ax , two variable chords PQ and RS at right angles are
drawn through the fixed point A( x1, y1) inside the parabola, making variable angles 
and  respectively with x axis. If r1, r2 , r3 , r4 is the distance of P, Q, R, S from A
1 1
respectively, then the value of  is
r1r2 r3r4
A) Independent of  B) Independent of 
C) Depends on both  and  D) a constant
x2 y 2
41. From the point P, the chord of contact to the ellipse E1 :   ( a  b) touches the
a b
x2 y 2
ellipse E2 : 2  2  1 Then the locus of point P is
a b
A) Director circle of E1 B) Auxillary circle of E2

C) x 2  y 2  (a  b ) 2 D) x 2  y 2  a 2  b 2

42. The tangent PT and the normal PN to the parabola y 2  4 ax at a point P on it meet its
axis at points T and N, respectively. The locus of the centroid to the triangle PTN is a
parabola whose
 2a 
A) vertex is  , 0  B) directix is x = 0
 3 
2a
C) latusrectum is D) Focus is ( a , 0)
3
SECTION-II
(NUMERICAL VALUE TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. Each question is numerical value. For each question, enter the correct
numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to second decimal place.
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
dx 1 xq
43. Let  x2008  x  ln  C , where C is a constant p, q, r  N and need not be
p 1  xr
 pq
distinct, then find the value of  
 r 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
44.
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P
Normal at a point P (a,  2a) intersect the parabola y 2  4ax at point Q. The tangent at

P and Q meet at point R. If the area of triangle PQR is Ka 2 , find the numerical value
K
of .
5
45. If two chords drawn from the point A (4, 4) to the parabola x 2  4 y are bisected by the
line y  mx. Then find the least value of | m |

46. If normal at P, Q, R to the parabola y 2  12 x are concurrent at (7, 1) and the centre of
circle through P, Q, R is at (  ,  ) then find the value of   

x2 dx
47. If f ( x)   and f (0)  0 . Find the value of f ( 3)  l n (2  3)
(1  x 2 )(1  1  x 2 )

x2 y 2
48. A normal to the hyperbola   1, has equal intercepts on positive x and y axes. If
4 1
x2 y2
this normal touches the ellipse
a 2
b

 2  1 , then find the value of a 2  b 2 . 
49. If the equation of the curve on reflection of the ellipse
 x  4 2   y  32  1 about the
16 9
line x  y  2  0 is 16 x 2  9 y 2  k1 x  36 y  k 2  0 , then find the value of | 2k1  k2 | .

4 x2 y 2  17 
50. A circle concentric to the ellipse    1    passes through foci S1 , S 2 and
289   2
cuts ellipse at point P. If area of PS1S2 is 30 sq. units then find the length of S1S 2 .

Let parabolic curves ' C1 ' and ' C2 ' be given by y  x 2  2  0 and
y 2  x  2  0 respectively. Curve ‘C’ represents a circle with centre at ' C0 ' , where OP
and OQ are tangents from origin ‘O’ to the circle ‘C’. If circle ‘C’ touches both the
parabolic curves C1, C2 , and have minimum area, then answer the following questions.
51. Equation of circle 'C' is:
A) 4 x 2  4 y 2  33( x  y )  19  0 B) x 2  y 2  11( x  y )  10  0

C) 4( x 2  y 2 )  11( x  3 y )  9  0 D) 4( x 2  y 2 )  11( x  y )  9  0
52. Area (in square units) of quadrilateral OPC0Q is given
21 21 42 21
A) B) C) D)
2 3 8 2 5 3 4 2
Paragraph for Questions 53 to 54
Let hyperbolic curve ' C ' and a line ' L ' be given by the equations
y 2  2 x 2  4 y  8  0 and y  2  0 respectively. If tangent and normal drawn to curve
' C ' at point P(2, 4) meets the line ‘L’ at T and N respectively, then answer the
following questions.
53. Area (in square units) of PTN is:
A) 4 B) 5 C) 10 D) 8
54. Let from point (1, k ) a perpendicular pair of tangents can be drawn to the curve ' C ' ,
then
A) exactly two real values of k exist B) infinite real values of k exist
C) no real ‘k’ exists D) none of these

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04 Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 To PT-5 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-1 To PT-5 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 To PT-5 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Total 18 60

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

3. 10 g of ice at 0 C is mixed with 5 g of steam at100 C . If latent heat of fusion of ice

is 80 cal  g 1 and latent heat of vaporization of 540 cal  g 1 . When thermal

mirrors are separated by a distance 3d .

A) 30 B) 60 C)120 D) 150

A) M A  M B B) M A  M B C) nA  nB D) n A  nB

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

Q2d 2
oscillations. The energy of oscillation of the system is . Find x  y .
x 0 R y

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P

Paragraph for Question Nos. 17 to 18

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

105 mole of Ag  , if K sp for BaCO3 is 8.1  10 9 and K sp for Ag 2CO3 is

6.9  1012 then which is true?

A) No precipitate of BaCO3 will appear until [CO 3 2  ] reaches 8.1  10 5 mol per litre.

B) A precipitate of Ag 2CO3 will appear when [CO 32  ] reaches 6.9  105 mol per litre.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

Which changes will decrease the equilibrium concentration of HgI24  ?

A) Addition of 0.1 M HI( aq ) B) Addition of HgO( s )
C) Addition of H 2O(l ) D) Addition of KOH(aq)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
24. Which of the following is/are true?
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P

A) Due to Schottky defect, density of crystal remains unaffected.

B) In zinc blende, S2 forms FCC while alternate tetrahedral voids are occupied by

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

If the products molar ratio of C 2H 4 to CH 3CHO formed are in the ratio of 8 : 1 in a set
of product gas, determine the energy involved in kJ in the decomposition of 1 mole of
ethanol.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

answer in Angstrom ( Å ).

A solution has [Al3 ]  0.075 M, and

[CH3COOH]  1.00M, pK a  4.74, log10 2  0.30, log10 3  0.48, 3 10  2.15

33. What is the minimum pH at which Al(OH)3 ( s) will precipitate from a solution that is

0.075 M in Al3 in the absence of CH3COOH?

A) 3.41 B) 10.60 C) 7.21 D) 9.82
34. What is maximum quantity of CH3COONa that can be added to 250 mL of the

solution (containing 0.075M Al3  and 1.00M CH3COOH ) before precipitation of

Al(OH)3 begins?
A) 0.96 g B) 1.08 g C) 0.71 g D) 1.20 g

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 35 and 36
15-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P1)_Paper-2_CTA-04_Q’P

Hionization of NH4OH  10kJ / mole;

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

x2 y 2
A) The equation of the hyperbola is  1
3 2
B) A focus of the hyperbola is (2, 0)

ellipse x 2  4 y 2  4. The equation of parabola with latusrectum PQ are

A) x 2  2 3 y  3  3 B) x 2  2 3 y  3  3

C) x 2  2 3 y  3  3 D) x 2  2 3 y  3  3

C) x 2  y 2  (a  b ) 2 D) x 2  y 2  a 2  b 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

46. If normal at P, Q, R to the parabola y 2  12 x are concurrent at (7, 1) and the centre of
circle through P, Q, R is at (  ,  ) then find the value of   

x2 dx
47. If f ( x)   and f (0)  0 . Find the value of f ( 3)  l n (2  3)
(1  x 2 )(1  1  x 2 )

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
15-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-05_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
122
M-R
PHY
122
P-R
CHE
122
C-R
TOT
366
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

1 191028272 NALI HARSHAVARDHAN DEEKSHA-2 M 55 130 65 26 97 1 217 59 4 53 107 RB-2

2 191046902 CHALLA VENKATA CHANDU LAKSHYA M 83 2 65 26 55 172 203 55 7 86 166 RB-2

3 191009250 MANEPALLI RUSHIL VENKATA SREE RAAJ SANKALPA M 69 29 46 167 82 6 197 54 12 101 202 RB-2

4 191089162 KASA VENKATESH PRATIBHA-1 M 63 66 65 26 63 61 191 52 20 125 254 RB-2

5 191021438 VEMULA KALYANA VENKATA DEVA DUTT DEEKSHA-1 M 76 7 72 9 42 325 190 52 21 127 260 RB-2

6 191046148 MALADI VENKATA SAI YASWANTH DEEKSHA-1 M 75 9 67 19 46 286 188 51 23 132 278 RB-2

7 191031297 MASARLA NITHEESH KUMAR REDDY LAKSHYA M 75 9 51 103 62 72 188 51 24 133 279 RB-2

8 191018574 GARIKAPATI RAHUL SANKALPA M 68 33 54 74 66 47 188 51 25 134 281 RB-2

9 191018527 CHILUKURI CHAITANYA LAKSHYA M 56 117 56 64 73 19 185 51 28 158 323 RB-2

10 191080106 PILLI SASI KALADHAR PRATIBHA-2 M 60 88 47 147 78 8 185 51 27 155 320 RB-2

11 191022104 CHINTHAPATTI JAGADHEESH LAKSHYA M 66 45 66 23 52 216 184 50 30 164 331 RB-2

12 191028448 SAI SAGAR G R PRATIBHA-2 M 68 33 55 72 58 125 181 49 35 182 374 RB-2

13 191000422 RAMBARKI UDAY TEJA SANKALPA M 72 17 53 82 56 162 181 49 34 181 371 RB-2

14 191028406 MULPURI KRISHNA SAI LAKSHYA M 75 9 49 124 53 204 177 48 40 207 419 RB-2

15 191031301 SORAKAYALA VENKAT SAI SANTHOSH PRATIBHA-2 M 67 43 60 45 50 245 177 48 42 212 425 RB-2

16 191031167 D SRIHARSHA PRATIBHA-1 M 75 9 46 167 54 184 175 48 44 222 445 RB-2

17 191257664 DUVVI SAI VARSHIK PRATIBHA-2 M 60 88 54 74 61 82 175 48 46 226 452 RB-2

18 191018609 LANKALAPALLI SRI VENKATESH PRATIBHA-2 M 65 51 52 90 55 172 172 47 52 244 489 RB-2

19 191022302 NARRA SATHWIK SANKALPA M 39 278 58 55 75 16 172 47 53 250 500 RB-2

20 191031825 SHAIK CHINTAPALLI MASTAN SHAREEF PRATIBHA-2 M 71 23 61 42 39 351 171 47 55 253 503 RB-2

21 191027664 CHINTALA LAKSHMI VIJAYA SARADHI REDDY SANKALPA M 64 61 47 147 60 98 171 47 57 257 508 RB-2

22 191032582 GOWTHAM KUMAR GANESWARAM DEEKSHA-1 M 60 88 52 90 56 162 168 46 61 279 552 RB-2

23 191031334 LINGESWARA REDDY PEDDU DEEKSHA-2 M 68 33 46 167 54 184 168 46 60 277 547 RB-2

24 191018577 VELAGALA JAYAKANTH REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 62 69 43 208 62 72 167 46 63 289 574 RB-2

25 191032391 BHISETTI NEERAJ HARSHA NANDAN DEEKSHA-1 M 58 105 48 133 58 125 164 45 72 315 623 RB-2

26 191020529 JONNADULA RAJESH DEEKSHA-1 M 66 45 47 147 51 228 164 45 68 308 614 RB-2

27 191009270 TADIBOINA DINESH SAI VIJAY KRISHNA DEEKSHA-1 M 59 98 62 37 43 313 164 45 71 312 620 RB-2

28 191059047 JAMPUGUMPULA MOKSHAGNA PRATIBHA-2 M 49 189 52 90 63 61 164 45 73 317 631 RB-2

29 191021029 PERNI SAI RAM SANKALPA M 62 69 53 82 49 250 164 45 69 309 616 RB-2

30 191011894 INDYALA HARSHATH KUMAR DEEKSHA-1 M 61 76 58 55 44 305 163 45 76 322 641 RB-2

31 191032787 JUVVALA BALA OMKAR SRIRAM DEEKSHA-2 M 47 205 52 90 64 57 163 45 78 328 653 RB-2

32 191247747 PALLE HARSHAVARDHAN REDDY LAKSHYA M 63 66 46 167 54 184 163 45 75 320 639 RB-2

33 191021336 VARDHINEEDI SURYA SAI SATYA LIKHITH PRATIBHA-2 M 64 61 54 74 45 297 163 45 74 319 638 RB-2

34 191031298 BOMMA VENKATA TARUN KUMAR REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 62 69 55 72 45 297 162 44 81 335 667 RB-2

35 191031156 NUNNAGOPPULA DURGA RAVI TEJA LAKSHYA M 61 76 46 167 54 184 161 44 82 344 693 RB-2

36 191032392 PINDI LOKESH KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M 39 278 54 74 68 28 161 44 83 350 704 RB-2

37 191018793 TOLIKOTI SANDEEP PRATIBHA-1 M 54 144 43 208 63 61 160 44 85 358 716 RB-2

38 191031170 K SAI NIKHIL PRATIBHA-1 M 53 155 28 397 78 8 159 43 88 367 737 RB-2

39 191032395 BACHINA MANI TEJA DEEKSHA-1 M 60 88 56 64 42 325 158 43 89 372 748 RB-2

40 191032737 PITTA ANDREW BLAZE DEEKSHA-2 M 56 117 48 133 54 184 158 43 90 374 752 RB-2

41 191028044 PERISETLA SRI SAI YAGNIK PRATIBHA-2 M 56 117 42 222 60 98 158 43 91 376 754 RB-2

42 191020630 KASSE ASWAN KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M 55 130 25 417 78 8 158 43 93 379 757 RB-2

43 191031374 MALIGI PUNEETH DEEKSHA-2 M 59 98 47 147 51 228 157 43 97 390 781 RB-2

44 191081990 G R V RAHUL SANKALPA M 72 17 38 281 47 278 157 43 96 387 776 RB-2

45 191021332 JAVVADI YOGADITYA SANKALPA M 78 5 31 367 48 261 157 43 95 386 775 RB-2

46 191028431 KOTHAREDDY VARUNKUMAR REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 57 109 48 133 51 228 156 43 99 402 802 RB-2

47 191021282 MANAM SASANK LAKSHYA M 56 117 40 257 60 98 156 43 101 404 805 RB-2

48 191247117 MODEPALLY SOHITH CHOUDARY PRATIBHA-2 M 39 278 52 90 65 52 156 43 103 411 818 RB-2

49 191061246 MULA KAMALNATH REDDY SANKALPA M 59 98 56 64 41 334 156 43 98 401 801 RB-2

50 191032719 THEOPHILUS BODDU LAKSHYA M 72 17 30 375 53 204 155 42 104 413 820 RB-2
S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
15-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-05_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
122
M-R
PHY
122
P-R
CHE
122
C-R
TOT
366
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

51 191032724 CHILAKAM ETHIVEN SAI MANI DEEPAK REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 65 51 44 194 45 297 154 42 106 421 837 RB-2

52 191018642 GUDLA VENKATA SAI MANIKANTA PRATIBHA-2 M 64 61 39 268 51 228 154 42 107 422 838 RB-2

53 191020621 TELLABATI KHASIMVALI DEEKSHA-1 M 66 45 24 421 61 82 151 41 110 443 888 RB-2

54 191018525 RANKIREDDY DURGA NAGA PRASAD PRATIBHA-2 M 41 267 48 133 62 72 151 41 111 450 898 RB-2

55 191032328 SAYED MD AFWAN AHMAD SANKALPA M 68 33 46 167 37 371 151 41 109 442 887 RB-2

56 191014881 DONEPUDI VENKAT SANKALPA M 65 51 51 103 34 391 150 41 113 456 904 RB-2

57 191018646 MYLA GANGA SIVA GOPALA KRISHNA LAKSHYA M 61 76 31 367 57 140 149 41 120 469 926 RB-2

58 191018651 CHUNDURU ROHITH KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M 40 271 52 90 57 140 149 41 123 475 939 RB-2

59 191018591 POTLURI HARIL PRATIBHA-2 M 37 300 45 188 67 38 149 41 124 476 940 RB-2

60 191031154 NIMMAKAYALA PAVAN KUMAR REDDY SANKALPA M 55 130 37 298 57 140 149 41 121 470 929 RB-2

61 191088281 CHALLA TRILOCHAN CHOWDARY PRATIBHA-2 M 65 51 51 103 32 406 148 40 125 478 943 RB-2

62 191078102 SAGILI SUJAN KUMAR REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M 59 98 52 90 37 371 148 40 126 480 946 RB-2

63 191031331 KONETI SANDEEP PRATIBHA-2 M 57 109 54 74 37 371 148 40 127 481 947 RB-2

64 191009279 GANAPAVARAPU SAI RAMA KRISHNA PRATIBHA-2 M 54 144 26 410 68 28 148 40 129 483 949 RB-2

65 191032750 SUKKA DHAKSHIN KUMAR SANKALPA M 47 205 44 194 57 140 148 40 130 485 952 RB-2

66 191032546 PULLAIAHGARI SAI TEJESWAR REDDY SANKALPA M 55 130 47 147 46 286 148 40 128 482 948 RB-2

67 191031396 GUMMALLA CHANIKYA DEEKSHA-1 M 52 162 41 245 54 184 147 40 133 500 970 RB-2

68 191030496 MATA AJAY KIRAN DEEKSHA-2 M 44 235 44 194 59 109 147 40 136 507 980 RB-2

69 191022899 VELAGA BUVANESH SAI SANKALPA M 50 179 41 245 56 162 147 40 134 502 972 RB-2

70 191251321 THALLEM PRANEETH REDDY LAKSHYA M 47 205 42 222 57 140 146 40 142 524 1004 RB-2

71 191032322 SWARNA NITHIN PRATIBHA-1 M 43 247 39 268 64 57 146 40 143 527 1012 RB-2

72 191018518 PUTCHAKAYALA CHARAN KUMAR REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M 53 155 23 435 70 22 146 40 141 520 998 RB-2

73 191031307 BOYA LAKSHMI NARAYANA SANKALPA M 62 69 47 147 37 371 146 40 138 515 992 RB-2

74 191020212 POPURI SIVA NAGA NITHIN SANKALPA M 61 76 46 167 39 351 146 40 140 517 994 RB-2

75 191031324 BUDDI LAKSHMI DEEPAK PRATIBHA-2 M 45 226 42 222 58 125 145 40 146 538 1033 RB-2

76 191017110 NATHANI VARSHITH DEEKSHA-1 M 53 155 51 103 40 340 144 39 148 548 1049 RB-2

77 191062355 MANDARAPU VENKATA SIVA NAGA SAI PRANEETH DEEKSHA-2 M 42 261 37 298 65 52 144 39 152 557 1062 RB-2

78 191248028 GANDU LALITHADITYA LAKSHYA M 52 162 35 323 57 140 144 39 149 549 1050 RB-2

79 191022597 NITTURU CHANDRAKANTH REDDY LAKSHYA M 44 235 43 208 57 140 144 39 151 555 1059 RB-2

80 191022514 JONNALAGADDA SAI JAGADESH LAKSHYA M 54 144 52 90 38 362 144 39 147 546 1046 RB-2

81 191031387 INAPAKUTHIKA ABHITEJ PRATIBHA-1 M 37 300 56 64 51 228 144 39 153 559 1066 RB-2

82 191031964 KANDREGULA PARDHA SARADHI SANKALPA M 37 300 49 124 58 125 144 39 154 560 1067 RB-2

83 191022593 KOLLA JITHENDAR DEEKSHA-1 M 46 216 42 222 55 172 143 39 157 570 1084 RB-2

84 191017237 MALLUVALASA KARTHIKEYA DEEKSHA-1 M 66 45 24 421 53 204 143 39 155 565 1073 RB-2

85 191022511 GAYAM MADHAVA REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 56 117 45 188 40 340 141 39 163 594 1119 RB-2

86 191020524 DUBA DHANUSH KUMAR DEEKSHA-1 M 69 29 27 405 45 297 141 39 161 592 1116 RB-2

87 191032725 NICHENAMETLA DHANUSH DEEKSHA-2 M 57 109 42 222 42 325 141 39 162 593 1118 RB-2

88 191031746 SADANALA MANOJ PARASURAM LAKSHYA M 30 360 51 103 60 98 141 39 171 608 1139 RB-2

89 191021005 ADITYA UDAYA REDDY YERUVA LAKSHYA M 49 189 38 281 54 184 141 39 165 597 1123 RB-2

90 191018631 DURGA NAVEEN NEKKANTI PRATIBHA-1 M 56 117 31 367 54 184 141 39 164 595 1120 RB-2

91 191032342 ANNADANAM RAKSHITH LAKSHYA M 55 130 45 188 40 340 140 38 173 614 1148 RB-2

92 191022305 GOKULA SAJEEVA RAO PRATIBHA-1 M 50 179 34 331 56 162 140 38 174 615 1152 RB-2

93 191030148 JETTI VIVEK PRATIBHA-2 M 46 216 32 351 61 82 139 38 179 634 1182 RB-2

94 191032555 BOYAPATI VIGNESH SANKALPA M 46 216 50 117 43 313 139 38 178 633 1181 RB-2

95 191090595 GANGISETTY NITIN KUMAR DEEKSHA-1 M 39 278 46 167 53 204 138 38 184 650 1213 RB-2

96 191061964 MUKKAMALA SUMANTH DEEKSHA-1 M 56 117 47 147 35 386 138 38 180 641 1199 RB-2

97 191028344 SHAIK MOHAMMAD TAUFEEQ DEEKSHA-2 M 51 171 46 167 40 340 137 37 187 659 1226 RB-2

98 191032335 VAKKALAGADDA HEMA HARSHA DEEP LAKSHYA M 31 348 48 133 58 125 137 37 189 666 1239 RB-2

99 191032726 RAVURI HRUSHIKESH PRATIBHA-1 M 61 76 47 147 29 423 137 37 186 656 1223 RB-2

100 191061859 DARAM SASHANK LAKSHYA M 49 189 39 268 48 261 136 37 190 672 1248 RB-2
S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
15-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-05_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
122
M-R
PHY
122
P-R
CHE
122
C-R
TOT
366
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

101 191078687 SINGANAMALLA VENKATA DEEPAK SANKALPA M 47 205 46 167 43 313 136 37 191 673 1250 RB-2

102 191257662 AKURATHI MEGHA VENKATA SAI PAVAN DEEKSHA-1 M 60 88 31 367 44 305 135 37 193 678 1265 RB-2

103 191018607 SANNUTHI SREYAS DEEKSHA-1 M 57 109 33 341 45 297 135 37 195 680 1267 RB-2

104 191015825 NATUVA VENKATA SAI SURYA PRATIBHA-1 M 60 88 29 389 46 286 135 37 194 679 1266 RB-2

105 191032707 CHIKATI VENKATA DINESH RAYUDU SANKALPA M 50 179 31 367 54 184 135 37 196 683 1271 RB-2

106 191028422 GAJJALA AKSHAY REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 61 76 39 268 34 391 134 37 198 695 1300 RB-2

107 191032709 REDDAPANI RAMA CHARAN PRATIBHA-2 M 22 421 48 133 64 57 134 37 203 707 1325 RB-2

108 191000694 ANEM HEMANTH PRATIBHA-2 M 38 289 35 323 61 82 134 37 201 701 1318 RB-2

109 191030060 KOMMANA SAI SANKAR SATVIK DEEKSHA-1 M 55 130 44 194 34 391 133 36 204 708 1328 RB-2

110 191032330 CHAVALI VALLABHA MAKARAND PRATIBHA-2 M 50 179 22 441 61 82 133 36 205 710 1331 RB-2

111 191018611 V MANOJ DEEKSHA-1 M 50 179 43 208 39 351 132 36 209 725 1359 RB-2

112 191040433 YERUKULA SAI PAVAN DEEKSHA-2 M 52 162 35 323 45 297 132 36 207 723 1357 RB-2

113 191031312 CHANDRA KIRAN REDDY YAKKANTI LAKSHYA M 38 289 44 194 50 245 132 36 210 731 1368 RB-2

114 191028413 NEKKANTI SIVA MANOJ KUMAR SANKALPA M 52 162 23 435 57 140 132 36 208 724 1358 RB-2

115 191030061 KANCHI RAHUL DEEKSHA-1 M 53 155 47 147 31 410 131 36 213 741 1383 RB-2

116 191027710 MOHAMMAD SAHIR BAIG DEEKSHA-1 M 26 391 48 133 57 140 131 36 216 749 1393 RB-2

117 191013118 KANNIKANTI DINESHVARDHAN DEEKSHA-2 M 32 337 47 147 52 216 131 36 215 746 1390 RB-2

118 191011829 GUTHA JIGNESH DEEKSHA-1 M 35 320 39 268 56 162 130 36 220 759 1413 RB-2

119 191086407 PEDDINENI ANIL KUMAR DEEKSHA-2 M 29 368 42 222 59 109 130 36 222 763 1422 RB-2

120 191059144 BANDI RISHIKESH KUMAR LAKSHYA M 56 117 25 417 49 250 130 36 217 751 1397 RB-2

121 191014883 GUDAPATI PREM LAKSHYA M 51 171 47 147 32 406 130 36 218 752 1398 RB-2

122 191031171 K NAVYEESH PRATIBHA-1 M 49 189 29 389 52 216 130 36 219 754 1401 RB-2

123 191061700 SURENDHAR NADH CHERUKURI PRATIBHA-2 M 31 348 38 281 61 82 130 36 221 762 1419 RB-2

124 191061397 POTHULA SASANK DEEKSHA-1 M 52 162 30 375 46 286 128 35 223 771 1440 RB-2

125 191019979 DONDAPATI MANOJ KRISHNA DEEKSHA-2 M 50 179 53 82 25 439 128 35 224 772 1441 RB-2

126 191018672 KALLURI PARDHU SANKAR DEEKSHA-1 M 47 205 32 351 48 261 127 35 226 787 1468 RB-2

127 191028404 BANDARU DEVI LAXMI MARUTHI KUMAR DEEKSHA-2 M 39 278 41 245 47 278 127 35 227 789 1471 RB-2

128 191031134 K BALA GANESH PRATIBHA-1 M 37 300 47 147 43 313 127 35 229 791 1474 RB-2

129 191013373 KONDREDDY VENKATA MANIKANTA DEEKSHA-1 M 34 329 44 194 48 261 126 34 234 806 1501 RB-2

130 191247112 GADE LALITH SAHITH DEEKSHA-2 M 51 171 44 194 31 410 126 34 231 799 1489 RB-2

131 191017675 NALAMOTHU VISHNU VARDHAN LAKSHYA M 42 261 50 117 34 391 126 34 233 801 1495 RB-2

132 191009111 MYGAPULA MADHAV KONDA BABU LAKSHYA M 31 348 41 245 54 184 126 34 235 807 1505 RB-2

133 191031336 BEEGALA MALYADRI PAVAN GANESH PRATIBHA-1 M 42 261 22 441 61 82 125 34 236 811 1518 RB-2

134 191021293 JONNALAGADDA VARSHITH DEEKSHA-2 M 52 162 25 417 47 278 124 34 239 821 1539 RB-2

135 191057370 SHAIK MOHAMMAD ASHRAF LAKSHYA M 39 278 39 268 46 286 124 34 241 827 1550 RB-2

136 191028267 POLUPARTHI TARUN CHAKRAVARTHI PRATIBHA-2 M 47 205 40 257 37 371 124 34 240 823 1542 RB-2

137 191018758 GAGGARA CHANDU KOUSHIK DEEKSHA-1 M 44 235 31 367 48 261 123 34 243 839 1573 RB-2

138 191032303 CHAVVA RAVI KUMAR REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M 36 310 39 268 47 278 122 33 249 856 1604 RB-2

139 191021141 PADMANABHUNI SURYA DEEKSHA-2 M 52 162 32 351 38 362 122 33 248 851 1592 RB-2

140 191031398 MALIPEDDI MURALI KRISHNA PRATIBHA-1 M 52 162 42 222 28 426 122 33 247 850 1591 RB-2

141 191089195 PINJARI MOHAMMED RAFEEQ PRATIBHA-2 M 36 310 38 281 48 261 122 33 250 857 1605 RB-2

142 191018586 JADAPALLI YOSHIK DEEKSHA-1 M 54 144 23 435 44 305 121 33 252 862 1624 RB-2

143 191032581 AVULA RANGA HEMANTH LAKSHYA M 55 130 30 375 36 380 121 33 251 861 1623 RB-2

144 191031296 DUNNA AKHILESH VARMA PRATIBHA-2 M 43 247 37 298 41 334 121 33 255 865 1634 RB-2

145 191032314 PANGULURI VENKATA SAI TEJA DEEKSHA-2 M 55 130 29 389 36 380 120 33 257 871 1649 RB-2

146 191018763 VEMURI SAKETH CHOWDARY DEEKSHA-2 M 49 189 34 331 34 391 117 32 266 913 1732 RB-2

147 191031388 ALLE SUJAN KUMAR REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M 23 416 36 310 58 125 117 32 269 922 1753 RB-2

148 191028102 NERUSU SAI ANIL PAVAN PRATIBHA-2 M 24 406 38 281 53 204 115 31 272 936 1792 RB-2

149 191032540 PENTA GEETHESWA DEEKSHA-2 M 23 416 38 281 50 245 111 30 277 973 1878 RB-2

150 191048093 KONAPALA SAI ABHIRAM SANKALPA M 17 442 38 281 55 172 110 30 279 988 1912 RB-2
S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
15-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-05_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
122
M-R
PHY
122
P-R
CHE
122
C-R
TOT
366
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

151 191011036 KOVURU GNANA PRAKASH DEEKSHA-1 M 28 377 28 397 53 204 109 30 281 998 1932 RB-2

152 191027642 SAMAYAMANTULA ABHI SHASANK PRATIBHA-2 M 41 267 30 375 38 362 109 30 280 992 1920 RB-2

153 191013372 MARIDI PAVAN LAKSHYA M 30 360 31 367 46 286 107 29 285 1014 1975 RB-2

154 191082050 VEERAPURAM SAI SATHVIK REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M 21 426 34 331 48 261 103 28 292 1074 2094 RB-2

155 191015702 DAMA SOMU VENKATA NAGA RAVI KIRAN LAKSHYA M 36 310 40 257 27 432 103 28 291 1067 2079 RB-2

156 191083223 THOTA GUNADEEP SARAN DEEKSHA-2 M 15 453 32 351 55 172 102 28 295 1090 2127 RB-2

157 191020612 SARATH KUMAR SETTI PRATIBHA-2 M 27 383 32 351 42 325 101 28 296 1099 2141 RB-2

158 191028260 SAI SRINIDHI THAGIRISA DEEKSHA-2 M 32 337 33 341 34 391 99 27 298 1114 2175 RB-2

159 191028343 MANCHIKALAPATI VENKATESWARA PRASAD DEEKSHA-2 M 43 247 24 421 31 410 98 27 300 1122 2191 RB-2

160 191028433 MOHAMMED HARIS LAKSHYA M 14 457 41 245 41 334 96 26 308 1155 2259 RB-2

161 191028258 MURABOYINA SRIKAR LAKSHYA M 23 416 36 310 37 371 96 26 307 1151 2255 RB-2

162 191028117 BOGGAVARAPU MAHESH DEEKSHA-1 M 35 320 29 389 31 410 95 26 310 1158 2265 RB-2

163 191020007 JAYA ABHIRAM KAJA DEEKSHA-2 M 36 310 29 389 30 418 95 26 309 1157 2263 RB-2

164 191028265 GUNTI MOHAN KRISHNA DEEKSHA-2 M 29 368 38 281 27 432 94 26 311 1165 2284 RB-2

165 191030257 PALLAPOTHU ABHIRAM PRATIBHA-1 M 29 368 42 222 22 450 93 25 314 1175 2308 RB-2

166 191015823 SRUNGAVARAPU SRI SATHYA ROHITH SANKALPA M 18 438 26 410 49 250 93 25 316 1179 2317 RB-2

167 191088739 R A SAI PAVAN DEEKSHA-2 M 24 406 26 410 42 325 92 25 318 1187 2329 RB-2

168 191018015 VEMULAPALLI ROHITH SAI DEEKSHA-1 M 36 310 29 389 26 437 91 25 320 1196 2342 RB-2

169 191018539 NARA VAMSI KRISHNA LAKSHYA M 18 438 21 449 52 216 91 25 323 1206 2361 RB-2

170 191009197 MOOLINTI NAVEEN SREENIVAS PRATIBHA-1 M 32 337 15 478 39 351 86 23 328 1248 2464 RB-2

171 191248011 AVULA VENKATESWARA REDDY LAKSHYA M 29 368 47 147 9 480 85 23 330 1259 2492 RB-2

172 191030161 BANAVATHU PURNA CHANDRA VENKAT LAKSHYA M 27 383 30 375 28 426 85 23 331 1260 2494 RB-2

173 191018624 GINKA GOPI AKSHAY DEEKSHA-2 M 13 460 30 375 40 340 83 23 333 1279 2546 RB-2

174 191056902 KHAJI MAHAMMAD RAIYAN SANKALPA M 16 446 18 464 48 261 82 22 334 1284 2563 RB-2

175 191018799 ALAPATI ROHITH DEEKSHA-2 M 6 473 50 117 23 446 79 22 335 1304 2623 RB-2

176 191021434 MUNNANGI BALAJI DEEKSHA-1 M 4 487 28 397 44 305 76 21 337 1329 2683 RB-2

177 191031743 BALIVADA BHARATH LAKSHYA M 25 397 18 464 32 406 75 20 338 1336 2692 RB-2

178 191020855 KOMMANA ROHITH SAI LAKSHYA M 16 446 26 410 29 423 71 19 339 1356 2761 RB-2

179 191089194 HARI CHARAN ELURI LAKSHYA M 20 431 24 421 26 437 70 19 340 1357 2767 RB-2

180 191009746 REVANURI SAI MONISH KUMAR LAKSHYA M 29 368 19 460 20 457 68 19 342 1371 2795 RB-2

181 191247476 PENTA ABHINAY DEEKSHA-2 M 32 337 6 502 28 426 66 18 343 1378 2824 RB-2

182 191019704 SANDEEP VASKURI DEEKSHA-1 M 22 421 24 421 17 461 63 17 345 1399 2871 RB-2

183 191031332 CHAVA CHAITANYA PRANAV DEEKSHA-2 M 10 466 14 481 38 362 62 17 346 1412 2894 RB-2

184 191018783 TALABATHULA MOHAN KRISHNA PRATIBHA-2 M 16 446 8 497 36 380 60 16 349 1423 2917 RB-2

185 191081730 BANNURI BHARATH SAI DEEKSHA-1 M 24 406 23 435 11 473 58 16 351 1432 2937 RB-2

186 191021423 PARIMI PRANAY ESWAR PRATIBHA-2 M 16 446 32 351 10 475 58 16 352 1435 2941 RB-2

187 191059030 CHAVVA HITESH REDDY SANKALPA M 25 397 23 435 10 475 58 16 350 1431 2936 RB-2

188 191030016 JAMI ADARSH DEEKSHA-2 M 15 453 22 441 20 457 57 16 353 1442 2954 RB-2

189 191014891 PARUCHURI CHAITANYA SAI LAKSHYA M 16 446 24 421 13 470 53 14 355 1459 3007 RB-2

190 191031322 MUMMADI RAJESH REDDY PRATIBHA-1 M 20 431 16 476 15 465 51 14 357 1472 3039 RB-2

191 191045905 KUMMARI VISHNU SAI DEEKSHA-1 M 5 482 22 441 23 446 50 14 360 1483 3064 RB-2

192 191031343 NALLANI CHARAN LAKSHYA M 18 438 33 341 -1 514 50 14 358 1478 3053 RB-2

193 191032781 NALLAPULA KARTHIK PRATIBHA-2 M 12 462 36 310 1 508 49 13 361 1488 3076 RB-2

194 191031680 M RAKESH DEEKSHA-2 M 0 498 24 421 24 442 48 13 362 1496 3098 RB-2

195 191028289 JUNGA LEELA MANOHAR PRATIBHA-1 M 21 426 17 471 9 480 47 13 96 1499 3101 RB-2

196 191031262 GUVVALA LEELA KUMAR REDDY SANKALPA M 8 470 15 478 24 442 47 13 364 1501 3105 RB-2

197 191031261 GUVVALA LEELA NAGA KARTHIK REDDY SANKALPA M 15 453 17 471 14 468 46 13 365 1503 3112 RB-2

198 191030017 TADAKA AKHIL DEEKSHA-1 M 6 473 19 460 15 465 40 11 369 1532 3179 RB-2

199 191018566 GOLLAMANDALA SAI AKHIL DEEKSHA-1 M 0 498 32 351 3 492 35 10 371 1553 3221 RB-2

200 191028415 K AJAY KUMAR PRATIBHA-1 M 2 493 31 367 -1 514 32 9 373 1562 3247 RB-2
S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
15-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-05_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
122
M-R
PHY
122
P-R
CHE
122
C-R
TOT
366
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

201 191009502 S DHEERAJ REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M 0 498 18 464 12 471 30 8 374 1573 3274 RB-2

202 191028251 V NAGA SAI AKHIL DEEKSHA-2 M 11 465 11 491 7 487 29 8 375 1575 3276 RB-2

203 191031386 KOTAMREDDY SREE HARI KUMAR REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 3 489 8 497 16 463 27 7 376 1593 3305 RB-2

204 191078433 YESWANTH SATYA PRASAD VEERAVALLI DEEKSHA-2 M 0 498 19 460 6 489 25 7 378 1603 3330 RB-2

205 191009247 MARISETTI LIKHITH SHANKAR LAKSHYA M 0 498 16 476 9 480 25 7 379 1604 3331 RB-2

206 191018610 K S CHAKRADHAR REDDY SANKALPA M 10 466 14 481 0 511 24 7 380 1607 3335 RB-2

207 191028439 KOMMA BHANU PRAKASH REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M 2 493 11 491 10 475 23 6 381 1612 3349 RB-2

208 191011828 AHOBILAM PAVAN PRATIBHA-2 M -4 513 26 410 1 508 23 6 382 1613 3351 RB-2

209 191009102 PENUGONDA PRANAV DEEKSHA-2 M 7 471 9 495 5 491 21 6 383 1617 3359 RB-2

210 191015887 AVULA VENKATA SAI KALYAN YADAV LAKSHYA M 6 473 12 485 3 492 21 6 384 1618 3360 RB-2

211 191014886 KONATHAM HEMA SAI SUBRAHMANYAM LAKSHYA M 3 489 12 485 6 489 21 6 385 1620 3365 RB-2

212 191031996 MANVITH KUMAR DEEKSHA-1 M 6 473 13 483 1 508 20 5 386 1622 3371 RB-2

213 191031274 KARIMI UPENDRA DEEKSHA-2 M 6 473 6 502 3 492 15 4 390 1642 3413 RB-2

214 191088027 YEDLA SASIDHAR PRATIBHA-2 M 5 482 8 497 2 506 15 4 392 1644 3415 RB-2

215 191028443 VEERANKI S.S.V.V.NAGENDRA BABU SANKALPA M 6 473 6 502 3 492 15 4 390 1642 3413 RB-2

216 191127173 MEDISETTI TEJA SAI GANESH DEEKSHA-2 M 3 489 4 514 7 487 14 4 393 1649 3427 RB-2

217 191079109 DONTALA TARUN DEEKSHA-2 M 5 482 11 491 -4 517 12 3 394 1654 3438 RB-2

218 191032394 RAMISETTY LOKESH DEEKSHA-2 M 0 498 6 502 3 492 9 2 396 1664 3458 RB-2

219 191009237 K VENKATA SAI ROHITH PRATIBHA-1 M 0 498 6 502 3 492 9 2 396 1664 3458 RB-2

220 191046643 KAPU KARTHIK CHOWDARY PRATIBHA-2 M 0 498 6 502 3 492 9 2 396 1664 3458 RB-2

221 191032744 GUNTAMADUGU PRUDHVI PRATIBHA-2 M 0 498 6 502 3 492 9 2 396 1664 3458 RB-2

222 191248024 POTHURI NIKHIL BABU DEEKSHA-2 M -7 516 12 485 0 511 5 1 402 1682 3487 RB-2

223 191032334 VANTERU VENKATA REDDY SAI LAKSHYA M -5 515 12 485 -3 516 4 1 403 1683 3488 RB-2

224 191028450 LANKALAPALLI SHYAM SAI ABHIRAM LAKSHYA M 5 482 -6 519 0 511 -1 0 404 1689 3496 RB-2

225 191031676 MALLELA RAJA PRAHAS KUMAR DEEKSHA-2 M -4 513 0 518 2 506 -2 -1 405 1691 3498 RB-2

226 191020206 KOTTA ROHITH LAKSHYA M -12 518 9 495 -6 518 -9 -2 406 1695 3502 RB-2

227 191018623 MAVULETI RITHVIK SRI VARMA SANKALPA M -19 519 4 514 -6 518 -21 -6 407 1698 3505 RB-2

228 191251152 D VAMSI KRISHNA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

229 191083208 SOMALARAJU SUSMANTH DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

230 191081236 STANLEY RAJ KUMAR TALABATHULA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

231 191078635 SAMMETA KAMAL SAI DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

232 191077822 PULI KISHORE BABU DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

233 191032734 JALDU BALASUBRAMANYAM GUPTHA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

234 191032564 DOMMETI SIVA SATYA SAI HEMANTH DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

235 191032530 NADAKUDITI KOUSHIK DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

236 191032333 YARRA SRINIVASA REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

237 191032325 NALLURU JAYARAM DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

238 191031739 VIVEKANANDA MANDULA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

239 191031381 ABOTHU GUNA SEKHAR DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

240 191031377 NAIDU LAKSHMAN DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

241 191031351 KATA HAREESHWARA REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

242 191031339 YELCHURI SIDDARTHHA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

243 191031230 JUPALLI SARATH SAI DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

244 191031202 MAHENDRA REDDY SIDDIREDDY DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

245 191031172 M PRAMOD DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

246 191031169 C EESHWAR NARAYAN DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

247 191030096 DERANGULA VENKATA VAMSI DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

248 191030037 PEDADA MANOJ VARDHAN DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

249 191028421 MOHAMMAD IMRAN DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

250 191028416 SOMA SUBRAMANYAM DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
15-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-05_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
122
M-R
PHY
122
P-R
CHE
122
C-R
TOT
366
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

251 191028405 BOMMI HARSHA VARDHAN DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

252 191028004 MOTAMARRI BALA VENKATA MOHAN KRISHNA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

253 191020659 MIDDE BHARATH CHANDRA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

254 191020512 VEERAMREDDY HARSHAVARDHAN REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

255 191020213 SHAIK SOHAIL DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

256 191020209 MAHANKALI VAMSI KRISHNA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

257 191020204 KOPPOLU GNANAVARDHAN DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

258 191019841 KOLLI SRI NAGA VEERA HANUMA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

259 191018746 PUNUGUPATI ANIL DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

260 191018660 VINNAKOTA PAVAN VIGNESH DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

261 191018622 PEDADA ABHIRAM DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

262 191018563 GOLLAMANDALA SAI NIKHIL DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

263 191018505 PAVANI KOUSHIK DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

264 191018012 DODDA VENKATA SAI MANVISH DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

265 191017235 NALLA RAHUL DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

266 191015236 REDROUTHU JASWANTH MEHAR DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

267 191014358 ALLA BHARGAVA RAM DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

268 191010629 GUNTUMADUGU BHARATH DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

269 191009274 GANTA RAM PRAVEEN DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

270 191248230 MANDADAPU DHARMA TEJA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

271 191248037 PANCHIREDDI NARESH KUMAR DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

272 191248007 SAI KOMAL SOMIREDDI DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

273 191247301 PUTTA NARAYANA SWAMI DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

274 191060046 YALAGANA MAHENDRA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

275 191059065 DASARI LAKSHMI NARAYANA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

276 191059019 R SRI VENKATA KRISHNA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

277 191032717 THOPUDURTHI SAI HARSHITH REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

278 191032635 VEMULA CHARAN DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

279 191031997 PATURI SAI SRIVATSA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

280 191031347 PEELA MURALI SRI KRISHNA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

281 191031259 GOWRASANI NAGA ARAVIND REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

282 191031218 SENAPATHI VEERA VENKATA RAMANA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

283 191031178 PUPPALA SHANMUKHA HANUMAN SAI DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

284 191031135 LEPURU JATIN DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

285 191030229 PILLI SUBHASH DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

286 191028441 JAMMULA KRISHNA BABU DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

287 191028259 KANUMURI NAGA VISHNU VARDHAN DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

288 191022570 BOGIREDDY NITHIN REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

289 191020629 PADAM SAI TEJAS DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

290 191019051 VIKRUTHI ROHITH MADHU BHUSHAN NAIDU DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

291 191018665 DEVARAPALLI HEMANTH SAI DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

292 191018596 KOPPARTHI BALA SUBRAMANYA GEETH CHANDAN DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

293 191017682 T RAM MOHAN REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

294 191013130 KATTA NITHIN SATYA NAG YADAV DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

295 191013124 YALAMARTHI KIRAN DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

296 191011805 KOTTEM KALYAN DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

297 191010921 PADAVATAN HANSON GEORGE DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

298 191009151 N HARSHA VARDHAN DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

299 191312261 BONTHA NAVEEN LAKSHYA M RB-2

300 191257074 CHEELI DAIVASMARAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
15-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-05_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
122
M-R
PHY
122
P-R
CHE
122
C-R
TOT
366
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

301 191248031 NALLURU VENKATA HEMANTH REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

302 191105120 BELLE SASHANK LAKSHYA M RB-2

303 191089160 SIMHADRI THARUN KUMAR LAKSHYA M RB-2

304 191059099 PULLURU ROHITH LAKSHYA M RB-2

305 191059072 SATYA SAI SRINIVAS TALAGAPU LAKSHYA M RB-2

306 191058234 JAVVADI SANDEEP LAKSHYA M RB-2

307 191043372 KIMAVATH JAYARAMSAI HARSHAVARDHAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

308 191032716 MERUGU VIVALL LAKSHYA M RB-2

309 191032710 NELAVELLI PAVAN SAI LAKSHYA M RB-2

310 191032676 VISHNU VARDHAN REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

311 191032379 KOTTE BHARGAVA SAI LAKSHYA M RB-2

312 191032374 GUTTA PRANEETH SAI LAKSHYA M RB-2

313 191032200 GANDHAVEETI PRADEEP REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

314 191031682 KOPPADA SAISH DILIP VARMA LAKSHYA M RB-2

315 191031320 MORAM LAKSHMI VISHNU VARDAN REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

316 191031299 KARANAM NITHISH RAGHAV LAKSHYA M RB-2

317 191031276 YEDDULA JAYA SIMHA REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

318 191031147 YALAVARTHI VIKAS LAKSHYA M RB-2

319 191030243 DEVARASETTI ROHITH SIDDARTHA LAKSHYA M RB-2

320 191028437 PINNINTI DURGA VARA PRASAD LAKSHYA M RB-2

321 191028105 BHEEMA VISHNU VARDHAN REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

322 191027643 SANGA VENKATA PRAVEEN KUMAR LAKSHYA M RB-2

323 191021115 MANCHEM VISHNU SRIKAR LAKSHYA M RB-2

324 191021009 JADDU SUVARNA KUMAR LAKSHYA M RB-2

325 191019009 AMAJALA SAI RAM LAKSHYA M RB-2

326 191018693 TENKASALA PAVAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

327 191018593 KURUBA LIKHITH LAKSHYA M RB-2

328 191018529 SHAIK ABDUL ROHAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

329 191018376 KORLEPARA SRI VATHSAV LAKSHYA M RB-2

330 191017415 SHAIK GORESAHEB MOHAMMED ZUNAID AHAMMED LAKSHYA M RB-2

331 191015821 SETTYBATTINI VENKATA MAHESH LAKSHYA M RB-2

332 191015229 KONATHAM SIVA SAI SUBRAHMANYAM LAKSHYA M RB-2

333 191012726 SUTHAPALLI SAI BHUVAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

334 191011717 RACHAMALLA YESWANTH REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

335 191011037 KAYYURU SOMESH LAKSHYA M RB-2

336 191009275 DONTHAMSETTI PHANIDHAR LAKSHYA M RB-2

337 191001335 SETTIPALLE ANIL KUMAR REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

338 191251833 GADDIPATI KARTHEEK PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

339 191159153 KETHA SAI BHANU ARJUN PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

340 191083209 BHUVAN SRI CHANDRA V PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

341 191059567 CHENNA REDDY MANOJ KUMAR PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

342 191056126 MANUBOLU NITHIN SAI PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

343 191056093 MIRIYALA UDAY KRISHNA PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

344 191052566 SURA VENKATA RAMANA REDDY PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

345 191032735 TADEPALLI JAYANTH VINNY PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

346 191032371 G L SAGAR PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

347 191032312 PENNERA DINESH KUMAR PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

348 191031944 B VIVEKYADAV PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

349 191031930 ARIGELA GUNA SRI VENKATA SATYA SAI PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

350 191031828 YARAM SANDEEP REDDY PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
15-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-05_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
122
M-R
PHY
122
P-R
CHE
122
C-R
TOT
366
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

351 191031328 MALLEM VENKATA JAYA SAI PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

352 191031327 BOOSI MOUNESWARA REDDY PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

353 191028447 AYITHAMREDDI SARVARAYA SRI VEERA SARAN PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

354 191028427 SAPPA SHANMUKHA SAI PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

355 191028342 ANANTHA RAMU PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

356 191027685 MANIKALA SATISH PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

357 191027681 GOGINENI TEJA PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

358 191027670 GUDIPUDI JAGADISHWAR RAO PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

359 191022804 KANCHARLA NAGA VENKATA PRASANNA MANOHAR PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

360 191021831 DARUKUMALLI MOUNEESH REDDY PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

361 191021292 BANDLA N V SAI HARSHA VARDHAN PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

362 191021019 KAMMAMPATI SIVA CHARAN KARTHIK PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

363 191020627 CHITTURI DURGA SAI TEJA PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

364 191020626 SABBATHI YUVA CHAITANYA PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

365 191018766 TANGUTURI VENKATA LAKSHMI AJAY PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

366 191018748 KINJARAPU DEEPAK NAIDU PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

367 191018694 K BHANU PRAKASH PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

368 191018632 NITHIN DEVANABOINA PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

369 191018530 G HARI PRASAD PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

370 191018520 VARRE SRI KRISHNA KISHORE PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

371 191017786 LAXMAN KUMAR YADAV PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

372 191017631 NAMBURU HARSHA VARDHAN NAIDU PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

373 191016363 GATTU CHANDU PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

374 191015415 TAMMINA BALA SRI AKHIL PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

375 191251102 BODDU GIRI RAJA SEKHAR PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

376 191081720 N CHIDVILASH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

377 191079894 MOPUR PUSHKAR SAI PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

378 191062123 JONNADULA SAI KIRAN PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

379 191059033 KANDLAPALLI ARAVIND SAI PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

380 191059001 GALLA DHEERAJ ROYAL PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

381 191058201 KATTAMANCHI MAHESH REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

382 191052557 SURA VENKATA RAVINDRA REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

383 191052553 THATI KUSHVANTH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

384 191048098 MADUGULA VARUN KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

385 191032743 MUDDA NIKHIL PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

386 191032742 LAKSHMIPATHI CHETHAN REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

387 191032539 LOKESH VARMA KATADA PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

388 191032388 BATHALA HEMANTH KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

389 191032358 MADINENI KOUSHIK PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

390 191031830 PANGA SUKUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

391 191031735 VADAPALLI VIGNESH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

392 191031701 POTLURI VENKATA SAI KRISHNA PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

393 191031367 AKKINENI NAGA CHARITESH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

394 191031341 GOOLLA RAHUL PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

395 191031325 PEDDIREDDY ADITHYA VARDHAN REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

396 191031293 KONAKALLA CHANDRA SEKHAR PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

397 191031220 CHONGA SURYANARAYANA PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

398 191028410 SIDDIREDDI GEETHA SATHWIK PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

399 191028345 MUDDISETTI GNANESWARA PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

400 191028341 DANDE RAJ KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
15-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-05_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
122
M-R
PHY
122
P-R
CHE
122
C-R
TOT
366
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

401 191028257 POTULA RADHA NISHANT PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

402 191028252 V SRAVAN PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

403 191027702 KODURU ARAVIND SAI REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

404 191027684 BOLLIGARLA MOHAN SAI AKASH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

405 191022623 SAI MANI TEJA RAMISETTY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

406 191021421 PALLI MOHAMMAD AFZAL BASHA PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

407 191021023 JARUGULLA RAHUL PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

408 191020210 MANNAM HASWIN PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

409 191018975 NIMMAGADDA SUMANTH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

410 191018602 V SHYAM SUNDAR PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

411 191018562 MANTRI CHRIST ELISON PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

412 191018552 MUDUNURI BHASKARA KARTHIKEYA VARMA PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

413 191018524 HASAVATHU PRAVEEN PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

414 191018522 SETTIPALLI SRI CHANDRA ABHINAY VARSHITH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

415 191015947 KAGITHA SOBHAN PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

416 191011892 PERAM DHANUSH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

417 191011827 BRAHMADEVI KARTHIK PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

418 191011618 G NANDA KUMAR REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

419 191000430 KANIMERAKA PURUSHOTHAM NAIDU PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

420 191090600 POTHARLANKA GOUTHAM SANKALPA M RB-2

421 191089966 GULLA SIVA KISHORE SANKALPA M RB-2

422 191088981 SARIPELLA SAI AKSHAY SANKALPA M RB-2

423 191082446 SUVVADA VAMSI SANKALPA M RB-2

424 191081186 YUVARAJ SANKALPA M RB-2

425 191077591 SYED RIHAN AHAMED SANKALPA M RB-2

426 191060007 MALLIDI SATYA PRAKASH REDDY SANKALPA M RB-2

427 191059734 YASOVARDHAN PAMPANA SANKALPA M RB-2

428 191059138 JAMBU VISHNU VARDHAN REDDY SANKALPA M RB-2

429 191059078 THAMMINENI NITHISH SANKALPA M RB-2

430 191058511 NALLANI LAKSHMAN SANKALPA M RB-2

431 191044619 KALIDINDI RISHITH VARMA SANKALPA M RB-2

432 191032730 VEERAPANENI BENARJI SAI SANKALPA M RB-2

433 191032542 KINTHADA DINESH VARDHAN SANKALPA M RB-2

434 191032032 YEDDULA RAM HARSHAN SANKALPA M RB-2

435 191032024 MADDURI SAI HEM TEJ SANKALPA M RB-2

436 191031323 SUDHAKAR KANDELA SANKALPA M RB-2

437 191031306 INUKONDA MAHA SIVA RAM SANKALPA M RB-2

438 191031284 PRABHAS REDDY CHINTAKUNTA SANKALPA M RB-2

439 191031219 VEERAMREDDY ARJUN SANKALPA M RB-2

440 191028434 JAGANA MANISH SRI SURYA SANKALPA M RB-2

441 191028286 PRABHATH SANKALPA M RB-2

442 191028281 PULIMI VISHNU SAI REDDY SANKALPA M RB-2

443 191028276 POTTURI SATYA NAGA PAVAN CHARITH SANKALPA M RB-2

444 191028266 PENUMARTHI YAGNA DEEP SANKALPA M RB-2

445 191027672 SATYANARAYANA RAO SANKALPA M RB-2

446 191023471 BORRA MANJUNATH SANKALPA M RB-2

447 191021002 PRASANTH S SANKALPA M RB-2

448 191019842 JASWANTH PRASAD VEMULAPALLI SANKALPA M RB-2

449 191018851 GUNTA VIVEKA VARDHAN SANKALPA M RB-2

450 191018618 SINGANAMALLA JASWANTH NARAYANA SANKALPA M RB-2

S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
15-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-05_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
122
M-R
PHY
122
P-R
CHE
122
C-R
TOT
366
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

451 191018617 AKASH REDDY PULIKUNTA SANKALPA M RB-2

452 191018614 PASURLA BHARATH SIMHA REDDY SANKALPA M RB-2

453 191015233 TATA RAJA MANI KANTA SANKALPA M RB-2

454 191014880 MIKKILINENI SASI NIKHIL SANKALPA M RB-2

455 191011468 NARASIMHA REDDY BOGGULA SANKALPA M RB-2

456 191011038 CHERIVI VAMSI SANKALPA M RB-2

457 191010925 VUTHARAJI YASWANTH SANKALPA M RB-2

Sec: Sr.IIT_N-SUPER CHAINA/N-CHAINA Date: 16-04-20

Time: 3HR Max. Marks: 183

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

16-04-20_SR.N-SUPER CHAINA/N-CHAINA_Jee-Adv_UTA-4

PHYSICS: Heat & Thermodymanics, Modern Physics

CHEMISTRY: Electrochemistry, Solid state

Iosmerism, GOC, Alkyl & Aryl halide
Group-13 and Group-16, Co-ordination Chemistry

MATHEAMTICS : Trigonometry, Binomial theorem, P&C, Probability

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
Time: 3hrs IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 183

CHEMISTRY
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I (Q.N : 19 – 25) Questions with Single Correct Options +3 -1 7 21
One of More Correct Options Type
Sec – II (Q.N : 26 – 32) +4 -2 7 28
(partial marking scheme) (+1)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III (Q.N : 33 – 36) +3 0 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 18 61

MATHEMATICS
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I (Q.N : 37 – 43) Questions with Single Correct Options +3 -1 7 21
One of More Correct Options Type
Sec – II (Q.N : 44 – 50) +4 -2 7 28
(partial marking scheme) (+1)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III (Q.N : 51 – 54) +3 0 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 18 61

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 2

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
PHYSICS Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
1. A star initially has 1040 deuterons. It produces energy via the processes.

1
H 2 1 H 2 1 H 3  p

1H
2
1 H 3 2 He4  n

If the average(s) power radiated by the star is 1016W , the deuteron supply of the star is
exhausted in a time of the order of
Mass of 1 H 2  2.014amu

Mass of 2 He 4  4.001amu
Mass of p  1.007 amu
Mass of n  1.008 amu

A) 106 sec B) 108 sec C) 1012 sec D) 1016 sec

2. Three rods of equal length l0 and equal cross section area are joined rigidly at their ends
as shown in figure. Initial temperature of system is 00 C and tensions in all rods is zero.
Coefficient of linear expansion for rod A and C is 1 and that for rod B is  2 . Young’s
modulus for A and C is Y and for B it is 3Y. If temperature of system is increased by
T 0C , then stress developed in rod B will be

6 5
A) 1   2 YT B) 1   2 YT
5 6
3 5
C) 1   2 YT D) 1   2 YT
5 3

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 3

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
3. The radius of the orbit of an electron in a Hydrogen-like atom is 4.5 a0 where a0 is the
3h
Bohr radius. Its orbital angular momentum is . It is given that h is Plank’s constant
2
and R is Rydberg constant. The possible wavelength(s). when the atom de-excites , is
9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9
A) , B) , C) , D) ,
5 R 32 R 5 R 16 R 4 R 3R 32 R 4 R
1
4. A gas mixture undergoes an adiabatic process. T and graph of gas is parabola as
V
shown in the figure. Ratio of root mean square velocity of the gaseous molecules Vrms 
and speed of sound in the gas mixture is

3 2
A) B) 2 C) D) 3
2 3
5. An ideal gas expands such that PT 2  Constant, Coefficient of volume expansion and
 1 dP  V
pressure expansion of the gas are V and  p respectively   p   . Then 
 P dT  P
3 2
A)  B) 1 C) 2 D)
2 3
6. Two fine steel wires, fastened between the projections of a heavy brass bar , are just taut
when the whole system is at 00 C . What is the tensile stress in the steel wires when the
temperature of the system is raised by 2000 C ?
 brass  2  105 C 1 , steel  1.2  105 C 1 , Ysteel  200GNm2 

A) 3.2Nm2 B) 3.2 108 Nm2 C) 32 108 Nm2 D) 0.48 Nm 2

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 4

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
7. An electron (mass m ) with an initial velocity v  v0 iˆ is projected in an electric field
h
E  E0 ˆj. If 0  , its de Broglie wavelength at time t is given by:
mv0
e 2 E02t 2 0 0
A) 0 B) 0 1  2 2 C) D)
m v0 e 2 E02t 2  e 2 E02t 2 
1 1  2 2 
m 2v02  m v0 

A) E may be equal to 0.6eV B) E may be equal to 1.9 eV

C) n  3 D) n=6
9. Figure shows variation of the internal energy U with density  of one mole of an ideal
mono-atomic gas for thermodynamic cycle ABCA. Here process AB is a part of
rectangular hyperbola.

A) AB is adiabatic process B) AB is isobaric process

C) BC is isochoric process D) CA is isothermal process

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 5

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
10. In a scientific book that describes a temperature scale called Z, boiling and freezing
point of water are referred as 650 Z and 150 Z respectively.

A) The temperature of 950 Z on Fahrenheit scale is 1480 F

B) The temperature of 950 Z on Fahrenheit scale 2560 F

C) A change of 400 on Celsius scale is equal to change of 32Z 0 on Z scale

D) A change of 400 C on Celsius scale is equal to change of 20Z 0 on Z scale

11. In free space imagine two identical, long thin plates ‘A’ and ‘B’ kept very close to each
other as shown. Plate ‘A’ is connected to a heat source which supply heat at unique
constant rate. Due to this at steady state temperature of plate A and B is TA0 and

TB 0 respectively. Now another identical plate ‘C’ is kept in between plates exactly

midway. Heat source is disconnected from A and connected to C. At steady state

temperature of A, B and C is TA , TB and TC respectively. Consider all plates are identical
and made of highly conducting black body material. Select the correct options(s)

A) TC  TA0 B) TB  TB0

C) 2TC4  TA40  TB40  2TB4 D) 2TC4  TA40  TA4  TB4  TB40

12. There are eight identical solid spheres at same temperature, the rate of cooling of each
sphere is x. The rate of heat loss from each sphere is Q. All spheres are combined to
form a single sphere at same temperature then for new sphere.

A) Rate of cooling becomes x / 2 B) Rate of cooling become 2x

C) Rate of heat loss becomes 4Q D) Rate of heat loss becomes 2Q

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 6

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
13. A quartz rod (no thermal expansion) is measured with a standard Vernier Calliper.Main
scale reading is M divisions, and N th division on Vernier sacle coincides with some
division on main scale (M and N are non-zero). The reading of the Vernier Calliper does
not change upon changing the temperature. Which of the following options is /are
correct? (Fractional change in length denotes changes in length per unit original length)

A) The fractional change in length of one main scale division is equal to the fractional
change in length of one vernier scale division.

B) The coefficient of linear expansion of main scale and Venier scale is same

C) Change in length of  M  N  main scale divisions is equal to the change in length of

N Vernier scale divisions

D) Fractional change in length of M main scale divisions is equal to the fractional

change in length of N vernier scale divisions

1
14. The graphs between and stopping potential V of three metals having work functions

1 ,2 ,3 in a experiment of photoelectric effect is plotted as shown . Which of the
following statements (s) is /are correct? (Here  is wavelength of incident ray).

A) Ratio of work function is 1 : 2 : 3  1: 2 : 4

B) Ratio of work function is 1 : 2 : 3  4 : 2 :1
C) tan = hc / e, where h is planck’s constant and c is speed of light
D) The three graphs shown are not parallel to each other.

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 7

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph For Questions 15 and 16
Nuclei of a radioactive element A are being produced at a constant rate  . The element
has decay constant  . At time t  0 , there are N 0 nuclei of the element.
Answer the following questions:
15. The number N of active nuclei A at time t are:
1 1
A)      N 0  e  t  B)      N 0  e  t 
 
1 1
C)    N 0  e  t D)    N 0  e  t
 
16. If   2N 0 , then the no. of active nuclei of A after one half life of A are:
3N 0 2 N0
A) 3N 0 B) 2N 0 C) D)
2 3
Paragraph For Questions 17 and 18
Two cylinders A and B having piston connected by mass less rod. The cross-sectional
area of two cylinders are same and equal to ‘s’. The cylinder A contains m gm of an
ideal gas at pressure P and temperature T0 . The cylinder B contain identical gas at same
temperature T0 but has different mass. The piston is held at the state in the position so
that volume of gas in cylinder A and cylinder B are same and is equal to V0 . The walls
and piston of cylinder A are thermally insulated, whereas cylinder ‘B’ is maintained at
temperature T0 reservoir. The whole system is in vacuum. Now the piston is slowly
released and it moves towards left and mechanical equilibrium is reached at the state
V
when the volume of gas in cylinder A becomes 0 . Then :  Here  for gas  1.5 
2

17. The mass of gas in cylinder B:

A) 2 2 m B) 3 2 m C) 2m D) 2m
18. The change in internal energy of gas in cylinder A:

A)  
2  1 PV0 B) 2  
2  1 PV0 C)
PV0
 
D) PV0
2 1
SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 8

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
CHEMISTRY Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
19. The packing efficiency of a simple cubic crystal, when biggest void(s) is/are filled with
interstitial atoms of appropriate size without causing any distortion, is approximately
A) 0.523 B) 0.634 C) 0.728 D) 0.785
20. The electrolytic conductivity of a saturated solution of AgCl in water at 25ºC is
1.26 × 106 1 cm1 higher than that for the water used. What is the solubility of
0AgCl in 0.01 M AgNO3, if the molar ionic conductivities of Ag+ and
Cl  53.9  1cm 2 mol1 and 72.1  1cm 2 mol1 , respectively?

A) 1.6  103 g / L B) 105 mol / L C) 1.6  106 g / L D) 108 mol / L

21. The correct order of pKa for the following compounds is
OH OH CO 2H
O

H3C OH

N NO 2
H3C CH3
III IV
I II

A) II > I > III > IV B) II > I > IV > III

C) III > IV > I > II D) IV > II > I > III
22. Increasing order of reactivity of the following compounds for SN1 substitution is

Cl Cl
H3C
H3C Cl ,
Cl
, , H CO
3
H3C

(Q) (R) (S)

(P)

A) Q < R < S < P B) Q < R < P < S

C) Q < P < S < R D) P < Q < S < R

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 9

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
23.
O
O
H3C S Cl
H3C O S CH3
O NaN 3
Reactant [Y] is
H H O
[X] Pyridine Ethanol - H 2O

OH Me N3
Me

H H H
H

[Y]
A) [X]

OH Me H
Me

H H N3
H

[Y]
B) [X]

H Me H
Me

OH H N3
H

[Y]
C) [X]

H Me N3
Me

OH H H
H

[Y]
D) [X]

24. Choose the pair of species which can be oxidised by both O3 and conc.H 2SO 4 :

A) KCl, H 2S B) H 2S, I 2 C) KI, KMnO 4 D) KCl, KI

25. The paramagnetic complex which can show geometrical and optical isomerism is:

A)  Ni  en 3  Cl 2 B)  Cr  H 2O 4 Cl2  Cl

C)  Ni  gly 2  D) K 2  Ni  gly 2 ClBr 

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 10

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
SECTION-II
(ONE OR MORE OPTIONS CORRECT TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice equations. Each question has four choices (A) (B),(C) and (D) out of which
ONE or MORE THAN ONE are correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
26. The Incorrect statement for orthoboric acid is/are:

A) It behave as weak acid in water due to self ionisation

B) Acidity of aqueous solution increases upon addition of ethylene glycol

C) It has a three dimensional structure due to hydrogen bonding

D) It is a strong electrolyte in water

27. The correct statement(s) regarding given compounds is/are :

N N

N N
H H

(I) (II) (III)

A) Basic strength I > II > III

B) proton affinity is I > II > III

C) III-structure possess inductive, mesomeric and Hyperconjugation effects

D) All are heterocyclic compound

28. The spin only magnetic moment of a certain complex (X) of Cobalt was found to be 3.87
BM and the EAN as 33. Cobalt also forms complex (Y) with spin only magnetic
moment 3.87 BM and EAN 37, and complex (Z) with EAN 36 but diamagnetic. Which
of the following statement(s) is(are) true for complexes X, Y and Z, respectively?
A) The oxidation states of Co is +3, +3 and +2
B) The hybridisation of Co is sp3 ,sp3d 2 and d 2sp3
C) The spin multiplicity of Co is 4, 4 and 1
D) The geometries are tetrahedral, octahedral and octahedral

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 11

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
29. The reaction(s) which produce O 2 gas is (are):

A) CaOCl2  HCl 
 B) KMnO 4  

C) PbO 2  conc.H 2SO 4 

warm
 D) Pb  NO3 2 



30. In which of the following reaction(s) H 2 (g) is released?

A) NaBH 4  I 2 
 B) B2 H 6  CH 3OH 


C) BF3  LiH 
 D) B2 H 6  NH 3 
1:2
200 C


31. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?

A) NaCl type ‘AB’ crystal lattice can be interpreted to be made up of two individual
FCC lattices of A+ and B fused together in such a manner that the corner of one unit cell
becomes the edge centre of the other.
B) In a face centered cubic unit cell of a metal, the octahedral void at the body centered
position is bigger than the octahedral void at the edge centre.
C) In BCC unit cell of a metal, the octahedral void(distorted) is smaller in size than the
tetrahedral void(distorted).
D) Number of Tetrahedral voids = 2 × number of octahedral voids, is valid for all type of
lattices that contain these voids.
32.

Electrolyte KCl KNO3 HCl NaOAc NaCl

m (S cm mol )
2 –1
149.9 145 426.2 91 126.5

Which of the following choices is/are correct?

A)The difference in the ionic molar conductivities of K+ & Na+ is 23.4 S cm2 mol–1

B)  AcOH is 390.7 S cm2 mol–1

C)The difference in the ionic molar conductivities of Cl- & nitrate is 18.5 S cm2 mol–

D)  HNO3 is 421.3 S cm2 mol–1

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 12

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph For Questions 33 and 34
In the following monobromination reaction:
CH 2CH 2CH 3
Br 2 (1.0 mole)
H Br Product(s)
0
CH3 300 C

(1.0 mole)

(enantiomerically pure)

33. The number of possible achiral products is

A)7 B) 1 C) 3 D) 2

34. The number of achiral product(s) which show(s) optical isomerism is/are

A) 7 B) 1 C) 3 D) 2

Paragraph for Questions 35 and 36

These are two representations of reversible galvanic cell.

Cell-I:

E oZn 2 /Zn  0.76V;E Cu

o
2
/Cu
 0.34V;1F  96500Cmol1

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 13

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P

Cell-II:

Given H 3PO 4 : Ka1  105 ;Ka 2  108 ;Ka 3  1012

When 9.65 Ampere of current is passed for 20 seconds in both the cell, charging reaction

takes place in cell-I and in cell-II, electrolysis of water take place. During electrolysis of

water in cell-II, O2 gas is liberated in chamber A 4 and H 2 gas is liberated in chamber A3 .

(Consider no change in volume of electrolyte solutions after electrolysis in both the

cells).

35. What is the cell potential (for the representation shown ) after passage of given current

in cell-I ?

0.059 1 0.059 11
A) E cell  E ocell  log B) E cell  E ocell  log
2 1.1 2 9

0.059 11
C) E cell  E ocell D) E cell  E ocell  log
2 9

36. The difference in pH value of chamber A3 & A 4 after electrolysis, will be

A) 4 B) 4  4 log 2 C) 4  2 log 2 D) 4  4 log 2

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 14

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
MATHEMATICS Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
37. If the value of 3P  30C 5  30C 6  30C 7  .......  30C 28  29 and value of
Q
C R  100C 6  4 100
C 7  6 100C 8  4 100
C 9  100C 10 , then which among the following option is
incorrect ?

A) Total number of positive divisors of P are 16

B) Q + R can be divisible either by 9 or 19

C) If P can be expressed as the product of 4 numbers as, abcd = P, (a, b, c, d  I+), then

possible number of ordered quadruple of (a, b, c, d) are 44

D) P is divisible by exactly 3 prime numbers.

38. A hexagon inscribed in a circle has three consecutive sides of length 3 units and other
three consecutive sides of length 5 units, then the radius of the circle is
7 5
A) units B) units C) 2 3 units D) 4 units
3 2

39. Let n be an integer with n  2 , then the value of the product,

 n   3k     n   3k   
  tan   1  n      tan   1  n    is,
 k 1  3  3  1     k 1  3  3  1  

1
A) 0 B) 1 C) 3 D)
3

40. Two ants begin on opposite corners of a cube. On each move, they can travel along an
edge to an adjacent vertex, then the probability that they both return to their starting
m
position after 4 moves is (where m and n are coprime integers) then the value of
n
n  10m is,

A) 139 B) 239 C) 339 D) 439

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 15

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
41. X University and Y University write questions and corresponding solution for a high
school math tournament. The X University writes 10 questions every hour but makes a
mistake in calculating their solutions 10% of the time. The Y University writes 20
problems every hour and makes solution mistakes 20% of the time. Each University
works for 10 hours and then sends all problems to Smartie to be checked. However,
Smartie isn’t really so smart, and only 75% of the problems she thinks are wrong are
actually incorrect. Smartie think 20% of questions from X University have incorrect
solutions, and that 10% of questions from Y University have incorrect solutions. If a
problem was definitely written and solved correctly, then the probability that Smartie
thinks its solution is wrong is,
1 3 1 3
A) B) C) D)
49 49 25 25
42. Let S be the sum of positive integers less than 2019 that has exactly 20 positive integral
divisors and is divisible by 20, then total number of positive prime factors of S is,
A) 3 B) 12 C) 16 D) 24
43. Numbers greater than 300000 are formed with distinct digits by the permutations of
1,2,3,4,5,6 such that for each k with 1  k  5 ,at least one of the first k terms(digits) of
the permutation is greater than k ,then if M such numbers are formed then M is not
divisible by,
A) 3 B) 5 C) 11 D) 13

n n!
(Note that   is defined as and p and q are coprime integers)
k  k ! n  k  !

A) p+q < 4006 B) p-q is negative

C) p+q > 4006 D) p is divisible by 3

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 16

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
1 1 1 1
45. For any two positive integers x and y , f  x, y      .....  , then
 x  1!  x  2 !  x  3!  x  y !
which of the following options is/are correct ?
1 1 1 
A) f  x, y     
x  x !  x  y  ! 
B) ylim

 f  x, y    1
x!

1 1
C) f  x, x   D) f  2, 2  is less than
 x  1! 5

46. If radii of three concentric circles are related as r1  r2  r3   r2  r3  r1   r3  r1  r2   118,

r1r2  r1  r2   r2 r3  r2  r3   r3r1  r1  r3   616 and 

r 1
2
 r22 

44
then area of enclosed region
r1r2 5
between any two circles can be,
A) 21 B) 45 C) 32 D) 19

47. If tan 1 x 2  tan 1 y 2   xy  , (where x,y>0 and [.] denotes greatest integer function),
4
then which of the following is/are correct?
A) minimum integral value of x 2  y 2 is 2
B) minimum integral value of x 2  y 2 is 8
C) maximum integral value of x 2  y 2 is 14
D) maximum integral value of x 2  y 2 is 15
48. 2 distinct numbers a and b are choosen from the set 1, 2,3,.........3n n  2  ,then the
probability that,
 n C2  n 2 
A) a  b is divisible by 3 is  3n 
 C2 

B) a  b is divisible by 3 is

3 n C2 
  3n 
C2 
C) a  b is divisible by 3 is
2 2

3 n C2  n 2 
 3n 
C2

3n 2  n
D) a 3  b3 is divisible by 3 is

2 3 n C2 
SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 17

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
49. Contents of the two urns is as given in this table. A fair die is tossed. If the face 1,2,4 or
5 comes, a marble is drawn from the urn A otherwise a marble is chosen from the urn B.

Urn Red White marbles Blue marbles

Marbles
A 5 3 8
B 3 5 0
Let E1 : Denote the event that a red marble is chosen

E2 : Denote the event that a white marble is chosen

E3 : Denote the event that a blue marble is chosen

Then which among the following option(s) is/are correct?

A) The event E1 , E2 and E3 are equiprobable.

B) P  E1  , P  E2  , P  E3  are in A.P

1
C) If the marble drawn is red, the probability that it came from the urn A is
2

3
D) If the marble drawn is white, the probability that the face 5 appeared on the die is
32

50. Ten persons numbered 1,2,.....,10 play a chess tournament, each player playing against
every other player exactly one game. It is known that no game ends in a draw. If
w1 , w2 ,......w10 are the number of games won by players 1, 2, 3.....,10 respectively,

and l1 , l2 ,....., l10 are the number of games lost by the players 1, 2,……,10, respectively,
then, which among the following statement(s) is/are correct ?
i 10 i 10
A)  wi   li
i 1 i 1
B) w5  l5  9

i 10 i 10 i 10 i 10

C)  wi2  81   li2 D)  wi2   li2
i 1 i 1 i 1 i 1

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 18

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 16-04-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC _JEE-Adv_UTA-4 Q’P
SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph For Questions 51 and 52
Read the following write up carefully and answer the following questions:

Consider a right angle triangle ABC right angled at B such that AC  8  4 3 and
AB=1. A line through vertex A meet BC at D such that AB  BD . An arc DE of radius
AD is drawn from vertex A to meet AC at E and another arc DF of radius CD is drawn
from vertex C to meet AC at F. On the basis of above information, answer the following
questions.
51. tan A  cot C is equal to:

A) 3 B) 1 C) 2  3 D) 3  1
 AC 
52. log AE   is equal to:
 CD 

A) 2 B) 1 C) 0 D) 1
Paragraph For Questions 53 and 54
Let f  x, y,z   cos x  cos y  cos z

53. If x,y,z are three distinct terms in A.P. ,then f(x,y,z) is,
 x  z   3 y  x   z  x   3 z  y  
cos   sin   cos   sin  
 2   2   2   2 
A) B)
 z  y   y  x 
sin   sin  
 2   2 
 x  y   3 x  z    x  y   3 x  y  
cos   sin   cos   sin  
 2   2   2   2 
C) D)
 xz  x y
sin   sin  
 2   2 
2 2
54. The general solution of f  x,  x,  x   f  x, 2 x,3x  and f  x,x,x  
3
is,
 3 3  2
 n
A) x   2n  1 ,n  Z B) x  ,n  Z
4 4
 3
C) x  2n  ,n  Z D) x  2n  ,n  Z
4 4

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 19

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-36 Date: 17-08-2020
Time:08.00Am to 11.00Am 2016_P2 Max. Marks:186

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 D 2 D 3 A 4 D 5 B
6 B 7 AC 8 BC 9 BCD 10 ABCD
11 ABC 12 ACD 13 BC 14 ABC 15 C
16 C 17 D 18 A

CHEMISTRY
19 D 20 C 21 D 22 C 23 B
24 D 25 ABCD 26 ABC 27 BC 28 CD
29 ABD 30 ABD 31 ABC 32 ACD 33 D
34 A 35 D 36 C

MATHS
37 A 38 C 39 A 40 B 41 D
42 C 43 ABC 44 AC 45 ABC 46 ABC
47 BD 48 C 49 BCD 50 ABCD 51 C
52 C 53 C 54 B
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Key&Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1. m  v a bg c
Now use principle of homogeneity.
2. The given figure can be redrawn is
10  20 20
For Pmax , R   
10  20 3

20 V
R 30 V

10  20 
1
3. For continuity of flow av = constant V 
a
4. Let us consider initial separation between any two plates to be d, and cross-
section area of plate be S. As plates B and C are connected by a conducting
spring, they won’t take part in the equivalent capacitance.

m m

B C
5. Concave lens diverse the beam so more lights falls at AC and BD.
l ml2
6. Bil  I  
2 3
3Bi

2m
7. For field lines
ax dy
tan   
ay dx
y dy = x dx
y2  x 2  c2
equipotenital surface is perpendicular to field lines
dx ax
 
dy ay
 xy = c.
8.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

A
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
B
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Key&Sol’s
A B
m V m m V1 m V2
rest
V2  V1
e
V
mV  mV1  mV2
1 e  V 1 e  V
V2  V1 
2 2
1
9. mv 2  qV
2
2qV
 v
m
mv 1 2mV
 r  .
qB B q
10. A) If it is projected radially it will go up and than move down in a straight line
B) If it is projected will a small velocity near the earth`s surface, g will be almost
constant So its path will be almost parabolic. (Projectile Motion)
 GM 
C) If the body is projected tangentially with orbital speed  V0   then it will
 r 
revolve in circular orbit
D) If the body is projected with a velocity V  V0 , Ve  it may revolve in an elloptical
orbit.
11. CONCEPTUAL
12. CONCEPTUAL
13. CONCEPTUAL
14. A) Whenever a particle moves along a spiral path, its velocity always remains in
the plane of spiral or the component of the velocity normal to the plane of spiral is
always equal to zero. Force exerted by magnetic field is always normal to the
direction of motion of the particle.
Q

B


F
direction of associated
current

v
Force exerted by the magnetic field is in the plane of spiral. Direction of magnetic
field is always normal to both the velocity vector and the direction of force. It
means, magnetic field is normal to the plane of spiral.
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Key&Sol’s
B) Since the particle experiences a resistance against its motion, therefore its
speed decreases continuously. Radius of the circular path followed by a charged
mv
particle moving in a magnetic field is given by R  . Since v is continuously
qB
decreasing, therefore radius R also decreases continuously. So, a charge particle
should follow a spiral path of decreasing radius. Hence, the particle enters the
magnetic field at Q.
C) Force experienced by the particle is towards the center and direction of the
force is found out by Fleming’s left hand rule. Since magnetic field is outward,
therefore according to Fleming’s left hand rule, the direction of current associated
with its motion should be as shown in figure. Since the particle is moving in the
same direction, therefore the particle is positively charged.
Option (d) is not correct.
15. CONCEPTUAL
16. CONCEPTUAL
17,18. Magnetic field due to outer solenoid
B  0 nkt
Magnetic field due to inner solenoid
B  0  n   2kt 
Magnetic flux linked with cross–section of outer solenoid
  R 2  30 nkt    4R 2  R 2  0 nkt
 6R 20 nkt .
Flux of magnetic field enclosed in radius r
 R 2  3 0 nkt     r 2  R 2  0 nkt
 2R 2 0 nkt   r 20 nkt  0 nkt 2R 2  r 2 
If induced electric field is E
E  2r  0 nk 2R 2  r 2 
0 nk
E  2R 2  r 2 
2r 
qBr qEt
V 
m m
 0 nk
[2R 2  r 2 ]t
E 2r
r t
B 0 nkt
2r 2  2R 2  r 2
rR 2.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot
CHEMISTRY
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Key&Sol’s

1 i
19. 
1
1
n
1 i
0.8  ; i  0.4
1
1
n
T  iK f m
w  1000
0.3  0.4  1.86 A
m A  w H 2O
2.5  1000
0.3  0.4  1.86
m A  100
m A  62
20.

Zn 2   H 2O Zn  OH   H
t  0Conc. 0.1 ______ ___
t eq Conc. 0.11    0.1 0.1
0.1 2
K a  10 9 
1
 2  108
  104
H    105
pH  5
21. Due to presence of non bonding electron pair on ‘N’ in HNO 2 , it has bent structure
22. Due to high hydration energy of Be 2 ion, BeCl2 has high solubility in water
23. conc H2 SO4
C 2O 42   CO 2  g   CO  g 
24. All reaction undergo SN 2 mechanism.
SN 2
CH3CH 2O   CH3CH 2Cl    CH 3CH 2OCH 2CH3
Cl
 H2O Cl
 OH    

OH - O
O
 CH3 3 C  CH 2  CH 2  Br  NH3   CH3 3 C  CH 2  CH 2 NH2
CH 3 CH 2 OH  HBr  CH 3CH 2 Br  H 2 O

CH3 CH 2 OH 2 Br 
 CH3CH 2 Br

25. Calamine is ZnCO 3 , Malachite is CuCO3  Cu  OH 2 , cerussite is PbCO3 and Haematite

is Fe 2 O3 . These ores are subjected to carbon reduction after preliminary treatment
of ore to get metal.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
26.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Key&Sol’s
CN  is a strong field ligand which produce enough splitting of d-subshell. Fe 3  d 5  ,
Mn 3  d 4  and Cr 3  d 3  are paramagnetic while Co3  d 6  is diamagnetic in the given
cyano complexes.
27. O22 is diamagnetic. N 22 and O 2 are 16 electron species, paramagnetic with bond
order of two and HOMO is * molecular orbital, which is gerade type. B 2 is
paramagnetic with bond order of one and HOMO is  molecular orbital, which is
ungerade type
28. Conceptual
29. CH3  CH  CH  CH 2  CHD  CH  CH  CH3
8 configurational isomers
CH CH CH CH2

(B) Et
8 comfigurational isomers
Et

CH2CH3

(C) Cl
4 configurational isomers
CH2 CH3
H3C C C CHD CH C
(D) CHClBr
8 comfigurational isomers
30. Conceptual
31. q=0
w=0
U  0
for the whole system volume is constant.
for the whole system internal energy is constant.
Since the container is adiabatic there is no change in entropy of surrounding.
Since the process is adiabatic irreversible the entropy of universe and system will
increase
32. Self explanatory (NCERT)
33. Conceptual
34. Conceptual
35. Initial condition
2

 H  

H 2  2Ag 
 2Ag  2H , Q  2
1
 Ag    pH 2 
0 0.06 0
E1  E cell  E cell  log 1  E cell .............  i 
2
After adding NaOH, pH of L.H.S. compartment become 7
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

10 7 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Key&Sol’s

Q 2
 10 12
 0.1 1
0.06
0
E 2  E cell  log1012   E 0cell  0.36  .........  ii 
2
E 2  E1  0.36V
36. H 2  Hg 2 Cl 2  2Hg  2H   2Cl 
2 2
 H   Cl 
(D) Q     
PH 2
2 2
0.06  H   Cl 
E cell  0.28  log
2 PH 2
 104 
E cell  0.28  0.03log  4 
 10 
E cell  0.28C  correct 

2 2
o
 H   Cl 
(C) E1  E cell  0.03log
PH 2
2 2
o
 H   Cl 
E2  E cell  0.03log
10 4 PH 2
E 2  E1  0.03  4  0.12V  incorrect 
MATHEMATICS
37. (A)
Sol: tn  2 tn1  tn 2
tn  TURNS OUT TO BE AN A.P WITH a  1 AND COMMON DIFFERENCE 1
2009
2009  2010
t
n 1
n 
2
 2009 1005  2019045

38. (C)
2bc A
Sol. Length of external angular bisector of angle A is sin . Length of external
bc 2
2ab C
angular bisector of angle C is sin
ab 2
39. (A)
Sol. Circumcentre of the triangle formed by the given lines is given by
  m 
 2 2
, 2 2 
 m  m 
Hence the locus of this point is
(x2 – y2)2 = x2 + y2
40. (B)
solving

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

TG ~ @bohring_bot
3 3k 
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Key&Sol’s

   a, ka    a, a  3
2 2
C 2 & C2  A  ,
 1  k 1  k 
tangent 1 to C 2 at A is y  a 2  3  2kx --------(1)
 B  1, 2  A  1
from expression (1) 2  a 2  3  2a 1  3  a2 
 a  3, a  2, a  1
a  3

41. (D)
x
1 x2 1
Sol. If 0  x   f  x    tdt 
2 1
2

0 x
1  x2 1 
If   x  0  f  x    tdt   tdt    
2 1 0  2 
 1 1 
 f '  x   0 x   , 
 2 2

  1   1    5 3 
 Range of f(x) is f   , f      , 
  2   2   8 8 
42. (C)
dy
Sol. We have  y tan x  y 2 sec x
dx
1 dy 1
 2  tan x   sec x
y dx y
1 1 dy d
Putting    2  , we obtain
y y cx dx
dV
 tan x.  sec x which is linear
dx
 tan xdx
I.F  e  e logsec x  sec x
 The solution is
1
 sec x   sec2 xdx  c  sec x  tan x  c
y
 sec x  y  c  tan x 
43. (A,B,C)
Sol. Assume R  x  to be ax 3  bx 2  cx  d and evaluate constants
44. (A,C)
z2  z0
Sol.  ei 2 /3
z1  z0
2
z3  z0 i
e 3
z1  z0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot (z3)
C
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Key&Sol’s

(0,2)
A (0,0) B(z2)
(z1)

45. (A,B,C)

46. (A, B, C)
Hint:
1 3 3  3  4
2 tan 1  tan 1  sin 1   cos 1   sin 1
3 4 5 2 5 2 5
1 1  1  1 
tan 1  tan 1   tan 1   tan 1   cot 1 2
3 2 4 3 4 2 4
47. (B,D)
Sol. Area bounded by f  x   cos x , g  x   sin x
  /4

 f  x   g  x  dx  4   cos x  sin x  dx  4 
0 0

2 1
2 2

 f  x   g  x  dx    cos x  sin x dx  4

 

So if x is even A  2n 2
n is odd A  2  n  1 2  4  2  1
 2  n  1 2  4

48. (C)
  x  y 
 1  
 x  y   1  xy   1  xy  
Sol. A  z   A   
 1  xy   1  x 1  y     x  y  
   1 
  1  xy  
 A  x  .A  y   A  z 
49. (B,C,D)
Sol. b and d are obvious For ‘c’ using LMVT for f(x) on
f  x  2  f  x 
 x, x  2 , x  1, c   x, x  2   2f 1  c   f  x  2  f  x   2f 1  c 
x 2x
 Lt f 1  x   1 and f 1  x  is strictly decreasing x  1,  f 1  c   1 hence
x 

f  x  2   f  x   2x  1,  

50. (A,B,C,D)
Hint Equation of C1 is (x  a)2  (y  a)2  a 2
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Equation of C2 is (x  b)  (y  b)  b2
2
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Key&Sol’s
2

Passage – 1
51. (C)
52. (C)
Sol. Use the vieta relations and form the equation

Paragraph – 2
53. (C)
54. (B)
2
Hint:Now f 1  f  0   2  a  b  2   a  b   4
Now, 4a 2  3b 2  2  a  b 2  2  a  b 2  b 2  16
 4a 2  3b2 max  16 When b = 0
 ab  ab  a 2
Also the possible ordered triplet (a,b,c) are (2,0, -1) or (-2,0,1)
8 2 2 2 32
Also a  2b 2   4a 2  3b 2    16 
3 3 3 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

SriTG ~ @bohring_bot
Chaitanya Educational Institutions
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
Raman Bhavan-1 & 2 & Sumedha, Gudavalli, Vijayawada
17-10-20 & 18-10-20 _Sr. Chaina/ Sr.Super-60
PTM-01 & PTA-01_Weekend Syllabus
MATHS:- STRAIGHT LINES (2D) & CIRCLES.
PHYSICS:- Heat and Thermodynamics Thermal expansion of solids,
liquids and gases; Calorimetry, latent heat; Heat conduction in one
dimension; Elementary concepts of convection and radiation; Newton’s
law of cooling; Ideal gas laws; Specific heats (Cv and Cp for
monoatomic and diatomic gases); Isothermal and adiabatic processes,
bulk modulus of gases; Equivalence of heat and work; First law of
thermodynamics and its applications (only for ideal gases); Blackbody
radiation: absorptive and emissive powers; Kirchhoff’s law; Wien’s
displacement law, Stefan’s law. Kinetic Theory of Gases Equation of
state of a perfect gas, work done on compressing a gas, kinetic theory of
gases assumption,concept of pressure, Kinetic energy and temperature
rms speed of gas molecules; Degrees of freedom, Law of equipartition of
energy,applications to specific heat capacities of gases; Mean free path,
Avogadro’s number.
CHEMISTRY:- MOLE CONCEPT:- Mole concept : Chemical
formulae; Balanced chemical equations; Calculations based on mole
concept concentration terms
REDOX REACTIONS AND TITRATIONS:
Balancing reactions acid base titrations redox Titrations
GASEOUS STATE :- Absolute scale of temperature, ideal gas equation;
Deviation from ideality, van der waals equation; Kinetic theory if gases;
Average, root mean square and most probable velocities and their
relation with temperatiure ; Law of partial pressures; Vapour pressure;
Diffusion of gases .
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-36 Date: 17-08-2020
Time:08.00Am to 11.00Am 2016_P2 Max. Marks:186

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 D 2 D 3 A 4 D 5 B
6 B 7 AC 8 BC 9 BCD 10 ABCD
11 ABC 12 ACD 13 BC 14 ABC 15 C
16 C 17 D 18 A

CHEMISTRY
19 D 20 C 21 D 22 C 23 B
24 D 25 ABCD 26 ABC 27 BC 28 CD
29 ABD 30 ABD 31 ABC 32 ACD 33 D
34 A 35 D 36 C

20 V
R 30 V

m m

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

B


F
direction of associated
current

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot
CHEMISTRY
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Key&Sol’s

CH3 CH 2 OH 2 Br 
 CH3CH 2 Br

25. Calamine is ZnCO 3 , Malachite is CuCO3  Cu  OH 2 , cerussite is PbCO3 and Haematite

is Fe 2 O3 . These ores are subjected to carbon reduction after preliminary treatment
of ore to get metal.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

(B) Et
8 comfigurational isomers
Et

CH2CH3

10 7 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Key&Sol’s

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

TG ~ @bohring_bot
3 3k 
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Key&Sol’s

41. (D)
x
1 x2 1
Sol. If 0  x   f  x    tdt 
2 1
2

0 x
1  x2 1 
If   x  0  f  x    tdt   tdt    
2 1 0  2 
 1 1 
 f '  x   0 x   , 
 2 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot (z3)
C
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Key&Sol’s

(0,2)
A (0,0) B(z2)
(z1)

45. (A,B,C)

 f  x   g  x  dx  4   cos x  sin x  dx  4 
0 0

2 1
2 2

 f  x   g  x  dx    cos x  sin x dx  4

 

So if x is even A  2n 2
n is odd A  2  n  1 2  4  2  1
 2  n  1 2  4

f  x  2   f  x   2x  1,  

Passage – 1
51. (C)
52. (C)
Sol. Use the vieta relations and form the equation

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-36 Date: 17-08-2020
Time:08.00Am to 11.00Am Max. Marks:186

2016_PAPER-II
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Syllabus

MATHS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (14-08-2020)

PHYSICS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (14-08-2020)

CHEMISTRY : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (14-08-2020)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P
JEE-ADVANCE-2016-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 186
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 6) Questions with Single Correct Choice 3 -1 6 18
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – II(Q.N : 7 – 14) 4 -2 8 32
(Partial Marking +1)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 15 – 18) 3 0 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 18 62

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
1. The largest mass(m) that can be moved by a flowing river depends on velocity(v),
density(  ) of river water and acceleration due to gravity(g). The correct relation is
 2v 4 v6 v4 v6
A) m  B) m  C) m  D) m 
g2 g2 g3 g3
2. In the given figure, the value of R so that power generated in R will be maximum
is
30 

9V
20 V 30 V
11  9 R 40 

10  20  20 
45 20
A) Q B) 20  C) 10 D) 
4 3
3. A liquid is having streamline flow in a tube. If a, v,  refers to its area, velocity and
density respectively the variation that best represent, the flow is :

V V
A) B)
a a

 

C) D)
a a

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

4.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P
Four identical conducting plates are placed parallel to each other at equal
separations as shown below:
A B C D

Q
P
Plates A and D are fixed while B and C are connected with the help of a
conducting spring of spring constant k. Initially, the spring is in relaxed position
and B and C are at rest, now the spring is compressed slightly by displacing B and
C and then plates B and C are released to perform SHM. Now the capacitance of
the system across PQ [Mass of each plate is m]
A) remain constant
B) Increase continuously
C) deceases continuously
1 2k
D) is veryingsinusdoidally with frequency
2 m
5. A concave lens is placed in the path of a uniform parallel beam of light falling on a
screen as shown, then
C
A
O
B
D
screen

A) Intensity of light will be the same everywhere on the screen

B) Intensity in region AB will be smaller than what it would be in the
absence of the lens
C) In the region AC and BD, the intensity will be smaller than what it would
be in the absence of the lens
D) In the region AC and BO, the intensity will be greater than what it would
be in the absence of the lens

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

6.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P
A straight conductor of mass m and carrying a current i is hingedat one end and
placed in a plane perpendicular to the magnetic field of intensity B as shown in
figure. At any moment if the conductor is let free then the angular acceleration of
the conductor will be (neglect gravity)
x x x x x
x x x x x
i
x x x x x
x x x x x
L
2Bi 3Bi Bi 3i
A) B) C) D)
3m 2m 2m 3mB

SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases

7. Electric field in a region of space in given by E  ayiˆ  axjˆ , (where a is a positive
constant) then
A) shape of field lines will be hyperbola
B) shape of field lines will be straight lines
C) shape of equipotential surface will be rectangular hyperbola
D) shape of equipotential surface will be circles
8. Ball A of mass m moving with velocity V collides head on with a stationary ball B
of mass m. If e be the coefficient of restitution, then which of the following
statements are correct ?
1 e 
A) The ratio of velocities of balls A and B after the collision is  .
 1 e 
1 e 
B) The ratio of the final and initial velocities of ball A is  
 2 
1 e 
C) The ratio of the velocities of balls A and B after the collision is  
1 e 
1 e 
D) The ratio of the final and initial velocities of ball B is  
 2 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

9.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P
Different charged particles are accelerated through same potential difference.
Then they enterinto a uniform magnetic field, perpendicular to field, and move in
circular paths.
A) The kinetic energy of all particles are same.
B) For the same mass to charge ratio, the radii of circular paths will be same.
C) If the magnetic field is doubled, then the radii of each charged particlewill
become half.
D) Single charged, ionised isotopes will have different radii
10. If a body is projected with speed lesser than escape velocity :
A) the body can reach a certain height and may fall down following a
straight line path
B) the body can reach a certain height and may fall down following a
parabolic path
C) the body may orbit the earth in a circular orbit
D) the body may orbit the earth in an elliptic orbit
11. A black body of temperature T is inside chamber of temperature T0 . Now the
closed chamber is slightly opened to sun such that temperature of black body (T)
and chamber  T0  remains constant :

A) black body will absorb more radiation when open to SUN

B) black body emit more energy when open to SUN
C) black body emit energy equal to energy absorbed by it when open to SUN
D) none of these
12. Which of the following statements are WRONG about the transverse standing
waves on a stretched string ?
A) In one time period, all points pass through their mean positions simultaneously
twice
B) In one time period, all points are at rest at the same time, twice
C) All the points have different amplitudes
D) The points on either side of a displacement node move in same phase.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

13.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P
A man stretches a horizontal spring attached to the front wall of a railway
carriage over a distance 5cm in a train moving with uniform velocity 2.5 cm/s in 2
seconds. The man stretches the spring opposite to the direction of motion of the
train. The co-ordinate system attached to earth is s1 and the co-ordinate system
attaches to train is s2 . Then the work performed by man in stretching the spring is
(Spring constant k = 100 N/m)
A) 0.25 J in s1 B) 0.125 J in s 2 C) 0 J in s1 D) 0.125 J in s1
14. A charged particle enters into a region which offers a resistance against its
motion and a uniform magnetic field exists in the region. The particle traces a
spiral path as shown in figure. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?

Q
 
P

A) Component of magnetic field in the plane of spiral is zero

B) The particle enters the region at Q
C) If magnetic field is outward, then the particle is positively charged
D) If magnetic field is outward, then the particle is negatively charged

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P
B

A C
P Q R
15. An electron kept at the centriod of the triangle will move parallel to vector
  
A) AB B) BC C) AC D) will remain at rest
16. If E P , EQ and E R denote the electric fields at P, Q and R respectively, Then

A) E P  E Q  E R B) E P  E Q  E R C) E P  E Q  E R D) not predictable

Paragraph for Questions 17 and 18

A long solenoid contains another long co–axial solenoid as shown. Radii of
solenoids are 2R and R. Both the solenoids have n number of turns per unit length
and initially both carry no current. At the same instant currents start increasing
linearly with time in both the solenoids in same direction as shown in the
diagram. (where k is a positive constant)
i = kt

i = 2kt

17. Flux of magnetic field linked with cross–section of outer coil as a function of time
t is
A) 3 R 2 0 nkt B) 2R 2 0 nkt C) 4R 2 0 nkt D) 6 R 20 nkt .
18. A charged particle kept at a distance r from axis of smaller coil, starts moving
along a circular trajectory of constant radius. Radius r of the circle is
3 4
A) R 2 B) R 3 C) R D) R .
2 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
19. A certain substance ‘A’ tetramerises in water to the extent of 80%. A solution of
2.5 g of A in 100 g of water lowers the freezing point by 0.3 C . The molar mass of
A is:
A) 122 B) 31 C) 244 D) 62
20. The acid ionization constant for
 Zn  OH   H 

Zn 2  H 2 O 

is 1.0 10 9 . The pH of 0.10 M solution of ZnCl2
A) 3 B) 4 C) 5 D) 6
21. In which of the following species, there is bent at nitrogen position?
A) N 2 O B) N3 C) HNC D) HNO 2
22. Which of the following has highest solubility in water?
A) NaCl B) KCl C) BeCl2 D) MgCl2
dil H 2SO 4
23. Salt  A    No action
concH 2SO4
Salt  A    Gas  X   Gas  Y   solution(Z)
Gas(X) turns lime water milky while Gas (Y) burns with blue flame. The salt (A)
contains
A) S2O32 B) C2O42 C) SO32 D) CH 3COO 
24. In which of the following SN 2 reaction, attack of Nu  is not the first step?
A) CH3  CH 2  ONa  CH 3  CH 2  Cl 


B) ONa

C)  CH 3 3 C  CH 2  CH 2  Br  Excess NH 3 

D) CH2  CH 2  OH  HBr 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
25. Treatment of which of the following ore/s involve carbon reduction to get metal?
A) Calamine B) Malachite C) Cerussite D) Haematite
26. Which of the following complexes are paramagnetic as well as inner orbital type?
3 3 3 3
A)  Fe  CN 6  B)  Mn  CN 6  C) Cr  CN 6  D) Co  CN 6 
27. Which of the following species have integral bond order, gerade type HOMO and
paramagnetic nature.
A) O 22 B) N 22 C) O 2 D) B2
28. Select correct method(s) to prepare 1,2-dibromo propane:
A) Me  C  CH Na
Liq.NH
Br
 A 
CCl
 3
2
4

B) Me  C  CH 2 
 HBr
|
Br
OH
|
C) Me  CH  Me 
Conc.H 2SO4

Br2
Q 
CCl4

D) Me  CH  CH 2 Cold.dil
alkaline KMnO
 Re d P
Br  excess 
4
 2

29. How many of the following compound(s) have more than four configurational
isomers?
A) CH3  CH  CH  CH2  CHD  CH  CH  CH3
CH CH CH CH2

B) Et
Et

CH2CH3

C) Cl
CH2 CH3
H3C C C CHD CH C
D) CHClBr

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

30.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Find out correct order(s)
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P

A) F  Cl  Br   I Leaving group ability

B) F  Cl  Br   I Nucleophilicity in H2 O
C) F  Cl  Br   I Nucleophilicity in DMSO
D) F  Cl  Br   I Stability of anion
31. Consider the following setup of two bulbs with adiabatic walls separated by an
adiabatic valve.

The left side flask is of volume 1 L and contains 0.2 moles of N2O4 and 0.1 moles
of NO2 at equilibrium at 25 C

 2NO2  g 
N2O4  g  

The larger flask on the right side is of 3 L volume and is empty at 25 C . The
connecting valve is suddenly opened. The correct statement(s) regarding this
system is/are[U = Internal energy of system, V = total volume of system]
A)  Ssys  U ,V  0 for the whole system

B) STotal  0
C) Ssur  0
D)  Ssys  U,V  0
32. Which of the following statements are true about AgI sol prepared by peptizatoin
of AgI with AgNO3 (excess) ?
A) In electrophoresis, the dispersed phase will moved towards cathode.
B) AC 3 is more effective than Na 3PO4 for bringing about coagulation of the sol.
C) Na 3PO4 is more effective than AC 3 for bringing about coagulation of the sol
D) On persistant dialysis of the sol, precipitation of colloidal sol take place
(coagulation)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P
SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Questions 33 and 34
For the following sequence :
Br2 Mg P Na NaI
CH 3  CH 3 
h
 P 
Et 2 O
 Q   R 
Et 2 O
 S 
acetone
T
 excess 

33. Choose the correct option(s) ?

A) (S) can be CH3  CH2  CH2  Br B) (Q) is CH3MgBr
C) (R) is n-hexane D) (P) is CH3  CH2  Br
34. Which of the following phenomenon / reaction is not involved in above reaction
sequence.
A) Wurtz fittig reaction
B) Nucleophilic substitution
C) Free radical substitution
D) Finkelstein reaction

Paragraph for Questions 35 and 36

Galvanic cell is an arrangement where chemical energy is converted in electrical
2.303RT
energy. Its e.m.f is given by Nernst equation. E cell  E cell
0
 0
log10 Q pc
nF

If E cell  0  cell reaction is spontaneous; E cell  0  equilibrium is established

E cell  0  cell reaction is non-spontaneous

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

35.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
For given galvanic cell at 25 C
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P

Pt | H 2 1bar  | HCl  0.1M  ||AgNO3  0.1M  | Ag

If 4 gm of NaOH is added into L.H.S compartment, then change in e.m.f of the cell
is:
 2.303RT 
 Use :  0.06 
 F 

A) 0.18 V B) -0.36 V C) -.0.18 V D) 0.36 V

36. For given galvanic cell

Pt | H 2 1bar  | HCl | Hg 2Cl 2 | Hg | Pt

 0.1M 
 2.303RT 
E 0Cl |Hg Cl |Hg|Pt  0.28 V  use :  0.06 
2 2
 F 
Select the incorrect option:
A) Hydrogen electrode is anode
B) Calomel electrode is cathode
C) On diluting HCl solution 10 times, emf. of the cell remains unchanged
D) For HCl conc. 0.1 M and hydrogen gas pressure 10 4 bar, E cell  0.28V

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

MATHEMATICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
37. The fourth and fifth term of a sequence tn n1 are 4 and 5 respectively and the nth
term is given as tn  2tn1  tn 2 , n  3  n  N  . Then the sum to first 2009 terms is
A) 2019045 B) 2013015
C) 2017036 D) 2018040
38. Given in ABC : AB  1cm; AC  2cm The lengths of external angular bisectors of
angles A & C are equal. i.e, AA '  CC' . If BC  1 then BC = ________________
A C
In the given figure   90  and   90 
2 2

A 



B A'
C
1  15 1  13 1  17 1  19
A) B) C) D)
2 2 2 2
39. Triangle is formed by the lines x + y = 0, x – y = 0 and m  my  1 . If  and m vary
subject to the condition  2  m 2  1 , then the locus of its circumcenter is
2 2
A)  x 2  y2   x 2  y2 B)  x 2  y2    x 2  y 2 
2 2 2
C)  x 2  y2   4x 2 y2 D)  x 2  y2    x 2  y2 
40. The curves C1 : y  x 2  3; C2 : y  kx 2 , k  1 intersect each other at two different points.
The tangent drawn to C 2 , at one of the points of intersection A   a, y1  (a  0) meets
C1 again at B 1, y2  .  y1  y 2  Then value of a  ______?
A) 4 B) 3 C) 2 D) 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
x
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P
1 1 
41. The range of the function f  x    t dt, x   , is
1  2 2 
3 5 5 3 3 5 5 3
A)  ,  B)  ,  C)  ,  D)  , 
8 8   8 8  8 8 8 8 
dy
42. The general solution of the differential equation  y tan x  y 2 sec x is
dx
A) tan x   c  sec x  y B) sec y   c  tan y  x
C) sec x   c  tan x  y D) None of these
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
43. Let R  x  be the remainder when the polynomial
x 401  x 301  x 201  x 101  x is divided by x 4  x .
Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?
1 65
A) R  1 equals – 1 B) R  2 R   equals
2 2
C) R  2  equals – 4 D) R 1 equals 0
44. One vertex of the triangle of maximum area that can be inscribed in the curve
z  2i  2 is 2  2i . Which of the following is/are a possible vertex(ices) of this
triangle?
A) 1  i (2  3) B) 1  i (2  3) C) 1  i (2  3) D) 1  i(2  3)
45. Let    1 be a cube root of unity. For positive integers n , define
Pn  1     2 1   2   4  ... 1   n   2n  .
Which of the following statement(s) is/are true?
A) P31 is non-real B) P17 equals 4096
C) P18 equals 4096 D) P30 is non-real
46. Which of the following are true
1 1 3 1 
A) tan 1  sin 1 B) tan 1   cot 1 2
3 2 5 3 4
1  1 4 1 
C) tan 1   sin 1 D) tan 1   cot 1 3
3 4 2 5 3 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
47.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P
The area bounded by the function f  x   cos x and g  x   sin x between the
ordinates x = 0 and x  n , n  N is equal to
A) 4n 2 if n is odd B) 2n 2 if n is even
C) 2 2  n  1 if n is odd D) 2 2  n  1  4 if n is odd
48. For each real number x such that – 1 < x < 1, let A (x) be the matrix
1  1 x  xy
1  x    x 1  and z  1  xy Then,
 
A) A(z) = A(x) + A(y) B)A(z) = A(x) [A(y)]–1
C) A(z) = A(x) A(y) D)A(z) = A(x) – A(y)
1
49. For the function, f  x   x cos , x  1,
x
A) For atleast one x in 1,   ,f  x  2  f  x   2
B) xLt

f1  x   1

C) x in 1,   , f  x  2   f  x   2
D) f 1  x  strictly
decreases in 1,  
50. C1 , C 2 are two circles of radii a, b(a  b) touching both the coordinate axes and have
their centres in the first quadrant. Then the true statements among the following
are
b
A) If C1 , C2 touch each other then  3 2 2
a
b
B) If C1 , C2 are orthogonal then  2 3
a
C) If C1 , C2 intersect in such a way that their common chord has maximum length
b
then 3
a
b
D) If C2 passes through centre of C1 then  2 2
a

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 51 and 52
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P

Let    1 be a root of the equation x 7  1  0 .The equation whose roots are

   6 ,  2   5 and  3   4 is x 3  ax 2  bx  c  0 , with a, b, c being real.

51. The value of a  b  c is

A) 1 B) 2 C) 4 D) 6
52. The value of a  b 2  c 3 is
A) 1 B) 2 C) 4 D) – 1

Paragraph for Questions 53 and 54

Let f  x   ax 2  bx  c; a, b, c  R

It is given that f  x   1,  x  1

53. The possible value of a  b if 4a 2  3b 2 is maximum is

A) 1 B) 0 C) 2 D) 3
8
54. The possible maximum value of a 2  2b 2 is given by
3
32 2 16
A) 32 B) C) D)
3 3 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

2016_PAPER-II
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Syllabus

MATHS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (14-08-2020)

PHYSICS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (14-08-2020)

CHEMISTRY : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (14-08-2020)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

9V
20 V 30 V
11  9 R 40 

V V
A) B)
a a

 

C) D)
a a

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

A) Intensity of light will be the same everywhere on the screen

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases

7. Electric field in a region of space in given by E  ayiˆ  axjˆ , (where a is a positive
constant) then
A) shape of field lines will be hyperbola
B) shape of field lines will be straight lines
C) shape of equipotential surface will be rectangular hyperbola
D) shape of equipotential surface will be circles
8. Ball A of mass m moving with velocity V collides head on with a stationary ball B
of mass m. If e be the coefficient of restitution, then which of the following
statements are correct ?
1 e 
A) The ratio of velocities of balls A and B after the collision is  .
 1 e 
1 e 
B) The ratio of the final and initial velocities of ball A is  
 2 
1 e 
C) The ratio of the velocities of balls A and B after the collision is  
1 e 
1 e 
D) The ratio of the final and initial velocities of ball B is  
 2 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

A) black body will absorb more radiation when open to SUN

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

Q
 
P

A) Component of magnetic field in the plane of spiral is zero

B) The particle enters the region at Q
C) If magnetic field is outward, then the particle is positively charged
D) If magnetic field is outward, then the particle is negatively charged

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P
B

A) E P  E Q  E R B) E P  E Q  E R C) E P  E Q  E R D) not predictable

Paragraph for Questions 17 and 18

i = 2kt

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

B) ONa

C)  CH 3 3 C  CH 2  CH 2  Br  Excess NH 3 

D) CH2  CH 2  OH  HBr 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

29. How many of the following compound(s) have more than four configurational
isomers?
A) CH3  CH  CH  CH2  CHD  CH  CH  CH3
CH CH CH CH2

B) Et
Et

CH2CH3

C) Cl
CH2 CH3
H3C C C CHD CH C
D) CHClBr

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

30.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Find out correct order(s)
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P

A) F  Cl  Br   I Leaving group ability

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

33. Choose the correct option(s) ?

Paragraph for Questions 35 and 36

Galvanic cell is an arrangement where chemical energy is converted in electrical
2.303RT
energy. Its e.m.f is given by Nernst equation. E cell  E cell
0
 0
log10 Q pc
nF

If E cell  0  cell reaction is spontaneous; E cell  0  equilibrium is established

E cell  0  cell reaction is non-spontaneous

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

35.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
For given galvanic cell at 25 C
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P

Pt | H 2 1bar  | HCl  0.1M  ||AgNO3  0.1M  | Ag

If 4 gm of NaOH is added into L.H.S compartment, then change in e.m.f of the cell
is:
 2.303RT 
 Use :  0.06 
 F 

A) 0.18 V B) -0.36 V C) -.0.18 V D) 0.36 V

36. For given galvanic cell

Pt | H 2 1bar  | HCl | Hg 2Cl 2 | Hg | Pt

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 51 and 52
17-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2016-P2_CTA-36_Q.P

Let    1 be a root of the equation x 7  1  0 .The equation whose roots are

   6 ,  2   5 and  3   4 is x 3  ax 2  bx  c  0 , with a, b, c being real.

51. The value of a  b  c is

A) 1 B) 2 C) 4 D) 6
52. The value of a  b 2  c 3 is
A) 1 B) 2 C) 4 D) – 1

Paragraph for Questions 53 and 54

Let f  x   ax 2  bx  c; a, b, c  R

It is given that f  x   1,  x  1

53. The possible value of a  b if 4a 2  3b 2 is maximum is

A) 1 B) 0 C) 2 D) 3
8
54. The possible maximum value of a 2  2b 2 is given by
3
32 2 16
A) 32 B) C) D)
3 3 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
A.P, TELANGNA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office, Madhapur – Hyderabad
SEC: Sr.Super60 PTA-01 Date: 18-10-2020
TIME: 09.00Am to 12.00Pm 2016-P1 Max. Marks: 186

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D B A D A ACD AB AC BC ABD
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
AC D ABC 7 5 3 6 5

CHEMISTRY
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
B C A A A ABCD ABCD ACD ABCD AC
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
AB B D 3.00 4.00 5.00 8.00 7.00

MATHEMATICS

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
B D A D A AC ABCD BCD A ABCD
47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
ABCD AB BD 4.00 5 7 7 7
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
3
 4S   4 3  P0 4 S  4  4  5 R 
1.  P0    R        
 R  3   2 5R  3  4 
4 S 125 P0 25 S 96 S 16 nS
 P0     P0  
R 128 4R R R
 n=6
2. For system of two gases n1CV dT  n2CV dT  PdV  0
1 2

1 7R 4 RT
 2 R  dT  4   dT  dV  0
2  4  V
dV
dT  7 dT  4T 0
V
2dT dV
 0
T V
T 1
2 ln  ln  0; T  600 K
300 4
1 7R
U   2 R  600  300   4   300  2  10 4 J
2 4
1 W
3. Specific heat, C  CV 
n T
13 R 3 R
 
2  
3  n
6 2  5n  3 
n  6 .
2 2
 Q   ML T 
4. S    
2 2 1
LT K
 m  T   M  K 
2
1 
1 m 
L12 2  1 m2
1 12 1  
T  K  4 sec  2  2k 1 128 sec2  K
1 5

128 Kg  K
1
1 new unit = J / kg  K
128
5.
I II

T1 T2
P  2AT14  AT24 (steady-state condition of sheet I)
….. (i)
And 0  2AT  AT (steady state condition of sheet II)
4
2 1
4
….. (ii)
 P  3 AT24  3 kW

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 2

6.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s
Area under graph is more for circle  WQ  WP
As  U is same  QQ  Q P
KAd  d
7. H  K  2 r L 
dr dr
r2 
dr 2KL 2
  d
r1
r H 1
dQ 2KL  2  1 
H  80 
dt  r2 
n  
 r1 
dm
 L  80 
dt
dm 80  80  
    kg/second.
dt L 80  4200 4200
8. Use Principle of Calorymetry.

9. Thermal resistance of k1 
k1  R 12

Thermal resistance of k 2 
k 2   R 22  R12 
For same heat current k1R12  k 2  R 22  R12 
10. Problem model is similar to Gauss law situation.
11. ‘ca’ is not polytropic process. So ‘C’ is variable.
T
Also max  4
Tmin
12. Mean free path depends on number concentration.
Q
13. C
n T
14.
2 kg 3 kg 2 kg 3 kg
V1 V2
A B A B V = 4m/s

2  V1   3  V2    2  3 V
 2V1  3V2  20 …. (i)
loss in KE = heat energy
1 2 1 2 1
2  V1   3  V2    2  3 V 2   2  3  S  T
2 2 2
3 3V 2
V12  V22  40  15 or V12  2  55 …. (ii)
2 2
Solving equation (i) and (ii), we get,

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s
V1  1 m / s or 7 m / s and V2  6 m / s or 2 m/s
For collision V1  V2 . So V1  7 m / s
T2  T1 T3  T2
15. 
 1    2 
   
 K1A   K 2 A 
K1  tan 60   K 2  tan 45   k 2  3 k1  200 3 SI units
dm dQ KAT
16. L   T and latent heat is same in both cases given in
dt dt 
dm KA  2 1
question So  2  1 
dt  2 1 2
 dm  K1A1
 
 dt 1  1 A 2  4A1
A1 1

 dm  K 2A 2 A2 4
  2
 dt  2
0.1 KA K K1
 1 1 2 K2  1 4
 dm  K 2 A 21 4 K2
 
 dt  2
0.1 1 1
 4 
 dm  4 2
 
 dt 2
 dm 
   0.2 gm / s
 dt  2
x  0.2
15x  3
17.

dx 4kRx
4x 2 L 
dt Rx
2
L R
t
k 6
18.      T  2 mm
  
  actual  2  1  1 mm   Y  actual 
  
SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s
CHEMISTRY
19. Organic dibasic acid  H 2 A  silver salt  Ag 2 A 

Ag 2 A  s    Ag  s 
Applying PoAC on ‘Ag’
n Ag  2n salt
WAg 2Wsalt

108 Msalt
2 108  Wsalt
M salt 
WAg
2 108 

0.5934
 364.00
M acid  364  214  150
C4 H 6O 6
48
weight % C  100  32%
150
2
weight % H  6   4%
3
2
weight % O  96   32  2  64%
3
20. Volume of CO  x ml
Volume of CO2  y ml
Volume of N 2   200   x  y  ml  z
1
CO  g   O2  g  
 CO 2  g 
2
x
x x
2
x
 40 ml  x  80ml
2
x  y  100  y  20 ml
z  100 ml
21. Initial condition
n = 1, T = 300 K, V = 1 lt
Final condition
N = 1, T = 1200, V = 4 lt
 Z1 F TF VI 1
 
 Z1 I TI VF 2
2
 Z11 F TF  VI  1
   
 Z11 I TI  VF  8
  F  VF 4
  
  I  VI 1

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 5

 u rms F
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
TF 2
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s

 
 u rms I TI 1
22. AsO 34  2H   2I  
 AsO 33  H 2 O  I 2
I 2  2Na 2S2 O3 
 2NaI  Na 2S4 O 6
Since x F of I2 in both reactions are same
e AsO3  e Na 2S2 O3
4

MM  Na 3 AsO4   3  23  75  64  69  139  208

1 0.2 V  ml 
2 
208 1000
10000
V  ml    48.076  48.1
208
23. e FeO  e KMnO 4
n FeO1  0.1 0.25  5
n FeO  0.125
n Fe2  eK 2Cr2O7
n FeO  1  2n Fe2O3  1  1 0.1 6
0.125  2n Fe2O3  0.6
0.475
n Fe2O3 
2
WFeO  0.125   72   9 gm
WFe2O3  38gm
38  100
Mass % of Fe2O3   80.85%
47
24. Conceptual
25. Conceptual
26. (A) Assume 100 gm oleum mass of H 2 O added = 9 gm
1
Moles of free SO3 
2
Mass of free SO3 = 40 gm
(Correct)
(B) 1 gm = Oleum
WSO3  0.4gm
WH2SO4  0.6 gm

n NaOH  2 n SO3  n H2SO4 
22.25 1  0.4 0.6 
  2  
1000 2  0.8 98 
1600 2400
22.25  
80 98
22.25  20  24.49( incorrect)
(C) eSO3  eH2SO4  eBa  OH  2

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 6

5  0.4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
5  0.6  2 1112
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s

2 
80 98 1000
30000
500   1112
49
1112.24  1112  correct 
109 1000
(D) m 
98  500
109
m  2.224  correct 
49
mass 950
27. (A) d   gm / ml  950 kg / m 3
volume 1000
230
nE 46 5
(B) x E   
n E  n H2O 230  720 5  40
46 18
1
x E   0.11 (correct)
9
5mole
(C) M   5 mol / lt (correct)
1  t 
5  1000 500
(D) m    6.94
720 72
B C
28. Z  1   2  ......
V V
BP CP 2
Z 1    .....
ZRT  ZRT 2
 Z 1  B
Lt  
P 0
 P  RT
Z  1  B ' P  C ' P 2  ....
Z 1
Lt  B ' C 'P  ....
P 0 P

 Z 1 
Lt    B'
P 0
 P 
Similarly we can prove (C) option
29. (A) It is incorrect because in low pressure range at Boyles temperature a real
gas behaves like ideal gas
(B) It is incorrect because at critical conditions a real gas can be liquified while
ideal gas cannot be liquified
30. Since x F of I2 in both reactions are same.
eCu2  eS O2
2 3

n Cu2  nS O2
2 3

 24.3 
WCu 2     0.1  63.5
 1000 

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s
24.3  63.5 107
Mass % of copper in copper salt =  100
0.305
0.243  63.5
=
0.305
= 50.59
= 51
31. 150 ml of H 2O2 part I x ml
e KOH  e H 2SO4
1
n KOH  2  0.2 
2
n KOH  0.2
0.1
n H 2O 2   0.25
0.4
Part II (150-x) ml
6.74
n O2 
22.4
6.74  2
n H 2 O2 
22.4  3
6.74
n H 2 O2   0.2
11.2  3
0.45
Molarity of H 2O2 
0.15
Volume strength = 3  11.2 = 33.6
32. 2M  s   x H 2SO 4  aq    M 2 SO 4  x  aq   xH 2  g 
e M  e M2 SO4 
4

2 4.51

E E  48
2E  96  4.51E
2.51E  96
96
E
2.51
Dulong &Petit law
Atomic Mass  0.057  6.4
6400
Atomic Mass 
57
Atomic Mass 6400  2.51
Valency  
E 57  96
Valency  2.93
Valency  3
33. e NaOH  e Na 2CO3  eHCl
n NaOH  n Na 2CO3  0.1 0.025
n NaOH  2n Na 2CO3  0.1 0.30
n Na 2CO3  0.1 0.005
n NaOH  0.1 0.020

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 8

n NaOH 4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s


n Na 2 CO3 1
34. A  g  
 2B  g   3C  g 
1  2 3
rmix M gas 105 3
  
rgas M mix M mix 2
105  4 35  4 140
M mix   
9 3 3
140 140

3 1  4
1  4  3
1

2
3
x C  2  0.5
3
a 4.105 410500
35. TB     500K
bR 0.1 0.0821 821
Since the gas is at low pressure range and at Boyles temperature it behaves as
Ideal gas.

RT 0.0821 500 82.1

V   t
P 2 4
164.2  4 8
d  gm / ml    g / ml
82.11000 1000
36. Assume 1 lt of solution
Wsolution  1300gm

A  4 M n A  4 WA  500gm

n B  6 WB  600 gm
 B  6 M
Wx  200gm

Wx  200 gm

n x  4 mol

n A : nB : nX
4:6:4
2:3:2
232  7

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s
MATHEMATICS
37. 2 2
x  y  6x  4y  9  0
2  3m
y  mx, 2
1  m2

4  9m2  12m  4  4m2

m= 0 or 5m = 12  m = 12/5
12
y  x and y  4 are tangents
5
5
Equation of circle is  x  0   x     y  0  y  4   0
 3
38. Diagonals of rhombus are angle bisector of adjacent sides.
Equation of bisector of the sides are
ax  y  16  x  ay  6 
  
2 2
1 a  1 a 
 ax  y  16    x  ay  6
 3a  5 16    3  5a  6
7
 a  4,
4
9
Sum of values = 
4
40. The set S is symmetric about the line y = x and contains (2,3), so it must also
contains (3, 2). Also S is symmetric about the x-axis, so it must contain (2, -3)
and (3, -2). Finally, since S is symmetric about both coordinate axes, it is also
symmetric about the origin.
41. Circumcentre will lie on the perpendicular bisector of AB
f  x, y   x 2  y2  2gx  2fy  c  0
Now, s f  0,     2  2f  c  0 and its roots are (1, 1).
 f   1 and c = 1
1 
f  ,0  2  2g  c  0 and its roots are  ,5 
5 
1
  5  2g
5
13 1
g  and  5  c
5 5
13
Thus, g   , f  1, c  1
5

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
169 13
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s

r  g2  f 2  c  11 
25 5
2 1 1
42. m 
1  1 2
1 1
 
2 5  52
m1    
 1 1   2 5  1 
1    
 2 5
1 1
 
2 5
m2 
 1 1 
1    
 2 5
43.

44. Let P  , 
       5
75
this form a polygon and a area of this polygon is
4
A 75
 
3 12
sin  cos  2 
45. 
2 4

2 2 sin   1  2sin 2   2sin 2   2 2 sin   1  0

2 2  8  8 2 2  4 1
sin     1
4 4 2
 1  2 
sin    
 2 

So line L is inclined with tangent at P at    
2 
46. Let x  y  16  0 and C 2 : x  y  12x  32  0 (centre (6, 0); r=2)
2 2 2 2

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
C1 :  0,0  ; r1  4; C2   6,0  ; r2  2
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s

A
C1
r4 C

r2
(12, 0)
 x
 0, 0  O  6, 0  C2 P  h,0 

D
B

Let P  h,0 be the point of intersection of direct common tangents

h h 6
Then   h  12
4 2
If A, B, C and D be the points of contact of direct common tangents then AB and
CD will be the chord of contact of P w.r.t circles C1 and C 2 .
4 20
 Equation of AB is x  and equation of CD is x 
3 3
Now, equation of any circle through intersection of C1 and AB is
 4  4 
x 2  y 2  16  1  x    0 or x 2  y 2  1 x   16  1   0
 3   3 
Also equation of circle through the points of intersection of C 2 and CD is
 20   20 2 
x 2  y 2  12x  32   2  x    0 or x 2  y 2  x   2  12    32    0.....(ii)
 3   3 
As (i) and (ii) represent same circle, so
20 2
32 
 2  12 3 1
   1  6,  2  6 s
1  4  1
 16  1 
 3 
Hence the circle is x 2  y 2  6x  8  0  x 2  y 2  2gx  2fy  c
Clearly g 2  f 2  c   32   0 2   8   9  8  17
47.

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
A,B,C are point of intersection of internal tangents
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s

I3 A I2
 1, 1 1: 2 1, 2 
 1 
A ,0
 3 
I3 B I2
 1, 1 1:1  2, 2 
 3 1
B  , 
 2 2
I1 1: 2 I2
1:1
 2, 2  1, 2 
C  1, 2 
48.
C

A  3, 4

D  1,1

B  5, 2 

D  1,1 is midpoint of AB.

C C
CD  BD cot  5.cot
2 2
Now, tan C  2
C
2 tan
2 2 C C
  tan 2  tan  1  0
C 2 2
1  tan 2
2
C 1  5 C 5 1
 tan   cot 
2 2 2 2
 5 1 5
 CD  5    5 1  
 2  2
3
Slope of BD is
4
4
 Slope of CD is  tan 
3
Using parametric form of straight line, coordinates of C are given by
 5  5 1  cos ,1  5  5 1  sin   53 5   3 5 1 
 1 
 2 2 
or 
2
, 2 5  3  and 
  2   
,  2 5 1
     

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 13

49.
TG

~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s
Note that is right angled at  0, 6  . Centre of the circle is  2, 3  . Slope of the line
joining origin to the centre is 3/2. Take parametric equation of a line through
 2,3
2 x  2 y 3
with tan    as   r
3 cos  sin 
where r 13 . Get the co-ordinates on the circle
50.

51.

The equation of the line joining the origin and the centre of circle C 2 , (2,1) is
x
y or x  2y  0
2
52.

2h  2x1  x 2 ; 2k  x1  x 2
2k  x1  x 2 2k  2h  2k  x 2
2h  2k  x1; x 2  4k  2h

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 14

x2  k
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s

 1  x 2  k   x 2  h
x2  h
hk
x2 
2
hk
From (1) & (2)  4k  2h
2
h  k  8k  4h  5x  7y  0  7y  5x
7 K  3 7
mL2  eq.   5k  15  7h  28
5 hy 5
7x  5y  43
2 2
53.  x  c   y  c  c2 , c  0
7c  12
p  r,  c  c  1, 6
5
Sum = 7

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
A.P, TELANGNA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office, Madhapur – Hyderabad
SEC: Sr.Super60 PTA-01 Date: 18-10-2020
TIME: 09.00Am to 12.00Pm 2016-P1 Max. Marks: 186

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D B A D A ACD AB AC BC ABD
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
AC D ABC 7 5 3 6 5

CHEMISTRY
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
B C A A A ABCD ABCD ACD ABCD AC
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
AB B D 3.00 4.00 5.00 8.00 7.00

MATHEMATICS

T1 T2
P  2AT14  AT24 (steady-state condition of sheet I)
….. (i)
And 0  2AT  AT (steady state condition of sheet II)
4
2 1
4
….. (ii)
 P  3 AT24  3 kW

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 2

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 3

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 5

 u rms F
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
TF 2
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s

MM  Na 3 AsO4   3  23  75  64  69  139  208

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 6

5  0.4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
5  0.6  2 1112
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s

n Cu2  nS O2
2 3

 24.3 
WCu 2     0.1  63.5
 1000 

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 7

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 8

n NaOH 4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s

RT 0.0821 500 82.1

V   t
P 2 4
164.2  4 8
d  gm / ml    g / ml
82.11000 1000
36. Assume 1 lt of solution
Wsolution  1300gm

A  4 M n A  4 WA  500gm

n B  6 WB  600 gm
 B  6 M
Wx  200gm

Wx  200 gm

n x  4 mol

n A : nB : nX
4:6:4
2:3:2
232  7

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s
MATHEMATICS
37. 2 2
x  y  6x  4y  9  0
2  3m
y  mx, 2
1  m2

4  9m2  12m  4  4m2

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
169 13
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s

44. Let P  , 
       5
75
this form a polygon and a area of this polygon is
4
A 75
 
3 12
sin  cos  2 
45. 
2 4

2 2 sin   1  2sin 2   2sin 2   2 2 sin   1  0

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
C1 :  0,0  ; r1  4; C2   6,0  ; r2  2
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s

A
C1
r4 C

r2
(12, 0)
 x
 0, 0  O  6, 0  C2 P  h,0 

D
B

Let P  h,0 be the point of intersection of direct common tangents

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
A,B,C are point of intersection of internal tangents
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s

A  3, 4

D  1,1

B  5, 2 

D  1,1 is midpoint of AB.

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 13

51.

The equation of the line joining the origin and the centre of circle C 2 , (2,1) is
x
y or x  2y  0
2
52.

2h  2x1  x 2 ; 2k  x1  x 2
2k  x1  x 2 2k  2h  2k  x 2
2h  2k  x1; x 2  4k  2h

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 14

x2  k
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Key & Sol’s

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 PTA-01 Date: 18-10-2020
Time: 09.00Am to 12.00Pm Max.Marks:186

2016_PAPER-I
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 Syllabus

PHYSICS : PT-1 Syllabus

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 Syllabus

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
1. A container filled with air under pressure P0 contains a soap bubble of radius R.
The air pressure has been reduced to half isothermally and the new radius of the
5R
bubble becomes . If the surface tension of the soap water solution is S, P0 is
4

found to be 16nS SI unit. Find n.

R
A) 3 B) 4 C) 5 D) 6
2. A cylindrical vessel is divided in two parts by a fixed partition which is perfectly
heat conducting. The wall and piston are thermally insulated from surroundings.
The left side contains 0.5 moles of gas with Cv  2R at temperature of 300K. The
right side contains 4 moles of a mixture of gases with Cv  1.75R at same
temperature of 300K. The piston compresses slowly the right side from volume
V0 25
of V0 to . Find the total change in internal energy of gases. (take R  S .I .unit
4 3

and consider ideal gases only)

A) 104 J B) 2 104 J C) 4 104 J D) Cannot be Calculated

3. One mole of a monoatomic ideal gas follows a process A  B , as shown
13R
( A  V0 , 3P0 and B  5V0 , nP0 ). The average molar heat capacity for the process is .
6
The value of ‘n’ on P-axis (see following figure) is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
P
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P

nP0 B

3 P0 A

V
V0 5V0

A) 6 B) 3 C) 2 D) 15

4. In a certain system of units, the fundamental unit of mass is taken as 2kg, unit of
length is taken as 1/2 m, unit of time taken as 4 s and unit of temperature is taken
as 2 Kelvin. In this system. 1 unit of specific heat capacity will be (specific heat
Q
capacity is given by s  . Where Q is heat, m is mass and T is change in
m  T

temperature) :-
A) 32 J/kg-K B) 1/32 J/kg-K C) 128 J/kg-K D) 1/128 J/kg-K
5. Two identical large ‘thin‘ metallic sheets each behaves like a black body are kept
parallel to each other with small separation between them in vacuum. Thermal
energy is generated at a constant rate 3 kW in one of the sheets by a passing
electricity in it. In steady state, temperature of the other sheet is found to be a
constant. Find this temperature.
103 17
(Given area of the plates A  m 2 and Stefan’s constant    108 w / m 2 K 4 )
17  27 3
A) 300 K B) 400 K C) 500 K D) 600 K

A C
V

WQ WP
A) QQ  QP B) WQ  WP C)  D) QQ  WQ  QP  WP
QQ QP
7. A 100 cm long cylindrical flask with inner and outer diameters 2 cm and 4 cm
respectively is completely filled with ice at 0C as shown in the figure. The
constant temperature outside the flask is 40C . (Thermal conductivity of the flask
is 10n2 W / m C , Latent heat of friction of ice L ice  80 cal / gm , 1 cal = 4.2 J).

r1
ice
40C
r2

A) Rate of heat flow from outside to the flask is 80  J / s


B) The rate at which ice melts is Kg / s
4200
C) The rate at which ice melts is 100  Kg / s
D) Rate of heat flow from outside to flask is 40  J / s
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5
8.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P
If 30 g ice at 20C , 65 g water at 50C and 5g steam at 100C are mixed in a
container which have negligible heat capacity. [Specific heat of ice = 0.5 cal/g C ,
specific heat of water = 1 cal/g C , L f  80 cal / g, L v  540 ca l/ g ] then :-
A) Final temperature of mixture is 37.5C
B) Final amount of ice is 30 g
C) Final amount of water is 100 g
D) Final temperature of mixture is 0C
9. A composite cylinder is made by two materials having thermal conductivities k1
and k 2 as shown. Temperature of the two flat faces of cylinder are maintained at
T1 and T2 .

k1 R1

R2 k
A) If  2 and 2  3 then same heat current will flow through two materials in
R1 k1
a given time
R k
B) If 2  2 and 1  3 then same heat current will flow through two materials in
R1 k2
a given time
R
C) If 2  2 then same heat current will never flow through two materials if they
R1
are different  k1  k 2 
R2
D) If  2 , then same heat current will flow through two materials,
R1
irrespective of their materials

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

10.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P
A flat square plate OBCD with side length d serves as a detector for the heat
radiation emitted by a particle kept at A as shown in the figure. The line OA is
perpendicular to plate. The particle emits the radiation uniformly in all directions.
Consider the line-L, joining points A and C, OA = d. Choose the CORRECT
option(s)
A

Line-L
d

O C

B
A) The fraction of the total radiation emitted by the particle as detected by the
1
square plate detector is if the particle is placed at point A on the line-L
24
B) The fraction of the total radiation emitted by the particle as detected by the
1
square plate detector is if the particle is placed at midpoint of AC on the line-L
6
C) The fraction of the total radiation emitted by the particle as detected by the
1
square plate detector is if the particle is placed at point infinitesimally close to
8
C, between A, C on the line-L
D) The fraction of the total radiation emitted by the particle as detected by the
7
square plate detector is if the particle is placed at point infinitesimally close to
24
C, between A, C on the line-L

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

11.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P
One mole of an ideal monoatomic gas (initial temperature T0 ) is made to go
through the cycle abca shown figure. If U denotes the internal energy, then
choose the correct statement(s). (‘ca’ is a curve)
P

2P0 c

T0
P0 b
a

V
V0 2V0

A) U c  U a  4.5 RT0
B) Ratio of highest to lowest temperature in Kelvin during the cycle is 2
C) U c  U b  U a
D) Molar heat capacity of gas during process ‘ca’ is constant
12. On the basis of the kinetic theory of gases if we compare 1 gram of hydrogen
with 1 gram of argon. Then,
A) the same temperature implies that the total average kinetic energy of the
molecules is same in both the cases
B) the same temperature and volume of gases implies that the mean free path of
the molecules is same in both cases
C) internal energies in both the cases are equal
D) when both the samples are heated isobarically through 1C , the total energy
added to both of them is not the same

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

13.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P
A gas is taken from temperature Ti to temperature T f by different processes

(path) 1, 2 and 3 as shown in figure. Molar heat capacity for constant volume
processes for the gas is CV . If C1 , C 2 and C 3 are average molar heat capacities
for process 1, 2 and 3 respectively then, choose the correct option(s), (path – 1 is
slightly inclined with pressure axis and is having negative slope)

Pressure (P) 1
2
Ti 3 Tf
Volume (V)

A) C V  C1 B) C 2  C V C) C3  C V D) C V  C 2

SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
14. An object A of mass 2 kg moving on a frictionless horizontal track has perfectly
inelastic collision with another object B of mass 3 kg made of the same material
and moving in front of A in same direction. Their common speed after the
collision is 4 m/s. Due to the collision the temperature of the two objects, which
was initially the same, is increased, though only by 0.006C . The specific heat
capacities of the two objects are the same : 0.5 kJ / kgC . What was the initial
speed (in m/s) of the colliding object A before the collision ? (Assume loss of KE
is completely transferred as heat to the blocks)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P
15. Two conductors A and B each of cross section area 5 cm 2 are connected in

series. Variation of temperature profile  in C  along the length (in cm) is as

shown in the figure. If thermal conductivity of A is 200 J / m  sec C and thermal

k
conductivity of B (in J/m-sec C ) is k then find .
8 3

T1 T2 T3

B
A
45

60
25 cm 50 cm

16. A cylindrical rod with one end in a steam chamber and other end in ice causes
melting of 0.1 gm of ice/sec. If the rod is replaced with another rod of half the
length and double the radius of first and thermal conductivity of second rod is 1/4
that of first, the rate of ice melting is x gm/s, fill the value of 15x in OMR Sheet.
(Assume steady heat flow along axis of the rod)
17. A spherical shell of radius R is filled with water. Temperature of atmosphere is
  C and then it starts freezing from outer surface towards the centre of the
shell. Assume shell to be highly conducting. If time taken for whole mass of water
LR 2
at 0 C to freeze is t  , find x. (Thermal conductivity of ice is k and latent
xk
heat of fusion is L. Density of water is  . Neglect expansion during fusion)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P
18. A rod of length 1000 mm and coefficient of linear expansion   104 per C is
placed symmetrically between fixed walls separated by 1001 mm. The Young’s
modulus of the rod is 1011 N / m2 . If the temperature is increased by 20C , then the

stress developed in the rod is given by  MPa . Write the value of in the OMR.
20

1000 mm

1001 mm

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P

Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
19. One gram of the silver salt of an organic dibasic acid yields, on strong heating,
0.5934 g of silver. If the weight percentage of carbon in it 8 times the weight
percentage of hydrogen and one-half the weight percentage of oxygen, determine
the molecular formula of the acid.[Atomic weight of Ag = 108]
A) C4 H 6O4 B) C4 H 6O6 C) C4 H 6O2 D) C5 H10O5

20. 200 ml of a gaseous mixture containing CO, CO 2 and N 2 on complete combustion

in just sufficient amount of O2 showed contraction of 40 ml. When the resulting
gases were passed through KOH solution it reduces by 50% then calculate the
volume ratio of VCO : VCO : VN in original mixture
2 2

A)4:1:5 B) 2:3:5 C)1:4:5 D) 1:3:5

21. One mole of N 2  g  is taken in 1 litre empty container fitted with a movable piston
at 300K. If it is heated to 1200 K at constant pressure then match the change
(List-II) in parameters (List – I) of gas as compared to initial state & select the
correct code.
List-I (Parameter) List-II (Change)
Z1 (number of collision made by a molecule per
(P) (1) 1/8
unit time)
(Q) Z11 (collision frequency) (2) 2
(R)  (mean free path) (3) 1/2
(S) U (root mean square speed) (4) 4

Code: P Q R S
A) 3 1 4 2
B) 1 2 4 3
C) 3 4 1 2
D) 2 1 4 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

22.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P
One gram of Na 3AsO4 is boiled with excess of solid KI in the presence of strong
HCl . The iodine evolved is absorbed in KI solution and titrated against 0.2 N hypo
solution. Assuming the reaction to be
AsO34  2H   2I  
 AsO33  H 2 O  I 2
The volume of thiosulphate hypo consumed is (As = 75, Na = 23)
A) 48.1 ml B) 38.4 ml C) 24.7 ml D) 30.3 ml
23. A mixture of FeO and Fe2O3 is completely reacted with 100mL of 0.25 M acidified
KMnO4 solution. The resultant solution was then titrated with Zn dust which
converted Fe 3 of the solution to Fe 2 . The Fe 2 required 1000 mL of 0.10 M
K 2 Cr2 O7 solution. Find out the weight % Fe2O3 in the mixture. [Atomic mass of Fe =
56 gm/mol]
A) 80.85 B) 19.15 C) 50 D) 89.41
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
24. Energies associated with intermolecular forces.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P
Which of the following statements is/are correct regarding intermolecular
interactions:
A) Dipole-dipole forces are weaker than London dispersion forces in case of HCl,
HBr and HI.
B) Dipole – dipole forces are stronger than London dispersion forces in case of
Water
C) Induced dipole – induced dipole forces can be quite substantial, even in polar
molecules
D) The boiling temperature of HCl  HBr  HI  NH 3  H 2 O

25. Which of the following is/are correct according to kinetic theory of ideal gases :
A) Individual molecules may gain or lose energy as a result of collisions, in a
collection of molecules at constant temperature, however, the total energy
remains constant.
B) There are assumed to be no forces between molecules except very briefly
during collisions. That is, each molecule acts independently of all the others and
is unaffected by their presence, except during collisions.
C) The average kinetic energy of gas particles is proportional to the gas
temperature. All gases, regardless of their molecular mass, have the same
average kinetic energy at the same temperature.
D) Gases consist of particles (molecules or atoms) whose separation is much
greater than the size of the particles themselves.
26. A bottle of oleum is labelled as 109%. Which of the following statement is/are
correct for this oleum sample?
A) It contains 40% of free SO3 , by weight.
B) 1.0 g of this sample approximately requires 22.25 ml of 0.5 M – NaOH solution
for complete neutralization.
C) 5.0 g of this sample approximately requires (1112) ml of 0.1 N - Ba  OH 2
solution for complete neutralization.
D) When 500 g water is added to 100 g of this sample, the resulting solution
becomes 2.224 m in H 2SO4 .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

27.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P
A quantity of 720 g water is added in 230 g ethanol at a certain temperature to
get 1 t of solution. Which of the following is/are correct regarding the solution
formed?
A) The density of solution is 950 kg / m3
B) The mole fraction of ethanol is 0.11
C) The molarity of solution is 5 M
D) The molality of solution is 6.94 M
PV
28. If the Van der Waal’s equation for 1 mole of the gas is represented as Z  1
RT
PV B C
 B 'P  C 'P2  ...., in place of Z   1   2  ...., correct relation(s) is/are:
RT V V
A) B  B ' RT B) B  B'/ RT
C) C  B2  C '  RT 2 D) C '  C /  RT 2
29. Select the incorrect statement(s):
A) At Boyle’s temperature a real gas behaves like an ideal gas irrespective of
pressure
B) At critical condition, a real gas behaves like an ideal gas
C) On increasing the temperature four times, collision frequency  Z11  becomes
double at constant volume
D) At high pressure Vander Waal’s constant ‘b’ dominates over ‘a’
30. The percentage of copper in a copper (II) Salt can be determined by using a
thiosulphate titration. 0.305 gm of a copper (II) salt was dissolved in water and
added to an excess of potassium iodide solution liberating Iodine according to
2 
the following equation, 2Cu  aq   4I  aq  
 2CuI  s   I2  aq  .
The iodine liberated required 24.5cm 3 of a 0.100 mole dm 3 solution of sodium
thiosulphate
2S2O32  aq   I 2  aq  
 2I  aq   S4O62  aq 
The percentage of copper, by mass in the copper(II) salt is.
[Atomic mass of copper = 63.5]
A) 64.2 B) 51.0 C) 48.4 D) 25.5

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

31.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
40% yield
H 2 O 2  2KI   I 2  2KOH
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P

50% yield
H 2 O 2  2KMnO 4  3H 2SO 4   K 2SO 4  2MnSO 4  3O 2  4H 2 O

150 mL of H 2O 2 sample was divided into two parts. First part was treated with KI
and formed KOH required 200 mL of M/2 H 2SO 4 for neutralisation. Other part was
treated with KMnO4 yielding 6.74 litre of O2 at 1 atm. and 273 K. Using % yield

indicated find volume strength of H 2O 2 sample used.

A) 5.04 B) 10.08 C) 3.36 D) 33.6

SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases
32. On dissolving 2.0 g of metal in sulphuric acid, 4.51g of the metal sulphate was
formed. The specific heat of the metal is 0.057 cal g 1 C1 . What is the valency of the
metal?
33. A mixture of NaOH and Na 2CO3 required 25 mL of 0.1 M HCl using
phenolphthalein as the indicator. However, the same amount of the mixture
required 30 mL of 0.1 M HCl when methyl orange was used as the indicator. The
molar ratio of NaOH with respect to Na 2CO3 in the mixture
34. Gas A taken in a closed rigid container is allowed to decompose partially to the
reaction.
A  g  
 2B  g   3C  g 
The gaseous mixture formed effuses 1.5 times faster then a gas having
molecular weight 105 under similar condition. Find the mole fraction of C in the
gaseous mixture formed.
Given: Mol. wt. of A = 140
Mol. wt . of B = 64
Mol. wt. of C = 4
(Write your answer by multiplying with 10.)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

35.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P
The van der Waal’s constants a and b for a gas of molar mass 164.2 g/mol are
4.105atm  L2 / mol2 and 0.1L / mol , respectively. The density  in kg / m 3  of the gas at 2

atm and 500 K is  R  0.0821 t atm K 1 mol1 

36. A solvent ‘X’ (mol mass 50) contains solute A(mol. mass 125) & solute ‘B’ (mol
mass 100) If solution is 4M ‘A’ & 6 M ‘B’ find simplest whole number ratio of
moles of A:B:X.
[Given: dsolution  1.3gm / ml ].
If your answer is A:B:C, then fill your answer is A+B+C.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

MATHEMATICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
37. From origin OA and OB tangents are drawn to  x  32   y  2 2  4 .A tangent
parallel to OA is drawn to intersect OB at R. The equation of circumcircle of OCR
where C is centre of circle (A lies on x-axis), is
5 5
A) x  x    y  y  4   0 B) x  x    y  y  4   0
 3  3
5 5
C)  x  1  x    y2  4y  0 D) x  x    y  y  4   0
 3  3
38. If ax  y 16  0 and x  ay  6  0 represent two adjacent sides of a rhombus whose
diagonals intersect at (3, 5) then sum of possible value of a is
9
A) 4 B) 3 C) 2 D) 
4
39. Tangent are drawn to the circle x 2  y2  1 at the points where it is meet by the
circles x 2  y2     6 x   8  2  y  3  0 ,   being parameter the locus of points of
intersection of these tangents is px  qy  10  0 , Where p  q 
A) 1 B) 3 C) -1 D) -3
40. A set S of points in the xy-plane is symmetric about the origin, both co-ordinate
axes, and the line y = x. If (2,3) is in S, what is the smallest possible number of
points in S ?
A) 1 B) 2 C) 4 D) 8
x y
41. A line L1    1 intersects the coordinate axes at points A and B. Another line
10 8
L 2 perpendicular to L1 intersects the coordinate axes at C and D. The locus of
circumcentre of ABD is
A) 5x  4y  9 B) 5x  4y  18
C) 4x  5y  9 D) 4x  5y  18

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
42. Let point A be 1,1 and equation of BC is  x  y  1    2x  y  4  0 and area of
ABC is maximum, then slope of the line AB and AC, may be equal to
(Given AB = AC and BC = 2 units)
2  5 2 5 2 5 2 5
A) B) C) D)
2 5 1 2 5 1 2 5 1 2 5 1
43. Consider three circles
C1 : x 2  y 2  2x  4y  0

  
C2 : x 2  y 2  1  2 3 x  2  3 y  0 
C3 : x 2  y 2  3  2 3  x   2  3  y  2  4 3  0 then

A) chord of C1 joining its points of intersection with C 2 & C3 and to other similar
other chords of C2 & C3 are sides of an equilateral triangle
B) their centre forms an equilateral triangle
34 3
C) if  is angle between any pair of circles then cos  
10
D) minimum radius of circle inside which all three circles, C1 , C2 & C3 completely
1
lies is equal to 2   5
3
44. For a point P in the XY plane. Let d1  p  ,d2  p  and d3  p  be the distances of the
point P from the x axis, y axis and x – y = 0 respectively. If A is area of the region
R consisting of all points P lying in the XY plane and satisfying
d1  P   d 2  P   2d 3  P   5 then
Which of the following is/are CORRECT
A) A is an Integer
B) A is a Rational number
C) A is Real Number
D) A is Complex Number
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19
45.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P
A ray along the tangent drawn at point P(1, 1) on x 2  y2  2 gets reflected from line
L at a distance of 2 units from point P. If reflected ray passes through the centre
of circle then slope of line L can be
  2 1 
A) tan     , where  is sin 1  
4   2 

2  2 1 
B) tan     , where  is sin 1  
 3   2 

  2 1 
C) tan     , where  is sin 1  
7   2 

2  2 1 
D) tan     , where   sin 1  
 7   2 
46. If the equation of the circle passing through the points of contact of direct
common tangents of x 2  y 2  12x  32  0 and x 2  y 2  16 is x 2  y 2  2gx  2fy  c  0
then which of the following is/are TRUE? find
A) g 2  f 2  c  17
B) g  f  3

C) Absolute value of g is 3
D) g 2  f 2  c  1
47. Let equation of excircles opposite to vertices A, B, C of ABC are
x 2  y 2  4x  4y  7  0 , x 2  y 2  2x  4y  1  0 and x 2  y 2  2x  2y  1  0 respectively then

1
A) Sum of co-ordinates of point ‘A’ is
3
B) Sum of co-ordinates of point ‘C’ is 1
3 1
C) Co-ordinate of point B is  , 
 2 2

D) Equation of AB is 3x  7y  1  0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

48.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P
If A  3, 4  and B  5, 2  are the extremities of the base of an isosceles triangle
ABC with tan C  2 , then point C can be
 3 5 1   3 5 5 
A)  
,  1 2 5 
  B)   ,3  2 5 

 2   2 
 3 5 5   3 5 1 ,  1  2 5 
C)  ,3  2 5 
 D)  

 
 2  
2

49. A circle passes through the points  1,1 ,  0, 6  and  5, 5  . The point(s) on this circle,
the tangent(s) at which is/are parallel to the straight line joining the origin to its
centre is/are
A) 1, 5  B)  5,1 C)  5, 1 D)  1, 5 

SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases
50. Four unit circles pass through (0, 0) and have their centers on co-ordinate axes.
The area of quadrilateral whose vertices are the points of intersection ( in pairs
other than origin) of the circle is
51. As shown in the figure, three circles which have the same radius r have centers at
(0, 0), (1,1) and (2, 1). If they have a common tangent line, as shown, then the
value of 10 5 r is ______
y

r
r
C1 C2

r
x
O 2
C 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

52.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_PTA-01_Q.P
The locus of midpoints of the perpendiculars drawn from points on line x = 2y to
the line x = y is L1 . Suppose (h, k) lies on L1 , If L 2 passing through(h,k) and (4,3) is
perpendicular to L1 then value of 7h  5k is N, sum of digits of N is _______
53. Circle which touches both the axes and the line 4x  3y  12 and lies in first
quadrant. Sum of all the possible radius of such circle is
54. Consider a circle S with centre at the origin and radius 4. Four circles A, B, C and
D each with radius unity and centres  3,0 ,  1,0 , 1,0 and  3,0 respectively are

drawn. A chord PQ of the circle S touches the circle B and passes through the
centre of the circle C. If the length of this chord can be expressed as 3 x , find x.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 22

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 PTA-01 Date: 18-10-2020
Time: 01.25Pm to 04.25Pm 2016_P2 Max. Marks:186

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B A B A C A ABCD ABC AB AB
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
AD BC C AD A B B B

CHEMISTRY
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
B B C A A B ABCD AC ABC BC
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
ABD BD BCD ABC B D B B

MATHEMATICS
37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
B D C C D A ABC AC ACD AC
47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54
ACD BC BC ABD B B C C
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1. Change in tension  T
 2  Tsin 37   mg
 mg
T 
2sin 37
 TL
 
AY
But    L   
 mg L
 L
2sin37 AY
2  105  10  106  5  1011  2  3
  m     A  Y  2sin37 / g   12
5  10
Q
2. Efficiency  1  out
Q in
V2 d Q
3.   4  eATS3   T 
R dt
V2
 4  e  2 r   TS3  T
  
  r2 
 
1
T  2

4. mass m inside the vessel  Hg Vspace
Hg becomes  1     times
Vspace becomes 1  3 
m 0.3
So     3         3  20
m 100
1
   1  10 5  C 
5. Let l0 be the initial length of each chamber, x0 be the initial compression in the
spring, P0 and T0 be the initial pressure and temperature in each chamber.
Similarly l, x, P and T be the respective final values. Since the chambers contain
equal amounts of certain ideal gas, so
P0 ( Al0 ) P1 ( Al1 ) P2 ( Al2 )
 
RT0 RT1 RT2
P0l0 Pl Pl
  11  2 2 … (i)
T0 T1 T2
Initially Finally

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 2

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

P0A kx0 kx0 P0A PA kx PA

P 0 A  kx0 …(ii) Here P1  P2  P , so

PA  kx …(ii)
From (ii) and (iii), we get
P x
 …(iv)
P0 x0
Compression in the spring is
x  x0  change in the lengths of the two chambers
 x  x0  (l1  l2 )  (l0  l0 )
P0l0
 x  x0  (T1  T2 )  2l0
PT0
P0  T1  P0  T2 
(l1   l0 & l 2    l 0 )
P1  T0  P  T0 
 x  l 
 x  x0   0   0  (T1  T2 )  2l0
 x   T0 
P0 x0
(  )
P x
1 1 
 x 1   (900)  2
x  300 
3
 x 1   2
x
3
 x  1
x
2
 x  x30
Solving for x, we get
13  1
x m
2
6.
PeV  P0
V
or PV  PVe
0  nRT
P0 dT P
T VeV  ,  0 e V  Ve V    
nR dV nR
1
or  
V
P0 e 1 P
T    0
nR  neR
2
d T P
 0   e  R  1  V  eV    
dV 2 nR 
P
  0 e V  2   V 
nR
 d 2T  P
 2 
  0 e 1  0
 dV   1 nR
V

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 3

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s
2RT
7. Most probable speed of an ideal gas v 
M
5 5 Ui
8. Internal energy U  nRT and PV  nRT  U  PV  U  P  1  P1
2 2 Ui P2
2
(Q V is same for both). As final pressure are equal U f  U f
1 2
9. Let P1 and P2 be the initial pressure in lower chamber of gas and upper chamber
of gas.
mg
P2  P0   2P0 , V2  A  12  102 m3
A
If P2' and P2' are final pressure and volume in upper chamber
V2'  A  (28  l )  102 m 3
PV 24P0
P2 V2  P2' V2'  P2'  2 ' 2 
P2 28  l
Now consider lower chamber
2mg
P1  P0   3P0
A
and V1  A  8  10 2 m 3
mg  52  l 
P1'  P2'   P0 
A  28  l 
and V1'  A  (8  l )  102 m3
P1V1  P1'V1'
 52  l 
3P0 A  8  10 2  P0    A  (8  l )  10 2
 28  l 
 52  l 
24    (8  l )
 28  l 
Solving we get l = 4 cm
 P1'  2P0  2  105 A / m 2
24P0
 P2'   P0  1 105 N/m 2
28  l
V2' 28  l 24
  2
V1' 8  l 12
10. Based on KTG
11.
P0

mg
37C

P0  S0  mg  P  S0 sec 37 cos 37

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 4

 P  P0 
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
mg
 105 
600
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

S0 20  104
 4  105 Pa
mg  Mg
P ' V '  PV  P '  2P  8  105  P0 
S0
7 105  20  105  600  Mg  M  80 kg

12. Thermal resistance  R
kA
System can be reduced to following
C

R R R
O
R R
A R B
3. When 2kg water at 100C mixed with 2.5 kg water
2000  1 100  T1 
  2500  500   1  T1  50 
 2 100  T1   3  T1  50 
5T1  350  T1  70
When 2.5 kg water at 50 C mix with 2.0 kg water
 2000  500   1 100  T2 
 2500  1  T2  50 
100  T2  T2  50
 T2  75C
14. For piston + ball as system, Wgravity  Wgas  0
Wgas   mgH
For “gas” as system, Q   U  Wgas
  U  mgH as Q  0
 Temperature increases
15,16.
The above results do not depend on the specific way in which P(z), T(z) and  (z)
vary as a function of z (e. g., isothermal, adiabatic, or something intermediate).
They depend only on the fact that P(z) is monotonically decreasing. At some step
of the derivation, you might find it useful to do an integration by parts.
m
(a) Again starting with the ideal gas law PV  nRT  RT

We have
 z 
Pz  RT  z 


Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s
(b) The gravitational energy of a slice of atmosphere of cross section A and
thickness dz at a height z is simply E g  Ag  z  z dz
ACV
While the internal energy of the same slice is E g    z  T  z  dz

Eg
ACV
The total internal energy Eg is given by the integral of E g    z  T  z  dz
 0
We with to change the integral over z into an integral over P. To do so, first
consider the forces on the slice of atmosphere :
AP  z  dz   Ag  z  dz  AP  z 
dP  z 
Rearranging, we have   g  z 
dz
dP
dz  
g  z 
E
ACV i dP
Substituting into, we obtain Ei     z T  z
 0 g  z 
E E
ACV i ACV i
 T  
z dP  T  P  dP
g 0 g 0
The total gravitational energy Eg may be found by integrating :
z0

E g  Ag    z  zdz
0

 z z z0 z 
Integrating by parts gives E g  Ag  z    z ' dz ' 0   dz    z '  dz '
 0 0 
The first term on the RHS of is zero since at the limits of evaluation either z = 0 or
   z '  0 , so we have
z0 z0
z z
dP  z '
E g   Ag  dz    z ' dz '  A  dz  dz '
0 0
dz '
z0 z0 p
AR AR 0
 A  P  z  dz  T  z    z  dz  T  P  dP
0
 0 g 0
E E R C P  CV CP
The ratio of energies g , from and is g    1   1
Ei E i CV CV CV
Finally,
A  C V  R  p0 ACP 0
p

E  Ei  E g 
g 0 T  P  dP  g 0 T  P  dP

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 6

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
17,18.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

For the reversible adiabatic process

dQ  dU  dW  0
 dU  PdV  0
 d  3PV   PdV  0
 4PdV  3VdP  0
 PV 4/3 = constant.
For the adiabatic free expansion
Q  0, W  0   U  0
 PV = constant
 T 4V = constant
 T R3/4 = constant

CHEMISTRY

19. BH2 PtCl6  s  
 Pt  s 
Applying POAC on ‘Pt’
n salt  n Pt
Wsalt WPt

Msalt 195
12
M salt  195  12  39  468
5
M Base  410  468 MBase  58
20. Since the graph is symme. u mps  u Avg  u rms
Fraction of
molecules

f1 f1
u1 u2
speed
f1  u1   f1  u 2  u1  u 2
u Avg  
f1  f1 2
21. (P) n H SO  0.1
2 4

0.11000 1000
m   1.1
90.2 902
0.11000 1.8
M  1.8
100

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 P   4
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

(Q) n H PO  0.1
3 4

M 1
0.11000
m  1.1
90.2
0.11000 102
M  1.2
100
Q  2, 4
22. SO2  can act as oxidising agent
SO3  can only act as oxidising agent
H 2 O2  It disproportionate in aqueous medium
NaF  Neither an oxidizing nor a reducing agent
23.
10 %  w / w 
12.5%  w / v 
Assume 100 gm solution
WNaOH  10gm
WH 2O  90 gm
WNaOH
100  12.5
Vsoln
1000
Vsoln   80 ml
12.5
100
Density of soln = =1.25 gm/ml
80
4
24. Volume of balloon =  1000 m3
3
Density of He 
PM

1 4  g / t  1 kg / m3
RT  0.08  300  6
4 1
Mass of He  1000   700 kg
3 6
Mass of He + mass of balloon = 800 Kg
4
Mass of Air displaced =   1000  1.2 =5040 kg
3
Pay load of balloon = 4240 kg
25. Can be explained by figure
26. H3PO4  X  OH  2 
 XHPO4  2H 2O
xF  2 xF  2
Eq. Wt of a substance is not fixed it may vary from reaction to reaction
5  28  20  2 140  40 180 180  4
27. (A) M Avg      7.2 g / mol
25 25 25 100
(B) N 2  3H 2   2NH3
5 20 -
- 5 10
Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 8
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
5  2   10 17 
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s
 2   2 17   36  12 g / mol
M Avg  
15 3 3
(C) N 2  3H 2 
 2NH 3
5 20 -
5
12.5 5
2
180
M Avg   9 gm / mol
20
28. Volume of C3H8  x ml
Volume of CO   20  x  ml
Volume of CO2  3x   20  x   40
20  2x  40
x  10 ml
Volume of CO  10 ml
Volume of C3H8  10 ml
 3CO 2  g   4H 2O   
C3H8  g   5O 2  g  
10 ml 50 ml 30 ml 
1
CO  g   O 2  g  
 CO 2  g 
2
10 ml 5ml 10 ml
Contraction in volume = 35 ml
Volume of O 2 used = 55 ml
29. P  V   P  V 
N2 I N2 I N2 F N2 F

43  P   6 N2 F

 P   2atm
N2 F

Total pressure =  P   A.T N2 F

= 2 + 0.25
= 2.25 atm
PH2O  0.25atm
V.P of water only depend upon temperature. It is independent of volume of
container
dZ
30. for most real gases 0
dP
At extremely high pressure
dZ
0
dP
31. (A) aA  bB 
 cC  dD  correct 
a mol b mol c mol d mol
(B) aM A gm bM B gm cM C gm dM D gm (Incorrect)

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s
(C) If x moles of A added with b moles of B then B is L.R and d moles of D will
form (Incorrect)
(D) (Incorrect)
32. (A) 1 gm molecule of NH3 contains 4 moles of atoms 1 gm molecule of N 2
contains 2 moles of atoms (incorrect)
H2  g   Cl2  g  
 2HCl (g)
(B)
2gm 71gm 73gm
(incorrect)
N2  g   3H 2  g  
 2NH3 (g)
(C)
1mole 2 mole
But H 2 is limiting reagent (Incorrect)
(D) Correct
33. P4 O6  6H 2 O   4H 3PO 3
nH O 27 3 1
n P4O6  2   
6 18  6 2  6 4
1
WP4O6  220   55gm
4
100 23
34. For 100 gm mixture 23 gm water is required for gm mixture gm water is
3 3
123
required WH PO  3 3
3
123 1
n H3PO3  
82  3 2
1 1 V(ml)
n NaOH  2    2 
2 1 1000
1
V  ml   1000  500 ml
2
V.S
35. M  1mol / lt
11.2
34 100
%w /V   3.4
1000
36. 20  M H 2O 2  2  80  0.05  5
V.S
M H2O2  0.5 
11.2
V.S.=5.6

CHEMISTRY
37. Ans:B
Sol: Through O draw a line parallel to AD intersecting PD at F.

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

Then AOFD is arectangle and OPF is a right triangle. Thus DF = 2, FP = 2, and OF =

4 2 . The area of trapezoid AOPD is 12 2 , and the area of hexagon AOBCPD is
2 12 2  24 2 .
38. Ans: D
Sol: Let h be the length of the altitude from A is ABC . Then
1 1
2007  . BC.h   233  h
2 2
So h = 18. Thus A is on one of the lines y = 18 or y = - 18. Line DE has equation x –
y – 300 = 0. Let A have coordinates (a, b). By the formula for the distance from a
point to a line, the distance from A to line DE is a  b  300 / 2 . The area of ADE is
1 a  b  300 1 a  18  300
7002   .DE   9 2 .
2 2 2 2
Thus a  18  1556  300 , and the sum of the four possible values of a is
4  300 =1200.
39. Ans: C
x1 y1 1
1
SOL- Area of   x 2 y2 1
2
x3 y3 1
m n 1
1
 12 19 1  70   m  11n  197  140 .......(1)
2
23 20 1
Median through A has slope – 5
 5m  n  107 .......(2)
(1),(2)  m = 20, n = 7, m + n = 27
40. Ans: C
f  x, y   x 2  y 2  2gx  2fy  c  0
Now, f  0,     2  2f  c  0 and its roots are (1, 1).
 f  1 and c = 1
1 
f  , 0   2  2g  c  0 and its roots are  ,5  .
5 
1
  5  2g
5
13 1
g and  5  c
5 5
13
Thus, g   ,f = -1, c = 1
5

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 11

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot
169 13
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

r  g2  f 2  c   1 1 
25 5
41. Ans: D

1 2
Shifting origin to 1,  and A  3, 3  becames A  2,  . F is image of A about x-
3   3  
axis. C is image of F about origin. D is image of A about orgin
 5   1   1 
 actual vertices will be A 3, 3 , B  1,
 3
 
 , C 1, 3 , D  1,


3
 
 , E 1,  3 , F  3, 


3

   x i  yi   3  3  a  b  6

42. Ans: A
2x  y  1  0

y  x 1

 2020, 2019
Take image of A is 2x + y -1 to find equation of selected ray,
Note: Point may lies on line along which ray is reflected but not lies on ray
43. Ans: ABC
Sol: (A) We have, AB = BC
 B is mid point of AC
xz yzxy
  y and  zx
2 2
 x  z  2y and 2y  x  z
 x, y, z are in A.P.
(B) The given lines are
7x  y  16  0 (1)
5x  y  8  0 (2)
And x  5y  8  0 (3)
Equation of the line passing through the point A(k+1, 2k) and making an angle 
with the positive direction of x-axis is

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 12

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
x   k  1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
y  2k
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s


cos  sin 
x   k  1 y  2k

cos  sin 
 r1 , r2 , r3  if AB  r1 , AC  r2 , AD  r3 
B   k  1  r1 cos , 2k  r1 sin  
C   k  1  r2 cos , 2k  r2 sin  
D   k  1  r3 cos , 2k  r3 sin  
Suppose the points B, C and D lie on the lines (1), (2) and (3), respectively,
9 1  k  3 1  k 
 r1  , r2 
7 cos   sin  5cos   sin 
9 1  k 
and, r3 
5sin   cos 
1 1 5cos   sin  5sin   cos 
   
r2 r3 3 1  k  9 1  k 
15cos   3sin   5sin   cos 

9 1  k 
14cos   2sin  2
 
9 1  k  r1
Hence, r1 , r2 , r3 are in H.P.
sin 2 
(C) The given line is x cos   ysin   0
cos 
Let p1 , p2 , p3 be the lengths of the perpendiculars from the points A  m 2 , 2m  ,
B  mn, m  n 
and C  n 2 , 2n  on line (1), then
sin 2 
m 2 cos   2m sin   2

p1  cos  
 m cos   sin  
sin 2   cos 2  cos 
2
sin 
p 2  mn cos    m  n  sin  
cos 
mn cos   m cos  sin   n sin  cos   sin 2 
2

cos 
1
  m cos   n cos   sin   sin   n cos   sin   
cos  
 m cos   sin   n cos   sin 
 and
cos 
2
2 sin 2   n cos   sin  
p 3  n cos   2n sin   
cos  cos 
2 2

Now, p1p 2 
 m cos   sin    n cos   sin  
 p32
2
cos 
Hence, p1 , p2 , p3 are in G.P.

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 13

44. Ans: AC
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

Sol: (A) Director circle of given ellipse is x 2  y 2  5 and 5 cos , 5 sin  lies on it
 QR is diameter of circum circle of PQR let  h, k  = mid. Point of QR
T  S1  hx  4ky  h 2  k 2 ................(1)
T  0  5 cos c  4 5 sin .y  4 .........(2)
from (1) & (2), the required locus is x 2  y2  16 / 5
(B) Let   3h  2, b  3k
2 
 h & k
3 3
(h, k) lies on given circle, then after putting the values of h & k we will get the
equation of circle
(C) using second definition of hyperbola
(D) Obviously locus of the extremities of the other diagonal is the circle with given
diagonal as diameter
45. Ans: ACD
Sol: Family of lines passing through (2, 1)
(A) circle passes through (2, 1)
(B) (2, 1) lies inside.
(C) S1  1
(D) Diameteric end points are (2, 1) and (-2, 1)
46. Ans: AC
Sol: Clearly, power of point T(3, 4) w.r.t S = 0 is
S1  14
Also, angle b/w tangents from T(3, 4) to circle S = 0, is
 2
 2sin 1  
 3 
The equation of circumcircle of TAB is
x  x  3    y  1 y  4   0
 x 2  y2  3x  5y  4  0
and area of quadrilateral TACB
1
 2    2  14  2 14 (square units)
2
47. Ans-ACD
Sol: Required area = 4
L1  L2  0  1  7  x  y    2   5  50   0
OD 1 2
cos 60    5  1 5  2   0    ,  
10 5 5
4x  3y  25  0
3x  4y  25  0 .
48. Ans-BC
SOL-Find orthocentre by usual mehod.
Now,aa’=bb’
Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 14
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
’
B =aa /b ’ ’
TG ~ @bohring_bot 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

49. Ans: BC
B
x  y 1
A r
p1
 1 3 
 2, 2 
 
p2

y  mx
p1  p 2
50. Ans: ABD
Conceptual
Passage – 1
51. Ans: B
52. Ans: B
51-52 Sol: Equation of PQ: 3x = y + 1
1 
R  ,0
3 
20
AB =
3

P  2,5

Q 1, 2

A  3,0  1   11 
R  ,0  B , 0
3  3 
2
2 2 2 2  11 
 x  3  y   x  2    y  5   x    y2
 3
2 22
x 2  6x  9  y 2  x 2  4x  4  y 2  25  10y  x 2   x  y2
9 3
2 22
10x  10y  20 ; 6x  9  x 
9 3
40 40 1
xy 2 x x
3 9 3
1 1 5
y  2  , 
3 3 3
2 2
1  5 100 25
Radius =   3     
3  3 9 9
53. KEY-C
2 2
SOL- C1  x  y  6x  8y  5  0
Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 15
2 2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
C 2  x  y  2x  4y  3  0
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

Equation of common chord

L  C1  C 2  0
L : x  3y  2  0
Family of circle passing through A and B is
S: x 2  y2  6x  8y  5    x  3y  2   0 ......(1)
S: x 2  y2     6  x   3  8   5  2  0
Its centre lies on common chord i.e. x  3y  2  0

    6   3  8      6   3  8 
centre          3 20
  2   2   2   2 
13
  , put in Eq. (1)
5
Equation of circle is 5x 2  5y2  17x  y 1  0
54. Ans.(C)
53-54 SOL-Now
S  x 2  y2  6x  8y  5    x  3y  2   0
S  x 2  y2     6  x   3  8   5  2  0
This circle intersects with x 2  y2  3x  0 orthogonally
 3    6   3  8 
2     2  0    5  2  0
 2  2   2 
  8
Hence
S  x 2  y 2  6x  8y  5  8  x  3y  2  0
S  x 2  y2  14x  32y  21  0

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 PTA-01 Date: 18-10-2020
Time: 01.25Pm to 04.25Pm 2016_P2 Max. Marks:186

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
B A B A C A ABCD ABC AB AB
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
AD BC C AD A B B B

CHEMISTRY
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28
B B C A A B ABCD AC ABC BC
29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36
ABD BD BCD ABC B D B B

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 2

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

P0A kx0 kx0 P0A PA kx PA

P 0 A  kx0 …(ii) Here P1  P2  P , so

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 3

mg
37C

P0  S0  mg  P  S0 sec 37 cos 37

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 4

 P  P0 
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
mg
 105 
600
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 5

E g  Ag    z  zdz
0

E  Ei  E g 
g 0 T  P  dP  g 0 T  P  dP

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 6

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
17,18.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

For the reversible adiabatic process

f1 f1
u1 u2
speed
f1  u1   f1  u 2  u1  u 2
u Avg  
f1  f1 2
21. (P) n H SO  0.1
2 4

0.11000 1000
m   1.1
90.2 902
0.11000 1.8
M  1.8
100

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 P   4
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

(Q) n H PO  0.1
3 4

43  P   6 N2 F

 P   2atm
N2 F

Total pressure =  P   A.T N2 F

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 9

CHEMISTRY
37. Ans:B
Sol: Through O draw a line parallel to AD intersecting PD at F.

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

Then AOFD is arectangle and OPF is a right triangle. Thus DF = 2, FP = 2, and OF =

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 11

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot
169 13
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

r  g2  f 2  c   1 1 
25 5
41. Ans: D

42. Ans: A
2x  y  1  0

y  x 1

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 12

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
x   k  1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
y  2k
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

Now, p1p 2 
 m cos   sin    n cos   sin  
 p32
2
cos 
Hence, p1 , p2 , p3 are in G.P.

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 13

44. Ans: AC
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Key&Sol’s

49. Ans: BC
B
x  y 1
A r
p1
 1 3 
 2, 2 
 
p2

y  mx
p1  p 2
50. Ans: ABD
Conceptual
Passage – 1
51. Ans: B
52. Ans: B
51-52 Sol: Equation of PQ: 3x = y + 1
1 
R  ,0
3 
20
AB =
3

P  2,5

Q 1, 2

Equation of common chord

Sec: Sr. Super60 Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

2016_PAPER-II
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 Syllabus

PHYSICS : PT-1 Syllabus

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 Syllabus

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
JEE-ADVANCE-2016-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 186
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 6) Questions with Single Correct Choice 3 -1 6 18
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – II(Q.N : 7 – 14) 4 -2 8 32
(Partial Marking +1)
Questions with Comprehension Type
Sec – III(Q.N : 15 – 18) 3 0 4 12
(2 Comprehensions – 2 + 2 = 4Q)
Total 18 62

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
1. A block is hung by means of two identical wires having cross section area
A 1 mm 2  as shown in the diagram. If temperature is lowered by  T 10C  , find
the mass (in kg) to be added to hanging mass such that junction remains at initial
position. Given that co-efficient of linear expansion   2  105 / C and Young’s
modulus Y  5  1011 N / m2 for the wire.
37 37

A) 6 B) 12 C) 18 D) 24
2. A heat engine used one mole of an ideal monatomic gas as a working substance.
The engine can follow either cycle A or cycle B in the diagram. The ratio of the
n
efficiencies of the cycles is  eA / eB   4 . If the value of e A  e B is . Find the value
4
of n.
P
Cycle-A Cycle-B

V
2V0 3V0 4V0 5V0
A) 5 B) 7 C) 9 D) 11

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

3.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
The temperature of a cylindrical conductor starts rising when connected across a
battery. The conductor radiates to the surrounding from it’s curved surface
following Newton’s law of cooling and finally it attains a steady state temperature,
its temperature exceeding the ambient temperature by   9C . If the length of
the conductor is reduced to (3/4) times of the original length, keeping other
conditions unchanged, the steady state temperature  C  of the conductor
exceeds the ambient temperature by
A) 12 K B) 16 K C) 20 K D) 24 K
4. An experiment is performed to measure the coefficient of linear expansion of
glass.
Experiment : A glass cylinder is filled completely by 100 gm of mercury at
temperature 0C . When the temperature of the cylinder is increased upto
  20C , now it is observed that the cylinder can contain 99.7 gm of mercury. In
both the cases the temperature of the mercury is assumed to be equal to that of
the cylinder. It is known that coefficient of volume expansion of mercury is
 m  18  105 / C . The coefficient of linear expansion of glass measured from the
experiment is   105 / C .
Find the value of 
A) 1 B) 2 C) 3 D) 4
5. Consider the shown diagram where the two chambers separated by piston–
spring arrangement contain equal amounts of certain ideal gas. Initially when the
temperatures of the gas in both the chambers are kept at 300 K, the compression
in the spring is 1 m. The temperature of the left and the right chambers are now
raised to 400 K and 500 K respectively. If the pistons are free to slide, the final
compression in the spring (in m) is

300K 300K
Vacuum
1m 1m
5 1 7 1 13  1 17  1
A) B) C) D)
2 2 2 2

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

6.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
The pressure of an ideal gas of ‘n’ moles whose pressure P is related to its
volume V as P  P0 eV ( P0 and  are positive constants of appropriate
kP0
dimensions). The maximum attainable temperature of this ideal gas is ,
 ne R 
j
when it’s volume V  ; The value of (j, k) are

A) (1, 1) B) (1, 2) C) (2, 1) D) (2, 2)

1 dN Gas A T1  Gas B T2 

N dV

V
A) if T1  T2 then molar mass of gas B  M B  is greater than molar mass of gas
A M A 
B) if molar mass of gas A M A  is equal to molar mass of gas B  M B  then T1  T2
C) if T1  T2 then molar mass of gas B  M B  is necessarily less than molar mass of
gas A M A 
D) if gas A is O2 and gas B is N 2 then considering them to be two ideal gases then
T1 is necessarily less than T2

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

8.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
Two identical adiabatic vessels are filled with oxygen at pressure P1 and
P2  P1  P2  . The vessels are interconnected with each other by a non-conducting

pipe. If U i and U i denote initial internal energies of oxygen in first and second
1 2

vessels respectively and U f and U f denote final internal energies respectively,

1 2

then
Ui P1  P2
A) 1  P1 B) Final pressure in the vessels is
Ui P2 2
2

C) U f  U f D) U f  U f
1 2 1 2

9. In a cylindrical container of sufficiently large height, two easily moving pistons

enclose certain amount of same ideal gas in two chambers as shown in the
figure.

Upper chamber

20 cm
Lower chamber
8 cm

The upper piston is at a height 20 cm from the bottom and lower piston is at a
height 8 cm from the bottom. The mass of each piston is m kg and cross
mg
sectional area of each piston is A m2, where  P0 and P0 is the atmospheric
A
pressure  1105 N / m2 .
Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 6
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
The cylindrical container and pistons are made of conducting material. Initially
the temperature of gas is 27oC and whole system is in equilibrium. Now if the
upper piston is slowly lifted by 16 cm and held in that position with the help of
some external force. As a result, the lower piston rises slowly by l cm.
A) The value of l is 4 cm
B) The ratio of volume of gas in upper chamber to that of in lower chamber in
final state is 2: 1
C) Internal energy of the gases in upper and lower chambers are equal to each
other in final state
D) The pressure of the gas in lower chamber in final state is 4.0 × 105 N/m2
10. Choose the correct statement(s):
A) The volume coefficient of an ideal gas during an adiabatic process is equal to
its pressure coefficient.
B) The rms translational speed for all ideal gases at the same temperature is not
the same but it depends on the molecular mass.
C) If temperature of an ideal gas is doubled from 100C to 200C , the average
kinetic energy of each particle is also doubled.
D) The magnitude of momentum of a Helium atom in a sample of Helium gas at
200K will be less than the magnitude of momentum of a Hydrogen molecule in a
sample of Hydrogen gas at 400K
11. In the cylinder shown in the figure, air is enclosed under the piston. Piston mass
M = 60 kg, cross sectional area of the cylinder S0  20 cm 2 , atmospheric pressure

P0  10 5 Pa,   37 . The air temperature is constant, the friction is negligible.

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P

A) Pressure of the enclosed gas is 4  105 Pa

B) Pressure of the enclosed gas is 2.8  105 Pa
C) The mass of the goods that must be put on the piston slowly so that the
volume of the gas becomes halved is 56 kg
D) The mass of the goods that must be put on the piston slowly so that the
volume of the gas becomes halved is 80 kg
12. Six identical rods are joined together to form a network as shown. A temperature
difference of T can be maintained between two points. Considering heat flow
through conduction only, in steady state :-
C
{O is not in the plane of paper}

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

13.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
2 kg water at 100 C and 2.5 kg water at 50 C is kept in two identical containers A
and B respectively of water equivalent 0.5 kg. In two independent experiments, if
water of container A is poured into container B the final temperature of mixture is
T1 and if water of container B is poured into container A the final temperature is
T2 . (heat loss is negligible). Mark the CORRECT option(s).

100C 50C

A B
A) T1  T2 B) T1  T2 C) T1  70C D) T2  70C
14. A cylindrical container contains hydrogen in gaseous state under a light piston.
The container and the piston both are very good insulators of heat. Initially the
piston stays at a height h i above the bottom of the container in equilibrium. A ball
of mass m is dropped from a height H above the piston collides elastically with
the piston. When all motion ceases and equilibrium is reestablished, the piston
again stays at the height h i .
Neglect air resistance and take acceleration due to gravity as g. Mark the
CORRECT statement(s)

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
A) Total work done by gas during the entire process is – mgH
B) Total work done by gas during the entire process is zero
C) During the entire process, there is a net heat flown from it’s surrounding to the
gas   Q  0 
D) The final temperature of gas is higher than its initial temperature

SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Questions 15 and 16
The density of the Earth’s atmosphere,   z  , varies with height z above the Earth’s
surface. Assume that the “thickness” of the atmosphere is sufficiently small so
that it is in a uniform gravitational field of strength g. In a static atmosphere, each
parcel of air has an internal energy E i and a gravitational potential energy E g .
To a very good approximation, the air in the atmosphere is an ideal gas with
constant specific heat. Using this assumption and classical thermodynamics. [In
the given options T is the temperature, P0 is the pressure at the Earth’s surface, 
CP
is the molar mass, CP is the molar specific heat at constant pressure, and  
CV
is the ratio of specific heats.]
15. The total energy in a vertical column of atmosphere of cross-sectional area A is
given by (Here T(P) is temperature as a function of pressure P)
P0 P0
ACP 2AC P
A) E  Ei  E g   T  P  dP B) E  Ei  E g   T  P  dP
g 0
g 0
P0
ACP
C) E  Ei  E g   T  P  dP D) None of these
2g 0

Eg
16. The ratio of energies is is given by :
Ei
A)   2 B)  1 C) 1  D) None of these

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 17 and 18
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P

Consider a spherical shell of radius R at temperature T. The black body radiation

inside it can be considered as an ideal gas with internal energy per unit volume
U 1U 
u  T 4 and pressure P    . Consider two different cases of expansion
V 3V 

undergone by this “PHOTON GAS” in the following two problems.

17. If the spherical shell were to undergo a reversible adiabatic expansion, the
relation between pressure P and volume V of the shell during the process obeys
A) PV 5/3 = constant B) PV 4/3 = constant
C) PV = constant D) PV 1/3 = constant
18. The spherical shell of gas of radius R is surrounded by an adiabatic spherical
shell of radius 2R. If the inner shell wall is broken then the “photon gas”
undergoes adiabatic free expansion into outer shell. If the initial temperature of
the photon gas in inner shell is T0 , then the final temperature after free expansion
mentioned is

Photon Gas

Vacuum

T0 T0 T0
A) B) C) T0 D)
21/4 23/ 4 2

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
19. What is the molar mass of diacidic organic Lewis base (B), if 12 g of
chloroplatinate salt  BH2PtCl6  on ignition produced 5 gm residue of Pt? [Atomic
weight Pt = 195 gm/mol]
A) 52 B) 58 C) 88 D) 78
20. If the distribution of molecular speeds of a gas is as per the figure shown below,
then the ratio of the most probable, the average, and the root mean square
speeds, respectively, is

A) 1:1:1 B) 1:1:1.224 C) 1:1.128:1.224 D) 1:1.128:1

21.
List – I List - II
(P) 100 gm of 9.8 % H 2SO4 by mass  dsol.  1.8g / m (1) 3.6 M
(Q) 100 gm of 9.8% H 3PO 4 by mass  dsol.  1.2 g / m (2) 1.2 M
1.8 NA molecules of HCl in 500 ml solution
(R) (3) 1.8 moles
d solution  1gm ml1 
On mixing 250 ml 4M NaOH and 250 ml of 1.6
(S) M Ca OH . Final OH  ion. d (4) 1.1 m
 2  solution  1gm ml1 
Code: P Q R W
A) 4 1,2,4 2,3 2,4
B) 2,3 2,4 1,2,4 1,4
C) 4 2,4 1,3 1,3
D) 1,2,4 2,4 1,3 1,4

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

22.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
Some compounds are given in List I. Match them correctly with the terms given
in List II.
List – I List - II
(1) SO2 (P) Oxidizing agent
(2) SO3 (Q) Reducing agent
(3) H 2O 2 (R) Undergoes disproportionation
(4) NaF (S) Neither an oxidizing nor a reducing agent
A) 1-PQ; 2-P; 3-PQR; 4-S
B) 1-PQ; 2-P; 3-PQS; 4-S
C) 1-P; 2-PQ; 3-PQR; 4-P
D) 1-PQ; 2-P; 3-PQ; 4-Q
23. For an aqueous NaOH solution, the concentration is 10% (w/w) as well as 12.5 %
(w/v). The correct information is
A) Density of solution = 1.25 gm/ml
B) Density of solution = 0.80 gm/ml
C) Molarity of solution = 2.5 M
D) Molality of solution = 2.5 m
24. A balloon of diameter 20 m weights 100 kg. Calculate its pay load, if it is filled
with He at 1.0 atm. and 27C . Density of air is 1.2 kg m 3

 R  0.08dm 3
atm K 1 mol1     3.15

A) 4640 kg B) 4240 kg C) 2320 kg D) 2170 kg

A) When the cubic equation in volume is solved at a fixed temperature and

pressure at temperatures below critical temperature it has three real and unequal
roots.
B) When the cubic equation in volume is solved at fixed temperature and pressure
at critical temperature all three roots are real and equal.
C) When the cubic equation in volume is solved at fixed temperature and
pressure at temperatures above critical temperature two roots are imaginary and
only one root is real
D) Vanderwaal real gas equation is valid for iquid and vapour phase of water.

26. If 1 mole of H 3PO 4 is reacted with 1 mole of X  OH 2 as:

 XHPO4  2H 2O then:
H3PO4  X  OH  2 
mol.wt.
A) The equivalent weight of base is
2
98
B)The eq. Wt. of H3PO4 is
3
C) The resulting solution is required 1 mole NaOH for complete neutralization
D) Minimum 1 mole of X  OH 2 is required for complete neutralization of XHPO4

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

27.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
5 moles of N2 and 20 moles of H 2 are allowed to react to form NH3 , as the only
product The correct information(s) is/are
A) AT t = 0, average molar mass of gaseous mixture = 7.2 gm/mol
B) After complete reaction, average molar mass of gaseous mixture = 12 gm/mol
C) After 50% reaction of N2 gas, average molecular mass of gaseous mixture = 9
gm/mol
D) At any stage of reaction, 90% of H2 may be consumed
28. 20 ml mixture of C3H8 and CO gas when burnt in excess of oxygen produce 40 ml
CO2 gas. Choose the correct statement(s) (Volume of gases measured under

same T & P)
A) Volume of C3H 8 in the mixture is 15 ml
B) Volume of CO in the mixture is 10 ml
C) Total volume contraction due to combustion is 35 ml at room temperature
D) The volume of oxygen used for combustion is 75 ml
29. Two containers are connected by a tube of negligible volume, container (I) has
N2  g  gas at pressure 4 atm and temperature T(K) and container (II) has 1 litre
H2O    at temperature (T) initially. Find correct option(s) after stopcock is
removed. (aq. Tension = 190 torr)

A) Pressure of N 2  2.0 atm B) Total pressure = 2.25 atm

C) Total pressure = 1.95 atm D) Pressure of H 2O  g  is 0.25 atm

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

30.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
Which of the following statement(s) are true about Z vs P graph for a real gas a
given temperature.

A) dZ / dP 
 0 as P 
 0 for most real gases

B) dZ / dP  ive as P 
 0 for most real gases

C) dZ / dP 
 0 at a pressure where repulsive and attractive forces are

comparable
D) dZ / dP  ive for real gases at extremely high pressure
31. For a gaseous reaction of the type
 cC  dD,  Given : a  b  c  d 
aA  bB 

Select the incorrect statement(s)?

A) ‘a’ mole of A combines with ‘b’ moles of B to produce ‘c’ moles of C and ‘d’
moles of D
B) ‘a’ gm of A combines with ‘b’ gm of B to produce ‘c’ gm of C and ‘d’ gm of D
C) If ‘x’ moles of A (where x > a) added with ‘b’ moles of B then number of moles
of D is greater than ‘d’
D) If ‘a’ moles of A added with ‘a’ moles of B then number of moles of each C and
D will be equal to ‘a’

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

32.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Select the incorrect statement(s):
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P

A) 1 gm molecule of any substance contains equal number of atoms.

B) If 2 gm of H 2 completely reacts with 71 gm of Cl2 then 36.5 gm of HCl is
produced.
C) Reactant with minimum number of moles, always act as limiting reagent.
D) During a chemical reaction number of total moles may increase, decrease
remain constant.

100  x  % where x is maximum mass of water which can reacts with P4O 6

present in 100gm mixture of H 3PO3 and P4 O 6

P4 O6  H 2 O 
 H3 PO 3

Atomic mass of Phosphorous = 31 g/mol

33. If such a mixture is labelled as 127 %, mass of free P4O 6 in 100 gm of mixture is –
A) 45 gm B) 55 gm C) 71 gm D) 58 gm
100
34. gm mixture of H 3PO3 and P4O 6 (labelled as 123%) is mixed with 50 L of H 2 O
3
and resulting solution (assuming volume change) is mixed with 2M NaOH
solution. Volume of NaOH required for complete neutralisation is –
A) 250 ml B) 750 ml C) 200 ml D) 500 ml

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 35 and 36
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P

The strength of H 2O 2 is expressed in several ways like molarity, normality, %

(w/V), volume strength, etc. The strength of “10 V” means 1 volume of H 2O 2 on
decomposition gives 10 volumes of oxygen at 1 atm and 273 K or 1 litre of H 2O 2
gives 10 litre of O2 at 1 atm and 273K The decomposition of H 2O2 is shown as
under:
1
H 2O2  aq  
 H 2O  l   O 2  g 
2
H 2O 2 can acts as oxidising as well as reducing agent, as oxidizing agent H 2O 2

converted into H 2 O and as reducing agent H 2O 2 converted into O 2 , both cases it’s
n-factor is 2.
 Normality of H 2O 2 solution = 2 Molarity of H 2O 2 solution
35. What is the percentage strength (% w/V) of “11.2 V” H 2O 2 ?
A) 1.7 B) 3.4 C) 34 D) 17
36. 20 mL of H 2O 2 solution is reacted with 80 mL of 0.05 M KMnO4 in acidic medium
then what is the volume strength of H 2O 2 ?
A) 2.8 B) 5.6 C) 11.2 D) 22.4

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

MATHEMATICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
37. Circle with centers O and P have radii 2 and 4, respectively, and are externally
tangent. Points A and B are on the circle centered at O, and points C and D are on
the circle centered at P, such that AD and BC are common external tangents to
the circles. What is the area of hexagon AOBCPD?
D

A
4
2
P
O

B
C

A) 18 3 B) 24 2 C) 36 D) 24 3
38. Triangles ABC and ADE have area 2007 and 7002, respectively, with B = (0, 0), C =
(223, 0), D = (680, 380), and E = (689, 389). What is the sum of all possible x-
coordinates of A?
A) 282 B) 300 C) 600 D) 1200
39. The vertices of a triangle are A  m, n  , B(12, 19) and C (23, 20), where m and n are
integers. If its area is 70 and the slope of the median through A is  5 , then the last
digit of (m  n) is
A) 3 B) 5 C) 7 D) 8
40. Let f(x, y) = 0 be the equation of circle. If f  0,    0 has equal roots
1
  1,1 and f  , 0   0 has roots   ,5 , then the radius of the circle is
5
9 11 13 17
A) B) C) D)
5 5 5 5

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
 1 
41. A regular hexagon is drawn circumscribing the circle with centre 1,  and
 3
radius 2.  3, 3  is one vertex and other vertices are  x1 , y1  ,  x 2 , y2  ,  x 3 , y3  ,  x 4 , y4 
5
and  x 5 , y5  . If x i  yi 
i 1

is
3 3
A) 3  3 B) 2  3 C) D) 3  3
2
42. A ray of light is sent from the point  2020,  2019  along the line y  x  1. Upon
reaching the line 2x  y  1  0 , the ray is reflected from it, then the correct
statements is/are
7 7
A)  ,  lies on both reflected ray and the line y   x
 8 8
B) (7, 2) lies on both reflected ray and the line x  y  5
7 7
C)  ,  lies on both reflected ray and line y  x
6 6
7 14
D)  ,  lies on both reflected ray and the line y  2x
 13 13 

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

44.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Which of the following is/are CORRECT
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P

A) From any point P  

5 cos , 5 sin  pair of tangents are drawn to the curve

x 2  4y2  4 which touches it at Q and R. The locus of circumecentre of PQR is

circle
B) The locus of the point  3h  2, 3K  where (h, k) lies on the circle

x 2  y2  2x  4y  4  0 straight line

C) Locus of centre of circles touching two fixed circles (these two fixed circles
touch each other externally) is hyperbola
D) The extremities of a diagonal of a rectangle are (0, 0) and (4, 4). The locus of
the extremities of the other diagonal is ellipse
45. Consider lines ax  2by  b  2a  3by, a, b  R , then
A) a unique line of above family is tangent to circle x 2  y 2  x  y  6  0
B) two lines from above family are tangent to circle x 2  y2  6x  4y  1  0
C) if above lines are pair of tangents to x 2  y2  x  y  1  0 , then length of tangent is
1 unit.
D) circumcircle of triangle formed by above lines as pair of tangents
of x 2  y2  4x  2y  1  0 and corresponding chord of contact is x 2  y2  5
46. Tangents TA and TB are drawn to the circle S  x 2  y 2  2y  3  0 from the point T(3,
4). Which of the following statement(s) is(are)CORRECT?
A) The power of point T(3, 4) to the circle S = 0 is 14

B) The angle between tangents from T (3, 4) to the circle S = 0 is .
3
C) The equation of circumcircle of TAB is x 2  y2  3x  5y  4  0
D) The area of quadrilateral TACB is 3 7 (square units), where C is the centre of
circle S = 0

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

47.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
From a fix point on the circle x 2  y 2  6x  0 chords are drawn to the same circle.
Let the area of locus of point of trisection (farther to fix point) of the chords is A.
If the equations of two straight lines which pass through intersection of lines
x  2y  5  0 & 7x  y  50  0 and which divide circumference of circle having centre
origin and area 25A into two arcs, whose length are in ratio
2 : 1.Then which of the following is/are CORRECT
A) Value of A is 4
3
B) Slope of one of the line is
4
4
C) Slope of one of the line is
3
D) Product of slopes of both lines obtained is – 1
x y
48. Line   1 cuts the co-ordinate axes at A  a, 0  and B  0, b  and the line
a b
x y
  1 at A '  a ', 0  and B'  0, b ' .If the points A, B, A ', B' are concyclic then the
a' b'
orthocentre of the triangle ABA ' is
aa '  bb ' 
A)  0, 0  B)  0, b ' C)  0,  D)  0, 
 b   a 
49. Let L1 be a line passing through the origin and L2 be the line x + y = 1. If the
intercepts made by the circle x 2  y2  x  3y  0 on L1 and L2 are equal then the
equation of L1 can be
A) x  y  0 B) x  y  0 C) x  7y  0 D) x  7y  0
50. Consider the circles S1 : x 2  y 2  4 and S2 : x 2  y 2  2x  4y  4  0 which of the
following statements are correct?
A) Number of common tangents to these circles is2.
B) If the power of a variable point P w.r.t these two circles is same then P moves
on the line x  2y  4  0 .
C) Sum of the y-intercepts of bth the circles is 6.
D) The circles S1 and S2 are orthogonal.

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 22

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Questions 51 and 52
Two circles passing through Q (1, 2) and P (2, 5) and touching x – axis at A and B
respectively
51. Length of AB is _____
20 5
A) 20 B) C) 10 D) 4
3 3
52. Circumradius of PAB is _____
5 5 3
A) 5 3 B) C) 10 3 D) 10
3 3

Paragraph for Questions 53 and 54

Consider the equation of circle C1  x 2  y 2  6x  8y  5  0 and
C 2  x 2  y 2  2x  4y  3  0 intersecting at A and B.
53. Equation of circle with AB as its diameter is
A) 5x 2  5y2  17x  y  1  0
B) 5x 2  5y2  17x  y  1  0
C) 5x 2  5y2  17x  y  1  0
D) 5x 2  5y 2 17x  5y  1  0
54. Equation of circle passing through intersection of circle C1  0 and C2  0 and cuts
the circle x 2  y2  3x  0 orthogonally is
A) x 2  y2  14x  32y  21  0
B) x 2  y2  14x  32y  21  0
C) x 2  y2  14x  32y  21  0
D) x 2  y2  14x  32y  21  0

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 23

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

2016_PAPER-II
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 Syllabus

PHYSICS : PT-1 Syllabus

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 Syllabus

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

V
2V0 3V0 4V0 5V0
A) 5 B) 7 C) 9 D) 11

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

300K 300K
Vacuum
1m 1m
5 1 7 1 13  1 17  1
A) B) C) D)
2 2 2 2

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

1 dN Gas A T1  Gas B T2 

N dV

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

pipe. If U i and U i denote initial internal energies of oxygen in first and second
1 2

vessels respectively and U f and U f denote final internal energies respectively,

1 2

then
Ui P1  P2
A) 1  P1 B) Final pressure in the vessels is
Ui P2 2
2

C) U f  U f D) U f  U f
1 2 1 2

9. In a cylindrical container of sufficiently large height, two easily moving pistons

enclose certain amount of same ideal gas in two chambers as shown in the
figure.

Upper chamber

20 cm
Lower chamber
8 cm

P0  10 5 Pa,   37 . The air temperature is constant, the friction is negligible.

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P

A) Pressure of the enclosed gas is 4  105 Pa

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

100C 50C

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Questions 15 and 16
The density of the Earth’s atmosphere,   z  , varies with height z above the Earth’s
surface. Assume that the “thickness” of the atmosphere is sufficiently small so
that it is in a uniform gravitational field of strength g. In a static atmosphere, each
parcel of air has an internal energy E i and a gravitational potential energy E g .
To a very good approximation, the air in the atmosphere is an ideal gas with
constant specific heat. Using this assumption and classical thermodynamics. [In
the given options T is the temperature, P0 is the pressure at the Earth’s surface, 
CP
is the molar mass, CP is the molar specific heat at constant pressure, and  
CV
is the ratio of specific heats.]
15. The total energy in a vertical column of atmosphere of cross-sectional area A is
given by (Here T(P) is temperature as a function of pressure P)
P0 P0
ACP 2AC P
A) E  Ei  E g   T  P  dP B) E  Ei  E g   T  P  dP
g 0
g 0
P0
ACP
C) E  Ei  E g   T  P  dP D) None of these
2g 0

Eg
16. The ratio of energies is is given by :
Ei
A)   2 B)  1 C) 1  D) None of these

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 17 and 18
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P

Consider a spherical shell of radius R at temperature T. The black body radiation

inside it can be considered as an ideal gas with internal energy per unit volume
U 1U 
u  T 4 and pressure P    . Consider two different cases of expansion
V 3V 

undergone by this “PHOTON GAS” in the following two problems.

Photon Gas

Vacuum

T0 T0 T0
A) B) C) T0 D)
21/4 23/ 4 2

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

A) 1:1:1 B) 1:1:1.224 C) 1:1.128:1.224 D) 1:1.128:1

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

 R  0.08dm 3
atm K 1 mol1     3.15

A) 4640 kg B) 4240 kg C) 2320 kg D) 2170 kg

A) When the cubic equation in volume is solved at a fixed temperature and

26. If 1 mole of H 3PO 4 is reacted with 1 mole of X  OH 2 as:

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

A) Pressure of N 2  2.0 atm B) Total pressure = 2.25 atm

C) Total pressure = 1.95 atm D) Pressure of H 2O  g  is 0.25 atm

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

30.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P
Which of the following statement(s) are true about Z vs P graph for a real gas a
given temperature.

A) dZ / dP 
 0 as P 
 0 for most real gases

B) dZ / dP  ive as P 
 0 for most real gases

C) dZ / dP 
 0 at a pressure where repulsive and attractive forces are

comparable
D) dZ / dP  ive for real gases at extremely high pressure
31. For a gaseous reaction of the type
 cC  dD,  Given : a  b  c  d 
aA  bB 

Select the incorrect statement(s)?

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

32.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Select the incorrect statement(s):
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P

A) 1 gm molecule of any substance contains equal number of atoms.

100  x  % where x is maximum mass of water which can reacts with P4O 6

present in 100gm mixture of H 3PO3 and P4 O 6

P4 O6  H 2 O 
 H3 PO 3

Atomic mass of Phosphorous = 31 g/mol

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 35 and 36
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P

The strength of H 2O 2 is expressed in several ways like molarity, normality, %

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

A
4
2
P
O

B
C

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

44.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Which of the following is/are CORRECT
18-10-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P2)_PTA-01_Q.P

A) From any point P  

5 cos , 5 sin  pair of tangents are drawn to the curve

x 2  4y2  4 which touches it at Q and R. The locus of circumecentre of PQR is

circle
B) The locus of the point  3h  2, 3K  where (h, k) lies on the circle

x 2  y2  2x  4y  4  0 straight line

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 22

Paragraph for Questions 53 and 54

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 23

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy.,India.
 A.P  T.S  KARNATAKA  TAMILNADU  MAHARASTRA  DELHI  RANCHI
ICON Central Office - Madhapur - Hyderabad
18-Oct-20 _Sr.Super-60 _Jee Adv_PTA-01_All India_Marks_Analysis
TOT TOT TOT TOT MAT MAT PHY PHY CHE CHE
Adm_No Name of the Student Sec CAMPUS P1+P2 % P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2
STATE CAMP
372 AIR Rank Rank
124 Rank 124 Rank 124 Rank

191017913 GUNDA VENKATA SAHIT JR.COIPL-M1A VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 300 80.65 8 7 1 97 26 103 3 100 40

191380187 B S NIRANJANA REDDY NA BAN/VIDYARANYAPURA 288 77.42 15 1 1 100 16 86 26 102 28

191027911 MAHANTI PRABHAS NAIDU JR.COIPL-M1B VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 274 73.66 22 16 2 95 34 87 25 92 96

191014219 ARUMALLA JASWANT SAI VIGNESH REDDY JR.COIPL-M1B VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 273 73.39 23 17 3 94 39 85 31 94 75

191027321 CHEEDU PRANEETH REDDY JR_CO HYD/KPHB RES PRATIBHA BHAVAN 270 72.58 30 11 1 90 60 75 89 105 14

191028272 NALI HARSHA VARDHAN DEEKSHA-2 VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 268 72.04 34 21 1 80 172 90 20 98 53

191021071 BANTU KRUTHA SATYA VARDHAN NAIDU CO-1 VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 265 71.24 40 24 2 91 55 80 50 94 75

191026244 PENJERLA RAMA LINGA VINAY JCO1 HYD/MEDHASWI BHAVAN NARSINGI 261 70.16 43 17 1 98 22 71 129 92 96

191030628 ALLU SAI KIRAN JR.COIPL-M1B VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 259 69.62 47 28 4 98 22 73 106 88 141

191030964 KODUGANTI RAGHUVEER JR 1 HYD/SARADHA CAMPUS HYD 259 69.62 48 19 1 95 34 73 106 91 108

191030607 GOLLAPALLI VIKAS JR.COIPL-M1A VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 258 69.35 52 30 5 78 213 74 97 106 11

191022356 JUVVALA REVANTH JMC-1 VIJ/ELITE CHAINA CAMPUS (SRI CHAKRA)256 68.82 55 32 1 94 39 76 83 86 179

191021986 AKKAMMAGARI LASYA JR.COIPL-M1A VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 256 68.82 56 33 6 92 48 77 70 87 155

191158198 . HARSH AGARWAL AB-JR IIT VIS/SRIKAKULAM 255 68.55 59 34 1 86 94 80 50 89 125

191031194 MURI BHANU SREEKAR JMC-3 VIJ/ELITE CHAINA CAMPUS (SRI CHAKRA)254 68.28 61 35 2 94 39 72 112 88 141

191380019 N MANISH REDDY JZI-1 BAN/MARATHAHALLI 252 67.74 65 2 1 88 78 72 112 92 96

191027273 TERLI TULSIRAM JR_CO HYD/KPHB RES PRATIBHA BHAVAN 252 67.74 66 28 2 86 94 80 50 86 179

191380180 B ISHWAR NA BAN/VIDYARANYAPURA 251 67.47 68 3 2 76 249 92 19 83 251

191026163 GAJJALA VENKATA SAIVINEEL REDDY JR_CO HYD/KPHB RES PRATIBHA BHAVAN 247 66.40 72 32 3 88 78 79 58 80 330

191032528 GRANDHI AKSHAY JMC-1 VIJ/ELITE CHAINA CAMPUS (SRI CHAKRA)247 66.40 73 38 3 87 84 66 206 94 75

191021438 VEMULA KALYANA VENKATA DEVA DUTT DEEKSHA-1 VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 247 66.40 74 39 3 83 130 82 41 82 280

191080183 ORCHU GOWRI SANKAR CO-1 VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 247 66.40 75 40 4 70 457 82 41 95 70

191018747 ALLU RACHEL JESSICA RB-1 PRATHIBA VIJ/SUMEDHA BHAVAN 244 65.59 78 42 1 79 192 63 283 102 28

191060782 DUDDUKURI PRAVEEN KUMAR JR.COIPL-M2A VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 244 65.59 79 43 7 67 567 79 58 98 53

191380001 SANKET SINGH JZI-1 BAN/MARATHAHALLI 243 65.32 81 4 2 88 78 78 63 77 441

191113652 MEESALA HEMANTH KUMAR RB1-JXL-1 VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 242 65.05 83 45 1 88 78 75 89 79 356

191046148 MALADI VENKATA SAI YASWANTH DEEKSHA-1 VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 241 64.78 84 46 5 83 130 79 58 79 356

191060092 REDDY SAI VIKRAM DEY CO-1 VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 240 64.52 85 47 6 65 659 81 45 94 75

191017856 PULIVARTHI MAHESH JR.COIPL-M1A VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 239 64.25 88 49 8 85 108 67 184 87 155

191010707 DURGESHAM AJAY JMC-1 VIJ/ELITE CHAINA CAMPUS (SRI CHAKRA)239 64.25 89 50 4 83 130 78 63 78 407

191031825 SHAIKCHINTAPALLI MASTAN SHAREEF PRATIBHA-2 VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 239 64.25 90 51 7 82 146 78 63 79 356

191380114 C M SUMEETH NA BAN/SESHADRIPURAM 239 64.25 91 5 1 80 172 80 50 79 356

191031239 RAVIPUDI SAKETH KUMAR CO-1 VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 238 63.98 93 53 8 86 94 73 106 79 356

191047865 ANDHAVARAM SRIVALLI RB1-JXL VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 238 63.98 94 54 2 84 116 68 165 86 179

191107651 BANDA RAJ KISHORE JR.COIPL-M1A VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 238 63.98 95 55 9 69 497 66 206 103 22

191380140 S SUHAIL SHIVARAM NA BAN/JP NAGAR 237 63.71 96 6 1 82 146 67 184 88 141

191009950 BHEEMISETTY LOHITH JR 1 HYD/SARADHA CAMPUS HYD 236 63.44 98 36 2 85 108 66 206 85 204

191027262 BEERE JASWANTH JR_B HYD/KPHB RES PRATIBHA BHAVAN 236 63.44 99 37 4 84 116 72 112 80 330

191027914 CHANATI CHAITANYA JR.COIPL-M1B VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 235 63.17 100 57 10 91 55 66 206 78 407

191010701 PENIGALAPATI DINESH JMC-1 VIJ/ELITE CHAINA CAMPUS (SRI CHAKRA)235 63.17 102 59 5 82 146 70 141 83 251

191032545 AVADHUTA SAI VARUN CO-2 VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 235 63.17 104 60 9 71 424 63 283 101 36

TG ~ @bohring_bot
191009568 RACHAMALLA HINDU SREE RACHAMALLA JR 1 HYD/SARADHA CAMPUS HYD 234 62.90 106 39 3 83 130 65 233 86 179

191062054 VANIPENTA VARSHITH JR.COIPL-M1D VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 234 62.90 107 62 11 83 130 57 469 94 75

191027265 CHALLA POOJITHA JR_G HYD/KPHB RES PRATIBHA BHAVAN 234 62.90 109 41 5 79 192 70 141 85 204

191027924 VARRI PRUDHVI RAJ JR.COIPL-M1A VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 233 62.63 110 63 12 97 26 58 432 78 407

191009557 KANUMUKKALA HITESH REDDY KANUMUKKALAJR 1 HYD/SARADHA CAMPUS HYD 233 62.63 111 42 4 93 44 57 469 83 251

JR_B
191027281 CHIVUKULA VENKATA NAGASAI KRISHNA CHAITANYA HYD/KPHB RES PRATIBHA BHAVAN 233 62.63 112 43 6 80 172 66 206 87 155

JR 1
191009556 OBULREDDY GARI KARTHIK REDDY OBULREDDYGARI HYD/SARADHA CAMPUS HYD 233 62.63 113 44 5 78 213 78 63 77 441

191014214 ARANI RAJESH KUMAR JR.COIPL-M1A VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 233 62.63 114 64 13 78 213 74 97 81 304

191031746 SADANALA MANOJ PARASURAM LAKSHYA VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 232 62.37 116 66 10 83 130 66 206 83 251

191254891 VELLAMADDI RUSHIKESH J1 HYD/MIHIRA BHAVAN MIYAPUR 232 62.37 117 45 1 71 424 61 332 100 40

191028808 BOGGARAPU SHIVA GANESH JR ZONAL CO HYD/RKPURAM 232 62.37 118 46 1 60 968 64 251 108 7

191380002 JAIN AKSHAT JZI-1 BAN/MARATHAHALLI 231 62.10 120 7 3 84 116 67 184 80 330

191047524 DUPPALA HEMANTH RB1-JXL-2 VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 231 62.10 123 69 3 75 279 68 165 88 141

191047852 MATTA ROHIT RB1-JXL VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 231 62.10 124 70 4 73 336 59 391 99 47

191380035 N SAI HARSHITH VARMA JZI-2 BAN/MARATHAHALLI 230 61.83 128 8 4 75 279 80 50 75 515

191029271 SINGAM SASHANK CHANDRA REDDY JR_B HYD/KPHB RES PRATIBHA BHAVAN 230 61.83 130 48 7 70 457 77 70 83 251

191009567 MURALA VAMSHI M JR 1 HYD/SARADHA CAMPUS HYD 229 61.56 133 50 6 63 777 59 391 107 8

191000014 ALLA USHA SRI RB1-JXL VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 229 61.56 135 77 5 60 968 66 206 103 22

191009422 KALASAMUDRAM MOULIKA KALASAMUDRAM JR 1 HYD/SARADHA CAMPUS HYD 228 61.29 138 52 7 77 234 66 206 85 204

191010713 VUPPALAPATI JAHNAVI JR 1 HYD/SARADHA CAMPUS HYD 228 61.29 140 54 8 64 708 62 301 102 28

191000177 SANAPALA SAI VARUN RB1-JXL VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 228 61.29 141 79 6 63 777 81 45 84 233

191007927 KADIAM VEERA PHANI SAI TEJA JCO1 HYD/MEDHASWI BHAVAN NARSINGI 227 61.02 142 55 2 92 48 59 391 76 474
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy.,India.
 A.P  T.S  KARNATAKA  TAMILNADU  MAHARASTRA  DELHI  RANCHI
ICON Central Office - Madhapur - Hyderabad
18-Oct-20 _Sr.Super-60 _Jee Adv_PTA-01_All India_Marks_Analysis
TOT TOT TOT TOT MAT MAT PHY PHY CHE CHE
Adm_No Name of the Student Sec CAMPUS P1+P2 % P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2 P1+P2
STATE CAMP
372 AIR Rank Rank
124 Rank 124 Rank 124 Rank

191247479 JONNALA VARSHINI JR.COIPL-M1B VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 227 61.02 143 80 14 90 60 54 632 83 251

191380118 AKASH SHENOY NA BAN/SESHADRIPURAM 227 61.02 146 9 2 70 457 70 141 87 155

191009571 MUKKAMALA SUHAS REDDY MUKKAMALLA JR 1 HYD/SARADHA CAMPUS HYD 227 61.02 147 58 9 62 830 70 141 95 70

191005177 KAMUTALA MANI TEJA J3 HYD/MIHIRA BHAVAN MIYAPUR 226 60.75 150 59 2 77 234 67 184 82 280

191059003 KOLASANI PRAGATHI RB-1 CO-2 VIJ/SUMEDHA BHAVAN 226 60.75 151 83 2 76 249 57 469 93 87

191009521 BEGARI ESWARI SADHANA VIJ/SUMEDHA BHAVAN 226 60.75 153 85 3 70 457 67 184 89 125

191022104 . CHINTHAPATTI JAGADHEESH LAKSHYA VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 226 60.75 154 86 11 69 497 55 570 102 28

191000593 PUDI RAJESH JRSUPER60 VIS/SRI AUROBINDO BHAVAN 226 60.75 156 87 1 61 896 83 39 82 280

191031145 M VS CHANDRA HARSHA JMC-1 VIJ/ELITE CHAINA CAMPUS (SRI CHAKRA)225 60.48 158 88 6 83 130 57 469 85 204

191114202 BANDARU SHANMUKHA VARDHAN RB1-JXL VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 225 60.48 159 89 7 80 172 54 632 91 108

191031360 KOTIKALAPUDI KARTHIK CO-1 VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 225 60.48 160 90 12 79 192 72 112 74 558

191381642 ABHAY KRISHNA JZI-1 BAN/MARATHAHALLI 225 60.48 161 10 5 79 192 70 141 76 474

191009957 MALLU VARUN REDDY J1 HYD/SARADHA CAMPUS HYD 224 60.22 165 65 10 79 192 58 432 87 155

191048482 CHINTADA AVINASH RB1-JXL-1 VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 224 60.22 166 91 8 75 279 64 251 85 204

191107043 GOGADA KASYAP SAI JR.CO-IPL-A VIJ/SRI BHASKAR BHAVAN 224 60.22 167 92 1 66 607 64 251 94 75

191047878 TAMMIREDDY SRI VALLABH RB1-JXL VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 223 59.95 169 93 9 78 213 57 469 88 141

191048817 DOMPAKA PAVAN KALYAN RB1-JXL-2 VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 223 59.95 170 94 10 77 234 61 332 85 204

191005756 ANATHULA SRIDATTASAI J4 HYD/MIHIRA BHAVAN MIYAPUR 223 59.95 171 67 3 74 309 67 184 82 280

191048791 GANDI DURGA SUDHEER RB1-JXL VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 223 59.95 174 95 11 60 968 78 63 85 204

191028406 MULPURI KRISHNA SAI LAKSHYA VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 222 59.68 175 96 13 81 161 49 944 92 96

191009267 KONIREDDY NAGA MOHITH REDDY CO-1 VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 222 59.68 176 97 14 79 192 61 332 82 280

191001607 G.MD AMANN ADIL J*2 HYD/SARASWATHY BOYS 222 59.68 177 70 1 79 192 51 831 92 96

191027912 PERI VENKATA KRISHNA PRABHATH JR.COIPL-M1A VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 222 59.68 178 98 15 78 213 69 153 75 515

191008443 AVUTHU AKASH REDDY JR_B HYD/KPHB RES PRATIBHA BHAVAN 222 59.68 180 72 8 76 249 67 184 79 356

191380238 G VIDYA SAGAR JZI-1 BAN/MARATHAHALLI 222 59.68 181 11 6 75 279 80 50 67 840

191052544 MULLA MEHARAJ RB-1 SADHANA VIJ/SUMEDHA BHAVAN 222 59.68 182 99 4 72 379 60 365 90 118

191010725 SINGAMSETTY CHETAN MANISH SAI J1 HYD/SARADHA CAMPUS HYD 222 59.68 184 74 11 67 567 44 1329 111 5

191380195 K ADVAITH KANNAN JZI-1 BAN/MARATHAHALLI 221 59.41 186 12 7 72 379 77 70 72 636

191159801 MADDALA SRIKAR RB1-JXL VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 221 59.41 188 100 12 69 497 72 112 80 330

191009559 BULLE BULLE LIKHITH RAJ ANVESH J1 HYD/BANGARAM AVENUE 220 59.14 191 78 1 77 234 61 332 82 280

191000654 PEDIREDLA ESWAR RB1-JXL VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 220 59.14 192 102 13 75 279 67 184 78 407

191015770 GUMMADI JOSEPH EMERALD JR.COIPL-M1B VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 220 59.14 193 103 16 72 379 59 391 89 125

191009250 . M RUSHIL VENKATA SREERAAJ SANKALPA VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 220 59.14 194 104 15 66 607 67 184 87 155

191047867 JAMI RAVEENA RB1-JXL VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 219 58.87 196 105 14 87 84 53 698 79 356

191026579 THIRUKACHI MONISH MADHAV THIRUKACHI J1 HYD/SARADHA CAMPUS HYD 219 58.87 200 82 12 76 249 60 365 83 251

191029313 . RAHUL DIVI JR_B HYD/KPHB RES PRATIBHA BHAVAN 219 58.87 201 83 9 72 379 62 301 85 204

191018534 CHEERLA TEJA NAGA SAI CO-1 VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 219 58.87 205 108 16 65 659 70 141 84 233

191009407 BINDELA AJAY KUMAR REDDY BINDELA J1 HYD/BANGARAM AVENUE 219 58.87 206 86 2 65 659 47 1104 107 8

191151888 AVULA ADI VISHNU J ELITE GUN/ICON CAMPUS 219 58.87 207 109 1 64 708 64 251 91 108

191028534 NISTKLA SURYA KIRAN JR 1 HYD/SARADHA CAMPUS HYD 218 58.60 208 87 13 82 146 68 165 68 795

191010708 PUTTAMREDDY BINDHU PRASAD JR 1 HYD/SARADHA CAMPUS HYD 218 58.60 210 89 14 76 249 48 1031 94 75

TG ~ @bohring_bot
191027919 TUKUNTLA SAI KOWSIK JR.COIPL-M1A VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 218 58.60 211 110 17 75 279 64 251 79 356

191089160 SIMHADRI THARUN LAKSHYA VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 218 58.60 212 111 17 73 336 60 365 85 204

191158462 SAMIREDDY MOURYA ASHISH RB1-JXL VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 218 58.60 213 112 15 71 424 64 251 83 251

191005661 THOTA RAJEEV J3 HYD/MIHIRA BHAVAN MIYAPUR 218 58.60 214 90 4 56 1290 99 9 63 1047

191059885 CHERUKUPALLI SAI MALINI MOUKTIKA RB-1 CO-1 VIJ/SUMEDHA BHAVAN 217 58.33 216 113 5 85 108 55 570 77 441

191017500 DASARI USHODAYA JR.COIPL-M1C VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 217 58.33 217 114 18 84 116 48 1031 85 204

191012841 JATA NIKHILESH JR.COIPL-M2B VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 217 58.33 218 115 19 83 130 57 469 77 441

191027905 MALISETTY LAKSHMI NARASIMHA JR.COIPL-M1A VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 217 58.33 219 116 20 77 234 68 165 72 636

191000595 KOVVADA DHYANA VARDHAN RB1-JXL VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 217 58.33 221 117 16 74 309 76 83 67 840

191068562 CHITTUMALLA RAHUL JCO1 HYD/MEDHASWI BHAVAN NARSINGI 217 58.33 222 93 3 74 309 69 153 74 558

191136678 GUNAPU BHARGAVA RAMA RAO AB-JR IIT VIS/SRIKAKULAM 217 58.33 224 119 2 65 659 66 206 86 179

191021433 MURAHARIRAO PRASANNA TEJA CO-1 VIJ/RAMAN BHAVAN II 216 58.06 225 120 18 90 60 58 432 68 795

191380257 K VISHWANATH NA BAN/VIDYARANYAPURA 216 58.06 226 13 3 90 60 53 698 73 594

191030612 MAHANTHI PRANITHA JR.COIPL-M1A VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 216 58.06 229 122 21 79 192 66 206 71 685

191114322 ARUBOLU PRADEEP CHANDRA DEV RB1-JXL VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 216 58.06 230 123 17 73 336 64 251 79 356

191004215 GUDEM SHRUTHIKA J1 HYD/SARASWATHY GIRLS 215 57.80 233 96 1 78 213 64 251 73 594

191013961 NARRA TEJASWINI JR.COIPL-MG2 VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 215 57.80 235 126 22 73 336 59 391 83 251

191080847 RYAKAM SAI SRI LAXMI JR 1 HYD/SARADHA CAMPUS HYD 214 57.53 236 97 15 77 234 52 774 85 204

191055784 GOURU SAI PREMIKA JR.COIPL-M1B VIJ/MAYURI BHAVAN 214 57.53 237 127 23 72 379 56 516 86 179

191031213 GANAPA SRUTHI KEERTHI JR SUPER 60 -D TIR/ANJANADRI CAMPUS 214 57.53 238 128 1 67 567 61 332 86 179

191047873 VARRI HASINI RB1-JXL VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 213 57.26 240 129 18 93 44 48 1031 72 636

191000591 BHOGI SAI SATHWIK RB1-JXL VIS/ASILMETTA IIT ACADEMY 213 57.26 241 130 19 84 116 56 516 73 594
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
A.P, TELANGNA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office, Madhapur – Hyderabad
SEC: Sr.Super60 WTA-31 Date: 19-07-2020
TIME: 10.30Am to 01.30Pm 2016-P1 Max. Marks: 186

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS

01 C 02 C 03 D 04 D 05 A
06 ACD 07 BCD 08 ABCD 09 AC 10 ABCD
11 AB 12 ABD 13 AD 14 6 15 3
16 9 17 3 18 1

CHEMISTRY

19 C 20 D 21 C 22 D 23 D
24 ABD 25 ABCD 26 ABC 27 BCD 28 ACD
29 ABCD 30 ABCD 31 ABCD 32 3 33 3
34 3 35 4 36 5

MATHEMATICS

37 B 38 C 39 C 40 B 41 D
42 ABC 43 CD 44 BD 45 AD 46 BC
47 AC 48 AB 49 BC 50 8 51 2
52 4 53 8 54 2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Key & Sol’s

SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS

 QE   QV   qV  mgd 
1. Q    g   g   
 m   md   md 
g
Vh
d
h qV  mgd

d m
2
Q Q2 d ' 4Q 2d
2. w1   ; w 1 
2C 2 0 a 2 2 0 a 2
w 12 4Q2d 2 0 a 2
 2
 2
 4 ; w12  4 w1
w1 2 0 a Qd
w 2  4w1  w1  3 w1
w 3 w1
 2 3
w1 w1
3. Conceptual
4. Conceptual
1 Q q q Q
5. V1  CV 2  3 ; CV 2  6 ; Q0  CV ; 0  , ; Q0  q  q ; q  0
2 C C 2
Hence, C '  C
Q2 1 C2 V 2 1 6 3
V2  2   CV 2    1.5 J
q  2C 4 C 4 4 2
6. V is constant ; V = Ed ;
d-increasing, hence, E decreasing
1
Empty density  0 E 2  decreasing
2
 C is decreasing have to keep V constant Q decreases
 charge is refusing to battery
7. Conceptual
8. When A or C is earthed separately single capacitor is formed with B. When both are
earthed simultaneously. Two capacitors formed and connected in parallel.
9. Conceptual
10. Conceptual
 A  AV
11. At x-separation ; C  0 ;Q  0
x x
2
 AV 1 0 A 2
F  0 2 ; For equilibrium k  d  x   V
2x 2 x2
2k  d  x  x 2 d
V ; V is maximum if  d  x  x 2   0
0 A dx 
2
x d
3
q0  q q
12.   900
C 4 0 r

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Key & Sol’s
Q Q
13. Before k is closed charge on inter facing surfaces are  and  . At steady state
2 2
the P.D. between the plates is ‘V’ hence, total charge on inner face of left plate
Q
q '  CV  ; the extra charge F, supplied by the cell is  q  CV  and work done by cell
2
2
 Q 2Q 3Q
   CV   V  with V  gives  w 
 2 C C
14. After operation (1) charge left on B as Q and after operation (2) to bring the potential
a
of A as zero, the charge developed on it as Q .
b
2
1 a  Q2 1 a 
The energy U1  Q   Q  Q 
8 0 a  b  8 0 b 4 0  b 
 
2
1 a  2
After operation (3) U 2    1 Q
8 0 b  b 
Q2 a  b  a  36
 H  U1  U 2  3
 1.8 J  J ;n  6
8 0 b 10

Q2  Q3
15. P.D  ; m 1; n  2
2C
m  n  2 1 3
Here, Q 2  Q3
Q2 2Q2 Q2   Q 2 
V   
C 2C 2C
Q  Q3
 2
2C
CC 1 2 2
16. Cseries  1 2   C
C1  C2 1 2 3
Combination can be a maximum charge of 6000 C
6000 C
Hence, V   9 kV
2
F
3
0 A  A 40 A
17. ;  w  0 V2   109
4d 4d 144d
18. Charge on capacitor remains constant
0 A
V0
a  1  d0
V  ; V0  1  sin t  
c  2  0 A
d0  d1 sin t
1 d
 1 sin t  1 1 sin t
2 d0
d 2
d1  0   1 unit
2 2

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Key & Sol’s

CHEMISTRY
19. Ans: C
Sol: Copper matte contains Cu 2S and FeS .
Blister copper is about 98% pure and is subjected to poling and followed by electro
refining. In copper extraction, SiO 2 is used as flux to remove FeO impurities.
20. Ans: D
Sol: Industrially Ni, Zr and Ti are purified by vapour phase refining techniques while copper
is refined by electro refining.
21. Ans: C
Sol: Copper and lead are extraction by self-reduction or auto-reduction from their sulphide
ores
22. Ans: D
Sol: C – O bond length in Ni  CO 4 is more than that of Cr  CO 6 due to more synergic
bonding in Nickle complex.
23. Ans: D
Sol: Calamine is ZnCO3 which is subjected to carbon reduction but not self-reduction
24. Ans: ABD
Sol:  CoCl3  4NH 3 which exist as Co  NH3 4 Cl 2  Cl . It has two
CoCl3  aq   4NH 3 
geometrical isomers which differ in color (Green and Violet)
25. Ans: ABCD
Sol: Cyanide is CN  where both carbon and nitrogen are the donor atoms.
Thiocyanate is SCN  where both Sulphur and nitrogen are donor atoms
Nitrite is NO 2 where both Nitrogen and oxygen are donor atoms Dithio oxalate is
S S
C C
O O where it is bidentate as well as ambidentate ligand.

26. Ans: ABC

2 2
Sol:  NiCl4  is tetrahedral while  PtCl4  is square planar complex
27. Ans: BCD
Sol: In case of Aluminum extraction, after leaching, the concentrated ore is subjected to
molten state electrolysis. Lean ores of copper are subjected to leaching and followed
by addition of scrap iron to displace copper from the solution. Silver and gold are
extracted by leaching in sodium cyanide solution and followed by addition of active
metal zinc to displace respective metal.
28. Ans: ACD
Sol: Sulphide ores are not convenient for carbon reduction. So they are roasted to oxides
and followed by reduction with carbon is carried. Calcination and roasting are carried
at below the melting point of ore where separation of slag is not possible.
29. Ans: ABCD
Sol: For the graph drawn between G Vs temp; slope is positive, indicates that with
increase of temperature, G becomes less negative, that is the tendency of
formation of metal oxide decreases.

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 4

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
1
TG ~ @bohring_bot 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Key & Sol’s

M solid or liq   O 2  g  
 M x O(S) for which S is negative.
2
1
C  S  O2  g    CO  g  ; S is positive or slope of the graph drawn between G
2
Vs T is negative. Thus, at higher temperatures, carbon is better reducing agent than
CO and itself oxidized to CO rather than CO 2 .
30. Ans: ABCD
Sol: Fe2 O3 , CuO, PbO and ZnO are reduced by carbon to get respective metals, especially
CuO and PbO are reduced by carbon when treatment of their respective non –
sulphide ores.
31. Ans: ABCD
Sol: From metallurgy of iron extraction from NCERT book
32. Ans: 3
Sol: The given complex can exhibit geometrical, ionization and linkage isomerism
33. Ans: 3
2 3
Sol: 
Co 2(aq) exists as Co  H2O 6  , contains 3 unpaired electrons while Co  NO2 6  is
inner orbital complex, contains zero unpaired electrons
34. Ans: 3
Sol: NCS is N-donor, which is stronger than H 2 O . NH 3 and CN  also stronger donors
than H 2O
35. Ans: 4
Sol: Siderite is FeCO3 : copper pyrites is CuFeS2 ;
`Sphalerite is ZnS ; copper glance is Cu 2S ;
Galena is PbS; Zincite is ZnO;
Malachite is CuCO3  Cu  OH  2 and Horn silver: AgCl
36. Ans: 5
Sol: Highly electro positive metals are extracted by electrolysis of molten salts.
MATHS
37. (B)
Let
 
4 4
      
I   4x   x  ln 1  tan x  dx   4   x  x ln 1  tan   x   dx
0 4  0 
4   4 

4
 
 4 ln 2  x   x  dx  I
0 4 

4
 
 I  2ln 2  x   x  dx
0 4 
3
 ln 2
192
38. (C)
tan 1 50 

 0 dx   1dx
0 tan1

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 5

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
39. (C)
TG ~ @bohring_bot 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Key & Sol’s

 3 /2

 0 dx   1dx
 /2 

40. (B)

n
In   e x  sin x  dx
0



 sin n x  e  x     n sin n 1x cos x e  x dx
0
0


 0  n   sin n 1 x cos x e  x dx
0


 n  sin n 1 x cos x  e x    n   sin n x   n  1 sin n  2 x cos 2 x e  x  dx
0
0



 0  n  e  x  sin n x   n  1 sin n  2 x 1  sin 2 x  dx 
0

 n  e  x  n  1 sin n  2 x  n sin n xdx
0

 n  n  1 I n 2  n 2 I n

41. (B)
  
cos x   1   1 
A   2
dx  cos x.         sin x     dx
0  x  2   x  2  0 0  x2

1 1 sin x
   dx
2 2 0 x 2
/ 2
1 1 sin 2x
A  2  dx  by property 
2 2 0
2x  2
 /2
sin 2x 1 1
  dx   A
0
x 1 2 2
42. (A,B,C)
 sin x
0x  is decreasing and sin x  x  tan x
2 x
sin  sin x  sin x sin  tan x 
    I1  I 2  I3
sin x x tan x
43. (C,D)

1 1 1
u 4 2
dx Put x  dx  2 dt,
0
x  7x  1 t t
0 
1  dt  t 2 dt
u  2   4 2
v
1 7  t  t  7t  1
  1 0
t4 t2
uv

1 x2
So, u  v  2u   4 dx
0
x  7x 2  1

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 6

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
 1 
TG ~ @bohring_bot 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Key & Sol’s

1  2  dx
  /2
dt 
 x 
 2u   2
  2 
0  1  /2 t  9 3
x   9
 x
44. (B,D)
cot x dt
Let I  
1/e
t 1 t 2 
1
Put t 
z
1
 dt   dz
z2
1
 2 dz
tan x
z e z dz
 I 
e 1 1
 1 2 
tan x
 z2  1
z z 
e t dt

tan x
1 t 2 
tan x t dt cot x dt
  1 t    1 t  2 2
1/e 1/e

tan x t e t
 dt   dt
1/e
1 t 
2 tan x
1 t 2 
e t dt 1 e
  n 1 t 2  
1/e
1 t  2
2 1/e

1  1 
 In 1 e   n  1  2  
2

2  e 
1
  ne2   1 .
2
2 1 dt 4 1 dt 4
Also,  2
  2
  tan 1 1
 1 t
 1  1 t
0 
4 
   1.
 4
sin  sin x  sin x sin  tan x 
    I1  I2  I3
sin x x tan x
45. (A,D)
Let f 1  x   y  x  f  y   dx  f 1  y  dy
b b b

I   2f  y  b  y  f 1  y  dy  b  2f  y  f 1  y  dy   2 yf  y  f 1  y  dy
a a a
b

 b  f 2  b   f 2  a    bf 2  b   af 2  a    f 2  y  dy
a
b b

  f 2  x  dx   a  b  f 2  a     f 2  x   f 2  a   dx
a a

A1  A3  A2  A 4
46. (B,C)
SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 7
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India TG ~ @bohring_bot
To test choice (a) and (b), we begin with computting g(x). Indeed
18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Key & Sol’s

g(x) = f(x + 5) (From (ii) in ques.)

g (– x) = f (– x + 5)
g (x) = –f (x – 5) (From (i) in question)
Choice (b) is true and choice (a) is ruled out. To test the choices (c) and (d), we
compute
5
I   f  t  dt
0
5
Indeed I   g  t  5  dt (f(t) = g(t – 5) on replacing x by t – 5 in (ii))
0
5
  g  t  5  dt ( g is even)
0

 Choice (c) is correct and choice (d) is false.

47. (A,C)
a  nT T

 f  x  dx  n  f  x  dx
a 0

48. (A,B)
 x   x  x   x   x 
 1  1  1
I   x   dx  0  x  2  dx     x  2  dx
0  2 x

1 x
 1  1
  x     x   dx    x  2  dx
0
2 0
1 x
 1  1
  x    x   dx    x  2  dx
0
2 0
1 x 
 x2 x   x2 x 
 x      
 2 2  0  2 2 0
x x  1 x
0
2

2
x  1
49. (B, C)
1

 0  t  x  dt x 0  1
 2 x x0

 x 1 
1
f  x      x  t  dt    t  x  dt 0  x  1 f  x     x  x2 0  x 1
0 x 2
 1  1
 x2 x 1

 0  x  t  dt x 1 
Which is continuous and differentiable for all x.
50. (8)
x x

f  x   x 2   e t f  x  t  dt  x 2  e  x  e t f  t  dt
0 0


 f 1 x   2 x  e x e x  f  x   x2   e x .e x f  x  
x3
 f | x   2 x  x 2  f  x    x2  K
3

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 8

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
But , f  0   0  k  0
TG ~ @bohring_bot 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Key & Sol’s

4
 f 1 
3
51. (2)
 /2 n 1
In  
0
 sin x  cos x   sin x  cos x  ' dx
 /2 n 2 2
= 2   n  1   sin x  cos x   cos x  sin x  dx
0
 /2 n 2
= 2   n  1   sin x  cos x   2   sin x  cos x 2  dx
0  
= 2  2  n  1 I n 2   n  1 I n
 nI n  2  n  1 I n 2  2


 2
52. (4)  
I     x   sin 2  sin x    cos 2  cos x  dx  2 I  2   sin 2  sin x   cos 2  cos x   dx
0 0
 
2 2
 I     sin 2  sin x    cos 2  cos x  dx     sin 2  cos x   cos 2  sin x   dx
0 0

2
2
 2 I    2dx  I 
0
2
n n
1r
n n
1  n
r

 r r
r 1 r 1

53. (8) lim

r 1 r 1
lim n
n  n(n  1) n  n2  1 
2 1  
2  n
1 1
1
 2   x dx  dx
0 0 x
1 1
   
 x 3 / 2   x1/ 2 
 2 
3   1 
   
 2 0  2  0
2 8
 2  2   k 8
3 3

f '  2x  f '  2x 
54. (2)  x f " 2x  dx  x  dx
I II
2 2
f '  2x  f  2x 
x 
2 4
1 1
xf '  2x  f  2x 
0  x f " 2x  dx  0 2

4
 f ' 2 f  2   f 0 
    0  
 2 4   4 
5 3  1
   0    2
2 4  4

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
A.P, TELANGNA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office, Madhapur – Hyderabad
SEC: Sr.Super60 WTA-31 Date: 19-07-2020
TIME: 10.30Am to 01.30Pm 2016-P1 Max. Marks: 186

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS

01 C 02 C 03 D 04 D 05 A
06 ACD 07 BCD 08 ABCD 09 AC 10 ABCD
11 AB 12 ABD 13 AD 14 6 15 3
16 9 17 3 18 1

CHEMISTRY

19 C 20 D 21 C 22 D 23 D
24 ABD 25 ABCD 26 ABC 27 BCD 28 ACD
29 ABCD 30 ABCD 31 ABCD 32 3 33 3
34 3 35 4 36 5

MATHEMATICS

SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 2

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Key & Sol’s

26. Ans: ABC

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 4

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
1
TG ~ @bohring_bot 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Key & Sol’s

 0 dx   1dx
0 tan1

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 5

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
39. (C)
TG ~ @bohring_bot 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Key & Sol’s

 3 /2

 0 dx   1dx
 /2 

40. (B)

n
In   e x  sin x  dx
0



 sin n x  e  x     n sin n 1x cos x e  x dx
0
0



 0  n  e  x  sin n x   n  1 sin n  2 x 1  sin 2 x  dx 
0

 n  e  x  n  1 sin n  2 x  n sin n xdx
0

 n  n  1 I n 2  n 2 I n

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 6

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
 1 
TG ~ @bohring_bot 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Key & Sol’s

tan x t e t
 dt   dt
1/e
1 t 
2 tan x
1 t 2 
e t dt 1 e
  n 1 t 2  
1/e
1 t  2
2 1/e

I   2f  y  b  y  f 1  y  dy  b  2f  y  f 1  y  dy   2 yf  y  f 1  y  dy
a a a
b

 b  f 2  b   f 2  a    bf 2  b   af 2  a    f 2  y  dy
a
b b

  f 2  x  dx   a  b  f 2  a     f 2  x   f 2  a   dx
a a

g(x) = f(x + 5) (From (ii) in ques.)

 Choice (c) is correct and choice (d) is false.

47. (A,C)
a  nT T

 f  x  dx  n  f  x  dx
a 0

f  x   x 2   e t f  x  t  dt  x 2  e  x  e t f  t  dt
0 0


 f 1 x   2 x  e x e x  f  x   x2   e x .e x f  x  
x3
 f | x   2 x  x 2  f  x    x2  K
3

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 8

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
But , f  0   0  k  0
TG ~ @bohring_bot 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Key & Sol’s

53. (8) lim

SEC: Sr.Super60 Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 WTA-31 Date: 18-07-2020
Time: 10.30Am to 01.30Pm Max.Marks:186

2016_PAPER-I
18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Syllabus

MATHS : Definite integral problems based on inequations, approximation,

definite integration-reduction formula, definite integration-Miscellaneous problems

PHYSICS : CAPACITORS: Introduction, types of capacitors, combination of capacitors in

series and in parallel, simple capacitor circuits without involvement of dielectric, Energy
stored in a capacitor (without dielectric), Energy related and switching problems of capacitors
without dielectrics

CHEMISTRY : Co-ordination Compounds, Metallurgy

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
1. A capacitor has plates (horizontal) of large area separated by distance d and kept
at potential difference V. If a particle of charge Q and mass ‘m’ is projected
horizontally into the capacitor at the height of half of the plate separation ‘d’ then
it hits one of the plates at a horizontal distance h. The velocity of projection is
h QV h QV
A) equal to B) less than
d m d2 m
QV h QV
C) greater than h D)
md 2 d2 m
2. Two square conducting plates of side length ‘a’ (each) are placed parallel at a
separation of d. Initially both the plates are unchanged. If w 1 is the work done in
transferring charge Q and w 2 is the additional work in transferring additional
w2
charge Q, then =?
w1
A) 1 B) 2 C) 3 D) 4
3. A 20 F air insulated parallel plate capacitor is charged to 300 V. The capacitor is
then disconnected from the charging battery and its plate separation is doubled.
Select the incorrect conclusion from the following?
A) Initially, the stored energy is 0.9 J
B) Finally, the stored energy is 1.8 J
C) Work done by electric field in separating the plates is negative
D) Work done by electric field in separating the plates is positive
4. In the figure shown a conductor A is given a charge +Q and then placed inside a
deep metal can B without touching it. Select the incorrect statement.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P

B +Q

A) The potential of A does not change when it is placed inside

B) If B is earthed, +Q amount of charge flows into the earth
C) If B is earthed, the potential of A is reduced
D) If B is earthed, the potential of A remains unchanged
5. A capacitor is charged until its stored energy is 3 J and then changing battery is
removed. An another uncharged capacitor is now connected across it and it is
found that charge distributes equally. The final value of total energy stored in the
electric field is
A) 1.5 J B) 3 J C) 2.5 J D) 2 J

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

7.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P
Two capacitors C1 and C 2 charged with q2 and q1 respectively are connected in
series with an uncharged capacitor C as shown in the figure, as key k is closed,
C

q q1 
2
C1
  C2

Key
A) C get charged when q1C1  q 2C 2 B) C get charged when q1C1  q 2C 2
C) C get charged when q1C1  q 2 C2 D) C get charged when q1C1  q 2C2
8. Three identical parallel conducting plates A, B and C are placed as shown in the
figure. The plate B is given charge +Q. k1 and k 2 are key which are connecting A
and C to the ground respectively.
A B C
+Q

d
2d

k1 k2

A) If k 1 is closed and k 2 is open, charge passes through k1 is Q

B) If k 1 is open but k 2 is closed, the change passes through k 2 is Q
C) If k1 and k 2 both are closed simultaneously, charge passes through k 1 and k 2
Q 2Q
are and respectively
3 3
D) If after closing k 1 and after sometime k 2 also closed, no charge passes
through k 2
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5
9.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P
In the figure shown A is a neutral conducting spherical ball of radius R which is
connected to a capacitor C, the other plate of capacitor is grounded. The
capacitor is at large distance from the ball. A point charge q is approaching the
ball from large distance with constant speed v0 . Select the correct conclusion/s
from the following when point charge q is at a distance x from the centre of the
ball.
A
C
O
q x
v0 R

A) Charge on capacitor increases as x decreases

B) Charge on capacitor decreases as x decreases
C) Charge on capacitor depends on v0
D) Charge on capacitor is independent of x
10. Select the correct matching from the following (In each figure is sphere of radius
a and spherical shell of radius b are conductor. Left side is given capacity of the
corresponding figure)
Capacitance Situations

 b2 
A) C  40    a
 ba 
b

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P

B) C  4 0 a  b

b
a
ab 
C) C  40  
 ba 

D) C  4 0 b  a

11. In the figure shown A & B are two plates of a capacitor. Lower plate B is fixed and
upper plate A is hanged from fixed support by means of a spring of spring
constant k. Mass of plate A is negligibly small. When potential difference ‘V’ is
applied, the equilibrium separation between the plates becomes x which has
earlier ‘d’ (without V); area of each plate is A. (Plates A and B are horizontal)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P

A
g
d

B fixed
2d 2kd
A) Maximum value of V that can be applied to have equilibrium is
3 3 0 A
d
B) For maximum ‘V’ the upper plate suffers vertical shift by
3
C) Plate A must be at positive potential
D) Plate A must be at negative potential
12. A conductor is charged to potential V1  1350 Volt. Then it is connected by
conducting wire to a distant conducting sphere of radius 3 cm. As a result the
conductor potential drops to V2  900 V . Choose the correct option(s).
1
A) Capacitance of the conductor is nF
150
B) Initial charge on the conductor is 9 nC
C) Charge transferred to sphere is 6 nC
D) Electrostatic potential energy decreases after redistribution of charges
13. In the figure shown the capacitance of capacitor is C. The left plate of the
capacitor is given charge Q and right plate is uncharged. Select the correct
statement/s

V
K

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P
A) The charge appearing on the inner face of the left plate at steady state after
closing key k is CV
B) The charge appearing on the innerface of the right plate at steady state after
closing key k is CV
C) The amount of charge that will flow through the battery till the steady state is
Q
reached when key k is closed will be CV 
2
2Q 3Q 2
D) If V  , then the work done by cell after closing the key k is
C C

SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
14. In the figure shown A is a conducting sphere of radius ‘a’ and B is a spherical
conducting shell of radius b(>a). Initially key is k 1, k 2 and k3 are open and sphere
A carries a charge Q. Now
(1) Switch k1 is closed and then opened
(2) Switch k 2 is closed and then opened
Finally (3) The switch k3 is closed and remains left closed. Here (1), (2), (3)
represents process. The heat produced after closing the switch k3 .
3n
[Take a  2 cm, b  4 cm and Q  4 C ] is found as ; find n.
10
B

A
k3
a

b
k1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

15.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P
An isolated parallel plate capacitor of capacitance C has four surfaces with
charges Q1, Q 2 , Q3 and Q 4 as shown in the figure. The potential difference
mQ2  Q3
between the plates is found as ; Find  m  n 
nC

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

16. A capacitor of capacitance 1F can with stand a maximum voltage of 6 kV and
the other capacitor of capacitance 2 F can with stand a maximum voltage of 4
kV. The series combination of the capacitors can with stand a maximum voltage
of n kV. What is n ?
17. In the figure shown A and B are two large conducting plates identical in size
placed parallel to each other at a separation d. Each plate has area A. Plate B is
cut into two equal parts and then a battery of emf V is connected across these
two pieces. The work done by battery in supplying charge to the plates is found
AV 2
as 10 x ; find x ?
144d
A

V
18. An isolated parallel plates capacitor is charged to potential V0 , and then battery is
removed. Separation between plates is d0 . Now the distance between plates is
changed periodically as d  d 0  d1 sin t . If the voltage of capacitor is given as
 1 
V  V0  1 sin t  , the value of d1 is found as x unit, if d 0  2 unit .
 2 
(Ignore any time dependent electrical parameter in the process)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
19. In case of self-reduction of copper, which option is correct ?
(A) Copper matte mainly contains Cu 2O and FeS
(B) Blister copper is the purest form of copper
(C) Poling is done after self-reduction process
(D) CaCO3 is used as flux in the process
20. Which metal is not refined by vapour phase refining technique?
(A) Ni (B) Zr (C) Ti (D) Cu
21. Which of the following metal is obtained by auto – reduction process?
(A) Zinc (B) Magnesium (C) Lead (D) Iron
22. Which is incorrect about neutral metal carbonyl complexes?
(A) CO acts as Lewis acid as well as Lewis base
(B) C – O bond length is more in these complexes than in isolated CO molecule
(C) Metal d – orbital  - bonded with  * of CO in back bonding
(D) C – O bond length in Cr  CO 6 is more than that of Ni  CO 4
23. Identify the incorrect combination between given ore and process employed?
(A) Bauxite – Electrolytic reduction
(B) Hematite – Selective oxidation
(C) Malachite – Electro refining
(D) Calamine – Self reduction
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

24.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P
1 mol of CoCl3 (aq) on treatment with 4 mol of NH3 and the solution on
evaporation produced two addition compounds which differ in color. Identify the
correct options
(A) They are geometrical isomers to each other
(B) Both are octahedral complexes
(C) Both produce two moles of precipitate per mol of compound on treatment
with excess of AgNO3 (aq)
(D) Both have same primary and secondary valencies
25. Which of the following ligands have ambidentate character?
(A) Cyanide (B) thiocyanate (C) nitrite (D) dithio oxalate
26. Which of the following is/are correctly matched ?
4 3
(A)  Fe  CN 6  and  Fe  CN 6  : both are inner orbital complexes
2
(B) Ni  CO 4 and  Ni  CN  4  ; both are diamagnetic complexes
3 2
(C) Ti  H 2 O 6  and Cu  H 2O 6  ; both are colored complexes
2 2
(D)  NiCl4  and  PtCl4  ; both are tetrahedral complexes
27. In which of the following cases of metal extraction, leaching followed by
displacement of metal by addition of an active metal is carried out.
(A) Aluminum (B) copper (C) Silver (D) Gold
28. Identify the correct statements:
(A) Sulphide ores are subjected to roasting prior to reduction by carbon
(B) During calcination, flux is added to separate the impurities in the form of slag
(C) Calcination results in ore porous, which facilitates better reduction of ore in
later stages
(D) Roasting of copper pyrites is carried in reverberatory furnace.
29. Find out the correct options from thermodynamic principles of metallurgy ?
(A) With increase of temperature, tendency of metal oxide formation decreases.
(B) For the formation of metal oxide, entropy change is always negative
irrespective of temperature at which the process is carried.
(C) Carbon monoxide is better reducing agent than carbon if reduction is carried
at lower temperature
(D) At higher temperatures, carbon is better reducing agent than CO and itself
prefer to oxidize to carbon monoxide than carbon dioxide.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

30.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P
Which the following metal oxides are reduced to corresponding metals (in
practice) through carbon or carbon monoxide reduction ?
(A) Fe 2O3 (B) CuO (C) PbO (D) ZnO
31. Find out the correct options regarding extraction of iron through blast furnace
process?
(A) In the temperature range 500 – 800 K, carbon monoxide is reducing agent
(B) At 900 – 1500 K, FeO is reduced by CO to Iron.
(C) At around 1200K, slag formation takes place by the reaction between calcium
oxide and silicon dioxide in molten state.
(D) Reaching tuyeres zone (from where hot blast of air enters into blast furnace)
only carbon remains in solid state and is oxidized to CO and CO 2

SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases
32. Find out how many types of isomerism shown by the complex
Co  NH3 4 Cl  NO2   Cl ?
3
33. Co 2   aq  can react with KNO 2 as Co 2(aq)
 
 NO 2(aq)   Co  NO 2 6   NO

Find the change in number of unpaired electrons in cobalt ion due to this
reaction?
34. How many of the given ligands are stronger donors than H 2O as per Spectro
chemical series
Cl ,SCN  ,S2  , F , OH  , NCS , NH 3 , CN 
35. How many of the following ores are subjected to froth floatation during
concentration of ores?
Siderite, copper pyrites, sphalerite, copper glance, Galena, Zincite, Malachite, Horn
Silver
36. How many of the following metals are extracted by electrolysis of their respective
electrolytes in molten state?
Iron, Copper, Silver, Aluminum, Lead, Magnesium, Calcium, Zinc, Sodium,
Potassium.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
MATHEMATICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.

4
37.   x  4x  ln 1  Tan x  dx  _________
2

0
3 3 2 2
A)  B)  ln 2 C)  D)  ln 2
192 192 96 96
50
38.   tan 1 x  dx  (where [.] is greatest integer function)
0

A) tan1  50 B)  tan1 C) 50  tan1 D) 20  2 tan1

3 /2
39.  sin x  dx  (where [.] is greatest integer function)
 /2

A)  B)  / 2 C)  / 2 D) 

I 2008
40. Let I n   e  x  sin x n dx , n  N , n > 1 then equals
0 I 2006

2007  2006 2008  2007 2006  2004 2008  2007

A) B) C) D)
20082  1 20082  1 20082  1 20082  1
  /2
cos x sin 2 x
41. If A   2
dx , then   x  1 dx is equal to
0  x  2 0

1 1 1 1 1 1
A) A   B)  A C) A D) 1  A
2  2 2  2  2  2
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
  
2
sin  sin x  2
sin x 2
sin  tan x 
42. If I1   dx , I 2   dx and I3   dx then which of the following is
0
sin x 0
x 0
tan x
true
A) I1  I 3 B) I 2  I 3 C) I1  I 2 D) I1  I 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

TG ~ @bohring_bot
dx x 2 dx

18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P

43. If u   and v  0 x 4  7x 2  1 then

0
x4  7x2 1

A) u > v B) u < v C) u = v D) u 
6
tan x tdt cot x dt
44. The value of   is
t 1  t 2 
2
1/ e 1 t 1/ e

1  2 1 dt
A) B) 1 C) D)
2  tan 2 x 4  1 1  t 2
f  b

45. If f  x  is monotonic and differentiable function, then  2 x  b  f 1  x   dx  ____

f a
2
where f 2  x    f  x  
b b
A)   f  x   f  a   dx B)   f  x   f  b   dx
2 2 2 2

a a
b b
C)  a  b  f 2  b    f 2  x  dx D)  a  b  f 2  a    f 2  x  dx
a a

46. Given two functions f and g which are integrable on every interval and satisfy
(i) f is odd, g is even (ii) g(x) = f(x + 5), then
A) f(x  5) = g(x) B) f(x  5) = g(x)
5 5 5 5
C)  f  t  dt   g  5  t  dt
0 0
D) 0 f  t  dt   0 g  5  t  dt
47. Let T  0 be a fixed real number. Suppose f  x  is a continuous function for all
T
x  R , f  x  T   f  x  . If I   f  x  dx then
0
5 5T 5 5T
A)  f  x  dx  5 I B)  f  2 x  dx  10 I
5 5
5 5T 5 5T
C)  f  3x  dx  5I D)  f  3x  dx  15I
5 5
x
1
48. If   t  t    dx  f  x  .g  x  where [x] and {x} are integral and fractional parts of x,
0
2
respectively
A) f  x  
 x B) g  x    x  1 C) f  x  
 x D) g  x    x   1
2 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
1
18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P

49. Let f  x    t  x dt then

A) f(x) is a constant function

B) f(x) is continuous for all x  R
C) f(x) is differentiable for all x  R
D) f(x) is not differentiable at x = 0, 1

 /2 n
51. Let I n  
0
 sin x  cos x  dx  n  2 . Then the value of nI n  2  n  1 I n2is


52. If I   x  sin 2  sin x   cos 2  cos x   dx , then  I   ___ , where . denotes the greatest
0

integer function
n n
1
 r r k
53. If lim
r 1
n
r 1
 then find k.
n  3
r
r 1

54. If f  0   1, f  2   3, f '  2   5
1
then the value of the definite integral 0 x f " 2 x  dx is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

2016_PAPER-I
18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Syllabus

MATHS : Definite integral problems based on inequations, approximation,

definite integration-reduction formula, definite integration-Miscellaneous problems

PHYSICS : CAPACITORS: Introduction, types of capacitors, combination of capacitors in

CHEMISTRY : Co-ordination Compounds, Metallurgy

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P

B +Q

A) The potential of A does not change when it is placed inside

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

q q1 
2
C1
  C2

d
2d

k1 k2

A) If k 1 is closed and k 2 is open, charge passes through k1 is Q

A) Charge on capacitor increases as x decreases

 b2 
A) C  40    a
 ba 
b

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P

B) C  4 0 a  b

b
a
ab 
C) C  40  
 ba 

D) C  4 0 b  a

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P

A
g
d

V
K

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
14. In the figure shown A is a conducting sphere of radius ‘a’ and B is a spherical
conducting shell of radius b(>a). Initially key is k 1, k 2 and k3 are open and sphere
A carries a charge Q. Now
(1) Switch k1 is closed and then opened
(2) Switch k 2 is closed and then opened
Finally (3) The switch k3 is closed and remains left closed. Here (1), (2), (3)
represents process. The heat produced after closing the switch k3 .
3n
[Take a  2 cm, b  4 cm and Q  4 C ] is found as ; find n.
10
B

A
k3
a

b
k1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases
32. Find out how many types of isomerism shown by the complex
Co  NH3 4 Cl  NO2   Cl ?
3
33. Co 2   aq  can react with KNO 2 as Co 2(aq)
 
 NO 2(aq)   Co  NO 2 6   NO

Find the change in number of unpaired electrons in cobalt ion due to this
reaction?
34. How many of the given ligands are stronger donors than H 2O as per Spectro
chemical series
Cl ,SCN  ,S2  , F , OH  , NCS , NH 3 , CN 
35. How many of the following ores are subjected to froth floatation during
concentration of ores?
Siderite, copper pyrites, sphalerite, copper glance, Galena, Zincite, Malachite, Horn
Silver
36. How many of the following metals are extracted by electrolysis of their respective
electrolytes in molten state?
Iron, Copper, Silver, Aluminum, Lead, Magnesium, Calcium, Zinc, Sodium,
Potassium.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

0
3 3 2 2
A)  B)  ln 2 C)  D)  ln 2
192 192 96 96
50
38.   tan 1 x  dx  (where [.] is greatest integer function)
0

A) tan1  50 B)  tan1 C) 50  tan1 D) 20  2 tan1

3 /2
39.  sin x  dx  (where [.] is greatest integer function)
 /2

A)  B)  / 2 C)  / 2 D) 

I 2008
40. Let I n   e  x  sin x n dx , n  N , n > 1 then equals
0 I 2006

2007  2006 2008  2007 2006  2004 2008  2007

A) B) C) D)
20082  1 20082  1 20082  1 20082  1
  /2
cos x sin 2 x
41. If A   2
dx , then   x  1 dx is equal to
0  x  2 0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

TG ~ @bohring_bot
dx x 2 dx

18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P

43. If u   and v  0 x 4  7x 2  1 then

0
x4  7x2 1

A) u > v B) u < v C) u = v D) u 
6
tan x tdt cot x dt
44. The value of   is
t 1  t 2 
2
1/ e 1 t 1/ e

1  2 1 dt
A) B) 1 C) D)
2  tan 2 x 4  1 1  t 2
f  b

45. If f  x  is monotonic and differentiable function, then  2 x  b  f 1  x   dx  ____

f a
2
where f 2  x    f  x  
b b
A)   f  x   f  a   dx B)   f  x   f  b   dx
2 2 2 2

a a
b b
C)  a  b  f 2  b    f 2  x  dx D)  a  b  f 2  a    f 2  x  dx
a a

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
1
18-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2016-P1)_WTA-31_Q.P

49. Let f  x    t  x dt then

A) f(x) is a constant function

B) f(x) is continuous for all x  R
C) f(x) is differentiable for all x  R
D) f(x) is not differentiable at x = 0, 1

 /2 n
51. Let I n  
0
 sin x  cos x  dx  n  2 . Then the value of nI n  2  n  1 I n2is


52. If I   x  sin 2  sin x   cos 2  cos x   dx , then  I   ___ , where . denotes the greatest
0

integer function
n n
1
 r r k
53. If lim
r 1
n
r 1
 then find k.
n  3
r
r 1

54. If f  0   1, f  2   3, f '  2   5
1
then the value of the definite integral 0 x f " 2 x  dx is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR-HYD
Sec: Sr.Super60 WTA-37 Date: 19-09-20
Time:09.30Am to 12.30Pm 2017_P1 Max. Marks:183

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 ACD 2 AD 3 ACD 4 AD 5 AC
6 AC 7 BD 8 8 9 2 10 1
11 4 12 2 13 B 14 D 15 B
16 B 17 C 18 D

CHEMISTRY
19 ABCD 20 AB 21 ABC 22 AD 23 AC
24 ABC 25 ACD 26 6 27 6 28 4
29 4 30 4 31 B 32 A 33 D
34 D 35 B 36 A

MATHS
37 ABC 38 ABCD 39 ABCD 40 ABCD 41 AC
42 ABCD 43 ABC 44 2 45 2 46 1
47 5 48 7 49 B 50 D 51 A
52 B 53 B 54 D
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SOLUTIONS
19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Key&Sol’s

PHYSICS
1. Nuclear force is spin dependent, non-central force
2. 200 MeV energy is in the form of KE
3. Cadmium absorbs neutrons
4. Q  KP  KR
5. Apply the law of disintegration.
dN
6.   N
dt
N t
dN
   N  0 dt
N0

1
N   N 0  e  t 

7. Infusion, two or more lighter nuclei combine to make a comparatively heavier
nucleus. In fission, a heavy nucleus beaks into two or more comparatively
lighter nuclei. Further, energy will be released in a nuclei process if total binding
energy increases. Hence, correct options are (B) and (D)
 1
8. n  235  1645 1  
 7
9. When N2 is maximum
dN 2
 0 or N11  N 2 2
dt
10. Resultant Acitivity A  A1  A 2
 A   1   2  N
Slope of A-N line is 1   2
4
 1   2 
3
1 4
 2 
3 3
 2  1
 N0 N0   N0 N0 
 2  4    8  16  5
11. Probability  
N0 16
12.

  emission   emission Deuteron

1  43  2  2 3 3
dN
Activity    N
dt
These activities are same at t  0 .
 N1 : N 2 : N3  1: 2 : 4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1N1
TG ~ @bohring_bot 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Key&Sol’s

16 1 1
P1600   
1N1  2 N 2 3 N 3 1  4  8 13
 
16 4 2
13. Q   M x  M Y  M He  C 2
14. 
Q   m x  m y  m e C 2 
15. Q  M x  M y  2m e C 2 
A A4
16. Z X  Z 2 Y 
17. Z
A
X  Z1 Y  
A

*
18. Z X A  ZXA  

CHEMISTRY
19. Conceptual
20. Conceptual
21. On reduction will give

22. Conceptual
23. Conceptual
24.
25.
26. Possible products are
CH 3OH ; HCOOH ; D 3COH ; DCOOH ; CH 2 DOH ; D 2CHOH
27.
O HO

HO-

+
O O OH

(d + l) Four stereomers
28.
Br Br NaCl SnCl2
CN CN
HCl

CHO
HO- OHC CHO

OH

Four stereomers
29. A & B are propionaldehyde and propanone

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3

30. Conceptual
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Key&Sol’s

31.
H
CHO C C
alc KCN
O OH
Benzoin
It is Benzoin condensation
In the CN  act as catalyst
32.
CHO
CH = CH - COOH
(CH3CO)2O
CH3COONa

It is Perkins reaction
Condition for Perkins anhydride having   hydrogen in the presence of its salt.
33.
O
CH3

C - CH3
C CH C
dil OH-
O
Mesityloxide

It is an aldol condensation reaction

Intermediate is enolateion & carbanion presence of base.
34.
Conc. NaOH +

CH2 - OH C - ONa
CHO O O
O
O
It is Cannizaro’s reaction.
It is an example of redox reaction
35.
O

NH2 - NH2

OH- /
It is Wolffkshner reduction
It is an example of reduction reaction
36.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
O
19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Key&Sol’s

O O
H3C C
O H3C C O CH = CH - COOH
H
H3C C
O cis / trans

It is Perkins condensation reaction

It is an example of condensation reaction

MATHEMATICS
87 6
37. n  S  3 5 C5 8 C 5 8 C3   56
6
6
C 20 5
 A P  E   3  
56 56 14
6 3
 B P  E   
56 28
6
C 5 C 15
C  P  E   1 1 
56 28
4 1
 D P  E   
56 14
38. If A contains a1  then
a1  P1 , a1  P1  2 ways  PP
1 2 ......Pn can be constructed in 2 ways.
m

a1  P2 or a1  P2  ways
a1  Pm or a1 Pm  2ways
n
When A- contains n – elements P1 , P2 ....Pm can be constructed in  2m   2mn  n  S 
 A P1  P2  .....  P4  

a1  P1  P2  P3  .....  Pm om 2m  1 ways 
a2  P1  P2  .....  Pm in 2 m  1 ways
am  P1  P2  ....  Pm in 2m  1 ways.
n
 
n  E   2m  1
n

P E 
 2  1
m

2mn
 B  ai  P1  P2  ......  Pm in 2m  1 ways
For i  1 to n  PP
1 2 ......Pm can be constructed.
n
Such that ai  Pi  P2  ......  Pm is  2m  1 ways.
n

 P  E 
2 m
1 
2 mn

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
m
2 1
n
19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Key&Sol’s

 C  For  P  E   for i  j each element A either it does not belongs to any

2mn
P1 , P2 ,....... pn or it belong t atmost one set   m  1 possibilities for each element
n
for n-elements   m  1 .
n

P  E 
 m  1
2 mn
r
 D  P1  P2 ......  Pm contains r elements in nCr  2m  1
rn

P  E 
2 m
1  Cr
2 mn
3n  3n  1
39. n  S   3 n C2
2
Arrange the given numbers in 3-rows
R1 : 1 4 7 ........  3n  2
R2 : 2 5 7 ........  3n  1
R3 : 3 6 9 .....  3n
A) For a+b to be divisible by 3. a,b should be selected either form R3 in n C2 ways
or one from R1 and one from R2 in  n C1.n C1  n 2 ways.
n  E   n C2  n2
B) a  b is divisible 3 if a,b selected from both from R1 or both from R2 , or both
from R3  3  n C2 
C) a 2  b 2 is divisible by 3 if a, b selected both from R1 or both from R2 or both
from R3 or 1 from R1 and one from R2
 n  E   3 n C2  n 2  
n  n  1 3n2  n
 D n  E   n C2  n 2   n2 
2 2
  
40. A  each plane can be filled in 2-ways.
  
n  S   2  2  2  2  24  16 ways.
A) A square matrix is invertible if its determinatns is non zero, it can zero in
following ways
 1 1  1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 
But   ,          
  0 0  0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 
Number of ways det is zero is 10  It is not zero 6 ways
P  E  3 / 8  6 /16  3 / 8
10 5
 B P  E   
16 8
 1 
C) trace shold be 2    remaining 2 place can be followed in 2  2  4 ways.
 1 
4 1
P  E  
16 4
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
D) Symmetric matrices
19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Key&Sol’s

1 
  2 1  2
 1 
1 
 2
 0 
0 
 2
 1 
0  2
  
 0 8
8 1
P E  
6 2
6C  6C  6C6 22 11
41.  A P  E   4 6 5  
2 64 32
 B  n  E   the no.of ways of arranging TT HHHH
5! 5
  5  P  E 
4! 64
 C  n  E   the no.of ways arranging H,H,H and T,T,T so that no two T's come
4 1
=1  4C3  4  P  E  
64 6
1 63
 D P  E   1  
64 64
6C 15
42. P  E   44 
6 1296
B ) n  E   the no.of non - negative integral solutions of the eqn.
a1  a2  a3  a4  a5  a6  4
 9C5  9C4  126
 C  n  E   coeft. of x10 in 1  x 6  1  x  4
 9C6  4  1  80
6C  6C 25
 D P  E   2 4 2 
6 144
5
7
43. a) Every number should be less than or equal to 7 and so  
 15 
b) Every number should be less than or equal to 7 but all the numbers should
not be less than 7 so that we get atleast one 7
5 5
7 6
Hence     
 15   15 
Similar method for c & d.
44. Conceptual
45. n  s   100

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Key&Sol’s

 x  20 x  40  0 by ___ method is

 x  30
n  E   19  9  28
8 7
P E  
100 25
46. n  S   6
         6
In first 7 places 2-6' s should come
 n  E   7 C2  55
7
C2  55
P  E    5,   6      1
68
47. The no. of ways of drawing 7 balls = 10 C7
For each set of 7 balls of the second draw, 3 must be common 2 other balls can
be drawn in 3 C2 ways thus, for each set of 7 balls of the second draw, there are
7
C3 3 C2 ways of making the first draw so that there are 3 balls common. Hence,
7
C3  3 C2 5
the probability of having three balls in common 10

C7 12
48. The sequence of consecutive heads may starts with 1st toss or 2nd toss or 3rd
toss ---- or at 6th toss. In any case ,if it starts with r th throw , the first (r-2)
throws may be head or tail but (r-1)st throw must be tail, after which again a
head or tail can show up:
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1  5 7
 Probability = 7
 . 7  . 7  .......  . 7  7 1  2   28
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
49,50&51.
Use Congrence modulo like
 a  2k , 2 k  1
 b  2l , 2l  1 

 a  3k , 3k  1,3k  2
 b  3l ,3l  1, 3l  1 

 a  5k ,5k  1, 5l  2,5k  3,5k  4

 b  5l ,5l  1,5l  2, 5l  3,5l  4 

 a  7 k , 7 k  1, 7 k  2,.....7 k  6
 b  7l , 7l  1, 7l  2,.....7l  6 
52,53&54.
No. of obtuse angled triangles
 2n   n 1 C2 If 2n is even
 n 1
 
n  2 
C2 if n is odd
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8
TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 WTA-37 Date: 19-09-20
Time: 09.30Am to 12.30Pm Max.Marks:183

2017_PAPER–I
19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)
WTA-37_Syllabus

MATHS : Probability: Classical definition of probability, types of events,

Addition theorem and problems based on it, Problems based on P &C, Miscellaneous
problems

PHYSICS : Complete Nuclear Physics According To Jee Advanced Syllabus

CHEMISTRY : Aldehydes and Ketones: Oxidation & reduction reactions, Canizzaro

reaction, Aldol concdensation (self, crossed & intra molecular), Perkin Reaction, Tollen's
Reaction, conjugate addition

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P
JEE-ADVANCE-2017-P1-Model
Time: 03:00 Hr’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 183
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Questions With Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I (Q.N : 1 – 7) +4 -2 7 28
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Sec – II (Q.N : 8 – 12) Questions With Integer Answer Type +3 0 5 15

Sec – III (Q.N : 13 – 18) Questions With Single Answer Type +3 -1 6 18

Sec – II (Q.N : 44 – 48) Questions With Integer Answer Type +3 0 5 15

Sec – III (Q.N : 49 – 54) Questions With Single Answer Type +3 -1 6 28

Total 18 61

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P
Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
1. Nuclear force of attraction is
A) spin dependent B) central force
C) Independent of charge D) a saturated force
2. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct
A) The rest mass of stable nucleus is less than the sum of the rest masses of
its separated nucleons
B) The rest mass of stable nucleus may be greater than or less than the sum of
the rest masses of its separated nucleons
C) In general, in fission of U 235 , 200 MeV of gamma energy is released
D) As n/p ratio increases fusion become difficult.
3. Related to a nuclear fission reactor, choose wrong statement(s)
A) Cadmium is used because it is a good reflector of neutrons
B) Boron is used because it is good absorber of neutrons
C) Heavy water is used because it is good absorber of neutrons
D) The moderator used in a reactor must have a low specific heat
4. Mark the correct statement(s)
A) For an exothermic reaction, Q value is +12.56 MeV and the KE of incident
particle is 2.44 MeV, then the total KE of products of reaction is 15.00 MeV.
B) For an exothermic reaction, Q value is +12.56 MeV and the KE of incident
particle is 2.44 MeV. Then the total KE of products of reaction is 10.12 MeV.
C) For an endothermic reaction, the reaction must take place if we give the
energy equal to Q value of reaction
D) For an exothermic reaction the average BE per nucleon of products should
be greater than the BE per nucleon of reactants

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

5.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P
Nucleus A decays to B with decay constant ' 1 ' and B decays to C with a decay
constant '  2 ' . Initially at t  0 number of nuclei of A and B are 2N0 and N 0
respectively. At t  t 0 , number of nuclei B stop changing. If at this instant
3N 0
number of nuclei of B are , then
2
1  4  1  4 
A) t 0  n e  1  B) t 0  n e  1 
1  3 2  2  3 2 
3N 0   2  2N 0   2 
C) N A  at t  t 0 D) N A  at t  t 0
2  1  3  1 
6. Nuclei of radioactive element A are being produced at a constant rate  . The
element has a decay constant  . At time t  0 , there are N 0 nuclei of the
element. Which of the following statements are correct:
1
A) The number of nuclei of A at time t is


     N 0  e   t 
1
B) The number of nuclei of A at time t is

 
   N 0  e  t 
3
C) If   2N 0 , the number of nuclei of A after one half life of A is N0
2
D) The number of nuclei of A after a very long time is 3N 0
7. Assume that the nuclear binding energy per nucleon (B/A) versus mass number
(A) is as shown in figure. Use this plot to choose the correct choice(s) given
below

A) Fusion of two nuclei with mass numbers lying in the range of 1<A<50 will
release energy

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P
B) Fusion of two nuclei with mass number lying in the range of 51<A<100 will
release energy
C) Fission of a nucleus lying in the mass range of 100 < A < 200 will release
energy when broken into equal fragments
D) Fission of a nucleus lying in the mass range of 200 < A < 260 will release
energy when broken into equal fragments

SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
8. The reaction 37 Li 11 H 47 Be 10 n is endothermic. Assuming that Li nuclei is free
and at rest initially. The minimum kinetic energy (in keV) of incident proton so
that this reaction occurs is n  235 . Find the value of n. Take Q value of this
reaction as 1645keV .
9. A radioactive element P disintegrates into Q which successively disintegrates in
 2
to R as P   Q   R . At t  0 the number of nuclei of P,Q and R be N0 ,0,0
respectively. At time t 1 number of nuclei of P,Q and R are N1 , N 2 and N 3
respectively. The ratio of N1 to N 2 . When N 2 is maximum
10. A nuclei can decay simultaneously by two different process. A graph is plotted
between activity (A) and number (N) left at any time t as shown is figure. If the
1
decay constant in one of the processes is s 1 , then find the other decay
3
constant. (take tan 37º  3 4 )

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

11.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P
Half life of a freshly prepared radioactive sample is one hour. The probability of
a selected nucleus that will be decayed during second hour or fourth hour is
1 1
 . What is the value of ‘N’?
16 N
12. A radioactive material consists of nuclides of 3 isotopes which decay by
  emission,   emission and deuteron emission respectively. Their half lives

are T1  400sec , T2  800sec and T3  1600sec respectively. At t  0 , probability of

getting  ,  and deuteron from radio nuclide are all equal (to 1/3). The
probability of  emission at t  1600 sec will be n/26, find n

SECTION – III
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Answer Q.13, Q.14 and Q.15 by appropriately matching the information given
in the three columns of the following table.
In each of the process listed in Column I, assume nuclei X of nuclear mass
m x and atomic mass M X converts to nuclei Y of nuclear mass m y and atomic

mass M Y .
mass of electron = m e
mass of Helium atom = MHe
Column II lists the possible expressions of Q value of the process. Column III
lists some characteristics of the event.
(Emitted particle in Column –III may refer to  , or neutrino , but not the
daughter nucleus Y)
(Assume no  emission follows any of the process mentioned in Column –I)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

Column-I
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P
Column-II Column-III
A emitted particle (of a
1)   decay A) M x  M y  C 2
P) kind) have same
energy

2)    decay B)
 M x  M Y  M He  C2 Q) Different emitted
particles(of a kind) may
have different energies
Maximum possible
energy of the emitted
3) Positron emission C)
 M x  M y  2m e  C R) particle will be less
2

than Q by an
infinitesimal small
value
Maximum possible
energy of emitted
4) K electron capture D)  x y e
m  m  m C 2
S) particle will be less
than Q by a finite
amount.
E) m x 
 m y  me C2

13. Which of the following is incorrect

A) (2)(D)(Q) B) (1)(B)(R) C) (1)(B)(S) D) (2)(A)(Q)

14. Which of the following is incorrect

A) (2)(D)(Q) B) (3)(C)(R) C) (3)(D)(Q) D) (3)(A)(Q)

15. Which of the following is incorrect

A) (4)(A)(P) B) (4)(E)(Q) C) (3)(D)(Q) D) (3)(C)(R)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P
Answer Q.16, Q.17 and Q.18 by appropriately matching the information given
in the three columns of the following table.

Column-I Column-II Column-III

I)   decay P) Z increases by 1 i) A remains constant
II)    decay Q) Z decreases by 2 ii) A increases by 1
III)   decay R) Z remains constant iii) A decreases by 4
S) Z decreases by 1 iv) A decreases by 1

16. Which of the following is correct?

A) (I)(S)(iv) B) (I)(Q)(iii) C) (I)(P)(i) D) (I)(R)(ii)

17. Which of the following is correct?

A) (II)(R)(iii) B) (II)(S)(iv) C) (II)(P)(i) D) (II)(Q)(ii)

18. Which of the following is correct?

A) (III)(S)(iv) B) (III)(Q)(iii) C) (III)(P)(ii) D) (III)(R)(i)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.

X
C CH3 CH2 CH3
19. O .
In this conversion reagent (X) could be
A) N 2 H 4 , glycol/ OH  B) Red P/HI
C)  CH 2 SH 2 ; Raney Ni, H 2 D) Na  Hg  ; conc. HCl

20. Which of the following are disproportionation reactions?

O
||
Al OEt 3
A) 2PhCHO 
 Ph  C  OCH 2Ph

OH 
B) 2HCHO   CH3OH  HCOO 

OH 
C) 2CH3CHO   CH3  CH  CH 2CHO
|
OH
O COOH

Br
OH 

D)
21. Which of these carbonyl compounds on reduction with Zn – Hg / HCI will give
the same compound as product
O O
|| ||
H–C CH2CH(CH3)2 H3C C – CH(CH3)2
(A) (B)
A) B)
H–C=O
O
(C) H3C CH2 – C – CH3
H3C C C(CH3)3

C) H D)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

22.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P

OH/H 2O 
2CH3  CHO I
 A  II

(Aldol) crotanaldehyde. The correct statement is/are
A) Step - I is nucleophilic addition
B) Step-I is nucleophilic substitution,
C) Step-II is elimination by E1 Mechanism
D) Step - II is elimination by E1CB Mechanism
23.  CH 2OH 4 C is prepared from formaldelyde and acetaldehyde. The reaction
involves,
A) Cannizzaro reaction B) Perkin’s reaction
C) Aldol condensation D) Schmidt reaction
24. Positive Tollens’ test is observed for
H O

CHO
H
H

A) Br B)
OH

Ph O
Ph

C) O D) Ph Ph

25. Which of the following is/are not suitable reagents that can bring about the
following conversation is
O

Cl Cl
A) N 2 H 4 , glycol/ OH 
B) Zn(Hg)/C.HCl
C) LiAlH 4 D) HI/Red P
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P
SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
26. Consider the following Cannizaro reaction,
O
 i Conc.NaOH
H2CO  D  C  D 
 ii H O

3

27. Consider the following aldol condensation reaction,

Butanone + NaOH (Dil.)  Aldols
How many different isomers (including stereoisomers) are formed above?
28. Consider the following sequence of reaction,
Br Br NaCN(excess) SnCl2 NaOH (dil.)
Conc.HCl

-H2O
Aldol ,  -unsaturated carbonyl
(X)

How many different aldol isomers of X are formed?

29.

compounds A & B can be differentiated

by how many of the following reagents ?
Brady’s Reagent ; Fehlings Solution ; Hinsberg Reagent ;
CaOCl 2 ; NaOI ; NaHSO3 ; Tollen’s Reagent

30. 1 mole sodium boron hydride reduces ‘y’ moles acetaldehyde to ethyl alcohol.
The value of ‘y’ is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P
SECTION – III
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Answer Q.31, Q.32 and Q.33 by appropriately matching the information given
in the three columns of the following table.
Column-I Column-II Column-III
O OH
Benzoin CHO C CH CN  as
1) I) P)
condensation catalyst

Acid
H
CHO C C COOH anhydride
Perkin’s H
2) II) Q) having
reaction

Hydrogen
O O

Aldol C CH3
dil. OH- C C C Enolate
III) H
R)
3) condensation CH3 ion
O
Hydride
Cannizaro’s CHO CH2OH C O
4) IV) S) ion
reaction + transfer

31. Which of the following correct combination is

A) 1 – II – S B) 1 – I – P C) 2 – III – Q D) 3 – III – S
32. Which of the following is correct combination is
A) 2 – II – Q B) 2 – I – R C) 2 – II – S D) 2 – II – P
33. Which of the following is correct combination is
A) 3 – III – P B) 3 – III – Q C) 3 – III – S D) 3 – III - R

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P
Answer Q.34, Q.35 and Q.36 by appropriately matching the information given
in the three columns of the following table.

Column-I Column-II Column-III

1) I) Conc. NaOH P) Reduction

O

2) H II)  Ag  NH3  2  Q) Oxidation

H
3) III) NH 2  NH 2 / OH  ,  R) Condensation
O

H
4) O C
IV)  CH 3CO2 O / CH3COOK S) Redox reaction
O

34. The only correct combination in which the reaction proceeds through of hydride
ion is
A) 4 – I – R B) 1 – II – P C) 4 – III – Q D) 4 – I – S

35. For the synthesis of hydrocarbon, the only correct combination is

A) 1 – III – Q B) 1 – III – P C) 1 – III – R D) 3 – III – R

36. The only correct combination that gives different carboxylic acids
A) 2 – IV – R B) 2 – IV – S C) 4 – IV – P D) 3 – IV – S

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
37. When 3 fair identical dice are thrown simultaneously
5
A) The probability of getting distinct numbers on all 3 – dice is .
9
1
B) The probability of getting identical numbers on all 3 – dice is
36

C) The probability of getting 2 – identical numbers and 1 – different number is

5
12
1
D) Probability that sum of the numbers on all 3 – dices is 14 is
14

38. A is a set containing n – elements A subset P1 of A is choosen. The set A is

reconstructed by replacing the elements of P1 . Next a subset P2 is
constructed in the similar way. In this similar way subsets P3 , P4 .......Pm are
constructed then the probability that the sets P1 , P2 .......Pm are constructed such
that
n
A) P1  P2  P3  .....  Pm   is  2m  1 / 2mn
n
B) P1  P2  P3......  Pm  A is  2m  1 / 2mn


C) Pi  Pj   for i  j is  m  1 n / 2 mn 
 n C 2m  1 r   
D) P1  P2  P3  .....  Pm contains exactly r-elements is  r mn 
 2 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

39.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P
2 – numbers a and b are choosen from the set 1, 2,3,.....3n then probability that
 n C2  n 2 
A) a  b is divisible by 3 is  3n
 C2 

B) a  b is divisible by 3 is

3 n C2 
  3n
C2 
C) a 2  b 2 is divisible by 3 is

3 n C2  n 2 
 3 n
C2
2
3n  n
D) a3  b3 is divisible by 3 is

2 3 n C2 
40. From set of all 2  2 matrices that can be formed with elements 0 or 1 one
matrix is selected at random. Then probability that selected matrix is
A) Invertible matrix is 3/8 B) Singular matrix is 5/8
1 1
C) Trace of matrix is 2 is D) Symmetric matrix is
4 2

41. Six coins are tossed simultaneously. Which of the following is/are correct?
11
A) Probability of getting at least 4 heads is
32

B) Probability of getting 4 heads and two tail so that the two tails are
5
consecutive is
32

C) Probability of getting 3 heads and 3 tails so that no two tails are consecutive
1
is
16
1
D) Probability of getting at least one head is
64
42. Four persons A,B,C,D roll a die each and the numbers obtained by them are
noted as x1 , x2 , x3 , x4 respectively . The probability that
5 7
A) x1  x2  x3  x4 is B) xi  x j for i  j is
432 72
80 25
C) x1  x2  x3  x4  10 is D) x1  x2 and x3  x4 is
1296 144

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

43.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P
A box contains 15 cards numbered 1 to 15. Five cards are drawn at random one
after the other with replacement. The numbers obtained from the cards drawn
are noted. The probability that
5
7
A) the largest number is at most 7 is  
 15 
75  65
B) the largest number is 7 is
155
5
7
C) the smallest number is at least 9 is  
 15 
16
D) the smallest number is 9 is
1215

SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
44. If 5 natural numbers are selected at random and they are multiplied, then the
K
probability that the units place in the product is 2 or 4 or 6 or 8 is where the
55
digit in the units place of K =_______
45. A natural number x is choosen at random from the first one hundred natural
numbers the probability that
 x  20 x  40  0 is  then 25  5 =_______
 x  30
46. A fair die is tossed 8 – times the probability that on the 8th throw a third 6 is
7
C2   5
observed is then    =______(where G.C.D of  ,  is1 ).
 8
47. A bag contains 10 different balls. Five balls are drawn simultaneously and then
replaced and then seven balls are drawn. The probability that exactly three balls
are common to the two draws is p, then the value of 12p is
48. An unbiased coin is tossed 12 times .The probability that at least 7 consecutive
K
heads show up is then K =
256
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16
Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P
SECTION – III
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Answer the 49, 50 and 51 by appropriately matching the information given in
the three columns of the following table
Let a, b  N
Column 3 indicates probability that the expression in column 1 is divisible by the
number in column 2.
Column 1 Column 2 Column 3
I  a  b i 2 A 
1
2
II a 2
b 2
 ii 3 B 
1
3
III a 3
 b3  iii 5 C 
1
2
IV Product a.b iv 7 D 
1
3

49. Which of the following is true correspondence

A) I-i-A B) I-i-D C) II-i-A D) II-ii-A

50. Which of the following correspondence is not true

A) III-iii-B B) III-iii-C C) IV-i-A D) IV-i-B

51. Which of the following is true

A) IV-i-A B) IV-iv-A C) III-iii-D D) III-iii-A

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 19-09-2020_Sr.Super60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_WTA-37_Q’P
Answer the 52, 53 and 54 by appropriately matching the information given in
the three columns of the following table
Let A1 , A 2 , A 3 ,........A n be the vertices of regular n-sided polygon inscribed in a

circle. Three points A i , A j , A k are randomly choosen where i, j, k are distinct

integers between 1 and n both inclusive. Denote by Pn , the probability that the
triangle Ai A j A k is obtuse/Acute/right angled/equilateral

Column 1 Column 2 Column 3

(Value of n) (Nature of triangle) (Value of Pn )
1
I 5 i Acute P
2
11
II 10 ii Obtuse Q
38
9
III 15 iii Equilateral only R
13
2
IV 21 iv Right angled S
3

52. Which of the following combination is only CORRECT

A) IV-ii-Q B) IV-i-Q C) II-iii-P D) I-iii-S

53. Which of the following combination is only INCORRECT

A) I-ii-P B) II-i-S C) II-ii-P D) III-ii-R

54. Which of the following combination is only CORRECT

A) I-ii-R B) III-iv-S C) II-ii-Q D) III-ii-R

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR-HYD
19-09-2020_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_WTA-37_Final Key

GIVEN FINALIZED
S.NO SUB Q.NO EXPLANATION
KEY KEY
1 CHE 26 6 Delete Question is incomplete

Question Paper Setter is Total responsible for the Key finalization:

Question Paper Setters &finalized

MATHS PHYSICS CHEMISTRY
VIJ_MAYURI
VIJ_MAYURI VIJ_MAYURI
Mr.CHANDRA MOHAN-
Mr. BJR-9490717087 Mr. KIRITI-8248101798
9989088015

NATIONAL IIT CO-ORDINATOR

MR. UMA SANKAR
TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 Jee-Adv Date: 20-07-20
Time: 08.00 AM to 11.00 Am 2015_P2 Max. Marks:240

2015_PAPER-II
20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Syllabus

MATHS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (17-07-2020)

PHYSICS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (17-07-2020)

CHEMISTRY : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (17-07-2020)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2015-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hours IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 240

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
1. In a kundt’s tube experiment metallic rod AB is clamped at 25 cm from end A as
shown in the figure. If the distance between consecutive heaps of powder as 50
cm and the speed of sound in air as 330 m/s, then the ratio of velocity of wave in
metallic rod to the frequency of wave inside the tube is found as x. What is x ?
(disregard the units)
25 cm

A B
50 cm

2. In the figure shown a particle is projected from point A with speed V0 in the
direction making 30 with the line joining the centre of the earth and point A.
Where OA is 4R. If the particle passes grazing the surface of the earth, then V0 is
Gm
found as 500 2  x  m/s. By using  6.4  107 m / s 2 . Find the value of ‘x’.
R
V0
30
A

R O
B

3. A charged particle of mass 4 gm and having a charge 1 C is fired from a point,

where potential is 4  105 V with speed 10 m/s in the direction of decreasing
potential. The potential at a point where its speed becomes 10 2 m / s is found as
N  105 Volt . What is N ?

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

4.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
The circuit shown in the figure shows seven identical bulbs 1, 2, 3......7  connected
through a battery of emf 200 V. The bulbs are rated as 200 V, 100 Watt. The
power dissipated in the bulb which glow brightest is found as x in watt, then find
2
the value of x
3
4

1
200 V 5 6 7

2 3

5. In the figure shown water is pumped into a tall vertical cylinder at a volume flow
rate Q. The radius of the cylinder is R and at the open top of the cylinder a tuning
fork is vibrating with frequency n. As the water level rises, the time elapse
R 2 V
between successive resonance is found as t  . If V be the speed of sound in
QAn
air find the value of A ? (Neglect end correction)

6. In the figure shown there is an opaque sphere of radius R lies on horizontal plane.
A point source of light S is placed above it, then an experimenter draws following
conclusions. How many statement(s) of the following is/are correct?

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
S

O R

(1) Area of shadow on the plate is 2R 2

(2) Area of shadow on the plane is 3R 2
(3) If the sphere is just submerged in some transparent liquid the area of shadow
on plane decreases
(4) If the sphere is just submerged in some transparent liquid the area of shadow
on plane increases
(5) If the source is brought nearer to sphere along SO, the area of shadow
increases (without liquid)
(6) If the source is brought nearer to sphere along SO, under submerged
condition, area of shadow on plane increases
7. In the figure shown there is a cart of mass 6 m is initially at rest. A particle of
mass m is attached to the end of the light rigid rod of length  , which can rotate
freely about smooth hinge O. If the rod is released from the horizontal position as
1/ n
49
shown, velocity of the particle with respect to cart is found as  
1/ 2
 g  . When
9 
the rod is vertical. Find the value of n.
O

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

8.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
A hot black body emits the energy at the rate of 16 J m2 s 1 and its most intense
0
radiation corresponds to wavelength 20000 A . When the temperature of the body
is further increased and its most intense radiation corresponds to wavelength
0
10000 A . The energy radiated in J m2 s 1 is found as  259  x  ; what is x ?

N3 N4
w2 N3
N2
w1
N1
A) B)

N4 N4

N2 N2
N

N1 w N1 w
C) D)
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6
10.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
A river of width 48 m is flowing due east at a speed of 4 m/s. A man who can row
a boat at 5m/s in still water starts from point O on the south bank of river and
steers the boat at right angles to the bank. The boat is also being blown by wind
at 5 m/s 37 south of west. When boat reaches the middle of river, man stops
rowing. Select the correct conclusion/s
A) Boat can’t go across the river
B) To reach the bank of river it takes 20 seconds from the start
C) To reach the bank of river it takes greater than 20 seconds from the start
D) Total distance travelled by boat in complete journey is greater than 48 m
11. A disc of mass m rests in vertical plate on two rough pegs P1 and P2 as shown in
the figure. At highest paint tangential force F is applied. If the co-efficient of
friction with each peg be 0.5 and P1 O and P2 O makes angle 53 and 37 with the
vertical, then select the correct conclusion/s
F

P1
P2

1
A) Maximum value of F without causing rotation in the disc is mg
2
1
B) When F  mg ; force applied by peg P2 is minimum
2
1 5
C) When F  mg ; force applied by P1 is mg
2 2
mg
D) Normal force applied by P1 is equal to the weight of the disc if F 
2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

12.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
Three particles A, B and C of equal mass ‘m’ each lie on a smooth horizontal
table. Two light inextensible strings which are just taut connect AB and BC and
ABC is 135 . An impulse J is applied to the particle C in the direction BC. Which
of the following is/are correct.
2J 10 J
A) Initial speed of A is B) Initial speed of B is
7m 7m
3J 3 J2
C) Initial speed of C is D) Due to impulse J, energy imparted is
7m 14 m
13. A particle moves in a straight line with an acceleration which is inversely
proportional to t 3 where t is the time measured in second. If at t = 1, particle has a
velocity 3 m/s and the velocity approaches a limiting value of 5 m/s. Select the
correct statement/s
A) Velocity of the particle at t = 2 is 4.5 m/s
2
B) Velocity of particle at t  becomes zero
5
C) At t = 1 ; the acceleration of particle is 4 m / s2
D) The maximum velocity that the particle can acquire is 5 m/s
14. Two independent harmonic oscillators of equal masses are oscillating about the
origin with angular frequencies 1 and 2 and have total energies E1 and E2 and
maximum potential energies U1 and U2 respectively. The variation of their
momenta P with positions x are shown in the figure respectively.
P
P
E2
E1
b R
x x
O a O

a a
If  n 2 and  n , then the correct equation(s) [is (are)]
b R
 E E
A) U12  U21 B) 2  n 2 C) 12  n 2 D) 1  2
1 1 2
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8
15.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
A soap bubble of radius R and surface tension T is formed in a vacuum. It is
slowly charged so that it slowly expands. When radius of the bubble becomes 2R,
charging is stopped. Which of the following is (are) correct. (Take expansion
process as isothermal)
1
A) Amount of charge given to the bubble is 768 2 R 3 T 0  2 C
B) The ratio of initial and final inside pressure is 8
3T
C) Pressure developed due to charge on the bubble is
2R
 N / m2 
D) Electrostatic self energy of the bubble is 48 R 2T  J 
16. From some instruments, current is measured as I  10.0 A , potential difference as
V  100.0 V , the length of wire is 31.4 cm and diameter of wire as 2.00 mm. Using
  3.14 ,
select the correct option/s
A) Resistivity of the wire will be 1.0  104   m
B) Resistivity of the wire will be 1.00  104   m
C) Maximum permissible error in the measurement of resistivity will be 2.41%
D) Maximum permissible error in the measurement of resistance will be 1.1%

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P

17. In the first experiment, the container is completely filled with a liquid of density L ,
so that both the spheres are fully immersed in the liquid. The system of sphere
(A) and sphere (B) floats in equilibrium with a tension in the string D after the
cutting string C. This is possible only if
A) A  L ; B  L and A  B  2L B) A  L ; B  L and A  B  L
C) A  L ; B  L and A  B  3L D) A  L ; B  L and A  B  2L
18. In the second experiment, the container is filled with two liquids L1 and L2 of
densities 1 and 2 and viscosity 1 and 2 respectively, so that A completely
inside liquid L1 and B is completely inside liquid L2 . System of spheres float in
equilibrium with sphere A in L1 and sphere B in L2 and string D being taut after

cutting string C. If sphere A alone in L2 has terminal velocity VA and B alone in L1

has terminal velocity VB then (bottom liquid is L 2 )
 
VA 1 VA 2    
A)   B)   C) VA  VB  0 D) VA  VB  0
VB 2 VB 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Question Nos. 19 to 20
20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P

In the figure shown there is a cylinder with a fixed horizontal piston. The cylinder
contains N-molecules each of mass m of an ideal gas. Horizontal component of
velocity of gas molecule is u x and area of piston is given as A.

19. The pressure of the gas is

m u 2x N m u 2x N 3m u 2x N 3m u 2x
A) B) C) D)
AL 3AL AL AL
20. Now the temperature of gas is doubled keeping volume constant and we know
from gas law the pressure will be doubled. This increase in pressure because
A) Change of momentum per collision is doubled while the frequency of collision
is constant
B) Change of momentum per collision remains constant while the frequency of
collision is doubled
C) Change of momentum per collision and frequency of collision both increased
D) Due to some other reason, neither change in momentum per collision nor
frequency of collision are changed

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
21. The ratio of hexagonal faces in truncated octahedron to truncated tetrahedron is
x : 1, The value of ‘x’ is.
22. A curve is plotted for an ideal gas at certain temperature for ' P ' (in SI units) (on y-
axis) against '  ' (density in SI units) (on x-axis). The slope of the curve at density
25
1.5 kg / m 3 is 105 (in SI units). The ratio of molar mass (in kg/mole) to
8
temperature (in K) for the gas is  x 10y  :1 (in SI units). What is the value of
25 1
 x  y  ?[Given : R  JK mol1 ]
3
23. Find the number of correct statements regarding boiling of water at its normal
boiling point

 H2 O  g 
H 2O    

I. Change in average Kinetic energy = 0
II. Change in potential energy > 0
III. Change in internal energy > 0
IV. Change in enthalpy > 0
V. Change in gibbs energy  G  = 0
VI. The value of equilibrium constant K oP  1
VII. Work done during the process < 0
24. If ‘a’. ‘b’ and ‘c’ are monodentate ligands then how many of the following
complexes of a metal ‘M’ will show geometrical isomerism. [Consider square
planar geometry in coordination number 4 and octahedral geometry in
coordination number 6]
Ma 3 b, Mab 3 , Ma 2 b 2 , Ma 6 , Ma 5b, Ma 4 b 2 , Ma 2 b 4 , Ma 3b3 , Ma 4 , Ma 4 bc, Ma 2 bc, Ma 3 b 2 c, Mb5 c
25. In how many of the following compounds of sulphur, there is S-S bond (only
single bond not double bond between two sulphur atoms)?
H 2S2O3 , H 2S2O6 , H 2S2O7 , H 2S2O8 ,S2Cl2 , cyclic SO3 3 .

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

26.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
The no.of intermediate in the following conversion is
20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P

CH 3 CH 3 CH 3

H3 O
CH 3  C  CH  CH  CH 2 

 CH 3  CH 2  C  C  CH 2

CH3 CH3CH3

27. Find out the sum of all possible product in the given following reactions:
CH3
H3C alc.KOH
 
 P alkene product(s)
(A) Br
Br
alc.KOH
 
 q alkene product(s)
(B) H3C CH3
CH3
Br

alc.KOH
 
 r alkene product(s)
(C)
H H
alc.KOH
H3C  
 r alkene product(s)
Br
(D) H

Sum of p + q + r + s = ? (Including geometrical isomers)

28. Consider following compounds:

H 3C  CH 2 Na, H3C  CH 2O Na, Na NH 2 , NaOH,

H 3 CO Na, H 2 C  CH Na,  CH3 2 CH Na

Number of compounds which are more basic than HC  C  Na  are:

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
29.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
The correct statements among the following is/are:
20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P

A) CaO absorbs CO 2 and violently reacts with water

B) Sodium amalgam reacts with hot water and give NaOH with liberation of H 2
C) KO2 absorbs CO 2 and releases CO
D) Gypsum on heating at 393 K gives calcium sulphate hemihydrate (Plaster of
Paris)
30. Which of the following is/are correct order with respect to the property mentioned
against each?
A)  NO    NO    NO   bond length 
B) O 22  O2  O2  Paramagnetic nature
C) NO 2  NO 2  NO 2  bond angle
D) CH 4  BF3  CO2  bond angle
31. Which of the following is true?

  Heat of hydrogenation 
A)
O
O

 (Dipole moment)
Ph Ph
B) Ph Ph
Me H
Me C C COOH  (Acidic strength)
C) H COOH
O

  Basicity 
N N
D) H

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

32.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
Identify the correct statements for the following reaction:
Ph3 P  CH2
O   CH2

A) It follows a nucleophilic addition mechanism

B) A ring intermediate participates
C) It is a reduction reaction
D) The mechanism involves (2 + 2) cyclo addition
33. 40 mL 0.05 M solution of sodium sesquicarbonatedihydrate
 Na 2 CO3  NaHCO 3  2H 2O  is titrated against 0.05 M HCl solution  mL of acid is
required to reach the phenolphthalein end point while y mL of same acid were
required when methyl orange indicator was used in separate titration. Which of
the following is/are correct statement?
A) y – x = 80 mL
B) y + x = 160 mL
C) If titration is started with phenolphthalein indicator and methyl orange is added
at the end point, 2  mL of HCl would be required further to reach the end point
D) If same volume of same solution is titrated against 0.10 M NaOH , x/2 mL of
base would be requied.
34. An optically active substance ‘A’ is decomposing into optically active compounds
3 1
‘B’ and ‘C’ as A 
K 10 min
 2B  C

The specific rotations of A, B and C are 40 , 10 , and 30 per mole,
respectively. Initially ‘A’ and ‘C’ are present in 4 : 3 mole ratio.
20
Which of the following is/are correct: [Given : n2  0.6932 , n   0.42 ]
13
A) At 7 hours from starting point the solution becomes optically inactive
B) The half life of reaction is 11.55 hrs
C) The value of t1/ 2 of reaction is independent of initial moles of A
D) The value of t 3/4 of reaction is independent of initial moles ratio of A and C

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

35.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
In a saturated solutoin of MY, 10 moles of MNO3 are added to 1L of it, then the
7

correct statements is/are:

(Given: K sp of MY  12  10 14 ,  M0  0.8  10 3 Sm 2 mol 1 ,


 0  1.266 103 Sm2 mol1 ,  0NO  1103 Sm2 mol1 )

 
3

A) Concentration of M    4 104 mol / m3 in the final solution.

B) Concentration of Y   3 104 mol / m3 in the final solution.
C) Conductivity of M  in final solution = 3.2 10 7 Sm 1
D) Conductivity of final solution = 8.00  107 Sm1
36.

C
3S0
S

Entropy

S0
A B

T0 2T0

T 
 Kelvin 
If 900 cal/cycle heat is taken by a gas from hot reservoir at temperature "2T0 " to
do reversible cyclic process as shown in the diagram.
Then which of the following is/are correct:
A) Wcycle  T0 S0
B) q cycle  T0 S0
C) Heat rejected in cyclic process = T0 S0
D) % Efficiency of cyclic process = 33.33%

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Question Nos. 37 to 38
OH
Conc.H 2SO4
 
A (i) BH3 .THF

(ii) CH3 .COOH
 B
CH3 (Major
Cl2 / h
product)
M
(Monochlor
products)
37. Number of fractions obtained during fraction distillation of M:
A) 5 B) 6 C) 7 D) 8
38. A on reaction with Br-Cl in CCl4 gives:
CH3 CH3
Br  Enantiomer Br  Enantiomer
A) Cl B) Cl

CH3 CH3
Cl  Enantiomer Cl  Enantiomer
C) Br D) Br

Paragraph for Question Nos. 39 to 40

Consider the following sequence of reactions
Na 2 B4O7  H 2O 
A  B

B 
Red hot
 H 2O  C
Mg
C 

MgO  D
N2
D 

E

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

39.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
Correct statement/s about compounds D and E are
A) They are H3BO3 and NaB(OH)4 respectively
B) Both are solids at room temperature
C) E is known as inorganic graphite
D) E is colorless substance
40. 
Compound C  CuO   Pr oudct  blue  . The product is

A) boric anhydride B) metaborate

C) orthoborate D) pyroborate

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
1 4 7

41. Find the value of 0

  dx
29  1  x
1 4 6
4  1  x  dx
0
42. If Sn = 1.n + 2.(n–1) + 3.(n–2) + ……. + n.1 and S25  325 then  is
43. Let M  1, 2  and N 1, 4  be two points in a plane rectangular coordinate system
XOY. P is a moving point on the x-axis. When MPN takes its maximum value,
the x-coordinate of point P is
44. The number of different hyperbolas represented by the equation
2
 mCn   x  y  12  2 x  32   y  4 2 with 1  n  m  5 , n and m being integers, is
45. If m, n (n > m) are positive integers, then number of solutions of the equation
n sin x  m cos x in  0, 2  , is
46. In a triangle ABC, AB is parallel to y – axis, BC is parallel to x – axis, the centroid is
at (2, 1). If the median through C is x – y = 1, then the slope of the median through
A is
47. For the circle x 2  y 2  r 2 , the value of r (> 0) for which the area enclosed by the
tangents from the point P(6, 8) to the circle and the chord of contact is the
greatest, is
2 4
48. If parabola with focus  ,  touches X and Y axis at A and B respectively, then
5 5  
area of  OAB is, where ‘O’ is origin.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
49.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Which of the following pair(s) of functions are identical?
20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P

2
A) f  x   cos  2 tan 1 x  ,g  x   1  x 2
1 x

B) f  x   2x 2 , g  x   sin  2cot 1 x 
1 x
C) f(x) = tan x + cot x, g(x) = 2 cosec 2x
D) f  x   e 
l n sgn cot x 
1
l n 1x
,g  x   e  
Where sgn(.), [.], {.} denotes signum, greatest integer and fractional part functions
respectively)
2 x  4 x2

50. Let f  x    2 k  k  12
3 .
 x  2  4, x  2
 k k 2
f  x  attains a local maximum at x = 2, if k lies in the interval
A)  0,1 B)  3,   C)  ,  1 D) 1, 2 
51. Let x,y,z be real numbers satisfying
x  [y]  {z}  1.1 [.] is G.I.F and {.} is fractional part
[x]  {y}  z  2.2
{x}  y  [z]  3.3, then
A) x  y  z  3.3 B) y  2x  1
C) 2(z  1)  5y D) {x}  {y}  {z}  0.3
52. Let S be the set of all values of   such that two tangents can be drawn to the
2
different branches of hyperbola x2 y  1 from   ,  2  . The set S contains
1 4
A)  2, 0  B)  0, 2  C)  , 2  D)  2,  
x y z
53.    1 intersects the co-ordinate axes at points A, B and C respectively. If
a b c
 PQR has mid-points A, B and C then
A) centroids of ABC and PQR coincide
B) foot of normal to ABC from O is circumcentre of PQR
2 2 2 2 2 2
C) ar  PQR   2 a b  b c  c a
D) incentres of ABC and PQR coincide

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
54.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
The projection of line 3x  y  2z  1  0  x  2y  z  2 on the plane 3x  2y  z  0 is
x  1 y 1 z  1
A)   B) 3x  8y  7z  4  0  3x  2y  z
11 9 15
x  12 y  8 z  14 x  12 y  8 z  14
C)   D)  
11 9 15 11 9 15
55. Consider the matrix equation X 2  I , I being 2  2 matrix, ' X ' is a real matrix (all
the elements being real). Which of the following is/are correct?
A) The equation has exactly two solutions
B) The equation has infinitely many Solutions
 2 3 4 2 
C) X    is a possible Solution
 3 1 
 2  2 3  2
 
 3 
D) X   3 2 1  is a possible Solution
 2 
 4 2  3 

56. If the ortho–centre of an isosceles triangle lies on the in–circle of the triangle
then
2
A) The base angle of the triangle is cos 1
3
B) The triangle is acute
5
C) The base angle of the triangle is tan 1
2
SI 1
D) If S, I are the circumcentre and in–centre and R is circum–radius then 
R 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

58.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
The distance of origin from the plane passing through the point (1, 1,1) and
whose normal is perpendicular to both L1 and L2 is
A) 14 / 5 B) 19 / 195 C) 11/ 195 D) 24 / 5

Paragraph for Question Nos. 59 to 60

Let f  x   0 be a polynomial equation with real coefficients. Then between any
two distinct real roots of f  x   0 , there exists at least one real root of the
equation f '  x   0 .
This result is a consequence of the celebrated Rolle’s theorem applied to
polynomials. Much information can be extracted about the roots of f  x   0 from
the roots of f '  x   0 .
59. The set of all values of k for which the equation x 4  14 x 2  24 x  k  0 has four
unequal real roots is
A) 8  k  11 B) 4  k  8 C) 8  k  15 D) 4  k  13
60. If the roots of x  12 x  k  0 lie in (-4, -3), (0, 1) and (2, 3), then the set of all values
3

of k is
A) 4  k  11 B) 9  k  11 C) 8  k  13 D) 4  k  13

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 22

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

2015_PAPER-II
20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Syllabus

MATHS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (17-07-2020)

PHYSICS : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (17-07-2020)

CHEMISTRY : 22-04-2019 to Till Date (17-07-2020)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2015-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hours IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 240

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

A B
50 cm

R O
B

3. A charged particle of mass 4 gm and having a charge 1 C is fired from a point,

where potential is 4  105 V with speed 10 m/s in the direction of decreasing
potential. The potential at a point where its speed becomes 10 2 m / s is found as
N  105 Volt . What is N ?

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

1
200 V 5 6 7

2 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
S

O R

(1) Area of shadow on the plate is 2R 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

N3 N4
w2 N3
N2
w1
N1
A) B)

N4 N4

N2 N2
N

P1
P2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Question Nos. 19 to 20
20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P

19. The pressure of the gas is

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

26.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
The no.of intermediate in the following conversion is
20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P

CH 3 CH 3 CH 3

H3 O
CH 3  C  CH  CH  CH 2 

 CH 3  CH 2  C  C  CH 2

CH3 CH3CH3

alc.KOH
 
 r alkene product(s)
(C)
H H
alc.KOH
H3C  
 r alkene product(s)
Br
(D) H

Sum of p + q + r + s = ? (Including geometrical isomers)

28. Consider following compounds:

H 3C  CH 2 Na, H3C  CH 2O Na, Na NH 2 , NaOH,

H 3 CO Na, H 2 C  CH Na,  CH3 2 CH Na

Number of compounds which are more basic than HC  C  Na  are:

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
29.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
The correct statements among the following is/are:
20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P

A) CaO absorbs CO 2 and violently reacts with water

  Heat of hydrogenation 
A)
O
O

 (Dipole moment)
Ph Ph
B) Ph Ph
Me H
Me C C COOH  (Acidic strength)
C) H COOH
O

  Basicity 
N N
D) H

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

32.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
Identify the correct statements for the following reaction:
Ph3 P  CH2
O   CH2

A) It follows a nucleophilic addition mechanism

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

35.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P
In a saturated solutoin of MY, 10 moles of MNO3 are added to 1L of it, then the
7

correct statements is/are:

(Given: K sp of MY  12  10 14 ,  M0  0.8  10 3 Sm 2 mol 1 ,


 0  1.266 103 Sm2 mol1 ,  0NO  1103 Sm2 mol1 )

 
3

A) Concentration of M    4 104 mol / m3 in the final solution.

C
3S0
S

Entropy

S0
A B

T0 2T0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

CH3 CH3
Cl  Enantiomer Cl  Enantiomer
C) Br D) Br

Paragraph for Question Nos. 39 to 40

Consider the following sequence of reactions
Na 2 B4O7  H 2O 
A  B

B 
Red hot
 H 2O  C
Mg
C 

MgO  D
N2
D 

E

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

A) boric anhydride B) metaborate

C) orthoborate D) pyroborate

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

41. Find the value of 0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
49.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Which of the following pair(s) of functions are identical?
20-07-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2015_P2)_CTA-32_Q.P

2
A) f  x   cos  2 tan 1 x  ,g  x   1  x 2
1 x

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

Paragraph for Question Nos. 59 to 60

of k is
A) 4  k  11 B) 9  k  11 C) 8  k  13 D) 4  k  13

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 22

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Jr.Super60 UTA-6 Date: 20-09-20
Time: 10:05 Am to 01:05 Pm 2018_P2 Max.Marks: 180

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS
1 CD 2 AC 3 BD 4 CD 5 AB
6 AB 7 8.89 8 0.57 9 0.33 10 2.00
11 3.00 12 48.00 13 2.00 14 8.66 15 C
16 D 17 D 18 A

CHEMISTRY

19 ACD 20 ABC 21 BD 22 ABCD 23 ABCD

24 ABC 25 2.75 26 5.00 27 5.00 28 5.00
29 7.00 30 6.00 31 6.00 32 3.00 33 B
34 A 35 D 36 A

MATHEMATICS

37 ACD 38 AB 39 D 40 BD 41 A
42 AC 43 11.75 44 8 45 43 46 2.82 or 2.83
47 2 48 85 49 7.5 50 1 51 C
52 B 53 B 54 C
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SOLUTIONS
20-09-2020_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Key&Sol’s

PHYSICS
1. The velocity of the disc when rolling begins can be obtained using the
conservation of angular momentum principle about the point through which the
friction force acts. So, the coefficient of friction has no bearing on final velocity.
The work done by the force of friction will simply be change in kinetic energy.
2. When net force on a rigid body is zero, summation of momentous about any
point is constant
3. For translational equilibrium
tan   
For rotational equilibrium
  45 
dv V2
4. Acceleration of c is the vector sum of and towards O.
dt r
1 1 dv
 ac   2 m / s 2 as  0 along CO.
0. 5 dt
d  2v  V2
Acceleration of A is vector sum of and
dt r
a c   2  3  parallel to BD + 2 along AO.
5. Conservation of angular momentum about centre of mass and conservation of
momentum.
m 16  4m  VC
conserving angular momentum of rod AB about centre of mass
m  v 0 6  I 
 4m 122 
12
6  16  48 
  2 rad / s
VA  VC  R  16 m / s
 MR 2 2  MR 2 2
6.  2  mR   0   2  m  R  vt   
7. FBD of cylinder and block are as shown by Newton’s laws
40  2T  fs  8a (1)
T  fs  4a / 2 (2)
Subtracting equation (2) from equation (1)
40  3T  6 a
2a
T

a
2 fs
2T a 40 N
fs
T   40  6a  / 3

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Also, by   I  , we get
20-09-2020_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Key&Sol’s

3a
T  R  fs  R  I
2R
 T  f s  3Ia / 2R 2
  40  6a  / 3   40  12a  / 3  3Ia / 2R 2  a  80 / 18  9I / 2R 2 
As   I  I   3a / 2R 
   I  I   3a / 2R 
3I 80 3  80 80
    Nm
2R  9I  18  9 9
 18  
 2R 2 
 M2
8. R  
4 12
  m 2 m 2  4mg
mg     R 
4  12 16  7
9. Moment of inertia of both the rods about an axis passing through their point of
m2 m2 m2
intersection O and perpendicular to the plane of the rod is I0   
12 12 6
Now xy and x ' y ' are two mutually perpendicular axes passing through O lying in
the plane of two rods. Then by symmetry I xy  I x ' y '  I (say) and I xy  I x 'y '  I0
(from theorem of perpendicular axes)
C
x x'

A B
O

y' y
D
m2
or 2I 
6
m2
So, I 
12
10. a1 is tangential acceleration only

mg

a 1  a t  a     2  3g
2
I m 2
3
a 2 = is radial acceleration only
a 2  ar  I2
 1 m 2 2 3g a
By conservation of energy mg    2  ,  a 2  3g,  2  2
2 2 3  a1
11. I11  I22

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 3

2 1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

MR 2  1  MR '2  2
20-09-2020_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Key&Sol’s

5 2
4 3
R    R '2  5R  
5
 4 
R2    R2
 15 
 = DENSITY OF SPHERE
2 1  4 
MR 2  1  M  R 2    '
5 2  15 
2  2 
   '
5  15 
rad/sec
'  3
12. P  density of material
M  mass of the plate
b
b'  y
h
A
y

dy 5m h
b'

B C
b
dM  mass of the element
 by 
dM  P   dy  t
 h 
2
dI  dM  h  y 
h Pbth 2
I   dI 
0 12
3
5000  6  10  10 2    4 
I
12
5  6  64
  102
12
I  16 103 kg m2
13. Torque   
 d 
I   k 
 dt 
 d t
I   k  dt
0 0

k2 t2 0 kt
 2
  0
4I I
When fly wheel stops, t  t 0 and   0

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 4

2I 0
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Key&Sol’s

 t0 
k
t0
dt
Avg. angular velocity   0 t 0

 dt
0

 0
3
  
14. L  mr  v
15. Conceptual
16.
F f max  10 N
10

F
10

F F  20 for slipping.
mA
2m F  10 1  100 1
2m
F  5500
For slipping.

Mg
17. If F1 is absent then in first three cases friction acts to the left. So the direction
and magnitude of friction in first three cases is decided by point of application of
F2 and the moment of inertia of respective bodies.
For friction to be absent for pure rolling.
Point of application of force be x (say) above the centre.
Then
F
x

xF  I, F  Ma, a  R
I
 x
MR
For ring x = R, disc x = R/2, hollow sphere x = 2R/3
2
Solid sphere x  R
5

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 5

Ring
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Disc
20-09-2020_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Key&Sol’s
Hollow sphere Disc

4 6 10 3
2
f f f f
4  f  Ma 6  f  Ma 10  f  Ma 5  f  Ma
MR 2 a 2 a 2 2 a
MR 2 a fR  fR  MR 2 fR  2  R  MR 2
fR  2 R 3 R 5 5 R
R
6  f  2f 3 4 2
f  4f 10  f  f f   Ma
f 2N 2 5 5
 f  2N
5f 5 4
 10  f  4 5  f  f  
2 2 5
7f
7  f  2N
2
1 1
18. A) I xx '   M R 2  4R 2 
2 2
1 5
 M 5R 2   MR 2
4 4
5
2   2R   R  2  32  1 2 62 MR 2
5

B) I xx '  M   M R 
5   2R 3  R 3  5  7  35
1
C) I xx '  I yy'  M R 2  R 2 
12
1 2
I xx '  MR
12
I xx '  I yy '

CHEMISTRY
19. In B2 , O 2 and F2 ; the electron transition from HOMO to LUMO involve transition
of electron between BMO to BMO or AMO to AMO
20. In SF4 , equatorial and axial bonds have different bond lengths. In N 2O5 , terminal N
– O bonds have different bond length from bridge N – O bonds. In IF5 ; the vertical
bond has different bond length from the bonds present in the square plane. SF6
has all bonds of equal length
21. H 2 O  F2 
 HF  O 2
h
CO 2  H 2 O   C6 H12O 6  O 2
22. In NaH; hydrogen carries –1 state and its oxidation at anode produces hydrogen
gas.
Due to decrease of lattice stability, thermal stability of alkali metal hydrides
decreases.
23. Due to presence of super oxide ion, KO2 is paramagnetic as well as colored.
with decreases of lattice
enthalpy, melting point decreases. With decrease of sublimation enthalpy of
metal, reactivity increases.

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 6

24.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Key&Sol’s
In case of nitrates, solubility decreases down the group
25. Bond order is 1.75; magnitude of average charge on each oxygen is 0.25 and
fraction of P – character of sp3 hybrid orbital is 0.75
26. N  SiH 3 3 , BF3 ,  SiH 3  2 O , F2 B  NH 2 , BBr3 have back bonding
3
27. With MnO 4 / H  , MnO 4 / OH  , HOCl , I 2 / OH  ,  Fe  CN 6  / OH  ; H 2O 2 act as reducing
agent
28. D2O has more magnitude than H2O in case of melting point, boiling point,
magnitude of enthalpy of formation , Density, Viscosity.
29. O2 , B2 , NO , NO2 , KO2 , ClO2 , FeCl2 are paramagnetic in nature
30. BeCl 2 , AlCl ,Cr2  SO 4 3 ,SnCl 2 , ZnSO 4 and Pb(NO3 )2 are soluble in excess NaOH due to
3

formation of respective hydroxide complexes.

31. All the statements are correct.
32. LiCl  2H 2O, Na 2 CO3 10H 2O and Na 2SO 4 10H 2O
33. N 2O, O3 , CO32 and BF3 have resonance and have P  P bond, all are planar. N 2 O
and O3 have permanent dipole moment
34. H 2O2 , H 2O and H2SO4 are liquid at R.T. H 2O2 decomposes at R.T and is used as
bleaching agent. At R.T, NaHCO3 is solid and has hydrogen bonding to exist as
polymeric anion.
35. NaHCO3 , Na 2CO3 and NaOH are basic in nature in aqueous solution. All the given
substances are soluble in water. NaHCO3 on heating produce CO2 and H 2O .
36. Solvay process involves CaO , NaCl and NH3 . CaO is obtained by calcinations of
CaCO3 .
In Castner-Kellner cell, NaCl  aq  is electrolyzed to get NaOH
In calgon’s method, hardness causing cations ( Ca 2 and Mg 2 ) are removed by
treatment with  NaPO3 6
In clark’s method, calculated amount of CaO is added to remove temporary
hardness.

MATHEMATICS
37. Ans: ACD
Equation of angle bisector
4x  3y  6  5x  12y  9 
  
5  13 
(+) sign  9x  7y  41  0
( - ) sign  7x  9y  3  0
now check options
38. Ans: AB
Sol:

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Key&Sol’s

Let side BC = r
Let B  ,0  and A  0, 
C    r cos ,r sin 
A    r cos  90    , r sin  90    
A    r sin , r cos  
C    r cos , r sin    C 13,8 
  r cos   13 ….(1)
r sin   8
A    r sin , r cos    A  0,  
  rsin   0 …..(3)
r cos   ……(4)
  8,   5 and r  89
Area of square is 89
39. Ans: A
Sol: Since ABC are acute angle

 A  B   / 2; A   B ; sin A  cos B  0  cosB  sin A  0 ……(1)
2

Again, B   A; sin B  cos A; sin B  cos A  0 …(2)
2
from (1) and (2)
x-coordinate is –ve and y-coordinate is +ve
 line in 2nd quadrant only
40. Ans: BD
Sol:

`  third side will be parallel to bisectors of two given line

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 
7x  y  3
20-09-2020_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Key&Sol’s
x  y  3
 Bisectors are 
5 2 2
Bisectors are 3x + y – 1 = 0 and x – 3y + 9 = 0
Now required third side will be parallel to these bisectors
3x  y  7  0 or x  3y  31  0
41. Sol: A (-2, 2), B(3, 7), C and D …….
   AB  5 2    BC   4 2
 m AB  1  m BC  1
equation of BC is parametric form is
x 3 y 7
  4 2
1 1
2 2
 possible coordinates of C are (-1, 11) or (7, 30
 3 13  5 5
 centre is mid-point of AC is   ,  or  , 
 2 2 2 2
178 5
d  or
4 2
  d   6 or 3
42. sol. consider a variable…………………..
(A)

x y
Line AB is  1
2h 2k
3
As  2,  lies on it  3h  4k  4hk
 2 
 Locus of  h, k  is 3x  4y  4xy
(B)

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 9

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

Line AB is
TG ~ @bohring_bot
x y
 1 . AS
 3
20-09-2020_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Key&Sol’s

  2,  lies on it
3h 3k  2
2 3
  1
3h 3  2k 
43. Ans: 11.75
Sol If points A(a,b) and ………….
x 2 y3
Let equation of line be   4
4 3

5 5
 6 27   26 3 
 the points are  ,  and  , 
 5 5   5 5
 a  b  c  d  10

44. Ans: 8
Sol: Vertices of a triangle …..
Slope of BC = -1
a
Slope of the line given to be parallel to BC  
b

a
  1 i.e. a = b
b
Distance of the line ax  by  2  0 from the origin O is
2 1

2 2
 (given)
a b 2
 a  b2  8
2
 a 2  b2  4
a  b  2
45. Ans: 43

Sol:

2h  2x1  x 2 ; 2k  x1  x 2
2k  x1  x 2 2k  2h  2k  x 2
2h  2k  x1 ; x 2  4k  2h
Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 10
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
x2  k
 1  x 2  k   x 2  h
20-09-2020_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Key&Sol’s

x2  h
hk
x2 
2
hk
From (1) & (2)  4k  2h
2
h  k  8k  4h  5x  7y  0  7y  5x
7 K  3 7
mL2  eq.   5k  15  7h  28
5 hy 5
7x  5y  43
46. Sol:

Equation of line parallel to x – y + 1 = 0 and passes through P(1, 3) is

x 1 y  3
 r
cos  sin 
x  1  r cos  
 point Q, tan   1    45
y  3  r sin  
This point Q lies on 2x  3y  9  0
r2 2
47. Sol:

For line px  y  6p  15 to pass through

5
origin p 
2
and hence line 5x  2y  0

Thus slope of line is
2
Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 11
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
For origin to the inside triangle
20-09-2020_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Key&Sol’s

5
0  slope 
2
 p  1,2
48. Ans: -7
Sol: Circumcentre is point of intersection of perpendicular bisector of sides and
perpendicular bisector an
x y70
x  2y  4  0
Circumcentre is  6, 1
49. Ans: 7.5
sol find the equation…………………..
Let slope of line passing through(2,3) is m.Hence y  3 =m( x  2 )

m  ( 2) 1 m2 1
Now, tan     
1  m  2  2 1  2m 2
3
 2m  4   1  2m   m   ,not defined
4
Hence equation of line 3x  4y  18 , x  2


2 x2

 2,3
3x  4y  18

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 12

A
1 9 
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

3
20-09-2020_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Key&Sol’s

2  2 
15
 7.5
2
50. Ans: 1
Sol” Value of  is
 PAB  5
1
 10  PM  5
2
PM  10
14  21
10 
10
P  x ', y '

M
A 1, 1 B  0, 2
m AB  3
AB : y  1  3  x  1
3x  y  3  1  0
3x  y  2  0
51 : Ans: C
52 . Ans: B
Sol: (P) Slope of line in new position is
1
tan 30 
3
Equation of line is
1
y3  x  5
3
x  3y  3 3  5  0
(Q)

Image of P about x-axis is P' 1, 1

Line joining P' and Q is 3x  2y  5  0
Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 13
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
5 
20-09-2020_Jr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Key&Sol’s

Point on x-axis is  ,0 
3 
a  b  c  8
(R)

 3  3   5  3  4  0  3  4   5  0   4  0  
I , 
 12 12 
I  2,1
  2,   3
(S) R divides PQ in ratio k:1
5k  2
4
k 1
k 2
 2  2  1  2 2  5  1 2 
H .C  ,    2,8 
 2 1 2 1 
53. Ans: B
Sol: If k = 1 or 3, then the 3 lines form a triangle.
If k = 2, then 1 and  3 coincides.
54.

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Jr.Super60 UTA-06 Date: 20-09-20
Time: 10:05 Am to 01:05 Pm Max.Marks:180

2018-PAPER-II
20-09-2020_Jr.Super60 (In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Syllabus

MATHS : Straight Lines (Complete)

PHYSICS : 31-08-2020 TO 18-09-2020

Moment of inertia, parallel and perpendicular axis theorems, Rotation of rigid body
about fixed axis: Derivation of τ =Iα, applications of τ =Iα(including pulley – block
problems),work-energy related problems involving bodies with fixed axis rotation,
Calculation of K.E of a rigid body in general motion, Rolling and Toppling situations,
problems involving work-energy theorem of rigid bodies, Calculation and Conservation
of angular momentum, Impulse and Collisions involving rigid body, Miscellaneous
models

CHEMISTRY : Chemical Bonding, Hydrogen and its compounds,

Group 1 - Alakali Metals

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2018-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 180

PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 6) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 7 – 14) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec – III(Q.N : 15-18) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60
CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 19 – 24) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 25 –32) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec – III(Q.N : 33-36) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60
MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N:37 – 42) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N :43–50) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec –III(Q.N : 51-54) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P
Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
1. A disc is given an initial angular velocity 0 and placed on rough horizontal
surface as shown. The quantities which will not depend on the coefficient of
friction is/are

0

A) The time until rolling begins

B) The displacement of the disc until rolling begins
C) The velocity when rolling begins
D) The work done by the force of friction
2. Two forces F1 and F2 are acting on a rod abc as shown in figure.
(Where  a ,  b and  c are torques about points a,b and c respectively due to
both forces)
F1

c
a
b

A) If F1  F2 then a  b  c B) If F1  F2 then a  c  b
C) If F1  F2 then a  b  c D) If F1  F2 then a  b  c

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

3.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P
Let a uniform cubical block of side length ‘a’ is placed on a rough inclined plane
having coefficient of friction 3 as shown

A) for   43 Rotational equilibrium will be disturbed

B) For   56  Rotational equilibrium will be disturbed
C) For   42 translational equilibrium will be disturbed
D) All the forces acting on the block must be concurrent in the case of
equilibrium
4. A wheel rolls without slipping on a horizontal surface as shown. At a certain
instant the velocity and acceleration of the centre ‘O’ are 1m/s towards right
and 3 m / s2 towards right respectively. The radius of the wheel is R  0.5 m . BD is
the diameter parallel to the surface and AC is perpendicular to it. Now,
A

B D V
O

C
A) The accelerations of all the four points A,B,C,D are equal
B) The accelerations of B and D are equal
C) The acceleration of point C is 2 m / s2
D) The acceleration of the point A is 40 m / s2

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

5.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P
A thin rod AB of mass M and length L = 12 m is lying on a horizontal frictionless
surface. A particle of mass m travelling along the surface hits the end A of the
rod with velocity v0 = 16 m/sec, in a direction perpendicular to AB. After collision
it is observed that the particle comes to rest. (M = 4 m)
B

6m
v0 A
m
A) Velocity of point C after collision is 4 m/sec
B) Velocity of point A after collision is 16 m/sec
C) Velocity of point B after collision is 8 m/sec
D) Velocity of point D after collision is 4 m/sec
6. A woman of mass ‘m’ stands at the edge of a horizontal disc of mass ‘M’ and
radius R. At t = 0 the platform is rotating along with the woman with negligible
friction at angular velocity 0 about a vertical axis passing through the centre.
The woman begins to walk with constant speed ‘v’, relative to the platform,
towards the centre of the platform and moment of inertia of the woman about
her centre of mass axis is zero.
2m 
A) Angular velocity when woman reaches the centre is  1  0
 M 

B) Angular velocity as function of time is  

 M  2m  0
2
M  2m 1  vt / R 
C) Energy of system is NOT conserved
D) Momentum of woman increases in magnitude

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P
SECTION-II
(NUMERICAL VALUE TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. Each question is numerical value. For each question, enter the correct
numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to second decimal place.
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
7. An ideal string is wrapped several times on a solid cylinder of mass 4 kg and
radius 1 m. The pulleys are ideal and the surface between block and ground is
smooth and the surface between the block and solid cylinder is rough. If the
torque acting on the cylinder is X N-m, then find the value of X.
Solid cylinder
4 kg

Block R
F = 40 N
8 kg

Smooth

8. A uniform beam of length ‘L’ and mass ‘m’ is supported as shown. If the cable
suddenly breaks, the reaction at the hinge is x mg. Find the value of ‘x’ just after
the cable breaks
(1/4)L Cable

A B

L
9. AB and CD are two identical rods each of length  and mass m joined to form a
cross. The moment of inertia of these two rods about a bisector of the angle
between the rods (xy) in the same plane of the rods is   / 4  m2 , then the value
of  is
C
x

A B

y
D

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

10.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P
A uniform rod AB is hinged about A and is free to rotate in vertical plane about
an horizontal axis through A . Initially it is held horizontally and released. Let
a1 & a 2 be the magnitudes of acceleration of the end B of the rod when the rod
a2
is horizontal and vertical respectively. Find
a1
11. A Solid Sphere of mass ‘M’ and radius ‘R’ is allowed to rotate about its
diameter with angular velocity 1 rad/sec , assuming that it is converted in to a
cylinder of length ‘5R’, then in this situation find the angular velocity of the
cylinder about its body axis in rad/sec.
12. A triangular metal sheet of uniform thickness 10 cm and uniform density 5000
kg/ m3 . The lengths of sides AB, BC and CA are 5 m, 6 m and 5 m respectively.
The moment of inertia about the side BC is x 10y kg / m2 . Then the value of xy is
A

5m 5m

B 6m C

13. A fly wheel with the initial angular velocity 6 rad/s decelerates due to the forces
whose moment relative to the axis is proportional to the square root of its
angular velocity. The mean angular velocity of the flywheel averaged over the
total deceleration time is
14. The angular momentum of the body of mass 0.1 kg moving with speed of 10
ms 1 at the shown instant about O is x kg m 2 s 1 . Then the value of x is

60
10 ms 1
10 m

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P
SECTION-III
(MATCHING LIST TYPE)
This section contains 4 questions, each having two matching lists (List-1 & List-II). The options for the correct
match are provided as (A), (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
15. A horizontal circular turn table has a boy standing at the edge at point A as
shown in the figure. The turn table can rotate without fiction about a vertical
axis passing through its centre O. It is set into motion with angular velocity  .
Now the boy starts walking slowly with respect to the table along the diameter
AB and after some time reaches B. During this time


B
A
O

Column I Column II
Moment of Inertia of table + boy
A) P) Remains constant
about a vertical axis through O
B) The angular velocity of the table. Q) First increase, then decreases
The angular momentum of the
C) R) First decreases, then increases
(table + boy) system about O.
Kinetic energy of (table+ boy )
D) S) Decreases continuously
system
T) Increases continuously

A) A-R ,B-Q ,C-P ,D-T B) A-R ,B-T ,C-P ,D-Q

C) A-R ,B-Q ,C-P ,D-Q D) A-R ,B-P ,C-P ,D-Q

16. A cubical block having square cross-section of side 2 m and of mass M=10kg is
resting over a platform moving at constant acceleration a = 1 m / s 2 . Coefficient
of friction between the block and the platform is  = 0.1.A force F acts at the top
of the cube as shown in figure. Now match column-I with column-II.
Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P
F
M
2m
a  1 m / s2
2m

Column I Column II
A) F=0 P) Block neither topples nor slips over the platform
B) F = 85N Q) Block topples but does not slip over the platform
C) F = 15N R) Block slips But does not topple over the platform
D) F = 25N S) Block slips as well as topples on the platform

A) A-P ,B-Q ,C-P ,D-R B) A-P ,B-S ,C-P ,D-R

C) A-P ,B-S ,C-P ,D-Q D) A-P ,B-R ,C-P ,D-R

17. Column I shows some bodies (ring,disc, hollow sphere, solid sphere) rolling
without slipping on horizontal sphere. Two forces F1 and F2 are acting at
different points parallel to surface. Column II gives direction and magnitude of
static friction between bodies and surface. Match column II with column I.

Column – I Column – II
+y

F1  20 N +x
Direction of friction must be in
A) F2  4 N P)
R positive x-axis

Ring
+y

F1  14 N +x
R/2 Direction of friction must be in
B) R F2  6 N Q)
negative x-axis

Disc

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P
+y

F1  20 N +x
2R/3 Magnitude of friction must be
C) R F2  10 N R)
2N

Hollow sphere
+y

R +x
F1  3 N Magnitude of friction must be
D) S)
2R/5
F2  2 N
4N

Solid sphere
Direction and magnitude of
T) friction can be found if and
only if mass and radius is given

A) A-QR ,B-QR ,C-PS ,D-R B) A-QR ,B-QS ,C-QR ,D-R

C) A-PR ,B-QS ,C-QS ,D-Q D) A-QR,B-QR,C-QS,D-QR

18. The moment of inertia of some rigid bodies of equal mass ‘M’ are given along
its diameter and other also having equal mass ‘M’ about given axis are given
below.
Match the following columns
Column I Column II
A) A uniform circular hoop of inner radius ‘R’ and outer
radius 2R
5
P) MR 2
4

X' X
R

( XX ' is along the diameter of the hook)

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P
 MR 2 
B) A hollow sphere of inner radius ‘R’ and external radius ‘2R’ Q)  
 12 

X' X
R

( XX ' is along the diameter of the hollow sphere)

62MR 2
C) A square lamina of side ‘R’. R)
35
X

X'
( XX ' is along the diagonal of the lamina)
3
D) A uniform right conical body of radius ‘R’ S) MR 2
10

X' X

5
( XX' is along the axis of the conical body) T) MR 2
24
A) A-P, B-R, C-Q, D-S B) A-P, B-T, C-Q, D-S
C) A-T, B-P, C-Q, D-S D) A-P, B-R, C-P, D-R

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
19. In which of the following species, the electron transition from HOMO to
LUMO don’t change the bond order? (HOMO is highest energy occupied
molecular orbital and LUMO is lowest energy unoccupied molecular orbital)
A) B2 B) N2 C) O2 D) F2
20. In which of the following species, bond length of all bonds of the given species
are not same?
A) SF4 B) N 2O5 C) IF5 D) SF6
21. In which of the following cases, H 2O undergo oxidation?
A) Reaction with sodium B) Reaction with fluorine
C) Reaction with red hot Iron D) Photo synthesis
22. Identify the correct statements about hydrides
A) Electrolysis of molten NaH produces H 2 gas at anode.
B) metallic hydrides posses less electrical conductivity than the corresponding
metal.
C) molecular hydrides like NH3 , H2O and HF have higher boiling point than
expected.
D) Thermal stability of alkali metal hydrides decreases down the group

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

23.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Identity the correct statements?
20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P

A) KO2 is para magnetic and colored.

B) For a fixed alkali metal, the order of melting point of fluoride > chloride >
bromide > iodide
C) Down the group, order of reactivity of alkali metal with water increases
D) All alkali metal chlorides produce flame coloration
24. Solubility of which of the following compounds increase regularly while moving
down the IA group?
A) hydroxide B) carbonates C) fluorides D) nitrates

on each oxygen is y and fraction of P-character of hybrid orbital of Cl is z. Find

the value of (x + y + z )
26. How many of the following have back bonding
N  SiH 3 3 ; N  CH 3 3 ; OF2 ; BF3 ;  SiH 3  2 O ; F2 B  NH2 ; BBr3 ;  CH3  2 O

27. With how many of the following reagents, H 2O 2 act as reducing agent.
3
MnO 4 / H  ; MnO 4 / OH  ; HOCl ; I 2 / OH  ;  Fe  CN 6  / OH  ; PbS ; Fe 2  / H  ; Cr 3 / OH 

28. How many of the following physical properties have higher magnitude in case
of D2O as compared to H 2O .
Melting point, Boiling point, magnitude of enthalpy of formation, Dielectric
constant, Density, Viscosity, Degree of ionisation

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

29.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P
How many of the following are paramagnetic in nature?
O 2 , B2 , NO , NO2 , KO 2 , ClO 2 , FeCl2 , N 2 , F2
30. How many of the following salts are soluble in excess NaOH ?
BeCl2 , MgSO 4 , AlCl3 , Cr2  SO 4 3 ,SnCl 2 , ZnSO4 , AgNO3 , Pb  NO3  2
31. Find out the number of correct statements? (exclude radioactive substances)
(A) Among the IA metals, Lithium is best reducing agent in aqueous solution
despite its high ionisation enthalpy
(B) All the alkali metals have body centered cubic arrangement at room
temperature
(C) Down the group, tendency of formation of oxide decreases when IA metal
combines with oxygen
(D) Melting point of alkali metals decreases down the group
(E) Thermal stability of alkali metal carbonates increases down the group
(F) Except LiHCO3 , rest of alkali metal bicarbonates exist in solid state
32. Find the number of compounds exist in hydrated crystalline form at room
temperature?
Sodium chloride, lithium chloride, sodium carbonate, Sodium sulphate,
Potassium chloride

SECTION-III
(MATCHING LIST TYPE)
This section contains 4 questions, each having two matching lists (List-1 & List-II). The options for the correct
match are provided as (A), (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
33.
List-I List-II (Characteristics related)
(P) N2O (1) P  P bond is present
(Q) O3 (2) Involve resonance
(R) CO32 (3) Presence of non-bonding electron pair on central atom
(S) BF3 (4) Zero dipole moment
(5) Planar
Code:
A) P-1,2,4; Q-1,2,3,5; R-1,2,3; S-1,2,4,5
B) P-1,2,5; Q-1,2,3,5; R-1,2,4,5; S-1,2,4,5
C) P-1,2,5; Q-1,2,4; R-1,2,4,5; S-1,2,4,5
D) P-1,2,5; Q-1,2,3,5; R-1,2,4,5; S-1,2,3
Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14
34.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P

List-I List-II (Related properties)

(P) H 2O 2 (1) Presence of hydrogen bonding
(Q) H 2O (2) Liquid at room temperature
(R) NaHCO3 (3) Decomposes at room temperature to give oxygen
(S) H 2SO4 (4) Aqueous solution is basic
(5) Used as bleaching agent
Code:
A) P-1,2,3,5; Q-1,2; R-1,4; S-1,2
B) P-1,2,3,5; Q-1,2,3; R-1,4; S-1,2
C) P-1,2,3,5; Q-1,2; R-1,2,4; S-1,2
D) P-1,2,3,5; Q-1,2; R-1,4; S-1,2,4

35.
List-I List-II (Properties related)
(P) NaCl (1) Aqueous solution has pH>7
(Q) NaHCO3 (2) Soluble in water
(R) Na 2CO3 (3) Give precipitate with Ba  OH  2  aq 
(S) NaOH (4) Ionic solid
(5) Decomposes on heating to give CO2 as well as H 2O
Code:
A) P-2,4; Q-1,2,4,5; R-1,2,3; S-1,2,3
B) P-2,3,4; Q-1,2,3,4,5; R-1,2,3,4; S-1,2
C) P-2,4; Q-1,2,3,4,5; R-1,2,5; S-1,2,4
D) P-2,4; Q-1,2,3,4,5; R-1,2,3,4; S-1,2,4

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

36.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P

List-I List-II (Related compounds)

(P) Solvay process (1) NaOH
(Q) Castner-Kellner cell (2) CaO
(R) Calgon’s method (3) NaCl
(S) Clark’s method (4) NH3
(5)  NaPO3 6

Code:
A) P-2,3,4; Q-1,3; R-5; S-2
B) P-2,3,4; Q-1,3; R-5; S-1,2
C) P-1,2,3; Q-1,3; R-5; S-2
D) P-2,3,4; Q-1,2; R-5; S-2

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
37. Let L1  4x  3y  6  0 and L 2  5x  12y  9  0 then
A) The equation of bisector between L1 and L 2 containing point (1, 2) is
9x  7y  41  0
B) The equation of obtuse angle bisector is 9x  7y  41  0
C) The equation of acute angle bisector is 7x  9y  3  0
D) The equation of bisector containing (1, -2) is 7x  9y  3  0
38. A square ABCD is drawn with A on y-axis and B on x-axis and C at point (13, 8).
Which of the following is/are true
A) Area of square ABCD is 89
B) If (a, b) be the point of intersection of diagonals then (a + b) is 13
C) Slope of line through A and B is – 1
D) Co-ordinates of point D is (9, 12)
39. Suppose ABC is a triangle with 3 acute angle A, B and C. The point whose
coordinates are  cos B  sin A, sin B  cos A  can be in the
A) first quadrant B) Third quadrant
th
C) third and 4 quadrant D) second quadrant
40. Two equal sides of an isosceles triangle are given by the equation 7x  y  3  0
and x  y  3  0 and its third side passes through the point (1, -10). The
equation of the third side can be
A) x + 3y + 29 = 0 B) x – 3y = 31
C) 3x + y = 3 D) 3x + y + 7 =0
41. A  2, 2  , B  3, 7  , C and D are vertices of a rectangle ABCD (taken in order) and
AB : BC = 5 : 4. ‘d’ is the distance of the origin from the centre of the rectangle,
[d], can be equal to (where [.] denote G.I.F)
A) 3 B) 4 C) 8 D) 7

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

42.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P
Consider a variable line L which passes through the point of intersection P of
the lines 3x  4y  12 and x  2y  5  0 meeting the coordinate axes at points A and
B. Then
3 4
A) locus of middle point of segment AB has the equation  4
y x
B) locus of centroid of the variable triangle OAB has the equation (where O is
3 4
origin)   3
y x
C)locus of centroid of the variable triangle OAB has the equation (where O is
3 4
origin)   6
y x
3 4
D) locus of middle point of segment AB has the equation  8
y x

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

47.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P
Number of positive integral value(s) of p for which origin lies inside the triangle
formed by the lines L1 :15x  2y  30 , L 2 : 5x  y  15  0 and px  y  6p  15  0
is___
48. Let image of point A(3, 1) about line x + y + 7 = 0 be B  ,   about line x – 2y + 4
= 0 be C  ,   , then circumradius of ABC is (R) , value of R2
49. Let the lines passing through the point (2, 3) & making intercept of length 2
units between the lines y  2x  3& y  2x  5 be L1 and L 2 . Area enclosed by these
two lines and co-ordinate axes is
50. Let two points be A(1, -1) and B(0, 2). If a point P  x ', y ' be such that the area of
PAB  5 sq. units and it lies on the line, 3x  y  4  0 then sum of all possible
values of  is_____

SECTION-III
(MATCHING LIST TYPE)
This section contains 4 questions, each having two matching lists (List-1 & List-II). The options for the correct
match are provided as (A), (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
51. Match List-I with List-II and select the correct answer using the code given
below the list.
Column – I Column-II
The lines y = 0; y = 1; x – 6y + 4 =0 and x + 6y
P 1 A cyclic quadrilateral
– 9 =0 constitute a figure which is
The points A(a,0), B(0, b), C(c,0) and D(0, d)
Q are such that ac = bd and a, b, c, d are all 2 A rhombus
non-zero
The figure formed by the four lines
R 3 A square
ax  by  c  0 ( a  0 ), is
The line pairs x 2  8x  12  0 and A trapezium
S 4
y 2  14y  45  0 constitute a figure which is (Not a parallelogram)

A) P  2,3 Q  1 R 4 S  3
B) P  2,3 Q  4 R 2 S  1,2,3
C) P  1,4 Q  1 R 2 S  1, 2, 3
D) P  1, 4 Q  1 R 4 S  2
Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19
52.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P
Match List-I with List-II and select the correct answer using the code given
below the list.
List – I List-II
P If the line x – y – 2 = 0 is rotated through an 1 Rational

angle in the clockwise direction about point
12
P(5, 3) and equation of line in new position is
x  3y  k  0 , then k is
Q a  2 Irrational
The point R  ,c  lying on x-axis such that PR +
b 
QR is minimum, if P and Q are (1, 1) and (3, 2)
respectively, then value of (a + b + c) is [where a
and b are coprime]
R Let A(3, 4), B(0, 0) and C(3, 0) be vertices of 3 Even integer
ABC . If P  ,   is a point inside the ABC
equidistant from sides of triangle, then      is
S Abscissa of harmonic conjugate of R  2,4  w.r.t 4 Odd integer
points P  2,2  and Q  2,5  is____
5 Prime number

A) P  1 Q  1, 3 R  2, 4 S  1
B) P  2 Q  1, 3 R  1, 4, 5 S  3
C) P  2 Q  2, 4 R 2 S  3
D) P  1, Q  2, 4 R 5 S  4

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20

53.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_UTA-06_Q.P
Consider the lines 1 : 2x  y  3  0 ,  2 : y  0 and  3 : y  kx  3  0 , then the
number of circles which touches all the 3 given lines, if
Match List – I with List – II and select the correct answer using the code given
below the list.
List – I List-II
P k = 0 is(are) 1 Infinite
Q k = 1 is (are) 2 1
R k = 2 is(are) 3 2
S k = 3 is(are) 4 4
A) P  2 Q3 R 1 S4
B) P  3 Q4 R 1 S4
C) P  2 Q1 R 3 S4
D) P  3 Q1 R 4 S3
54. Match List-I with List-II and select the correct answer using the code given
below the list.

List – I List-II
P Let L denote the line in xy plane with x and y intercept 3 1 6
& 1 respectively. If image of (-1, -4) in this line is (a, b),
value of [a + b] is ([.] is GIF)
Q A ABC lying in first quadrant has two vertices A(1, 2) 2 2
and B (3, 1). If BAC  90 & Area of ABC  5 5 sq.
units then abscissa of vertex c is a  2 b , a,b  N , value
of a + b is
R If a ABC has vertices A  1,7  B  7,1 and C  5, 5  , if 3 7
its orthocentre is (a, b) value of a +b
S Area bounded by y  x  1 and y   x  1 is 4 0

A) P  3 Q  2 R 4 S  1
B) P  4 Q  1 R 3 S  2
C) P  3 Q  1 R 4 S  2
D) P  4 Q  3 R 4 S  2

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR-HYD
20-09-2020_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_UTA-06_Final Key

GIVEN FINALIZED
S.NO SUB Q.NO EXPLANATION
KEY KEY
AB or BD or
1 PHY 5 AB Getting C,D also without taking sign of velocity
BC or ABCD
2 PHY 6 AB AB or ABC Energy is not conserved
They gave answer by rounding off it so we also must consider
3 PHY 7 8.89 8.89 or 8.88
truncating
48 or 6.4 or Not given that x, y are integers, there may be different
4 PHY 12 48
0.80 possibilities like 16 10  3 = 1.6 10  4
5 CHE 25 2.75 2.75 or 3 In online paper, instruction given as numerical value integer
We won’t get D as the bisector containing (1,2) and (1,-2) will
6 MAT 37 ACD AC
be the same
7 MAT 46 2.82 2.82 or 2.83 Rounding OFF (Only Online)

Question Paper Setter is Total responsible for the Key finalization:

Question Paper Setters &finalized

MATHS PHYSICS CHEMISTRY
HYD_MEGANA
HYD_MEGANA HYD_MEGANA
Mr. SIVA SANKAR-
Mr.THOMAR-9950165616 Mr. SRINIVASU-9237005316
8142552524

NATIONAL IIT CO-ORDINATOR

MR. UMA SANKAR
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR-HYD
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-10_Final Key

GIVEN FINALIZED
S.NO SUB Q.NO EXPLANATION
KEY KEY
In the question it was given that it contains Cu 2 , Zn 2 , Mn 2 , Fe 2 but
1 CHE 20 ABCD ACD in options Cd 2 is given, which is not in the question, so correct answer is
ACD
3 2
2 CHE 25 ABCD AD or ABCD Ba  OH  2 , Sr  OH 2 are soluble and Al & Zn are also
soluble in excess NaOH, So we can not distinguish

Question Paper Setter is Total responsible for the Key finalization:

Question Paper Setters &finalized

MATHS PHYSICS CHEMISTRY
HYD_MEGANA HYD_MEGANA HYD_MEGANA
Mrs. HANSA-9414523295 Mr. RAVI RANJAN-8709310901 Mr. SAILESH-9696379056

NATIONAL IIT CO-ORDINATOR

MR. UMA SANKAR
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR-HYD
Sec: Sr.Super60 PTA-10 Date: 20-12-20
Time: 10.10Am to 01.10Pm 2017_P1 Max. Marks:183

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS

1 ACD 2 AC 3 D 4 BD 5 AC
6 ABD 7 D 8 1 9 4 10 3
11 3 12 4 13 B 14 D 15 D
16 C 17 B 18 B

CHEMISTRY

19 BCD 20 ABCD 21 BCD 22 B 23 ABC

24 AC 25 ABCD 26 6 27 3 28 2
29 4 30 3 31 A 32 C 33 D
34 D 35 B 36 D

MATHEMATICS

37 ACD 38 BD 39 ABCD 40 ABD 41 ABD

42 ABCD 43 BD 44 4 45 8 46 7
47 7 48 5 49 D 50 A 51 D
52 B 53 B 54 D
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SOLUTIONS
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_PTA-10_Key&Sol’s

PHYSICS
3A 2
1. For A  50 ; binding energy is given as E   2A
25
A 45  A 30  A 75  Q
If energy released is positive reaction will be spontaneous
3
Q   752  302  402   2  75  30  40  Q0
25
Similarly A10  A 20  A 30   , releases energy and A10  2A 40 ; do not releases
energy.
For A  100
A2
E  12A  is the binding E of a nuclear
25
A150  2A 75  Q
2
 150  
Q   2  8  75    12 150   
 25 
Q0
2. Conservation of linear momentum is always obeyed in absence of external forces. So
due to recoil of nucleus h will be less than  E
3. Q-value for only (D) is positive
5
4. (1)  E    E B    E A  13.6 
36
 Z2A  Z2B 
(2) ZA  2ZB
 ZB  1 . Z A  2
N A0 1
5. 
N B0 4
dN A dN B
  A N A0 and   B N B0
dt dt
 A N A0 1  1 T T
  A   A  2  TB  A  2 years
 B N B0 8 B 2 TB 2
After ‘t’ years
t t
 1 4  1 2
N A  N A0   and N B  N B0  
2 2
t t t

N A N A0  1 4 2 1  1  4 1 t/4
       2
N B N B0 2 4 2 4
NA 1 1  N 1
At t = 4 years   2   and A A 
NB 4 2 B NB 4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
NA
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_PTA-10_Key&Sol’s

At t = 8 years 1
NB
A NA 1

B NB 2
NA
At t = 12 years 2
NB
WS
6. Energy received at photo sensitive surface per unit time 
4a 2
3
1 V  z  z  1 f1  n 2  1 n 1
7. f     2   f  3      2
T 2r  n  n  n f 2  n1  27 n1 3
p 2 hc hc h2
8.     
2m   2m 2
h 6.60  10 34 11
  31 8
  1011 m  1.2 pm
2mc 2  9.1 10  3  10 91
8
9. C 2  9 C2  64
10. E P  17 eV Also, E P    k max    17  2  15 eV
m D  mP 3
11. Minimum energy require  BE   2  106   3  10 6 eV .
mD 2
1 2 1 1
12. Using  R  z  1  2  2 
  n 2 n1 
For  particle ; n1  2, n 2  1
1875R 23
For metal A :  R  Z1  1    z1  26
4 4
2 3
For metal B : 675R  R  Z2  1  1  z2  31
4
Therefore, 4 elements lie between A and B
13,14,15.
A) Only  L  1 is allowed
So 2  1, 3  2, 4  3 (etc) line i.e, K  , L  , M  etc are the only lines present
B) Only  L  2 is allowed
So 3  1, 4  2, 5  3 (etc), i.e, K  , L , M  lines are present
C) Similars for (C)  L  3 only K  , L  , M  lines are present
D)  L  1,3,5 etc
So, K  , K  , L  , L  etc lines are present K  , L , M  lines will not be present
Also, 1  K  in H = L  in He = M  in Li2
1 1
And K  in He K  in Li 2 etc
9 9
4 2
Similar’s  2  K  line in He K  line in H  4 2 K  line in Li 2  etc
9
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3
Hence,
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_PTA-10_Key&Sol’s

1 2 3 4
A K 1 1 1 1
4 9 16
B K 4 2 2 41 2
9 4
C K 9 3 9 3 3 93
4 16
D K  or K  1 or 9 3 1 9 1 1 9
or 3 or  3 or 3
4 4 9 16 16

16,17,18.
For U.V. radiation, its sufficient to excite the H atom to n = 2.
For visible radiation, H atom must be excited to atleat n = 3 (as the transition 3  2 is
in visible range.)
For Infrared radiation, H atom must be excited to atleast n = 4 (as the transition 4  3
is in Infrared range.)

CHEMISTRY
19. B,C,D
BaCO3  2 HCl  BaCl2  H 2O  CO2 
BaS  2HCl  BaCl2  H 2 S 
BaSO3  2 HCl  BaCl2  H 2 O  SO2 
20. A,B,C,D
Excess  S 2  precipitates all.
21. B,C,D
HgI 2 , K 2  HgI 4  ; BiI3 , K  BiI 4  , PbI 2 , K 2 [ PbI 4 ]
22. B
As2 S3 and Al  OH 3 are soluble in NaOH .
23. A,B,C
ZnSO4 is soluble in water.
24. AC
K 2 Cr2 O7 & FeSO4  NH 4 2 SO4 6 H 2 O
are used as primary standard.
25. ABCD
With excess NaOH , amphoteric hydroxides are soluble to form soluble hydroxide
complexes
26. 6
CrO2Cl2
27. 3
Group II cations

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
28. 2
TG ~ @bohring_bot 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_PTA-10_Key&Sol’s

HgOHgNH 2 I
29. 4
Ag 2CrO4 is Red. HgS and PbS are black.
30. 3
Fe3 , Cr 3 and Al 3 belong to Group III Cations.
31. A
Fe3 precipitates as hydroxide
32. C
Hg 2  SnCl2 
 Hg 2Cl2 ( s )  Sn 4
33. D
Ni 2  2 DMG  OH  
[ Ni ( DMG ) 2 ]
34. D
SO4 2  Ba 2 
 BaSO4 ( white ppt )
35. B
NO2 & NO3 both gives brown ring test.
36. D
CO32 Evolve colorless gas CO2 with dil HCl . CO2 turns lime water milky and do not
decolorise acidified KMnO4 solution

MATHEMATICS
37. Ans: ACD
6
r! is divisible by 14 for r  7 ;  r!  873 leaves remainder 5 when divided by 14. Thus,
r 1

(a) is true and similarly (c) & (d) are true.

38. Ans: BD
m m m
r m mn m
 r
Cn . m Cr       mCn  2m n
rn r n n! m r  n r m  r r  n m  r r  n n m  n
39. Ans: ABCD
When z = n + 1 we can choose x, y from {1, 2, …….n}
 when z = n + 1, x, y can be chosen in n 2 -ways and if z = n, x, y can be chosen
2
in  n  1 ways and so on.
2 1
 n 2   n  1  ....  12  n  n  1 2n  1
6
Or
Ways of choosing triplets
x  y  z, x  y  z, y  z  x can be chosen in n 1 C2 ,n 1 C3 ,n 1 C3 ways.
There are n 1 C2  2  n 1 C3   n  2C3  n 1 C3  2  n  2 C3   n 1C2 .
40. Ans: ABD
solving
P
f  m, n, p    m Ci n iCp p n Cpi
i 0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
m n i
Ci C p 
TG ~ @bohring_bot
pn
Ci
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_PTA-10_Key&Sol’s

m
Ci 
 n  i !   n  p !
p! n  p  i  !  p  i ! n  i !
m
Ci 
 n  p !  1
p!  n  p  i  ! p  i  !
m
Ci 
 n  p !  n!
p!n!  n  p  i ! p  i !
m
Ci  n  p C p  n C p  i  m
Ci  n C p  i  m  n C p 
f  m, n, p   n  p Cp  m  n Cp
f  m, n, p  m  n
np
 Cp
Cp
Now.
m n
f  m, n, p 
g  m, n    np
p 0 Cp
mn
mn
g  m, n    Cp
p0

g  m, n   2m  n
(A) g  m, n   g  n, m 
(B) g  m, n  1  2m n 1
g  m  n, n   2m 1 n
(D) g  2m, 2n   22m 2n
2
=  2m  n 
2
=  g  m, n  
41. Ans: ABD
4v 7
(A) 1  C2  6!  3  7  6!  3  7!
7c
15!
(B) No. of ways =  15c v ww....w

  BBB....B

 
r!15  r  ! r 15  r

This is maximum if r = 7 or 8
(C)
4A
12 5A
3 all different
3
 Total no. of combinations = 5  6  2 1 =240-1 = 239
(D) 2 alike + 2 other alike + 2 other alike = 1
2 alike + 2 other alike + 2 different = 3C2  4C2 = 18
2 alike + 4 different = 3C1  5C1 =15
All 6 different =1
Ans: =35

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
42. Ans: ABCD
TG ~ @bohring_bot 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_PTA-10_Key&Sol’s

(A) x + y + z + t = 10
4 movies 10 people (people as alike object and movies as 4 different beggars)
give one to each x, y, z and t and
hence the number of ways = the number of non-negative integral solution of the
equation using Beggar method 0 0 0 00 0 
  

number of ways is 9C3  84 Ans

(B)  9C3  4   8C 2  52 Ans
(C) at most two children got mobile of the other children
 exactly 3 R and 2 W + all 5 got their own mobile
= 5C3 1  1  11 Ans.
(D) 12  22  3
Hence groups of 4 that work out
4!
1.1.6.2   12
2!
4!
1.1.3.4   12
2!
4!
2231=   12 .
2!
43. Ans: BD
n n
 7  2 11   I  f , 7  2 11   F, 0  F  1

I  f  F  2  C7  C7
n
0
n n
2
n2
 2 11
2
 ..... 
 f + F is an integer and f  F   0, 2   f  F  1 and I = even integer – I and,
 I  f 1  f 
  I  f  F
n n n

 7  2 11   7  2 11    49  4 11 = 5 . n

44. Ans: 4
20
20
  r  1 Cr . 30Cr
r 0
20 20
20 20 19
  r  1 Cr . 30Cr   r. . Cr 1.30 Cr
r 0 r 1 r
20
1  x   C0 x  C1x1........
20 0 20

30
1  x   30C0 x 30  30C1x 29 ........
50
Coff. of x 30 in 1  x   50 C30
19
1  x   19C0  19 C1x  19C2 x 2 ......
30
1  x   30 C0 x 30  30 C1x 29  30C2 x 28 ......
49
Coeff. Of x 29 in 1  x   49C29  49C20
50
Required sum = C30  20.49 C20

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

 q = 20
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_PTA-10_Key&Sol’s

q
  4 Ans
5
45. Ans: 8
f  n   n C0a n 1  n C1a n  2  ....
n n n

 f n 
 a  1   1 Cn
a
46. Ans: 7
n
C2  n  14
47. Ans: 7
Let x1 objects of one type
x 2 objects of second type
x 3 objects of third type
x1  x 2  x 3  3n
Ans: 3n  2 C2  3  n 1
C2 
48. Ans: 5
10 10
1   3r  10Cr   r  10Cr
r 1 r 1

 10

1  1  3  C0  10.29  410  5.210  210  45  5 
10

  1,   5
if ,  lies between the roots of f  x   0
f 1  0  f  5   0
k 2  0  16  k 2  0
49. Ans: D
50. Ans: A
51. Ans: D
Sol 49-51:
 0; n  odd
(A) C 02  C12  C 22 ........   1n C n 2   n /2 n
 1 C n/ 2 ; n  even
n /2 n
(A) – (P) – (V)  1 Cn/2 n = even
(A) – (R) – III (A) – (S) – (III)
n r r
n
(B) Tr 1  Cr  2  3 2 5

n = 10 2 terms
n = 20 3 terms
n=5 1 terms
n = 25 3 terms
(B) – (Q) – (I) (B) – (S) – (I)
(C) a r  a 4n  r
Put x = 1 & x = -1 in
2n
1  x  x 2  than
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
n
TG ~ @bohring_bot
g  a 0  a1  a 2  .....  a 4n
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_PTA-10_Key&Sol’s

01 = a 0  a1  a 2 ........  a 4n
( - ) g n  1  2  a 1  a 3  a 5  ....  a 4 n 1 
g n 1
a 4n r  a r   2  a1  a 3  a 5  ...  a 2n 1 
2
n
32n  1
  a 2r 1  C – R – IV
r 1 4
(D) 2n Cn  2. 2n 1C n  3. 2n  2 Cn  ... .....   n  1 n C n  2 n  2 C n  2
22
n = 10 C12
42
n = 20 C 22
12
n=5 C 7  792
52
n = 25 C27
(D) – (R) - II
52. Ans: B
53. Ans: B
54. Ans: D
Sol 52-54:
(A) x1  x 2  x 3  x 4  20
23
C3  1771 A  S  (ii)
(B) x1  x 2  x 3  8
x1  x 2  x3  t  8
8 3
C3 11 C3  165
B-S-ii
(C) x1  x 2  x 3  12 9 2 C2  55
x1  x 2  x 3  x 4  10
(D)
1 1 1 1 6
x1  x 2  x 3  x 4  t  6
6  4 C4  10 C4  210
(D)  (P)  (IV)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR-HYD
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Final Key

GIVEN FINALIZED
S.NO SUB Q.NO EXPLANATION
KEY KEY
1 PHY 14 ABCD ABD or BCD V0 is peak or rms is not clear
2 CHE 31 ABC ABD Printing error
3 CHE 33 D C or D Printing error
4 CHE 35 B Delete Passage is wrong
5 CHE 36 C Delete Passage is wrong

Question Paper Setter is Total responsible for the Key finalization:

Question Paper Setters &finalized

MATHS PHYSICS CHEMISTRY
HYD_MEGANA
HYD_MEGANA HYD_MEGANA
Mr. SHIVANAD-9929104019
Mr. TOMAR-9950165616 Mr. JANARDHAN-9490115871
Mr. SRINIVASU-9237005316

NATIONAL IIT CO-ORDINATOR

Question Paper Setter is Total responsible for the Key finalization:

Question Paper Setters &finalized

MATHS PHYSICS CHEMISTRY
HYD_MEGANA
HYD_MEGANA HYD_MEGANA
Mr. SHIVANAD-9929104019
Mr. TOMAR-9950165616 Mr. JANARDHAN-9490115871
Mr. SRINIVASU-9237005316

NATIONAL IIT CO-ORDINATOR

MR. UMA SANKAR
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR-HYD
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-10 Date: 20-12-20
Time: 02:00Pm to 05:00Pm 2017_P2 Max. Marks:183

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS

1 D 2 D 3 B 4 C 5 C
6 B 7 C 8 ABD 9 ACD 10 ACD
11 BD 12 BC 13 AC 14 ABCD 15 C
16 B 17 C 18 B

CHEMISTRY

19 C 20 D 21 C 22 A 23 B
24 A 25 C 26 ABCD 27 CD 28 C
29 ABC 30 ABCD 31 ABC 32 C 33 D
34 B 35 B 36 C

MATHEMATICS

37 D 38 D 39 A 40 B 41 A
42 A 43 B 44 AB 45 BD 46 ABCD
47 AC 48 AB 49 CD 50 ACD 51 B
52 C 53 A 54 C
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SOLUTIONS
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Key&Sol’s

PHYSICS
1. Work done = Area under PV graph
1 2
2.  u rel  second exaltation energy
2
3. At steady state, current through capacitor = 0
4. Use Gauss law
5. If mirror rotates by y , then the reflected ray rotates by 2 y
3d d d
6. Path difference  d cos   d sin    
5 2 10
dB
7. Emf    Area 
dt
Net area vector magnitude =  B  C   C  A
mv2 Gm2
8. Use, N   2
R  2R 
J  mv
9. The instrument has negative zero error, so start the measurement by making both
zeroes coincide.
h
10. Apply  electron 
mv
hc
 photon 
E
11. Frequency of the standing wave in He and H 2 chambers will be equal.

12. Thermal resistance  R
kA
System can be reduced to following

13. Motion of the particle will be cycloid analogous to path of rim of a rolling disc.
14. Use phasor diagrqaqm for each of the parallel branches and add currents in them to get
net current through battery along with phase difference.
1 1
15,16. U mag  L1i12  L2i 22  Mi1i2
2 2
Where L1 , L 2 are inductances of each half of the loop.
k
17,18.Force F  2 e  t
r
r
Where t 
v

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Key&Sol’s
CHEMISTRY
19. C
Sol: (A) Incorrect(electron donot move in solution)
(B) Incorrect (electron move from anode to cathode in external wire)
(C) Correct(electron supplied from cathode to anode in solution through internal
supply)
(D) Incorrect
20. D
21. C
Sol:

For maximum packing we should take HCP of two dimension

1 2
r  3

P.F.  6 
3 2 2 3
 2r 
4
2
 n  5 
 2
2 3  40 
64 32 3 32 1.732
n    18.47
2 3 3 3
22. A
12
Sol: nc  1
12
Total carbon atoms = 6  1023
Total C-14 atoms = 1.3 1012  6 1023
 7.8  1011
dN
  180 dpm  3dps
dt
dN
  N
dt
dN n 2
  N
dt t1/2
n 2
t1/2   7.8  1011 sec
3
t1/ 2  n 2  2.6 1011  1.80 1011
23. B
Sol:

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3

S1 : True
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Key&Sol’s

S2 : True
S3 : It depends upon n and 
24. A
SOL: The chief ore of lead is Galena ( PbS ) which is subjected to self-reduction whereas the
chief ore of Tin is Cassiterite ( SnO ) and is subjected to carbon reduction.
25. C
SOL: Cr  NO 2 SCN  H 2O  NH 3 3  Br exhibits ionization and linkage isomerism and is
optically active too.
26. ABCD
SOL: N 2 has more I.E than N as removal of electron is from bonding molecular orbital while
O has more I.E than O2 as the electron is removed from anti bonding molecular orbital
in O2
Though B2 has pi bond and Li2 has sigma bond still bond energy of B2 is more than Li 2
due to smaller size of it.
27. CD
SOL: In case of few groups of d-block, Ionization enthalpy decreases from 3d to 4d.
Transition metal ions in aqueous solution are colored due to d-d transition
28. C
Sol: nA   An
t=0 10 -
t (10  nx  a) x
400  PAo x A  PBo x B
300 a 500 12
400  
a  12.525  a  12.525 
4  a  12.525   3a  60
4a  50.100  3a  60
a=9.9
 10 
K A 100   n  
 9.9 
0.01
KA   104 min 1
100
29. ABC
Sol: (A) correct
(B) correct
(C) correct
(D) Incorrect (V.F.=0.26)
30. ABCD
(A) During Electrolysis using inert electrodes
1
Anode: H 2 O    
 O2  g   2H   aq   2e
2
Cathode: Cu  aq   2e 
2
 Cu  s 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 100 
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Key&Sol’s

  0.1  10
2
n F  n H  
 1000 
Q =965 C = (0.8 I)(t)

965 10000
t    1250 sec
.8 0.965 8
(B) 2CuSO 4  aq   4KI  aq  
 Cu 2 I2  s   I 2  2K 2SO 4  aq 
Molar mass
Equivalent wt of CuSO 4 
1
(C) I2  aq   2Na 2S2O3  aq   2Na 2S4O6  aq   2NaI  aq 
Molar mass
Eq.wt of Na 2S2O3 
1
n 
(D)  n CuSO    F   n hypo
4 Total
 2 
 10 2   35 
    0.04  
 2   1000 
 5 103  1.4  103
 6.4 103
6.4  103
CuSO4    0.064 M
0.1
31. ABC
Sol: (A) Correct
(B) Correct
(C) Incorrect (In gel, the liquid is dispersed in solid)
(D) Correct
32. C
10 10
AgCl  s  Ag   aq   Cl  aq 
Sol:
5 
Ag   aq   2Cl  aq  
310
  Ag  Cl  2   aq 
3  105 
AgCl  s   Cl  aq  Ag  Cl2   aq 
a-s s  104
104
3 105 
a  104
3 105 a  3 109  104
10 w
a 
3 58.5 100
1000
w  58.5  19.5 Kg
3
33. D
 a 
Sol: n1Kt  n  
 a  n1 x 
v0 VF a
 ;  a  n1x   ae  n1Kt , x  1  e  n1 Kt 
a a   n 2  n1  x n1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot
 a   n 2  n1  x 
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Key&Sol’s

VF  V0  
 a 
 n n  
VF  V0 1   2 1  1  e  n1kt   
  n1  
 n n  
VF  V0  2  1  1   2  1  e  n1 Kt  
 n1  n1   
34. B
Sol:
 a  n1 x   ae n1Kt
A 
VF n  n  
V0  2   2  1  e n1 Kt 
 n1  n1  
e Kt
 A    A 0
 2  e Kt 
35. B
SOL: CdS is yellow.
36. C
SOL: PbCl2 is soluble in hot water

MATHEMATICS
37. Ans : D
SOL :
In 1 5n  1

In 5n
I5 I5 I4 25 20 250
 .   
I3 I4 I3 26 21 273
38. Ans: D
a a
SOL: apply  f  x  dx   f  a  x  dx
0 0
39. Ans : A
1
SOL : A 0    x  x 2 dx 
0
1
2 3 x3 2 1 1
 x2    
3 3 0 3 3 3
A0  A1  A2  A 2  ...  A 20

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Key&Sol’s

1
So, sum  21   7sq.units
3
40. Ans: B
2 2
Sol: 5  x  iy   5  x  iy   26x 2  26y 2  144
10x 2  10y 2  26x 2  26y 2  144
36x 2  16y 2  144
x 2 y2
 1
4 9
41. ANS: A
ydx  xdy x x
SOL: Here, 2
 dy  0  d    dy  0   y  e .
y y y
1 x
Now, y 1  1   1  c  c  2 . So,  y  2 .3
1 y
3
When x  3,  y  2  y 2  2y  3  0  y  3, 1 .
y
But y  0 .So y  3 = 3.
42. Ans: A
Sol: 1631C31  831C31
18 17 10  9
 18C2  10C2    6885 .
2 2
43. Ans: B
Sol: Vertices lies on director circle of ellipse.
44. Ans : AB
 1
SOL : 2   x  x 3  dx    x  x 3  dx
0 0
2 4
   1 1 1
2     
 2 4  2 4 4
 24  42  1  0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Key&Sol’s

1  1 
A root of above equation lies in  ,1 [apply IVT on 2x 4  4x 2  1 in  ,1 ]
2  2 
45. Ans : BD
SOL :

OA2  OB2  AB2

2 2 2
z  i  z  i  2i
2
 2 z  2  4  z 1
Area of OAB
1
 zi zi
2
1
 z2  1
2
1 2

2
 
z  1 (Triangle inequality)
1
46. Ans : ABCD
Sol :
1 1
 x3  2
(A)  x tan xdx   x  x   dx 
0 0 
3  5
1 1
1
(B)  x cos x   x 2dx 
2

0 0
3
1 1
3  3 x 3  37
(C)  x sin x   x  x   
0 0  3!  210
(D) x sin x is an even function
0 1 1
 x3  3
  x sin x   x sin x   x  x   dx 
1 0 0 
3!  10

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

47. Ans : AC
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Key&Sol’s

Sol :
 3 1 
Points of intersection are  , 
 2 2
3x y
S1  0 for hyperbola is  4
2 2
3x y
S1  0 for ellipse is  1
9 2 2
4 2  9 2 
Points of intersection are  ,0  &  ,0 
 3   3 
48. Ans : AB
Sol: Points of contact P =  3, 4
Equation of circle is
2 2
 x  3   y  4     3x  4y  25   0
It passes through  5, 6
4
8   14   0    
7
2 4 2
 x  3   y  4   3x  4y  25  0

7
54 72 275
x 2  y2  x  y  0
7 7 7
27 36
Centre =  ,  
 7 7 
275
Length of tangent from origin = S1 
7
p  3, 4 
2 2
 x  3   y  4     3x  4y  25   0
4
8   14   0    
7
2 4 2
 x  3   y  4   3x  4y  25  0

7
54 72 275
x 2  y2  x  y  0
7 7 7
275
S1  .
7
49. Ans: CD
Sol: Differentiating,
9
10 1  x  x 2  x 3  x 4  1  2x  3x 2  4x 3   a1  2a 2 x  3a 3x 2  ..
Putting x = 0 we obtain 10  a1 . Again differentiating,
8 2
90 1  x  x 2  x 3  x 4   1  2x  3x 2  4x 3  3
9
10 1  x  x 2  x 3  x 4    2  6x  12x 2   2a 2  6a 3 x  ..
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Key&Sol’s
Putting x  0, 90  10  2  2a 2  a 2  55  a1  a 2  65 .
50. Ans : AC
Sol :
Here x  y  50 . But y is even. So x must also be even.
Let x  2n, y  2m . So, n  m  25 , where m, n are positive integers.
  n, m   1,24  ,  2, 23 ,....,  24,1 . So, the required number =24
51. Ans: B
Sol:
51. The curve circumscribing the ABC is
 y  2x  y  2x     y  2x  x  1    y  2x  x  1  0 , where    0,   0  , or
 49  2  2  x 2       xy  y2   2  2  x       y  0 ……(1)
It is circle if     0 , 4  2  2  1 .
5 5
  4  4  1 or   and    .
4 4
5 
 the circumcircle is x 2  y 2  5x  0 , whose centre is  , 0 
2 
52. Ans: C
2

Sol: In 51, (1) is a parabola if  4  2  2  1 

    ……(2)
4
Also,  4  2  2  16       16  16   2  2   4        4  0
or 36  12  48  0 or 3    4  0 .
2 2
 (2)  4  2  2  3  4   4     3  4    4  4   4   4  4 
2
Or   1     1 or    1   1  1  0    1, 0 .
But   0,   0 . So,   1 and   1 .
 the parabola is  4  2  2  x 2  1  1 xy  y 2  4x  0 or y2  4x  0
So, focus = (1, 0)
53. Ans: A
54. Ans: C
1
Sol 53-54. g  x   e x 0 g  t  dt  x
g  x   Be x  x …..(1)  g  t   Bet  t
1 1
Where B  0 et g  t  dt , B  0 e t  Bet  t dt
1 1
B  B e2t dt   e t .tdt
0 0
1 1 1
But 0 e2t dt   e2  1 , 0 t.e t dt  1
2
B 2
 B   e2  1  1  B  2
2 3.e
From (i)
2 2
g x  2
.e x  xg  0   .
3e 3  e2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR-HYD
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-10 Date: 20-12-20
Time: 02:00Pm to 05:00Pm 2017_P2 Max. Marks:183

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS

1 D 2 D 3 B 4 C 5 C
6 B 7 C 8 ABD 9 ACD 10 ACD
11 BD 12 BC 13 AC 14 ABCD 15 C
16 B 17 C 18 B

CHEMISTRY

19 C 20 D 21 C 22 A 23 B
24 A 25 C 26 ABCD 27 CD 28 C
29 ABC 30 ABCD 31 ABC 32 C 33 D
34 B 35 B 36 C

MATHEMATICS

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

For maximum packing we should take HCP of two dimension

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3

S1 : True
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Key&Sol’s

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 100 
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Key&Sol’s

  0.1  10
2
n F  n H  
 1000 
Q =965 C = (0.8 I)(t)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot
 a   n 2  n1  x 
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Key&Sol’s

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Key&Sol’s

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Key&Sol’s

1  1 
A root of above equation lies in  ,1 [apply IVT on 2x 4  4x 2  1 in  ,1 ]
2  2 
45. Ans : BD
SOL :

OA2  OB2  AB2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

47. Ans : AC
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Key&Sol’s

Sol: In 51, (1) is a parabola if  4  2  2  1 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India

A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR - HYD
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-09(Paper-2) Date: 20-12-20
Time: 02:00Pm to 05:00Pm 2017_P2 Max.Marks:183

2017-PAPER-II
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 To PT-10 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-1 To PT-10 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 To PT-10 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~JEE-ADVANCE-2017-P2-Model
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy @bohring_bot 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P

Time: 3:00 Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 183

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P
Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE is correct.
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
1. P-V diagram of ideal gas is as shown in figure. Work done by the gas in the process
ABC is XP0 V0 . Find X.
P
B
3P0

P0 C
A

V
V0 3V0
A) 1 B) 2 C) 3 D) 4

2. A neutron collides with a stationary He atom in its ground state, among the options
below, what should be minimum value of energy of neutron (in eV), so that all type of
collisions (Elastic, inelastic and perfectly inelastic) can take place ? (Consider mass of
He atom is 4 times mass of neutron). (Ionisation energy of H atom = 13.6 eV)
A) 40.8 B) 48.36 C) 54.4 D) 60.45
3. Three 1  , three 8  and three 3  resistances and three 5 F capacitors are connected
in the edges of a cube constructed by conducting wires. If an ideal battery of
electromotive force 12 V is connected between the two diagonally opposite corners A
and B of the cube, find charges on the each of the capacitors, in steady state.

10 20
A) 20 C B) 40 C C) C D) C
3 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

4.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P
A spherical (non-conducting) ball of radius R carries a positive charge whose volume
r
charge density depends only on the distance r from the ball’s centre as    0 1  :
 R
where 0 is a constant. Assume ε 0 as the permittivity of the ball. The maximum electric
ρ0 R
field intensity inside the ball is , then P is
P×ε 0
A) 3 B) 6 C) 9 D) 4
5. A concave mirror of radius of curvature 40 cm can be rotated about an axis
perpendicular to the plane of the paper passing through point A as shown. A ray of light
parallel to the principal axis is passing through the pole after reflection. The mirror is
rotated about the axis (Passing through A and perpendicular to plane of diagram) by an
angle of 5x 0 so that the ray of light now passes through C (the centre of curvature
before rotation). Find x in degrees
A (axis)

A) 2 B) 4 C) 6 D) 8
6. In YDSE set up shown, the incident parallel beam falls inclined to the slit plane. If
  53 and   30 . Find the path difference between two waves received by P.
P
S1


S2


D  d
d d 3d 2d
A) B) C) D)
5 10 10 5

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

7.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P
The following diagram depicts a single planar wire that is bent into the shape below.
The circuit is placed in a magnetic field pointing out of the page, uniformly increasing
at the rate  T / s . Calculate the magnitude of induced electromotive force in the wire, in
terms of the following labelled areas A, B and C (in m 2 ). Note that B is non-inclusive
of C.

A)  A  B  C   B)  A  B  
C)  A  B  2C   D)  A  B  C  

C1 C2

J
A) Angular impulse about centre of mass of 2nd sphere ' C2 ' is 2JR
B) Angular impulse about centre of mass of system is JR
C) Just after imparting impulse contact force between spheres is zero
Gm2
D) Just after imparting impulse contact force between spheres is N
8 R2
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5
9.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P
A person is measuring the diameter of a small pipe with the help of a vernier caliper in
which 78 divisions of main scale coincide with 80 divisions of the vernier scale and
main scale reads in millimetres. When the jaws of vernier caliper are coinciding, 24th
division of vernier scale was coinciding with 21st division of main scale. After
measuring (without applying zero correction), the reading of diameter of the pipe is
19.875 mm. Then choose the CORRECT statement(s)
A) While taking the reading, 54th division of the main scale (from the beginning) would
have coincided with the 35th division of the vernier scale
B) Vernier caliper has positive zero error
C) While taking the reading, 93rd division of the main scale (from the beginning) would
have coincided with the 75th division of the vernier scale
D) The final reported value of the diameter after applying the zero correction is
22.275 mm
10. Consider hypothetical situation. We have a one dimensional box of length L with
perfectly reflecting walls. Photons as well as electrons can be present in the box if they
form standing waves with nodes at the end. The photon can be only completely
absorbed by electron if it can go to a higher excited state. An electron can go from
higher excited state to lower excited state only if it emits photons which can form
h
standing wave in the box. Select correct option(s). Take 1
meLc
(c : speed of the light, m e : mass of the electron) :
A) an electron in state n = 1 can go to n = 3
B) a photon corresponding to 4 th harmonic can be emitted by an electron in 5th excited
state
C) A photon corresponding to 2 nd harmonic can be emitted by an electron in 2nd excited
state
D) A photon corresponding to 5th harmonic can be emitted by an electron in 5th excited
state

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

11.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P
A tube of length 1m has a rigid wall at the end B and a flexible diaphragm at the end A.
D is a diathermic flexible fixed diaphragm which separates He and H 2 in the tube. when
we vibrate the diaphragm at A by a turning fork, helium resonates in 1st overtone and
hydrogen resonates in 4th overtone. If the partition D does not vibrate, then
1m
B

A rigid end
He H2

D
Flexible diaphragm
l1 l2

A) l1  l2 B) l2  l1 C) t AD > t DB D) t AD  tDB
Where t AD = time taken by sound wave to travel from A to D ; t DB = time taken by sound
wave to travel from D to B
12. Six identical rods are joined together to form a network as shown. A temperature
difference of  T can be maintained between two points which are any two of the
labelled ends of the rods O, A, B and C. Considering heat flow through conduction
only, in steady state :-
C

{O is not in the plane

of paper}
O

A B
A) Net rate of heat flow between points where temperature difference is maintained,
depends on points chosen
B) Net rate of heat flow between points where temperature difference is maintained, is
independent of points chosen
C) In all the cases of points chosen {where  T is to be maintained} there is one rod
through which no heat flows
D) Heat conduction takes place through all the rods irrespective of choice of points
where temperature difference is maintained
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7
13.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P
A proton of mass m and charge q is released from rest from the top A of the building of
height h in the presence of uniform gravitational and magnetic fields as shown. The
height of the building is choosen such that the proton during its flight just touches the
ground for the first time at C. Neglect air resistance and mark the CORRECT
statement(s).
A B
g

A) Distance travelled by the particle from A to C is 2h

B) Horizontal separation between the points A and C is 2h
C) Velocity of the particle at C is 2gh
m
D) Time of flight of the particle from A to C is
2 Bq
14. Choose the correct options regarding the AC circuit given in the figure. (Symbols have
their usual meaning)

X c  3R
R

XC  R
2R XL  R

~
V0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P
2R
A) equivalent impedance of the circuit is
3

3
B) power factor of the circuit is
2
3V02
C) average power for complete cycle is
8R
R
D) effective reactance of the circuit is
3

90
ROTATION
ABOUT HINGER
ON DIAMETER

15. What is the work done by battery ?

A) U B) – U C) 2U D) – 2U
16. What is the work done by mechanical agent in bending by rotation?
A) U B) – U C) 2U D) – 2U

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph For Questions 17 and 18
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P

How does a particle interacts with another particle. Have you ever thought, how does
one electron get to know the presence of other? Obviously there must be some
information exchange between the particles. This information exchange takes place
with the help of exchange of some elementary particles, which are called force carriers
and force between two particles should depend on number of forces carriers reaching
either of the particles. Since particles are essentially point objects so force carriers
starting from one particle and reaching other should be inversely proportional to square
of distance between the particles.
Yukawa explained the behavior of force carriers for strong nuclear forces. According to
his theory strong forces are carried by carriers which decay with time. So according to
Yukawa theory the intensity of strong forces should not only diminish with distance as
the inverse of square of distance but also get diminished because force carriers decay
with time. Number of carriers remaining after time t is proportional to e t where  is
decay constant
17. Let two nucleons are separated by a fixed distance r and speed of force carriers is v.
Which of the following is most appropriate expression of Yukawa force between two
nucleons :- (Where k is a constant)
  2  2
k   r k   r k   r k  r
A) F  e  v  B) F  2 e  v  C) F  2 e  v  D) F  2 e v2
r r r r
18. Let a nucleon be moving in a circle of radius a 0 around a fixed nucleon due to Yukawa
force as mentioned in the previous question. For circular motion to be stable for small
perturbations in orbit (small change in radius) while keeping angular momentum of
nucleon constant, which of the following is true :-
v
A)  a0

v
B)  a 0

v
C)  a 0

v v
D) Circular motion is stable for both  a 0 and  a 0
 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE is correct.
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
19. In the electrolytic cell, flow of electrons is from:
A) Cathode to anode in solution
B) Cathode to anode through external supply
C) Cathode to anode through internal supply
D) Anode to cathode through internal supply
20. The solubility of metal sulphides in saturated solution of H 2S  H 2S  0.1M can be

represented by

MS  2H  M 2   H 2S  M 2    H 2S
; K eq   2
 H  

The value of K eq is given for few metal sulphide. If conc. of each metal ion in solution

is 0.01 M, which metal sulphides are selectively ppt at total  H    1M in saturated H 2S

solution.
Metal sulphides MnS ZnS CoS PbS

 M 2    H 2S
K eq  2
3  1010 3 102 3 3  107
 H  

A) MnS, ZnS, CoS B) PbS, ZnS, CoS

C) PbS, ZnS D) PbS
21. You are given marble of diameter 10 mm. They are to be placed such that their centres
are lying in a square bounded by four lines each of length 40 mm. The maximum
number of marbles which may be placed inside this area is
A) 14 B) 16 C)18 D) 19

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P
C14
22. The ratio of C14 to C12 in a living matter is measured to be  1.3 1012 at the present
C12
time. Activity of 12.0 gm carbon sample is 180 dpm. The half life of C14 is nearly
___________ 1012 sec .[Given : NA  6  1023 ]
A) 0.18 B) 1.8 C) 0.384 D) 648
23. The correct order of true and false of the following statements is:
S1 : orbital angular momentum of electron in a hydrogen like atomic orbital depends on

Azimuthal quantum number (l) and magnetic quantum number  m 

S2 : A hydrogen like one electron wave function obeying Pauli’s principle depends upon

principle quantum number, azimuthal quantum number, magnetic quantum number and
electron spin quantum number.
S3 : probability density of electron at the nucleus in hydrogen-like atom depends only on

principle quantum number for all orbitals.

A) TFT B) TTF C) FTF D) TTT
24. The methods chiefly used for the extraction of lead and tin from their ores are
respectively
A) self-reduction and carbon reduction
B) self-reduction and electrolytic reduction
C) carbon reduction and self-reduction
D) cyanide process and carbon reduction
25. The complex compound which can exhibit both structural and optical isomerism
A)  IrBr2  en 2  Br B) Co  NO 2 3  H 2 O 3 

C) Cr  NO 2 SCN  H 2 O  NH 3 3  Br D)  Pt  acac 3  Br

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P
SECTION-II
(ONE OR MORE OPTIONS CORRECT TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice equations. Each question has four choices (A) (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONE or MORE THAN
ONE are correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
26. Identify the correct options?
A) Ionization energy of atom N is less than that of molecule N 2
B) Ionization energy of atom O is more than that of molecule O2
C) Bond energy of B2 is more than that of Li 2
D) Both B2 and O 2 are paramagnetic while C2 and N 2 are diamagnetic
27. Identify the incorrect statements?
A) In case of compounds of Transition elements, moving down the group, stability of
highest oxidation state increases
B) Zn has bigger atomic size than Cu due to more inter electronic repulsions
C) Ionization enthalpy of 4d series element is higher than 3d series element in
corresponding group of entire d-block
D) Most of the transition metal ions in aqueous solution state are colored due to charge
transfer phenomena
28. The vapour pressure of two miscible liquids (A) and (B) are 300 and 500 mm of Hg
respectively. In a flask 10 mole of (A) is mixed with 12 mole of (B). However, as soon
as (B) is added. (A) starts polymerizing into a completely insoluble solid. The
polymerization follows first – order kinetics. After 100 minute, 0.525 mole of a solute is
dissolved which arrests the polymerization completely. The final vapour pressure of the
solution is 400 mm of Hg.
Assume negligible volume change on mixing and polymerization and ideal behavior for
the final solution, the rate constant of the polymerization of A is:
 100  
Given  n    0.01
  99  
A) 4  10 4 min 1 B) 5 10 5 min 1
C) 1.0 104 min 1 D) 4 105 min 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

29.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P
Which of the following is/are correct for fcc metallic crystal:
A) each atom is surrounded by six octahedral voids and eight tetrahedral voids
B) the perpendicular distance between two closest packed two dimensional layer is

1/ 3  times of edge length of cube

C) The maximum number of atoms touching an atom is 12
D) the void fraction of the crystal is 0.74
30. 100 ml CuSO 4  aq  was electrolyzed using inert electrodes by passing 0.965 Ampere
current till the pH of the resulting solution was 1. The solution after electrolysis was
neutralized, treated with excess KI and titrated with 0.04M Na 2S2 O3 . Volume of Na 2S2 O3
required was 35 ml. Assuming no volume change during electrolysis. Which of the
following is/are correct: (1F = 96500 C)
A) the duration of the electrolysis is 1250 seconds if current efficiency is 80 %
B) the equivalent weight of Copper sulphate is equal to Molar mass in its reaction with
KI
C) the equivalent weight of Na 2S2 O3 is equal to Molar mass in its reaction with Iodine

 I2 
D) initial concentration of 100 ml copper sulphate solution is 0.064 M
31. Which of the following are correct statements?
A) Hardy schulze rule is related to coagulation
B) Brownian moment and Tyndall effect are the characteristic of colloids
C) In gel, the liquid is dispersed in liquid
D) Lower the gold number, more is the protective power of lyophillic colloids

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
32.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P
Assuming no change in volume, the minimum mass of NaCl necessary to dissolve
0.010 mol AgCl in 100 L solution.  K f  AgCl 2   3 105 , K sp   AgCl   11010 

A) 15 kg B) 25 kg C) 19.5 kg D) 30.5 kg

SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph For Questions 33 and 34
The gaseous reaction : n1A  g   n 2 B  g  is first order with respect to A. The rate
constant of reaction is k. The reaction is studied at a constant pressure and temperature.
Initially, the moles of A were ‘a’ and no B were present.
33. If the initial volume of system were v0 , then the volume of system after time, t, will be
n1v 0 n 2 v0
A) B)
n2 n1
 n2  n   n1kt  n   n2 
C) v0   1  2  .e    2  1  .e n1kt 
D) v0 
 n1  n1    n1  n1  
34. What will be the concentration of A at time t, if n1  1 and n 2  2 ?
 e  kt 
A)  A 0   e kt B)  A 0    kt 
 2e 
 e kt 
C)  A 0    kt 
D)  A 0  1  2  e kt 
1 e 
Paragraph For Questions 35 and 36
A black mineral (A) with HCl liberates gas (B) and compound (C) which is soluble in
hot water. Gas (B) forms (A) in presence of Pb  CH 3COO 2 . (A) on heating in presence

of air liberates gas (D) which turns acidified K2Cr2O7 solution to green color.
35. Gas (B) on passing through CdSO4 solution will give
A) Black ppt B) Yellow ppt C) Orange ppt D) No ppt
36. Compounds A, B&C are respectively
A) CuS , H 2 S , CuCl2 B) FeS , H 2 , FeCl2
C) PbS , H 2 S , PbCl2 D) ZnS , H 2 S , ZnCl2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT CHOICE TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 choices (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY
ONE is correct.
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
1
n I5
37. Let I n   1  x 5  dx , n  N , then value of is
0
I3
237 283 273 250
A) B) C) D)
283 237 250 273
2 4 sin  3  x 
38. The value of the integral I   dx is
0
4 sin  3  x   sin    x 
4


A) B) 0 C) 2 D) 
2
2
39. Let set of curves Pi :  y  i    x  i  , Qi :  x  i 2   y  i  where i = 0,1,2,...n and A i is
20
the area enclosed by curves Pi and Qi , then the value of A
i0
i

A) 7 sq. units B) 14 sq. units C) 21 sq. units D) 11 sq. units

40. For complex number z, let Im(z) denote the imaginary part of z. Let S be the set of all
complex numbers satisfying 5z 2  5z 2  26zz  144 then maximum possible value of
z1  z 2 , where z1 , z 2  S , Im z1  0 and Im z 2  0 , is ______

A) 4 B) 6 C) 9 D) 8
41. If y is a function of x given by ydx  y 2dy  xdy where y  0 and y 1  1 then y  3 is
A) 3 B) 2 C) 1 D) 5
42. The number of different ways in which all 24 apples can be distributed among 3 boys
and 3 girls such that the total number of apples received by boys is double that received
by the girls is
A) 6885 B) 1377 C) 2295 D) 459

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
x 2
y 2
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P

43. If area of the ellipse  2  1 inscribed in a square of side length 5 2 is A then A

16 b
equals to
A) 5 B) 12  C) 6  D) 24

44. If the line x   divides the area of region A   x, y   R 2 : X 3  y  x,0  x  1 into

two equal parts, then

1
A)   1 B) 24  42  1  0
2
1
C) 0    D)  4  42  1  0
2
45. If z is a complex number and points A  z  i  ,B  z  i  and origin are vertices of a right
angled triangle, right angled at origin, then
A) Two values of z are possible B) Infinite values of z are possible
C) z  2 D) Maximum area of OAB is 1 sq.units
46. Which of the following inequalities is/are true?
1 1
2 1
A)  x tan xdx  B)  x 2 cos x dx 
0
5 0
3
1 0
3 3 3
C)  x sin xdx  D)  x sin x dx  10
0
20 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
x 2
y 2
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P

47. Curves C1 :   1&C2 : x 2  y 2  4  0 intersects at points A & B in the first &

9 1
fourth quadrant respectively. Tangents are drawn at A & B to C1 to meet at C and
drawn to C 2 to meet at D, then
A) The quadrilateral ACBD is a cyclic quadrilateral
B) The quadrilateral ACBD is a rhombus
5
C) Area of the quadrilateral ACBD is units
3
1
D) Area of the quadrilateral ACBD is units
3
48. If the line L :  3x  4 y  25  0  touches the circle S :  x 2  y 2  25  0  at P and L is

common tangent of circles S = 0 and S1  0 at P and S1  0 passes through  5, 6  , then

 27 36 
A) Centre of S1  0 is  ,  
 7 7 
275
B) Length of tangent from origin to S1  0 is
7
 27 16 
C) Centre of S1  0 is  ,  
 7 7
375
D) Length of tangent from origin to S1  0 is
7
10
49. Let 1  x  x 2  x 3  x 4   a 0  a1x  a 2 x 2  ....  a 40 x 40 . Then

A) a1  20 B) a 2  110 C) a 2  55 D) a1  a 2  65

50. Let A  {1,2,3,...,50} and B  {2,4,6,...,100}. The number of elements  x, y   A  B

such that x  y  50 is n, n is multiple of
A) 24 B) 18 C) 12 D) 8

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P
SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph For Questions 51 and 52
A second – degree curve inscribing the ABC , where the sides AB, BC and CA have
the equations L1  0 , L 2  0 and L3  0 , respectively, has the equation
L1L 2  L 2 L3  L3L1  0 , where  and  are parameters. Let the equations of AB, BC

and CA be y  2x, y  2x  0 and x  1, respectively.

51. The circumcentre of the ABC is
5 5 5 5 5 5
A)  ,  B)  , 0  C)  0,  D)  ,  
4 8
  2
   4  4 8

52. The parabola circumscribing ABC and passing through the point (4, 4) has the focus
A)  0,1 B)  4, 0 C) 1, 0  D)  0, 4

Paragraph For Questions 53 and 54

Suppose f  x  and g  x  are two continuous functions defined for 0  x  1 .
1 1
xt
Given f  x    e  f  t  dt and g  x    e x t  g  t  dt  x equals
0 0

53. The value of f 1 equals

1
A) 0 B) 1 C) D) e
e
54. The value of g  0   f  0 equals
2 3 2
A) B) C) D) 0
3  e2 e 22
e 32

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India

2017-PAPER-II
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 To PT-10 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-1 To PT-10 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 To PT-10 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~JEE-ADVANCE-2017-P2-Model
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy @bohring_bot 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P

Time: 3:00 Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 183

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

P0 C
A

10 20
A) 20 C B) 40 C C) C D) C
3 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3


S2


D  d
d d 3d 2d
A) B) C) D)
5 10 10 5

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

A)  A  B  C   B)  A  B  
C)  A  B  2C   D)  A  B  C  

C1 C2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

A rigid end
He H2

D
Flexible diaphragm
l1 l2

{O is not in the plane

of paper}
O

A) Distance travelled by the particle from A to C is 2h

X c  3R
R

XC  R
2R XL  R

~
V0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P
2R
A) equivalent impedance of the circuit is
3

3
B) power factor of the circuit is
2
3V02
C) average power for complete cycle is
8R
R
D) effective reactance of the circuit is
3

90
ROTATION
ABOUT HINGER
ON DIAMETER

15. What is the work done by battery ?

A) U B) – U C) 2U D) – 2U
16. What is the work done by mechanical agent in bending by rotation?
A) U B) – U C) 2U D) – 2U

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph For Questions 17 and 18
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

represented by

MS  2H  M 2   H 2S  M 2    H 2S
; K eq   2
 H  

The value of K eq is given for few metal sulphide. If conc. of each metal ion in solution

is 0.01 M, which metal sulphides are selectively ppt at total  H    1M in saturated H 2S

solution.
Metal sulphides MnS ZnS CoS PbS

 M 2    H 2S
K eq  2
3  1010 3 102 3 3  107
 H  

A) MnS, ZnS, CoS B) PbS, ZnS, CoS

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

Azimuthal quantum number (l) and magnetic quantum number  m 

S2 : A hydrogen like one electron wave function obeying Pauli’s principle depends upon

principle quantum number, azimuthal quantum number, magnetic quantum number and
electron spin quantum number.
S3 : probability density of electron at the nucleus in hydrogen-like atom depends only on

principle quantum number for all orbitals.

C) Cr  NO 2 SCN  H 2 O  NH 3 3  Br D)  Pt  acac 3  Br

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

1/ 3  times of edge length of cube

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

A) 15 kg B) 25 kg C) 19.5 kg D) 30.5 kg

SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a
paragraph. Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
Paragraph For Questions 33 and 34
The gaseous reaction : n1A  g   n 2 B  g  is first order with respect to A. The rate
constant of reaction is k. The reaction is studied at a constant pressure and temperature.
Initially, the moles of A were ‘a’ and no B were present.
33. If the initial volume of system were v0 , then the volume of system after time, t, will be
n1v 0 n 2 v0
A) B)
n2 n1
 n2  n   n1kt  n   n2 
C) v0   1  2  .e    2  1  .e n1kt 
D) v0 
 n1  n1    n1  n1  
34. What will be the concentration of A at time t, if n1  1 and n 2  2 ?
 e  kt 
A)  A 0   e kt B)  A 0    kt 
 2e 
 e kt 
C)  A 0    kt 
D)  A 0  1  2  e kt 
1 e 
Paragraph For Questions 35 and 36
A black mineral (A) with HCl liberates gas (B) and compound (C) which is soluble in
hot water. Gas (B) forms (A) in presence of Pb  CH 3COO 2 . (A) on heating in presence

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

A) 7 sq. units B) 14 sq. units C) 21 sq. units D) 11 sq. units

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
x 2
y 2
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P

43. If area of the ellipse  2  1 inscribed in a square of side length 5 2 is A then A

16 b
equals to
A) 5 B) 12  C) 6  D) 24

44. If the line x   divides the area of region A   x, y   R 2 : X 3  y  x,0  x  1 into

two equal parts, then

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
x 2
y 2
20-12-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-09_Q'P

47. Curves C1 :   1&C2 : x 2  y 2  4  0 intersects at points A & B in the first &

common tangent of circles S = 0 and S1  0 at P and S1  0 passes through  5, 6  , then

A) a1  20 B) a 2  110 C) a 2  55 D) a1  a 2  65

50. Let A  {1,2,3,...,50} and B  {2,4,6,...,100}. The number of elements  x, y   A  B

such that x  y  50 is n, n is multiple of
A) 24 B) 18 C) 12 D) 8

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

and CA be y  2x, y  2x  0 and x  1, respectively.

51. The circumcentre of the ABC is
5 5 5 5 5 5
A)  ,  B)  , 0  C)  0,  D)  ,  
4 8
  2
   4  4 8

52. The parabola circumscribing ABC and passing through the point (4, 4) has the focus
A)  0,1 B)  4, 0 C) 1, 0  D)  0, 4

Paragraph For Questions 53 and 54

53. The value of f 1 equals

1
A) 0 B) 1 C) D) e
e
54. The value of g  0   f  0 equals
2 3 2
A) B) C) D) 0
3  e2 e 22
e 32

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) WTA-28 Date: 21-06-20
Time: 09:00 AM to 12:00 Noon 2015_P2 Max.Marks:240

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 2 2 2 3 0 4 0 5 2
6 3 7 2 8 4 9 AC 10 ABCD
11 BC 12 BC 13 D 14 AD 15 BCD
16 A 17 A 18 B 19 B 20 A

CHEMISTRY
21 8 22 4 23 6 24 8 25 6
26 6 27 9 28 8 29 ABCD 30 ABC
31 ABC 32 BC 33 ABC 34 BC 35 BCD
36 ABC 37 C 38 A 39 D 40 C

MATHS
41 0 42 1 43 2 44 5 45 2
46 2 47 4 48 4 49 BCD 50 ABC
51 AB 52 ABC 53 CD 54 ABC 55 BC
56 BCD 57 C 58 B 59 B 60 C
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015-P2) WTA-28_Key&Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS

1  q 2

 
q 2  1 2
1.    mgx  Kx , x  10 cm
4 0  r0 r0  x  2
 
1 1 2
2. V  
x y z
 v v v
E   iˆ  ˆj  kˆ
x y z
1 1 2
 2 ˆi  2 ˆj  2 kˆ
x y z
 
 E at point 1,1,1 is E  ˆi  ˆj  2kˆ
Since the particle is constrained to move in xy – plane
1012  12  12
a 9 3
 2ms2
10 10
3. All the four corners will be at the same potential
4. The charge on the infinitesimal elements of arc that subtends an angle d at the
center of the ring is


dQ  Rd   0 cos Rd 
2
Potential at the center of ring due to charge dQ is

1 dQ  0 cos Rd
dV   2
4 0 R 4 0R
2
0 
Or V dV   cos d
4 0 0 2
   2
 0  sin 2 
  0V
40  1 
 2 

3
5. ax  
10

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60 Page 2

4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015-P2) WTA-28_Key&Sol’s

ay 
10
1 4 2
3.2  t
2 10
1 3 2
x2 t
2 10
3.2 4

2x 3
9.6  8.9x
4x  1.6
x  0.4
From conservation of energy
1
qv1  mv 2  qv 2
2
1
6  12.8  10v2  0.4 3
2
v  2 mm / s
6. VA  VB  VA  VD  E AD

3
 EAB cos300  E2 3  3E
2
7. Charge can be considered as located at a distance R from the center. Total
charge (Q – 2Q + 3Q) = 2Q
1 2Q Q
Hence V  
40 R 20 R
8.   pE sin 
0.2  pE sin 30
pE  0.4
The required PE of the dipole = pE cos 00
9. The angle between dipole moment vector and radius vector, r is given by 
kP cos  kP
V 2
, E  3 1  3Cos 2 
r r
10. Uniform field lines and equipotential surfaces are perpendicular to each other
11. The situation is shown in the fig
F0  2Fsin 

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60 Page 3

1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Qq a
21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015-P2) WTA-28_Key&Sol’s

2

4 0 r 2  a 2  r2  a2
PQ

40 r 3


  Fcos  2a in clockwise direction
PQ

40 r 2
12. Conceptual
1 1 Q2
13. U E  0E  0
2

 
2
2 2 4 0 x 2
Q
V
4 0 x
U E 1  0Q2  40 x 
2
 2
V 2  4 0 2 x 4 Q2
1 0
n
2 x2
1 th
 If x is tripled n becomes
9
14. There is no case in which the dipole experiences zero force where as we can
find a position for which torque on dipole is zero.
15. Conceptual
E x
16. Fx  Px 0
y
E y
FY  PY  P0  4by  2c 
y
 F  2cp ˆj 0
17. The forces of interaction, the force of gravity and coulomb force are conservative, so
we can apply the law of conservation of energy. We have
GPE i  EPE i  GPE f  KE f  EPE f
Q1Q 2 m1v 2 QQ
m1gh   m1gh1   1 2
4 0 h 2 40 h1
Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60 Page 4
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
On solving for v, we have
21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015-P2) WTA-28_Key&Sol’s

2Q1Q2 h  h1 
v  2g h  h1  
4 0 mhh1
Assuming that h1  h, equation (1) reduces to
2Q1Q 2 Q1Q 2
v  2gh   2gh 
40 m1h1 20 m1h1
18. Substituting v = 0 in above equation, and replacing h1 by h 2 we, get
4 0gm1hh 2
Q2 
Q1
    C  1   C 
19.            2   M 0L2TA
 x   m  m   m 
L
1 dq 1 dx  xdx
40  r 40  r 40  d  x
20. V   
0
1   L    L 
V   L  d log e 1     L  log e 5
4 0   d  4 0  4 

CHEMISTRY
21. Na 2O / CaO are basic oxides
22. O3  KOH  I  IO 
3 / IO 4
excess of Cl 2  I  IO
3
excess of conc. HNO3  HIO3
excess of O3  I  HIO3
Na 2 S2O3  I  no reaction
23.
F
xy

F Cl

xy
F
l .p  l.p  0  x 
l.p  b.p  4  y
b.p  b.p  2 z
24. A) ClF3 ; x  11 B) UF6 ; y  18 C) ClF;z  6
25. A) ClF B) ICl3 C) BrF3 D) ICl

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60 Page 5

E) BrF5
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015-P2) WTA-28_Key&Sol’s
F) ClF3
Wt. of Cl
26. % of available of Cl 2       2  
100
wt. of bleaching powder
weight of chlorine = 19.11
71 – 22 – 4
19 - 11 = ? = 6.02 lt.
6H 

27. IO
3  5I
  3I 2  3H 2O
1–3
3-?=9
28. 3IF  I 2  IF3
5IF  2I 2  IF5
7IF  3I 2  IF7
29. 1) Fe  2HCl  FeCl 2  H 2
Liberation of hydrogen prevents the formation of FeCl3
30. A) F2 B) Cl 2 C) Br2 D) I 2 E) KIO 3
HOMO to LUMO transitions are responsible to show colour of halogen
31. Yellow oxide  Hgo
Orange coloured  Cl2O
Yellow gas  ClO 2
Red oily liquid  Cl2O 6
Colourless oily liquid : Cl 2O 7
aqua regia
32. A 4    AuCl4  NO  H 2O
I2  6H 2O  5Cl 2  2HIO3  10HCl
33. I) KClO3  HCl  Cl 2  ClO 2

II) BrF5  H 2O  5HF  HBrO 3

III) F2  2HSO 2
4  S2O8  2HF
34. B) Cl  F  Br  I order of E.A 
D) PH3  HCl  H 2S (Order of volatile nature)
35. C) SnCl4  SnCl 2 (order of covalent nature)
D) 3O 2 F2  Pu  3O 2  PuF6
36. A) Ts  VIIA/7th period
B) CuCl 2 shows para magnetic nature
C) In the third excited state Cl shows sp3d 3 and sp hybridization
37. V1N1  V2 N 2
25 M  2  48 0.25
M = 0.24M
38. HOCl anhydride is Cl2O
39. Order of heat of hydration is F  Cl  Br   I

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60 Page 6

40. H 
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015-P2) WTA-28_Key&Sol’s
hydration enthalpy is 1091 Kj and X hydration enthalpy is less than or equal to
513 Kj

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60 Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
MATHEMATICS
21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015-P2) WTA-28_Key&Sol’s

x2 y2
41. Eqn of pair of asymptotes is  0 y = mx + c
a2 b2
2
x2  mx  c 
Point of transversal of asymptotes   0 Roots x1 & x2 ------1
a2 b2
2
x2  mx  c 
Point of transversal of hyperbola   1 Roots x3 & x4 ------2
2 2
a b
 x1  x2  x3  x4 y1  y2  y3  y4
M .P of PP1 & QQ1 is R
RQ  RQ1 --------3
RP  RP1 ----------4
3 – 4 QR  RP  RQ1  RP1
PQ  P1Q1
P1Q  PQ1
PQ  P1Q  P1Q1  PQ1

 PQ  P1Q1   P1Q  PQ1

 PQ  PQ1   P1Q1  P1Q
 PQ  PQ1    P1Q1  P1Q   0
42. Eqn of chord of contact of P  3sec ,2 tan   on hyperbola w .r. t circle is
 3s en  x   2tan   y  9 -------1
hx  ky  h 2  k 2
Let M  h, k  be the mid point of (1) then --------2
3h 9k
(1)&(2) represents same sec  tan  
h2  k 2 2 h2  k 2  
9x2 81 y 2
Locals of ( h, k )is  1
2 2 2 2
x 2
y  
4 x y2

2
 
 4 x 2  y 2  36 x 2  81 y 2
a  4 b  36 c  81
 1 1 4
43. 2 tan 1  b / a   b/a e2  1  
3 3 3 3

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60 Page 8

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1 1
TG ~ @bohring_bot 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015-P2) WTA-28_Key&Sol’s

 1 e1  2
1 2 2
e  e

44. eqn of tangent to the hyperbola y  mx  9 m2  49

Distance bits tangent of =2
2 9m2  49
2 m  5 / 2
2
1 m
b  a 
45. 4    9  13 / 5  2
 b  a 
4  4 
46. P  , 4t1  Q  , 4t2 
 t1   t2 
Equation of chord PQ
4  t2  t1   4
y  4t1   x 
4 4  t1 

t2 t1
4t t  t  t   4
y  4t1  1 2 2 1  x  
4  t1  t2   t1 

y  4t1  t1t2  x  4 
 t1 
 t  t  
R   4 1 2 ,0 
 t1t2 
S   0, 4  t1  t2  
1 16 8
S1   t1  t2    t1  t2 
2 t1 t1
1 16 8
S2    t1  t2    t1  t2 
2 t1 t1
S1  S 2

4 S1S 2 4S12 4 S12

  2
S12  S 22 S12  S12 2S12
2 2
x y 1
47. Given hyperbola is  
144 81 25
25 x2 25 y 2
 1
144 81

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60 Page 9

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015-P2) WTA-28_Key&Sol’s

x2 y2
 1

144
25
81  
25 
x2 y2
 1
2 2
12 5   9 5 
x2 y2
If is in the form  1 a  b
a2 b2
Focus   ae,0 
2
e  1 b
a2
81
 1
144
e  15  5
12 4
 12 3
5 
S     ,0 
 5 4 
 
S    3,0 
x2 y2
Given ellipse is  1
25 b2
2
e  1 b
25
2
5 1  b  3
25
Square on both sides
25  b2  9
1 1 1 1
48.    Let p  r1 cos , r1 sin  
CP 2 AQ 2 r12 r12
Q  r2 cos  90    r2 sin  90    
Q  r2 sin  , r2 cos 
P lies on 9 x 2  5 y 2  1
9r12 cos 2   5r12 sin 2   1
1 1 1
sigler  9sin 2   5cos 2   95 4
2 2 2
r2 r1 r2
49. 7 x 2  2 y 2  12 xy  2 x  14 y  22  0

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60 Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015-P2) WTA-28_Key&Sol’s
2
2 x  y  1 PS
 x  1   y  2   3 
2 2
  3 1
 3  PM
Given curve is a hyperbola with e  3 directrix 2 x  y  1  0 focus 1,2 
50.

Let p  a sec , a tan   . Eqn of normal is x sin   y  2a tan 

Intersection with y = 0 gives x  2a sec
Intersection with x = 0 gives y  2a tan 
Cg  2a tan  cG   2a sec ,0 
2
 2
PG 2   a sec  2a sec    a tan   0   a 2 sec2   tan 2  
Pg 2   a sec  0    a tan 0  2a tan    a 2  sec 2   tan 2  
2 2

pc 2   a Sec  0    a tan   0   a 2  sec 2   tan 2  

2 2

PG  Pg  PC
 b 1 b2 1 2 b2 a2 1 2
51. tan 1  b / a   :  :  : e 1 or 1   1  or1  3 e  or 2
6 a 3 a2 3 a2 b2 3 3
 2
52. Let  xi yi    2ti ,  i  1,2,3,4
 ti 
 2 2 2
Egn of normal at  2t ,
t 
 to xy  2 is y 
t
 t x  2t  

 2
Egn of tangent at  2t ,  to xy  2 is
 t 
2 1
2 ty  x4 m
t t2
If passes thought  3, 4 
4t  3t 3  2  2 t 4  2 t 4  3t 3  4t  2  0 
3
t1  t2  t3  t4 
2
x1  x2  x3  x4  3
 t1t2  0 and  t1t2t3   2 t1t2t3t4  1
4
 y1 y2 y3 y4  x1x2 x3 x4    2  4

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60 Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015-P2) WTA-28_Key&Sol’s

y1  y2 y3 y4  2       3   1 2 3   4
1 1 1 1   tt t 
 t1 t2 t3 t4   t1t2t3t4 
53  , 2  lies an parabola y  x2
 , 2  must lie between the asymptotes of hyperbola
x2 y2
  1in Q1 & Q2 asymptotes are y   2 x
1 4
 2   2 :   0 or   2& 2   2 :  2 or   0
    , 2  or    2,  
54. Focal of ellipse  kae1o  & focal of  ae2 ,0 
kae1  ae2
a2 a2
k 1
2 2
 1
2
k2 1  2 k   3
k a a
e 1 1
a) 1  
e2 k 3
b) Major axis =2ka (ellipse) trausvevne axis of hyperbola = 2a
2ka
k 3
2a
c) At point of intersection ( x , y )
x1
slope of tangent to ellipse m1 
k 2 y1
x
slope of tangent to hyperbola m2  1
y1

2
 k 2  1  2 a2
y1   a  k 2  3
 k 1
2 2
 
2k 2 a 2 3a 2
x12  
k2 1 2
x12
m1m2   1
k 2 y12
Curves are orthogonal
2a 2 2a 2 2a / k 1 1
d) Locul reclaim of ellipse & hyperbola are , reply  
ak a 2a k 3
x     y        
55 Eqn of chord cos    sin    cos  
a  2  b  2   2  -----------1
Focal   ae,0  liceon --------1

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60 Page 12

  
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015-P2) WTA-28_Key&Sol’s

cos   e
 2   or  e / 1
    1
cos  
 2 
Apply comp & dividend
  1 e 1 e
tan tan  or
2 2 1 e 1 e
x2  y 2
56. The line y  mx  c is tangent to hyperbola 1
a 23 b 2
If c 2  a 2m2  b2 given tangent is y  2 x  1
17 17
12  4a 2  16 a 2  a
4 2
For options a) sides are 17, 4,1 right angle le
b) sides are 17,8,1 not a right angle le
17
c) sides are 4,1 not a right angle le
2
17
d) sides are 4,2 not a right angle le
2
1
57. m0 A   moB 2
2
1
 2 3
tan   2 
11 4

3 3
Or sin     sin 1  
5 5
58 Eqn of hyperbola 2 x 2  2 y 2  5 xy    0
Passing through 1,1    9
Egn of hyperbola is 2 x 2  2 y 2  5 xy  9
 7
The equation of the tangent at   1,  is S1  0
 2
 7  52   7  
2 x  1  2 y     x      1 y   9
2 2  2 
 3x  2 y  4
 4
59 Any point an hyperbola xy  16 is  4t , 
 t
4
Normal at this point is y   t 2  x  4t 
t
Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60 Page 13
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv(2015-P2) WTA-28_Key&Sol’s
4 2
If the normal passes through p  h, k  then k   t  h  4t 
t
 4t 4  t 3h  t k  4  0
h k
It has 4 roots t1, t2,t3,t4  t1  4 ,  t1t2  0,  t1t2t3   4
t1t2t3t4  1
1 1 1 1 k
     y1  y2  y3  y4  k
t1 t2 t3 t4 4
h2
 t12  t22  t32  t42   k  x2  16 y
16

60. x 2
 16 y eqn of tangent of P is x  4t   16
 y  t2 
, 4tx  8 y  8t 2  tx  2 y  2t 2
2
t2

A  2t ,0  , B 0, t 2
 , M  h, k  is the middle point of A B h  t , k    2 k   h 2
2
Locul is x 2  2 y  0

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60 Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

2015_PAPER-II
21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super 60_(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2
WTA-28_Syllabus

MATHS : HYPERBOLA (TOTAL)

CHEMISTRY : Group-17

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2_WTA-28_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2015-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hours IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 240

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2_WTA-28_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
1. A positive charged sphere of mass m  5kg is attached by a spring of force constant
K  104 Nm1. The sphere is tied with a thread so that spring is in its natural length.
Another identical, negatively charged sphere is fixed with floor, vertically below the
positively charged sphere as shown is figure. If initial separation between spheres is
r0  50cm and magnitude of charge on each sphere is q  100c . The maximum
elongation of spring when the thread is burnt is P 5cm . Find P g  10ms2  

1 1 2 
2. Electric potential in a 3 dimensional space is given by V      volts .
 x y z 
Where x, y and z are in meters. A particle of charge q  1012 C and mass m  109 g and
is constrained to move in x-y plane. The initial acceleration of particle when released at
1,1,1 m is n m / s2 . Find the value of ‘n’.
3. A charge of 5 C is placed at the center of a square ABCD of side 10 cm. Find
the work done  in J  in moving a charge of 1C from A to B
4. The linear charge density on a dielectric ring of radius R varies with

 as     cos , where  0 is constant. Find the potential at the center O of the
2
ring (in volt)

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Space for rough work Page 3

5.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2_WTA-28_Q.P
The electric potential varies in space according to the relation V  3x  4y . A particle

of mass 10kg start from rest from point (2, 3.2) under the influence of this field. Final
velocity in mm/s of particle when it crosses x-axis. The charge on particle is 1C . V and

x, y are in SI units.
6. In a certain region, electric field E exists along the x-axis which is uniform. Given

B  2 3 m and BC  4m. Points A, B and C are in xy-plane. The potential

difference VA  VB between the points A and B is NE. Find the value of N

7. Figure shows three circular arcs, each of radius R and total charge as indicated.
Q
The net electric potential at the center of curvature . Find N.
N 0 R

8. An electric dipole is placed in a uniform electric field. The dipole, when its axis is
inclined to field direction at 30 experiences a torque 0.2 N-m. Then its potential
energy, when its axis is along the field, will be n 101 J . Find the value of ‘n’.

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2_WTA-28_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.

9. A small dipole of dipole moment P is placed at the origin oriented along the y-
axis. At point P r, ,  as shown in figure,

P sin  sin 
A) Potential, V 
40r 2
P sin  cos
B) Potential, V 
40r 2
P
C) Electric field Intensity. E  1  3sin2 sin2
40r 3

P
D) Electric field Intensity, E  1  3cos 2 sin2
40r 3

10. In a uniform electric field, equipotential surface must

A) be plane surfaces.
B) be normal to the direction of the field.
C) be spaced such that surfaces having equal differences in potential are
separated by equal distances.
D) have decreasing potential in the direction of the field.

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Space for rough work Page 5

11.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2_WTA-28_Q.P
For the situation shown in the figure (assume r  length of dipole) select the
correct statement(s):


Q p(small dipole)
r
A) Force acting on the dipole is zero
pQ
B) Force acting on the dipole is approximately .
4 0 r 3
pQ
C) Torque acting on the dipole is approximately in clockwise direction.
4 0 r 2
pQ
D) Torque acting on the dipole is approximately in clockwise direction.
2 0 r 2
12. The electric potential decreases uniformly from 120V to 80V as one moves on the
x  axis from x  1 cm to x  1cm . The electric field at the origin:
A) Must be equal to 20 V/cm B) May be equal to 20 V/cm
C) May be greater than 20 V/cm D) May be less than 20 V/cm

13.  
The ratio of energy density in electric field  U E  to square of potential V 2 at a
point ‘A’ at a distance ‘x’ from static point charge Q is ‘n’. The value of this ratio at
a distance ‘3x’ from the charge is
n 2n n
A) n B) C) D)
4 9 9
14. A short electric dipole is placed in the electric field due to a point charge. Then
A) the dipole must experience a force.
B) the dipole may experience a force.
C) the dipole must experience a torque.
D) the dipole may experience a torque.

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2_WTA-28_Q.P

15. Two identical dipoles of dipole moment P  p 0ˆi ( p 0 is a positive constant) are
placed on x-axis at points A a, 0, 0 and Ba, 0, 0 as shown. Then pick up the
correct statements:

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Space for rough work Page 7

17.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2_WTA-28_Q.P
The velocity of m1 at a point P very close to Q 2 , a distance h1 from the surface of
earth, if the initial velocity of m1 was zero and air drag and earth’s electric field
being ignored, is
Q1Q 2 Q1Q 2
A) 2gh  B) 2gh 
20 h1m1 40 h1m1
C) 2gh D) none of these
18. The magnitude of charge Q 2 at which the velocity of m1 , at altitude h 2 is zero is
given by
 m ghh 2 4 0 m1ghh 2
A) Q 2  0 1 B) Q 2 
Q1 Q1
2 0 m1ghh 2  m ghh 2
C) Q 2  D) Q 2  0 1
Q1 4Q1
Paragraph for Question Nos. 19 to 20
A rod of length L is placed along the x-axis with its left end at the origin and has a
non-uniform charge density varying as   x , where  is a positive constant.
(take dimensional formula of current is A)
y
B

b
d
x
A
L
Based on the above facts and the figure provided, answer the following
questions:
19. The dimensional formula for  is
A) M2T1A B) M 0 L2TA C) M 0 L1TA D) M 0 L2T1A
L
20. The electric potential at A, for d  is given by
4
   L  
A) L  log e 5

B) L  loge 5
4 0 4 4 0
 
C) L  log e 5 D) 1  log e 5
4 0 4 0
Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Space for rough work Page 8
CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2_WTA-28_Q.P
Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
21. How many of the following can react with bases?
Cl 2 , Br2 ,I 2 , Cl2O, ClO 2 , Cl 2O 6 , Cl 2O 7 , BeO, Na 2O, CaO
22. Consider the following list of compounds
CuSO 4 , O3  KOH, H 2O2  H 2SO 4 , excess of Cl2  H 2O , 1 mole of
Cl 2 , excess of conc. HNO3 , excess of O3  H 2O, conc. H 2SO 4 and Na 2S2O3
the total no. of reagents that can oxidize iodide to iodine is ……….
23. In ClF3 molecule stable structure has
no. of l.p – l.p repulsions = x
no. of l.p – b.p repulsions = y
no. of b.p – b.p repulsions = z
Then x + y + z is
573 K U
24. Cl 2  F2 excess   A  B  C inter halogen compound
The total no. of l.p’s in A is  x
The total no. of l.p’s in B is  y
The total no. of l.p’s in C is  z
x + y – z = 15 + b. Then ‘b’ is ………..
437K
25. I) Cl 2  F2equal volume   A II) I 2  Cl 2 excess  B
III) Br2  F2 diluted with water   C IV) I 2  Cl 2 equi molar   D
573 K
V) Br2  F2 excess  E V) Cl 2  F2 excess  F
Select the no. of correct statement(s) about products is ……..
I) B in monomeric form shows T shape and dimeric form shows sq. planar
II) E is colourless liquid and shows square pyramidal structure
III) C and F shows same atomicity and no. of lone pairs
IV) Compound D exist in  and  forms
V) A to F compounds hydrolysed reactions are non-redox reactions
VI) B in monomeric form is a polar molecule and in dimeric form is a non-polar molecule

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Space for rough work Page 9

26.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2_WTA-28_Q.P
In a given sample of bleaching powder CaOCl2 .H 2O  , the percentage of available

of chlorine is 49. The volume in liters of chlorine obtained, if 39 gm of the sample

is treated with HCl at NTP is ……….
27. Iodate ions can be reduced to iodine by iodide ions in the presence of acidic
medium. How many moles of iodine are produced by 3 moles of iodate ions are
consumed in the reaction?
28. Select the no. of correct statement(s) :
I) IF7 contains 21 l.p of electrons
II) Azide, cyanide and azido thio carbonate are pseudo halide ions
III) RbICl 2 on heating gives RbCl and ICl
IV) di (or) tetra atomic Br/I inter halogen compounds are exhibits colour property
V) UF6 is ionic and other uranium halides are covalent
VI) IF is highly unstable compound and its disproportionation gives
I 2 and IF3 / IF5 / IF7 compounds
VII) IF7 shows two different bond length values
VIII) Cl 2O, ClO 2 and Cl 2O 6 are coloured compounds
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
29. The correct statements among the following is/are
A) Powdered iron on reaction with HCl gives FeCl2
B) Powdered iron on reaction with dry Cl 2 gas gives FeCl3
C) HCl gas can be dried by passing through conc. H 2SO 4
D) HCl M.P and solubility is higher than that of PH 3

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Space for rough work Page 10

30.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2_WTA-28_Q.P

Select the correct statement(s) :

A) A, B, C and D are coloured compounds
B) The above reactions are redox reaction
C) A and B are gases and C is liq. and D is solid
D) A, B, C and D colour property due to LUMO to HOMO transition
NaOH Cl2
31. HgCl2    yellow oxide   orange coloured gas
Cl 2 O3
I) Sodium chlorite   yellow gas   red oily liquid
P4O10
II) HClO4    colourless oilyliq.
Select the incorrect statement(s) among the above reaction
A) Orange coloured gas > yellow gas > red oily liquid > colour less liquid (order of
oxidising strength)
B) Yellow gas and red coloured oily liquids are mixed acidic anhydrides
C) Colourless oily liq. < red oily liq. < yellow gas < orange coloured gas (order of
acidic nature)
D) Formation of colourless oily liquid is a redox reaction
32. Which of the following reactions are correct
aqua regia
A) Au    AuCl 4  NO 2  2H 2O
excess of aqua regia
B) 3Pt       3PtCl26  4NO  8H 2O
NaCl
C) NaHSO 4    Na 2SO 4  HCl
823K

D) I 2  6H 2O  5Cl2 
 2HICl 4  10 HCl

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Space for rough work Page 11

33.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2_WTA-28_Q.P
Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct?
A) ClO 2 and ClO 3 are odd electronic para magnetic species
B) When KClO3 is heated with conc. HCl gives mixture of gases liberated is
called Euchlorine
C) BrF5 hydrolysis gives HF and HBrO3
D) F2 oxidises HSO4 to S2O72
34. Identify the incorrect order(s)?
A) F2  Cl2  Br2  I 2 (order of M.P, B.P and density)
B) F2  Cl2  Br2  I 2 (order of I.E, E.A, E0RP )
C) F2  Cl2  Br2  I 2 (order of bond dissociation energy)
D) PH 3  HCl  H 2S (order of B.P)
35. Identify the correct statement (s)?
A) I-Cl bond is stronger than Br-Br bond
B) I-Cl is polar where as Br-Br is non-polar
C) SnCl4 more covalent than SnCl2
D) O 2 F2 oxidises Pu to PuF6
36. Which of the following statements/are order correct
A) Cl2 reacts with excess of ammonia to give nitrogen and ammonium chloride
B) Tennessine shows same period and group numbers
C) In the third excited state Cl fails to shows sp and sp 2 hybridisation
(consider no ionization reactions)
D) In Deacon’s process dia magnetic CuCl 2 is used as catalyst

SECTION – III
(PARAGRAPH TYPE)
This section contains 2 groups of questions. Each group has 2 multiple choice questions based on a paragraph.
Each question has 4 choices A), B), C) and D) for its answer, out of which ONE OR MORE is/are correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
Paragraph for Question Nos. 37 to 38
Bleaching powder and bleach solution are produced on a large scale and used in
several house hold production. The effectiveness of bleach solution is often
measured by iodometry.
Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Space for rough work Page 12
37.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2_WTA-28_Q.P
25 ml of household bleach solution was mixed with 30 mL of 0.50 M KI and
10 mL of 4 N acetic acid. In the titration of the liberated I2 , 48 mL of 0.25 N
Na 2S2O3 was used to reach the end point. The molarity of the household bleach
solution is
A) 0.48 M B) 0.96 M C) 0.24 M D) 0.34 M
38. Bleaching powder contains a salt of an oxoacid as one of its components. The
anhydride of that oxoacid is
A) Cl2O B) Cl2O 7 C) ClO 2 D) Cl2O8
Paragraph for Question Nos. 39 to 40

2.
39. In the first diagram, Select the incorrect statement
A) H (fusion) and ΔH (vapour) values are equal to zero for F2 / Cl2
B) Cl2  Br2  F2  I 2 order of heat of dissociation
C) The algebraic sum of H values in the above process Fluorine shows highest
H value (only numarical)
D) Order of heat of hydration is F   Cl   Br   I 
40. In the 2nd diagram, select the correct statement is
A) HF > HCl > HBr < HI (order of heat of dehydration and dissociation)
B) F > Cl > Br > I (order of electron gain enthalpy)
C) X-hydration is less than that of H+ hydration
D) HF > HCl < HBr < HI (order of H total)
Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Space for rough work Page 13
MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2_WTA-28_Q.P

Max Marks : 80
SECTION – I
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE )
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
2 2
x y
41. A transversal cut the same branch of a hyperbola  1 in P , P ' and the

2
a b2
asymptotes in Q , Q ' then the value of  PQ  PQ '   P ' Q ' P ' Q  is
x2 y 2
42 Tangents are drawn from any point on the hyperbola   1 to the circle
9 4
x 2  y 2  9. If the locus of the mid-point of the chord of contact is a
2 a2  b2  c2

a x2  y 2   bx 2  cy 2 then the value of
7873
x2 y2
43. If the angle between the asymptotes of hyperbola   1 is  / 3 then the
a2 b2
eccentricity of conjugate hyperbola is
44. If distance between two parallel tangents having slope’ m’ drawn to the hyperbola

x2 y 2
  1 is 2 then the value of 2 m is
9 49

x2 y2
45. The equation   1 represents a hyperbola when a    b, then
9 4
b  a 
 b  a   ....... where . denotes greatest integer function

46. A chord of the rectangular hyperbola xy =16 intersects the hyperbola at P,Q
and x-axis ,y-axis at R and S respectively and ‘O’ be the centre of the hyperbola.
4S1S2
If the area of  OPS is S1 and the area of  QOR is S 2 then the value of 
S12  S22
Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Space for rough work Page 14
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2_WTA-28_Q.P

x2 y2 x2 y2 1
47 If the foci of the ellipse   1 and the hyperbola   coincide ,
25 b 2 144 81 25
then b =
48 If two points P and Q on the hyperbola 9 x 2  5 y 2  1 whose centre is C be such
1 1
that CP is perpendicular to CQ. Then find 
CP 2 CQ 2

SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
2 2
49. For the curve 7 x  2 y  12 xy  2 x  14 y  22  0 , which of the following is true ?
A) An ellipse
B) A hyperbola with eccentricity 3
C) A hyperbola with focus (1, 2)
D) A hyperbola with directrix 2 x  y  1  0
50 If in rectangular hyperbola normal at any point ‘P’ meet the axes in ‘G’ and ‘g’ and
C be cantre of hyperbola then
A) PG = Pg B) PG = PC C) Pg = PC D) None
51 If acute angle between the two asymptotes of hyperbola is  / 6 then eccentricity
of hyperbola can be
2 4
A) B) 2 C) D) 4
3 3
52. If the normal’s at  xi , yi  , i  1,2,3,4 to the rectangular hyperbola xy  2 meet at
the point  3,4  then
4
A) x1  x2  x3  x4  3 B)  yi  4
i 1
C) x1 x2 x3 x4  4 D) None
Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Space for rough work Page 15
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2_WTA-28_Q.P

y2 2
53. Two tangents can be drawn to the different branches of hyperbola x  1
4

from the point  , 2 if 
A)    2,0  B)    0,2  C)    , 2  D)    2,  
54. If the ellipse x 2  k 2 y 2  k 2a 2 confocal with hyperbola x 2  y 2  a 2 then
1
A) ratio of eccentricities of ellipse and hyperbola is
3
B) ratio of major axis of ellipse and transverse axis of hyperbola is 3
C) the ellipse and hyperbola cuts eath other orthogonally
1
D) Ratio of length of latusrectum of ellipse and hyperbola is
3
x2 y2
55. If  a sec , b tan   and  a sec  , b tan   are the ends of a focal chord of  1
a2 b2
 
then Tan Tan 
2 2
e 1 1 e 1 e e 1
A) B) C) D)
e 1 1 e 1 e e 1
x2 y2
56. If 2 x  y  1  0 is tangent to the hyperbola   1 then which of the following
2 16
a
cannot be sides of a right angled triangle?
A) 2a, 4 , 1 B) 2a , 8, 1 C) a, 4, 1 D) a, 4, 2

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-06-20_Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv2015-P2_WTA-28_Q.P
Let a hyperbola has centre at  0,0  .A line x  y  2 touches this hyperbola at
P 1,1 and intersects the asymptotes at A and B such that AB  6 2 units.
57. Angle subtended by AB at centre of hyperbola is
4 2 3 4
A) sin 1   B) sin 1   C) sin 1   D) Tan 1  
5 5 5 3
 7
58. Equation of tangent of hyperbola at  1,  is
 2
A) 5 x  2 y  2 B) 3 x  2 y  4 C) 3 x  4 y  11 D) x  y  1
Paragraph for Question Nos. 59 to 60
A point ‘P’ moves such that sum of the slopes of the normals drawn from it to
the hyperbola xy  16 equal to the sum of ordinates of feet of normals the locus
of P is a curve ‘C’
59. The equation of the curve ‘C’ is

A) x 2  4 y B) x 2  16 y C) x 2  12 y D) y 2  8 x
60. If the tangent of the curve ‘C’ cuts the coordinate axis at A and B, then the locus
of the middle point of AB is

A) x 2  4 y B) x 2  2 y C) x 2  2 y  0 D) x 2  4 y  0

Sec: Sr.Chaina/Sr.Super60(In Com) Space for rough work Page 17

MATHEMATICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy DWS 21-07-19_SriChaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-ADV_2016-P1_WTA-38_Q.P
Max Marks: 62
SECTION – I
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and –1 in all other cases.
4 x2
37. Area bounded by the curves y ,y 7 x is (in sq.units)
4
A) 16 B) 8 C) 32 D) 64
x x
38. Area bounded by the curve f x max 1 ,sin x, x 1 , y –axis and the line y 2
2 2

is ([.] denotes greatest integer function) (in sq.units)

A) 1 B) 2 C) 3 D) 4

39. The area between the curves x 2 y2 3, x y 3 is ____ sq.units

A) 3 2 B) 3 1 C) 6 4 D) 6 2
4 y
,y 2
2
1/3
40. Consider a curve x = y 2 1, 2 y 10
19 y
, y 10
3

The area enclosed by the above curve, tangent to it at x 2 and x-axis is (in sq.units)
16 64 32 48
A) B) C) D)
3 3 3 3

41. The area bounded by the curve y= g(x), the x-axis and the ordinates at x = -12 and
x = 16 where g(x) is the inverse of the function f ( x) x3 x2 2 x 8 , is _______ sq.units
325 325 325 325
A) B) C) D)
6 4 7 9

Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 21-07-19_SriChaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-ADV_2016-P1_WTA-38_Q.P
SECTION – II
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases
x2 8a 3
42. Area bounded by the curves y and y is_______(in sq.units)
4a x 2 4a 2
1 2
A) 6 4 , if a 1 B) 6 4 , if a 1
3 3
4 2
C) 6 4 , if a 2 D) 6 4 , if a 2
3 3
x x
43. The curve C1: y e and C2: y e sin x (x > 0) touch each other at infinitely many
points. Let 0 x1 x2 ....... xn ...... be the abscissa of these points of contact. If An
denotes the area bounded by two curves & ordinates x xn & x xn 1 , then which of the
following is/ are true?
2 2
1 e 1 1 e 1
A) A1 B) A2
2 e5 /2
2 e9 /2

C) A1, A2, A3 are in A.P. D) A1, A2, A3 are in G.P.

1
44. If the area bounded by the curves y a x2 , y a x 2 and y 2 3y 2 0 , where a 0,
2

has greatest value, then a can be ([.] denotes greatest Integer function)
7 5 3
A) B) C) D) 1
2 2 2
x 1 x 1
45. The area of the region bounded by the curve 3 y 3 1, within the rectangle

2 K 2 K1
formed by the lines x 1, y is 12 1 sq.units where K1 , K 2 N and
9 K 2 ln K 2

GCD K1 , K 2 1 then
A) K1 2 B) K1 3 C) K 2 3 D) K 2 2
Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Space for rough work Page 18
46.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
The area bounded by y 3 3 x and y
21-07-19_SriChaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-ADV_2016-P1_WTA-38_Q.P
x 3 is equal to (where [.] denote greatest

integer function and {.}denotes fractional part function)

5 11
3 9 1
A) B) C) {x}dx D) [ x ]dx
2 2 2
12 2

3
47. If Ai is the area bounded by x ai y bi , i N and ai 1 ai bi and
2
bi
bi 1 , a1 0, b1 32 then
2
n
4
A) A3 = 128 B) lim Ai (16)2
n
i 1 3
n
8
C) lim Ai (32)2 D) A3 = 256
n
i 1 3
48. If S is the area included between parabola y x 2 2x 3 and the line y x 1, then

125
A) S 1
3
32
B) least value of S is
3
C) S has least value when 3

D) Least value of S occurs for exactly one value of .

49. Consider the functions f(x) and g(x) both defined from R R and area defined as
f(x) =2x –x2 and g(x) = xn where n N. If the area bounded between f(x) and g(x) is ½
then n is a divisor of
A) 12 B) 15 C) 20 D) 30
SECTION – III
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases
50. The area enclosed by the curves x y x y 4, x 1 and y x 2 2x 1 is_________

(in sq.units)
Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Space for rough work Page 19
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 21-07-19_SriChaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-ADV_2016-P1_WTA-38_Q.P
2
51. If the area bounded by the curves f x cos 1 cos x ,g x cos 1 cos x and x is
2
3 2
a b C , then the value of a b c is_______

1 3 5
52. Let A ,0 , B ,0 ,C , 0 be 3-points on xy-plane. P is another point on the
2 2 2

same plane satisfying max {PA+ PB, PB + PC} < 2. If the area of the region of P is
3
3 then a + b = ____
a b

53. If f ( x) sin x x 0, , f ( x) f ( x) 2 x , and f ( x) f (2 x) x ,2

2 2

then area bounded by y = f(x) and x – axis is k sq.units where k equals

3
54. The area of the region x y x y bounded within the rectangle formed by
4
1 3
x ,y is K ln K sq.units, then K equals _______
2 4

Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Space for rough work Page 20

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sec: Sr.IIT_N-SUPER CHAINA/N-CHAINA Date: 21-05-20

Time: 3hrs Max. Marks: 264

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

21-05-20_SR.N-SUPER CHAINA/N-CHAINA_Jee-Adv_PTA-1_SYLLABUS

PHYSICS: Unit Dimensions, Error Analysis, Kinematics,

laws of motion, Circular Motion

CHEMISTRY: Thermodynamics & Thermo chemistry, Gaseous State,

Atomic Structure, Solid State, Stoichiometry, Liquid Solutions

MATHEMATICS : Trigonometry (Equations, POT, ITF), Complex Numbers, Vectors

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P
Time: 3:00 Hours IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 264

PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 8) Questions with Integer Answer Type 4 0 8 32
Sec – II(Q.N : 9 – 18) Questions with Multiple Correct Choice 4 -2 10 40
Matrix Matching
Sec – III(Q.N : 19 – 20) 8 -4 2 16
(+2/-1 for every match)
Total 20 88

CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 21 – 28) Questions with Integer Answer Type 4 0 8 32
Sec – II(Q.N : 29 – 38) Questions with Multiple Correct Choice 4 -2 10 40
Matrix Matching
Sec – III(Q.N : 39 – 40) 8 -4 2 16
(+2/-1 for every match)
Total 20 88

MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Sec – I(Q.N : 41 – 48) Questions with Integer Answer Type 4 0 8 32
Sec – II(Q.N : 49 – 58) Questions with Multiple Correct Choice 4 -2 10 40
Matrix Matching
Sec – III(Q.N : 59 – 60) 8 -4 2 16
(+2/-1 for every match)
Total 20 88

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 2

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P
PHYSICS Max Marks: 88
SECTION – I
(SINGLE INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
1. For a man walking towards east with a velocity of 5 km/hr rain appears to fall vertically
down. When the man begins to walk towards west with a velocity of 3 km/hr the rain
appears to fall at an angle of 600 to the vertical. The magnitude of velocity of the rain

when the man stops walking is 139 Km / hr . Then N is equal to

2. The percentage error of a physical quantity m given by the relation m   tan  is

minimum when   15n º . Then n = ___

3. A rope rests on two platforms which are both inclined at an angle  , as shown. The rope
has uniform mass density and its coefficient of friction with the platform is 1. The
system has left-right symmetry. The rope is arranged such that the largest possible
fraction of the rope does not touch the platform. The maximum value of  which allows

this is , then ‘n’ is
n

 

4. The speed of a motorboat in still water is four times the speed of a river. Normally, the
motorboat takes one minute to cross the river to the port straight across on the other
bank. One time due to a motor problem, it was not able to run at full power, and it took
four minutes to cross the river along the same path. Speed of the motor boat in the

situation of motor problem is 31 times of its usual speed. Find the value of X.(Assume
4X

that the speed of the water is uniform throughout the whole width of the river)

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 3

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P
5. Two objects. One sliding down from rest on a smooth (frictionless) slope. The other
being thrown from the point O, start their motion at the same instant. Both get to the
point P at the same time and at the same speed. If  is the angle of projection and  is
the angle of inclination then find the value of 1 ?
sin  sin 

6. Consider the Atwood’s machine shown, It consists of three pulleys, a short piece of
string connecting one mass to the bottom pulley, and a continuous long piece of string
that wraps twice around the bottom side of the bottom pulley, and one around the top
side of the top two pulleys. The two masses are m and 2m. Assume that the parts of the
string connecting the pulleys are essentially vertical, then the magnitude of acceleration
of 2m is g m / sec 2 g is acceleration due to gravity. Find the value of n.
n

7. A block of mass m  1Kg placed on a wedge of mass M  2Kg is attached at one end of
a light inextensible cord that passes over an ideal pulley affixed on the top of the wedge
as shown in the finger. The free end of the thread is pulled by a constant horizontal
force F  3 N . if friction between the block and the wedge as well as between the
2
wedge and the floor is absent, find acceleration of the wedge (in m / sec 2 ,to nearest
integer value)Acceleration due to gravity is g  10m / sec 2 .

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 4

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P
8. A bead of mass m  1Kg , which can slide on a straight horizontal frictionless rod, is
being pulled with the help of a light inextensible thread of length   1m in such a manner
that the end P of the thread, which is being pulled moves with a constant speed
u  2 m / sec always directed along the thread. Find the value of the tensile force T(in N) in
the thread at an instant when the thread makes angle   450 with the rod.

SECTION – II
(ONE OR MORE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
9. Two blocks of masses 2Kg and 4 kg are placed over each other as shown in the
adjoining figure .The coefficient of kinetic and static friction are as shown in the figure
.A variable force F=4t starts acting on the 4 kg block as shown .Choose the correct
option(s) from the following (a4 and a2 represents the accelerations of 4 kg and 2 kg
blocks respectively)

A) B)

C) D)

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 5

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P
10. The speed of a small object undergoing uniform circular motion is 4m/s. The magnitude
of the change in the velocity during 0.5 second is also 4m/s
2
A) the angular speed of object is rad / sec
3

8
B) the centripetal acceleration of the object is m / s2
3
6
C) the radius of the circle is metre

3
D) the radius of circle is metre


11. A man wants to reach directly at point B on the opposite bank of a river flowing at a
speed as shown in fig. VR  Velocity of river with respect to ground .

VMR  Velocity of man with respect to river

A) minimum speed relative to water, the man should have so that he can reach point B
1
will be m / sec
2

B) minimum speed relative to water, the man should have so that he can reach point B
will be 2 m / sec

C) the time required for aman to cross the river in the above condition (when he travels
with minimum relative speed required) is 200 2 s

D) The angle, man has to maintain with the line perpendicular to river is 300 with
minimum speed condition

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 6

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P
12. The velocity time graph of the fig. shows the motion of a wooden block of mass 1 kg
which is given an initial push t = 0, along a horizontal table.( g = 10 m/s2)

A) The coefficient of friction between the blocks and the table is 0.1
B) The coefficient of friction between the blocks and the table is 0.2
C) If the table was half of its present roughness, the time taken by the block to complete
the journey is 2 sec.
D) If the table was half of its present roughness, the time taken by the block to complete
the journey is 8 sec
13. The dimensions of the quantities in one (or more) of the following pairs are the same.
Identify the pair(s):
A) torque and work B) angular momentum and work
C) energy and Young’s modulus D) light year and wavelength
14. A wedge and a block system is released from rest in the given arrangement. If all
surfaces are smooth and acceleration of wedge with respect to ground is 2 m / s 2 towards
left, then choose CORRECT option(s).

2 m / s2
60

A) Magnitude of acceleration of block with respect to ground is different from its

acceleration (magnitude) with respect to wedge
B) Magnitude of acceleration of block is same with respect to ground and with respect to
wedge
C) Magnitude of acceleration of block is 2 m / s 2 with respect to wedge
D) Magnitude of acceleration of block is 2 m / s 2 with respect to ground
SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 7

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P
15. A student uses a simple pendulum of length 1m to determine acceleration due to gravity
g. He uses a stop watch with least count of 0.5 s for this and records 40 s for 20
oscillations. For this observation, which of the following statements is/are true? Least
count of scale used for measurement of length is 1cm.

A) Percentage error in measurement of time period is 5 / 4 %

B) Percentage error in measurement of time period is 5 / 2 %

C) Percentage error in determination of g 2.5%

D) Percentage error in determination of g 3.5%

16. Three identical cylinders each of mass m  10 3 kg are arranged on a horizontal floor as
shown in the figure with their axes horizontal. The floor as the cylinders is frictionless.
You apply a constant horizontal force (directed to the right) on the leftbottom cylinder.
Consider acceleration of free fall is g  10 m / s 2

A)For F  50 N ,bottom two cylinders will not be in contact

B)For F  150 N ,all cylinders maintain contact

C)For any value of F ,upper cylinder and bottom left cylinder never loose contact

D)For F  400 N ,contact force between upper cylinder and right bottom cylinder is zero

17. Seven pulleys are connected with the help of 3 light strings and two small strings with
roof as shown in the figure. Consider P1 , P2 , P3 , P4 , P5 as light pulleys and pulleys P6 and
P7 have mass m each. For this arrangement, choose the correct statements, if system is

released from rest.

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 8

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P

P1 P2

P3 P7

A) Tension in the string connecting P1 , P3 and P4 is zero

B) Tension in the string connecting P1 , P3 and P4 is mg/3

C) Tension in all the strings are same and equal to zero

D) Acceleration of P6 and P7 is each equal to g downward

18. A ball is projected along smooth inclined plane in a direction perpendicular to line of
greatest slope with speed 8m/s as shown in figure at time t  0 .choose the correct
option(s) from below at time t  1sec (take g  10m / sec2 )

A) Speed of the ball is 10m / sec

B)Normal acceleration of the ball is 10m / sec 2

2
C)Tangential acceleration of the ball is 3.6m / sec

500
D)Radius of curvature of trajectory is 24 m

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 9

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P
SECTION - III
(MATRIX MATCHING ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and four
statements (P, Q, R and S) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or
MORE statement(s) given in Column II.
For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in Q and R, then for the
particular question darken the bubbles corresponding to Q and R in the OMR sheet. For each correct matching
will be awarded +2 marks ONLY and 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
19. Find the accelerations of blocks A and B for the following cases ( g = 10 m/s2)
1
2

1 kg 1 kg 10 N

B
A

ColumnI ColumnII
(A) 1 = 0 and 2 = 0.1 (P) aA = aB = 9.5 m/s2
(B) 2 = 0 and 1 = 0.1 (Q) aA = 9 m/s2, aB = 10 m/s2
(C) 1 = 0.1 and 2 = 1.0 (R) aA = aB = g = 10 m/s2
(D) 1 = 1.0 and 2 = 0.1 (S) aA = 1, aB = 9 m/s2
20. Some physical quantities are given in List-I and some possible SI units in which these
quantities may be expressed are given in List-II. Match the physical quantities in
List-I with the units in List-II and select the correct answer using the code given
below lists
LIST-I LIST - II
GM e Ms ,Where G-universal gravitational
(A) constant, Me-mass of the Earth (P) (volt)(coulomb)(meter)
Ms-mass of the Sun
3RT
,Where R-universal gas constant,
(B) M (Q) (kilogram) (meter)3(second)
T-absolute temperature, M-molar mass
F2
, Where F-force q-charge
(C) q 2B2 (R) (meter)2(second)-2
B-magnetic field
GMe
, where G-universal gravitational
(D)
R e (S) (farad)(volt)2(kg)-1
constant, Me-mass of the Earth Re-radius
of the earth

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 10

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P
CHEMISTRY Max Marks: 88
SECTION – I
(SINGLE INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
R R
21. If a mono atomic gas PV x  constant. It possess molar heat capacity as CP   .
 1 1 x
How much heat in calories is required to raise the temperature of one mole of that by
P
20 C if it obeys  constant?
V
22. Degeneracy of 2nd exicited state of Li 2 ion is x, and degeneracy of 4th exicited state of
Li  ion is y then x/y is
B C
23. Vander waal’s gas equation may be expressed as Z  1    ... where Vm  molar
Vm Vm2
volume of gas. If B  0.105Lmol 1 and C  4 104 L2 mol 2 at 1270 C , the value of Vander
waal constant ‘a’(in atm L2 mol 2 ) is  R  0.08L  atm / K  mol  :

24. 5 mL of gaseous hydrocarbon was exposed to 30 mL of O2 . The resultant gas, on cooling

is found to measure 25 mL. of which 10 mL was absorbed by NaOH and the remainder
by pyrogallol. All measurements are made at constant pressure and temperature. The
sum of number of carbon and hydrogen atoms in the hydrocarbon is___
25. A compound AB has zinc blende structure with ‘A’ atoms at corners and face centre of
the unit cell. If all the atoms present in one body diagonal are removed, the formula of
the compound becomes Ax By . The sum  x  y  is:

26. Work done in chemical reaction (in k cal): A  s   3B  g   c  g  at 2270 C , 1 atmosphere

in closed vessel with movable piston is
27. For the redox reaction : MnO4  C2O42  H   Mn2  CO2  H 2O , the correct coefficients of
the reactants for MnO4 , C2O42 , H  in the balanced reaction are X,Y,Z respectively. Then
find (Z-X-Y)
28. If the freezing point of a 0.01 molal aqueous solution of cobalt(III) chloride-ammonia
complex (which behaves as a strong electrolyte) is 0.05580 C , the number of chloride(s)
in the coordination sphere of the complex is
[ K f of water  1.86K kg mol 1 ]

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 11

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P
SECTION – II
(ONE OR MORE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
29. One mole of O2(g), initially at a temperature of 120 K and under a pressure of 4 atm is
expanded adiabatically to 1 atm in such a way that the temperature of the gas falls to 90
K (just above its normal boiling point). Cpof O2(g) is 28.2 JK-1 mol-1 and is constant
over the required temperature range. O2(g) is supposed to behave ideally. Choose the

correct options: (log2=0.3010, log3=0.4771)

(A) q = 0 (B) w = + 597J (C) H = - 846 J (D) Ssys = 3.416 JK-1

30. When 5 mL of a 1.0 M HCl solution is mixed with 5 mL of a 0.1 M NaOH solution,
temperature of solution increases by t 0C . Which of the following can be predicted from
this observation:
(A) If 5 mL of 0.1M HCl is mixed with 5 mL 0.1 M NH 3 solution, the temperature rise
will be less than t 0C
(B) If 5 mL of 0.1 M CH 3COOH is mixed with 5 mL 0.1 M NaOH, the temperature rise
will be less than t 0C
(C) If 10 mL of 1.0 M HCl mixed with 10 mL of 0.1 M NaOH, the temperature rise will
be 2t 0C .
(D) If 10 mL of 0.1 M HCl is mixed with 10 mL of 0.1 M NaCl, the temperature rise
will be t 0C
31. In an universe other than earth all the quantum numbers have same value
as on earth except ‘’ and ‘s’. Azimuthal quantum number can have values

from 0 to (n + 1) in integral step and ‘s’ (spin quantum number) has values of

 1 1
 – , 0 &   . If all rules like Aaufbau rule, Hund’s rule and Paulis exclusion
 2 2

rule follow in other universe also. Then which of the following are true?

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 12

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P
(A) No. of elements in third period of another universe will be 27

(B) Configuration of element with atomic number 29 will be, 1s3, 2s3, 2p9, 3s3, 3p9, 4s2

(D) Atomic number of element in 4th period and 5th column will be71

32. A balloon blown up with 1 mole of a gas, has a volume of 480 ml to 50 C . If the balloon

is filled to   th of its maximum capacity, then which of the following options is/are
7
 
8

correct?

(A) The balloon will burst at 300 C

(B) The pressure of the gas inside the balloon at 50 C is 47.5 atm

(D) The pressure of gas when balloon burst at minimum temperature is 50 atm

33. 8.7gm of pure MnO2 is heated with an excess of HCl and the gas evolved is passed into a
solution of KI. The amount of iodine liberated is ( Mn  55 Cl  35.5 I  127 O  16)

 MnO2  HCl  MnCl2  H 2O  Cl2 

Cl  KI  KCl  I 
 2 2 

(A) 25.4gm (B) 12.7gm (C) 0.1mole (D)0.05mole

34. For a mixture of two volatile liquid of A and B, Boiling point curve is given as

TA0
TB0

xA  1 xB  1

Then identify true statement(s)

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 13

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P
(A) Vapor pressure of pure liquid B is more than A

(B) Liquid A is more volatile than B

(C) If it is non-ideal solution then it has –ve deviation

(D) If it is non-ideal solution then inter molecular attraction force between

A and B in the mixture is less than the individual attraction in A and B

35. The data given below is used to find the type of cubic lattice to which the crystal belong.

Ag Al Cu Cr

a (pm) 407.7 405 361 287

 (g cm-3) 10.5 2.7 8.92 7.31

At. mass (gm) 108 27 63.5 52

Which of the above crystallizes in FCC unit cell

(A) Ag (B) Al (C) Cu (D) Cr

36. A salt MX has NaCl type lattice in which r is the minimum distance between M 2 and
X 2 . Each M 2 ion is surrounded by

(A) 6X 2 ions, each at a distance r

(B) 12M 2 ions, each at a distance 2r

(C) 8X 2 ions, each at a distance 3r

(D) 12M 2 ions, each at a distance 4r

37. Which of the following is(are) correct statement(s)?

(A)Schottky defect have no effect on the physical properties of solid

(B) Greater is the number of F-centres, greater is the intensity of color developed

(C)Frenkel defect is a dislocation defect

(D)A compound may have both Frenkel and Schottky defect

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 14

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P
38. CCl4 and acetone form a non-ideal solution at room temperature in a copper container.
For this process, the true statement(s) is (are):
(A) G is positive (B) S system is positive

(C) S surrounding  0 (D) H  0

(B) Al2(SO4)3 in aqueous solution (q) Greater than 1

40. Which of thermodynamic processes given under column I with the expressions given
under column II
Column-I Column-II
(A) Freezing of water at 273 K and 1 atm (P) q=0
Expansion of 1 mol of an ideal gas into
(B) (Q) w=0
vaccum under isolated conditions
Mixing of equal volumes of two ideal
(C) gases at constant temperature and (R) Ssys  0
pressure in an isolated container
Reversible heating of H 2  g  at 1 atm
(D) from 300 K to 600 K, followed by (S) U  0
reversible cooling to 300 K at 1 atm

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 15

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P
MATHEMATICS Max Marks: 88
SECTION – I
(SINGLE INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
41. Let a, b and c be three distinct complex numbers satisfying a  b  c  1 and a  b  c  0 ,
then a 2  b 2  c 2 is equal to

sin 1 x 2  cos 1 x
42. If x   satisfies the equation  3 , then find the value of
cos 1 x 2  sin 1 x
sec 1   tan 1 
.
cot 1   cos ec 1
43. In a triangle  XYZ , let a, b, c be the length of the sides opposite to the angles X, Y and
a  b c  3b  a bc
Z respectively and T denotes s ( s  a ) ( s  b) ( s  c ) . If a  b c  3b  a b  c  6 ,
ab a  3b  c bc
1
b 2  c 2  a 2 , a 2  b 2  c 2 , a 2  c 2  b 2 , then sum of all possible integral values of   , where
T 
abc
s is
2

44. Number of solution(s) of equation n(sin x)sec x  (cos ec x) n(cos x), x   0,  is
 2
 
45. In a triangle ABC, CAB  900 , AB  1, AC  3 and a point P inside the  ABC satisfies
    
PA PB PC PC  PB
      0 , then  is equal to
PA PB PC PA

46. Let C be the set of complex numbers, z  C satisfies z  3  z  1  8 , then minimum value
z 1
2

of is
2
47. Let x and y be two real numbers such that 2 sin x sin y  3cos y  6 cos x sin y  7 , then
tan 2 x  2 tan 2 y is equal to
2
a
48. Let z1 and z2 are two distinct roots of the equation z 101
 1 and   is the probability
b

that z1  z2  2  3 where a and b are relatively prime natural numbers then a  b is

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 16

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P
SECTION – II
(ONE OR MORE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 10 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its
answer, out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all other cases.
z 1
49. If w  , z  1, z , w  C , then
z2
7
A) w  3 min  B) w  3 max  3
3

C)  Arg ( w) max     Arg ( w)    D)  Arg ( w) min  0    Arg ( w)   
4

50. The value of the expression

sin 36 0
 cos 360  2 sin 27 0  sin 36 0
 cos 360  2 sin 27 0 
0
2sin 54
is less than
10
A) cos 360 B) cos 67 C) cos 90 D) cos150
2

 4 7 1    
51. If cos 2 . cos . cos   b  a . cot    where a, b  N then
9 9 9 32   9 

A) a  3 B) a  2 C) b  2 D) b  1
52. In a tetrahedron OABC, the edges are of lengths,
OA  BC  a, OB  AC  b, OC  AB  c . Let G1 and G2 be the centroids of the triangle
a2  c2
ABC and AOC such that OG1  BG2 , then the value of is (O being origin)
b2
A) 2 B) 3 C) 6 D) 9
53. Which of the following is (are) correct ?
 10 1
A) The value of sin  sec 1  cot 1  is a rational number
 3 3


B) Number of solution of the equation cos 1 x  sin 1 ( x)  is one
3

C) Number of solution of the equation cos 1 x  sin 1 ( x)  is infinite
3
D) Let g : R  R be defined as g ( x)  sgn  4e  x  then g 1 ( x) is not defined (sgn x denote
the signum function of x)

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 17

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

Narayana IIT Academy
TG ~ @bohring_bot

21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P

 
Given that a and b are two unit vectors such that angle between a and b is cos 1   . If
1
54.
4
          
c be a vector in the plane of a and b , such that c  4, c  b  2a  b and c   a   b then

A)   2

B) sum of possible values of  is -1

C) Product of possible values of  is -12

D) number of distinct values of  is three

55. Let P, Q is circum centre of  ABC and  PBC respectively. In  ABC , AB  3, AC  2 , S

is perimeter of  ABC and Q is midpoint of BC, then which can be true

5
A) circum radius of  ABC  B) circum radius of  ABC  5
2

C) [S] = 6 D) [S] = 8

(where [S] denotes greatest integer less than or equal to S)


56. Let   1   2   3  ......   n  2 and 0  1   2  ........   m  2 are values of  and 
2
respectively such that 2 cos 2  3  2 cos(2   )  2 cos  , then which of the following
is(are) true?
m m m
A) 2n > 3m B) n > m C)  i  2
i 1
D)  i    i
i 1 i 1

57. Let z1 , z2 , z3 , z4 are roots of equation z 6  z 4  z 3  z 2  1  0 such that zr3  1  0 for

 r  1, 2, 3, 4 . Area of quadrilateral made by joining z1 , z2 , z3 , z4 on the argand plane is

A) 2 sin180 B) 2 cos 360 C) 2 sin 720 D) 2 cos3 180

 2016   
58. If   2r 1 tan 2r 1   cot   2 (where   2018 ), then identify correct option
 r 1  2 2

A)     2 B)             1
C)      D)     

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 18

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Narayana IIT Academy 21-05-20_Sr.IIT_N-SC/N-C_JEE-Adv_PTA-1_Q’P
SECTION - III
(MATRIX MATCHING ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 2 questions. Each question has four statements (A, B, C and D) given in Column I and four
statements (P, Q, R and S) in Column II. Any given statement in Column I can have correct matching with ONE or
MORE statement(s) given in Column II.
For example, if for a given question, statement B matches with the statements given in Q and R, then for the
particular question darken the bubbles corresponding to Q and R in the OMR sheet. For each correct matching
will be awarded +2 marks ONLY and 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
59. Let P be a point inside a triangle ABC. The lines PA, PB and PC are drawn so that
PAB  PBC  PCA   , then

List-I List-II
  1
A) The value of  max  is lesser than P)
   6

 cot A  cot B  cot C  1

B) The value of   is greater than Q)
 cot   3

 cos ec 2 A  cos ec 2 B  cos ec 2C 

C) The value of   is R) 1
 cos ec 2 
sin( A   ) sin( B   ) sin(C   ) 
The value of   is lesser
D)  sin 
3
 S) 3
than
T) 6

n
60. The complex numbers z1 , z2 ....... zn ,  zi  0 , represents the vertices of a regular polygon
i 1

of n sides in order, is inscribed in a circle of unit radius and z3  zn  Az1  Az2 . Then the
values of  A  for prescribed values of n in column-I(where[x] be the greatest integer  x).

Column-I Column-II
A) 4 P) 0
B) 6 Q) 1
C) 8 R) 2
D) 12 S) 3
T) 7

SR.IIT_N-SC/ N-C Page. No. 19

Education is the key to unlock the golden door of freedom.

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR-HYD
Sec: Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I(L-I&II) PTA-3 Date: 22-09-19
Time: 09:00 AM to 12:00 Noon 2017_P1 Max. Marks:183

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 AC 2 AD 3 ABC 4 ACD 5 ACD

6 ABCD 7 ABD 8 5 9 2 10 4

11 1 12 5 13 B 14 D 15 D

16 C 17 D 18 C

CHEMISTRY
19 ABCD 20 ABCD 21 ACD 22 A 23 AB

24 ABD 25 ABD 26 6 27 4 28 6

29 8 30 4 31 B 32 A 33 C

34 A 35 D 36 B

MATHS
37 ABC 38 ABCD 39 AB 40 AB 41 AB

42 ABCD 43 ABCD 44 3 45 5 46 4

47 3 48 3 49 A 50 C 51 A

52 C 53 B 54 B
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SOLUTIONS
22-09-19_Sri Chaintaya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-3_Key&Sol’s

PHYSICS
1. a) Use CoE
3KQ KQ
K0   q  0    q
2R R
kQq
K0 
2R
th
 1
b) Time taken will be equal to   of time period of SHM.
 4

2. Conceptual
3. When any plate is grounded, net charge on system becomes zero. Hence charge on
outermost surfaces will always be zero.
4.
A 3
r  2R  R 3
R 2
C R R P

Potential at center and at any point on the sphere will be same

P P
So, VA  VC  2
 2
4 0  2R  16 0 R
P cos 30 o
 VA dipole  2
4 0 R 3 
3P
 VA Dipole 
24 0 R 2
 VA In  VA   VA Dipole

 VA In 

P 32 3 
2
48 0 R
R
5. P1  2  2rcm
2
2     
 2
 P 
 
1

 rcm rcm 
 
 
 P2 
 
 
  

Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

22-09-19_Sri Chaintaya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-3_Key&Sol’s

R.sin
Where rcm  2

2
2 2R


R
P2    2rcm
2
Pnet   P1  P2  i
6. Conceptual
7. Total charge on shell 1 & 3 must be zero

q2  q q3
 q1 2

 q0q1
q0

 q0  q1  q2  q3  0
Pot.of 1st shell & 3rrrd shell is equal
Pot. Of 2nd shell is 0
8.
9.
E

x=0 + x=2 +
x=1 x=3
+q
F
 charge will be in stable equilibrium at x = 2 If charge is displaced slightly by distance h
along x-axis : at x = 2 + h
 F = q E0 (2+ h)(1 – h ) (h) ( h –1)
F = qE0 (h4 + 2h3 – h2 – 2h)
F = – 2qE0h for small h
 angular frequency
2qE0
  =2 rad/s
m

10. 4

Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-09-19_Sri Chaintaya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-3_Key&Sol’s

E1 E2

1 2
x
E1  E 2 , since the potential difference between the plates is same.
1 
  2  1  4 2
e 0 0
Also 42 x   2    x   Q
Q 4
 2  1 
  3x
2
  3x
2

4Q 2Q
 1  
 2
 2  3 
3
1 2
Required change Q1  1x 
3
2Q
Q1   4C
3

11. R  R0 A1/3
1.6  10 27 2  103
d 
4 4 3
  R03  A R
3 3
2
 R3   1059  1.13  1045
1.6
20
R3   1.13  1014
1.6
1/3
R  1.25  1.1  10 4  5.5  10 4 m
L  const
I11  I 2 2
2 2 2 2
m R12   mR22 
5 T1 5 T2
2
R2  5.5  10 4 
T2  22  T1   8
 108  1sec .
R1  5.5  10 
12. Let particle at height ‘h’ above the axis of cloud just grazes the planet. Then all the
particles within this height is being collected by planet
For finding h
1 1 GMm
mV0 2  mV12 
2 2 R

Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-09-19_Sri Chaintaya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-3_Key&Sol’s
V0 m

V1 h
R

And V0 h  V1R and mass collected   h 2l

13 , 14 & 15.
When any plate is grounded, net charge on system becomes zero. Hence charge on
outermost surfaces will always be zero.
16, 17 & 18.
Use conservation as angular momentum about centre of earth.
& use conservation of energy.
CHEMISTRY
19. Grignard reagent formed undergoes allyl shift. As sp2 carbon changes to sp3, free
rotation results in formation of both cis and trans isomers (A) and (B). Asymetric
induction on sp2 carbon results in enantiomeric products (C) and (D).

Mg/Et2O +
MgBr
Br

D 2O

D + + +
D D

20. A) With Methanol both I and II undergo SN1 reaction and II is more reactive than I
due to +R effect of OMe.
B) IV is more reactive than III towards PhSNa due to NGP by Ph group.
C) Extended conjugation in TS of II makes it more reactive than IV.

EtONa

EtOH

OMe OMe

Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Cl
22-09-19_Sri Chaintaya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-3_Key&Sol’s

EtONa
CH3
+
EtOH CH3

CH2

D) Major product is the abnormal product formed by NGP.

OH
CH3 NaSH CH3

Cl
Ph
major product (NGP)
21.
22. Phenols don’t undergo nucleophilic substitution under normal conditions.
23. Only A and B satisfy all conditions.
C and D don’t satisfy (iv).
24. The reactivity of alcohols towards HCl is 3º>2º>1º<MeOH
3º & 2º follow SN1 mechanism while 1º &MeOH follow SN2 mechanisms.
3º don’t require ZnCl2 as catalyst even at room teperatures.
25. PCC, PDC and Cu can oxidize alcohols without affecting double bonds.
26. In cases of b,c, d, f, h and i, second molecule is more reactive than first molecule
towards dehydration.
In cases of ‘a’ and ‘e’, 1st compound gives more stable carbocation and hence is more
reactive.
In cases of b, c, d, f, h and i 2nd compound forms more stable carbocation and hence is
more reactive.
The conditions required for the beta-elimination of beta keto alcohols (in case of ‘g’)
are found to be milder than those used for simple alcohols, probably due to the
elimination proceeding via a process involving no carbocation.

27.

Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

O
22-09-19_Sri Chaintaya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-3_Key&Sol’s
HBr OH Br
+
SN2

HBr OH Br
O +
SN2

HBr Br + HO
O
SN1

HBr OH Br
O +
SN2

HBr Br + HO
O
SN1

28.
I

AgNO3
No reaction
aq

Br AgNO3 OH
aq + AgBr

pale yellow ppt C

AgNO3
No reaction
aq

Br AgNO3 OH
aq + AgBr

pale yellow ppt

Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Br
22-09-19_Sri Chaintaya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-3_Key&Sol’s

AgNO3
No reaction
aq

CH3 CH3
AgNO3
H3C I H3 C OH + AgI
aq
CH3 CH3 yellow ppt
Br

AgNO3
No reaction
aq

CH3 CH3
AgNO3
H3C I H3C OH + AgI
aq
CH3 CH3 yellow ppt
Br

AgNO3
No reaction
aq

CH3 CH3
AgNO3
H3C I H3C OH + AgI
aq
CH3 CH3 yellow ppt
29. P is salicylic acid and Q is aspirin.
30. 2 & 4 dissolve in NaOH
1 (nitrolic acid) changes to red on adding NaOH
9 (phenolphthalein) gives pink colouration with NaOH
CH3 CH3 CH3
Br
31. Me - Cl Br2/Fe
+
AlCl3

Br
CH3 CH3
Br COOH
1) Mg/Et2O
2) CO2
3) H3O+

Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Page 8

CH3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-09-19_Sri Chaintaya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-3_Key&Sol’s
CH3

1) Mg/Et2O
2) CO2
3) H3O+
Br COOH

OH
O
32. /H+ 1) O2
+
2) H2SO4

OH OH
1) O2/NaOH COOH
2) H3O+

33.
O
C CH3 COONa

AC2O/AlCl3 Br2/NaOH
+ CHBr3


H3O+

COOH

CH3 CH3 CH3

O
NaBH4 H OH H OH HO H
34.
EtOH H OH HO H H OH
O CH3 CH3 CH3
CH3

CH3 Br2/CCl3 H Br
35. Ph
H Br
Ph
Br I
NaI
36. Ph CH3 acetone Ph CH3
Optically pure
compound

MATHS
10
37. Multiply & divide by x

Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Page 9

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

TG
x10 x 2  30
~ @bohring_bot
  x6
22-09-19_Sri Chaintaya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-3_Key&Sol’s
x 4 x 2  30 cos xdx
 2
dx   
cos x x 6 sin x  6 x5 cos x 2
 x6 sin x  6 x 5 cos x   
 x6   1   1 5 6
  6 x cos x  x sin x 
 cos x   x 6 sin x  6 x5 cos x    x 6 sin x  6 x  cos x  
       dx
cos 2 x

 x6
   sec2 x dx
6
 5
cos x x sin x  6 x cos x 
 x6
 6  tan x  c
x cos x sin x  6 x5 cos 2 x
 x 6 sec2 x
 6  tan x  c
x tan x  6 x5
6
f  x  tan x, g  x 
x
2 2 
38.   3  x  dx
9x4  4 3  3
2
9 x 4  4 3x  3  3x 2    2  3x 2  1  6 x 2  4 3x  2
2
 
 3x 2  1  2 3x 2  2 3 x  1  
2 2
  3x  1 
   3x  1  2 
 
2 2
1  4  6 x 2 dx  1  
3x  1  2   3x  1
6 6 
 dx
 3x  1  2 
2

 3x  1 
2

  
2
3 x  1  2   3 x  1
2

1 dx 1 dx
6 6
 2
 2
 3x  1  2   3x  1 
1 1  3 x  1 1 1  1   1 
 . tan 1  .     C
6 2  2  3 6  3 x  1  3 

1  3x  1 1 1
  . C
6 6 tan 1  2  6 3  3x  1 
39.
 4 3
x x  3 x  27
 x
x 3  x  3  27  
   x  3 2  
e dx  e
 x  3 2
dx

Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Page 10

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 x3 27 
TG ~ @bohring_bot 22-09-19_Sri Chaintaya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-3_Key&Sol’s

x
 e   2
dx
  x  3  x  3 

 x 3  27 27 27 
  ex    2
dx
  x  3 x  3  x  3 

 27 27 

  e x x 2  3x  9 dx   e x   2
dx
 x  3  x  3 

 27 

  e x x 2  3x  9   2 x  3  2  e x 
 x  3 
C 
 27 
 e x  x 2  5 x  14   C
 x3 

40. x  11  t
dt dt
  t  1   t  1
4 4
8


2 t  6t 2  1  8
4

1 dt 1 dt
  4 2
  2
2 t  6t  5 2 t  1 t 2  5   
2

  2
 2
1 t  5  t 1
dt
  
8 
t 1 t2  5  
1  dt dt 
  2  2
8  t 1 t  5 

1 1  x  11
 tan 1  x  11   tan 1  C
8 8 5  5 

41. y3  3 y  x  0

3 y 2 y ' 3 y ' 1  0
1
y' 

3 1  y2 
2
3 y 2 y '' 6 y  y '  3 y ''  0
2
 
y '' 3 y 2  3  6 y  y '
2
2 y  y ' 2 y
y ''  
y 2
1  
9 y2 1 
3

Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Page 11

 
TG
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy~
 
@bohring_bot
f 10 2  2 2, f 10 2  2 2
22-09-19_Sri Chaintaya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-3_Key&Sol’s

1 1 1

f ' 10 2    

3 1 2 2  
2
3  7  21

1 1

f ' 10 2   

3 1 2 2  
2
21

4 2 4 2

f '' 10 2   3 2
7 .3

f '' 10 2  3 2
7 .3

42. f  x  x 3  5x  1 h  x  f  f  x 

h  0  f  f  0   f 1  1  5  1  7
g  f  x   x
h  g  2   f  f  g  2    f  2
 g ' f  x f ' x  1
 8  10  1  19
1
 g '  f  x   h ' x  f '  f  x  f '  x
f ' x
h ' 1  f '  f 1  f ' 1
1
f  0  1  g '  f  0  
f '  0  f '  7  f ' 1
1  147  5 3  5  152  8  1216
 g ' 1 
5

43. f  x   x 2  xg ' 1  g ''  2

g  x  x 2 f 1  xf '  x  f ''  x

f  x  x 2  ax  b, a  g ' 1 , b  g ''  2

g  x    a  b  1 x 2  x  2 x  a   2

  a  b  3 x 2  ax  2

g '  x    a  b  3 2 x   a

g ' 1  2  a  b  3  a  a  b  3  0

 g  x   ax  2

g ''  x   0  b  0

a  3
f  x  x 2  3x, g  x  3 x  2

Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Page 12

44.
TG
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

 
~
F  x   f e g  x
@bohring_bot 22-09-19_Sri Chaintaya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-3_Key&Sol’s

  
F '  x   f ' e g  x  e g  x g '  x 

g  x  f 1  x   f  g  x    g  f  x    x

g  f  x   x

Differentiating wrt x we get,

g '  f  x f ' x   1

1
 g '  f  x   1
f ' x

  
F '  3  f ' e g 3 e g 3 g '3

Now its interesting to note that

f  0  3  g  3  g  f  0   0

From [1] we have

1
g '  3  g '  f  0  
f '  0

Substituting these values we get,

1 f ' 1

g f Q

F '  3  f e    e    g '  f  0   f ' e 0 e 0
g f 0
  
f '  0 f '  0

f ' 1 8
f ' x  3x  5  
f '  0 5

45. Apply partial differentiation with x treating y as constant

f’(x+y) =f’(x)+0+6xy+3y2-2y
put x = 1
f’(1+y)=f’(1)+6y+3y2-2y
f’(1+y) = 1+3y2+4y
put y = -2
f’(-1) = 1+3(-2)2+4(-2) = 1+12-8 = 5

Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Page 13

TG
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
  
~ @bohring_bot
x 1 f ' 1  f ' 0  3 2
22-09-19_Sri Chaintaya-Sr.Chaina-I_JEE-Adv_2017-P1_PTA-3_Key&Sol’s

1  1  f '  x  1 f  0  0
f  x  h  f  x 
f '  x  lim
h h
f  h   xh  3 x  3h  2
 lim
h  h
 lim f '  0  x  3x  2
h 0

f '  x   f '  0  3 x 2  2 x
f ' x   3x 2  2 x
f  x  x 3  x 2  k
f  0  0  k  0
f 9 x  x3  3x 2
f ' x   3x 2  2 x
f '  1  3  2  5
46. Secx + 1 = tanx / tan(x/2)
f(x) = tanx /x
f’(x) = sec2x / x – tanx/x2 = 8/ – 16/ 2

A+B = 24
47. f  3  4  g  4  3
For inverse functions,
f  g  x   x
Differentiating both sides w.r.t we get,
1
f '  g  x  .g '  x  1  g '  x 
f '  g  x
Putting x=4
1 1 1/3
g '  4   g '  4    5 / 2
f '  g  4  f '  3
Differentiating again.
f '  g  x  .g ''  x   f ''  g  x   .g '  x  .g '  x   0
Putting again x=4 we finally get,
2 1

 5  3 3  4  10
g ''  4    .  
 2  7 7

Sec: Sr.Chaina-I Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I(L-I&II) Date: 22-09-19
Time: 09:00 AM to 12:00 NOON Max.Marks:183
Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

2017_PAPER–I
22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee Adv_PTA-3_Syllabus
MATHS : DERIVATIVES, INDEFINITE INTEGRATION: derivative of a function, derivative of
the sum, difference, product and quotient of two functions, chain rule, derivatives of
polynomial, rotational, trigonometic, exponential and logarithmic functions.
derivatives of implicit functions, derivatives up to order two, integration as the
inverse process of differentiation, indefinite integrals of standard functions,
integration by parts, integration by the methods of substitution and partial
fractions.
PHYSICS : Electrostatics, Gauss law, Properties of conductors, Electrostatic pressure, Self
energy, Complete Gravitation
CHEMISTRY : Characteristic reactions of the following
Alkyl halides: rearrangement reactions of alkyl carbocation, Grignard reactions,
nucleophilic substitution reactions; Alcohols: esterification, dehydration and
oxidation, reaction with sodium, phosphorus halides, concentrated HCl, Ethers:
Preparation by Williamson’s Synthesis; and fission by HX &dil
Phenols: Acidity, electrophilic substitution reactions (halogeneation, nitration and
sulphonation); Reimer-Tieman reaction, Kolbe reaction.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
JEE-ADVANCE-2017-P1-Model
Time: 03:00 Hr’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 183
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Questions With Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I (Q.N : 1 – 7) +4 -2 7 28
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Sec – II (Q.N : 8 – 12) Questions With Integer Answer Type +3 0 5 15

Sec – III (Q.N : 13 – 18) Questions With Single Answer Type +3 -1 6 18

Sec – III (Q.N : 49 – 54) Questions With Single Answer Type +3 -1 6 28

Total 18 61

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
1. A charged particle with charge (q) and mass m is given an initial kinetic energy K at
the center of a uniformly charged spherical region of total charge Q and radius R. The
spherically charged region is not free to move. Throughout this problem consider
electrostatic forces only. Let K0be the value of K for which the particle just reaches the
boundary of the sphere.

Qq
A) The value of Ko is
8 o R

3Qq
B) The value of Ko is
8o R

m 1
C) If it starts with Ko then time taken by it to reach the boundary is R
K0 2 2

 2m 
D) If it starts with Ko then time taken by it to reach the boundary is R  
 3K o 
2. Assume that there is a tunnel in the shape of a circular arc through the earth. Wall of the
tunnel is smooth. A ball of mass ‘m’ is projected into the tunnel at A with speed ‘v’. the
ball comes out of the tunnel at B and escapes out of the gravity of earth. Mass and
radius of earth are M and R respectively and radius of circular shaped tunnel is also R.

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P

2GM
A) The minimum possible value of ‘v’ is v0 
R

GM
B) The minimum possible value of ‘v’ is v0 
2R
C) If v=v0, the normal force applied by the tunnel when it is closest to the centre of earth
27GMm
is
4R2
D) If v=v0, the normal force applied by the tunnel when it is closest to the centre of
13GMm
earth is
4 R2

3. Three identical parallel conducting plates A, B and C are placed as shown. Switches S1
and S2 are open, and can connect A and C to earth when closed. +Q charge is given to
B.

A B C

2d d

S1 S2

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
A) If S1 is closed with S2 open, a charge of amount Q will pass through S1
B) If S2 is closed with S1 open, a charge of amount Q will pass through S2
Q
C) If S1 and S2 are closed together, a charge of amount will pass through S1 and a
3
2Q
charge of amount will pass through S2
3
D) All the above statements are incorrect
4. A short dipole of dipole moment p is placed at a distance 2R from the centre of a
neutral conducting sphere of radius R. The direction of dipole is towards the centre of
the sphere. A tangent is drawn from the dipole to the sphere which meets the sphere at
point A.
A) The potential at point A is p 160 R 2
B) The potential at point A is 3 p 24 0 R 2
C) The potential at point A due to induced charges is  3  2 3  p 480 R 2
D) The potential at point A due to dipole is 3 p 24 0 R 2
5. The charge per unit length of the four quadrant of the ring of radius R is as shown in
the figure.


A) The electric field at the centre is
2 0 R
 iˆ 

B) The electric field at the centre is
2 0 R
 
 ˆj

C) The electric dipole moment of given charge distribution is 2 R 2  iˆ

D) Electric potential at the centre of ring is zero.
Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 5
6.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
Three concentric non conducting shells A,B and C of radius a , b and c (a<b<c) have
surface charge densities  ,  and  respectively.

Choose the correct statements


A) The potential of shell A is a  b  c
0

B) If no work is required to bring a charge ‘q’ from shell A to shell C then the relation
between the radii a,b and c is, c =a+b .
  a2 
C) The potential of shell B is  b  c
0  b 

D) The electric flux through shell B due to charge of shell C is zero

7. Shells I,II, III are conducting spherical neutral shells of radius R, 2R and 3R
respectively. Shell I and shell III are connected. A point charge q0 is kept at centre O.
Now shell II is also grounded.

Choose the correct statements

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
A) Shell I and III are at same potential
B) The charge on surface ‘b’ (outer surface of Shell I) is (2/11) q0
C) The charge on surface ‘b’ (outer surface of shell I) is (3/11) q0
D) The potential energy of system decreases when shell II is grounded.
SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
8. The gravitational field intensity at the centre of a uniform hemispherical shell is E0 .
Now, two portions of the hemisphere are cut from either side and remaining portion is

shown in figure.     , and gravitational field intensity at centre due to remaining
3
portion is given as nE0 /10, then n is

9. Electric field in a space is given as E  E0 x( x  1)( x  2)( x  3) N/C along X. axis. Where
E0 is a positive constant. A positive charge q of mass m is in stable equilibrium at some
specific position x, where x >0.If this charge is displaced slightly from equilibrium
position to perform simple harmonic motion then angular frequency (rad/s) of SHM
will be n. Where n is (assuming q Eo = 2 m )
10. Two conducting square plates with length l are arranged parallel to each other at a
distance d (<<l). The space between the plates is filled with a dielectric of relative
permittivity  r  4 up to a length x = l / 3. The upper plate is given a charge Q and the
lower plate is given a charge – Q as shown in the figure. If Q  6 C then find how

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
much charge (in C ) is present on the portion of upper plate which is in contact with
the dielectric?

11. Many stars collapse under gravitational pull into a neutron star when most of the
hydrogen is used up. The entire star is then a lightly packed ball of neutrons with the
density of nuclear matter. Assume that a star of mass 2 1032 kg , radius 5.5 108 m
collapses into a neutron star. It has a time period of rotation of 108 sec. about its axis
initially. What is its rotation period (in sec) after collapse . (Take radius of hydrogen
1
125  3
nucleus,R0=1.1 fm, 1 amu =1.6 10 27 kg ) use   2.5
 8 

12. A uniform cloud of dust particles approaches a planet from a great distance with a
velocity v0 relative to the planet. Radius of the planet is R and escape velocity from the
surface of the planet is ve .Length of the cloud along its direction of motion is l , cross
section of the cloud perpendicular to its direction of motion is very large and its density
is  . How much mass of the dust particles will the planet collect during its passage
through the cloud. Mass of the cloud is negligible as compared to the mass of the
C
R A   Ve  
planet. Your answer is 1   . Find A+B+C.
B   V0  


Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
SECTION – III
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Answer Q.13, Q.14 and Q.15 by appropriately matching the information given in
the three columns of the following table.
1 2 3 4 6 8 9
5 7

Each of the plates are equdistant and of very large plate area. There are no connections
except those mentioned in Column-2
Column 1 Column 2 Column 3
1) Each plate is given A) All even numbered P) The left as well as right
equal charge Q plates are grounded surface of each plate except
1,9 & those which are
grounded carry equal charge
2) Each odd numbered B) All odd numbered Q) The left as well as right
plate is given charge Q plates are grounded surface of each of the
and each even grounded plates except plate 1
numbered plates have & 9 carry equal charge
zero net charge
3) Each even numbered C) All even numbered R) The outermost surfaces(i.e.,
plate is given charge Q plates are joined left surface of plate 1 and
and each odd numbered together & all odd right surface of plate 9) carry
plates have zero net numbered plates are zero charge
charge joined together
4) Each even numbered D) Plate 1 and 9 are S) Each surface of each plate is
plate is given charge Q. connected to each uncharged
Each odd numbered plate other. Plate 9 is
except plate 9 is given grounded
charge-Q
Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 9
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
T) Each surface of each plate
(except plate 1 and plate 9)
carry equal magnitude of
charge
13. Which of the following options are incorrect?
A) (1)(A)(P) B) (2)(A)(Q) C) (3)(A)(S) D) (1)(B)(T)
14. Which of the following options are incorrect?
A) (2)(A)(P) B)(3)(B)(R) C) (4)(C)(T) D)None of these
15. Which of the following options are correct?
A) (1)(B)(Q) B) (3)(C)(T) C)(2)(B)(S) D) All of them
Answer Q.16, Q.17 and Q.18 by appropriately matching the information given in
the three columns of the following table.
Radius of earth is R Assume earth is a perfect sphere and there is no atmosphere. A
projectile is projected from an altitude of h=R, from surface of each a with speed V at
an angle  with the radial direction as shown.
V

m

h

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 10

Column 1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Column 2
22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
Column 3
1 GM A  P Projectile moves along a circular path
V 
2R 6

2 GM B  Q Projectile move along a bound elliptical path

V 
3R 2 and completes its orbit without collisions with
earth
3 GM C 2 R Projectile escape the gravity of earth
V 
6R 3

4 GM S Maximum separation of projectile orbit from

V
R

centre of earth is 2R or  or 2  3 R or 3R 
R
or
2
3 3 
T Minimum separation of projectile orbit from


centre of earth is R or 2R or R 2  3 or 
R
2

3 3 
U Projectile collides with earth

16. Which of the following are incorrect?

A) 4AR B) 2BQ C) 1AP D) 1CS
17. Which of the following are correct?
A) 1BP B) 2BS C) 3BU D) all are correct
18. Which of the following are incorrect?
A) 1AS B) 1CT C) 2AS D) 2CS

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 11

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
19. The product(s) of the following reaction is(are)
1. Mg/Et2O
Br
2. D2O

A) D B) D

C) D D) D
20. Consider the following four halogen containing organic compounds:

Cl Cl CH3
Cl
Cl
CH3

OMe
I II III IV
Choose the correct statement(s) among the following regarding the reactions of these
compounds.
A) II is more reactive than I towards methanol.
B) IV is more reactive than III towards PhSNa.
C) On heating with EtONa/EtOH II gives single alkene while IV gives three isomeric
alkene.
D) On nucleophilic substitution by aqueous NaSH, IV gives an optically pure primary
thiol as the major product.

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 12

21.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
Correct combination of common names and IUPAC names of the given compounds is
(are)
Structure Common Name IUPAC Name
Br

A) Sym-tribromobenzene 1,3,5-tribromobenzene

Br Br
Br
B) allylbromide 1-bromoprop-2-ene
Cl
C) Propylidene chloride 1,1-dichloropropane
Cl
CH3

D) m-bromotoluene 3-bromotoluene

Br
22. The product(s) obtained in the following reaction including minor product(s), if any,
is(are)

OH con.HCl

Cl Cl

A)HO B)Cl
Cl
Cl
OH Cl

C) Cl D)HO

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 13

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
23.
TG ~ @bohring_bot22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
The characteristic properties of an alcohol are listed below:
(i) It turns acidified solution of potassium dichromate green.
(ii) It gives immediate cloudiness when a mixture of Con.HCl in anhydrous ZnCl2 is
added.
(iii) It is resolvable.
(iv) It gives yellow precipitate with NaOI.
The alcohol(s) among the following which satisfy the above conditions is (are)
HO CH3 OH
OH
H2C CH3
H3 C Pr
A)Ph CH3
B) C) Et D) OH

24. Which of the following statement(s) is(are) correct regarding reaction of alcohols with
con.HCl?
A) sec-Butyl alcohol requires anhydrous ZnCl2 as the catalyst.
B) t-Butyl alcohol reacts without catalyst at room temperature.
C) n-Propyl alcohol reacts in presence of ZnCl2 to give isopropyl chloride.
D) Methanol is more reactive than ethanol towards this reaction.
25. The following conversion can be effected by

OH O

A) PCC B) Cu/573 K C) cold alkaline KMnO4 D) PDC

SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
26. In how many of the following cases, the second molecule undergoes dehydration faster
than the first molecule when heated with concentrated sulphuric acid to form a double
bond?
Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 14
HO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P

OH
a) &

OH
OH
b) &

OH OH

c) &

OH OH

d) &

OH OH

e) &

OH OH

&
f)
O

O OH OH

g) &

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 15

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
OH
TG ~ @bohring_bot22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P

h) &
OH

i) &
OH
27. How many of the following ethers give a primary alcohol as major product on reaction
with cold con.HI?

O O O
O

O O
O

28. The number of halides among the following that give yellow (pale or dark) precipitate
with aqueous silver nitrate solution is
I Br

Cl
Br
I

CH3 Br

H3C I O
Br
CH 3I
CH3

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 16

29.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
Phenol on treatment with CO2 in presence of NaOH at about 523 K and 4 to 7 atm,
followed by acidification gives P which when treated with Ac2O in presence of acid
catalyst gives Q, an antipyretic drug. The number of lone pairs in Q is
30. Given below are few water insoluble compounds. How many of them either dissolve or
give colour (or colour change) on addition of an aqueous solution of NaOH?
ON NO 2 OH
OH
OH

NO2

Br
NO2
NO O
OH

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
SECTION – III
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Answer Q.31, Q.32 and Q.33 by appropriately matching the information given in
the three columns of the following table.

Column 1, 2 and 3 contain many reagents and conditions.

Column 1 Column 2 Column 3
(I) Con.HNO 3/Con.H2SO 4 (i) 1. O 2; 2. Dil.H2SO 4 (P) 1.Mg/Et2O; 2. CO2;
3. H3O +
(II) MeCl/AlCl3 (ii) Br2/NaOH (Q) Con.HNO3/Con.H2SO4

(III) Ac2O/AlCl3 (iii) Br2/Fe (R) 1. CO2/NaOH; H 3O+

(IV) propene, H3PO4 (iv) K 2Cr2O7/Con.H2SO4 (S) H 3O +

31. Benzene is converted into a mixture of two carboxylic acids using the reagents from the
above table in the sequence
A) (II) (iv) (Q) B) (II) (iii) (P) C) (III) (ii) (S) D) (IV) (iv) (R)
32. Which of the following combination of reagents convert benzene to salicylic acid?
A) (IV) (i) (R) B) (III) (ii) (S) C) (II) (IV) (R) D) (I) (i) (P)
33. Benzene becomes benzoic acid on treatment with
A) (II) (ii) (R) B) (III) (iv) (Q) C) (III) (ii) (S) D) (IV) (i) (R)

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 18

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
Answer Q.34, Q.35 and Q.36 by appropriately matching the information given in
the three columns of the following table.
Column 1, 2 and 3 contain reactants, reagents and stereochemical description of
the products respectively.
Column 1 Column 2 Column 3
O
CH3 (P) mixture of three
(I) H3C (i) Br2/CCl4
stereoisomers
O
CH3
(II) H C (ii) NaI/acetone (Q) optically pure product
3

CH3
(iii)
(III) Ph (R) achiral compound
NaBH 4/EtOH
Br
(iv) D 2/Pd (S) racemic mixture
(IV) Ph CH3

34. The ONLY CORRECT combination among the following is

A) (I) (iii) (P) B) (I) (iv) (R) C) (III) (iv) (Q) D) (IV) (ii) (S)
35. The ONLY INCORRECT combination among the following is
A) (I) (iv) (P) B) (II) (iv) (S) C) (II) (i) (R) D) (III) (i) (P)
36. Which one of the following combinations refer to the CORRECT stereochemistry of a
nucleophilic substitution reaction?
A) (IV) (iii) (Q) B) (IV) (ii) (Q) C) (IV) (ii) (S) D) (IV) (i) (Q)

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 19

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.

37.
x 2  30 
 1  f 2  x   f  x  c where C is constant of integration, x  0
  x sin x  6cos x 2
dx 
f  x   g  x

          
then  x   ,    f    1& g (1)  6 
  2 2   4  
1  1
A) g    12 B) f   
 2  6 3

 1 2 
C) f    g 1  7 D) f  g    3
 4 8  

2 2
  x  dx 1 1 1
3
38.  3 4  tan 1  Px  Q   .  C where P,Q are real constants, C is
3x  9 x 4
6 6 6 3 f  x

 1 
constant of integration then  x    f (0)  1
 3

3 P
A) P 
2
B) f  3  2 C)
Q
 3  
D) f  3  4

 4 3
x x  3 x  27

   x  3 2  dx  e  f  x  g  x   C where ‘C’ is constant of integration, f  x is
x
39. e

a quadratic polynomial & reciprocal of g(x) is a linear function and  x  3 , then
27
A) f  x  x 2  5x  14 B) g  x 
x3
7
C) g  x  D) f  x  x 2  3x  2
x3

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 20

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
dx 1
22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
1  x  11
40.   x  10   x  12  tan 1  x  11  tan 1   C where A,B are constants
4 4
8 A AB  B 

and C is constant of integration then

A) A=8 B) B  5 C) A=4 D) B=5
41. If x   , 2   2,   , then the equation y 3  3 y  x  0 implicitly defines a unique real

valued differentiable function y  f  x . If f 10 2  2 2 then  

4 2 4 2

A) f '' 10 2   73.32

B) f '' 10 2   7 3.32

4 2 4 2

C) f '' 10 2   7 3.32

D) f '' 10 2   73.32
42. Let f : R  R, g : R  R and h : R  R be differentiable functions such that

 
f  x  x3  5 x  1, g  f  x    x and h g  g  x   x for all x  R then

1
A) h  0  7 B) h ' 1  1216 C) g ' 1  D) h  g  2   19
5
43. Let f : R  R; g : R  R be differentiable functions defined as

f  x   x 2  xg ' 1  g ''  2 , g  x   x 2 f 1  xf '  x   f ''  x  then

A) f 1  2 B) g  3  7 C) f 10  70 D) g  6  16

44.  
Let F  x  be defined as F  x  f e g  x where f  x  x 3  5x  3 for 0  x  1 and

a
g  x  f 1  x . If the value of F '  3  where a and b are coprime positive integers,
b
then the value of a – b is_______

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 21

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
45.
TG ~ @bohring_bot 22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
f  x  y   f x  f y  xy 3x  3 y  2  x, y   and f ' 1  1 . Then the value of
      
f '  1 is_____

46. Let f  x  lim 2 n  r 1  sec 

n   x    A B
 1 , if f '     2 , then the value of
 A  B is
r 1 
n  2    4   6

equal to ____  A, B  N 

47. Suppose a function f  x has an inverse. Let g(x) be the inverse of f(x). If

2 4 a
f  3  4, f '  3  3 and f ''  3   , then g ''  4  , where a and b are positive
5 7 b
coprime integers then the value of a-b is______

48. Let f  x   x 2 cos 2 x  2 x  6 tan x  2 x tan 2 x dx and y  f  x passes through the point

 , 0 then the number of solutions of the equation f  x  x3 in  0, 2  is

SECTION – III
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Answer Q.No:49, Q.No:50, Q.No:51 by appropriately matching the information
given in the three columns of the following table.

Column - I Column - II Column - III

Value of A Value of B
2
I 
x  cos 1 3 x  3
X 2 2 P 3
  
dx  A 1  9 x 2  B cos 1 3 x  C
1  9 x2

II x3  x 1 Y 1 Q 1
 . dx 
1  x2 1  1  x 2 9

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 22

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
  1  x 2  Ax 2  B ln 1  1  x 2  C
22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P

III x4  1 B Z 1 R 1
x 2
dx  A ln x  2
C  
x 2

1 x 1 2 9

IV cot x  tan x 1 B  f  x W 1 S 2
 dx  ln  C where
4  3sin 2 x A B  f  x
1 
f  x  1  2
, 0 x (‘C’
 sin x  cos x  2
denotes constant of integration)

49. Which of the combination is correctly matched

A) IV-X-S B) III-Z-Q C) IV-Y-Q D) I-X-R

50. Which of the combination is INCORRECT

A) I-Y-R B) III-W-Q C) II-X-R D) IV-X-S

51. Which of the following combination is INCORRECT

A) I-Z-R B) II-Z-Q C) III-W-Q D) I-Y-R
Answer Q.52, Q.53 and Q.54 by appropriately matching the information given in
the three columns of the following table.

Column - I Column - II Column -

III
I Given f :  2a , 2a   R is an X f  x  x  2 2 x  4 P 2
If
odd function such that the left
 x  2 2x  4
hand derivative at x=a is zero
then the value of f '  x for
and f  x  f  2a  x  x   a, 2a 
x  2, 4 is
then its left hand derivative at
x=-a is

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 23

II
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1  sin x
22-09-19_Sri Chaitanya-Sr.Chaina-I_Jee-Adv_L-I&II_2017-P1_PTA-3_Q’P
Y If for all x & y, a Q 1
If y  tan 1 then the
1  sin x differentiable function f is 2
1  defined by
value of at x  is
dy 6 f  x  f  y   f  x f  y   1
dx and f  x  0 for all x, then
f '  x  is
III Let f  x be a four times Z n dy y R 0
If xy   x  y  and 
differentiable function such that dx x
f  2 x 2  1  2 x f  x  , x  R,
then the value of ‘n’ is

then f IV  0 is equal to (where

f IV  0 represents fourth
derivative of f(x) at x=0
IV d 2  2  1 1  x   W f : R  R, g : R  R S 3
sin  cot where
dx 2  1  x   satisfies f  x  x , 2

1  x  1, is g  x  y   g  x  g  y   2 xy  1
, and g '  0  3  a  a 2
then the number of roots of
the equation g  x  f '  0 is
52. Which of the following combination is correctly matched
A) II-X-R B) III-Y-S C) II-W-P D) IV-X-S
53. Which of the following combination is INCORRECT
A) II-Z-P B) III-Y-Q C) I-X-R D) II-W-P
54. Which of the following combination is INCORRECT
A) I-Y-R B) IV-X-Q C) II-W-P D) III-Y-R

Sec: Sr. Chaina-I space for rough work Page 24

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR-HYD
Sec: Sr.Super60 PTA-06 Date: 22-11-20
Time: 10.10Am to 01.10Pm 2017_P1 Max. Marks:183

KEY SHEET
PHYSICS
1 BCD 2 AC 3 AC 4 BC 5 AD
6 B 7 B 8 3 9 6 10 7
11 2 12 2 13 D 14 A 15 D
16 B 17 B 18 A

CHEMISTRY
19 AD 20 CD 21 AB 22 ABC 23 ABC
24 B 25 ABD 26 3 27 6 28 6
29 1 30 1 31 B 32 A 33 B
34 D 35 A 36 C

MATHS
37 ABCD 38 ACD 39 ABCD 40 ABC 41 AD
42 ABCD 43 ABD 44 2 45 1 46 2
47 8 48 4 49 C 50 A 51 C
52 C 53 A 54 A
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SOLUTIONS
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Key&Sol’s

PHYSICS
1. BCD
Sol: Capacitance Depends On Geometry Of Capacitor But Not On The Charge Or Potential
Difference.
2. AC
Sol: Potential Is Same Through Pit A Conductor.
3. AC
Sol: After the switch is closed, let a charge Q be driven by the battery. Now, new charges
on capacitors would become, Q1  20  Q C ; Q2  10  Q C
   
4. BC
Sol: Magnitude of force on the slab is constant, which is
0 bV 2 K  1
 
F
2d
5. AD
Sol: it can be solved with thevenins theorem.
6. B
q  dq
 ( Ro t )
c dt
7. B
Sol: qCi  2Cv q2Ci  2Cv
3 3
2Cv
q
v 3  iR R  0
C
2Cv
q
v 3  i2 R 2 R  0
2C
8. 3
qo
Sol:  iR  0
C
9. 6
Sol: Three given capacitors have to be in series to withstand 300v. Six such type of
combinations have to be connected in parallel
10. 7
Sol: In the figure

q1  q 2  q3  0
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
60(V – 6) + 20(V – 2) + 30(V – 3) = 0
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Key&Sol’s

49
Solving this equation we get V  V
11
11. 2
Sol: The force on a dielectric for constant potential is given by,
 bV 2
F 0 k  1.
2d 
For equilibrium of the slab,
F1  F2
0 bV12 k1  1
  0 bV12 k2  1
 
Or 
2d 2d
V1 k 1
  2
V2 k1  1
12. 2
Sol: d 0  3mm
A 0 4 A 0 4
c0  
d0 3
A 0 A0
C1  
d1 d 2 3 5
 4 k
K1 4
C0
Given C1 
2
13. D
14. A
15. D
Sol: Charge on capacitor is max after a long time and minimum initially rate of energy
stored in capacitor becomes maximum at t = Rcln2 and minimum initially as well as
after very long time
16. B
17. B
18. A
C q
Sol: 3  3iR 
C
 t 
q  2C1  e3RC 
 
 
t
i  23CRe3RC

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Key&Sol’s
CHEMISTRY
19. AD
Sol. Ecell increases when [cathode] increases and that [anode] decreases. Half cell X is
cathode, while Y is anode
20. CD
Sol. It is a convention that SRP of standard hydrogen electrode is zero at all temperatures.
21. AB
Sol. SRP values are used to pick the correct choices
22. ABC
Sol. One of the electrodes in the cell is solid electrolyte in the cells represented by ABC.
23. ABC
Sol. NCERT
Rusting occurs in presence of moist oxygen.
24. B
Sol. Formation of amalgam drives the reaction towards lower free energy.
25. ABD
Sol. Conductivity depends on number of ions in unit volume of solution for given
electrolyte
26. 3
Sol. 1 M OH 4 s  M 4 s  4OH  aq ; G1o   RT ln K sp
      
2 M aq  4e  M s; G 2  nFEoM4 |M
4  o

3 M OH4 s  4e  M s  4OH  aq; G3o  nFEoOH |MOH4 |M
RT
2.03  1.28  ln K sp
4F
27. 6
Sol. Meq of I2 = meq of Na2S2O 3 = 60 x 0.2 x 1 = 12
Milli moles of I2 liberated = 12/2 = 6
2I   aq   I2  aq   2e 
I  193
Moles of I2 = 6 x 10-3, moles of e- liberated at anode = 12  103  , I = 6A
96500
28. 6
0.0591
Sol. E ocell  log K eq
2
X  2 X 
0.0591  
  
0.3  log 2
  
2 H  H 
   
29. 1
Sol. Cell reaction
1
Cathode: H 2 O     O 2  g   2e   2OH   aq.
2
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Anode:
TG  ~ @bohring_bot
 
H 2 g  2H 
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Key&Sol’s

aq  2e 

1
H 2 O     O 2  g   H 2  g   2H   aq   2OH   aq 
2
Also we have
1
H 2  g  O2  g  H 2 O   G of  257.2 kJ/mole
2
H 2 O     H   aq   OH   aq  G of  80.35 kJ/mole

Hence for cell reaction

G o  96.50 kJ/mole
G o
o 96500
So, E     0.50 V
nF 2  96500
30. 1
0.1V
Sol. Normality of resulting solution = = 0.05 N
2V
K  1000 0.005  1000
 eq    100
N 0.05
31. B
 H 
0.059  
Sol. E cell   log  a
1 H 
 c
 0.059  pH c  pH a 
 0.059  6  3  0.177 V
Ecell is –ve, so reaction is non-spontaneous.
32. A
Sol. E cell  E  ESCE
 Q,2H |H2O
Where,
E  Eo  0.059 pH
 Q,2H  /H 2 O  Q,2H / H2O
  
 E cell   E o  0.059 pH   E SCE 

 Q,2H / H2O   
  0.7  0.059 pH    0.24 V 
 0.7  0.059  10   0.24 V   0.13V
Ecell is –ve, so reaction is endorgonic (i.e. ΔG = +ve)
33. B
Sol. Ecell = Eo – 0.059 pH
= 0.7 – 0.059 x 2 = 0.582 V
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Key&Sol’s
Since Ecell is +ve, so reaction is exergonic (i.e. ΔG = -ve)
34. D
Sol. Conductance increases if fast moving ions enters into the solution
35. A
Sol. Conductance increases if fast moving ions enters into the solution
36. C
Sol. Conductance increases if fast moving ions enters into the solution

MATHEMATICS
37. ABCD
a
3
e x dx>  ea  e a   ea  2 3

a 2 2
Sol:
 a  ln 2. ]
38. ACD
Sol:  a 2  b 2  c 2  ab  bc  ca  0
2 2
 a  b  b  c  c  a2  0
 a  b  0, b  c  0 and c  a  0
Adding we get, 2 a  b  c  0
   abc  0
a  b  c  0
 f x  1
g 0 r2

g 'x  2 px  q  g ' 0  q  3

g "x  2p  g" 0  2p=2  p=1

2
 g  x  x  3x  2
 f 1  g  1 and f 2  g 2  1

1 1 1
f  x 1  1 
1 x  
dx  dx 
0 g x  3x 1 0 x2  3  3  tan  
  3 0 6 3
1 3 5
  2  . ]
3 2 6
39. ABCD
f 'x f  x 2
 0   f ' x  f x f " x  0

f "x f 'x
Sol: 2
 f ' x  f  x f 'x
 d  f ' x 
 0   0
f 2  x dx  f x 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
f '  x
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Key&Sol’s

 cc  constant
f  x
f'0 2
Putting x = 0, c      2
f 0 1
 ln f  x  2 x  k
 f  x  e2 x.ek
 f 0  1  ek  1  f  x  e2 x

f  x 1 e2 x  1
 Lim  Lim 2
x0 x x 0 x
n n
 4r 4r n  4r
A  n  n 1  
r 1
2 2
r 1
 2
r 1 n  r  1 n  1  1
From sandwich theorem, given limit = 2,
4n r 4
B  Given limit= Lim
r 1 
r 1 n n
 x dx
0
4
2  16
3/2
  x   2
3 0 3
1
r 1n 2  2
C Given limit  Lim   x dx   x3/2    2
n  3 0 3
r 1 n n 0
D  2 x   x  x
 x   x x
 x   2 x
 
 0  x  1  0  x   2
x   0,1
x  0, 1
2
 x  0, 3
2
No. of solutions = 2
40. ABC
1 
f  x  x3  tan 1 x 
Sol: 2 4
f  g  x  x
3 1
f ' x  x 2 
2 1 x 2
f "x  3x  2 x 2
1 x 2
 
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7
f '1  2
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Key&Sol’s

5
f "1 
2
1
 g 'x 
f ' g x
 
 f " g  x
 
g "x  3
 
f ' g  x
 

 
   
g '  1   1 and g" 1   5
2 2  2  16
1/2 1/2 1
 f x dx   g  x dx  4 ]
0 /4
41. AD
Sol: For x  0, f 'x  a f  x
2
f ' x  ax  c 
  dx a dx  2 f  x  ax  c  f x  
 
f x  2 
 2
  ax  c 
,x0
 f  x    2 

 x2  4 x 1 ,x0

f is derivable continuous too
c 2  1  c 2  4  c  2
4
LHD (at x = 0) = RHD (at x = 0)
ac
  4  a  4& c  2  a  R  
2
 2

 2 x 1  4 x 2  4 x 1, x  0

 f  x  

 x 2  4 x 1, x0
x
2 x 12  42t  1 dt  b  4  x2  x  b
0
b  1
a  b  5
 3
1
1 1
 f x dx 2 x 1
2 
dx   2x 1 
0 0  3 
 0
42. ABCD
Sol: f x  f 1  x  1
 
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 1  
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Key&Sol’s
2020  2020

A f    .......... 

 2021 
f    2  1010
 2021 
 1   
B f  2022   ........ 
  f  2021   2020  1  1010  1
   2022  2 2 2
2 2 2 2
3 3 3  3  1
C I= f f  x dx  f f 1  x dx  f 1  f x dx  f 1  f f x dx   I
1
 1
   
1 1 
   3  
3 3 3 3

 I= 1
6
D I  3I I  3 . ]
5 10
43. ABD
x x
Sol: t f x  t dt f t dt  sin x  cos x  x  1
0 0
King

x x
x  t  f t  dt f t  dt  sin x  cos x  x  1
0 0
x x x
xf t dt t f t dt f t   sin x  cos x  x 1
0 0 0
Differentiable (Leibinz rule)
x
x f x f t  dt  x f  x  f x  cos x  sin x  1
0
x
f t  dt  f x  cos x  sin x 1  x  0, f 0  0
0
Again differentiate,
f  x  f ' x  sin x  cos x
dy
 y  sin x  cos x
dx
1dx
Linear differential equation : I.F. =  e x .
e
y .e x e x sin x  cos x dx  C  e x cos x  C
 
y  Ce x  cos x  C  1
y  e x  cos x.]
44. 2022
1/ n 1/ n
Sol: Consider I=  2020sin x x dx   2022cos x x dx
1/ n 1/ n

vanishes as odd

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9

1/ n
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1/ n
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Key&Sol’s

I=  2022cos x x dx  2 2022cos x.x dx [as function is even]

1/ n 0
1/ n  1/ n 
 1/ n 
 2.2022  x
cos

 x dx  2.2022 x sin x 0 sin xdx  
 
0 I II  0 
1 1 1 
= 2 · 2022  sin  cos  1
n n n 
substituting n = 1/y
 
2 · 2022 Lim
y sin y  cos y  1
= 2 · 2022 1  Lim 1  cos y  = 2 · 2022 · 1
y 0 y2  y 0
 y 2  2
1n
1n 2k( x cos x) dx
Alternatively: L = Lim n 2 ·2k( x cos x) dx = Lim 0
=
n 
0
n  1 n2
1 1 1 
2k · cos  2 
n n n 
2
 3
n
 1
= Lim cos ·k  k = 2022
n  n 
45. 1.57

Sol: I = (a 2 sin 2 x  b 2 sin 2 2 x  2ab sin x sin 2 x) dx
0
 2 2
Now a 2 sin 2 xdx  2a 2 sin 2 x dx a
 0 2
0

and b2 sin 2 2 x dx put 2x = t
0

b2 2 sin 2 t dt = 4b
2 2
2 b2
=
2 0   sin t dt
2
=
2
0

Again ab2sin x sin 2 x  0
0
 
I= a 2  b2 [a2  1  a [2a2  2a 1]  a2  a  1 
2

2  2  2    2
 2 
 1  1 
a    
 2  4

 I min when a  1
4 2
46. 2
Sol: g(0) = 0.
Also, g(x) = 1 – e sin x
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Key&Sol’s
Clearly, g(x) is periodic function with fundamental period = 2 and its
 1
range  1  e, 1  
 e 
Integers in its range = 0, 1]
47. 8
10 4 10

Sol:  f (x) dx =  f (x)dx   f (x) dx

1

1

 
4


I1 I2
I1 = 0 because when t Î [1, 4] , then t + 4/t  [4, 5]
4
& we can always find a real x for which 3 sin x – 4 cos x + t + = 0
t
(refer the graph)
Graph of : y = t + 4/t

5
4

. 0
4
1 2 4

10
 I  I 2    t  4  5 dt
 4
t 
5
= 3 3  ln 
 2
a = 3, b = 5/2
a + 2b = 8 ]
48. 4
Sol: Given P(2 + x) + P(2 – x) = 2P(2) ........ (i)
x  x – 2 in (i)
P(x) + P(4 – x) = 2P(2) ........ (ii)
x  x + 1 in (i)
P(x + 3) + P(1 – x) = 2P(2) ........ (iii)
(ii) + (iii)
20 = 4P(2)
 P(2) = 5
now differentiate (i) w.r.t. x
P’ (2 + x) – P’ (2 – x) = 0
 P’(2 + x) = P’ (2 – x)
P’(x) is symmetric about x = 2
P’ (x) = 3x2 + 2ax + 9
2a
 =2
6
Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 11
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
 a = –6
TG ~ @bohring_bot 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Key&Sol’s

P(2) = 8 + 4a + 18 + b = 5
8 – 24 + 18 + b = 5
b=3
P(x) = x3 – 6x2 + 9x + 3
6 6 6
I =  (x 3  6x 2  9x  3)dx =  (6x 2  3)dx = 2(6x 2  3)dx =828
6 6 0

1
Ans.  828  4 ]
207
49, 50, 51
 /2
35 A
I)  sin 6 xdx   5
0
26 B 1
8

  x  dx
0 1  2  ....7
II) 8
 7
1
8.
  x dx
0
2
x 2 n 1  x 
t

0 x 7  3 t 2 n 1  x 
III) lim  7
t 0 t4 t  3 4t 3  
1 3
=  9
12 4
4
1 4n n 1
IV) lim   dx
n  n r x
r 1 0
4
2 x 4
0
dy
i)  1  cos 2x x    0
dx 2
m+7=7
 7 k 2 k  2
ii) y      x  
 2 3 2 

2
 k  2 k  2
6
2
k  16  k  4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 12

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Key&Sol’s

iii)
2 3
iv) A 
4
dA  3
 5
d 2 10
3
52, 53, 54
2016
 1 1  2016
 2  2 1  x  dx
18

(i-P) I =   
18 
dx =  2
0 1  x 9  1  x18 1  x9  1  x  0
1  1  x   (x )
18 9 2

2016

2 1  1  x18  dx = 2016
= 
0 2 1  1 x  18

Sum of digits = 9
 
x e

(ii_Q) f (x) =   t
sin 1 t
 1 t  t  2

 dt

0  d  
   dy
1
 1  y 2  dy 
  

e/2

e–/2

–1 O 1

f '(x) =
 1  x  x
esin
1
x 2

x
 d 
  dy   dy 2
1  y
1

e  1 x  x
sin 1 2

f '(x) =
1 x2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1  x 
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Key&Sol’s
 sin 1 x 1 
sin 1 x
f(x) = esin

x
1  dx =  e  x . e dx
2   2 
1 x  1 x 
1
f(x) = xesin x  C
1
 f(x) = xesin x { f(0) = 0}
1 1
x f(x) = 1  esin x

x2
The equation has exactly one solution.
  1
1  2  n
(iii-S) ln p = Lim ln 
  n 1    ln  1    .......  ln 1   
n
 n  n  n 
1  r
General term of ln p = ln 1  
n  n
1
1 n  r
Sum =  ln 1   =  ln (1  x) dx
n r1  n  0
4
ln p = ln
e
 p  4e 1  k  4
n
e y e n (e  1)
(iv-R) f (y) = Lim  n n 1
n 1 (e  1)(e  1)
n 

y
n
 (e n 1  1)  (e n  1) 
= e Lim  
n  n
n 1  (e  1)(e
n 1
 1) 
n
y 1 1 
= e Lim
n 
  e
n 1
 n 1 
n
 1 e  1
 1 1   1 1   1 1 
= e y Lim    2   2  3     n  n 1  
n    e  1 e  1  e  1 e  1  e  1 e  1 
1 1
1
0 f (x) dx =  e x dx =1
e 1 0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 PTA-06 Date: 22-11-20
Time: 10.10Am to 01.10Pm Max.Marks:183

2017_PAPER–I
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Syllabus

MATHS : PT-6 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-6 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-6 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P
JEE-ADVANCE-2017-P1-Model
Time: 03:00 Hr’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 183
PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve No.of Total
Section Question Type
Marks Marks Qs marks
Questions With Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I (Q.N : 1 – 7) +4 -2 7 28
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Sec – II (Q.N : 8 – 12) Questions With Integer Answer Type +3 0 5 15

Sec – III (Q.N : 13 – 18) Questions With Single Answer Type +3 -1 6 18

Sec – II (Q.N : 44 – 48) Questions With Integer Answer Type +3 0 5 15

Sec – III (Q.N : 49 – 54) Questions With Single Answer Type +3 -1 6 28

Total 18 61

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P
Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
1. Select The Correct Statement(S)
A) Capacitance Of A Capacitor Depends On The Charge On It
B) Capacitance Of A Capacitor Does Not Depend On The Charge On It
C) Capacitance Of A Capacitor Does Not Depend On The Potential Difference
D) Capacitance Of A Capacitor Does Not Depend On The Material With Which The
Capacitor Plates Are Prepared.
2. The Plates Of A Parallel Plate Capacitor Are Charged By A Battery And The Battery
Is Disconnected After The Charging. Now, The Plates Are Placed As Shown In The
Figure. Then (Plates Are Not Parallel To Each Other)

A) The Surface Charge Density Is Greater At Point A

B) The Surface Charge Density Is Greater At Point B
C) The Potential At Points A And B Is Same.
D) The Potential At Point A Is Greater
3. Three Parallel Plate Capacitors C1  4F , C2  2F , C3  6F With Respective

Charges q1  20C , q2  10C , q3  5C Are Connected In Series With A Battery

Of Emf 10v Through An Open Switch As Shown. Now, The Switch Is Closed And
Steady State Is Reached.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P

A) The Final charge on C1  30C

B) The final charge on C2  20C

C) The final charge on C2  zero

D) The final charge on C2  15C

4. A parallel plate capacitor has smooth square plates of side “a”. It is connected to
battery of emf . V. Now a smooth dielectric slab of length a which can fill the space
between the plates is introduced between the plates from one side as shown in the
figure. Now

A) The slab can execute SHM between the plates.

B) The plate can execute oscillatory motion which is not SHM
C) The magnitude value of the force experienced by the slab is contant.
D) The magnitude of the force experienced by the slab is not constant.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

5.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P
In the circuit shown in figure if battery is ideal,
R3  2
vvvv
6 F

vvvv
E
R2  2

vvvv
R1  2

A) The current in R3 becomes

1 times of maximum current through it when t  18s
e

B) The current in R3 becomes

1 times of maximum current through it when t  12s
e
E
C) The current in R2 as a function of time t is t inS 3  et /18
 
6
E
D) The current in R2 as a function of time t is t inS 3  e t /18
 
12
6. Plates of a parallel plate capacitor initially charged to Qo. At t = 0 it is connected to a
variable resistance R . Where R  Ro t .

Qoe(1/C)ln(R o t )
A) The current through the capacitor as function of time is I 
CRo
(1/C)ln(R o t )
Qo e
B) The current through the capacitor as function of time is I 
C ( Ro t )

C) The charge on the capacitor plates as a function of time is q  Qo ( Ro t )1/2C

D) The charge on the capacitor plates as a function of time is q  Qot1/2C

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

7.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P
Initially switch S was closed for long time. Swith is opened at t = 0 Take v=12V,
R=4ohm, C  1.0F . At time t = RC ln 2

1
A) The value of current through R is A
2
1
B) The value of current through R is A
2
C) The value of current through 2R is 1.2A
D) The value of current through 2R is 1.34A

SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
8. Consider the circuit shown in the figure. Capacitors A and B, each have capacitance
C=1F. The plates of capacitor A are shorted using a wire of resistance R  2 while
the capacitor B is given an initial charge Q  2coloumb with the polarity as shown.
The switch is closed at time t=0. What will be the initial current (in amp) drawn from
the battery immediately after the switch is closed?

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

9.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P
Several 10 pF capacitors are given, each capable of withstanding 100 V. Minimum
number of capacitors required to prepare a unit possessing a capacitance of 20 pF and
capable of withstanding 300 V is 3n. Then n is
10. Three uncharged capacitors of capacitance C1, C2 and C3 are connected to one

 7x 
another as shown in figure. If the potential at O is  V then x = ?
 11 

11. Figure shows two parallel plate capacitors with fixed plates and connected to two
batteries. The separation between the plates is the same for the two capacitors. The
plates are rectangular in shape with width b and length l1 and l2 . The left half of the

dielectric slab has a dielectric constant k1  3 and the right half k2  9 . Neglecting any

friction, find the ratio of the emf of the left battery to that of the right battery for which
the dielectric slab may remain in equilibrium.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

12.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P
The space between the plates of a parallel plate capacitor is filled completely with a
dielectric substance having dielectric constant 4 and thickness 3mm. The distance
between the plates is now increased by inserting a second sheet of thickness 5mm and
dielectric constant K. If the capacitance of the capacitor so formed is one half of the
4 p
original capacitance (with dielectric), the value of K is . Find p  q ?
q

SECTION – III
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Answer Q.13, Q.14 and Q.15 by appropriately matching the information given
in the three columns of the following table.
Figure shows a charging circuit of a capacitor at t = 0 switch S is closed. Initially
capacitor is uncharged.

R
C

Column 1 gives the variable

Column 2 gives the time when variable is maximum
Column 3 gives the time when variable is minimum

COLUMN -1 COLUMN -2 COLUMN -3

a) charging rate of capacitor (p) t = 0 (i) t = 0
b) charge on capacitor (q) t =  (ii) t = 
c) Power supplied by battery (r) t = Rcln2 (iii) t = Rcln2
d) difference between power supplied by
(s) i is maximum (iv) i is minimum
battery and power consumed by resistor

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

13.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P
Which of the following options is incorrect
A) d, r, i B) d, r, ii C) a, s, iv D) d, p, ii
14. Which of the following is correct
A) a, p, ii B) a, q, i C) a, r, i D) a, p, iii
15. Which of the following is incorrect
A) b, q, i B) c, p, ii C) a, s, iv D) c, q, i
Answer Q.16, Q.17 and Q.18 by appropriately matching the information given
in the three columns of the following table.

In the circuit shown the switch is at position 1 for a very long time. Then shifted to
position 2 at t = 0

1 2

R C 3R

V 3V
Column i contains variables
Column ii contains time
Column iii contains the value of variables

Column - i Column - ii Column - iii

(i) Current in circuit (p) t = 0 (a) 4C2
(ii) Work done by battery (q) t   (b) 2C2
(iii) Heat genereated (r) when I in circuit is maximum (c) C2
3
(iv) charge on capacitor (s) t  3RC (d) C2
2
2
(e)
3R
(f)
4
3R
(g) 2C

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

16.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Which of the following is correct
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P

A) i, p , f B) i, p, e C) i, q, f D) i, q, e

17. Which of the following is correct

A) ii, q, a B) ii, q, b C) iv, q, g D) iv, r, g

18. Which of the following is correct

A) iii, q, c B) iii, q, d C) iii, q, b D) iii, s, c

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
19. A working electrochemical cell is made by combining two half cells
(X) AgNO 3(0.05) M ) | Ag(s) and
(Y) AgNO 3 (0.01) M) | Ag(s)
Choose the correct statement
A) The Ecell can be increased if concentration of AgNO3 in half cell X is increased
B) The Ecell will increase if concentration of AgNO3 in cell Y is increased
C) The Ecell will increase if concentration of AgNO3 in cell X is decreased
D) The Ecellwill increase if concentration of AgNO3 in cell Y is decreased
20. Which statement about standard reduction potentials is correct?
A) A redox reaction is feasible only if sum of standard reduction potential of oxidant
and that of reductant is a positive quantity
B) E0(Cl–(aq)/Cl2) = Zero at 298 K
C) E0(H +(aq)/H2) = Zero at all temperatures
D) K 2Cr2O 7 (acid) is weaker oxidising agent than KMnO4 (acid) in standard states
[Given: E o  1.51V; E o  1.33 V ]
MnO
4 / Mn
2 Cr2 O72  /Cr 3

21. The standard reduction potentials of some half cell reactions are given below:
PbO 2  4H   2e   Pb 2  2H 2O E o  1.455 V
MnO4  8H   5e   Mn 2   4H 2 O E o  1.51 V
Ce 4   e   Ce3 E o  1.61 V
H 2 O2  2H   2e   2H 2O E o  1.71 V
Pick out the correct statement under standard conditions :
A) Ce+4 will oxidise Pb2+ to PbO2 B) MnO4 will oxidise Pb2+ to PbO2
C) H2O2 will reduce Mn2+ to MnO 4 D) PbO2 will oxidise Mn2+ to MnO 4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

22.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P
In which of the following cells salt bridge is not needed?
A) Pb | PbSO4(s) | H2SO 4 | PbO2 | Pb
B) Cd | CdO(s) | KOH(aq) | NiO 2(s) | Ni
C) Fe(s) | FeO(s) | KOH(aq),Ni2O 3(s) | Ni
D) Zn | ZnSO 4 | CuSO 4 | Cu
23. Which of the following statements regarding rusting of iron is/are correct?
A) It can occur in moist oxygen gas containing traces of carbon dioxide
B) It is stopped in CO2 atmosphere
C) It produces hydrated Fe (III) oxide
D) It involves only oxidation half reaction
24. In electrolysis of aqueous NaCl solution, when platinum electrode is taken then H2 is
liberated at the cathode while with mercury cathode Na+ ions are discharged. This is
because
A) Hg is more inert than Pt
B) Sodium forms amalgam at cathode
C) Chlorine gas is produced at anode
D) Concentration of H+ ions are lower when Hg electrode is taken
25. Which of the following can affect the conductivity of a salt solution?
A) Temperature
B) Concentration of salt in the solution
C) Cell constant of conductivity cell in which it is measured
D) Addition of suitable complexing agent to the salt solution

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P
SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
26. Let the solubility product of M(OH)4 is X.From the given dataif the relation
ln(X) = –(aF/RT) is obtained. What is the value of a?
F is Faraday's constant, R=8.314 J/mol.K and T is absolute temperature.
Given: M +4(aq)+4e–  M (s); E0=1.28V,
M (OH)4(s)+4e–  M (s) +4OH –(aq);E =2.03V at pH =14]
27. A constant current was passed for 193 seconds through potassium iodidesolution,
oxidizing I– ions to I2. At the end of the experiment, the liberated iodinerequired 60ml
of 0.2Msolution of hypofor complete titration. What is the current passed through the
KI solution (in ampere)?[Given: 1F = 96500 C]
28. A solution containing H+ and X + ions is in equilibrium with a mixture of X2 and
D2gasesat 25oC. If the partial pressure of both gases are 1.0 atm, the ratio of
[X+]/[H+]is a x 10b.Find the value of (a+|b|).Given E0(X+/X2)= 0.3V. Consider,
(2.303RT/F)=0.06.
29. At 298K the standard free energy of formation of H2O(l) is –257.20 kJ/mole while that
of itsionisation into H+ ion and hydroxyl ions is 80.35 kJ/mole, then how much
theoretical electrical work is done for flow of 2 coulombs of electric charge between
anode and cathode of the following cell at298 K will be (take F = 96500 C)? Give

your answer in Joules. H 2  g,1bar  | H  1M  || OH  1M  | O 2  g,1bar 

30. The conductivity of 0.1 N analkali metal hydroxide solution is 0.022 Scm–1. To this
solution equal volume of 0.1 N HCl solution is added which results into decrease of
conductivity of solution to 0.0050 Scm–1. What is the equivalent conductivityof the
salt solution in 102 S cm2equiv–1?

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P
SECTION – III
(SINGLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Answer Q.31, Q.32 and Q.33 by appropriately matching the information given
in the three columns of the following table.

Column–I Column–II Column–III

(I)

Pt, H 2 1atm  | H  103 M ||
(i) Spontaneous (P) Ecell = –0.13 V
 
H  106 M | H 2 1atm  | Pt

(II)

Pt, F2  g 1atm  | F 10 2 M || 
(ii) Non–spontaneous (Q) Ecell = –0.177 V
 
F 103 M | F2  g  2atm  | Pt

(III)Hg,Hg2Cl2/KCl(saturated solution)

|| H   pH  10  | Q,QH 2 | Pt (iii) Exergonic (R) Ecell = 0.582 V

E0Q/QH2=0.7V and Esce=0.24V

(IV) Pt/H 2(1 bar)/H +(1M)||H+(PH=2)/Q,QH 2/Pt
(iv) Endergonic (S) Ecell = 0.069 V
E0Q/QH2=0.7V

31. For the cell given in column-I, the only correct combination is:
A) I-ii-P B) I-ii-Q C) I-iv-R D) I-iv-S
32. For the cell given in column-I, the only correct combination is:
A) III-iv-P B) III-iv-Q C) III-ii-R D) III-ii-S
33. For the cell given in column-I, the only correct combination is:
A) IV-iii-S B) IV-iii-R C) IV-i-Q D) IV-ii-P

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P
Answer Q.34, Q.35 and Q.36 by appropriately matching the information given
in the three columns of the following table.
The variation of conductance when titrant A(an aqueous solution of one compound
taken in a Burette) is added in steps to the titrate B(one compound or mixture of two
compounds taken in conical flask) is shown by the graph in the column–I where
conductance is on Y axis and volume of titrant is on X axis. Column–II consist of A
and B used in obtaining the data. Column–III contains PH, concentration of specific
species or dilution effects of the solution at specified titre reading. Consider PKb of
ammonia= PKa of acetic acid

Column–1 Column–II Column–III

(P)hydroxyl ion
(i)A=Ammonia solution
concentration is 10–7M at
B=Acetic acid
equivalence point in conical
(I) flask
(Q)In conical flask
(ii)A= Ammonia
hydronium ion concentration
B=Sulphuric acid
is more than10–7M at
(II) equivalence point
(R)At equivalence point,
(iii)A=Ammonia solution
adding water to the conical
B= Equimolar hydrochloric
flask, increases molar
acid and acetic acid
(III) conductance of anion of the
Arrhenius acid
(S) PHis less than 7 for the
(iv)A=Sodium hydroxide solution in the conical flask
solution when half of the volume of
B= Ammonium chloride A required to get
(IV) equivalence point is added

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

34.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Only correct combination is:
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P

A) I-iii-P B) II-iv-R C) III-iv-R D) IV-iv-S

35. Only correct combination is:

A) I-i-S B) III-ii-P C) II-iv-P D) IV-iv-Q

36. Only correct combination is:

A) I-i-Q B) IV-iii-P C) III-iii-R D) I-iii-S

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P
Max.Marks:61

SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 7 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
a  
 3
37. If e x  cos x ln  x  1 x2  dx  , then ‘a’ can be
 
a 



 2
A) 1 B) 2 C) 3 D) 4
38. Let f(x) and g(x) be two polynomials defined on real numbers as
f x  ax3  bx2  cx 1 and g x  px 2  qx  r . Given
a 2  b 2  c2  ab  bc  ca  0 and g 0  2, g '0  3, g "0  2 then which of the
following is/are CORRECT?
1 f x
A) Value of f(1) + g (1) is equal to 1 B) 

dx is equal to
0 g  x  3 x  1 4
1 g  x 5
C)  dx is equal to D) Value of f(2) +g(2) is equal to 1
0 f  x 6
f ' x f  x
39. Let  0 , where f (x) is continuously derivable function with f |  x  0
f "x f 'x
f x  1
and satisfies f 0  1 and f | 0  2 , then Lim is
x0 x
n 4r
A) equal to Lim 
n  r 1 n 2  r  1

 1  2  3......  2 n 
B) less than Lim  
n  
 n n 

 1  2  3......  n 
C) greater than Lim  

n 
 n n 
D) equal to number of solutions of the equation 2 x   x  x

[Note: Where [ ] and { } represent greatest integer and fractional part function
respectively.]
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1 3 
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P

40. Let f x  x  tan 1 x  and g  x  f 1  x be two functions then which of the
2 4
following is/are CORRECT?
1  1 g " 1   5
 
A) g '    B)
2 2 2  16
1 1
1 2 1 1 2  1
C) f x dx   g  x dx  D) f  x dx   g  x dx  
0  2 0  4 2
4 4
41. Let f be a derivable function defined as
 x
a f t dt  b, x0
f x  
  0

 x 2  4 x 1, x0
Where a, b  R then which of the following is/are CORRECT?
A) a  b  5 B) a  b  6
1 1
C) f  x dx 
26 D) f  x dx 
13
0 3 0 3
2
Let f x  x3 
3x 1
42.  x  x  R, then which of the following is/are CORRECT?
2 4
[Note: {y} denotes the fractional part of y.]
 2020 
A)   f 
r   0  2021  r  1
B)   f   

 r 1
  2021   r 1  2022   2

2  4 
3  5 
C)  f  1
D) 
3
 f x dx  
    f  f x dx  
1  6 1  10
   
3   5 
43. If a continuous function f (x) satisfies the relation
x x
    f t  dt  sin x  cos x  x 1x, then which of the following does not
t f x  t dt 
0 0
holds good?

A) f 0  1
 B) f '0  0 C) f " 0  2
 D)  f
0
x dx  e
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P
SECTION-II
(INTEGER ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 5 questions. The answer is a single digit integer ranging from 0 to 9 (both inclusive).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
1/ n
44. The digit in the tens place in value of Lim n2  2020sin x  2022cos x xdx is
n
1/ n
equal to
45. Let a, b are real number such that a + b = 1. If the minimum value of the integral

I  2(a sin x  b sin 2 x)2 dx is m then  m is equal to (Where . denotes G.I.F)
0

46. Let g : R  R be a differentiable function satisfying

x
g x g (t )·cos t  cos(t  x) dt for all x  R Find number of integers in the range of
0
g(x).
4
47. Let f(t) be the minimum value of 3sin x  4cos x  t  where x, t  R . If the
t
10

value of  f (x) dx = 4(a + ln b), where a, b  Q,

1
then find the value of (a + 2b)

48. Consider P(x) = x 3  ax 2  9x  b , a, b  R . If P(2 + x) + P(2 – x) = 2P(2), x  R

and P(x) + P(x + 3) + P(4 – x) + P(1 – x) =20, x  R , then find the value of
a
1
P  x  dx .
207 a

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P
Answer Q.49, Q.50 and Q.51 by appropriately matching the information given
in the three columns of the following table.

Column–1 Column–2 Column–3

 /2
A If slope of tangent to
8
 sin xdx 
2B
(where A and the curve
0 y=x+sinxcosx at
I) B
2 are co-prime numbers), then i)  P) Odd
A x  is m, then
is 2
B 1 (m + 7) is
8
If y-intercept of
  x  dx
0
perpendicular bisector
8
is (where [.] is greatest of P(2, 5) and Q(k, 2)
II) ii) Q) even
  x dx
0
3
is , then k(k>0) can
2
integer function and {.} fractional be
part function respectively)
1 x n 1  x 
t 2
Area of polygon
If   lim 4  dx , then
t 0 t 7
x 3 formed by
III) 0 iii) x 2  x  2  0 and R) Prime
3
is y 2  5y  4  0 is
4
Rate of change of area
 1 1 1 1 of an equilateral
lim     ...... 
IV) n   n 2n 3n 2n  iv) triangle w.r.t its side S) Composite
10
is when side is is
3
49. Which of the following options is the only CORRECT combination?
A) (I) (iii) (Q,R) B) (I) (i) (P,R) C) (I) (iv) (P,R) D) (I) (ii) (Q,R)
50. Which of the following options is the only CORRECT combination?
A) (II) (i) (P,R) B) (II) (ii) (P,R) C) (II) (iii) (Q,S) D) (II) (iv) (Q,S)
51. Which of the following options is the only CORRECT combination?
A) (III) (ii) (P,S) B) (III) (i) (Q,S) C) (IV) (ii) (Q,S) D) (IV) (iii) (P,S)
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2017-P1)_Paper-1_PTA-06_Q’P
Answer Q.52, Q.53 and Q.54 by appropriately matching the information given in the
three columns of the following table.
Column–1 Column–2 Column–3
2016
2016
dx dx
i)
If I =  9 18
,
I) 1 P)
If I =
2016
 1  x 9  1  x18
,
2016 1 x  1 x
then find the double of the digit
then find the sum of digits of I.
at thousandth place in I.
If f(x) = If f(x) =
   
x  esin t
1

 2
1 t  t   1
 esin t 1  t 2
x
 t  
0  t  d 
 dt ,

 t
Q) 0   d  
 dt
ii)
   dy
1
   
1  y 2  dy  II) 9
   dy 1  y
1
2
 
 dy 

then find the number of solution(s) then find the number of
of the equation solution(s) of the equation f(x)
x f(x) = 1. = x.
If f(y)

 k n
n
e n  y (e  1)
If Lim n  1   has the = Lim  n n 1
n 1 (e  1) (e  1)
n 
iii)
n 
k 1
 n III) 4 R)
then find the value of
value of equal to ke–1 where k N, 1
find k. 2 f (x) dx  1

0
If f(y)
e n  y (e  1)
n n
 k
= Lim  n n 1
then If Lim n
 1  n  has the
iv)
n 
n  1 (e  1) (e  1) IV) 5 S)
n 
k 1
1
value of equal to ke–1 where k
find the value of  f (x) dx
0
N, find 3k-8
Now, based on above information, answer the following questions:
52. Which of the following is only correct?
A) (i) (I) (P) B) (ii) (III) (P) C) (iii) (III) (S) D) (iv) (I) (P)
53. Which of the following is only correct?
A) (iv) (I) (R) B) (ii) (III) (R) C) (iii) (II) (Q) D) (iv) (II) (S)
54. Which of the following is only correct?
A) (ii) (I) (Q) B) (ii) (IV) (Q) C) (iii) (IV) (R) D) (iv) (IV) (P)
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-05 Date: 22-11-20
Time: 02:30Pm to 05:30Pm 2018_P2 Max.Marks: 180

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS
1 CD 2 ACD 3 BC 4 ACD 5 CD
6 BC 7 250 8 0.75 9 8.00 10 8.00
11 70 12 0.64 13 2.00 14 4.00 15 B
16 D 17 A 18 B

CHEMISTRY
19 AC 20 BCD 21 AC 22 ABCD 23 AD
24 ABC 25 20.40-20.43 26 95.33 27 710.60 28 5.70
29 0.32 30 4.00 31 49.14 32 0.72 33 B
34 A 35 D 36 C

MATHS
37 AC 38 AB 39 BD 40 AB 41 AD
42 BC 43 25.00 44 1.25 45 3.20 46 8.00
47 4.00 48 4.00 49 8.00 50 7.00 51 A
52 D 53 A 54 B
Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Key&Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1. CD
(A) Heat absorption is surface phenomena hence wooden (Black surface) absorbs
more.(wrong)
(B) After long time both will have temperature of surroundings.(wrong)
(C) Because metal is better conductor it feels hotter.
(D) Because emission depend on surface (i.e.more for black surface)
2. Conceptual
3. Use snell’s law
4. Use first law of thermodynamics
5. Speed is more than the orbital but less than the escape velocity therefore an orbit will
form. The speed is perpendicular to the radius. It must be either an apogee or a perigee.
But since the speed will be increasing, the launch point must be the perigee.
6. Conceptual
d  d 0 1  T 
7. Heat lost by steam= Heat gained by steel band
8. Area under the curve is unity
V0
 CV 2 dV  1
0

3
C
V0
VdN
Use Vavg  
N
9. PV=nRT P=nRT/V
For Pmin, Use point of minimum T and maximum V
For Pmax,use point of maximum T and minimum V
10. 1 sin   2 sin 
r1 r
 2
sin  ' sin 
r
sin   2 sin  '
r1

r2
1 sin   2 sin  '
r1
r11 sin   r2 2 sin  '
r1 r2
r11 sin 300   2 min sin 900 (At minimum separation)
r0 r0
rmin  r1 sin 300  8cm

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 2

11.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
  c  P  q /  0
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Key&Sol’s

  total flux linked

c  flux linked with curved surface
P  flux linked with plane surface
 
 
q q h/4
 P  1  cos     1  
2 2  h2 
 R2  
 16 
q
 C   
0
q 1 h 
 c    
 0  2 2 16 R 2  h 2 

60  10000   1  R1  R2 
12. E  2    160volt; E  E 0  
75  100   2  R1 
E 1  2   R1  R2  R1
   
E 1 2 R1  R2 R1
E  0.64 volts
2
13. Equivalent emf of the circuit across, AB is given by Eeq   6  4V
3
1 1 1
14. Equivalent resistance     req  2
req 3 6
Now we have,
10  4 6
Current I  
2 R 2 R
 Power dissipated in R
36 R
P  i2 R  2
2  R
For P to be maximum
dP   2  R  2  R  2  2  R  
 36  2 0
dR  2  R 
R  2
15. Rate of Heat lost by the gas= Rate of Heat transferred to surrounding through wall
16. Conceptual
17. Use gauss law
2 1  2  1
18. use  
v u R

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 3

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Key&Sol’s
CHEMISTRY
19. Conceptual
20. In FeSO4 : Fe2  Fe
Fe2  SO4 3 : Fe3  Fe
Fe  NO3 3 : Fe3  Fe
21. Conceptual
22. (a,b,c,d) P V  b   RT
R  R 
P  .T  slope  
V  b   V b 
PV  Pb  RT
RT
V b
P
R
slope  and intercept b
P
PV Pb
Z  1 ;
RT RT
Z  1 , i.e., repulsive forces predominates.
 B  3k 3 103  3
23. a  1 
C  2k2 4 103 4
 b  nA  1  x  y; nB  3 x; nc  2 y
At t  ;  x  y   1  nTotal  3 x  2 y  x  2 (lies between 2-3)
ln 2
 c  t1/2  A   sec
3  10 3
693
No. of half-lives in 693 sec   3  10 3
0.693
 A0
 At 
23
1.13 103 1
 c  or  d    n  244  1742.9 g
226 n 0.7
24. 4C3 H 5 N3O9  6 N 2  12CO2  O2  10 H 2O
6a a
a 3a
4 4
6a a 212.8
 3a    a  2moles  454 g / L solution
4 4 22.4
45.4
%w / w   100  41.27%
1.1 100
2 NO  g   Cl2  g   2 NOCl  g 
25. Pressure at t=0 0.02
0.02  99 0.02 1
Pressure at eq. P
100 100
2 2

 KP 
 PNOCl  
 0.02  0.01  1103
2 2
 PNO   PCl 2
  0.99  0.02   P
 P  0.102atm

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
For Cl2 in vessel, using PV  nRT
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Key&Sol’s

0.102  V  n  R  T .....  i 
For a gas in vessel, 1 V  9.2  R  T ......  ii 
By Eqs. (i) and (ii),
 mole of Cl2  n  at equilibrium =0.0204
2 atm of NO reacts with 1 atm of Cl2 (If V, T are constant)
0.02  1atm 0.02  1
NO react with  0.0001 atm Cl2
100 2  100
Thus, 0.0001V  nCl2 used  RT .....  iii 
By Eqs. (ii) and (iii),
 n Cl2 which have reacted  2  105 mol
 Total Cl2 added  0.0204  2  10 5  0.02042 mol
26. Cu 

2
 Cu 2   Cu
The solution after dissolution of Cu2O in dil. H 2 SO4 contains Cu 2 ions react with KI to
give CuI 2 which is converted to CuI and I 2 .
1
Cu 2   2 I  CuI 2  I2
2
8.3
Millimole of KI taken   1000  50
166
Now, KI left unused reacts with oxidizing agent to liberate I 2 again.
2 Na2 S2 O3
2 I  
Oxidant
 I 2   Na2 S 4 O6  2 NaI
 Millimole of KI left= Millimole of Na2 S 2O3 used (mole ratio of I  to Na2 S 2O3 is
1:1)  10  1.0  20
Therefore, millimole of KI used for Cu 2   50  10  40
 Millimole of Cu2O  20
 Cu2  2Cu 2   w
    or  1000  20
 Mole ratio Cu2 : Cu2 ::1: 2  M
w  1000
 20;  wCu2O  2.86
143
2.86  100
 % of Cu2 O   95.33
3
2
27. Cu 2  4 NH 3  Cu  NH 3  4 
2
Cu  NH 3 4  1.0
 K f  1 10   2 
12
4
 4
Cu   NH 3  x  2.0 
 x  6.25  10 14 M
Note that due to high value of K f almost all of the Cu 2 ions are converted to
2
Cu  NH 3 4 ion
  0.059 Cu 2  0.059  6.25  10 14 
Now Ecell  EOP  E RP  log10 2   0.76  0.34  log10  
Zn / Zn2  Cu 2 /Cu 2 Zn 2  1 
Ecell  0.71V

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 5

28.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
pH of buffer is given by:
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Key&Sol’s

Conjugate base 
pH   log K a  log
 Acid 
Case-I: 4   log1.0 105  log
Conjugate base
 0.5
 log
Conjugate base  1
0.5
Conjugate base  0.1 0.5  0.05M
Case-II: 6   log1.0 105  log
Conjugate base 
0.5
 log
Conjugate base
1
0.5
Conjugate base    Salt   10  0.5  5M
Now the two buffer 1.NaA  0.05M and HA  0.5M and  II .NaA  5M and HA  0.5M  are
mixed in equal proportion.
0.05  V  5  V 5.05
Thus, new conc. of NaA is mixed buffer  
2V 2
0.5  V  0.5  V
New conc. of HA in mixed buffer   0.5 M
2V
Thus, pH   log1.0  105  log
5.05 / 2
 0.5
pH  5  0.7033  5.7033
2 N 2 O5  g   4 NO2  g   O2  g 
Mole at t  0 a 0 0
29.
t  30 ax 2x x/2
t 0 2a a/2
 No. of mole  pressure developed
 a  P0 at t  0
3x
a  284.5 at t  30 minute
2
5a
 584.5 at t 
2
2  584.5
Thus, a  or x  233.8 at t  0
5
x  33.8 at t  30 minute
a  x  200.0
2.303 a
 K log10
t a  x
2.303 233.8
K  log10  5.206  10 3 minute -1
30 200
24.6  3
30. nH 2 1   nH 2  2
0.0821 300

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 6

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

4 4 2 4
TG ~ @bohring_bot N
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Key&Sol’s

Now,     N 4
1 2 1 2
31. NaCl , NaBr , impurities
xg yg 2  x  y g
x y
 143.5   188  3
58.5 103
 x x 
 58.5 188  58.5 143.5  0.76  x  1g
32. Per unit cell, A  4  1  3; B  4; C  8
rA rC
 0.414  0.225
rB rB
2r  4 rC
Fraction of body diagonal covered  B
3a
1 r
Also, 3a  4rB   C  0.5  0.225  0.725
2 rB
33. Conceptual
 Zr

34.  r  k  [polynomial of r having degree  n  l  1]  r l  e na   r  k1e  r / k  r 2  5k 3r  6 k32  ,

0 2

has l  0 and n  l  1  2  n  3 and orbital is 3s.

s-orbital has zero orbital angular momentum.
(c) 9s to 9p
8d 
7 f  3 subshells

6 g 
35. Conceptual
36.  a  H 2C2O4  NaOH
251
 NaHC2O4  H 2O
501  
25  25  Buffer

 b  H 2C2O4  NaOH
501
 NaHC2O4  H 2O
501
  50

 Amphiprotic salt
501 751 
 25 50

 c  NaHC2O 4  NaOH  Na2C2O4  H 2O
25
50
25  25  Buffer ; pH  pH 2

 d 100 100  Na2CO4

100 
 Anionic hydrolysis
pH>7

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 7

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
MATHEMATICS
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Key&Sol’s

37. Let T be the midpoint of PR, perpendicular from T to PR meets C1C2 .

2 2 2 2 2 2
Also MP  MR  MQ  MS  MT  TR
Hence M is centre of required circle
2 2
PR   C1C2    r1  r2   100  4  96
 24 96
 2  MT 2  RT 2   2
  TR  9   9  24  33
 2  4

38. f '  x   f ' 1 x   0,1

f ' 1 f ' x
 2
 2
f  x 1 f  x 1
on integrating
1 dx
f ' 1   tan 1  f 1   tan 1  f  0  
0 f  x  1
2

1 dx tan 1 f 1 f 1

i.e.     tan 1 x  xx  0 
0 f 2  x  1 f ' 1 f ' 1
For equality to hold
tan 1 f 1  f 1
1 dx
 f 1  0, then  2
0
0 f  x  1
Which is not possible as this is strictly positive function
dx f 1
 
f  x   1 f ' 1
2
Hence

39.   sin xdx  2
0

 b  a  4
a b
 cos xdx  9
0

9
 ab 
2
 7
 a &b 
4 4
40. Radical axis of S1  0 and S2  0 is the line L1  0 , the point of concurrency of family of
line ax  by  c  0 if a, b, c are in A.P. is (1, -2)
41. Take A 1  and B 2 

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Key&Sol’s

42. Concept based question

AB r
43. In AO1B  1 .............. 1
sin 2 B cos B
AC r
AO2 B  2 ..............  2 
sin 2C cos C
Form above (2) equations
AB. AC r1r2

sin 2 B.sin 2C cos B cos C
2 R sin C .2 R sin B
 r 1r2
2sin B 2sin C
2
2  5 
r 1r2  R  0 
 25
 2sin 30 

44. Concept based question

4
1
8 4 1 5 1
45.  2cos1   cos1   tan 
5 5 2 4 3
1
5
1
2 1  2
tan  
2 3 3
2
 2 3 3
  2 
2 4 2
1 8 4 16
 B  (0,  3)  AB  2  2    4  
2 5 5 5

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 9

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
46.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
 x  4  y  1 has directrix
2
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Key&Sol’s

y 11
y2
 4
  4
  8
47. 2  a 2  b2   4  a 2  b 2  8
a 2  b2
  ab
2
 ab  4
2 3
x 3  3x 2 3x  5
48. I and J  
1
ln  x  1 2
ln  x  2 
2
3x  2
J 
1
ln  x  1
3

J I 
2
x3  3 x 2  3 x  2
2

 x  1  1 dx
1
ln  x  1 1
ln  x  1
3


 x  1  1 dx  1 x  13 dx  ln 4
2

1
ln  x  1 0 ln x
 eln 4  4
49. Conceptual
50. Let C0 be the circle passing through points A, B, C and D
Radical axis of C0 and C1 : x  2 y  3  0
Radical axis of C0 and C2 : 2 x  3 y    0
Radical axis of C0 and C2 : x  y  3  0
1 2 3
2 3   0  4
1 1 3

x /2
51. a1  , a2  
dx 
0 2
Also, an 2  an  2an1
 /2 2cos  2n  2  x  cos  2n  4 x  cos  2nx 
 dx
0 1  cos 2 x
 /2 2cos  2 n  2  x  2 cos  2n  2  x  cos 2 x  /2
 dx   2 cos  2n  2  xdx
0 1  cos 2 x 0

2  /2

2n  2
 sin  2n  2  x 0  0
 a1 , a2 , a3 ,............ are in A.P.
 Q  I n1  I n 3
 /4
 tan n 1 x sec 2 x dx
0

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 10

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1  1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
 /4
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Key&Sol’s

 tan n  2  
n2 0 n2
 an  n  2
 a1 , a2 ,...... are in A.P.
 /2 sin 2  nx   sin 2  n  1 x
 R  I n  I n1  0 dx
sin x
 /2 sin 2  2 n  1  sin x
 dx
0 sin x
 /2
1  1
 cos  2 n  1   
2n  1 0 2n  1
a1 , a2 , a3 ,....... are in H.P.
 /2 1  cos 2nx n
 S  bn  0
1  cos 2 x

2
 see  a  

an  n
2
 a1 , a2 , a3 ,....... are in A.P., G.P. and H.P.

Also a1 , a2 , a3 ,....... is a constant sequence.

52. 
I  3  7 tan  x 2  6  dx  6  2 tan  x  9   6 dx  I1  I 2
2

 2
I 2  6  2  x  9   6 dx, put x  9  t 
 3 
7
tan  t  6   dt   3  7 tan  x 2  6  dx  I1  I  0
2

 ln 5  x  dx   ln  5   x  3 dx  0
2 2 2 2
I 3 1

  x    x  11 / 3     x   2 / 3 dx

3
I 0

 0  1/ 3 0dx  1/3  2/31dx  2/3 1 2dx  1 4/3 3dx  4/3  5/3 4dx  5/3  6/3 5dx  6/3  7/3 6dx  7/3  8/3 7dx  8/3  9/3 8dx  12
sin 2 x cos2 x
I 
0
sin 1
 t  dt   0
cos 1  t  dt, Heref '  x   0,  f  x   c
f  / 4    / 4 f  x   / 4
, so
53. Ans. (a)
54. Ans. (b)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Page 11

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 CTA-05(Paper-2) Date: 22-11-20
Time: 02:30Pm to 05:30Pm Max.Marks:180

2018-PAPER-II
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Syllabus

MATHS : PT-1 To PT-6 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

PHYSICS : PT-1 To PT-6 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

CHEMISTRY : PT-1 To PT-6 Syllabus Only (Level – I Students)

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P

JEE-ADVANCE-2018-P2-Model
Time: 3:00 Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 180

PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 6) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 7 – 14) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec – III(Q.N : 15-18) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60
CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 19 – 24) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 25 –32) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec – III(Q.N : 33-36) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60
MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N:37 – 42) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N :43–50) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec –III(Q.N : 51-54) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
1. A polished metallic piece and a black painted wooden piece are kept in open in bright
sun for a long time :
A) the wooden piece will absorbs less heat than the metallic piece
B) the wooden piece will have a lower temperature than the metallic piece
C) if touched, the metallic piece will feel hotter than the wooden piece
D) when the two pieces are removed from the open to a cold room, the wooden piece
will lose heat at a faster rate than the metallic piece
2. From the following statements, concerning ideal gases at any given temperature T,
select the correct one(s).
A) The coefficient of volume expansion at constant pressure is same for all ideal
gases.
B) The average translational kinetic energy per molecule of oxygen is 3kT.
C) In a gaseous mixture, the average translational kinetic energy of the molecules of
each component is same.
D) The mean free path of molecules increases with decrease in pressure.
3. Two thin slabs of refractive indices µ1 and µ 2 are placed parallel to each other in the x-
z plane. If the direction of propagation of a ray in the two media are along the vectors
 
r1  aiˆ  bjˆ and r2  ciˆ  djˆ and n̂ is unit vector along the common normal of the slabs,
then we have

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P

µ1b µ 2d µ1a µ 2c
A)  B) 
a 2  b2 c2  d 2 a 2  b2 c2  d 2
   
C) r1  (nˆ  r2 )  0 D) r1  (nˆ  r2 )  0
4. A gas took part in three thermal processes in which it is heated from the same initial
state to the same final temperature. The process are shown on the P-V diagram by
straight lines 1-2, 1-3 and 1-4. Q1, Q2 and Q3 are amount of heat supplied to the gas in
the process 1  2, 1  3, 1  4. respectively.

A) Q3  Q 2 B) Q1  Q 2 C) Q3  Q1 D) Q3  Q 2  Q1
5. A particle is launched from a height 8R above the surface of earth and it is given a
GM
speed parallel to the surface then
8R
A) It will escape from the gravitational field of earth.
B) It will follow a circular orbit.
C) It will follow an elliptical orbit.
D) the point of launching will be the perigee of its orbit.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

6.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
Consider two uniform hollow spheres each of mass M (as shown in figure), their
centres are fixed at C1( 3R , 0, 0) and C2 (3R , 0,0). which of the following option
is/are true for the given system?

A) All points on yz plane have same potential.

B) Equipotential lines are concentric circle in yz plane
C) For finding the force on larger sphere, smaller sphere can be replaced by a point
mass its centre.
D) For finding the potential at the centre of larger sphere, larger sphere can be
replaced by a point mass at its centre.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

8.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
Figure shows a hypothetical speed distribution for particles of a certain gas :
P(v)  Cv 2 for 0  v  v 0 and P(v)=0 for v > v 0 .

Their Average speed is xVo . Find x.

9. Figure shows the VT diagram for helium gas in a cyclic process. Find the ratio of
maximum and minimum pressure.

10. A laser beam propagates through a spherically symmetric medium, as shown in the
figure. The refractive index varies with the distance to the symmetry centre C by the
r
law µ(r)  µ 0   , where µ 0  1, r0  3cm, r0  r <  . The beam’s trajectory lies in the
 r0 
plane that includes C. At distance r1  8  2 cm the beam makes an angle    with

r1 as shown in figure. Find the minimum distance (in cm) the beam reach relative to
the symmetry centre C.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

11.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
A charge q is placed at a height h/4 from the base of a cone of height h and radius R as
shown in figure. The flux linked with the curved surface of the cone is given by.

q 1 h 
    Find a  b  c
0  a bR 2  ch 2 
12. In the laboratory, the high emf of a battery is measured by using potentiometer and
two resistance R1 and R 2 , where R1  R 2 as shown in the figure.
R1  (100  0.10) and R 2  (9900  9.90), AB  1m
The voltage across R1, when switches S1 & S2 are connected to point 1 and point 2 is
balanced against 1  (60  0.06) cm when the switches S1 and S2 are shifted to point 3
and point 4 as shown in the given figure, the potential difference of standard
E 0  2 volt is balanced against length  2  (75  0.075)cm. The maximum error in emf
of battery E is _______ volts (upto two decimal places)

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

13.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
In a circuit shown in figure if the internal resistance of the sources are negligible then
at what value of resistance R will the thermal power generated in it be the maximum.
What is its value in ohms?

14. Imagine a uniform solid spherical rigid planet of radius R and mass M. A spherical
portion of radius 0.5 R is scooped out as shown in figure. If the scooped out portion is
somehow placed back in place, then the contact force between the scooped portion and
GM 2
the rest of the planet is .
2n R 2
Find n.

SECTION-III
(MATCHING LIST TYPE)
This section contains 4 questions, each having two matching lists (List-1 & List-II). The options for the correct
match are provided as (A), (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
15. One mole of monoatomic ideal gas is kept in a container of volume V0 . The
conducting wall has surface area A, thickness d and thermal conductivity K. Assume
that surrounding B at a constant temperature 3T0 . T is temperature of gas at any
2kA
instant. [Given  1sec1 and T0  100K ]
3Rd
Now match the followings
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P

Column-I Column-II
KA
P) Rate of flow of heat in the gas 1 (3T0  T)
d
3 dT
Q) Rate of change of internal energy of gas 2 R
2 dt
Ratio of temperature of gas at t = ln2 sec to the 4
R) 3
temperature at t = 2 ln2 sec 5
Ratio of change in internal energy of gas in the
S) interval 0 to ln2 sec to change in the internal energy in 4 (2/3)
the internal 0 to 2 ln2 sec.
Codes:
P Q R S
A) 1 2 4 3
B) 1, 2 1, 2 3 4
C) 2 1, 2 4 3
D) 1, 2 1, 2, 3 3 4

16. Match the entries of column-I with the entries of Column II.
Column-I Column-II
P) A perfect black body 1 Reflects radiation
Q) A perfect reflecting body 2 Emits radiation
R) An ordinary rough body 3 Absorbs radiation
S) An ordinary smooth body 4 Transfer heat
Codes:
P Q R S
A) 1, 2 1, 3 1, 2 1, 2, 3
B) 1, 2, 3 1, 4 1, 3 1, 2
C) 2, 4 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3, 4
D) 2, 3, 4 1, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9
17.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
Column-I contains the point charge Q at point P and Column -II contains flux due to
this charge Q through the surfaces mentioned in Column -I.
Column-I Column-II

A point charge Q
is kept at point (0,
0, a) and 1 and
P) 2 are the flux 1 1  2
through triangular
surface OAC and
OBC respectively

A point charge Q
is kept at point (0,
0, a) and 1 and
Q
Q) 2 are the flux 2 1 
4ε 0
through triangular
surface OAB and
ABC respectively

A point charge Q
is kept at point
 a a 
 0,  ,  and
 3 6
1 and 2 are the Q
R) 3 1 
flux through 24ε 0
equilateral
triangular surface
ABC and ABD
respectively

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
A point
charge Q is
kept at point
(0, 0, a) and
1 and
2 are the Q
S) 4 2 
flux through 4ε 0
square
surface
OABE and
OECD
respectively
Codes:
P Q R S
A) 2, 4 2, 3 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 4
B) 2, 3 2, 4 1, 2, 3 2, 3, 4
C) 1, 2, 3 3, 4 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4
D) 2, 3, 4 1, 4 1, 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3, 4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

18.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
A spherical interface whose radius is R divides the space in two parts such that the x-
axis behaves as principal axis and origin O behaves as pole as shown in the figure. The
refractive index of medium I is µ1 and that of medium II is µ 2 . Now match the column
I with column II

[Assume concept of paraxial rays]

Column-I Column-II
P) Object is kept at point ( a,0 ) and µ1  µ 2 1 Image may be real
Q) Object is kept at point ( a,0 ) and µ1  µ 2 2 Image may be virtual
The position of image may
R) Object is kept at point (+a, 0) and µ1  µ 2 3 be in between the position of
object and origin.
The position of image may
be in between the position of
S) Object is kept at point (+a, 0) and µ1  µ 2 4
object and centre of
curvature of interface.
5 None
Codes:
P Q R S
A) 2, 3 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3 2, 3
B) 1, 2 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3 2, 3, 4
C) 1, 3 1, 2, 3 2, 3 2, 3, 4
D) 1, 2 3, 4 2, 3, 4 1, 2, 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
19. Which is/are an irreversible process(es)?
A) Mixing of two gases by diffusion
B) Evaporation of water at 373 K and 1 atm pressure
C) Dissolution of NaCl in water
D) Melting of ice at 273 K and 1 atm
20. If same quantity of electricity is passed through three electrolytic cells containing
FeSO 4 , Fe 2 (SO 4 )3 and Fe(NO3 )3 then:
A) the amount of iron deposited in FeSO 4 and Fe2 (SO 4 )3 are equal.
B) the amount of iron deposited in FeSO 4 is 1.5 times of the amount of iron deposited
in Fe(NO3 )3 .
C) the amount of iron deposited in Fe 2 (SO 4 )3 and Fe(NO3 )3 are equal
D) the same amount of gas is evolved in all three cases at the anode.
21. In an empty cylinder piston arrangement, NO 2 ( g ) at 2 atm and N 2O 4 ( g ) at 4 atm is

taken and the constant pressure of 6 atm and temperature, 27 C , is maintained.

 2NO2 ( g ); K p  20 atm at 300 K

N 2O 4 ( g ) 

Which of the following property (ies) of system will change correctly (as given) with
time?
A) Density of sample will decrease.
B) Average molar mass of sample will increase.
C) The colour of solution becomes more and more deeper.
D) Reaction will not move in any direction.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

22.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
A gas obeys P (V  b)  RT . Which of the following are correct about this gas?
R
A) Isochoric curves (P-T) have slope 
V b
R
B) Isobaric curves (V-T) have slope and intercept b
P
Pb
C) For the gas compressibility factor = 1+
RT
D) The attraction forces are overcome by repulsive forces
23. For a parallel reaction,

If k1 and k2 are rate constant of disappearance of A as per reaction I and reaction II and

k1  103 sec 1 and k2  2  103 sec 1 .

[Assume initially only A is present then identify the option(s) which is (are) not
correct.]
A) Ratio of moles of B to C will be 1 : 2 at any instant
B) After infinite time total moles will be between 2 to 3 if initially 1 mole of A is
taken.
1
C) In 693 sec. around of initial reactant taken would be left.
8
D) At some time concentration of A, B and C all will be same.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

24.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
Concentration term similar to “volume strength of H 2O 2 ” is used for nitroglycerine
[C3H 5 N 3O9 ] ( MW  227) where volume strength is defined as volume of gases
evolved at 1 atm and 273 K from 1 litre solution as per the reaction :

4C3H 5 N 3O9 ( aq) 

 6N 2 ( g )  12CO 2 ( g )  O 2 ( g )  10H 2O(l ) ( d  1.1 gm  ml)
Select the correct option about Volume strength of 212.8 V nitroglycerine solution.
A) Its 2 M nitroglycerine solution.
B) Its 454 gm nitroglycerine per L solution.
C) Its 41.27% (w/w) nitroglycerine solution.
D) Its 41.27% (w/v) nitroglycerine solution.

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
27. Estimate the cell potential of a Daniel cell (in mV) having 1.0 M Zn 2  and originally
having 1.0 M Cu 2 after sufficient ammonia has been added to the cathode
 
compartment to make the NH 3 concentration 2.0 M . Given EZn / Zn 2  and ECu /Cu 2  are
0.76 and – 0.34V respectively. Also equilibrium constant for the
 2.303RT 
[Cu(NH3 ) 4 ]2 formation is 1 1012. Given: = 0.059 
 F 
28. Two buffer, (X) and (Y) of pH 4.0 and 6.0 respectively are prepared from acid HA and
the salt NaA. Both the buffers are 0.50 M in HA. What would be the pH of the
solution obtained by mixing equal volumes of the two buffers?
(K HA  1.0  105 , log10 2  0.30)
29. The decomposition of N 2O5 according to equation

 4NO 2 ( g )  O 2 ( g ) is a first order reaction. After 30 minute from start

2N 2O5 ( g ) 
of the decomposition in a closed vessel, the total pressure developed is found to be
289.1 mm of Hg and on complete decomposition, the total pressure is 590 mm of Hg.
Calculate the rate constant of reaction in hr 1.
(Given: log10 2  0.30, log10 17  1.23, log e x  2.303 log10 x )
30. Find the number of diffusion steps required to separate the isotopic mixture initially
containing some amount of H 2 gas and 1 mol of D 2 gas in a container of 3 litre
 WD  1
capacity maintained at 24.6 atm and 27C to the final mass ratio  2  equal to .
 WH  4
 2 
(Given: R = 0.082 L-atm/mol-K)
31. 2.0 g of a sample containing NaCl, NaBr and some inert impurity is dissolved in
enough water and treated with excess of AgNO3 solution. A 3.0 g of precipitate was
formed. Precipitate on shaking with aqueous NaBr gains 0.7476 g of weight.
Determine mass percentage of NaCl in the original sample.
(Given: Aw of Na = 23, Cl = 35.5, Br = 80, Ag = 108)
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
32. An ideal ionic crystal is having rock salt structure ( A B  ) such that A is occupying
octahedral void. The crystal is doped with atoms of C which occupy all the tetrahedral
voids without distorting the lattice. If the crystal shows defect such that the body
centered atom is missing then calculate fraction of body diagonal covered by species
in the defective crystal
SECTION-III
(MATCHING LIST TYPE)
This section contains 4 questions, each having two matching lists (List-1 & List-II). The options for the correct
match are provided as (A), (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
33.
Column I Column II

P Zn( s ) Zn(aq
2 2
) Zn( aq ) Zn 1 Spontaneous cell reaction
0.01M 0.1M

Pt ( H 2 ) HCl HCl Pt (Cl2 )

1atm 0.01 M 0.1 M 1 atm
Q 2 EMF of cell is zero
o
( ECl  1.36 V)
2 / Cl

Cu( s ) Cu(aq
2 
) Ag ( aq ) Ag ( s ) Concentration of cation in cathodic
R 0.01 M 0.1 M 3 compartment decreases upto
  equilibrium
( EAg 
/ Ag  ECu 1 /Cu )

S Ag ( s ) | AgCl( s ) KCl( aq ) Ag (aq ) Ag ( s ) 4 Standard EMF of cell is zero

1M 0.1M

5 Concentration of Cl  in anodic
compartment decreases
Codes:
P Q R S
A) 1, 4 1, 4 3 1, 5
B) 1, 3, 4 1 1, 3 1, 3, 5
C) 1, 4 1, 4 3 3, 5
D) 1, 3, 4 1, 4 1, 3 1, 3, 5

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
34.  ( r )  k1e  r / k2 ( r 2  5k3r  6k32 )
For the above orbital, match the column-I with column-II (assuming, k3  1 )
Column I Column II
P Principal quantum number, n 1 3
Q Number of radial nodes 2 2
R Number of sub-shells having energy between (n  6)s to 3 4
(n  6)p for multi-electron system
S Orbital angular momentum of given orbital 4 0
Codes:
P Q R S
A) 1 2 1 4
B) 1 2 3 4
C) 3 2 3 4
D) 3 2 1 4

35.
Column I Column II
P 1 o
C (s, graphite)  O2 ( g ) 
 CO2 ( g ) H Combustion
Q 2 o
C (s, graphite)   C( g ) H formation
R 1 3 o
CO( g )  O2 ( g )   CO 2 ( g ) H atomization
2
S CH ( g )  4 o
4  C( g )  4 H( g ) H sublimation
Codes:
P Q R S
A) 2 4 1 3
B) 1 2, 3 3 1
C) 1 3, 4 1 3
D) 1, 2 2, 3, 4 1 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

36.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
Match the effect of addition of 1 M NaOH to 50 mL of 1 M H 2C2O 4 (diprotic acid) in
column I with column II (Given : K a1  104 , K a2  10 9 ):
Column I Column II
P 25 mL of NaOH 1 Buffer solution
Q 50 mL of NaOH 2 pH is independent of concentration of species
present in the solution
R 75 mL of NaOH 3 Anionic hydrolysis
S 100 mL of NaOH 4 pH  7

Codes:
P Q R S
A) 1 2 1, 4 3
B) 2 3 2, 4 4
C) 1, 2 2, 3 1, 2, 4 3, 4
D) 1 2, 3 1, 2 3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 19

MATHS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
37. Let C1 & C2 be centres of two circles whose radii are 2 & 4 respectively. Also
C1C2  10 & direct common tangents of these circles touch them at P, Q, R, S. Another
circle of radius '  ' is drawn passing P, Q, R, S. Then
A) Midpoint of C1 C2 is centre of the circle passing through P, Q, R, S.
B) Centre of the circle passing through P, Q, R, S divides C1 C2 in the ratio 1 : 2

C)  2  33
D)  2  35
38. Let f : [0, 1]  [0,  ) be a differentiable with decreasing first derivative &
1 dx
f (0)  0, then 0 f 2 ( x)  1 is
tan 1 f (1) f (1) tan 1f '(1) f (1)
A)  B)  C)  D) 
f '(1) f '(1) f '(1) f '(1)
b a b
39. If a | sin x |dx  8 & 0 | cos x |dx  9 then;
A) a  b  9 B) b  a  4
b b
C) a x sin xdx  2 2 D) a x sin xdx   2 2

40. Let S 2  0 be the mirror image of S1  x 2  y 2  4 x  6 y  12  0 w.r.t. the line

      
L1 :10 4 x  10 4  10 y  104  20  0. Let L2 : 211 x  211  212 y  211  213  0 be 
a line. The equation of the line(s) passing through the point of intersection of the line
L2  0 with the radical axis of S1  0, S2  0 and passing through the coordinate axes
at points which are equidistant from origin, is (are)
A) x  y  3  0 B) x  y  1  0
C) 2 x  2 y  1  0 D) 2 x  2 y  3  0
Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 20
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P

41. A chord of negative slope from the point P  

264, 0 is drawn to the ellipse

x 2  4 y 2  16. This chord intersects the ellipse at A and B (O is the origin).

A) The maximum area of AOB is 4
B) The maximum area of AOB is 8
1
C) If the area of AOB is maximum, then the slope of line AB is
2 2
1
D) If the area of AOB is maximum, then the slope of line AB is
8 2
42. Let there be a continuous function f : [0, 1]  R satisfying
1 1 1
0 f ( x) dx    f 2 ( x 2 )dx. Then
3 0
A) f ( x )  x  x  [0, 1]
B) There is a unique function f satisfying this equation.
1 1/ 2
C) 0 x f ( x)   f ( x) dx
0
D) f (1)  f (4)  3

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 21

44.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
Given circles C1 & C2 intersect at X & Y. Let I1 be a line through the centre of C1 &
intersecting C2 at points P & Q and let I 2 be the line through centre of C2 intersecting

C1 at pts R & S. Let C1 : x 2  y 2  2 x  2 y  1  0 & C2 : x 2  y 2  4 x  4 y  4  0 . If

P, Q, R, S are concylic with centre of circle passing through them is (    then

 10 
tan 1 (     tan 1 (   ) is equal to tan 1   , then K is
K

x2 y 2   8 3 5 
45. The length of focal chord AB of ellipse   1 is  Given A   ,  
4 3 
  5 5 

46. If y = 2 is directrix and (0, 1) be the vertex of parabola x 2   y     then;

(   )  ?

47. If x 2  y 2  16 is director circle of locus of centre of a moving ellipse touches both the
axes in first quadrant, then if major axis and minor axis are not fixed, then maximum
value of product of semi-major and semi-minor axis is
2 3
x3  3 x 2 (3x  5)
48. If I   dx and J   dx, then e I  J equals …………..
1
ln ( x  1) 2
ln ( x  2)

49. If the maximum value of x 4  7 x 2  4 x  20  x 4  9 x 2  16 is P, find the value of

[P] (where [] denotes GIF)

50. Consider two circles C1 : x 2  y 2  4 x  4 y  1  0 and C2 : x 2  y 2  6 x  2 y  7  0.

The line L1 : x  2 y  3  0 intersects C1 at points A and B and the line
L2 : 2 x  3 y     intersects C2 at point C and D. The value of (2   such that
points A, B, C and D are concyclic, is:

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 22

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
SECTION-III
(MATCHING LIST TYPE)
This section contains 4 questions, each having two matching lists (List-1 & List-II). The options for the correct
match are provided as (A), (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
51. Match the sequence a1, a2 , a3... whose nth term is given on the left with properties of
the sequence on the right.

Column -I Column -II

  1  cos 2nx
P an   dx 1 a1, a2 , a3... are in A.P.
0 1  cos2 x
  1
Q In   tan n x dx an  2 a1, a2 , a3 ,... are in G.P.
0 I n 1  I n  2
  sin2 nx
R In   dx n  0 and an  In  In1n  1 3 a1, a2 , a3 ,... are in H.P.
0 sin x
   sin 2 nx a1, a2 , a3 ,... is a constant
S bn   dx and an  bn  bn 1n  1 4
0 sin 2 x sequence.
5 a1, a2 , a3 ,... are in A.G.P.
a , a , a ,... are neither in
6 1 2 3
A.P. nor G.P nor H.P.
Codes:
P Q R S
A) 1 1 3 1, 2, 3, 4
B) 5 2 6 1
C) 1 1 3 6
D) 1 1 5 1, 2, 3, 4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 23

52.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P

Column-I Column -II

7 2
2
P  tan( x  6)dx   tan( x 2  18 x  75)dx 1 An integer
3 6
2
 5  x2 
Q   6 x  x 2  4  dx
ln 2 An irrational number
1  
sin 2 x cos 2 x
R  sin 1 ( t )dt   cos 1 ( t )dt 3 0
0 0
3
  1  2
S    3   3   dx ([] denotes GINT)
[ x ]  x   x  4  
0
Codes:
P Q R S
A) 1 1, 3 2, 4 1
B) 1, 3 1, 4 2, 4 2
C) 3 1, 3 2 2
D) 1, 3 1, 3 2, 4 1

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 24

53.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Match the following Column (I) and (II)
22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P

Column-I Column -II

If
1 1 1 1
Sn     ....  , then
P 2n 2
4n  1 2
4n  4 4 n  1 1 2
lim Sn is
n
If f ( x ) is bijective in nature for all x  [a , b], then
b

  ( f ( x)) 
2
 ( f (a)) 2 dx
Q a is 2 2
f (b )

 
x f 1 ( x)  b dx
f (a)
1/ n
 n 1  r   
R lim  sin    is equal to 3
n 
 r 1  2n   2
4

S  | x  2 | 1  1 dx 4
0
6
1
5
2
Codes:
P Q R S
A) 3 1 5 2
B) 3 2 5 1
C) 4 2 5 2
D) 4 2 2 2

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 25

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 22-11-2020_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv(2018-P2)_Paper-2_CTA-05_Q.P
54. If ‘a’ and ‘b’ satisfy the condition 12a 2  4b2  8a  1  0 and the line ax  by  1  0 is
tangential to ‘C’, then the match the following columns (I) and (II).

Column-I Column -II

If x 2  y 2  2 x  4 y  k  0 intersects circle
P 1 12
' C ' orthogonally, then value of k is
If x 2  y 2  12 intersects the circle ' C ' at P and Q, then
Q 2 3
length PQ is
If OA and OB are tangents to circle ' C ' , where ' O ' is
R origin, and ' r ' is in-radius of OAB, then value of 3 20
(20) r is
If line ( y  2)  m ( x  1) meets the circle ' C ' at ' M ' and
S 4 10
' N ' for some real value of m , then length MN can be:
Codes:
P Q R S
A) 3 2 3 1, 2, 4
B) 3 1 3 1, 2, 4
C) 4 2 4 1, 2
D) 3 1 4 1, 4

Sec: Sr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 26

S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
22-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-06_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
121
M-R
PHY
121
P-R
CHE
121
C-R
TOT
363
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

1 191022302 NARRA SATHWIK SANKALPA M 73 1 94 2 91 1 258 71 1 25 36 RB-2

2 191028272 NALI HARSHAVARDHAN DEEKSHA-2 M 59 18 79 13 72 7 210 58 7 76 122 RB-2

3 191009250 MANEPALLI RUSHIL VENKATA SREE RAAJ SANKALPA M 54 43 63 40 63 24 180 50 20 146 268 RB-2

4 191059047 JAMPUGUMPULA MOKSHAGNA PRATIBHA-2 M 55 31 63 40 57 35 175 48 22 163 312 RB-2

5 191018609 LANKALAPALLI SRI VENKATESH PRATIBHA-2 M 53 45 72 21 44 108 169 47 26 185 356 RB-2

6 191031134 K BALA GANESH PRATIBHA-1 M 46 109 47 211 69 12 162 45 32 217 416 RB-2

7 191020213 SHAIK SOHAIL DEEKSHA-1 M 55 31 60 62 45 98 160 44 33 226 435 RB-2

8 191028448 SAI SAGAR G R PRATIBHA-2 M 47 97 61 58 47 79 155 43 39 266 505 RB-2

9 191032395 BACHINA MANI TEJA DEEKSHA-1 M 37 220 62 49 55 42 154 42 40 274 522 RB-2

10 191031374 MALIGI PUNEETH DEEKSHA-2 M 57 26 55 91 41 134 153 42 41 276 525 RB-2

11 191031828 YARAM SANDEEP REDDY PRATIBHA-1 M 49 72 54 99 50 61 153 42 42 278 529 RB-2

12 191080106 PILLI SASI KALADHAR PRATIBHA-2 M 48 86 51 138 53 51 152 42 45 288 546 RB-2

13 191031825 SHAIK CHINTAPALLI MASTAN SHAREEF PRATIBHA-2 M 32 291 64 38 56 37 152 42 46 292 557 RB-2

14 191032709 REDDAPANI RAMA CHARAN PRATIBHA-2 M 49 72 61 58 42 127 152 42 44 287 545 RB-2

15 191046148 MALADI VENKATA SAI YASWANTH DEEKSHA-1 M 33 275 62 49 56 37 151 42 48 299 570 RB-2

16 191028344 SHAIK MOHAMMAD TAUFEEQ DEEKSHA-2 M 45 118 63 40 43 118 151 42 47 296 565 RB-2

17 191046902 CHALLA VENKATA CHANDU LAKSHYA M 40 172 67 28 43 118 150 41 52 311 585 RB-2

18 191021336 VARDHINEEDI SURYA SAI SATYA LIKHITH PRATIBHA-2 M 59 18 60 62 31 274 150 41 49 301 574 RB-2

19 191000422 RAMBARKI UDAY TEJA SANKALPA M 55 31 54 99 41 134 150 41 50 303 576 RB-2

20 191030060 KOMMANA SAI SANKAR SATVIK DEEKSHA-1 M 43 138 59 65 47 79 149 41 55 318 596 RB-2

21 191030148 JETTI VIVEK PRATIBHA-2 M 49 72 58 70 40 145 147 40 58 331 620 RB-2

22 191021438 VEMULA KALYANA VENKATA DEVA DUTT DEEKSHA-1 M 44 130 56 84 45 98 145 40 65 355 660 RB-2

23 191020529 JONNADULA RAJESH DEEKSHA-1 M 51 54 51 138 43 118 145 40 63 351 656 RB-2

24 191030161 BANAVATHU PURNA CHANDRA VENKAT LAKSHYA M 45 118 54 99 46 92 145 40 64 354 659 RB-2

25 191031324 BUDDI LAKSHMI DEEPAK PRATIBHA-2 M 53 45 54 99 38 169 145 40 61 347 652 RB-2

26 191021332 JAVVADI YOGADITYA SANKALPA M 53 45 53 115 39 159 145 40 62 348 653 RB-2

27 191081990 G R V RAHUL SANKALPA M 58 23 47 211 39 159 144 40 66 359 667 RB-2

28 191015825 NATUVA VENKATA SAI SURYA PRATIBHA-1 M 53 45 48 191 40 145 141 39 75 387 718 RB-2

29 191020630 KASSE ASWAN KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M 43 138 50 155 47 79 140 39 76 394 732 RB-2

30 191061964 MUKKAMALA SUMANTH DEEKSHA-1 M 57 26 50 155 32 263 139 38 78 398 739 RB-2

31 191032330 CHAVALI VALLABHA MAKARAND PRATIBHA-2 M 50 64 50 155 38 169 138 38 80 412 765 RB-2

32 191031297 MASARLA NITHEESH KUMAR REDDY LAKSHYA M 51 54 50 155 36 189 137 38 82 425 792 RB-2

33 191247117 MODEPALLY SOHITH CHOUDARY PRATIBHA-2 M 38 208 48 191 51 58 137 38 83 432 808 RB-2

34 191031325 PEDDIREDDY ADITHYA VARDHAN REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M 58 23 46 227 33 236 137 38 81 420 787 RB-2

35 191028410 SIDDIREDDI GEETHA SATHWIK PRATIBHA-2 M 55 31 50 155 31 274 136 37 84 436 816 RB-2

36 191032546 PULLAIAHGARI SAI TEJESWAR REDDY SANKALPA M 40 172 54 99 42 127 136 37 85 440 823 RB-2

37 191018577 VELAGALA JAYAKANTH REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 55 31 47 211 33 236 135 37 89 449 836 RB-2

38 191031298 BOMMA VENKATA TARUN KUMAR REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 50 64 52 127 33 236 135 37 91 452 839 RB-2

39 191030061 KANCHI RAHUL DEEKSHA-1 M 58 23 55 91 22 395 135 37 87 445 832 RB-2

40 191031334 LINGESWARA REDDY PEDDU DEEKSHA-2 M 46 109 51 138 38 169 135 37 92 455 843 RB-2

41 191031746 SADANALA MANOJ PARASURAM LAKSHYA M 51 54 37 338 47 79 135 37 90 451 838 RB-2

42 191000694 ANEM HEMANTH PRATIBHA-2 M 28 349 81 7 26 356 135 37 93 460 853 RB-2

43 191022104 CHINTHAPATTI JAGADHEESH LAKSHYA M 44 130 56 84 34 223 134 37 96 466 863 RB-2

44 191018525 RANKIREDDY DURGA NAGA PRASAD PRATIBHA-2 M 51 54 43 264 40 145 134 37 95 464 859 RB-2

45 191018631 DURGA NAVEEN NEKKANTI PRATIBHA-1 M 40 172 65 34 28 334 133 37 100 477 889 RB-2

46 191031336 BEEGALA MALYADRI PAVAN GANESH PRATIBHA-1 M 51 54 53 115 29 319 133 37 98 472 881 RB-2

47 191061700 SURENDHAR NADH CHERUKURI PRATIBHA-2 M 50 64 50 155 33 236 133 37 99 473 882 RB-2

48 191022511 GAYAM MADHAVA REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 37 220 52 127 43 118 132 36 103 497 926 RB-2

49 191089195 PINJARI MOHAMMED RAFEEQ PRATIBHA-2 M 44 130 58 70 30 296 132 36 102 494 917 RB-2

50 191028431 KOTHAREDDY VARUNKUMAR REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 49 72 49 178 33 236 131 36 105 510 946 RB-2
S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
22-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-06_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
121
M-R
PHY
121
P-R
CHE
121
C-R
TOT
363
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

51 191020524 DUBA DHANUSH KUMAR DEEKSHA-1 M 53 45 46 227 32 263 131 36 104 507 943 RB-2

52 191009279 GANAPAVARAPU SAI RAMA KRISHNA PRATIBHA-2 M 33 275 43 264 55 42 131 36 106 520 963 RB-2

53 191013124 YALAMARTHI KIRAN DEEKSHA-2 M 55 31 44 250 31 274 130 36 107 522 967 RB-2

54 191032328 SAYED MD AFWAN AHMAD SANKALPA M 43 138 57 77 30 296 130 36 108 528 976 RB-2

55 191018015 VEMULAPALLI ROHITH SAI DEEKSHA-1 M 40 172 50 155 39 159 129 36 117 548 1003 RB-2

56 191021282 MANAM SASANK LAKSHYA M 40 172 53 115 36 189 129 36 116 547 1002 RB-2

57 191032719 THEOPHILUS BODDU LAKSHYA M 43 138 54 99 32 263 129 36 114 545 1000 RB-2

58 191032342 ANNADANAM RAKSHITH LAKSHYA M 48 86 55 91 26 356 129 36 111 540 993 RB-2

59 191059144 BANDI RISHIKESH KUMAR LAKSHYA M 48 86 48 191 33 236 129 36 113 542 995 RB-2

60 191089162 KASA VENKATESH PRATIBHA-1 M 48 86 51 138 30 296 129 36 112 541 994 RB-2

61 191031167 D SRIHARSHA PRATIBHA-1 M 55 31 44 250 30 296 129 36 110 536 989 RB-2

62 191020621 TELLABATI KHASIMVALI DEEKSHA-1 M 50 64 42 282 36 189 128 35 120 553 1015 RB-2

63 191032726 RAVURI HRUSHIKESH PRATIBHA-1 M 33 275 51 138 44 108 128 35 126 564 1033 RB-2

64 191028413 NEKKANTI SIVA MANOJ KUMAR SANKALPA M 41 161 57 77 30 296 128 35 123 558 1023 RB-2

65 191061397 POTHULA SASANK DEEKSHA-1 M 48 86 46 227 33 236 127 35 128 570 1040 RB-2

66 191031301 SORAKAYALA VENKAT SAI SANTHOSH PRATIBHA-2 M 39 198 48 191 40 145 127 35 129 574 1044 RB-2

67 191078102 SAGILI SUJAN KUMAR REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M 37 220 50 155 40 145 127 35 130 575 1048 RB-2

68 191031220 CHONGA SURYANARAYANA PRATIBHA-2 M 36 236 55 91 36 189 127 35 131 576 1049 RB-2

69 191022593 KOLLA JITHENDAR DEEKSHA-1 M 45 118 47 211 33 236 125 34 140 605 1095 RB-2

70 191028422 GAJJALA AKSHAY REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M 47 97 55 91 23 387 125 34 139 600 1089 RB-2

71 191013118 KANNIKANTI DINESHVARDHAN DEEKSHA-2 M 62 12 35 360 28 334 125 34 135 594 1079 RB-2

72 191032314 PANGULURI VENKATA SAI TEJA DEEKSHA-2 M 44 130 43 264 38 169 125 34 141 606 1096 RB-2

73 191013130 KATTA NITHIN SATYA NAG YADAV DEEKSHA-2 M 55 31 40 304 30 296 125 34 136 595 1080 RB-2

74 191015821 SETTYBATTINI VENKATA MAHESH LAKSHYA M 40 172 50 155 35 207 125 34 143 613 1103 RB-2

75 191018591 POTLURI HARIL PRATIBHA-2 M 30 323 49 178 46 92 125 34 146 619 1112 RB-2

76 191032750 SUKKA DHAKSHIN KUMAR SANKALPA M 40 172 50 155 35 207 125 34 143 613 1103 RB-2

77 191086407 PEDDINENI ANIL KUMAR DEEKSHA-2 M 37 220 57 77 30 296 124 34 152 628 1133 RB-2

78 191247747 PALLE HARSHAVARDHAN REDDY LAKSHYA M 43 138 51 138 30 296 124 34 148 622 1124 RB-2

79 191021005 ADITYA UDAYA REDDY YERUVA LAKSHYA M 26 376 53 115 45 98 124 34 154 634 1144 RB-2

80 191032716 MERUGU VIVALL LAKSHYA M 40 172 53 115 31 274 124 34 150 626 1130 RB-2

81 191257664 DUVVI SAI VARSHIK PRATIBHA-2 M 45 118 43 264 36 189 124 34 147 621 1123 RB-2

82 191031964 KANDREGULA PARDHA SARADHI SANKALPA M 42 150 46 227 36 189 124 34 149 625 1129 RB-2

83 191018672 KALLURI PARDHU SANKAR DEEKSHA-1 M 51 54 44 250 27 344 122 34 157 642 1161 RB-2

84 191011894 INDYALA HARSHATH KUMAR DEEKSHA-1 M 49 72 48 191 24 375 121 33 163 666 1193 RB-2

85 191021141 PADMANABHUNI SURYA DEEKSHA-2 M 41 161 49 178 31 274 121 33 165 669 1200 RB-2

86 191014881 DONEPUDI VENKAT SANKALPA M 40 172 47 211 34 223 121 33 166 670 1201 RB-2

87 191088281 CHALLA TRILOCHAN CHOWDARY PRATIBHA-2 M 43 138 46 227 31 274 120 33 169 690 1231 RB-2

88 191032391 BHISETTI NEERAJ HARSHA NANDAN DEEKSHA-1 M 41 161 48 191 30 296 119 33 176 714 1261 RB-2

89 191032582 GOWTHAM KUMAR GANESWARAM DEEKSHA-1 M 55 31 33 384 30 296 118 33 182 730 1281 RB-2

90 191027710 MOHAMMAD SAHIR BAIG DEEKSHA-1 M 32 291 53 115 33 236 118 33 188 745 1299 RB-2

91 191021293 JONNALAGADDA VARSHITH DEEKSHA-2 M 48 86 41 296 29 319 118 33 184 734 1286 RB-2

92 191018646 MYLA GANGA SIVA GOPALA KRISHNA LAKSHYA M 47 97 43 264 28 334 118 33 185 735 1287 RB-2

93 191022597 NITTURU CHANDRAKANTH REDDY LAKSHYA M 46 109 45 243 27 344 118 33 186 736 1288 RB-2

94 191018651 CHUNDURU ROHITH KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M 41 161 38 326 39 159 118 33 187 741 1294 RB-2

95 191011829 GUTHA JIGNESH DEEKSHA-1 M 38 208 39 314 40 145 117 32 193 759 1324 RB-2

96 191030496 MATA AJAY KIRAN DEEKSHA-2 M 47 97 37 338 33 236 117 32 190 754 1316 RB-2

97 191062355 MANDARAPU VENKATA SIVA NAGA SAI PRANEETH DEEKSHA-2 M 37 220 49 178 30 296 116 32 199 776 1347 RB-2

98 191251321 THALLEM PRANEETH REDDY LAKSHYA M 41 161 52 127 23 387 116 32 198 774 1343 RB-2

99 191248028 GANDU LALITHADITYA LAKSHYA M 44 130 42 282 30 296 116 32 197 771 1340 RB-2

100 191009111 MYGAPULA MADHAV KONDA BABU LAKSHYA M 33 275 53 115 30 296 116 32 201 779 1352 RB-2
S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
22-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-06_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
121
M-R
PHY
121
P-R
CHE
121
C-R
TOT
363
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

101 191032392 PINDI LOKESH KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M 38 208 53 115 24 375 115 32 203 788 1370 RB-2

102 191031331 KONETI SANDEEP PRATIBHA-2 M 33 275 48 191 34 223 115 32 204 790 1372 RB-2

103 191032540 PENTA GEETHESWA DEEKSHA-2 M 35 248 34 370 45 98 114 31 207 804 1392 RB-2

104 191018527 CHILUKURI CHAITANYA LAKSHYA M 26 376 54 99 33 236 113 31 211 826 1429 RB-2

105 191032335 VAKKALAGADDA HEMA HARSHA DEEP LAKSHYA M 36 236 50 155 27 344 113 31 209 817 1416 RB-2

106 191257662 AKURATHI MEGHA VENKATA SAI PAVAN DEEKSHA-1 M 36 236 53 115 23 387 112 31 216 835 1438 RB-2

107 191031312 CHANDRA KIRAN REDDY YAKKANTI LAKSHYA M 29 336 50 155 33 236 112 31 219 841 1448 RB-2

108 191028044 PERISETLA SRI SAI YAGNIK PRATIBHA-2 M 37 220 38 326 37 177 112 31 215 834 1437 RB-2

109 191017675 NALAMOTHU VISHNU VARDHAN LAKSHYA M 32 291 48 191 31 274 111 31 222 856 1473 RB-2

110 191027664 CHINTALA LAKSHMI VIJAYA SARADHI REDDY SANKALPA M 39 198 45 243 27 344 111 31 220 848 1460 RB-2

111 191009270 TADIBOINA DINESH SAI VIJAY KRISHNA DEEKSHA-1 M 27 360 51 138 32 263 110 30 228 880 1510 RB-2

112 191090595 GANGISETTY NITIN KUMAR DEEKSHA-1 M 25 391 41 296 44 108 110 30 229 883 1513 RB-2

113 191032725 NICHENAMETLA DHANUSH DEEKSHA-2 M 41 161 49 178 20 421 110 30 224 865 1487 RB-2

114 191031743 BALIVADA BHARATH LAKSHYA M 28 349 51 138 31 274 110 30 227 877 1506 RB-2

115 191040433 YERUKULA SAI PAVAN DEEKSHA-2 M 40 172 47 211 22 395 109 30 230 885 1518 RB-2

116 191018593 KURUBA LIKHITH LAKSHYA M 32 291 46 227 31 274 109 30 232 890 1525 RB-2

117 191032322 SWARNA NITHIN PRATIBHA-1 M 35 248 40 304 34 223 109 30 231 887 1520 RB-2

118 191031387 INAPAKUTHIKA ABHITEJ PRATIBHA-1 M 24 397 43 264 42 127 109 30 235 895 1532 RB-2

119 191011036 KOVURU GNANA PRAKASH DEEKSHA-1 M 28 349 31 399 49 65 108 30 239 908 1547 RB-2

120 191032032 YEDDULA RAM HARSHAN SANKALPA M 32 291 45 243 31 274 108 30 238 904 1541 RB-2

121 191031170 K SAI NIKHIL PRATIBHA-1 M 30 323 44 250 33 236 107 29 243 924 1568 RB-2

122 191028433 MOHAMMED HARIS LAKSHYA M 26 376 58 70 22 395 106 29 248 943 1603 RB-2

123 191031296 DUNNA AKHILESH VARMA PRATIBHA-2 M 30 323 52 127 24 375 106 29 247 941 1598 RB-2

124 191020612 SARATH KUMAR SETTI PRATIBHA-2 M 25 391 52 127 29 319 106 29 249 944 1604 RB-2

125 191048093 KONAPALA SAI ABHIRAM SANKALPA M 33 275 48 191 25 367 106 29 246 938 1590 RB-2

126 191031135 LEPURU JATIN DEEKSHA-2 M 40 172 35 360 28 334 103 28 255 975 1656 RB-2

127 191018539 NARA VAMSI KRISHNA LAKSHYA M 30 323 36 351 37 177 103 28 259 986 1671 RB-2

128 191015823 SRUNGAVARAPU SRI SATHYA ROHITH SANKALPA M 31 309 39 314 33 236 103 28 257 983 1668 RB-2

129 191009197 MOOLINTI NAVEEN SREENIVAS PRATIBHA-1 M 38 208 38 326 26 356 102 28 262 998 1688 RB-2

130 191017110 NATHANI VARSHITH DEEKSHA-1 M 27 360 48 191 26 356 101 28 267 1026 1729 RB-2

131 191082050 VEERAPURAM SAI SATHVIK REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M 17 450 44 250 40 145 101 28 269 1030 1737 RB-2

132 191028260 SAI SRINIDHI THAGIRISA DEEKSHA-2 M 30 323 43 264 28 334 101 28 266 1024 1726 RB-2

133 191028343 MANCHIKALAPATI VENKATESWARA PRASAD DEEKSHA-2 M 42 150 34 370 25 367 101 28 264 1015 1714 RB-2

134 191028102 NERUSU SAI ANIL PAVAN PRATIBHA-2 M 35 248 31 399 35 207 101 28 265 1019 1721 RB-2

135 191030257 PALLAPOTHU ABHIRAM PRATIBHA-1 M 40 172 34 370 26 356 100 28 270 1031 1739 RB-2

136 191031307 BOYA LAKSHMI NARAYANA SANKALPA M 32 291 43 264 25 367 100 28 271 1036 1748 RB-2

137 191032737 PITTA ANDREW BLAZE DEEKSHA-2 M 45 118 34 370 20 421 99 27 273 1047 1764 RB-2

138 191089160 SIMHADRI THARUN KUMAR LAKSHYA M 39 198 36 351 24 375 99 27 274 1048 1767 RB-2

139 191031171 K NAVYEESH PRATIBHA-1 M 30 323 38 326 30 296 98 27 276 1069 1801 RB-2

140 191021421 PALLI MOHAMMAD AFZAL BASHA PRATIBHA-2 M 27 360 42 282 29 319 98 27 277 1072 1806 RB-2

141 191018586 JADAPALLI YOSHIK DEEKSHA-1 M 36 236 35 360 26 356 97 27 281 1085 1826 RB-2

142 191019841 KOLLI SRI NAGA VEERA HANUMA DEEKSHA-1 M 40 172 42 282 15 439 97 27 278 1080 1821 RB-2

143 191031332 CHAVA CHAITANYA PRANAV DEEKSHA-2 M 40 172 36 351 21 413 97 27 279 1081 1822 RB-2

144 191031347 PEELA MURALI SRI KRISHNA DEEKSHA-2 M 31 309 34 370 32 263 97 27 282 1089 1830 RB-2

145 191014883 GUDAPATI PREM LAKSHYA M 39 198 33 384 25 367 97 27 280 1082 1823 RB-2

146 191018602 V SHYAM SUNDAR PRATIBHA-2 M 27 360 50 155 20 421 97 27 283 1096 1838 RB-2

147 191028404 BANDARU DEVI LAXMI MARUTHI KUMAR DEEKSHA-2 M 40 172 37 338 19 426 96 26 287 1104 1851 RB-2

148 191018642 GUDLA VENKATA SAI MANIKANTA PRATIBHA-2 M 48 86 12 479 36 189 96 26 286 1100 1847 RB-2

149 191022305 GOKULA SAJEEVA RAO PRATIBHA-1 M 36 236 36 351 22 395 94 26 291 1138 1903 RB-2

150 191020007 JAYA ABHIRAM KAJA DEEKSHA-2 M 25 391 46 227 22 395 93 26 295 1160 1946 RB-2
S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
22-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-06_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
121
M-R
PHY
121
P-R
CHE
121
C-R
TOT
363
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

151 191018763 VEMURI SAKETH CHOWDARY DEEKSHA-2 M 27 360 42 282 22 395 91 25 298 1196 1993 RB-2

152 191027681 GOGINENI TEJA PRATIBHA-1 M 36 236 34 370 21 413 91 25 297 1186 1981 RB-2

153 191089194 HARI CHARAN ELURI LAKSHYA M 13 478 48 191 29 319 90 25 300 1216 2030 RB-2

154 191056126 MANUBOLU NITHIN SAI PRATIBHA-1 M 35 248 30 408 25 367 90 25 299 1208 2013 RB-2

155 191019009 AMAJALA SAI RAM LAKSHYA M 23 408 44 250 22 395 89 25 301 1220 2043 RB-2

156 191030016 JAMI ADARSH DEEKSHA-2 M 31 309 27 421 30 296 88 24 303 1230 2059 RB-2

157 191027642 SAMAYAMANTULA ABHI SHASANK PRATIBHA-2 M 35 248 35 360 17 430 87 24 305 1242 2077 RB-2

158 191021423 PARIMI PRANAY ESWAR PRATIBHA-2 M 18 444 58 70 10 456 86 24 307 1268 2113 RB-2

159 191021434 MUNNANGI BALAJI DEEKSHA-1 M 20 430 28 416 35 207 83 23 311 1302 2168 RB-2

160 191057370 SHAIK MOHAMMAD ASHRAF LAKSHYA M 35 248 35 360 12 449 82 23 313 1307 2176 RB-2

161 191045905 KUMMARI VISHNU SAI DEEKSHA-1 M 14 470 33 384 33 236 80 22 320 1346 2248 RB-2

162 191018624 GINKA GOPI AKSHAY DEEKSHA-2 M 26 376 31 399 23 387 80 22 319 1342 2240 RB-2

163 191028117 BOGGAVARAPU MAHESH DEEKSHA-1 M 19 433 39 314 21 413 79 22 323 1361 2266 RB-2

164 191019704 SANDEEP VASKURI DEEKSHA-1 M 19 433 29 413 31 274 79 22 324 1362 2268 RB-2

165 191081720 N CHIDVILASH PRATIBHA-2 M 26 376 33 384 20 421 79 22 321 1353 2257 RB-2

166 191247476 PENTA ABHINAY DEEKSHA-2 M 19 433 28 416 29 319 76 21 326 1388 2323 RB-2

167 191031328 MALLEM VENKATA JAYA SAI PRATIBHA-1 M 30 323 19 446 26 356 75 21 328 1392 2329 RB-2

168 191088739 R A SAI PAVAN DEEKSHA-2 M 23 408 24 429 27 344 74 20 329 1397 2339 RB-2

169 191028265 GUNTI MOHAN KRISHNA DEEKSHA-2 M 20 430 20 438 27 344 67 18 55 1472 2455 RB-2

170 191028258 MURABOYINA SRIKAR LAKSHYA M 16 459 28 416 23 387 67 18 331 1473 2456 RB-2

171 191081730 BANNURI BHARATH SAI DEEKSHA-1 M 24 397 32 397 9 457 65 18 334 1486 2476 RB-2

172 191028415 K AJAY KUMAR PRATIBHA-1 M 20 430 27 421 18 427 65 18 335 1489 2479 RB-2

173 191031154 NIMMAKAYALA PAVAN KUMAR REDDY SANKALPA M 31 309 26 426 8 461 65 18 333 1484 2472 RB-2

174 191012726 SUTHAPALLI SAI BHUVAN LAKSHYA M 19 433 22 433 22 395 63 17 336 1504 2502 RB-2

175 191032303 CHAVVA RAVI KUMAR REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M 23 408 24 429 15 439 62 17 337 1514 2514 RB-2

176 191032781 NALLAPULA KARTHIK PRATIBHA-2 M 13 478 36 351 12 449 61 17 338 1527 2533 RB-2

177 191031322 MUMMADI RAJESH REDDY PRATIBHA-1 M 28 349 18 452 13 447 59 16 339 1539 2553 RB-2

178 191018799 ALAPATI ROHITH DEEKSHA-2 M 16 459 15 464 27 344 58 16 341 1557 2575 RB-2

179 191028441 JAMMULA KRISHNA BABU DEEKSHA-2 M 27 360 22 433 7 465 56 15 342 1569 2594 RB-2

180 191022514 JONNALAGADDA SAI JAGADESH LAKSHYA M 34 266 16 459 4 479 54 15 343 1578 2610 RB-2

181 191019979 DONDAPATI MANOJ KRISHNA DEEKSHA-2 M 29 336 20 438 4 479 53 15 345 1587 2624 RB-2

182 191088027 YEDLA SASIDHAR PRATIBHA-2 M 24 397 10 486 18 427 52 14 346 1593 2636 RB-2

183 191247112 GADE LALITH SAHITH DEEKSHA-2 M 26 376 21 436 4 479 51 14 347 1597 2642 RB-2

184 191011828 AHOBILAM PAVAN PRATIBHA-2 M 16 459 10 486 25 367 51 14 348 1602 2653 RB-2

185 191248037 PANCHIREDDI NARESH KUMAR DEEKSHA-2 M 27 360 13 470 9 457 49 13 352 1608 2663 RB-2

186 191009502 S DHEERAJ REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M 22 417 16 459 9 457 47 13 353 1619 2682 RB-2

187 191009151 N HARSHA VARDHAN DEEKSHA-2 M 18 444 20 438 7 465 45 12 355 1631 2698 RB-2

188 191009247 MARISETTI LIKHITH SHANKAR LAKSHYA M 14 470 19 446 12 449 45 12 356 1632 2699 RB-2

189 191031996 MANVITH KUMAR DEEKSHA-1 M 21 422 24 429 -1 499 44 12 358 1638 2705 RB-2

190 191031320 MORAM LAKSHMI VISHNU VARDAN REDDY LAKSHYA M 26 376 12 479 6 472 44 12 357 1636 2703 RB-2

191 191014358 ALLA BHARGAVA RAM DEEKSHA-1 M 19 433 12 479 12 449 43 12 359 1645 2714 RB-2

192 191079109 DONTALA TARUN DEEKSHA-2 M 9 499 19 446 15 439 43 12 361 1649 2722 RB-2

193 191030017 TADAKA AKHIL DEEKSHA-1 M 16 459 14 467 12 449 42 12 364 1656 2732 RB-2

194 191028439 KOMMA BHANU PRAKASH REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M 22 417 13 470 7 465 42 12 362 1651 2725 RB-2

195 191009275 DONTHAMSETTI PHANIDHAR LAKSHYA M 17 450 13 470 12 449 42 12 363 1654 2729 RB-2

196 191015887 AVULA VENKATA SAI KALYAN YADAV LAKSHYA M 19 433 19 446 3 483 41 11 365 1664 2741 RB-2

197 191056093 MIRIYALA UDAY KRISHNA PRATIBHA-1 M 27 360 11 483 2 495 40 11 366 1670 2750 RB-2

198 191011717 RACHAMALLA YESWANTH REDDY LAKSHYA M 26 376 9 494 3 483 38 10 369 1684 2768 RB-2

199 191032676 VISHNU VARDHAN REDDY LAKSHYA M 13 478 16 459 8 461 37 10 370 1693 2782 RB-2

200 191028289 JUNGA LEELA MANOHAR PRATIBHA-1 M 14 470 20 438 3 483 37 10 102 1692 2780 RB-2
S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
22-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-06_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
121
M-R
PHY
121
P-R
CHE
121
C-R
TOT
363
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

201 191248024 POTHURI NIKHIL BABU DEEKSHA-2 M 17 450 12 479 7 465 36 10 371 1696 2785 RB-2

202 191078433 YESWANTH SATYA PRASAD VEERAVALLI DEEKSHA-2 M 19 433 10 486 6 472 35 10 373 1703 2794 RB-2

203 191031274 KARIMI UPENDRA DEEKSHA-2 M 16 459 16 459 3 483 35 10 374 1705 2796 RB-2

204 191014886 KONATHAM HEMA SAI SUBRAHMANYAM LAKSHYA M 19 433 13 470 3 483 35 10 372 1701 2792 RB-2

205 191028267 POLUPARTHI TARUN CHAKRAVARTHI PRATIBHA-2 M 18 444 9 494 5 477 32 9 375 1713 2815 RB-2

206 191020204 KOPPOLU GNANAVARDHAN DEEKSHA-1 M 13 478 13 470 5 477 31 9 377 1722 2831 RB-2

207 191032394 RAMISETTY LOKESH DEEKSHA-2 M 13 478 14 467 3 483 30 8 378 1726 2836 RB-2

208 191018596 KOPPARTHI BALA SUBRAMANYA GEETH CHANDAN DEEKSHA-2 M 13 478 8 496 8 461 29 8 380 1731 2845 RB-2

209 191020206 KOTTA ROHITH LAKSHYA M 7 501 15 464 7 465 29 8 381 1732 2847 RB-2

210 191031680 M RAKESH DEEKSHA-2 M 13 478 11 483 3 483 27 7 382 1736 2854 RB-2

211 191031676 MALLELA RAJA PRAHAS KUMAR DEEKSHA-2 M 14 470 6 498 6 472 26 7 384 1743 2861 RB-2

212 191032334 VANTERU VENKATA REDDY SAI LAKSHYA M 14 470 10 486 2 495 26 7 383 1742 2860 RB-2

213 191009237 K VENKATA SAI ROHITH PRATIBHA-1 M 13 478 10 486 3 483 26 7 385 1744 2862 RB-2

214 191046643 KAPU KARTHIK CHOWDARY PRATIBHA-2 M 13 478 10 486 3 483 26 7 385 1744 2862 RB-2

215 191031830 PANGA SUKUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M 16 459 6 498 3 483 25 7 388 1756 2881 RB-2

216 191018610 K S CHAKRADHAR REDDY SANKALPA M 8 500 2 501 1 497 11 3 390 1771 2904 RB-2

217 191032724 CHILAKAM ETHIVEN SAI MANI DEEPAK REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

218 191031396 GUMMALLA CHANIKYA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

219 191017237 MALLUVALASA KARTHIKEYA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

220 191018607 SANNUTHI SREYAS DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

221 191018611 V MANOJ DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

222 191013373 KONDREDDY VENKATA MANIKANTA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

223 191018758 GAGGARA CHANDU KOUSHIK DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

224 191018566 GOLLAMANDALA SAI AKHIL DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

225 191031386 KOTAMREDDY SREE HARI KUMAR REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

226 191251152 D VAMSI KRISHNA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

227 191083208 SOMALARAJU SUSMANTH DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

228 191081236 STANLEY RAJ KUMAR TALABATHULA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

229 191078635 SAMMETA KAMAL SAI DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

230 191077822 PULI KISHORE BABU DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

231 191032734 JALDU BALASUBRAMANYAM GUPTHA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

232 191032564 DOMMETI SIVA SATYA SAI HEMANTH DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

233 191032530 NADAKUDITI KOUSHIK DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

234 191032333 YARRA SRINIVASA REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

235 191032325 NALLURU JAYARAM DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

236 191031739 VIVEKANANDA MANDULA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

237 191031381 ABOTHU GUNA SEKHAR DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

238 191031377 NAIDU LAKSHMAN DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

239 191031351 KATA HAREESHWARA REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

240 191031339 YELCHURI SIDDARTHHA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

241 191031230 JUPALLI SARATH SAI DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

242 191031202 MAHENDRA REDDY SIDDIREDDY DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

243 191031172 M PRAMOD DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

244 191031169 C EESHWAR NARAYAN DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

245 191030096 DERANGULA VENKATA VAMSI DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

246 191030037 PEDADA MANOJ VARDHAN DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

247 191028421 MOHAMMAD IMRAN DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

248 191028416 SOMA SUBRAMANYAM DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

249 191028405 BOMMI HARSHA VARDHAN DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

250 191028004 MOTAMARRI BALA VENKATA MOHAN KRISHNA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
22-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-06_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
121
M-R
PHY
121
P-R
CHE
121
C-R
TOT
363
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

251 191020659 MIDDE BHARATH CHANDRA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

252 191020512 VEERAMREDDY HARSHAVARDHAN REDDY DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

253 191020209 MAHANKALI VAMSI KRISHNA DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

254 191018746 PUNUGUPATI ANIL DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

255 191018660 VINNAKOTA PAVAN VIGNESH DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

256 191018622 PEDADA ABHIRAM DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

257 191018563 GOLLAMANDALA SAI NIKHIL DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

258 191018505 PAVANI KOUSHIK DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

259 191018012 DODDA VENKATA SAI MANVISH DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

260 191017235 NALLA RAHUL DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

261 191015236 REDROUTHU JASWANTH MEHAR DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

262 191010629 GUNTUMADUGU BHARATH DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

263 191009274 GANTA RAM PRAVEEN DEEKSHA-1 M RB-2

264 191032787 JUVVALA BALA OMKAR SRIRAM DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

265 191083223 THOTA GUNADEEP SARAN DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

266 191028251 V NAGA SAI AKHIL DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

267 191009102 PENUGONDA PRANAV DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

268 191127173 MEDISETTI TEJA SAI GANESH DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

269 191248230 MANDADAPU DHARMA TEJA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

270 191248007 SAI KOMAL SOMIREDDI DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

271 191247301 PUTTA NARAYANA SWAMI DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

272 191060046 YALAGANA MAHENDRA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

273 191059065 DASARI LAKSHMI NARAYANA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

274 191059019 R SRI VENKATA KRISHNA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

275 191032717 THOPUDURTHI SAI HARSHITH REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

276 191032635 VEMULA CHARAN DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

277 191031997 PATURI SAI SRIVATSA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

278 191031259 GOWRASANI NAGA ARAVIND REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

279 191031218 SENAPATHI VEERA VENKATA RAMANA DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

280 191031178 PUPPALA SHANMUKHA HANUMAN SAI DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

281 191030229 PILLI SUBHASH DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

282 191028259 KANUMURI NAGA VISHNU VARDHAN DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

283 191022570 BOGIREDDY NITHIN REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

284 191020629 PADAM SAI TEJAS DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

285 191019051 VIKRUTHI ROHITH MADHU BHUSHAN NAIDU DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

286 191018665 DEVARAPALLI HEMANTH SAI DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

287 191017682 T RAM MOHAN REDDY DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

288 191011805 KOTTEM KALYAN DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

289 191010921 PADAVATAN HANSON GEORGE DEEKSHA-2 M RB-2

290 191028406 MULPURI KRISHNA SAI LAKSHYA M RB-2

291 191031156 NUNNAGOPPULA DURGA RAVI TEJA LAKSHYA M RB-2

292 191061859 DARAM SASHANK LAKSHYA M RB-2

293 191032581 AVULA RANGA HEMANTH LAKSHYA M RB-2

294 191013372 MARIDI PAVAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

295 191015702 DAMA SOMU VENKATA NAGA RAVI KIRAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

296 191248011 AVULA VENKATESWARA REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

297 191020855 KOMMANA ROHITH SAI LAKSHYA M RB-2

298 191009746 REVANURI SAI MONISH KUMAR LAKSHYA M RB-2

299 191014891 PARUCHURI CHAITANYA SAI LAKSHYA M RB-2

300 191031343 NALLANI CHARAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
22-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-06_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
121
M-R
PHY
121
P-R
CHE
121
C-R
TOT
363
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

301 191312261 BONTHA NAVEEN LAKSHYA M RB-2

302 191257074 CHEELI DAIVASMARAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

303 191248031 NALLURU VENKATA HEMANTH REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

304 191105120 BELLE SASHANK LAKSHYA M RB-2

305 191059099 PULLURU ROHITH LAKSHYA M RB-2

306 191059072 SATYA SAI SRINIVAS TALAGAPU LAKSHYA M RB-2

307 191058234 JAVVADI SANDEEP LAKSHYA M RB-2

308 191043372 KIMAVATH JAYARAMSAI HARSHAVARDHAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

309 191032710 NELAVELLI PAVAN SAI LAKSHYA M RB-2

310 191032379 KOTTE BHARGAVA SAI LAKSHYA M RB-2

311 191032374 GUTTA PRANEETH SAI LAKSHYA M RB-2

312 191032200 GANDHAVEETI PRADEEP REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

313 191031682 KOPPADA SAISH DILIP VARMA LAKSHYA M RB-2

314 191031299 KARANAM NITHISH RAGHAV LAKSHYA M RB-2

315 191031276 YEDDULA JAYA SIMHA REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

316 191031147 YALAVARTHI VIKAS LAKSHYA M RB-2

317 191030243 DEVARASETTI ROHITH SIDDARTHA LAKSHYA M RB-2

318 191028437 PINNINTI DURGA VARA PRASAD LAKSHYA M RB-2

319 191028105 BHEEMA VISHNU VARDHAN REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

320 191027643 SANGA VENKATA PRAVEEN KUMAR LAKSHYA M RB-2

321 191021115 MANCHEM VISHNU SRIKAR LAKSHYA M RB-2

322 191021009 JADDU SUVARNA KUMAR LAKSHYA M RB-2

323 191018693 TENKASALA PAVAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

324 191018529 SHAIK ABDUL ROHAN LAKSHYA M RB-2

325 191018376 KORLEPARA SRI VATHSAV LAKSHYA M RB-2

326 191017415 SHAIK GORESAHEB MOHAMMED ZUNAID AHAMMED LAKSHYA M RB-2

327 191015229 KONATHAM SIVA SAI SUBRAHMANYAM LAKSHYA M RB-2

328 191011037 KAYYURU SOMESH LAKSHYA M RB-2

329 191001335 SETTIPALLE ANIL KUMAR REDDY LAKSHYA M RB-2

330 191028450 LANKALAPALLI SHYAM SAI ABHIRAM LAKSHYA M RB-2

331 191018793 TOLIKOTI SANDEEP PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

332 191031398 MALIPEDDI MURALI KRISHNA PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

333 191251833 GADDIPATI KARTHEEK PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

334 191159153 KETHA SAI BHANU ARJUN PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

335 191083209 BHUVAN SRI CHANDRA V PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

336 191059567 CHENNA REDDY MANOJ KUMAR PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

337 191052566 SURA VENKATA RAMANA REDDY PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

338 191032735 TADEPALLI JAYANTH VINNY PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

339 191032371 G L SAGAR PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

340 191032312 PENNERA DINESH KUMAR PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

341 191031944 B VIVEKYADAV PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

342 191031930 ARIGELA GUNA SRI VENKATA SATYA SAI PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

343 191031327 BOOSI MOUNESWARA REDDY PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

344 191028447 AYITHAMREDDI SARVARAYA SRI VEERA SARAN PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

345 191028427 SAPPA SHANMUKHA SAI PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

346 191028342 ANANTHA RAMU PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

347 191027685 MANIKALA SATISH PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

348 191027670 GUDIPUDI JAGADISHWAR RAO PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

349 191022804 KANCHARLA NAGA VENKATA PRASANNA MANOHAR PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

350 191021831 DARUKUMALLI MOUNEESH REDDY PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
22-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-06_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
121
M-R
PHY
121
P-R
CHE
121
C-R
TOT
363
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

351 191021292 BANDLA N V SAI HARSHA VARDHAN PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

352 191021019 KAMMAMPATI SIVA CHARAN KARTHIK PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

353 191020627 CHITTURI DURGA SAI TEJA PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

354 191020626 SABBATHI YUVA CHAITANYA PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

355 191018766 TANGUTURI VENKATA LAKSHMI AJAY PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

356 191018748 KINJARAPU DEEPAK NAIDU PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

357 191018694 K BHANU PRAKASH PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

358 191018632 NITHIN DEVANABOINA PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

359 191018530 G HARI PRASAD PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

360 191018520 VARRE SRI KRISHNA KISHORE PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

361 191017786 LAXMAN KUMAR YADAV PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

362 191017631 NAMBURU HARSHA VARDHAN NAIDU PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

363 191016363 GATTU CHANDU PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

364 191015415 TAMMINA BALA SRI AKHIL PRATIBHA-1 M RB-2

365 191018518 PUTCHAKAYALA CHARAN KUMAR REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

366 191031388 ALLE SUJAN KUMAR REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

367 191018783 TALABATHULA MOHAN KRISHNA PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

368 191032744 GUNTAMADUGU PRUDHVI PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

369 191251102 BODDU GIRI RAJA SEKHAR PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

370 191079894 MOPUR PUSHKAR SAI PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

371 191062123 JONNADULA SAI KIRAN PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

372 191059033 KANDLAPALLI ARAVIND SAI PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

373 191059001 GALLA DHEERAJ ROYAL PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

374 191058201 KATTAMANCHI MAHESH REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

375 191052557 SURA VENKATA RAVINDRA REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

376 191052553 THATI KUSHVANTH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

377 191048098 MADUGULA VARUN KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

378 191032743 MUDDA NIKHIL PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

379 191032742 LAKSHMIPATHI CHETHAN REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

380 191032539 LOKESH VARMA KATADA PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

381 191032388 BATHALA HEMANTH KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

382 191032358 MADINENI KOUSHIK PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

383 191031735 VADAPALLI VIGNESH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

384 191031701 POTLURI VENKATA SAI KRISHNA PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

385 191031367 AKKINENI NAGA CHARITESH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

386 191031341 GOOLLA RAHUL PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

387 191031293 KONAKALLA CHANDRA SEKHAR PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

388 191028345 MUDDISETTI GNANESWARA PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

389 191028341 DANDE RAJ KUMAR PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

390 191028257 POTULA RADHA NISHANT PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

391 191028252 V SRAVAN PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

392 191027702 KODURU ARAVIND SAI REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

393 191027684 BOLLIGARLA MOHAN SAI AKASH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

394 191022623 SAI MANI TEJA RAMISETTY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

395 191021023 JARUGULLA RAHUL PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

396 191020210 MANNAM HASWIN PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

397 191018975 NIMMAGADDA SUMANTH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

398 191018562 MANTRI CHRIST ELISON PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

399 191018552 MUDUNURI BHASKARA KARTHIKEYA VARMA PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

400 191018524 HASAVATHU PRAVEEN PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
22-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-06_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
121
M-R
PHY
121
P-R
CHE
121
C-R
TOT
363
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

401 191018522 SETTIPALLI SRI CHANDRA ABHINAY VARSHITH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

402 191015947 KAGITHA SOBHAN PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

403 191011892 PERAM DHANUSH PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

404 191011827 BRAHMADEVI KARTHIK PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

405 191011618 G NANDA KUMAR REDDY PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

406 191000430 KANIMERAKA PURUSHOTHAM NAIDU PRATIBHA-2 M RB-2

407 191018574 GARIKAPATI RAHUL SANKALPA M RB-2

408 191021029 PERNI SAI RAM SANKALPA M RB-2

409 191061246 MULA KAMALNATH REDDY SANKALPA M RB-2

410 191022899 VELAGA BUVANESH SAI SANKALPA M RB-2

411 191020212 POPURI SIVA NAGA NITHIN SANKALPA M RB-2

412 191032555 BOYAPATI VIGNESH SANKALPA M RB-2

413 191078687 SINGANAMALLA VENKATA DEEPAK SANKALPA M RB-2

414 191032707 CHIKATI VENKATA DINESH RAYUDU SANKALPA M RB-2

415 191056902 KHAJI MAHAMMAD RAIYAN SANKALPA M RB-2

416 191059030 CHAVVA HITESH REDDY SANKALPA M RB-2

417 191031262 GUVVALA LEELA KUMAR REDDY SANKALPA M RB-2

418 191031261 GUVVALA LEELA NAGA KARTHIK REDDY SANKALPA M RB-2

419 191028443 VEERANKI S.S.V.V.NAGENDRA BABU SANKALPA M RB-2

420 191090600 POTHARLANKA GOUTHAM SANKALPA M RB-2

421 191089966 GULLA SIVA KISHORE SANKALPA M RB-2

422 191088981 SARIPELLA SAI AKSHAY SANKALPA M RB-2

423 191082446 SUVVADA VAMSI SANKALPA M RB-2

424 191081186 YUVARAJ SANKALPA M RB-2

425 191077591 SYED RIHAN AHAMED SANKALPA M RB-2

426 191060007 MALLIDI SATYA PRAKASH REDDY SANKALPA M RB-2

427 191059734 YASOVARDHAN PAMPANA SANKALPA M RB-2

428 191059138 JAMBU VISHNU VARDHAN REDDY SANKALPA M RB-2

429 191059078 THAMMINENI NITHISH SANKALPA M RB-2

430 191058511 NALLANI LAKSHMAN SANKALPA M RB-2

431 191044619 KALIDINDI RISHITH VARMA SANKALPA M RB-2

432 191032730 VEERAPANENI BENARJI SAI SANKALPA M RB-2

433 191032542 KINTHADA DINESH VARDHAN SANKALPA M RB-2

434 191032024 MADDURI SAI HEM TEJ SANKALPA M RB-2

435 191031323 SUDHAKAR KANDELA SANKALPA M RB-2

436 191031306 INUKONDA MAHA SIVA RAM SANKALPA M RB-2

437 191031284 PRABHAS REDDY CHINTAKUNTA SANKALPA M RB-2

438 191031219 VEERAMREDDY ARJUN SANKALPA M RB-2

439 191028434 JAGANA MANISH SRI SURYA SANKALPA M RB-2

440 191028286 PRABHATH SANKALPA M RB-2

441 191028281 PULIMI VISHNU SAI REDDY SANKALPA M RB-2

442 191028276 POTTURI SATYA NAGA PAVAN CHARITH SANKALPA M RB-2

443 191028266 PENUMARTHI YAGNA DEEP SANKALPA M RB-2

444 191027672 SATYANARAYANA RAO SANKALPA M RB-2

445 191023471 BORRA MANJUNATH SANKALPA M RB-2

446 191021002 PRASANTH S SANKALPA M RB-2

447 191019842 JASWANTH PRASAD VEMULAPALLI SANKALPA M RB-2

448 191018851 GUNTA VIVEKA VARDHAN SANKALPA M RB-2

449 191018618 SINGANAMALLA JASWANTH NARAYANA SANKALPA M RB-2

450 191018617 AKASH REDDY PULIKUNTA SANKALPA M RB-2

S.NO FMS NO
TG ~ @bohring_bot
SRI CHAITANYA IIT JEE ACADEMY, A.P., RB-1 & 2
22-11-20_Sr.Super-60_PTA-06_AKC Marks

NAME OF THE STUDENT SEC MF

MAT
121
M-R
PHY
121
P-R
CHE
121
C-R
TOT
363
%
CAMP
RANK
STATE
RANK
AIR
RANK
CAMPUS

451 191018614 PASURLA BHARATH SIMHA REDDY SANKALPA M RB-2

452 191015233 TATA RAJA MANI KANTA SANKALPA M RB-2

453 191014880 MIKKILINENI SASI NIKHIL SANKALPA M RB-2

454 191011468 NARASIMHA REDDY BOGGULA SANKALPA M RB-2

455 191011038 CHERIVI VAMSI SANKALPA M RB-2

456 191010925 VUTHARAJI YASWANTH SANKALPA M RB-2

457 191018623 MAVULETI RITHVIK SRI VARMA SANKALPA M RB-2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.
AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Jr.Super60 WTA-10 Date: 23-08-2020
Time: 10.00Am to 01.00Pm 2018_P1 Max.Marks:180

KEY SHEET

PHYSICS

1 BCD 2 AB 3 CD 4 BC 5 ABCD
6 ABC 7 7 8 1.4 9 24 10 18
11 1.73 12 312.50 13 7.5 14 8 15 B
16 A 17 A 18 C

CHEMISTRY

19 ACD 20 ABCD 21 AC 22 ABCD 23 ABC

24 D 25 109 26 3 27 5 28 5
29 5 30 2 31 5 32 3 33 B
34 A 35 A 36 C

MATHEMATICS

37 B 38 AD 39 BC 40 D 41 ABD
42 BC 43 6 44 1 45 1 46 2
47 9 48 11 49 2 50 2 51 B
52 B 53 B 54 A
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Key & Sol’s
SOLUTIONS
PHYSICS
1.
vI u1e
e

uc  vc u1c

u1c em1u1c ev

sin   e  
vc  m1v   m12 
m1  v
 m1  m 2   m1  m 2 
m 
sin   e  2  also  e  1
 m1 
 m 1
   sin 1    sin 1
 2m  2
0
  30
After three deflection. The mass 2m turns by 900
 1  2  3  900
Also, 1 , 2 & 3  300
 1   2  3  30 0
After first collision velocity v1  v e cos300
2v 3 v
 
3 2 3
v
 After three collisions the velocity will be .
3 3
 2mv 
Impulse in first collision is 
 3 
2. Conceptual
3.
v0 cos

v  m

vsin

By conservation of momentum
mv 0  mv 0 cos 2   mvsin 2   Mv
 V0 sin 2  
V  m 2 
 msin   M 
4. v  gt
F1  v 2 cos 450

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 2

m 2 2 1
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Key & Sol’s

 .g t .
 2
m 1 2 1
F2  mg sin 450  . gt .g
 2 2
mg 2 t 2

2 2
Fnet  3mg 2 t 2 / 2 2

x
450

5. Consider the following two possibilities .

Possibility – I

usincos

A ucos2 

ucos

A A
u u
B
usin

Possibility – II

usin
B
A
u u

A
ucos

A ucos2 

C

usincos

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Key & Sol’s

 
0.5u ˆi  ˆj and 0.5ujˆ
Or 0.5u  iˆ  ˆj and 0.5ujˆ
6. Conceptual
7. By cop along incline
v'

v'cos

mv ' mv 'cos 2   2mv cos  ………… (1)

2v cos 
v' 

1  cos 2  
By come
1
2
 
m v '2  v '2 cos 2   mg sin  ………… (2)
2g sin 
v '2 
1  cos 2 
4v 2 cos 2  2g sin 
 2


1  cos 2  1  cos 2 

8.4  3
10  1 
V

g sin  1  cos  2
 2 

4
7
2cos2  2
3
4
8.
'
'

A 
A
vsin " [uvst after impact]
900 usin
 usin
 B 
 C 
C B

vsin  xaxis
Cop along x  axis
For  A & B & C
u sin 2   2v   'cos   u ……… (1)
2
2v   ' cos   u cos 
Constraint relation on CB
v'cos   vsin 2   v ……… (2)
2 2
u cos   2v  vsin   v
 u cos 2  
 3  sin 2   v  v  1.4
 

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 4

9.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Key & Sol’s

UAC 3ucos



usin

2u v
R H  uH
g
 3u cos 2   u sin 2  
  2u sin 2   
 g
4u 2
 sin 2 1  2cos 2
g
 
10. j  m  v  u

n  v. j 
6

       m ˆi  ˆj  3kˆ
 u. j 

n

 2  3  6  1
6  3  4  15 2
n3
11. When the string becomes taut both particle begin to move with velocity
components v in the direction AB. Applying laws of conservation of linear
momentum in the direction AB we get mu cos300  mv  mv
A

V
usin300

B 300

u 3
 v
4
u 3
Hence the velocity of ball A just after the string becomes taut is
4
 1
12. V1n   v1.ˆ   ˆ
2
 4
v2n   v 2 .ˆ   ˆ
2
u rel along normal

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
3
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Key & Sol’s


2
2 3
m1v1n   u rel  m  2m
3 2
vin m 2m
̂
1 4
v2n 
2 2

1  4 
m  2m 
2  2 
ln cm frame Vc 
3m
  3  ˆ
vc     ~ 
 2
2 1  
Before 2 2

 3
I   u rel  
 2
8 3
 urel
1
3 2
 1

 2 2 2
After 

In ground frame
1 2

 4  5 

 2
 
 2 2


v1C  v1  ˆ
 ˆi  ˆj 
 
 ˆi  2ˆj  
 2


  kˆ 2kˆ  3kˆ
v1C    
 2 2  2
2 2
v1  v1n  v1C
2 2
 4   3 
  
 2   2 
2
 25  n
v1   
 2  2
 n  5
13. Suppose the velocity of the sphere after impact is  along the common normal
and the velocity of the hemisphere is  along the horizontal direction. If the
impulse due to impact is J1 , then for the hemisphere

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Key & Sol’s
J

J
u

1
 

m1  Jsin  …….. (i)

And for the sphere along the common normal
m  m sin   J …….. (ii)
Also 1 sin     eu sin  …….. (iii)
From equations (i), and (ii) and (iii), we get

1
1  e mu sin 2 
M  m sin 2 
u 2 sin 2
14.  sin  
g
2g cos   2sin  cos 
 sin  
g
1
cos  
2
u sin 2 
2
h
2g
  3
g
 2 4
h
2g 
 

cos  d

i0
h3
sin
2 2
u cos 
y
2g
  1
2g 
 2 4
 2g   y
 

 y
g
 h
 y  
3

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 7

Sri Chaitanya IIT AcademyTG ~ @bohring_bot 23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Key & Sol’s


ucos2 

y
ucos
15 & 16
The maximum deviation
 M  
   d 
Nm N
M 
   
m
u1c  v1c  ud
v uc cosuc
v1c

d 900 d
uc vc

M
d u  u d as 0
N
du
  u u  uc
d
v 
du

u 0
 d
v0

v  v0e 
w  w 0e 
d
 w 0e
dt


 e d  
0
w 0dt

e 

 1  w0 t

 t

R e  1 
v0
dm dv
17. u m
dt dt
 v
dm
u    dv
mi
m 0

M 
u ln  i   v
  

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
   m 

23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Key & Sol’s

18. u ln 
M    vf  v 
 f 
 m    m 
u ln  i   vf
 m f  

CHEMISTRY
19. H Li Na K Rb Cs
H eg 73 60 53 48 47 46 KJ / mol
20. IE 2  O  F , due to half filled e  configuration in O  ion.
21. size  N  O ; Ti  V
22. IE 2  IE1 (as ENC increases)
O   e    O 2
Due to for between O and e  the process is endothermic. F has highest
electronegativity.
First I.P. of N is less than first I.P. of F.
23. 1) S  g   S2  g ; H e.g.     ve because of electrostatic repulsion.
2) Ne  g   e   g  
 Ne   g  ; H e.g.     ve because of stable completely filled
electro configuration.
3) N  g  
 N   g ; H e.g.     ve because of stable half filled electron
configuration
4) Al  g    Al  g  ; H I.E.     ve because of the action of electron to
cation.
24. IE order is Mg  Al
Fully filled orbitals are more stable, therefore more energy is required to remove
electron
25. Un+nil+enn ium  109
26. Difference between III and IVI.E is very high so atom contains only 3 valence
electrons.
27. Energy released  mol  H
0.5
  3.8  96.36 kJ
35.5
 5 kJ
28. Na,Al,Si,S,Cl
600kj 400 kj
29. M   M1 , M  1   M 21
11 0 1
4 4
30. Al2O 3 and As 2O 3
31. c,f,h are ect (3)
32. Exothermic process are c,d,f and j
33. I and II are Alkali metals
Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 9
34.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
III is Halogen
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Key & Sol’s

35. Z*  Z  
 21  18  3
36. Z8  Z    21   2.45  6.80  2.00  9.75

MATHEMATICS
37. x  p  x  p, since x  p
x  15  15  x  x  15
x   p  15   p  15  x  15  p  5
 Expression reduces to
E   x  p  15  x    p  15  x 
 30  x
 E min occurs, when x  15 .
 E min  15
x 2  2x  3
38. Here,  2tan x   2 and 0
4x 2  4x  3
x 2  2x  3
 f  x 
4x 2  4x  3
 2 tan x  2 and
 x  1 x  3  0
 2x  1 2x  3
-3 -1/3 1 3/2

 tan x  1
1 3
 x  3 or   x  1 or x 
2 2
  
 x   n  , n   and
 4 2
 1  3 
x  , 3    ,1   , 
 2  2 
 1 1
 x   k  ,k   and
 4 2
 1  3 
x  , 3    ,1   , 
 2  2 
Thus, k cannot be  1,1
But k can be  0, 5
  
39. f  x   sin  sin  sin x  
6 2 

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
  
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Key & Sol’s

1  sin x  1    sin x 
2 2 2
       
  1  sin  sin x   1   sin  sin x  
2  6 6 2  6
1     1
  sin  sin  sin x   
2 6  2  2
 1 1 
 Range of f   , 
 2 2
      
fog  x   sin  sin  sin  sin x  
6  2  2  
 1 1 
Range of fog   , 
 2 2
    
gof  x   sin  sin  sin  sin x   
2  6 2 
  1   1
 sin    g  f  x    sin  
2  2 2  2
0.73  g  f  x    0.73
 gof  x   1 for any x  R .
40. Given that X and Y are two sets and f : X  Y .
 f  c  y;c  X, y  Y and
f  d  x : d  Y, x  X
1

The pictorial representation of given information is as shown:

X Y

c y

d
x a
1
f
f  a

Since f 1  d  x  f  x   d now if a  x
 f  a   f  x  d  f 1 f  a    a
 f 1  f  a    a,a  x is the correct option.
41.  x  y f  x  y   x  y f  x  y  2y  x  y x  y
Let x  y  u, x  y  v
uf  v  vf  u   uv  v  u 
f  v f  u 
  vu
v u

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 11

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
f v
TG
 
~ @bohring_bot
 
 f u 
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Key & Sol’s

  v  v 
  u  u   constant
f  x
Let
x

 x    f  x   x  x 2 
f 1  2
 1 2   1
f  x  x2  x
42. Let f  x   x 2
If f  x   y  x  f 1  y 
x2  y
x y
 f 1  y  y
 f 1  x   x
 
f f 1  x   f 1  x 
f x  x
2
 x  x
x  x  1  0
x  0, x  1
x  0  or  x  1
1
A) f  x   B) f 1  x   x
x
1
x2  xx
x
3
x 1 0 
x 1 x  0 
x 2
 x 1  0 x  0,  or  x 1
x  1 only one root. “2” real roots

C) f  x   x D)  0,0  ,f      ,f   

x2  x  0  0,0 ,  2  , , 2 
1
x  x  1  0 Area  x1y 2  x 2 y1
2
1
x  0, x  1   2   2
2
1
“2” real roots.       
2
Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 12
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
If   0,   1
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Key & Sol’s

Area AOB  0
min x,y 
43. Given, f  x, y   max  x, y
And g  x, y  max  x, y  min  x, y 
 3  3
Now, g  1,    1    
 2  2
3 1
 1  
2 2
Now, g  4, 1.75  1.75   4  2.25
   3   1 
 f  g  1,   ,g  4, 1.75   f  ,2.25 
   2    2 
1/2
  2.25   1.125  1
 
44. Here, f  n   (sum of digits of natural number n) 2
2
 f  2011   2  0  1  1  16
2
f 2  2011  f  f  2011   f 16  1  6  49
2
f 3  2011  f  49   4  9  169
2
f 4  2011  f 169  1  6  9  256
2
f 5  2011  f  256   2  5  6  169
2
f 6  2011  f 169  1  6  9  256
Thus, f 2n  2011  256 and f 2n 1  2011  169 n  2
f 2020  2011  f 2019  2011 256  169
  1
f 2018  2011  f 2017  2011 256  169
45. Here, f 1  1
f  2  f  f 1   f  2  f 1  , using f 1  1
f  2  f 1  f 1  2
f  3  f f  2   f 3  f  2 
 f  2  f 1  2  1  3
Thus, f  n   n
1 20 1
  f  r   1  2  3  ........  20
30 r 1 30
1 20  20  1
  7
30 2
 1 1
46. f  x  f    x 2 
 x x

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
1  1
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Key & Sol’s
1
Replacing x by , we get f    f  x   2  x
x  x x
1 1
Or 2  x  x 2 
x x
1 1
Or x   x 2  2
x x
 1   1  1
Or  x     x    x  
 x  x  x
 1  1 
Or  x    x   1  0
 x  x 
1 1
x  ;x   1 (rejected)
x x
Hence, x  1 or  1
47. Case I:
f  x   1 true, f  y  1,f  z  2 false.
f  y  1,f  z  2 true.
f
x 1
y 2 f is not one-one
z 3
Case II:
f  x   1 false, f  y  1 true, f  z  2 false.
f  x   2  or  3, f  y  2  or  3, f  z  2 true.
f f
x 1 x 1 x 1
y 2 y 2 y 2
z 3 z 3 z 3
f is not one-one f is not one-one f is not one-one
Case III:
f  x   1 false, f  y  1 false, f  z  2 true.
f  x   1 true, f  y   2  or  3, f  z   3
 f  x   1, f  y   2, f  z   3
 f is one – one.
f
x 1
y 2
z 3

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
9x  7 1 7x  5
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Key & Sol’s

48. f 1  x   ,g  x  
2 9
cx  b 9x  7 7x  5 5a 73a
   5x  c  ,b   'c' is prime c  5
a 2 9 18 18
 a  18, b  73, c  5,
 x, x  rational
49. f x  
1  x, x  irrational
x is rational then
fof  x   f  f  x    f  x   x
x is irrational then
fof  x   f  f  x    f 1  x   1  1  x   x
 fof  x   x, x  0,1
fof  x     mx given   0, m  1
  2  2m  2
50. Given f  x  1  f  x  1  3f  x  x  R ……… (1)
Replacing x by x  1 & x  1 in (1)
Then f  x   f  x  2  3.f  x  1 ………. (2)
f  x  2  f  x   3.f  x  1 ……….. (3)
Adding (2) & (3)
2f  x   f  x  2  f  x  2  3  f  x  1  f  x  1 
2.f  x   f  x  2  f  x  2  3. 3.f  x 
 f  x  2  f  x  2  f  x  ………… (4)
Replace x by x  2 in (4)
f  x  4  f  x   f  x  2 …………. (5)
(4) + (5)
f  x  4  f  x  2  0 ………….. (6)
Replace by "x  6"
f  x  10  f  x  4  0 ………….. (7)
(7) – (6)
f  x  10  f  x  2  0 ………….. (8)
Replace x by x  2 in (8)
f  x  12  f  x   0
f  x   f  x  12
 Period  12  6
2
51 & 52.
f 1  2f  2  3f .3  ........  nf  n   n  n  1 f  n  for n  2 ……… (1)

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 15

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy TG ~ @bohring_bot
Replacing “n” by n  1 , we get
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Key & Sol’s

f 1  2f  2  3f  3  ......   n  1 f  n  1   n  1 n  2 f  n  1 ………. (2)

 2  1
 n  1 .f  n  1   n  1  n  2 f  n  1  n.f  n  
f  n  1   n  2 f  n  1  nf  n 
n.f  n    n  1 .f  n  1
Putting n  2,3,4        we get
2.f  2  3.f  3  4.f  4        nf  n 
From (1), f 1  2f  2  3.f  3         nf  n   n  n  1 f  n 
f 1   n  1 .n.f  n   n  n  1 .f  n 
f 1  n  n  1   n  1  f  n 
1
f 1 
2
f 1  2nf  n 
f 1 1
f n   for n  2
2n 4n
1 1
f  995  
4  995 3980
f  2 ,f  3 ,f  4 ,       
1 1 1
, , ,      are in H.P
8 12 16
53. 
 ff 1  x   x 
4 2

2
f 1
 x 
 4 f 1  x   x
4 2
 f  x   4 f  x
1 1
 log 2 x  0
2
 f  x  2  1
4  log 2 x
 Range of f 1  x  is  2, .
 f 1  x   2  4  log 2 x
 f 1  x   0
sin x  4
54. g  x 
sin x  2
   
 Range is g   ,g     and lies in  5, 2
  2 

Sec: Jr.Super60 Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Jr.Super60 WTA-10 Date: 23-08-2020
Time: 10.00Am to 01.00Pm 2018_P1 Max.Marks:180

23-08-20_Jr.Super 60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_

Syllabus
MATHS : Inverse of a Function, Functional equations, miscellaneous problems on
Functions

PHYSICS : Oblique Collisions, variable mass systems

CHEMISTRY : Periodic Properties

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
JEE-ADVANCE-2018-P1-Model
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Q’P

Time: 3:00Hour’s IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS Max Marks: 180

Total 18 60

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
PHYSICS
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
1. A frictionless disc of mass 2m moving with velocity ‘v’ collides successively
with three discs each of mass ‘m’ at rest on frictionless horizontal surface and
there after it starts moving in perpendicular to its initial direction of motion. The
collisions are not explosive. Which of the following statements are correct.
v
A) The final speed of 2m is
8
v
B) the final speed of 2m is
3 3
2mv
C) The impulse acting during first collision is
3
D) The impulses acting during the collisions are independent of frames of
reference.
2. A chain of length L and mass per unit length  is piled on a horizontal surface.
One end of the chain is lifted vertically with constant velocity v by a force P.
Chain is in elastic. It is not entangled during lifting up

 
A) P   gx  v 2 , where x is height of chain above the surface
1
B) Work done by force to completely lift the chain  gL2  v 2 L
2
1 2 v2 L
C) Work done by force to completely lift the chain  gL 
2 2
 v2 
D) P    gx   , where x is height of chain above the surface
 2
3. In the figure a wedge of mass M is placed at rest on a smooth horizontal
surface. A small sphere of mass m hits inclined face of the wedge with
horizontal speed v 0 . The impact is perfectly inelastic. There is no friction any
where and bodies are rigid.
Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 3
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Q’P

v0 m

M 

Which of the following four statements are given regarding this problem are
correct.
A) After impact both bodies will be moving with same velocity along horizontal
B) After impact the sphere will be moving only parallel to the inclined plane with
speed v 0 cos as observed from the ground.
C) Just after collision component of the velocity of the sphere along the plane is
v 0 cos
mv0 sin 2 
D) After collision wedge will move the speed of
msin 2   M
4. A thin uniform inelastic chain of mass ‘m’ and length ‘l’ is suspended so that its
lower end just touches a smooth inelastic plane inclined at 450 . The chain is
released from rest.

450

A) The force exerted by the chain on the plane at any subsequent instant is
mg 2 t 2
2
B) The force exerted by the chain on the plane at any subsequent instant is
mg 2 t 2
2 2
C) The total impulse on the plane while the chain falls is m g
g
D) The total impulse on the plane while the chain falls is m
2

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 4

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
5.
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Q’P
Three identical small discs rest on a frictionless horizontal floor. One of them is
projected along the floor to successively collide with the other two and
thereafter to move in its original direction with half of its initial speed. Assume
the floor in the x  y plane and initial velocity of the first disc u in the positive
x  direction,
Which of the following are possible velocities of one of the other two discs
which were initially at rest
 
A) 0.5u iˆ  ˆj B) 0.5u iˆ  ˆj 
C) 0.5ujˆ D) 0.5ujˆ
6. A frictionless uniform ring of mass ‘m’ and radius ‘b’ is kept on frictionless
horizontal surface. An uniform disc of mass ‘m’ and radius ‘a’ is initially
projected with velocity ‘u’ at angle  with radial line joining centers as shown.
Take e  0.5
Initial angular velocity of disc is 0. Choose incorrect statements
b
u
m
m
C
a

A) After long time the disc will be moving with constant speed.
B) After long time acceleration of disc will be of constant magnitude
C) After long time radius of curvature of path followed by disc will be of
constant magnitude
D) After long time a definite point on disc will come in contact with a definite
point on ring periodically.

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
7.
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Q’P
A toy similar to letter H in shape is made by fixing two identical cylinders at the
ends of a light rod of length  . The toy is placed on a frictionless horizontal
floor, which terminates into a uniform frictionless slope of inclination  .
Cylinders are parallel to the line joining the floor and the slope. Find minimum
velocity given to the toy towards the slope so that it can rise completely on the
slope. Collisions of the cylinders with the slope are perfectly inelastic.
Given   300 ,   8.4 m, g  10 ms 2 ,




8. Three particle like balls A,B and C are of equal masses. A and B are connected
by inextensible thread. B and C are connected by a massless rod. The system is
kept on a frictionless horizontal surface.   600 as shown in the figure. The ball
A is projected with a velocity u  21 m / s parallel to the thread connecting the
balls B and A. With what velocity will the ball C begin to move? Assume all
impulses to be acting simultaneously
A u

600 
C B
9. A heavy steel ball held in contact with an extremely light steel ball at a height
h  3 m above a hard horizontal floor. The line joining the centres of the balls
makes angle   300 with the vertical. If all the collisions are elastic and sizes of
the balls are negligible as compared to the height h. The horizontal range of the
lighter ball is R. Find R (Take g=10m/s2)

h


Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
10.
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Q’P
A sphere of mass m is moving with a velocity 3iˆ  4ˆj  5kˆ hits a smooth wall
and rebounds with velocity 2iˆ  3jˆ  2kˆ . Find the coefficient of restitution
between the sphere and the wall
11. Two particles A and B each of mass m are attached by a light inextensible
string of length 2 . The whole system lies on a smooth horizontal table with B
initially at a distance  from A. The particle at end B is projected across the
table with speed 4m / s perpendicular to AB. Find velocity of ball A just after the
string is taut..

12. 1  
A Smooth sphere of mass m is moving with a velocity   ˆi  2ˆj m / s and

another sphere of mass 2m is moving with a velocity 2   ˆi  3jˆ  m / s . At the
instant of their collision the line joining their centres is parallel to a vector
 ˆ ˆ 1
 
r  i  j m . The coefficient of restitution, e  . Find the square of speed of
2
sphere of mass m just after collision.
13. A hemisphere of mass M rests on a smooth horizontal floor and may move
freely in the horizontal direction. A frictionless sphere of mass m moving
horizontally with a velocity  strikes the hemisphere at a point where the
common normal makes an angle  with the vertical, as shown in the figure. The
coefficient of restitution is e.
Given e  l, M  1 kg, m  4kg , u  7.5m / s and angle   300. Find velocity of the
hemisphere just after the impact in meter per second

m u
M


14. String was initially horizontal and straight. Bob is released from the position
shown to collide elastically and then perfect inelastically with frictionless
horizontal surface. Bob follows path shown. Second collision takes place
vertically below point of suspension. The length of string is  . Maximum height
Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 7
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Q’P
of point E at which the bob momentarily comes to rest for the first time is y .
Maximum height during projectile motion between first and second collision is
9y
h, then find value of
h2

900 A

E
h
D C e 1B
e 0

m v0

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
15.
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Q’P
The time taken by m to move along semi-circular path will be
2R

A) e   1  vR   vR
B) e   1 C)
v0
D)    1
R
v0
0 0

M
16. Which of the following is correct minimum possible value of
m
M M M 2 M
A)  B) e C)  D)  e 1
m m m  m
Paragraph for Question Nos. 17 to 18
A double stage rocket has an initial mass M1 . Gas is exhausted from the
rocket at a constant rate of dm/dt and with an exhaust velocity u relative to the
rocket. When the mass of the rocket reaches the value '  ' the first stage of
mass m is disengaged from the rocket. Then the rocket continues the second
stage at the same rate (dm/dt) and with same exhaust velocity (u) as in the first
stage until it reaches a mass M f . If gravity is neglected and the rocket has
started from rest.
17. The velocity of the rocket at the end of first stage is
M   M    M     
A) u ln  i  B) u ln  i C) u ln  i D) u ln  
    M i   Mi   Mi 

18. In the above problem, what is the velocity of rocket after second state?
 M    m   Mi M f 
A) u ln  i  B) u ln  
 M f    m       m 
 M    m   M    m 
C) u ln  i  D) u ln  i 2 
 M f   Mf 

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
CHEMISTRY
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
19. Which one of the following statements is “CORRECT” in relation to “electron
gain enthalpy”
A) Noble gases have large positive electron gain enthalpies
B) Electron gain enthalpy of hydrogen is less negative than that of succeeding
element in IA group
C) The variation in electron gain enthalpies of elements in less systematic than
for ionization enthalpies
D) The halogens have very high negative electron gain enthalpies
20. Which of the following represents the correct order of the properties indicated?
A) S  Se  Te  O (electron Affinity)
B) O  F  N  C (2nd Ionization enthalpy)
C) Mg 2  Al3 (Ionic size)
D) F  Cl  Br  I (Electronegativity)
21. In which of the following pairs, the first atom or ion is larger than the second?
A) Fe 2 ,Fe3 B) O, N C) Cl  ,Cl D) V,Ti
22. Which of the following is/are wrong statement(s)?
A) The second I.P. is always less than the 1st I.P. of an atom
B) If the addition of an electron to an ion leads to complete octet, then the
process is always exothermic
C) Chlorine has highest electronegativity
D) 1st I.P. of N is higher than 1st I.P. of F, because N has filled subshell
23. Which of the following is endothermic?
A) S  g   e  g 
 S2  g  B) Ne  g  e   g 
 Ne  g 
C) N  g   e  g 
 N   g D) Al  g  
 Al  g  e  g 

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 10

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
24.
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Q’P

Column – 1 Column – 2 Column – 3

Fully filled orbitals are
Electron gain more stable, therefore
(I) Be  Be (i)
enthalpy
(P)
more energy is required to
remove electron
Successive ionization
(II) O  S  F  Cl (ii) Ionic radius (Q)
energies get larger
Second period elements
have smaller size than
O  O   O 2 Ionization
(III) (iii) (R) third period elements, so it
H   ve, H   ve enthalpy
produce larger electron
repulsion.

Electron repulsion out

Electronegativ weights the stability
(IV) Mg  Al (iv) (S)
ity gained by achieving noble
gas configuration
Which of the following option(s) is/are correct for ionization enthalpy?
A) (II) (iii) (R) B) (I) (iii) (P) C) (III) (iii) (Q) D) (IV) (iii) (P)

30. Among the following how many are amphoteric oxides

CO.NO.N 2 O.Cl2O 7 .Al 2O3 and As 2O 3
31. Choose the number of correct statement(s) from the following:
a) 1st ionization potential of ‘B’ higher than that of Be
b) 2nd I.P of Mg  1st I.P of Mg

c) Energy is required to convert He  He

d) Conversion of O  O 2 is exothermic
e)  Ar  4s 2 3d 4 is the electronic configuration of Fe 2

f) Electron affinity of ‘O’ is lower than selenium

g) SO 3 is less acidic than SO 2
h) CO and NO are neutral oxides
i) All metal oxides are basic in nature
32. Among the following in which process energy released
a) N g  e  
 Ng b) Be g  e  
 Beg
c) O g  e  
 Og d) Mg g 
 Mg  g  e 
 Og  e 
e) O g  f) Og  e  
 O g 
g) Hg 
 H g  e  h) Og  e  
 O2g
i) Mg g 
 Mg2g  e  j) P g  e  
 Pg

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Q’P
SECTION – III
(COMPREHENSIN TYPE)
This section contains 2 Paragraphs. Based on each paragraph, there are 2 questions. Each question has 4
options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer, out of which ONLY ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
Paragraph For Questions 33 and 34
The first  H1  and the second  H 2  ionization enthalpies (in KJ/mol) and the
 
electron gain enthalpy H eq  in KJ / mol of a few elements are given below

Element H1 H 2 H eq
I 520 7300 -60
II 419 3051 -48
III 1681 3374 -328
IV 1008 1846 -295
V 2372 5251 +48
VI 798 1451 -40

33. The most reactive metal is

A) I B) II C) V D) VI
34. The most reactive non-metal is
A) III B) IV C) V D) VI

Paragraph for Questions 35 and 36

Slater’s Rules:
1. Rearrange the electron configuration of the element in the following
groupings and order. 1s 2s,2p 3s,3p 3d  4s, 4p 4d  4f  ......
2. Electrons to the right of the group of electrons in question contribute nothing
the shielding of that group of electrons.
3. All other electrons in the same group (enclosed in the same parentheses) as
the electron in question shield that electron to an extent of 0.35 unit of nuclear
charge each.
4. If the electron in question is an s or p electron:
a) All electron with principal quantum number one less than the electron in
question shield it to an extent of 0.85 unit of nuclear charge each.

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 13

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Q’P
b) All electrons with principal quantum number two or more less than the
electron in question shield it completely (i.e., to an extent of 1.00 unit of nuclear
charge each).
5. If the electron in question is a d or f electron: All electrons to the left of the
electron in question shield the d or f electron completely (i.e., to an extent of
1.00 unit of nuclear charge each).
6. Sum of the shelding constants from step 2-5, and subtract them from the
true nuclear charge Z of the atom in the question to obtain the effective nuclear
charge Z* felt by the electron in question.
35. The effective nuclear charge (Z*) for the ‘4s’ electron in ‘Sc’ is (Atomic number is
21)
A) 3 B) 20.65 C) 9.75 D) 16.85
36. The effective nuclear charge (Z*) for the ‘3p’ electron in ‘Sc’ is (Atomic number
is 21)
A) 3 B) 20.65 C) 9.75 D) 16.85

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 14

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
MATHS
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Q’P
Max. Marks: 60
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
37. The minimum value of expression x  p  x  15  x  p  15 for x in the range
k
p  x  15 , where 0  p  15 , is k then is
3
A) 3 B) 5 C) 10 D) 0
 x2  2 x 3 
 
 4 x 2  4 x  3
log
38. The domain of definition of function, f  x    2 tan  x   2 tan  x 

 1 1
Where [.] denotes the greatest integer function is given by  k  ,k   ;
 4 2
Where k  I, then k cannot be equal to
A) 1 B) 0 C) – 5 D) – 1
   
39. Let f  x   sin  sin  sin x   for all x  R and g  x   sinx for all x  R . Let
6 2  2
 fog x  denote f  g  x  and  gof  x  denote g  f  x   . Then which of the
following is (are) true?
A) Range of f is  1,1
 1 1
B) Range of fog is   , 
 2 2
1
C) There is an x  R such that  gof  x  
2
D) There is an x  R such that  gof  x   1
40. X and Y are two sets and f : X  Y . If  f  c  y;c  X, y  Y and

f  d  x;d  Y, x  X , then the true statement is

1

A) f  f  b    b
1
B) f  f  a    a
1

C) f  f  b    b,b  y
1
D) f  f  a    a,a  x
1

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 15

41.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
        
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Q’P
If a function satisfies x  y f x  y  x  y f x  y  2 x 2 y  y 3 , x, y  R and
f 1  2, then
A) f  2  6 B) f  x  must be a polynomial function
C) f  0  2 D) f  3  12
42. Let f  x  be invertible function and let f 1  x  be its inverse, let equation
 
f f 1  x   f 1  x  has two real roots  ,  (within the domain of f  x  ) then
1
A) f  x   also has same two real roots
x
B) f 1  x   x also has same two real roots
C) f  x   x also has the same two real roots
D) Area of triangle formed by  0,0 ,  ,f     ,  ,f    is 1 unit

f  g  1, 3 / 2 ,g  4, 1.75  is equal to  then   5 is, (where [.] denotes

greatest integer function)

44. Let f  n  denotes the square of the sum of the digits of natural number n,

 
where f 2  n  denotes f  f  n   ,f 3  n  denotes f f  f  n   and so on. Then, the

f 2020  2011  f 2019  2011

value of 2018 , is
f  2011  f 2017  2011

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 16

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
45. Let f be defined on the natural numbers as follow:
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Q’P

1 20
f 1  1 and for n  1,f (n)  f f  n  1   f n  f  n  1  , the value of  f  r  is
30 r 1

 then is
7
46. The number of integers in the domain of function, satisfying
x3  1
f  x  f x  1

x
, is

47. Let f be a one-one function with domain  x, y,z and range 1,2,3 . It is given

that exactly one of the following statements is true and the remaining two are
false: f  x   1,f  y  1, and f  z  2 . Then f  z  k then 2k  3 is

48. Let f : R  R,g : R  R,h : R  R are three functions and

2x  7 9x  5
f  x  ,g  x   then we define h  x   f 1  x   g 1  x   5x . If
9 7
ax  b ba
h 1  x   where 'c ' is prime then is__________
c c
x ; x  rational
49. Let f  x  be a function defined on  0,1 such that f  x    . If
1  x ; x irrational

 fof  x     mx, x  0,1 where ,m  I, then the value of   2  2m  is

50. If the periodic function f  x  satisfies the equation

f  x  1  f  x  1  3f  x  x  R and the period of f  x  is 6 then  

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 17

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Paragraph for Questions 51 to 52
23-08-20_Jr.Super 60_Jee-Adv_2018-P1_WTA-10_Q’P

1
Let f : N  R be a function satisfying the following conditions. f 1  and
2
f 1  2f  2  3f  3  .......  nf  n   n  n  1 f  n  , for n  2

1
51. The value of f  995 is , where k equals
k
A) 3985 B) 3980 C) 4000 D) 3600
52. f  2 ,f  3 ,f  4 ,...... represent a series at

A) a G.P B) an H.P
C) an A.P D) an arithmetic-geometric progression
Paragraph for Questions 53 to 54
4
 4x 2  
Let f :  2,    1,   defined by f  x   2 x and g :  ,    A defined by
2 
sin x  4
g  x  be two invertible functions.
sin x  2
53. f 1  x  is equal to

A) 2  4  log 2 x B) 2  4  log 2 x

C) 2  4  log 2 x D) 2  4  log 2 x

54. The set A is equal to  a,b then b  a is

A) 3 B) 10 C) 5 D) 6

Sec: Jr.Super60 Space for rough work Page 18

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy, India
A.P, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON CENTRAL OFFICE, MADHAPUR-HYD
23-08-20_Jr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_WTA-10_Final Key

GIVEN FINALIZED
S.NO SUB Q.NO EXPLANATION
KEY KEY
1 PHY 4 BC BC or B Key Change
2 PHY 6 ABC AC For a straight line motion radius of curvature should not be defined
In the question they gave that the ball A is projected with u along
3 PHY 8 1.4 1.4 or 2.8
thread connecting B and A but in figure it is shown C and A
They asked for ‘e’, we get e = 1
4 PHY 10 18 0.5
2
5 PHY 12 312.50 12.5 Calculation Error
6 PHY 13 8 7.5 Key Change(Online Only)
7 PHY 14 8 2 Key change
Range should be given as the conversion of eV / atom into kJ / mol is
8 CHE 27 5 5 to 5.1
not given in question as exact calculation is not easy
If adjacent element are taken on either side answer will be 2 if taken
9 CHE 28 5 2 or 5
on one side answer will 5
10 CHE 31 5 3 Key change
11 CHE 32 3 4 Key change
12 MAT 40 D D or CD Key change

Question Paper Setter is Total responsible for the Key finalization:

Question Paper Setters &finalized

MATHS PHYSICS CHEMISTRY
VIJ_SRICHAKRA
VIJ_SRICHAKRA VIJ_SRICHAKRA
Mr. MANGAREDDY-
Mr.MURALI RAO-9177104188 Mr.VINEETH-7018741859
9398389986

NATIONAL IIT CO-ORDINATOR

MR. UMA SANKAR
TG ~ @bohring_bot

Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.

AP, TELANGANA, KARNATAKA, TAMILNADU, MAHARASHTRA, DELHI, RANCHI
A right Choice for the Real Aspirant
ICON Central Office , Madhapur – Hyderabad
Sec: Sr.Super60 WTA-34 Date: 23-08-20
Time: 05.15Pm to 08.15Pm Max.Marks:180

2018-PAPER-II
23-08-20_Sr.Super60(In Com)_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_WTA-34_Syllabus

MATHS : Permutations

PHYSICS : Self Inductance, Mutual Inductance, Lr Dc Circuits, Lc Oscillations

(Exclude: Ac)

CHEMISTRY : Aryl Halides, Poly Halogen Compounds

Name of the Student: ___________________ H.T. NO:

JEE-ADVANCE-2018-P2-Model
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
Time: 3:00 Hour’s
TG ~ @bohring_bot IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS
23-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_WTA-34_Q.P
Max Marks: 180

PHYSICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 1 – 6) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 7 – 14) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec – III(Q.N : 15-18) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60
CHEMISTRY:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N : 19 – 24) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N : 25 –32) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec – III(Q.N : 33-36) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60
MATHEMATICS:
+Ve - Ve
Section Question Type No.of Qs Total marks
Marks Marks
Questions with Multiple Correct Choice
Sec – I(Q.N:37 – 42) +4 -2 6 24
(partial marking scheme) (+1,0)
Questions with Numerical Value Type
Sec – II(Q.N :43–50) +3 0 8 24
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30)
Sec –III(Q.N : 51-54) Matrix Matching Type +3 -1 4 12

Total 18 60

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 2

PHYSICS
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 23-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_WTA-34_Q.P
Max. Marks: 61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
1. Figure shows a circuit with two resistors and an ideal inductor.
R2

A) The current in R1 is zero just after closing the switch S.

B) The current in R1 is constant after closing the switch S.
C) The current in R2 is zero just after closing of the switch S.
D) The current through the battery is maximum after a long time after closing
the switch S.
2. L, C and R represent inductance, capacitance and resistance respectively.
Which of the following have dimensions of frequency?
L 1 R 1
A) B) C) D)
C LC L RC
3. Two metallic rings A and B, identical in shape and size but having different
resistivities  A and  B , are kept on top of two identical solenoids as shown in
the figure. When current I is switched on in both the solenoids in identical
manner, the rings A and B jump to heights hA and hB , respectively, with hA  hB .

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 3

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 23-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_WTA-34_Q.P
The possible relation(s) between their resistivities and their masses mA and mB
A B

is(are)
A)  A   B and mA  mB B)  A   B and mA  mB
C)  A   B and m A  mB D)  A   B and m A  mB
4. The arrangement shown which is confined in a vertical plane has two rails
inclined at angle  with horizontal. A horizontal rod of length l moves on the
rails with constant speed v, in the region with transverse field B. Choose the
correct alternative(s). The rod starts moving at time t = 0

2 BVl sin 
A) At t  0 , current in the circuit is
r
BVl sin 
B) At t   , current in the circuit is
r
C) At any time t (except at t = 0) point A is at higher potential than point B
D) At any time t (except at t = 0) point D is at lower potential than C
Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 4
5.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 23-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_WTA-34_Q.P
Key is in position 2 for a time t. Thereafter, it is in position 1. Resistances of the
bulb and inductance of inductor are marked in the figure choose the correct
alternative

L
R1

Key
1 2

A) Bulb 2 dies as soon as key is switched into position 1

B) Time in which brightness of bulb 1 becomes half its maximum brightness
does not depend on ‘t’.

L 2
C) If t   , total heat produced in bulb 1 is
2 R22
L 2
D) If t   , total heat produced in bulb 1 is
2 R12
6. In the figure shown the key is switched on at t = 0. Let I1 and I2 be the currents
through inductors having self inductances L1 & L2 at any time t respectively. The
magnetic energy stored in the inductors 1 and 2 be U1 and U2. Then U1/U2 at any
instant of time is

L1 12 L2

K
R
A) L1/ L2 B) L2/ L1 C) I1/ I2 D) I2/ I1

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 5

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 23-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_WTA-34_Q.P
SECTION-II
(NUMERICAL VALUE TYPE)
This section contains 8 questions. Each question is numerical value. For each question, enter the correct
numerical value (in decimal notation, truncated/rounded-off to second decimal place.
(e.g. 6.25, 7.00, ‐0.33, ‐.30, 30.27, ‐127.30).
Marking scheme +3 for correct answer , 0 if not attempted and 0 in all other cases.
7. A conducting loop of area 2.0 cm2 is placed in a magnetic field which varies
sinusoidally with time as B = B0 sin t where B0 = 0.2 T and   300s 1 . The
normal to the coil makes an angle of 60° with the field. If the emf induced at
  
t   s is x mV then find x.
 900 
. Figure shows a horizontal magnetic field which is uniform above the dotted line
and is zero below it. A long, rectangular, conducting loop of width L, and mass
m and resistance R is placed partly above and partly below the dotted line with
the lower edge parallel to it. With what velocity should it be pushed downwards
so that it may continue to fall without any acceleration? (Given magnetic field
intensity B =1T, l=1m ,m=2kg and R=0.1Ω)

9. In the circuit shown in figure, switch S is closed at time t = 0. Thereafter, the

constant current source, by varying its emf, maintains a constant current i out
of its upper terminal. The time at which current through the resistor equals the
current through the inductor is t=(L/R)ln x . Find x.

S
constant
current
source R L

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 6

10.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 23-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_WTA-34_Q.P
An inductor of inductance L = 400 mH and resistors of resistances R1  2 and
R2  2 are connected to a battery of emf   12V as shown in the figure.
The internal resistance of the battery is negligible. The switch S is closed at t =
0. If the potential drop across L at a time t= 200ms is x times of 3e-1. Find x.


R1 L
S
R2

11. A circuit containing a two position switch S is shown in figure.

The switch S is in position 1 for a long time and later it is turned to position 2.
Find the magnitude of potential difference VA – VB in volt just before it is turned
to position 2.
C  2 F
R3  2
R5  1

R1  2
1  12V

1  2  3V
2 B
A R3  2
R4  3
L  10 mH

12. Figure shows, in cross-section, two coaxial solenoids. If the mutual inductance
M for a length l of this solenoid-solenoid combination is given by M=πR1x
lµ0n1n2 in which n1 and n2 are the respective numbers of turns per unit length

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 7

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 23-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_WTA-34_Q.P
and R1, R2 are the radius of the inner and outer solenoids respectively, then find
x

13. A rectangular loop of N close-packed turns is positioned near a long straight

wire in air as shown in figure. What is the mutual inductance M for the loop-wire
combination? (Thickness of bunch is negligible comparing with ‘a’)
( Given µ0N =2 π and l= 8(ln2)-1 and a=b suitable to proper units)

14. Figure shows a coil of N2 turns wound as shown around part of a toroid of N1
turns. The toroid’s inner radius is a, its outer radius is b, and its height is h. The
 NN h b
mutual inductance M for the toroid-coil combination is M  0 1 2 ln . Find
x a
x.

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 8

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
SECTION-III
23-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_WTA-34_Q.P

(MATCHING LIST TYPE)

This section contains 4 questions, each having two matching lists (List-1 & List-II). The options for the correct
match are provided as (A), (B),(C) and (D) out of which ONLY ONE is correct.
Marking scheme: +3 for correct answer, 0 if not attempted and -1 in all other cases.
15. Four circuits marked I to IV are given below. Statements related to current,
voltage etc, in circuit are given in Colum I and the circuit number is given in
column II. Match the entries of column I with the entries of column II
C
R R
E1 E1 E1 L

I II

R L R
E1 C E1 E1

III IV
Column-I Column-II
A) Maximum energy is dissipated P) I
B) Steady state current is zero in circuit Q) II
C) Current just after closing the switch is R) III
zero in circuit
D) Work done by batteries is half of the S) Can’t be determined
energy stored in capacitor or inductor in circuit T) IV
Correct answer among the following is
A). A-S;B-P,R;C-Q,T;D-P,Q,R,T B)A-SR;B-SR;C-Q;D-P,R
C) A-P;B-PR;C-QS;D-P,Q,R D) A-R;B-R;C-Q;D-P,Q,R
16. The switch S in the circuit is connected with point a for a very long time, then it
is shifted to position b. The resulting current through the inductor is shown by
curves in the graph for four sets of values for the resistance R and inductance L
(given in column I). Which set corresponds with which curve?

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 9

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
i
23-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_WTA-34_Q.P

a IV
S
III
+ b R
E1 - II
L
I
t
Column-I Column-II
i. R0 and L0 a. I
ii. 2R0 and L0 b. II
iii. R0 and 2L0 c. III
iv. 2R0 and 2L0 d. IV

Correct answer about the above matching is

A) i-c; ii-a; iii-d; iv-b B) i-b; ii-b; iii-c; iv-b
C) i-c; ii-b; iii-b; iv-b D) i-d; ii-a; iii-c; iv-b
17. In column I, some circuits are given. In all the circuits except in (i), switch S
remains closed for a long time and then it is opened at t  0 ; while for (i), the
situation is reversed. Column II tells something about the circuit quantities. All
inductors are ideal. Match the entries of column I with the entries of column II.

Column-I Column-II
i. a. Induced emf can be greater
L than E.
R
S

E
ii. b. Induced emf would be less
L than E.

R
S
E
Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 10
iii.
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy
c.
23-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_WTA-34_Q.P
Finally, energy stored in
L inductor is zero.
R
S
E
iv. d. Finally, energy stored in
L S inductor is non-zero.

E
Find out the correct answer
A) i-c; ii-a; iii-d; iv-b B) i-c; ii-c; iii-a,c; iv-a,c
C) i-cb; ii-cd; iii-b,c; iv-a,c D) i-ac; ii-bc; iii-a,b,c; iv-a,c
18. In the circuit shown in fig. ε=18V,L=2H, R 1 =3Ω,R 2 =6Ω switch S is closed at
t  0 . Match the following
S

L
 R2
R1

Column-I Column-II
A) Current through R1 at t  0 P) 6A
B) Current through R1 at t   Q) 3A
C) Current through R2 at t  0 R) Zero
D) Current through R2 at t   S) Infinite
Correct answer regarding above matching is
A) A-S;B-R;C-Q;D-P,Q,R B)A-R;B-P;C-Q;D-Q
C) A-P;B-R;C-S;D-R D) A-R;B-R;C-P;D-R

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 11

CHEMISTRY
TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy 23-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_WTA-34_Q.P
Max.Marks:61
SECTION – I
(MULTIPLE CORRECT ANSWER TYPE)
This section contains 6 multiple choice questions. Each question has 4 options (A), (B), (C) and (D) for its answer,
out of which ONE OR MORE than ONE option can be correct.
Marking scheme: +4 for all correct options & +1 partial marks, 0 if not attempted and -2 in all wrong cases.
19. The correct order of reactivity towards nucleophilic aromatic substitution is
F Cl Br I

A)
< < <

F Cl Br I

B) < < <

NO2 NO2 NO2 NO2

Cl Cl Cl Cl
O 2N O2N NO2

C) < < <

O 2N
NO2 NO2 NO2

D) All the options given above are correct.

20. Which of the following reactions involve formation of mainly phenyl carbocation
as an intermediate?

N2 N2 Cl

HBF4 CuBr



60-1000C
A) B)

Sec: Sr. Super60 Space for rough work Page 12

TG ~ @bohring_bot
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy

23-08-20_Sr.Super60_Jee-Adv_2018-P2_WTA-34_Q.P

N2 N2

H 3 PO2
 
 H 2O




C) D)
21. Hines and co-workers established that alkaline hydrolysis of chloroform follows
different mechanism than that followed by CH2Cl2 as well as CCl4. The probable
intermediate(s) involved in the following hydrolysis of CHCl3 is/are
4OH 
CHCl3  HCOO   3Cl  2H 2 O

A) CCl3 B) .. CCl2

12 - GR (Electrostatics) - Eng
No ratings yet
12 - GR (Electrostatics) - Eng
11 pages
Impacts of A Handset Leasing Model On Mobile Telcos
No ratings yet
Impacts of A Handset Leasing Model On Mobile Telcos
5 pages
Bohring Bot Narayana Co Super Chaina 8 Gta Mocks Full Syllabus
100% (1)
Bohring Bot Narayana Co Super Chaina 8 Gta Mocks Full Syllabus
207 pages
Assignment - Kinematics
No ratings yet
Assignment - Kinematics
5 pages
Narayan Academy IIT JEE Test Paper PDF
No ratings yet
Narayan Academy IIT JEE Test Paper PDF
40 pages
(3918) DPP Vijeta 1
No ratings yet
(3918) DPP Vijeta 1
182 pages
Sri Chaitanya Physics PARAGRAPH Type Question BANKkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
No ratings yet
Sri Chaitanya Physics PARAGRAPH Type Question BANKkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
61 pages
Problems in Physics I For IIT JEE Vol 1 IITJEE Main Advanced Standard 12 XII Shashi Bhusan Tiwari MC Graw Hill (PDFDrive) (3) - 24-52
No ratings yet
Problems in Physics I For IIT JEE Vol 1 IITJEE Main Advanced Standard 12 XII Shashi Bhusan Tiwari MC Graw Hill (PDFDrive) (3) - 24-52
29 pages
15-07-23 - Jr.C-120 - Jee-Main - WTM-05 - QUESTION PAPER
No ratings yet
15-07-23 - Jr.C-120 - Jee-Main - WTM-05 - QUESTION PAPER
19 pages
23 06 18 - JR - IPL IC - JEE MAIN - WTM 2 - Q.Paper
No ratings yet
23 06 18 - JR - IPL IC - JEE MAIN - WTM 2 - Q.Paper
12 pages
IIT (M+A) & JEE MAINS ONLY - Diwali Assignment - XII
No ratings yet
IIT (M+A) & JEE MAINS ONLY - Diwali Assignment - XII
73 pages
Paper A93
No ratings yet
Paper A93
25 pages
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.: 05-06-17 - JR - Super60-I (Incoming) - WTA-6 - (2015-P2) Weekend Syllabus
No ratings yet
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.: 05-06-17 - JR - Super60-I (Incoming) - WTA-6 - (2015-P2) Weekend Syllabus
32 pages
Spotlight - (XI) - (2023-24) - Day-2 - Test - Mathematics (2020-P-1) - Sol
No ratings yet
Spotlight - (XI) - (2023-24) - Day-2 - Test - Mathematics (2020-P-1) - Sol
5 pages
Physics SRG Papers
No ratings yet
Physics SRG Papers
91 pages
Physics - DPP - 04 - Kinematics - Projectile Motion
No ratings yet
Physics - DPP - 04 - Kinematics - Projectile Motion
5 pages
Target: Jee (Advanced) 2019: P H Y S I C S
No ratings yet
Target: Jee (Advanced) 2019: P H Y S I C S
12 pages
Test Series
No ratings yet
Test Series
23 pages
Fiitjee Aits 2014 Papers
No ratings yet
Fiitjee Aits 2014 Papers
982 pages
08-07-18 - JR.C - IPL - Jee-Adv (2015 - P1) - WTA-4 - Question Paper
No ratings yet
08-07-18 - JR.C - IPL - Jee-Adv (2015 - P1) - WTA-4 - Question Paper
16 pages
07-09-19 Sri Chaitanya JR - Chaina Jee-Main WTM-13 Q.P
No ratings yet
07-09-19 Sri Chaitanya JR - Chaina Jee-Main WTM-13 Q.P
22 pages
03-05-20 SR - Iit N-Super Chaina&N-chaina Jee-Adv 2017 p2 Gta-13 P-II QP
No ratings yet
03-05-20 SR - Iit N-Super Chaina&N-chaina Jee-Adv 2017 p2 Gta-13 P-II QP
19 pages
Bansal Modern Physics
100% (1)
Bansal Modern Physics
27 pages
Jee Advanced 2 Paper 1
No ratings yet
Jee Advanced 2 Paper 1
13 pages
NSEP 2023 Question Paper With Answerkey 26 11 2023
No ratings yet
NSEP 2023 Question Paper With Answerkey 26 11 2023
12 pages
JEE Test Series
No ratings yet
JEE Test Series
24 pages
22-08-21 - OSR - CO-SUPER CHAINA - Jee-Adv - GTA-24 (P-I) - SYLLABUS: Sec: OSR - IIT - CO-SC Date: 22-08-21 Time: 3HRS Max. Marks: 183
No ratings yet
22-08-21 - OSR - CO-SUPER CHAINA - Jee-Adv - GTA-24 (P-I) - SYLLABUS: Sec: OSR - IIT - CO-SC Date: 22-08-21 Time: 3HRS Max. Marks: 183
19 pages
Aakash Crunch 3
No ratings yet
Aakash Crunch 3
100 pages
01 09 2024 - JR.C IPL - JEE Adv (2023 P2) - WTA 10 - Q.Paper
No ratings yet
01 09 2024 - JR.C IPL - JEE Adv (2023 P2) - WTA 10 - Q.Paper
15 pages
SS Question 03 Book Crunch 2020
No ratings yet
SS Question 03 Book Crunch 2020
100 pages
All India Integrated Test Series: JEE (Main) - 2022
No ratings yet
All India Integrated Test Series: JEE (Main) - 2022
17 pages
14-09-19 Sri Chaitanya JR - Chaina Jee-Main WTM-14 Q.P
No ratings yet
14-09-19 Sri Chaitanya JR - Chaina Jee-Main WTM-14 Q.P
18 pages
Narayana GTM 4 Ans - Key 31-12-2024
No ratings yet
Narayana GTM 4 Ans - Key 31-12-2024
16 pages
Physics Vibrant DPP
No ratings yet
Physics Vibrant DPP
8 pages
Narayan Iit Academy Grand Test Series Jee Mains Date 18-04-2020
No ratings yet
Narayan Iit Academy Grand Test Series Jee Mains Date 18-04-2020
36 pages
13-08-22 JR - Super60 (Incoming) Jee-Main WTM-09 Q.paper
No ratings yet
13-08-22 JR - Super60 (Incoming) Jee-Main WTM-09 Q.paper
18 pages
24-08-24 - JR - Super60 - STERLING BT - Jee-Main - WTM-10 - Q.Paper
No ratings yet
24-08-24 - JR - Super60 - STERLING BT - Jee-Main - WTM-10 - Q.Paper
22 pages
25-12-19 - Sri Chaitanya SR - Icon All - GTM-2 - Question Paper
No ratings yet
25-12-19 - Sri Chaitanya SR - Icon All - GTM-2 - Question Paper
22 pages
33 - GR (Kinematics) - Eng
No ratings yet
33 - GR (Kinematics) - Eng
8 pages
(3922) DPP Vijay
No ratings yet
(3922) DPP Vijay
135 pages
18-09-2022 - Jr.C-120 - Jee-Adv - (2020-P2) - WTA-09 - Q P
No ratings yet
18-09-2022 - Jr.C-120 - Jee-Adv - (2020-P2) - WTA-09 - Q P
15 pages
18.04.24 - Osr - Star Co-Sc - Jee-Adv - 2021 - P1 - Gta-6 (P1) - QP
No ratings yet
18.04.24 - Osr - Star Co-Sc - Jee-Adv - 2021 - P1 - Gta-6 (P1) - QP
20 pages
JEE Mains Physics Revision Module
100% (1)
JEE Mains Physics Revision Module
104 pages
Objective Physics Heat Thermometry Expansion KT of Gases Thermodynamics Calorimetry Upto Page 732 D C Pandey IIT JEE Complete Study Pack For Engineering Entrances-Arihant
No ratings yet
Objective Physics Heat Thermometry Expansion KT of Gases Thermodynamics Calorimetry Upto Page 732 D C Pandey IIT JEE Complete Study Pack For Engineering Entrances-Arihant
142 pages
10-07-2022 - JR - Super60 (Incoming) - Jee-Adv (2020-P2) - WTA-06 - Q. Paper
No ratings yet
10-07-2022 - JR - Super60 (Incoming) - Jee-Adv (2020-P2) - WTA-06 - Q. Paper
18 pages
Sri Chaitanya Physics MULTIPLE CORRECT Type Question BANKkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
No ratings yet
Sri Chaitanya Physics MULTIPLE CORRECT Type Question BANKkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkk
70 pages
07-08-2022 SR - Super60 (Incoming) Jee-Main WTM-35 Q.paper
No ratings yet
07-08-2022 SR - Super60 (Incoming) Jee-Main WTM-35 Q.paper
27 pages
Kinematic: 50 KG 50 KG A B T
100% (1)
Kinematic: 50 KG 50 KG A B T
31 pages
DPP Physics Class-12
50% (2)
DPP Physics Class-12
252 pages
Aits PT 3
No ratings yet
Aits PT 3
110 pages
@bohring Bot × @JEE Tests 28 03 2024 OSR IIT JEE MAIN MODEL GTM
100% (1)
@bohring Bot × @JEE Tests 28 03 2024 OSR IIT JEE MAIN MODEL GTM
20 pages
18.08.22 - OSR - STAR CO-SC - Jee - Adv - 2020 - P1 - GTA-12 (P1) - QP
No ratings yet
18.08.22 - OSR - STAR CO-SC - Jee - Adv - 2020 - P1 - GTA-12 (P1) - QP
19 pages
25-05-24 - JR - Super60 (Incoming) - STERLING BT - Jee-Main - WTM-01 - Q.Paper
No ratings yet
25-05-24 - JR - Super60 (Incoming) - STERLING BT - Jee-Main - WTM-01 - Q.Paper
15 pages
SRG 2 Phy
No ratings yet
SRG 2 Phy
7 pages
21-01-2024 - SR - Super60 - Elite, Target & LIIT-BTs - Jee-Main-GTM-15 - Q.PAPER
No ratings yet
21-01-2024 - SR - Super60 - Elite, Target & LIIT-BTs - Jee-Main-GTM-15 - Q.PAPER
24 pages
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.: A Right Choice For The Real Aspirant
No ratings yet
Sri Chaitanya IIT Academy., India.: A Right Choice For The Real Aspirant
10 pages
28-03-2021 - JR - Super60 - Jee-Adv (2018-P1) - WTA-29 - Key - Sol - S
No ratings yet
28-03-2021 - JR - Super60 - Jee-Adv (2018-P1) - WTA-29 - Key - Sol - S
11 pages
24-03-2024 - SR - Super60 - Elite, Target & LIIT-BTs - Jee-Main-GTM-29&26 - KEY & Sol'S CLASS 12
No ratings yet
24-03-2024 - SR - Super60 - Elite, Target & LIIT-BTs - Jee-Main-GTM-29&26 - KEY & Sol'S CLASS 12
18 pages
10-09-2023 - SR - Super60 - NUCLEUS - BT - Jee-Adv (2020-P2) - CTA-04 - Key & Sol's
No ratings yet
10-09-2023 - SR - Super60 - NUCLEUS - BT - Jee-Adv (2020-P2) - CTA-04 - Key & Sol's
14 pages
03.GTA-03 (p2) - Key & Solutions - S60
No ratings yet
03.GTA-03 (p2) - Key & Solutions - S60
16 pages
16-05-2025 - SR - Super60, Elite, Target & LIIT BT's - Jee-Adv (2018-P2) - GTA-36 - Key & Sol's
No ratings yet
16-05-2025 - SR - Super60, Elite, Target & LIIT BT's - Jee-Adv (2018-P2) - GTA-36 - Key & Sol's
19 pages
Importance of Forest in The Philippines
No ratings yet
Importance of Forest in The Philippines
39 pages
Titanic Shrika Balasubramanian
No ratings yet
Titanic Shrika Balasubramanian
8 pages
Cumene Prices
No ratings yet
Cumene Prices
3 pages
Bisleri Brand Equity1 PDF
No ratings yet
Bisleri Brand Equity1 PDF
2 pages
Environment Baseline SURVEY Report For Nghi Son Refinery Petrochemical Complex
No ratings yet
Environment Baseline SURVEY Report For Nghi Son Refinery Petrochemical Complex
159 pages
KEY Student Notes Lecture 41 Acid-Base Reactions and Titrations
No ratings yet
KEY Student Notes Lecture 41 Acid-Base Reactions and Titrations
10 pages
Q Sep Aoac 805 01 002
No ratings yet
Q Sep Aoac 805 01 002
2 pages
Nirma Bus Routes
No ratings yet
Nirma Bus Routes
2 pages
Highway 1
No ratings yet
Highway 1
76 pages
Unibraid
100% (1)
Unibraid
16 pages
Over The Past Few Months
No ratings yet
Over The Past Few Months
4 pages
SIGA AB4G Audible Detector Base Installation Sheet
No ratings yet
SIGA AB4G Audible Detector Base Installation Sheet
6 pages
GRFG Panels PDF
No ratings yet
GRFG Panels PDF
14 pages
Applied Paper 2
100% (1)
Applied Paper 2
16 pages
GST 103 Summary
No ratings yet
GST 103 Summary
15 pages
Drawing For Plinth Trasformer For 63 To 200KV Transformer
No ratings yet
Drawing For Plinth Trasformer For 63 To 200KV Transformer
1 page
Manifolds, Tensors, and Forms: An Introduction For Mathematicians and Physicists
50% (2)
Manifolds, Tensors, and Forms: An Introduction For Mathematicians and Physicists
4 pages
Gujarat Technological University
No ratings yet
Gujarat Technological University
2 pages
Anne of Green Gables
No ratings yet
Anne of Green Gables
89 pages
光纤模块使用说明 (V1 6) 英文
No ratings yet
光纤模块使用说明 (V1 6) 英文
1 page
Foot Reflexology
No ratings yet
Foot Reflexology
7 pages
PVP2018 84110
No ratings yet
PVP2018 84110
6 pages
Ultimate Series DVR Manual
No ratings yet
Ultimate Series DVR Manual
21 pages
Industrial Waste Treatment, Volume I
No ratings yet
Industrial Waste Treatment, Volume I
4 pages
PERT-CPM-WBS (ES 12 Engineering Management)
100% (1)
PERT-CPM-WBS (ES 12 Engineering Management)
70 pages
R. Grigg - Science Fiction and The Imitation of The Sacred
No ratings yet
R. Grigg - Science Fiction and The Imitation of The Sacred
160 pages
Pain Honfleur PDF
No ratings yet
Pain Honfleur PDF
2 pages
Basic English Grammar Am, Is, Are Worksheets Online
No ratings yet
Basic English Grammar Am, Is, Are Worksheets Online
2 pages
Meal Plan
No ratings yet
Meal Plan
1 page

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.